david/alc-english
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull Requests Actions Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity

sources: stage OCR book text, tape transcripts, and ST text per lesson (reviewer check-source tool)

Browse Source
This commit is contained in:
david
2026-08-19 14:46:59 +08:00
parent 79d7ec2dd5
commit a7b6aae860
186 changed files with 104970 additions and 0 deletions
Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

599
sources/book-10/lla-1A.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,599 @@
<!-- source file: 002 - LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 10 LESSON 1A.md -->
# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 10, LESSON 1A
### Figure 1
**Repeat the words and sentences.**
![#1 A snacks vending machine dispensing bags of potato chips, corn chips, and peanuts](images/page_011_001.jpg)
1. <u>vending machine</u>
<u>popular</u>
![#2 Four cans of soda including brands Cola, Fad, and Pop](images/page_011_002.jpg)
2. <u>sodas</u> <u>soda pop</u>
![#3 Two bags of snack chips labeled Pike Potato Chips and Corny Corn Chips](images/page_011_003.jpg)
3. <u>chips</u>
![#4 A pack of Wranglers Mint chewing gum](images/page_011_004.jpg)
4. <u>chewing gum</u>
![#5 Chocolate candy bars labeled Super, ChocoLish, est Crunch, and Candy](images/page_011_005.jpg)
5. <u>candy bar</u>
---
### Figure 2
**Write the number of the question.**
a. \_\_\_\_\_\_ vending machines
b. \_\_\_\_\_\_ soda pop
c. \_\_\_\_\_\_ candy bar
d. \_\_\_\_\_\_ chips
e. \_\_\_\_\_\_ gum
---
### Figure 3
**Repeat the words and sentences.**
![#1 A woman pouring detergent into an open washing machine, arrow pointing to the detergent box labeled Ade](images/page_012_001.jpg)
1. <u>detergent</u> <u>washing machine</u>
![#2 A hand inserting a coin into a slot labeled INSERT 3 COINS and SLOT](images/page_012_002.jpg)
2. <u>insert</u> <u>opening</u>
![#3 A vending machine panel with six numbered pull knobs (PULL KNOB 1 through 6) dispensing items like Big B Potato Chips, Eats, and Sweetness](images/page_012_003.jpg)
3. <u>selection</u> <u>knob</u>
---
![#4 A snack vending machine showing item slots with pull knobs underneath](images/page_013_001.jpg)
4. <u>drop</u> <u>lift</u>
![#5 A woman putting a coin into a vending machine with a sign reading 'OUT OF ORDER'](images/page_013_002.jpg)
5. <u>out of order</u> <u>get back</u>
<u>coin release</u> <u>coin return</u>
### Figure 4
**Circle the letter of the correct answer.**
1. a. made a selection
b. bought a candy bar
c. ate a candy bar
2. a. You pick it out.
b. You pay for it.
c. You lift the door.
3. a. a soup
b. a soap
c. a slot
4. a. She dropped it.
b. She lifted it.
c. She inserted it.
5. a. a knob
b. an opening
c. a door
6. a. It's out of order.
b. It's out of snacks.
c. It's out of money.
7. a. washed clothes
b. washed dishes
c. washed her car
8. a. Lift the door.
b. Insert the money.
c. Turn the coin release.
9. a. coin release
b. coin return
c. selection knob
10. a. It drops.
b. It breaks.
c. It grows.
### Figure 5
**Repeat the underlined words.**
Frank: I'd like a <u>soft drink</u>.
Tina: Do you have the <u>exact change</u>?
Frank: No. Why do I need the exact change?
Tina: Because this <u>machine</u> doesn't give change.
### Figure 6
**Answer the questions.**
1. a. some change
b. some water
c. a soft drink
2. a. the correct drink
b. the exact change
c. the right machine
3. a. because the machine is out of order
b. because the machine doesn't give change
c. because the machine doesn't have drinks
### Figure 7
**Repeat the underlined words.**
Carl: I can't <u>operate</u> this machine.
Dora: Maybe it's <u>out of that diet drink</u>.
Carl: I think my money is <u>stuck</u>. I don't think it went down.
Dora: Try to get <u>another</u> kind of soft drink.
Carl: Oh, It <u>worked</u> this time! I guess my money didn't stick. It did drop.
### Figure 8
**Circle the answers that mean the same.**
1. a. He couldn't operate it.
b. He couldn't select it.
c. He couldn't lift it.
2. a. It was out of order.
b. It had a lot of that diet drink.
c. It didn't have any of that diet drink.
3. a. He thinks it didn't drop.
b. He thinks it wasn't exact.
c. He thinks it doesn't change.
4. a. the same kind
b. a different kind
c. a favorite kind
### Figure 9
**Listen to a paragraph. Select the main idea.**
*Example:*
a. Vending machines are in restrooms.
b. People everywhere use vending machines.
c. Vending machines sell clothes.
1. a. Vending machines are in rooms.
b. The first vending machine sold gum.
c. Vending machines are popular machines.
2. a. It's good to have a vending machine near your home.
b. People get hungry between meals and want snacks.
c. Vending machines sell many different snacks and drinks.
### Figure 10
**Repeat the sentences.**
1. Mary **learned how to cook** chicken.
2. Did you **teach** your wife **how to drive**?
3. Barry **asked** Tony **how to make** a cake.
4. Where did Tim **learn how to operate** this machine?
5. Martin **didn't find out how to fix** the car.
6. Who **showed** her **how to change** the tire?
7. Marge **forgot how to start** the machine.
8. Do you **remember how to turn on** that machine?
9. Please **show** Fran **how to do** the math problem.
10. Where did you **learn how to use** that machine?
### Figure 11
**Answer in complete sentences.**
*Example:* No, I don't know how to operate a vending machine.
1. No
2. Yes
3. Yes
4. No
5. Yes
6. No
7. Yes
8. No
<!-- source file: 018 - SCRIPTS.md -->
# SCRIPTS
## Book 10 Language Laboratory Activities
### Audio Scripts
#### Table of Contents
Lesson 1A . . . . . . . . . 85
Lesson 1B . . . . . . . . . 93
Lesson 1C . . . . . . . . . 101
Lesson 1D . . . . . . . . . 109
Lesson 2A . . . . . . . . . 115
Lesson 2B . . . . . . . . . 121
Lesson 2C . . . . . . . . . 127
Lesson 2D . . . . . . . . . 135
Lesson 3A . . . . . . . . . 141
Lesson 3B . . . . . . . . . 149
Lesson 3C . . . . . . . . . 157
Lesson 3D . . . . . . . . . 165
Lesson 4A . . . . . . . . . 173
Lesson 4B . . . . . . . . . 179
Lesson 4C . . . . . . . . . 185
Lesson 4D . . . . . . . . . 191
---
– USER NOTES –
---
<!-- source file: 019 - AUDIO SCRIPT.md -->
# AUDIO SCRIPT
## Lesson 1A
### AUDIO TRACK 1
(1) Hello! Open your book to the activities for Lesson 1A. (pause 6 sec)
(2) Look at the pictures in Figure 1. Listen and repeat. (pause for repetition after words and each sentence)
Number 1: vending machine...vending machine
This is a vending machine. A vending machine sells many different things.
popular...popular
Vending machines are popular. Everyone uses them.
Number 2: sodas...sodas...soda pop...soda pop
Sodas are sometimes called soda water.
A soda or soda pop is a drink.
Number 3: chips...chips
Do you like potato chips or corn chips?
Chips are usually made with salt.
Number 4: chewing gum...chewing gum
Do you want a piece of chewing gum?
Some people chew gum between meals.
Number 5: candy bar...candy bar
I like to eat chocolate candy bars.
Chocolate candy bars are a sweet snack.
### AUDIO TRACK 2
(3) Look at Figure 2. (pause 3 sec) Listen to a question. Write the number of the question in front of the correct answer. (pause 4 sec after each question)
Number 1: What's another name for soda?
Number 2: What do some people chew between meals?
Number 3: What is a popular sweet snack?
Number 4: Where can you buy snacks and small things?
Number 5: What's a popular snack made with salt?
---
(4) Let's check your answers. (pause for repetition)
Letter a is 4, vending machines. Repeat: You can buy snacks and small things / from a vending machine.
Letter b is 1, soda pop. Repeat: Another name for soda is soda pop.
Letter c is 3, candy bar. Repeat: A popular sweet snack is a candy bar.
Letter d is 5, chips. Repeat: A popular snack made with salt is chips.
Letter e is 2, gum. Repeat: Some people chew gum between meals.
### AUDIO TRACK 3
(5) Look at Figure 3. Look at the pictures and repeat the words and sentences. (pause after words and at /'s for repetition)
Picture 1: detergent...detergent
washing machine...washing machine
A detergent is a soap. / She put the detergent in the washing machine.
Picture 2: insert...insert
opening...opening
Insert the money in the slot. / Put the money in the small opening. / She is inserting the money / into the opening for coins.
Picture 3: selection...selection
knob...knob
Make your selection or pick out a snack.
Pull a knob for your selection.
Picture 4: drop...drop
lift...lift
The selection will drop or fall when you pull the knob. / Lift the door and take out your selection.
Picture 5: out of order...out of order
get back...get back
coin release...coin release
coin return...coin return
The machine was out of order. It didn't work. When the machine is out of order, / you can get your money back. / She turned the coin release / and got her money back from the coin return cup.
---
### AUDIO TRACK 4
(6) Look at Figure 4. Listen to the question. Circle the letter of the correct answer. (pause 4 sec after each question)
Number 1: He picked out a candy bar. What did he do?
Number 2: How do you get your selection from the machine?
Number 3: What is a detergent?
Number 4: She put the money in the slot. What did she do?
Number 5: What is another name for slot?
Number 6: When a machine doesn't work, what do we say?
Number 7: She used the washing machine. What did she do?
Number 8: How do you get your money back from a vending machine?
Number 9: Where do you get your change from?
Number 10: What do we say when something falls?
(7) Let's check your answers. (pause for repetition)
Number 1 is a. Repeat: He picked out a candy bar. / He made his selection.
Number 2 is c. Repeat: To get your selection from the machine, / lift the door.
Number 3 is b. Repeat: A detergent is a soap.
Number 4 is c. Repeat: She put the money in the slot; / she inserted her money.
Number 5 is b. Repeat: Another name for slot is opening.
Number 6 is a. Repeat: When a machine doesn't work, / it's out of order.
Number 7 is a. Repeat: She washed her clothes in the washing machine.
Number 8 is c. Repeat: When you want to get your money back, turn the coin release.
Number 9 is b. Repeat: You get your change from the coin return.
Number 10 is a. Repeat: When something falls, we say it drops.
---
### AUDIO TRACK 5
(8) Look at Figure 5. Repeat the underlined words two times.
soft drink...soft drink
exact...exact
machine...machine
(9) Now listen to the dialog.
(2 voices: voice 1, male; voice 2, female)
voice 1: I'd like a soft drink.
voice 2: Do you have the exact change?
voice 1: No. Why do I need the exact change?
voice 2: Because this machine doesn't give change.
(10) Listen again and then answer the questions.
(2 voices: voice 1, male; voice 2, female)
voice 1: I'd like a soft drink.
voice 2: Do you have the exact change?
voice 1: No. Why do I need the exact change?
voice 2: Because this machine doesn't give change.
### AUDIO TRACK 6
(11) Look at Figure 6. Listen and answer the questions. Circle a, b, or c. (pause 3 sec after each question; pause for repetition)
Number 1: What does Frank want? (pause) Repeat: He wants a soft drink.
Number 2: What does Tina say that Frank has to have? (pause) Repeat: He has to have the exact change.
Number 3: Why does he have to have the exact change? (pause) Repeat: He has to have the exact change / because the machine doesn't give change.
### AUDIO TRACK 7
(12) Now look at Figure 7 and repeat the underlined words two times. (pause for repetition)
operate...operate
out of...out of
diet drink...diet drink
---
stuck...stuck
another...another
worked...worked
(13) Now listen to the dialog.
(2 voices: voice 1, male; voice 2, female)
voice 1: I can't operate this machine.
voice 2: Maybe it's out of that diet drink.
voice 1: I think my money is stuck. I don't think it went down.
voice 2: Try to get another kind of soft drink.
voice 1: (surprised) Oh, it worked this time. I guess my money didn't stick. It did drop.
(14) Now listen again and then answer the questions.
voice 1: I can't operate this machine.
voice 2: Maybe it is out of that diet drink.
voice 1: I think my money is stuck. I don't think it went down.
voice 2: Try to get another kind of soft drink.
voice 1: (surprised) Oh, it worked this time. I guess my money didn't stick. It did drop.
### AUDIO TRACK 8
(15) Look at Figure 8. Listen to sentences about the dialog. Circle the answers that mean the same. Circle a, b, or c. (pause 4 sec after the statement; pause for repetition)
Number 1: Carl couldn't make the machine work. (pause) The answer is letter a. Repeat: He couldn't operate it.
Number 2: The machine was out of that diet drink. (pause) The answer is letter c. Repeat: It didn't have any of that diet drink.
Number 3: Carl thinks his money is stuck. (pause) The answer is letter a. Repeat: He thinks it didn't drop.
Number 4: Dora told him to get another kind of drink. (pause) The answer is letter b. Repeat: She told him to get a different drink.
---
### AUDIO TRACK 9
(16) Look at the example in Figure 9. Listen to a paragraph and select the main idea. (pause 6 sec after the paragraph)
Vending machines are everywhere. They're all around the world. You can find them in many places. They sell snacks, soft drinks, stamps, cigarettes, socks, stockings, sandwiches and many other things. People everywhere can get almost anything from a vending machine.
(17) Circle b. "People everywhere use vending machines" is the main idea of the paragraph.
(18) Now listen to a paragraph and select the main idea.
Number 1:
People enjoy vending machines. In 1880, one of the first vending machines sold chewing gum. In 1902 some cities had rooms for vending machines only. These machines sold different snacks. Then in 1927, machines started to sell soft drinks. These machines were popular in 1880 and they are popular today.
(19) Now select the main idea for number 1. (pause 10 sec) The answer is c. The main idea is "Vending machines are popular machines."
(20) Listen to another paragraph and select the main idea.
Number 2:
You can always eat or drink something when there's a vending machine near you. Many people get hungry between meals, and buy snacks from vending machines. The machines have a big selection of things. People can eat snacks at any time of the day or night. Vending machines never close. It's good to have one near your home.
(21) Now select the main idea for number 2. (pause 10 sec) The answer is a. The main idea is: It's good to have a vending machine near your home.
---
### AUDIO TRACK 10
(22) Look at Figure 10. Repeat the sentences. (pause for repetition)
Number 1: Mary learned how to cook chicken.
Number 2: Did you teach your wife how to drive?
Number 3: Barry asked Tony how to make a cake.
Number 4: Where did Tim learn how to operate this machine?
Number 5: Martin didn't find out how to fix the car.
Number 6: Who showed her how to change the tire?
Number 7: Marge forgot how to start the machine.
Number 8: Do you remember how to turn on that machine?
Number 9: Please show Fran how to do the math problem.
Number 10: Where did you learn how to use that machine?
### AUDIO TRACK 11
(23) Now look at the example in Figure 11. Listen to a question. Then read the answer. Do you know how to operate a vending machine? (pause 3 sec)
Repeat: No, I don't know how to operate a vending machine.
(24) Now listen. Then use the words in Figure 11 and answer the questions with complete sentences. Use how to in your answers. (pause 5 sec after each question; pause for repetition)
Number 1: Do you remember how to change a flat tire? (pause 5 sec)
Repeat: No, I don't remember how to change a flat tire.
Number 2: Can you find out how to use this washing machine? (pause 5 sec) Repeat: Yes, I can find out how to use this washing machine.
Number 3: Did you forget how to make the cookies? (pause 5 sec)
Repeat: Yes, I forgot how to make the cookies.
Number 4: Has Fred learned how to drive a car? (pause 5 sec)
Repeat: No, Fred hasn't learned how to drive a car.
Number 5: Did Charles ask how to make a long distance call? (pause 5 sec) Repeat: Yes, Charles asked how to make a long distance call.
---
Number 6: Can Mark show you how to play tennis? (pause 5 sec)
Repeat: No, Mark can't show me how to play tennis.
Number 7: Is Mrs. Allen going to teach you how to speak English? (pause 5 sec) Repeat: Yes, Mrs. Allen is going to teach me how to speak English.
Number 8: Did Kate tell you how to find her house? (pause 5 sec)
Repeat: No, Kate didn't tell me how to find her house.
**THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 1A, BOOK 10.**
---
<!-- source file: 035 - Book 10 Language Laboratory Activities.md -->
# Book 10 Language Laboratory Activities
## Answer Key
### Table of Contents
Lesson 1A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Lesson 1B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Lesson 1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Lesson 1D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Lesson 2A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Lesson 2B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Lesson 2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Lesson 2D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Lesson 3A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Lesson 3B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Lesson 3C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Lesson 3D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Lesson 4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Lesson 4B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Lesson 4C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Lesson 4D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
---
– USER NOTES –
---
<!-- source file: 036 - Lesson 1A.md -->
## Lesson 1A
### Figure 2
| | |
|---|---|
| a. 4 | d. 5 |
| b. 1 | e. 2 |
| c. 3 | |
### Figure 4
| | |
|---|---|
| 1. a | 6. a |
| 2. c | 7. a |
| 3. b | 8. c |
| 4. c | 9. b |
| 5. b | 10. a |
### Figure 6
| | |
|---|---|
| 1. c | 3. b |
| 2. b | |
### Figure 8
| | |
|---|---|
| 1. a | 3. a |
| 2. c | 4. b |
### Figure 9
1. c
2. a

449
sources/book-10/lla-1B.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,449 @@
<!-- source file: 003 - LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 10 LESSON 1B.md -->
# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 10, LESSON 1B
### Figure 1
**Repeat the words and sentences.**
1. <u>favorite</u>
I like this kind of gum better than any other kind. It is my favorite.
2. <u>work</u>
This machine works well. It operates easily all the time.
3. <u>out of</u>
The machine was out of my favorite gum. There wasn't any left.
4. <u>stick</u>
Stick the coin in this slot. Insert the coin here.
5. <u>time</u>
I went to the library two times last week.
6. <u>no</u>
The machine had no coffee. It didn't have any coffee.
### Figure 2
**Complete the sentence using a word in the box.**
| working | time | stick it in |
|---|---|---|
| favorite | no | out of it |
*Example:* When you like something a lot, it's your <u>favorite</u>.
1. When you insert a coin in the slot, you ______________________.
2. There isn't any more candy, the machine is ______________________.
3. The machine is operating well. It is ______________________.
4. That machine doesn't have any diet drinks. It has ______________________ diet drinks.
5. Marge can't go today. She can't go this ______________________.
### Figure 3
**Repeat the words and sentences.**
1. <u>out of</u>
She is out of the office for the day. She's not in the office today.
2. <u>lastly</u>
First he went to the school. Then he went to the library, and lastly he went to the barracks.
3. <u>cream</u>
Cream comes from milk. I like cream in my coffee.
4. <u>finally</u>
He tried to start the car many times. Finally, he called a mechanic. At last, he got some help.
5. <u>stick</u>
The letter needs another stamp. Stick this one on the envelope please.
6. <u>no</u>
He had no money. He didn't have any money.
### Figure 4
**Circle the letter next to the sentence which has a similar meaning.**
1. a. Milk comes from cream.
b. Cream comes from milk.
c. Put cream in your coffee.
2. a. He had some change.
b. He had no change.
c. He had any change.
3. a. Finally, the class is over.
b. Lastly, we go to class.
c. Sadly the class is over.
4. a. She'll be there for the day.
b. She'll be in the house.
c. She'll be out of the house.
5. a. Stick it on the envelope.
b. Stamp it on the envelope.
c. Lift the envelope.
6. a. Last, he went to see her.
b. First he went to see her.
c. Then he called her.
---
### Figure 5
| Read the sentence. Listen and make a long sentence. |
|---|
*Example:* George lifted the door of the vending machine.
**(for his selection.)**
George lifted the door of the vending machine **for his selection.**
1. Sally bought a new dress.
2. Frank had an accident.
3. Jan pulled the knob on the machine.
4. Hal didn't want to go out for dinner.
5. Ted watched his favorite show.
6. Ali left his books.
7. Bill taught John how to change the tire.
---
### Figure 6
| Listen to a conversation. Answer a question. |
|---|
1. a. when the machine works
b. how to work the machine
c. about the kind of machine
2. a. insert the money
b. lift the door
c. push the coin release
3. a. his favorite knob
b. the selection knob
c. the coin release knob
4. a. use exact change
b. get more change
c. turn the knobs again
5. a. Sometimes it does.
b. Yes, it will.
c. No, it doesn't.
<br>
### Figure 7
| Listen to a conversation. Answer a question. |
|---|
1. a. a candy bar
b. a soda pop
c. a diet drink
2. a. It was broken.
b. It was out of sodas.
c. The coins were stuck.
3. a. Find another machine and use it.
b. Put in more coins.
c. Push the coin release.
---
### Figure 8
| Listen to a paragraph. Answer the questions. |
|---|
Ned wanted some coffee. He went to his favorite vending machine. This machine always worked and was never out of coffee. Ned stuck a coin in the slot, but the machine didn't work. "No coffee! I can't go out and get coffee right now because I can't be out of my office at this time. I guess I'll try it again before I try another machine." He inserted another coin and pulled the knobs, first for black coffee, then for coffee with cream, and lastly, coffee with cream and sugar. They didn't work. Finally, after he tried many times, Ned wrote "out of order" on a piece of paper and stuck it to the machine. He didn't get any coffee until he went to lunch because he had no more change. Ned felt awful all day because he didn't have his morning coffee.
<!-- source file: 020 - AUDIO SCRIPT.md -->
# AUDIO SCRIPT
## Lesson 1B
**AUDIO TRACK 12**
(1) Hello. Open your book to the activities for Lesson 1B. (pause 6 sec)
(2) Look at Figure 1. Repeat the words and sentences. (pause for repetition at slashes and after each sentences)
Number 1: favorite...favorite
I like this kind of gum / better than any other kind.
It is my favorite.
Number 2: work...work
This machine works well.
It operates easily all the time.
Number 3: out of...out of
The machine was out of my favorite gum.
There wasn't any left.
Number 4: stick...stick
Stick the coin in this slot. Insert the coin here.
Number 5: time...time
I went to the library two times last week.
Number 6: no...no
The machine had no coffee. It didn't have any coffee.
**AUDIO TRACK 13**
(3) Look at Figure 2. Listen to part of a sentence. Then use a word in the box and complete the sentence in your book. Write the word on the line. Look at the example.
Listen: When you like something a lot, it's your... (pause 4 sec)
The correct word is favorite. Repeat: When you like something a lot, / it's your favorite. (pause for repetition) Now listen. (pause as marked; pause for repetition)
Number 1: When you insert a coin in the slot, you.... (10 sec)
Repeat: When you insert a coin in the slot, / you stick it in.
Number 2: There isn't any more candy, the machine is.... (10 sec)
Repeat: There isn't any more candy, / the machine is out of it.
Number 3: The machine is operating well. It is.... (5 sec)
Repeat: The machine is operating well. / It is working.
Number 4: That machine doesn't have any diet drinks. It has.... (4 sec) Repeat: That machine doesn't have any diet drinks. / It has no diet drinks.
Number 5: Marge can't go today. She can't go this.... (5 sec)
Repeat: Marge can't go today. She can't go this time.
**AUDIO TRACK 14**
(4) Look at Figure 3. Listen and repeat. (pause for repetition after words and sentences)
Number 1: out of...out of
She is out of the office for the day. She's not in the office today.
Number 2: lastly...lastly
First he went to the school. Then he went to the library, / and lastly he went to the barracks.
Number 3: cream...cream
Cream comes from milk. I like cream in my coffee.
Number 4: finally...finally
He tried to start the car many times. /
Finally, he called a mechanic. /
At last, he got some help.
Number 5: stick...stick
The letter needs another stamp. Stick this one on the envelope please.
Number 6: no...no
He had no money. He didn't have any money.
**AUDIO TRACK 15**
(5) Now look at Figure 4. Listen to a sentence. Circle the letter next to the sentence which has a similar meaning. Circle a, b, or c.
(pause 4 sec after each item, and for repetition)
Number 1: Listen: We get cream from milk. (pause 4 sec)
The answer is letter b. Repeat: Cream comes from milk.
Number 2: Listen: He didn't have any change. (pause 4 sec)
The answer is letter b. Repeat: He had no change.
Number 3: Listen: At last, the class is over. (pause 4 sec)
The answer is letter a. Repeat: Finally, the class is over.
Number 4: Listen: Mary won't be home all day today. (pause 4 sec)
The answer is letter c. Repeat: She'll be out of the house.
Number 5; Listen: Put another stamp on the letter. (pause 4 sec)
The answer is letter a. Repeat: Put a stamp on the letter; stick it on the envelope.
Number 6: Listen: First he called her. Then he went to see her. (pause 4 sec) The answer is letter a. Repeat: Last, he went to see her.
**AUDIO TRACK 16**
(6) Now look at the example in Figure 5. Read the first sentence. (pause 3 sec)
(suggestion: use a different voice for cues)
Now Listen: for his selection
Use the sentence you read and the words heard to make a long sentence.
Repeat: George lifted the door of the vending machine / for his selection. (pause as marked; pause for repetition)
(7) Now look at number 1. Read the sentence. (pause 4 sec)
Listen: with pockets
Complete the sentence. (pause 4 sec) Repeat: Sally bought a new dress with big pockets.
Read number 2: Read. (pause 3 sec) Listen: in his friend's car
Complete the sentence. (pause 4 sec) Repeat: Frank had an accident in his friend's car.
Read number 3: (pause 3 sec) Listen: for some coffee with cream
(pause 4 sec) Repeat: Jan pulled the knob on the machine / for some coffee with cream.
Read number 4: (pause 3 sec) Listen: without money
(pause 4 sec) Repeat: Hal didn't want to go out for dinner / without money.
Read number 5. (pause 3 sec) Listen: on TV last night
(pause 4 sec) Repeat: Ted watched his favorite show on TV last night.
Read number 6. (pause 3 sec) Listen: in the classroom
(pause 4 sec) Repeat: Ali left his books in the classroom.
Read number 7. (pause 3 sec) Listen: on the truck
(pause 4 sec) Repeat: Bill taught John how to change the tire on the truck.
**AUDIO TRACK 17**
(8) Look at Figure 6. Listen to a conversation.
(2 voices: voice 1, female; voice 2, male)
voice 1: Excuse me, sir. Can you tell me how to work this machine?
voice 2: Sure. Insert the exact change in the slot. Then pull the knob for your selection.
voice 1: Do I have to use the exact change?
voice 2: Yes. This machine doesn't give change.
(9) Listen to the conversation again.
voice 1: Excuse me, sir. Can you tell me how to work this machine?
voice 2: Sure. Insert the exact change in the slot. Then pull the knob of your selection.
voice 1: Do I have to use the exact change?
voice 2: Yes. This machine doesn't give change.
(10) Now listen to the question. Choose the best answer. Circle a, b, or c. (pause 6 sec after each question)
Number 1: What did the woman ask?
Number 2: What did the man tell her to do first?
Number 3: Which knob did the man tell her to pull?
Number 4: What must the woman do?
Number 5: Does the machine give change?
(11) Check your answers. Repeat the correct answers. (pause for repetition)
Number 1 is b. Listen: What did the woman ask?
Repeat: She asked how to work the machine.
Number 2 is a. Listen: What did the man tell her to do first?
Repeat: He told her to insert the money first.
Number 3 is b. Listen: Which knob did the man tell her to pull?
Repeat: He told her to pull the selection knob.
Number 4 is a. Listen: What must the woman do?
Repeat: She must use exact change.
Number 5 is c. Listen: Does the machine give change?
Repeat: No, it doesn't.
**AUDIO TRACK 18**
(12) Look at Figure 7. Listen to another conversation.
(read at normal speed)
(2 voices: voice 1, male; voice 2, female)
voice 1: Excuse me. I put some money in this vending machine, but the diet drink didn't come out. Is it out of order or out of diet drink?
voice 2: I don't think it's out of order. I bought a soft drink a few minutes ago. Maybe the coins are stuck.
voice 1: What should I do?
voice 2: Push the coin release. You'll get your money back or you can make another selection.
(13) Listen to the conversation again. (read at normal speed)
voice 1: Excuse me. I put some money in this vending machine, but the diet drink didn't come out. Is it out of order or out of diet drink?
voice 2: I don't think it's out of order. I bought a soft drink a few minutes ago. Maybe the coins are stuck.
voice 1: What should I do?
voice 2: Push the coin release. You'll get your money back or you can make another selection.
(14) Now listen to the questions. Select the best answer, a, b, or c.
(pause 6 sec after each question)
Number 1: What did the man want from the vending machine?
Number 2: What did the woman think about the machine?
Number 3: What did she tell him to do?
(15) Check your answers. Repeat the correct answers. (pause for repetition)
Number 1 is c. Listen: What kind of drink did the man want?
Repeat: He wanted a diet drink.
Number 2 is c. Listen: What did the woman think about the machine?
Repeat: She thought the coins were stuck.
Number 3 is c. Listen: What did she tell him to do?
Repeat: She told him to push the coin release.
**AUDIO TRACK 19**
(16) Look at Figure 8. Listen to the paragraph. (read at normal speed)
Ned wanted some coffee. He went to his favorite vending machine. This machine always worked and was never out of coffee. Ned stuck a coin in the slot, but the machine didn't work. "No coffee! I can't go out and get coffee right now because I can't be out of my office at this time. I guess I'll try it again before I try another machine." He inserted another coin and pulled the knobs, first for black coffee, then for coffee with cream, and lastly, coffee with cream and sugar. They didn't work. Finally, after he tried many times, Ned wrote "out of order" on a piece of paper and stuck it to the machine. He didn't get any coffee until he went to lunch because he had no more change. Ned felt awful all day because he didn't have his morning coffee.
(17) Listen to the paragraph again and answer the questions. (read at normal speed)
Ned wanted some coffee. He went to his favorite vending machine. This machine always worked and was never out of coffee. Ned stuck a coin in the slot, but the machine didn't work. "No coffee! I can't go out and get coffee right now because I can't be out of my office at this time. I guess I'll try it again before I try another machine." He inserted another coin and pulled the knobs, first for black coffee, then for coffee with cream, and lastly, coffee with cream and sugar. They didn't work. Finally, after he tried many times, Ned wrote "out of order" on a piece of paper and stuck it to the machine. He didn't get any coffee until he went to lunch because he had no more change. Ned felt awful all day because he didn't have his morning coffee.
---
(18) Now answer the questions. (pause as indicated; pause for repetition)
Number 1: Where did Ned go to get his coffee? (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: He went to his favorite vending machine.
Number 2: Why was that his favorite vending machine? (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: Because it always worked / and was never out of coffee.
Number 3: Why can't he go out and get coffee? (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: Because he can't be out of his office at this time.
Number 4: What did Ned write on a piece of paper? (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: He wrote "out of order" on it.
Number 5: What did he do with the paper? (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: He stuck it to the vending machine.
**THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 1B, BOOK 10.**
--- USER NOTES ---
<!-- source file: 037 - Lesson 1B.md -->
## Lesson 1B
### Figure 2
1. When you insert a coin in the slot, you <u>stick it in.</u>
2. There isn't any more candy, the machine is <u>out of it.</u>
3. The machine is operating well. It is <u>working.</u>
4. That machine doesn't have any diet drinks. It has <u>no diet drinks.</u>
5. Marge can't go today. She can't go <u>this time.</u>
### Figure 4
| | |
|---|---|
| 1. b | 4. c |
| 2. b | 5. a |
| 3. a | 6. a |
### Figure 6
| | |
|---|---|
| 1. b | 4. a |
| 2. a | 5. c |
| 3. b | |
### Figure 7
| | |
|---|---|
| 1. c | 3. c |
| 2. c | |
---

496
sources/book-10/lla-1C.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,496 @@
<!-- source file: 004 - LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 10 LESSON 1C.md -->
# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 10, LESSON 1C
### Figure 1
| Listen to the dialog. |
|---|
![A young man and woman talking in front of school lockers next to a hot drinks vending machine](images/page_021_001.jpg)
**Peggy:** Do we have time for coffee **before** the bell rings?
**Peter:** Yes, I think we have time for a cup **before** it rings.
**Peggy:** Will you hold my books while I get it?
**Peter:** Sure. I don't want any, but I'll wait **until** you get yours.
**Peggy:** Will you wait with me while I drink it?
**Peter:** Yes, we're early. I can wait **until** you finish it.
<br>
### Figure 2
| Select a phrase to complete the sentence. |
|---|
| after | before | until | when | while |
|---|---|---|---|---|
*Example:* They ate at the restaurant **after** they saw the movie.
a. until they saw the movie.
b. <u>after</u> they saw the movie.
1. a. before I drank the soda
b. before I didn't drink the soda
2. a. when we ate lunch
b. while we were eating lunch
3. a. before he pulled the knob
b. until he pulled the knob
4. a. until he drank the soda pop
b. after he drank the soda pop
5. a. when the machine worked
b. until the machine started to work
6. a. before the bell rang
b. when the bell rang
7. a. until she pulled the knob
b. when she pulled the knob
8. a. after they did their homework
b. until they did their homework
<br>
### Figure 3
| Read the two sentences. Listen and say a new sentence. |
|---|
*Example:* Were you next to the vending machine?
It fell.
(when)
Were you next to the vending machine when it fell?
1. He ate a candy bar.
She drank a diet soda.
2. You insert the coins.
You lift the door.
3. The selection will drop.
You insert the money.
4. Don't add the detergent.
You put the clothes in the washing machine.
5. Bill was in the shower.
The telephone rang.
---
### Figure 4
| Repeat the words. Listen to a paragraph and write the connective word. |
|---|
| after (that) | finally | (at) first | (at) last |
|---|---|---|---|
| lastly | next | second | then |
*Example:* a. <u>first</u>
b. <u>then</u>
c. <u>next</u>
d. <u>finally</u>
1. a. ____________________
b. ____________________
c. ____________________
d. ____________________
e. ____________________
f. ____________________
g. ____________________
2. a. ____________________
b. ____________________
c. ____________________
d. ____________________
e. ____________________
f. ____________________
g. ____________________
<br>
### Figure 5
| Listen to the dialog. Repeat the dialog. |
|---|
![Hank asking Pete how to use a soft drinks vending machine](images/page_024_001.jpg)
**Hank:** Excuse me. Can you tell me how to use this machine?
**Pete:** Sure. Put the money in the slot. Make your selection and pull the knob.
**Hank:** Do I get the soda then?
**Pete:** Yes. It will drop right here. Lift this door and get your drink.
**Hank:** Thanks for your help.
---
### Figure 6
| Listen to the dialog. Read Eric. |
|---|
![Eric asking Adam how to use a postal stamp machine](images/page_024_002.jpg)
**Eric:** Will you please show me how this machine works? I need some stamps.
**Adam:** Of course. Put your money in this slot. Push this button and pull the stamps out right here.
**Eric:** Will the machine give me change?
**Adam:** Yes, it will.
---
### Figure 7
| Listen to the dialog. Answer the questions. |
|---|
#### Dialog 1
**Brad:** I want a candy bar, Carl. Do you know how to work this vending machine?
**Carl:** Yes, Brad. Insert your coins here, make your selection and then push that button. Be sure the coins drop before you push the button.
**Brad:** I was doing it wrong. I pushed the button before the coins dropped.
#### Dialog 2
**Dave:** Fred, how do you operate this machine? I put some money in it, but nothing came out.
**Fred:** Maybe it's out of that kind of snack, Dave. Pull a different knob.
**Dave:** I pulled them all and nothing happens.
**Fred:** Well, maybe the coins are stuck. Push the coin release.
**Dave:** I did that, too.
**Fred:** Then it's out of order.
---
### Figure 8
| Read the sentence parts. Listen and complete the sentences. |
|---|
______ a. stamps out here.
______ b. pull the knob.
______ c. try to push the coin return.
______ d. how to use this machine?
______ e. before you push the button.
______ f. you lift this door and get it.
---
– USER NOTES –
<!-- source file: 021 - AUDIO SCRIPT.md -->
# AUDIO SCRIPT
## Lesson 1C
**AUDIO TRACK 1**
(1) Hello. Open your book to the activities for Lesson 1C. (pause 6 sec)
(2) Look at Figure 1. Listen to the dialog. (read at normal speed)
(2 voices: voice 1, female; voice 2, male)
voice 1: Do we have time for coffee before the bell rings?
voice 2: Yes, I think we have time for a cup before it rings.
voice 1: Will you hold my books while I get it?
voice 2: Sure. I don't want any, but I'll wait until you get yours.
voice 1: Will you wait with me while I drink it?
voice 2: Yes, we're early. I can wait until you finish it.
(3) Now repeat the dialog. (pause at slashes for repetition)
voice 1: Do we have time for coffee / before the bell rings?
voice 2: Yes, I think we have time for a cup / before it rings.
voice 1: Will you hold my books while I get it?
voice 2: Sure. I don't want any, / but I'll wait until you get yours.
voice 1: Will you wait with me while I drink it?
voice 2: Yes, we're early. / I can wait until you finish it.
**AUDIO TRACK 2**
(4) Look at the example in Figure 2. Listen to part of a sentence. Then select one of the phrases in your book and complete the sentence. Listen. They ate at the restaurant... (pause 8 sec) Circle b.
Repeat: They ate at the restaurant after they saw the movie.
Number 1: I was very thirsty....
Number 2: Fran was talking to us....
Number 3: He inserted the coins....
Number 4: Ted ate the chips....
Number 5: I inserted coins....
Number 6: Bill drank coffee....
Number 7: Her selection dropped....
Number 8: They went to a movie....
(5) Let's check your answers. Repeat the correct answers. (pause for repetition)
Number 1 is a. Repeat: I was very thirsty before I drank the soda.
Number 2 is b. Repeat: Fran was talking to us while we were eating lunch.
Number 3 is a. Repeat: He inserted the coins before he pulled the knob.
Number 4 is b. Repeat: Ted ate the chips after he drank the soda pop.
Number 5 is b. Repeat: I inserted coins / until the machine started to work.
Number 6 is a. Repeat: Bill drank coffee before the bell rang.
Number 7 is b. Repeat: Her selection dropped when she pulled the knob.
Number 8 is a. Repeat: They went to a movie after they did their homework.
**AUDIO TRACK 3**
(6) Look at the example in Figure 3. Read the two sentences. (pause 8 sec) Now listen to a word and say the new sentence. when (pause 4 sec) Repeat: Were you next to the vending machine when it fell? (pause as marked; pause for repetition)
Number 1: Read. (pause 5 sec) Listen: while (pause 5 sec)
Repeat: He ate a candy bar / while she drank a diet soda.
Number 2: Read. (pause 5 sec) Listen: before (pause 5 sec)
Repeat: You insert the coins / before you lift the door.
Number 3: Read. (pause 5 sec) Listen: after (pause 5 sec)
Repeat: The selection will drop / after you insert the money.
Number 4: Read. (pause 8 sec) Listen: until (pause 8 sec)
Repeat: Don't add the detergent / until you put the clothes in the washing machine.
Number 5: Read. (pause 5 sec) Listen: when (pause 5 sec)
Repeat: Bill was in the shower / when the telephone rang.
**AUDIO TRACK 4**
(7) Now look at Figure 4. Repeat the words in the box.
after...after that
finally
first
last...at last
lastly
next
second
then
(8) These are connective words. Listen to the example. Listen for the connective words in the paragraph.
Nell wanted some coffee. First, she stuck a coin in the slot. Then she made her selection and pulled the knob. Next, she lifted the door and got her cup of coffee. Finally, she enjoyed her cup of hot coffee.
(9) Now listen to paragraph number 1 and write the connective words when you hear them. You will hear the paragraph two times. Listen and write the connective words.
Gina wanted to get a Rola-Cola from a vending machine. First, she inserted the coins in the slot. Second, she pushed the button of her selection, but the Rola-Cola didn't drop. Next, she pushed the coin return three times. Finally, the Rola-Cola dropped, but another can of soda fell, too. At first Gina thought, "What should I do with it?" Then she saw a friend. She gave him the other soda. After that, Gina went to class.
(10) Listen to paragraph number 1 again.
Gina wanted to get a Rola-Cola from a vending machine. First, she inserted the coins in the slot. Second, she pushed the button of her selection, but the Rola-Cola didn't drop. Next, she pushed the coin return three times. Finally, the Rola-Cola dropped, but another can of soda fell, too. At first Gina thought, "What should I do with it?" Then she saw a friend. She gave him the other soda. After that, Gina went to class.
(11) Let's check your answers.
Letter a is first.
Letter b is second.
Letter c is next.
Letter d is finally.
Letter e is at first.
Letter f is then.
Letter g is after that.
(12) Listen to paragraph number 2 and write the connecting words.
Bill had to wash his clothes. First, he found an empty washing machine. Then, he put in his clothes. Next, he put in the detergent. Last, he closed the machine and inserted the coins. After that, he just waited. Finally, the machine stopped. At last he had some clean clothes!
(13) Listen to paragraph number 2 again.
Bill had to wash his clothes. First, he found an empty washing machine. Then, he put in his clothes. Next, he put in the detergent. Last, he closed the machine and inserted the coins. After that, he just waited. Finally, the machine stopped. At last he had some clean clothes!
(14) Let's check your answers.
Letter a is first.
Letter b is then.
Letter c is next.
Letter d is last.
Letter e is after that.
Letter f is finally.
Letter g is at last.
---
**AUDIO TRACK 5**
(15) Look at Figure 5. Listen to the dialog.
(2 voices: male)
voice 1: Excuse me. Can you tell me how to use this machine?
voice 2: Sure. Put the money in the slot. Make your selection and pull the knob.
voice 1: Do I get the soda then?
voice 2: Yes. It will drop right here. Lift this door and get your drink.
voice 1: Thanks for your help.
(16) Listen to the dialog again and repeat. (pause for repetition)
voice 1: Excuse me. Can you tell me how to use this machine?
voice 2: Sure. Put the money in the slot. / Make your selection and pull the knob.
voice 1: Do I get the soda then?
voice 2: Yes. It will drop right here. / Lift this door and get your drink.
voice 1: Thanks for your help.
(17) Look at Figure 5 again. Someone will be Hank and you be Pete.
Ready? (pause after voice 1 for student to read voice 2)
voice 1: Excuse me. Can you tell me how to use this machine?
(Sure. Put the money in the slot. Make your selection and pull the knob)
voice 1: Do I get the soda then?
(Yes. It will drop right here. Lift this door and get your drink)
voice 1: Thanks for your help.
**AUDIO TRACK 6**
(18) Now look at Figure 6. Listen to another dialog.
voice 1: Will you please show me how this machine works? I need some stamps.
voice 2: Of course. Put your money in this slot. Push this button and pull the stamps out right here.
voice 1: Will the machine give me change?
voice 2: Yes, it will.
(19) Listen again and repeat.
voice 1: Will you please show me how this machine works? / I need some stamps.
voice 2: Of course. Just put your money in this slot. / Push this button / and pull the stamps out right here.
voice 1: Will the machine give me change?
voice 2: Yes, it will.
(20) Now look at Figure 6 again. You read Eric's lines. You begin.
(pause for student to read voice 1 before reading voice 2)
(voice 1: Will you please show me how this machine works? I need some stamps.)
voice 2: Of course. Put your money in this slot. Push this button and pull the stamps out right here.
(voice 1: Will the machine give me change?)
voice 2: Yes, it will.
**AUDIO TRACK 7**
(21) Go to Figure 7. Listen to dialog number 1. Then answer the questions.
(two male voices)
voice 1: I want a candy bar, Carl. Do you know how to work this vending machine?
voice 2: Yes, Brad. Insert your coins here, make your selection and then push that button. Be sure the coins drop before you push the button.
voice 1: I was doing it wrong. I pushed the button before the coins dropped.
(22) Now answer these questions about dialog number 1.
(pause 6 sec after each question)
Number 1: What did Brad want to know?
Repeat: Brad wanted to know how to work the vending machine.
Number 2: What did Brad do wrong?
Repeat: Brad pushed the button before the coins dropped.
(23) Listen to dialog number 2. Then answer the questions.
(two male voices)
voice 1: Fred, how do you operate this machine? I put some money in it, but nothing came out.
voice 2: Maybe it's out of that kind of snack, Dave. Pull a different knob.
voice 1: I pulled them all and nothing happens.
voice 2: Well, maybe the coins are stuck. Push the coin release.
voice 1: I did that, too.
voice 2: Then it's out of order.
(24) Answer these questions about dialog number 2. (pause 6 sec after each question)
Number 1: What did Dave ask Fred?
Repeat: He asked Fred how to operate the machine.
Number 2: What did Fred tell Dave to do first?
Repeat: First, he told Dave to pull a different knob.
Number 3: Then what did he tell Dave to do?
Repeat: Then he told Dave to push the coin release.
Number 4: What was the matter with the machine?
Repeat: It was out of order.
**AUDIO TRACK 8**
(25) Look at Figure 8. Read the sentence parts. (pause 15 sec)
Now listen to the first part of a sentence. Use the part in your book and complete the sentence. (pause 6 sec after each item)
Number 1: Excuse me. Can you tell me....
Number 2: Make your selection and....
Number 3: The soda will drop and then....
Number 4: Push this button and pull the....
Number 5: Be sure the coins drop....
Number 6: When the coins stick,....
(26) Now let's check your answers.
Number 1 is d. Repeat: Excuse me. Can you tell me how to use this machine?
Number 2 is b. Repeat: Make your selection and pull the knob.
Number 3 is f. Repeat: The soda will drop here and you lift this door and get it.
Number 4 is a. Repeat: Push this button and pull the stamps out here.
Number 5 is e. Repeat: Be sure the coins drop before you push the button.
Number 6 is c. Repeat: When the coins are stuck try to push the coin return.
THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 1C, BOOK 10.
<!-- source file: 038 - Lesson 1C.md -->
## Lesson 1C
### Figure 2
| | |
|---|---|
| 1. a | 5. b |
| 2. b | 6. a |
| 3. a | 7. b |
| 4. b | 8. a |
### Figure 4
1. a. first
b. second
c. next
d. finally
e. at first
f. then
g. after that
2. a. first
b. then
c. next
d. last
e. after that
f. finally
g. at last
### Figure 8
| | |
|---|---|
| a. 4 | d. 1 |
| b. 2 | e. 5 |
| c. 6 | f. 3 |

343
sources/book-10/lla-1D.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,343 @@
<!-- source file: 005 - LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 10 LESSON 1D.md -->
# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 10, LESSON 1D
### Figure 1
| Look at the chart and repeat. |
|---|
### BE SUPPOSED TO
| Some Things You Have To Do | Some Things You Should Do |
|---|---|
| 1. Obey traffic laws. | 1. Be on time for dinner. |
| 2. Wear your uniform to class. | 2. Thank people when they help you. |
| 3. Be on time to class. | 3. Write to your family often. |
---
### Figure 2
| Answer the question. |
|---|
*Example:*
<u>a.</u> Yes, we're supposed to.
b. No, we're not supposed to.
1. a. Yes, we're supposed to.
b. No, we're not supposed to.
2. a. No, we're not supposed to.
b. Yes, we're supposed to.
3. a. No, they're not supposed to.
b. Yes, they're supposed to.
4. a. Yes, I'm supposed to.
b. No, I'm not supposed to.
5. a. Yes, we're supposed to.
b. No, we're not supposed to.
6. a. Yes, we're supposed to.
b. No, we're not supposed to.
7. a. Yes, they're supposed to.
b. No, they're not supposed to.
8. a. Yes, he's supposed to.
b. No, he's not supposed to.
---
### Figure 3
| Write the letter of the building on the map next to the name of the building. |
|---|
![A map of a town showing various streets such as Lemon St., Oak St., Long Road, Cherry St., Orange Dr., Center Road, Green Ave., Hwy 101, Hwy 102, and Sunshine Street, with labelled building locations marked by lettered circles (A through J). A compass rose indicates North, South, East, and West.](images/page_028_001.jpg)
### KEY
______ bank
______ library
______ vegetable place
______ Sandy's house
______ city park
______ shoe shop
______ drugstore
______ travel agency
______ blouse store
______ restaurant
---
### Figure 4
| Write the words. |
|---|
1. __________________________________
2. __________________________________
3. __________________________________
4. __________________________________
5. __________________________________
6. __________________________________
7. __________________________________
8. __________________________________
9. __________________________________
10. __________________________________
---
### Figure 5
| Listen to a paragraph. Complete the chart. |
|---|
![An empty hierarchical organizational flowchart/diagram with multiple levels of blank rectangular boxes connected by lines](images/page_029_001.jpg)
---
### Figure 6
| Listen to a paragraph. Complete the chart. |
|---|
![An empty hierarchical organizational flowchart/diagram with multiple branching sub-levels of blank rectangular boxes connected by lines](images/page_030_001.jpg)
---
<!-- source file: 022 - AUDIO SCRIPT.md -->
# AUDIO SCRIPT
## Lesson 1D
**AUDIO TRACK 9**
(1) Hello. Open your book to the activities for Lesson 1D.
(pause 6 sec)
(2) Look at Figure 1. Look at the chart and repeat. (pause at slashes for repetition)
Some things you have to do:
Number 1: Repeat: You have to obey traffic laws. / You're supposed to obey traffic laws.
Number 2: Repeat: You have to wear your uniform to class. / You're supposed to wear your uniform to class.
Number 3: Repeat: You have to be on time to class. / You're supposed to be on time to class.
(3) Now look at some things you should do:
Number 1: Repeat: You should be on time for dinner. / You're supposed to be on time for dinner.
Number 2: Repeat: You should thank people when they help you. / You're supposed to thank people when they help you.
Number 3: Repeat: You should write to your family often. / You're supposed to write to your family often.
**AUDIO TRACK 10**
(4) Look at the example in Figure 2. Listen to a question. Circle the letter next to the best answer. Listen: Should we drive carefully when we drive on ice? (pause 3 sec) Yes, we're supposed to. Repeat: We're supposed to drive carefully when we drive on ice. (pause 5 sec after each question)
Number 1: Should we do our homework every day?
Number 2: Must you smoke in the classroom?
Number 3: Do the coins have to drop before you pull the knob?
Number 4: Must you study before a test?
Number 5: Should we exercise before we warm up?
Number 6: Must you salute when you're not in uniform?
Number 7: Should they go out on week nights?
Number 8: Does he have to put American coins in an American vending machine?
(5) Let's check your answers. (pause for repetition)
Number 1 is a. Listen: Should we do our homework every day? Yes, we're supposed to. Repeat: We're supposed to do our homework every day.
Number 2 is a. Listen: Must you smoke in the classroom? No, we're not supposed to. Repeat: We're not supposed to smoke in the classroom.
Number 3 is b. Listen: Do the coins have to drop before you pull the knob? Yes, they're supposed to. Repeat: The coins are supposed to drop before you pull the knob.
Number 4 is a. Listen: Must you study before a test? Yes, I'm supposed to. Repeat: I'm supposed to study before a test.
Number 5 is b. Listen: Should we exercise before we warm up? No, we're not supposed to. Repeat: We're not supposed to exercise before we warm up.
Number 6 is b. Listen: Must you salute when you're not in uniform? No, we're not supposed to. Repeat: We're not supposed to salute when we're not in uniform.
Number 7 is b. Listen: Should they go out on week nights? No, they're not supposed to. Repeat: They're not supposed to go out on week nights.
Number 8 is a. Listen: Does he have to put American coins in an American vending machine? Yes, he's supposed to. Repeat: He's supposed to put American coins / in American vending machines. Coins from other countries won't work.
**AUDIO TRACK 11**
(6) Look at Figure 3. Listen to the directions. Write the letter of the building on the map next to the name of the building. Listen.
(pause as marked)
Madge and Helen needed to do a lot of things Saturday afternoon. Helen didn't know the town very well. Madge had to give her directions. "We can meet at the drugstore after class. It's on the corner of Sunshine Street and Highway 102." (pause 6 sec) Put A by drugstore in the key. Let's continue.
---
"Then we can walk northeast on Sunshine for two blocks to that little restaurant on Center Road for lunch. (pause 4 sec) After lunch, you can go west for a block and a half to the travel agency. (pause 4 sec) I'll go north for a block and turn west to go to Sandy's house. You can meet me there. It's the 2nd house on the south side from the corner of Long Road and Orange Drive. (pause 4 sec) Then you and Sandy can look for blouses in the store on the northwest corner across from her house. (pause 4 sec) I'll meet you in the park across from the store afterwards. (pause 4 sec) We can go together to the bank. It's a block north and west. (pause 4 sec) Then if we go south for a block on Lemon Street, we can leave our old shoes at the shoe repair place on the southeast corner. (pause 4 sec) Then we can keep going south for two blocks and turn east on Green Avenue. The library is on our right and we can return our books. (pause 4 sec) When we go home, we'll walk east. We can stop and buy vegetables at the vegetable place on the corner of Green Avenue and Orange Drive." (pause 4 sec)
(7) Listen to the directions again. (read at normal speed)
Madge and Helen needed to do a lot of things Saturday afternoon. Helen didn't know the town very well. Madge had to give her directions. "We can meet at the drugstore after class. It's on the corner of Sunshine Street and Highway 102. Then we can walk northeast on Sunshine for two blocks to that little restaurant on Center Road for lunch. After lunch, you can go west for a block and a half to the travel agency. I'll go north for a block and turn west to go to Sandy's house. You can meet me there. It's the 2nd house on the south side from the corner of Long Road and Orange Drive. Then you and Sandy can look for blouses in the store on the northwest corner across from her house. I'll meet you in the park across from the store afterwards. We can go together to the bank. It's a block north and west. Then if we go south for a block on Lemon Street, we can leave our old shoes at the shoe repair place on the southeast corner. Then we can keep going south for two blocks and turn east on Green Avenue. The library is on our right and we can return our books. When we go home, we'll walk east. We can stop and buy vegetables at the vegetable place on the corner of Green Avenue and Orange Drive."
(8) Let's check your answers.
A is the drugstore.
B is the travel agency.
C is the restaurant.
D is Sandy's house.
E is the blouse store.
F is the city park.
G is the bank.
H is the shoe shop.
I is the library.
J is the vegetable place.
**AUDIO TRACK 12**
(9) Look at Figure 4. Listen to some words. Write them in Figure 4. (pause 8 sec after each item)
Number 1: apologize...apologize
Number 2: realize...realize
Number 3: forgive...forgive
Number 4: pleased...pleased
Number 5: really...really
Number 6: blanket...blanket
Number 7: laundry...laundry
Number 8: closet...closet
Number 9: feelings...feelings
Number 10: pillow...pillow
(10) Let's check your work.
Number 1: apologize, a-p-o-l-o-g-i-z-e, apologize
Number 2: realize, r-e-a-l-i-z-e, realize
Number 3: forgive, f-o-r-g-i-v-e, forgive
Number 4: pleased, p-l-e-a-s-e-d, pleased
Number 5: really, r-e-a-l-l-y, really
Number 6: blanket, b-l-a-n-k-e-t, blanket
Number 7: laundry, l-a-u-n-d-r-y, laundry
Number 8: closet, c-l-o-s-e-t, closet
Number 9: feelings, f-e-e-l-i-n-g-s, feelings
Number 10: pillow, p-i-l-l-o-w, pillow
**AUDIO TRACK 13**
(11) Look at Figure 5. Listen to a paragraph. You will hear it two times. Listen. (read at normal speed)
Coins operate many kinds of machines. We call these machines vending machines. One kind of vending machine sells food. They sell sandwiches, chips, and candy. Another kind sells drinks. They sell sodas, juices, coffee and tea. A third kind of vending machine helps us with our work. These machines wash our clothes, dry our clothes and wash our cars. Vending machines are very useful machines.
(12) Listen again and complete the chart. (pause as marked for student to complete outline)
Coins operate many kinds of machines. We call these machines vending machines. (pause 10 sec) One kind of vending machine sells food. (pause 5 sec) They sell sandwiches, chips, and candy. (pause 15 sec) Another kind sells drinks. (pause 5 sec) They sell sodas, juices, coffee and tea. (pause 15 sec) A third kind of vending machine helps us with our work. (pause 5 sec) These machines wash our clothes, dry our clothes and wash our cars. (pause 15 sec) Vending machines are very useful machines.
**AUDIO TRACK 14**
(13) Look at Figure 6 and listen to the paragraph. (read at normal speed)
People like to eat snacks between meals. People eat all kinds of food for snacks. Some people eat big snacks. They're small meals. They may eat a sandwich or a hamburger and call it a snack. Other people like small snacks. A candy bar, some nuts or some chips will be fine for them. Some people just want a drink. They'll have some coffee or juice or a soda. Then they don't get hungry until the next meal.
(14) Listen again and complete the chart. (read slightly slower; pause 6 sec after completing)
People like to eat snacks between meals. People eat all kinds of food for snacks. Some people eat big snacks. (pause 5 sec) They're small meals. They may eat a sandwich or a hamburger and call it a snack. (pause 15 sec) Other people like small snacks. (pause 5 sec) A candy bar, some nuts or some chips will be fine for them. (pause 15 sec) Some people just want a drink. (pause 5 sec) They'll have some coffee or juice or a soda. (pause 15 sec) Then they don't get hungry until the next meal.
**THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 1D, BOOK 10.**
- USER NOTES -
<!-- source file: 039 - Lesson 1D.md -->
## Lesson 1D
### Figure 2
| | |
|---|---|
| 1. a | 5. b |
| 2. a | 6. b |
| 3. b | 7. b |
| 4. a | 8. a |
### Figure 3
<u>G</u> bank
<u>I</u> library
<u>J</u> vegetable place
<u>D</u> Sandy's house
<u>F</u> city park
<u>H</u> shoe shop
<u>A</u> drugstore
<u>B</u> travel agency
<u>E</u> blouse store
<u>C</u> restaurant
### Figure 4
1. apologize
2. realize
3. forgive
4. pleased
5. really
6. blanket
7. laundry
8. closet
9. feelings
10. pillow
### Figure 5
![A category hierarchy diagram for vending machines showing subcategories for eat (sandwiches, chips, candy), drink (sodas, juices, coffee, tea), and work (wash clothes, dry clothes, wash cars)](images/page_210_001.jpg)
---
### Figure 6
![A diagram mapping snacks into categories: big (sandwich, hamburger), small (candy, nuts, chips), and drinks (coffee, juices, soda)](images/page_211_001.jpg)

431
sources/book-10/lla-2A.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,431 @@
<!-- source file: 006 - LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 10 LESSON 2A.md -->
# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 10, LESSON 2A
### Figure 1
> Listen to a paragraph. Circle the letter of the topic and the main idea.
#### Topic
1. a. vending machines
b. more change
c. a candy bar
#### Main Idea
1. a. Jan wanted a candy bar.
b. Machines don't always work.
c. Jan shook the machine.
---
#### Topic
2. a. giving money back
b. feeling good
c. money and friendship
#### Main Idea
2. a. Don't lend money to friends.
b. Don't ask friends for advice.
c. Friends don't pay back money.
---
#### Topic
3. a. Nell's bank
b. Nell's work
c. Nell's help
#### Main Idea
3. a. Nell's bank cashes checks.
b. Nell opens and closes accounts.
c. Nell likes to work in the bank.
---
### Figure 2
> Repeat a sentence. Repeat a word and underline it.
![A busy multi-level shopping mall with various storefronts including Dan's Shoes, New Age Bookstore, Karr's Cafeteria, TV's Are Us, Kid's Room, World Travel, Eyeglass Shop, For Men Clothing, Sam Drug, Gene's Variety Store, Leads Department Store, Home Department, and Starr Shoe Store](images/page_032_001.jpg)
*Example: (cafeteria)* Ruth ate lunch in the <u>cafeteria</u>.
1. A mall or shopping center has many different stores in it.
2. Ruth decided to shop at the mall.
3. She parked her car in the parking lot at the mall.
4. First she went to a book shop in the mall.
5. Then Ruth went upstairs to the clothing store and bought a dress.
6. She went to a department store. It sells clothes, furniture, and things for the house.
7. The variety store also sells different things, but they are smaller and cheaper things.
8. Ruth received her packages from the cashier. The cashier gave them to her.
9. She went downstairs to the first floor.
10. Ruth enjoys the mall and will go shopping again soon.
---
### Figure 3
> Select the answer.
1. a. to the mall
b. to the parking lot
c. to her car
2. a. in a garage
b. on the street
c. in the parking lot
3. a. the variety store
b. the clothing store
c. the book shop
4. a. the variety store
b. the clothing store
c. the drug store
5. a. maybe
b. yes
c. no
6. a. maybe
b. yes
c. no
7. a. She received them.
b. She bought them.
c. She shopped for them.
8. a. park at the mall
b. go shopping
c. the mall
---
### Figure 4
> Circle the number of the strong syllable.
*Example:* 1 (2) 3 4 5 6
1. 1 2 3 4 5 6
2. 1 2 3 4 5 6
3. 1 2 3 4 5 6
4. 1 2 3 4 5 6
5. 1 2 3 4 5 6
6. 1 2 3 4 5 6
7. 1 2 3 4 5 6
8. 1 2 3 4 5 6
9. 1 2 3 4 5 6
10. 1 2 3 4 5 6
---
### Figure 5
> Answer questions about the dialog.
**Frank:** Did you go shopping at the mall today?
**Doris:** I sure did. It was very crowded. At first I couldn't find a place in the parking lot. Finally I found one.
**Frank:** Where did you shop?
**Doris:** I shopped at the department store. I ordered a dress from there last week, and I went to pick it up. While I as there, I bought some other things.
**Frank:** Did you go to any other stores?
**Doris:** Yes. I went to the book shop. I was looking for a book, but they didn't have it.
**Frank:** Did you have lunch at the cafeteria?
**Doris:** Yes, I did. It was delicious.
---
### Figure 6
> Listen to a paragraph. Write the topic and the main idea.
#### Topic
1. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
#### Main Idea
1. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
---
#### Topic
2. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
#### Main Idea
2. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
<!-- source file: 023 - AUDIO SCRIPT.md -->
# AUDIO SCRIPT
## Lesson 2A
**AUDIO TRACK 1**
(1) Hello. Open your book to the activities for Lesson 2A. (pause 6 sec)
(2) Look at Figure 1. Listen to a paragraph. First, circle the letter of the topic of the paragraph. Then circle the letter of the main idea. Listen. (read paragraphs at normal speed)
Number 1:
Jan was hungry. She wanted a candy bar. She finally found a vending machine. It took her money, but it didn't give her any candy or her money back. She shook the machine. She was angry. She didn't have any more change. It always happens. Machines don't always work when you need them.
(3) Select the topic. (pause 5 sec) The answer is a. The topic of the paragraph is: vending machines. Now select the main idea. (pause 5 sec) The answer is b. The main idea is: Machines don't always work.
Number 2:
When you lend a friend money, you sometimes hurt your friendship. When a friend asks to borrow some money, you should tell him you can't lend it to him. That's my advice. Why? Because you won't feel good around him until he gives you back the money. It may be difficult, but it's better not to lend money to a friend.
(4) Select the topic. (pause 5 sec) The answer is c. The topic of the paragraph is: money and friendship. Now select the main idea. (pause 5 sec) The answer is a. The main idea is: Don't lend money to friends.
Number 3:
Nell works in a bank. She opens and closes accounts for people every day. She gives them the checkbooks for their checking accounts. She cashes checks, takes deposits, and helps people make deposits to or withdrawals from their savings accounts. Bank work isn't easy, but Nell likes it very much.
(5) Select the topic in number 3. (pause 5 sec) The answer is b. The topic is: Nell's work. Now select the main idea. (pause 5 sec) The answer is c. The main idea is: Nell likes to work in the bank.
**AUDIO TRACK 2**
(6) Go to Figure 2. Look at the example. Listen and repeat the word: cafeteria (pause) Listen to the sentence and repeat it. Then repeat the word and underline it when you hear it. Now repeat: Ruth ate lunch in the cafeteria. (pause) Repeat and underline: cafeteria (pause)
(7) Now listen, repeat and underline. (pause for repetition; pause 3 sec for underlining)
Number 1: Repeat: mall...shopping center
A mall or shopping center has many different stores in it. (pause) Repeat and underline: mall...shopping center
Number 2: Repeat: decided to...shop
Ruth decided to shop at the mall. (pause) Repeat and underline: decided to...shop
Number 3: Repeat: parking lot
She parked her car in the parking lot at the mall. Repeat and underline: parking lot
Number 4: Repeat: shop
First she went to a book shop in the mall. Repeat and underline: shop
Number 5: Repeat: upstairs...clothing store
Then Ruth went upstairs to the clothing store and bought a dress. Repeat and underline: upstairs...clothing store
Number 6: Repeat: department store
She went to a department store. It sells clothes, furniture, and things for the house. Repeat and underline: department store
Number 7: Repeat: variety store
The variety store also sells different things, / but they are smaller and cheaper things. Repeat and underline: variety store
Number 8: Repeat: received
Ruth received her packages from the cashier. / The cashier gave them to her. Repeat and underline: received
Number 9: Repeat: downstairs
She went downstairs to the first floor. Repeat and underline: downstairs
Number 10: Repeat: go shopping
Ruth enjoys the mall and will go shopping again soon. Repeat and underline: go shopping
---
**AUDIO TRACK 3**
(8) Look at Figure 3. Listen to a question. Select the answer. (pause 4 sec after each question)
Number 1: Where did Ruth go? (pause 4 sec) The answer is <u>a</u>. Repeat: Ruth went to the mall.
Number 2: Where did she park her car? (pause 4 sec) The answer is <u>c</u>. Repeat: She parked her car in the parking lot.
Number 3: Which store did she go to first? (pause 4 sec) The answer is <u>c</u>. Repeat: She went to the book shop first.
Number 4: Where did Ruth buy a dress? (pause 4 sec) The answer is <u>b</u>. She bought a dress at the clothing store.
Number 5: Can one buy a dress at a department store? (pause 4 sec) The answer is <u>b</u>. Repeat: Yes, a department store sells dresses.
Number 6: Can one buy a refrigerator at a variety store? (pause 4 sec) The answer is <u>c</u>. Repeat: No, a variety store doesn't sell refrigerators.
Number 7: How do you say, "She got her packages." (pause 4 sec) The answer is <u>a</u>. Repeat: She received them.
Number 8: What does Ruth like to do? (pause 4 sec) The answer is <u>b</u>. Repeat: Ruth likes to go shopping.
**AUDIO TRACK 4**
(9) Now look at Figure 4. Listen to the words and circle the number of the strong syllable. The strong syllable is called a stressed syllable. Listen to the example: a POL o gize, a POL o gize. The second syllable is stressed. Circle the number 2.
(10) Now listen and circle. (stress capitalized syllables; pause 3 sec after each item)
Number 1: BI cy cle BI cy cle
Number 2: com PLETE com PLETE
Number 3: AU to mo bile AU to mo bile
Number 4: DIF fer ent DIF fer ent
Number 5: in for MA tion in for MA tion
Number 6: in SUR ance in SUR ance
Number 7: im ME di ate ly im ME di ate ly
Number 8: SIG na ture SIG na ture
Number 9: gym NA si um gym NA si um
Number 10: i den ti fi CA tion i den ti fi CA tion
(11) Check your work. (stress underlined syllables)
Number 1 is 1, <u>bi</u>cycle.
Number 2 is 2, com<u>plete</u>.
Number 3 is 1, <u>au</u>tomobile.
Number 4 is 1, <u>dif</u>ferent.
Number 5 is 3, infor<u>ma</u>tion.
Number 6 is 2, in<u>sur</u>ance.
Number 7 is 2, im<u>me</u>diately.
Number 8 is 1, <u>sig</u>nature.
Number 9 is 2, gym<u>na</u>sium.
Number 10 is 5, identifi<u>ca</u>tion.
**AUDIO TRACK 5**
(12) Go to Figure 5. Now listen to a dialog.
(2 voices: voice 1, male; voice 2, female)
voice 1: Did you go shopping at the mall today?
voice 2: I sure did. It was very crowded. At first I couldn't find a place in the parking lot. Finally I found one.
voice 1: Where did you shop?
voice 2: I shopped at the department store. I ordered a dress from there last week, and I went to pick it up. While I was there, I bought some other things.
voice 1: Did you go to any other stores?
voice 2: Yes. I went to the book shop. I was looking for a book, but they didn't have it.
voice 1: Did you have lunch at the cafeteria?
voice 2: Yes, I did. It was delicious.
(13) Answer these questions about the dialog. (pause as marked after each question; pause for repetition)
Number 1: Where did the woman go shopping? (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: The woman went shopping at the mall.
Number 2: Where did she park? (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: She parked in the parking lot.
Number 3: Where did the woman shop and buy things? (pause 5 sec)
Repeat: She shopped and bought things at the department store.
Number 4: What other store did she go to? (pause 6 sec)
Repeat: She went to the book shop.
Number 5: Where did she eat lunch? (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: She ate lunch at the cafeteria.
**AUDIO TRACK 6**
(14) Look at Figure 6. Listen to a paragraph. First write the topic. Then write the main idea of the paragraph in a complete sentence. Listen. (read at normal speed)
Paragraph 1:
Apartment managers have a difficult job. They make appointments, show the people the empty apartments and take deposits on the rent. They also have to talk to people when things in the apartments break or don't work. Many times they have to work longer than eight hours a day. It's not an easy job.
(15) Write the topic. (pause 10 sec) The topic is: apartment managers.
Now write the main idea. (pause 20 sec) The main idea is: Apartment managers have difficult jobs.
(16) Listen to the second paragraph.
Jane likes animals. She has two dogs, a cat and a bird. She keeps her cat and bird in the house. She has a yard with a fence and her dogs stay outside in the yard. She is good to her animals and she likes to play with them.
(17) Write the topic. (pause 10 sec) The topic is: Jane's animals.
Now write the main idea. (pause 20 sec) The main idea is: Jane likes animals.
(18) You may write the topic and main idea in different words but the ideas should be the same. Discuss your topic and main ideas with your teacher after lab.
**THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 2A, BOOK 10.**
<!-- source file: 040 - Lesson 2A.md -->
### Lesson 2A
### Figure 1
**Topic**
1. a
**Main Idea**
1. b
**Topic**
2. c
**Main Idea**
2. a
**Topic**
3. b
**Main Idea**
3. c
### Figure 2
1. A <u>mall</u> or <u>shopping center</u> has many different stores in it.
2. Ruth <u>decided to shop</u> at the mall.
3. She parked her car in the <u>parking lot</u> at the mall.
4. First she went to a book <u>shop</u> in the mall.
5. Then Ruth went <u>upstairs</u> to the <u>clothing store</u> and bought a dress.
6. She went to a <u>department store</u>. It sells clothes, furniture, and things for the house.
7. The <u>variety store</u> also sells different things, but they are smaller and cheaper things.
8. Ruth <u>received</u> her packages from the cashier. The cashier gave them to her.
9. She went <u>downstairs</u> to the first floor.
10. Ruth enjoys the mall and will <u>go shopping</u> again soon.
### Figure 3
| | |
|---|---|
| 1. a | 5. b |
| 2. c | 6. c |
| 3. c | 7. a |
| 4. b | 8. b |
### Figure 4
| | |
|---|---|
| 1. 1 | 6. 2 |
| 2. 2 | 7. 2 |
| 3. 1 | 8. 1 |
| 4. 1 | 9. 2 |
| 5. 3 | 10. 5 |
---
### Figure 6
**Topic**
1. apartment managers
**Main Idea**
1. Apartment managers have difficult jobs.
**Topic**
2. Jane's animals
**Main Idea**
2. Jane likes animals.

392
sources/book-10/lla-2B.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,392 @@
<!-- source file: 007 - LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 10 LESSON 2B.md -->
# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 10, LESSON 2B
### Figure 1
> Listen to a story. Repeat the word and the sentence. Underline the word as you say it.
*Example: (supper)* Another name for dinner is <u>supper</u>.
1. Joan went to the shopping center with her mother.
![#1 Joan walking with her mother at a busy shopping center near a dress shop](images/page_035_001.jpg)
2. Her mother went up the stairs to the second floor.
![#2 Joan's mother riding an escalator up to the second floor while Joan stays at the bottom](images/page_035_002.jpg)
3. Joan didn't see her mother leave; she was alone.
4. When she realized that, she was afraid and she cried.
![#3-#4 Joan standing alone near a pet store, looking lost and distressed](images/page_035_003.jpg)
5. Everybody tried to help her.
![#5 A man and a woman comforting and talking to a young girl who is crying](images/page_036_001.jpg)
6. Joan's mother came back down on the escalator.
![#6 Joan's mother riding down the escalator to find her daughter](images/page_036_002.jpg)
7. Everyone was glad to see her.
8. When Joan saw her mother, she was ready to go home.
![#7-#8 Joan crying and hugging her mother while bystanders watch relieved](images/page_036_003.jpg)
9. The mother politely thanked everyone for their help.
10. Joan decided to watch her mother more carefully next time.
![#9-#10 The mother smiling and thanking the bystanders while holding her daughter](images/page_036_004.jpg)
---
11. After supper, she told her neighbor about her day at the mall.
![A young woman waving and talking to a man standing near his house and driveway](images/page_037_001.jpg)
***
### Figure 2
**Write T for true or F for false.**
1. ________
2. ________
3. ________
4. ________
5. ________
6. ________
7. ________
8. ________
***
### Figure 3
**Write and say the letters. Repeat the sentence.**
1. ________________________
2. ________________________
3. ________________________
4. ________________________
5. ________________________
6. ________________________
7. ________________________
8. ________________________
9. ________________________
10. ________________________
---
### Figure 4
**Listen to a sentence. Read the sentence in your book and make a new sentence.**
*Example:* (Sam **was glad**.) He **has** a new car.
Sam **was glad to have** a new car.
1. She **has** a new coat.
2. He's **leaving** Texas.
3. She's **going** to the doctor's.
4. She **got** the message.
5. He **lost** his ID.
***
### Figure 5
**Answer the question.**
*Example:* Is he **happy**?
yes, **go** home
Yes, he's **happy to go** home tomorrow.
1. yes, **lose** her wallet
2. **cross** the highway
3. no, **move** out of town
4. yes, **swim**
5. no, **change** jobs
***
### Figure 6
**Use the words and ask a question.**
*Example:* you / ready / eat
Are **you ready to eat**?
1. you / ready / go
2. he / sad / leave
3. it / safe / play here
4. you / afraid / swim
5. they / ready / eat
6. why / she / happy / leave
---
### Figure 7
**Dictation exercise.**
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
---
– USER NOTES –
---
<!-- source file: 024 - AUDIO SCRIPT.md -->
# AUDIO SCRIPT
## Lesson 2B
**AUDIO TRACK 7**
(1) Hello. Open your book to the activities for Lesson 2B.
(pause 6 sec)
(2) Look at the pictures in Figure 1. Listen to a story.
Joan went to the shopping center with her mother. Her mother went up the stairs to the second floor. Joan didn't see her mother leave; she was alone. When she realized that, she was afraid and she cried. Everybody tried to help her. Joan's mother came back down on the escalator. Everyone was glad to see her. When Joan saw her mother, she was ready to go home. The mother politely thanked everyone for their help. Joan decided to watch her mother more carefully next time. After supper, she told her neighbor about her day in the mall.
(3) Now look at the example in Figure 1. Listen and repeat the word and sentence. Repeat: supper (pause for repetition) Another name for dinner is supper. (pause for repetition) Now underline the word while you say it. supper (pause for repetition)
(4) Now listen, repeat, and underline. (pause for repetition; pause 3 sec after the last word)
Number 1: Repeat: shopping center
Joan went to the shopping center with her mother.
Repeat and underline: <u>shopping center</u>
Number 2: Repeat: up...stairs...floor
Her mother went up the stairs to the second floor.
Repeat and underline: <u>up...stairs...floor</u>
Number 3: Repeat: alone
Joan didn't see her mother leave; / she was all alone.
Repeat and underline: <u>alone</u>
Number 4: Repeat: afraid
When she realized that, / she was afraid and she cried.
Repeat and underline: <u>afraid</u>
Number 5: Repeat: everybody
Everybody tried to help her.
Repeat and underline: <u>everybody</u>
Number 6: Repeat: down...escalator
Joan's mother came back down on the escalator.
Repeat and underline: <u>down...escalator</u>
Number 7: Repeat: everyone
Everyone was glad to see her.
Repeat and underline: <u>everyone</u>
Number 8: Repeat: ready
When Joan saw her mother, / she was ready to go home.
Repeat and underline: <u>ready</u>
Number 9: Repeat: politely
The mother politely thanked everyone for their help.
Repeat and underline: <u>politely</u>
Number 10: Repeat: decided
Joan decided to watch her mother more carefully next time.
Repeat and underline: <u>decided</u>
Number 11: Repeat: supper...neighbor
After supper, / Joan told her neighbor / about her day at the mall.
Repeat and underline: <u>neighbor</u>
**AUDIO TRACK 8**
(5) Look at Figure 2. Listen to some sentences. Write T for true or F for false. (pause 3 sec after each statement)
Number 1: Joan and her mother went to a shopping center.
Number 2: Joan and her mother went on the escalator to the second floor.
Number 3: Joan wasn't afraid to be alone.
Number 4: Everybody tried to help Joan.
Number 5: Joan's mother came down on the escalator.
Number 6: Joan didn't want to go home and eat.
Number 7: Joan decided to watch her mother more carefully next time.
Number 8: Joan didn't want to talk about her day at the mall.
---
(6) Let's check your answers. (pause for repetition)
Number 1 is true. Repeat: Joan and her mother went to a shopping center.
Number 2 is false. Joan and her mother didn't go to the second floor on the escalator. Repeat: Joan's mother went up the stairs to the second floor.
Number 3 is false. Repeat: Joan was afraid to be alone.
Number 4 is true. Repeat: Everybody tried to help Joan.
Number 5 is true. Repeat: Joan's mother came down on the escalator.
Number 6 is false. Repeat: Joan was ready to go home.
Number 7 is true. Repeat: Joan decided to watch her mother more carefully next time.
Number 8 is false. Joan did talk about her day at the mall.
Repeat: After dinner, she told her neighbor about her day at the mall.
**AUDIO TRACK 9**
(7) Now look at Figure 3. First listen to a word. Then write and say the letters while they are spelled. Then listen and repeat the sentence. (pause 4 sec after each item)
Number 1: shopping center, s-h-o-p-p-i-n-g, shopping;
c-e-n-t-e-r, center
Repeat: There are many different stores in a shopping center.
Number 2: upstairs, u-p-s-t-a-i-r-s, upstairs
Repeat: An escalator will take you upstairs.
Number 3: alone, a-l-o-n-e, alone
Repeat: All the students were gone. The teacher was alone.
Number 4: afraid, a-f-r-a-i-d, afraid
Repeat: Some people are afraid of dogs.
Number 5: everybody, e-v-e-r-y-b-o-d-y, everybody
Repeat: Everybody bought a ticket to the game.
Number 6: supper, s-u-p-p-e-r, supper
Repeat: Supper is another word for dinner.
Number 7: neighbor, n-e-i-g-h-b-o-r, neighbor
Repeat: A neighbor lives near you.
Number 8: mall, m-a-l-l, mall
Repeat: Mall is another word for shopping center.
Number 9: receive, r-e-c-e-i-v-e, receive
Repeat: Everyone likes to receive mail from home.
Number 10: cafeteria, c-a-f-e-t-e-r-i-a, cafeteria
Repeat: The students eat in the cafeteria every day.
**AUDIO TRACK 10**
(8) Look at the example in Figure 4. Listen to the two sentences. Sam was glad. He has a new car. Now repeat the new sentence. Sam was glad to have a new car. (pause) Now listen to a sentence. Read the sentence in your book and make a new sentence. (pause as marked and for repetition of new sentence)
Number 1: Fran is pleased. (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: Fran is pleased to have a new coat.
Number 2: Roger is sorry. (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: Roger is sorry to leave Texas.
Number 3: Jane is afraid. (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: Jane is afraid to go to the doctor's.
Number 4: Lil was happy. (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: Lil was happy to get the message.
Number 5: Max was surprised. (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: Max was surprised to find his ID under the bed.
**AUDIO TRACK 11**
(9) Now look at the example in Figure 5. Listen to the question. Use the words and answer the question. Listen: Is he happy? (pause)
Repeat: Yes, he's happy to go home tomorrow.
Listen. Then answer the question. (pause for student to answer the question; pause for repetition)
Number 1: Was Jane afraid?
Repeat: Yes, she was afraid to lose her wallet.
Number 2: What was he scared to do?
Repeat: He was scared to cross the highway.
Number 3: Were they happy?
Repeat: No, they weren't happy to move out of town.
Number 4: Is it dangerous here?
Repeat: Yes, it's dangerous to swim here.
Number 5: Is John glad?
Repeat: No, he's not glad to change jobs.
**AUDIO TRACK 12**
(10) Now look at the example in Figure 6. Use the words and ask a question. (pause 4 sec) Repeat: Are you ready to eat?
Number 1: (pause 4 sec) Repeat: Are you ready to go?
Number 2: (pause 4 sec) Repeat: Is he sad to leave?
Number 3: (pause 4 sec) Repeat: Is it safe to play here?
Number 4: (pause 4 sec) Repeat: Are you afraid to swim?
Number 5: (pause 4 sec) Repeat: Are they ready to eat?
Number 6: (pause 4 sec) Repeat: Is she happy to leave?
**AUDIO TRACK 13**
(11) Go to Figure 7. This is a dictation exercise. Listen to a paragraph first. (read at normal speed)
Do you know how to open an account at a bank? First select a bank near your home or office. Then go to the bank and speak to the bank clerk. It's best to take your ID with you. The bank clerk will ask for your name and address. He'll also ask about your job. It's good to have a savings account and a checking account. Open both of them.
(12) Now listen again and write the group of words you hear.
(pause 10 - 20 sec after each segment.)
Do you know / how to open / an account at a bank? / First select a bank / near your home / or office. / Then go to the bank / and speak to / the bank clerk. / It's best to take / your ID with you. / The bank clerk will ask / for your name and address. / He'll also ask / about your job. / It's good to have / a savings account / and a checking account. / Open both of them.
(13) Now listen again and check your sentences.
(Read slightly slower than normal)
Do you know how to open an account at a bank? First select a bank near your home or office. Then go to the bank and speak to the bank clerk. It's best to take your ID with you. The bank clerk will ask for your name and address. He'll also ask about your job. It's good to have a savings account and a checking account. Open both of them.
THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 2B, BOOK 10.
<!-- source file: 041 - Lesson 2B.md -->
### Lesson 2B
### Figure 1
1. Joan went to the <u>shopping center</u> with her mother.
2. Her mother went <u>up</u> the <u>stairs</u> to the second <u>floor</u>.
3. Joan didn't see her mother leave; she was <u>alone</u>.
4. When she realized that, she was <u>afraid</u> and she cried.
5. <u>Everybody</u> tried to help her.
6. Joan's mother came back <u>down</u> on the <u>escalator</u>.
7. <u>Everyone</u> was glad to see her.
8. When Joan saw her mother, she was <u>ready</u> to go home.
9. The mother <u>politely</u> thanked everyone for their help.
10. Joan <u>decided</u> to watch her mother more carefully next time.
### Figure 2
| | |
|---|---|
| 1. T | 5. T |
| 2. F | 6. F |
| 3. F | 7. T |
| 4. T | 8. F |
### Figure 3
1. shopping center
2. upstairs
3. alone
4. afraid
5. everybody
6. supper
7. neighbor
8. mail
9. receive
10. cafeteria
### Figure 7
Do you know how to open an account at a bank? First select a bank near your home or office. Then go to the bank and speak to the bank clerk. It's best to take your ID with you. The bank clerk will ask for your name and address. He'll also ask about your job. It's good to have a savings account and a checking account. Open both of them.

555
sources/book-10/lla-2C.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,555 @@
<!-- source file: 008 - LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 10 LESSON 2C.md -->
# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 10, LESSON 2C
### Figure 1
**Listen to the dialog. Select the answer.**
1. a. a new car
b. some new books
c. some new clothes
2. a. to the mall
b. to school
c. to the lab
3. a. to the drugstore
b. to the parking lot
c. to the department store
***
### Figure 2
**Listen to the dialog. Select the answer.**
1. a. in the north
b. in the west
c. in the morning
2. a. 36 degrees
b. freezing
c. 10 degrees
3. a. freezing
b. 36 degrees
c. 10 degrees
***
### Figure 3
**Listen to the dialog. Select the answer.**
1. a. the ocean
b. the lake
c. the mountains
2. a. walk
b. swim
c. drive
3. a. a lake
b. the mountains
c. the ocean
---
### Figure 4
**Look at the box. Repeat the sentences.**
| John | leaves | tomorrow. |
|---|---|---|
| | **will leave** | |
| | **is going to leave** | |
| | **is leaving** | |
1. The Smiths **shop** next week for their trip.
The Smiths **will shop** next week for their trip.
2. They **leave** next month on their vacation.
They are **going to leave** next month on their vacation.
3. They **pack** their suitcases tomorrow.
They are **packing** their suitcases tomorrow.
---
### Figure 5
| Listen to a story.<br>Change the words and complete the sentences. |
|---|
![A world map overlay with a plane flying above and a central circle divided into sections showing world landmarks including the Giza Pyramids, the Colosseum, Big Ben, the Eiffel Tower, and the Parthenon](images/page_043_001.jpg)
*Example:* The Smiths **will be** on vacation all of next month.
The Smiths **are** on vacation all of next month.
The Smiths \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ on vacation all of next month. Their
plane \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ in London tomorrow morning. The next week
they \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ to Rome. They \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ a week there.
Then they \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ on to Cairo. They \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
in Cairo for a week. After that they \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ home. Then
Jim and Jan Smith \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ to work, and the children
\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ back to school.
---
### Figure 6
| Listen to an introduction. |
|---|
![A woman standing on the left gestures with her open hand toward a man on the right, introducing him to another woman standing in the middle](images/page_044_001.jpg)
**Sally:** Mary, have you met Jack?
**Mary:** No, I haven't.
**Sally:** Let me introduce you. Mary, this is Jack Jones. Jack, this is Mary Barr.
**Mary:** How do you do, Jack?
**Jack:** It's a pleasure to meet you, Mary.
---
### Figure 7
| Repeat the sentences. |
|---|
1. **I'd like you to meet** my sister.
2. **Have you met** my friend Joe?
3. **Let me introduce you** to my wife.
4. **I want you to meet** my husband.
5. **This is** David Williams.
6. **It's a pleasure to meet** you.
7. **I'm happy to meet** you.
8. **How do you do?**
---
### Figure 8
| Listen to a word.<br>Complete the sentence. |
|---|
*Example:* (Lt Anders)
I'd like you to meet Lt Anders.
1. I'd like you to meet \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_.
2. Have you met \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_?
3. Let me introduce you to \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_.
4. I want you to meet my sister \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_.
5. This is \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_.
6. It's \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ to meet you.
7. I'm \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ to meet you.
---
### Figure 9
| Look at the rules.<br>Make an introduction. |
|---|
| RULES FOR INTRODUCTION |
|---|
| 1. men to women |
| 2. younger to older |
| 3. lower rank to higher rank |
*Example:* (Mrs. Hall / Mr. Win)
I'd like you to meet my friend.
**Mrs. Hall**, this is **Mr. Win**.
(woman) (man)
---
### Figure 10
| Listen to a dialog.<br>Take part in the conversation. |
|---|
**LET'S HAVE A CONVERSATION!**
**Student 1:** Mr. Hill, have you met Miss Jane Dow? She'll be in your class this week.
**Instructor:** I'm happy to know you, Miss Dow. I hope you'll enjoy my class.
**Student 2:** How do you do, sir?
---
### Figure 11
| Ask and answer questions.<br>Repeat the question. |
|---|
*Example:* hit with ball
Did you hit someone with the ball?
(no)
No, I didn't hit anyone.
1. see at the party
2. hurt feelings
3. talk on the phone
4. lie at school
5. tell the story
6. tell the correct time
<!-- source file: 025 - AUDIO SCRIPT.md -->
# AUDIO SCRIPT
## Lesson 2C
**AUDIO TRACK 1**
(1) Hello. Open your book to the activities for Lesson 2C.
(pause 6 sec)
(2) Look at Figure 1. Listen to a dialog. Then answer the questions.
Listen.
(2 voices: female)
voice 1: Let's go shopping, Mary. I need some new clothes.
voice 2: Okay, Peg. There's a nice dress shop in the mall.
voice 1: There is a good shoe store there, too.
voice 2: I'll help you shop. I don't need any clothes, but I do want to get some things at the department store.
voice 1: This will be fun. Let's go!
(3) Now answer the questions. Circle a, b, or c. (pause 5 sec after each question)
Number 1: What does Peg need?
Number 2: Where are they going?
Number 3: Where does Mary want to go?
(4) Let's check your answers.
Number 1 is c. Peg needs some new clothes.
Number 2 is a. They are going to the mall.
Number 3 is c. Mary wants to go to the department store.
**AUDIO TRACK 2**
(5) Look at Figure 2. Listen to the dialog and then select the answers to the questions.
(2 voices: male)
voice 1: Br-r-r. It's cold!
voice 2: It sure is, but it's colder in the north. They had ice on their roads this morning.
voice 1: What was the temperature up north?
voice 2: It was 10 degrees.
voice 1: That's very cold. I guess I shouldn't say 36 degrees is cold.
(6) Now answer the questions. (pause 5 sec after each question)
Number 1: Where did they have ice on the roads?
Number 2: What was the temperature in the north?
Number 3: What is the temperature here?
(7) Let's check your answers.
Number 1 is a. They had ice on the roads in the north.
Number 2 is c. The temperature in the north was 10 degrees.
Number 3 is b. The temperature here is 36 degrees.
**AUDIO TRACK 3**
(8) Now look at Figure 3. Listen. Then answer the questions.
(2 voices: voice 1, female; voice 2, male)
voice 1: Are you going to take a vacation this summer, Art?
voice 2: Yes, but I haven't decided on the place.
voice 1: I thought you were going to drive to the mountains.
voice 2: I'd like to. I want to go there because I like to take long walks in the mountains, but my family wants to go to the ocean. They like to swim.
voice 1: Maybe you can go to a lake. They can swim and you can walk.
(9) Answer the questions. (pause 5 sec after each question)
Number 1: Where does Art want to go?
Number 2: What does his family like to do?
Number 3: Where did his friend say they should go?
(10) Let's check your work.
Number 1 is c. Art wants to go to the mountains.
Number 2 is b. His family likes to swim.
Number 3 is a. His friend said they should go to a lake.
---
**AUDIO TRACK 4**
(11) Look at the box in Figure 4. Listen and repeat.
John leaves tomorrow.
John will leave tomorrow.
John is going to leave tomorrow.
John is leaving tomorrow.
(12) All these sentences mean the same thing. Now listen and repeat the sentences. Look at the changes. (pause for repetition)
Number 1: Repeat: The Smiths shop next week for their trip. /
The Smiths will shop next week for their trip.
Number 2: Repeat: They leave next month on their vacation. /
They are going to leave next month on their vacation.
Number 3: Repeat: They pack their suitcases tomorrow. /
They are packing their suitcases tomorrow.
(13) Now look at the picture in Figure 5. Listen to a story about the Smiths and the trip they are going to take.
The Smiths are on vacation all of next month. Their plane arrives in London tomorrow morning. The next week they fly to Rome. They spend a week there. Then they go on to Cairo. They sightsee in Cairo for a week. After that they fly home. Then Jim and Jan Smith return to work, and the children go back to school.
**AUDIO TRACK 5**
(14) Look at the example in Figure 5. Listen. The Smiths will be on vacation all of next month. Change the words "will be" to "are." Write the word "are" in the first blank. (pause 4 sec) Now listen to the story. Change the words and complete the sentences. (pause 5 sec after each sentence)
Their plane will arrive in London tomorrow morning.
The next week they will fly to Rome.
They will spend a week there.
Then they will go on to Cairo.
They will sightsee in Cairo for a week.
After that they will fly home.
Then Jim and Jan Smith will return to work, and the children will go back to school.
(15) Now let's check your answers. Repeat the right sentences.
(pause for repetition)
Repeat: The Smiths are on vacation all of next month.
Repeat: Their plane arrives in London tomorrow morning.
Repeat: The next week they fly to Rome.
Repeat: They spend a week there.
Repeat: Then they go on to Cairo.
Repeat: They sightsee in Cairo for a week.
Repeat: After that they fly home.
Repeat: Then Jim and Jan Smith return to work, / and the children go back to school.
**AUDIO TRACK 6**
(16) Now look at Figure 6. Listen to an introduction. Listen to the things people say when they meet for the first time.
(3 voices: voices 1 and 2, female; voice 3, male)
voice 1: Mary, have you met Jack?
voice 2: No, I haven't.
voice 1: Let me introduce you. Mary, this is Jack Jones. Jack, this is Mary Barr.
voice 2: How do you do, Jack?
voice 3: It's a pleasure to meet you, Mary.
**AUDIO TRACK 7**
(17) Now look at Figure 7. Repeat these sentences. (pause for repetition)
Number 1: I'd like you to meet my sister.
Number 2: Have you met my friend Joe?
Number 3: Let me introduce you to my wife.
Number 4: I want you to meet my husband.
Number 5: This is David Williams.
Number 6: It's a pleasure to meet you.
Number 7: I'm happy to meet you.
Number 8: How do you do?
**AUDIO TRACK 8**
(18) Now look at the example in Figure 8. Listen to a word and complete the sentence. Don't write it; just say the complete sentence.
(a different voice might give cues)
Listen: Lt Anders (pause 4 sec) Repeat: I'd like you to meet Lt Anders. (pause as marked; pause for repetition)
(19) Listen. Then complete the sentence.
Number 1: Capt Carr (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: I'd like you to meet Captain Carr.
Number 2: Jane Smith (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: Have you met Jane Smith?
Number 3: my mother (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: Let me introduce you to my mother.
Number 4: Rita (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: I want you to meet my sister Rita.
Number 5: Col Davis (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: This is Col Davis.
Number 6: a pleasure (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: It's a pleasure to meet you.
Number 7: glad (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: I'm glad to meet you.
**AUDIO TRACK 9**
(20) Look at Figure 9. There are 3 main rules for introductions:
First: Always introduce men to women.
Second: Always introduce younger people to older people.
And third: Always introduce people of lower rank to people of higher rank.
Look at the example in Figure 9. Look at the rules and make an introduction. Listen. Mrs. Hall and Mr. Win. (pause) I'd like you to meet my friend. Mrs. Hall, this is Mr. Win. (pause 6 sec) Repeat: I'd like you to meet my friend. Mrs. Hall, this is Mr. Win. (pause for repetition)
(21) Now listen carefully. Look at the rules and make an introduction.
Number 1: Lt Ali and Col James (pause 6 sec)
Repeat: I'd like you to meet my friend. Col James, this is Lt Ali.
Number 2: Mary Wilson and John Hill (pause 6 sec)
Repeat: I'd like you to meet my friend. Mary Wilson, this is John Hill.
Number 3: Capt Black and Sgt Green (pause 6 sec)
Repeat: I'd like you to meet my friend. Capt Black, this is Sgt Green.
Number 4: Jack Brown and Jane Smith (pause 6 sec)
Repeat: I'd like you to meet my friend. Jane Smith, this is Jack Brown.
Number 5: Pvt White and Sgt Gray (pause 6 sec)
Repeat: I'd like you to meet my friend. Sgt Gray, this is Pvt White.
Number 6: Col Hall and Gen Davis (pause 6 sec)
Repeat: I'd like you to meet my friend. Gen Davis, this is Col Hall.
**AUDIO TRACK 10**
(22) Look at Figure 10. Listen to a dialog.
(3 voices: voices 1 & 3, female; voice 2, male)
voice 1: Mr. Hill, have you met Miss Jane Dow? She'll be in your class this week.
voice 2: I'm happy to know you, Miss Dow. I hope you'll enjoy my class.
voice 3: How do you do, sir?
(23) Now you take part in the conversation. This time you be the instructor. Listen. (pause for student to read voice 2)
voice 1: Mr. Hill, have you met Miss Jane Dow? She'll be in your class this week.
(voice 2: I'm happy to know you, Miss Dow. I hope you'll enjoy my class.)
voice 3: How do you do, sir?
(24) Now be student number 1. Begin. (pause for student to read voice 1)
(voice 1: Mr. Hill, have you met Miss Jane Dow? She'll be in your class this week.)
voice 2: I'm happy to know you, Miss Dow. I hope you'll enjoy my class.
voice 3: How do you do, sir?
(25) Now be student number 2. Listen. (pause for student to read voice 3)
voice 1: Mr. Hill, have you met Miss Jane Dow? She'll be in your class this week.
voice 2: I'm happy to know you, Miss Dow. I hope you'll enjoy my class.
(voice 3: How do you do, sir?)
**AUDIO TRACK 11**
(26) Now go to Figure 11. Ask and answer questions with the words "someone" and "anyone." Let's do the example. Repeat the question: Did you hit someone with the ball? Listen: No. Repeat the answer: No, I didn't hit anyone.
Number 1: Ask the question. (pause 4 sec) Repeat: Did you see anyone at the party?
Listen: No. (pause 4 sec) Repeat the answer: No, I didn't see anyone.
Number 2: Ask the question. (pause 4 sec) Repeat the question: Did she hurt anyone's feelings?
Listen: Yes. (pause 4 sec) Repeat the answer: Yes, she hurt someone's feelings.
Number 3: (pause 4 sec) Repeat the question: Did you talk to someone on the phone?
Listen: No. (pause 4 sec) Repeat the answer: No, I didn't talk to anyone on the phone.
Number 4: (pause 4 sec) Repeat the question: Did you lie to anyone at school?
Listen: No. (pause 4 sec) Repeat the answer: No, I didn't lie to anyone at school.
Number 5: (pause 4 sec) Repeat the question: Did you tell someone the story?
Listen: Yes. (pause 4 sec) Repeat the answer: Yes, I told someone the story.
Number 6: (pause 4 sec) Repeat the question: Did you tell someone the correct time?
Listen: No. (pause 4 sec) Repeat the answer: No, I didn't tell anyone.
**THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 2C, BOOK 10.**
---
<!-- source file: 042 - Lesson 2C.md -->
### Lesson 2C
### Figure 1
| | |
|---|---|
| 1. c | 3. c |
| 2. a | |
---
### Figure 2
| | |
|---|---|
| 1. a | 3. b |
| 2. c | |
### Figure 3
| | |
|---|---|
| 1. c | 3. a |
| 2. b | |
### Figure 5
The Smiths <u>are</u> on vacation all of next month. Their plane <u>arrives</u> in London tomorrow morning. The next week they <u>fly</u> to Rome. They <u>spend</u> a week there. Then they <u>go</u> on to Cairo. They <u>sightsee</u> in Cairo for a week. After that they <u>fly</u> home. Then Jim and Jan Smith <u>return</u> to work, and the children <u>go</u> back to school.

344
sources/book-10/lla-2D.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,344 @@
<!-- source file: 009 - LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 10 LESSON 2D.md -->
# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 10, LESSON 2D
### Figure 1
| Repeat the words.<br>Write the words. |
|---|
| after (that) | finally | first |
|---|---|---|
| last | next | then |
*Example:*
a. <u>first</u>
b. <u>then</u>
c. <u>finally</u>
1. a. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
b. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
c. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
d. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
2. a. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
b. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
c. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
d. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
e. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
3. a. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
b. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
c. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
d. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
e. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
f. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
---
### Figure 2
| Repeat the sentences. |
|---|
![#1 A closed book resting on a wooden table](images/page_048_001.jpg)
![#2 Storefronts showing signs for a Book Shop, Variety Store, Department Store, and Cafeteria](images/page_048_002.jpg)
![#3 Entrance of a Cafeteria with people walking inside](images/page_048_003.jpg)
![#4 A corner of a street with a Department Store sign and a street sign reading 10th St. and 27 Vine](images/page_048_004.jpg)
![#5 A shopping center building labeled Sun Mall with cars parked in the parking lot in front](images/page_048_005.jpg)
![#6 An armchair sitting on a patterned rug](images/page_048_006.jpg)
![#7 A street scene in a city showing tall buildings, cars driving, and a sign for City Bank](images/page_048_007.jpg)
![#8 A trolley or streetcar on tracks next to a car](images/page_048_008.jpg)
![#9 A suburban brick house with a garage door and driveway](images/page_048_009.jpg)
![#10 A wall with framed pictures including a large landscape painting of a sailboat at sunset and three smaller framed plant sketches below](images/page_048_010.jpg)
![#11 A motel building next to a Jolly Restaurant](images/page_048_011.jpg)
---
### Figure 3
**Circle the word.**
*Example:* in **(on)** by
1. in | up | on
2. down | by | up
3. near | over | in front of
4. in back of | in front of | under
5. at | in | on
6. over | near | by
7. by | over | below
8. under | down | over
9. across from | near | down
10. near | above | in back of
---
### Figure 4
**Answer the questions.**
![#1 A book lying on top of a rectangular table](images/page_050_001.jpg)
![#2 An exterior view of Sun Mall with a large parking lot in front](images/page_050_002.jpg)
![#3 Roy Department Store with storefront windows, street traffic, and a sign for MC Drugs in front](images/page_050_003.jpg)
![#4 Julie's Restaurant with cars parked on the street beside it](images/page_050_004.jpg)
![#5 Acme Insurance located on the second floor above Fie Variety Store](images/page_050_005.jpg)
![#6 A sofa with a pillow resting on it in a living room](images/page_050_006.jpg)
![#7 A house with a garage and a driveway in front, surrounded by trees](images/page_050_007.jpg)
![#8 An airplane flying high in the sky among clouds](images/page_050_008.jpg)
1. on, under
2. no, but near
3. yes, across from
4. behind, in
5. no, 2nd floor, above
6. in front of
7. in back of
8. below
---
### Figure 5
**Listen to a paragraph. Complete the sentences.**
I don't like this \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. It never has my favorite \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. It's a \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ drink, but this \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ doesn't have it. That other one usually has my \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_, but it's out of it today. Now I have to make another \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_, and I don't like the \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ in this machine. But, I'm thirsty, so I'll \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ my money in the slot and pull the \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. I guess I'll have to drink another kind of soda today.
---
– USER NOTES –
<!-- source file: 026 - AUDIO SCRIPT.md -->
# AUDIO SCRIPT
## Lesson 2D
### AUDIO TRACK 12
(1) Hello. Open your book to the activities for Lesson 2D. (pause 6 sec)
(2) Look at Figure 1. Listen and repeat the connective words in the box.
after...after that
finally
first
last
next
then
(3) Now look at the example. Listen to a paragraph. Listen for a connective word. Listen: Ned is going to study. First, he gets his books. Then he fixes his light. Finally he starts to study.
(4) Now listen to paragraph number 1 and write the connective words when you hear them. (read paragraphs at normal speed)
Number 1:
Jill wanted to shop in the mall. First, she went upstairs to a clothing store. Then she decided to go to the variety store. After that, she went downstairs to the shoe shop. Finally, she went to the department store and finished her shopping.
(5) Listen to paragraph number 1 again.
Jill wanted to shop in the mall. First, she went upstairs to a clothing store. Then she decided to go to the variety store. After that, she went downstairs to the shoe shop. Finally, she went to the department store and finished her shopping.
(6) Let's check your answers for number 1.
Letter a is first.
Letter b is then.
Letter c is after that.
Letter d is finally.
(7) Listen to the second paragraph. Write the connective words when you hear them.
Ted had to stop overnight in a motel. First, he checked in at the office. Then he drove to his room and parked his car. Next he took his suitcase into the room and hung up his suit. Then he showered and got ready for bed. He read for an hour and finally, he turned off the lights and went to sleep.
(8) Listen to paragraph number 2 again.
Ted had to stop overnight in a motel. First, he checked in at the office. Then he drove to his room and parked his car. Next he took his suitcase into the room and hung up his suit. Then he showered and got ready for bed. He read for an hour and finally, he turned off the lights and went to sleep.
(9) Let's check your answers for number 2.
Letter a is first.
Letter b is then.
Letter c is next.
Letter d is then.
Letter e is finally.
(10) Listen to paragraph number 3. Write the connective words when you hear them.
Gwen likes to eat in cafeterias. She likes to push her tray and pick out her food. First, there are salads. Next, they have meats and then vegetables. After that, they have breads and then desserts. Last, there are drinks. She likes to pick out her favorite foods.
(11) Listen to paragraph number 3 again.
Gwen likes to eat in cafeterias. She likes to push her tray and pick out her food. First, there are salads. Next, they have meats and then vegetables. After that, they have breads and then desserts. Last, there are drinks. She likes to pick out her favorite foods.
(12) Check your answers for number 3.
Letter a is first.
Letter b is next.
Letter c is then.
Letter d is after that.
Letter e is then.
Letter f is last.
### AUDIO TRACK 13
(13) Now look at the pictures in Figure 2. Listen and repeat. (pause for repetition)
Picture 1: Repeat: The book is on the table.
Picture 2: Repeat: The book shop is in the mall. / The variety store is next to the book shop.
Picture 3: Repeat: The cafeteria is by the stairs.
Picture 4: Repeat: The department store is at the corner / of Vine and 10th Street.
Picture 5: Repeat: Ned lives near the shopping center.
Picture 6: Repeat: The carpet is under the chair.
Picture 7: Repeat: The restaurant is across from the bank.
Picture 8: Repeat: The car is in front of the bus.
Picture 9: Repeat: The light is above the garage door.
Picture 10: Repeat: The small pictures are below the large picture.
Picture 11: Repeat: The motel is in back of the restaurant. / The motel is behind the restaurant.
### AUDIO TRACK 14
(14) Now look at the example in Figure 3. Listen to a sentence. Circle the word you hear in the sentence. Listen: The book is on the table. Circle the word on. Repeat: The book is on the table. (pause for repetition)
(15) Now listen and circle. (pause 4 sec after each item)
Number 1: The book shop is in the mall.
Number 2: His room is by the stairs.
Number 3: The tree is in front of the house.
Number 4: The truck is in back of the car.
Number 5: David is at the store.
Number 6: Jack sits near Ned.
Number 7: The small pictures are below the large picture.
Number 8: She keeps her shoes under the bed.
Number 9: The lab is across from the library.
Number 10: Jim's room is above mine.
(16) Check your answers. (pause for repetition)
Number 1 is in. Repeat: The book shop is in the mall.
Number 2 is by. Repeat: His room is by the stairs.
Number 3 is in front of. Repeat: The tree is in front of the house.
Number 4 is in back of. Repeat: The truck is in back of the car.
Number 5 is at. Repeat: David is at the store.
Number 6 is near. Repeat: Jack sits near Ned.
Number 7 is below. Repeat: The small pictures are below the large picture.
Number 8 is under. Repeat: She keeps her shoes under the bed.
Number 9 is across from. Repeat: The lab is across from the library.
Number 10 is above. Repeat: Jim's room is above mine.
### AUDIO TRACK 15
(17) Now look at the pictures in Figure 4. Listen to the question. Then use the words and answer the question. (pause 6 sec after each question; pause for repetition)
Picture 1: Where's the money? (pause 6 sec) on the table, under the book. Repeat: The money is on the table, under the book.
Picture 2: Did you park your car next to the mall? (pause 6 sec) no, but near the mall. Repeat: No, but I parked my car near the mall.
Picture 3: Is the department store at the corner? (pause 6 sec) yes, across from the drug store. Repeat: Yes, the department store is at the corner across from the drug store.
Picture 4: Where did you leave your car? (pause 6 sec) behind the restaurant, in the parking lot. Repeat: I left my car behind the restaurant / in the parking lot.
Picture 5: Is the insurance office by the variety store? (pause 6 sec) no, on the second floor, above the variety store. Repeat: No, the insurance office is on the second floor, / above the variety store.
Picture 6: Where did she put the rug? (pause 6 sec) in front of the sofa. Repeat: She put the rug in front of the sofa.
Picture 7: Is the dog in the house? (pause 6 sec) no, in back of the house. Repeat: No, the dog's not in the house / he's in back of the house.
Picture 8: Where is the airplane flying? (pause 6 sec) below the clouds. Repeat: The airplane is flying below the clouds.
### AUDIO TRACK 16
(18) Now, look at Figure 5. First listen to a paragraph. (read at normal speed)
I don't like this vending machine. It never has my favorite soda. It's a popular drink, but this machine doesn't have it. That other one usually has my favorite, but it's out of it today. Now I have to make another selection, and I don't like the diet drinks in this machine. But, I'm thirsty, so I'll drop my money in the slot and pull the knob. I guess I'll have to drink another kind of soda today.
(19) Now listen again and complete the sentences with the words you hear. (read slowly; pause 6 sec at each slash)
I don't like this vending machine. / It never has my favorite soda. / It's a popular drink, / but this machine doesn't have it. / That other one usually has my favorite, / but it's out of it today. / Now I have to make another selection / and I don't like the diet drinks in this machine. / But, I'm thirsty, / so I'll drop my money in the slot / and pull the knob. / I'll have to drink what I can get.
(20) Now listen to the paragraph again and check your work. (read at normal speed)
I don't like this vending machine. It never has my favorite soda. It's a popular drink, but this machine doesn't have it. That other one usually has my favorite, but it's out of it today. Now I have to make another selection and I don't like the diet drinks in this machine. But, I'm thirsty, so I'll drop my money in the slot and pull the knob. I'll have to drink what I can get.
**THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 2D, BOOK 10.**
---
**– USER NOTES –**
---
<!-- source file: 043 - Lesson 2D.md -->
### Lesson 2D
### Figure 1
1. a. first
b. then
c. after that
d. finally
2. a. first
c. then
b. next
c. then
d. finally
3. a. first
b. next
c. then
d. after that
e. then
f. last
### Figure 3
| | |
|---|---|
| 1. in | 6. near |
| 2. by | 7. below |
| 3. in front of | 8. under |
| 4. in back of | 9. across from |
| 5. at | 10. above |
### Figure 5
I don't like this <u>vending machine</u>. It never has my favorite <u>soda</u>. It's a <u>popular</u> drink, but this <u>machine</u> doesn't have it. That other one usually has my <u>favorite</u>, but it's out of it today. Now I have to make another <u>selection</u>, and I don't like the <u>diet drinks</u> in this machine. But, I'm thirsty, so I'll <u>drop</u> my money in the slot and pull the <u>knob</u>. I guess I'll have to drink another kind of soda today.

348
sources/book-10/lla-3A.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,348 @@
<!-- source file: 010 - LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 10 LESSON 3A.md -->
# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 10, LESSON 3A
### Figure 1
**Listen to the sentences. Repeat the words and sentences. Answer the questions.**
![#1 A bicycle with arrows pointing to the wheels, labeled "WHEELS"](images/page_053_001.jpg)
wheel
![#2 A hexagonal metal nut](images/page_053_002.jpg)
nut
![#3 An open-ended wrench](images/page_053_003.jpg)
wrench
1. A bicycle has two <u>wheels</u>.
2. A <u>nut</u> fastens each wheel to the bicycle.
3. You can turn the nut with a <u>wrench</u>.
![#4 A fully inflated bicycle tire wheel](images/page_053_004.jpg)
<u>tire</u> <u>air</u>
![#5 A partially deflated bicycle tire with some air in it](images/page_053_005.jpg)
<u>enough</u>
![#6 A flat bicycle tire resting on the ground](images/page_053_006.jpg)
<u>flat</u> <u>tire</u>
4. The <u>tire</u> fits on the outside of the wheel. There is <u>air</u> inside the tire.
5. The tire is low. It has some air, but not <u>enough</u>.
6. The tire is <u>flat</u>. It has only a little air.
---
### Figure 2
**Repeat the underlined words. Listen to a paragraph. Complete the sentences.**
![A four-panel grid showing bicycle maintenance: top-left labeled "PUMP INFLATE", top-right showing a bike seat labeled "SEAT LOWER", bottom-left showing handlebars labeled "RAISE LOOSE TIGHT", bottom-right showing a wrench turning a bolt labeled "LOOSEN TIGHTEN"](images/page_054_001.jpg)
Mike is fixing his bicycle. First he's putting air in the back tire. After he $\underset{1}{\underline{\hspace{3cm}}}$ the tire, he'll fix the seat. He's short, and it's high for him. He must $\underset{2}{\underline{\hspace{3cm}}}$ it. Next he'll fix the handle bars. He'll $\underset{3}{\underline{\hspace{3cm}}}$ them because they're low for him. Also, they slip because they're $\underset{4}{\underline{\hspace{3cm}}}$. They should be $\underset{5}{\underline{\hspace{3cm}}}$, or they may cause an accident. He can fix the seat and handle bars in a few minutes. He only needs to $\underset{6}{\underline{\hspace{3cm}}}$ and $\underset{7}{\underline{\hspace{3cm}}}$ a few nuts with a wrench.
---
### Figure 3
**Listen to the dialog. Repeat the dialog.**
Judy: You have a flat <u>tire</u>.
July: <u>Which</u> tire?
Judy: One on the <u>left</u>. The left <u>front</u> tire.
July: That tire's <u>new</u>.
Judy: Are the <u>others</u> new?
July: No, just <u>that</u> one.
Judy: That's <u>awful</u>.
July: Who can <u>fix</u> it?
Judy: <u>You</u> can fix it.
July: I don't know <u>how</u>.
Judy: I'll <u>teach</u> you how.
---
### Figure 4
**Listen to the paragraph. Look at the pictures. Repeat the underlined words.**
First Frank walks to <u>the back of</u> ![The rear section of a sedan car showing the back windshield, trunk lid, and rear wheel](images/page_056_001.jpg) the car. He sticks the <u>key</u> ![A metal car key with a ring loop](images/page_056_002.jpg) in the lock and opens the <u>trunk</u> ![The open trunk of a car viewed from the side](images/page_056_003.jpg). He <u>keeps</u> a <u>jack</u> ![A car jack for lifting vehicles](images/page_056_004.jpg), a <u>lug wrench</u> ![An L-shaped metal lug wrench tool](images/page_056_005.jpg), and an <u>extra</u> tire there. First he takes off the <u>hub cap</u> ![A circular metal hubcap with a stylized design](images/page_056_006.jpg) because it <u>covers</u> the lug nuts. Then he <u>jacks up</u> the car until the flat tire is off the ground. He loosens the nuts with the <u>lug wrench</u> ![An L-shaped metal lug wrench tool](images/page_056_005.jpg) and <u>removes</u> them. Next he <u>replaces</u> the flat tire with the <u>spare</u> tire. After he replaces and tightens the nuts, he lowers the car and puts on the <u>hub cap</u> ![A circular metal hubcap with a stylized design](images/page_056_006.jpg). Finally, he puts the things in the trunk and takes the flat tire to a garage.
---
### Figure 5
**Where there's a picture or a blank, say the right word.**
First Frank walks to ![The rear section of a sedan car showing the back windshield, trunk lid, and rear wheel](images/page_057_001.jpg) the car. He sticks the ![A metal car key with a ring loop](images/page_057_002.jpg) in the lock and opens the ![The open trunk of a car viewed from the side](images/page_057_003.jpg). He keeps a ![A car jack for lifting vehicles](images/page_057_004.jpg), a ![An L-shaped metal lug wrench tool](images/page_057_005.jpg), and an ___________ tire there. He takes them out of the ![The open trunk of a car viewed from the side](images/page_057_003.jpg) and begins to change the flat. The ![A circular metal hubcap with a stylized design](images/page_057_006.jpg) ___________ the lug nuts, and he has to take it off first. Then he ___________ the car until the flat tire is off the ground. He loosens the nuts with the ![An L-shaped metal lug wrench tool](images/page_057_005.jpg) and ___________ them. Next he takes off the flat tire and ___________ it with the ___________ tire. After he ___________ and tightens the nuts, he lowers the car and puts the ![A circular metal hubcap with a stylized design](images/page_057_006.jpg) on the new wheel. Finally, he puts the tire and tools in the trunk and takes them to a garage.
---
### Figure 6
**Circle T for true or F for false.**
| | | | | | | | |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 1. | T | F | | 5. | T | F |
| 2. | T | F | | 6. | T | F |
| 3. | T | F | | 7. | T | F |
| 4. | T | F | | 8. | T | F |
---
### Figure 7
**Select the main idea.**
1. a. People are very busy these days.
b. Vending machines are popular machines.
c. People like drinks and snacks.
2. a. Some stores sell expensive clothing.
b. You can buy sports clothes at sports clothing stores.
c. There are many kinds of clothing stores.
<!-- source file: 027 - AUDIO SCRIPT.md -->
# AUDIO SCRIPT
## Lesson 3A
### AUDIO TRACK 1
(1) Hello. Open your book to the activities for Lesson 3A.
(pause 6 sec)
(2) Look at Figure 1. Listen to the sentences.
Number 1: A bicycle has two wheels.
Number 2: A nut fastens each wheel to the bicycle.
Number 3: You can turn the nut with a wrench.
Number 4: The tire fits on the outside of the wheel. There is air inside the tire.
Number 5: The tire is low. It has some air, but not enough.
Number 6: The tire is flat. It has only a little air.
(3) Now repeat the words and sentences. (pause for repetition)
Number 1: wheel...wheel
A bicycle has two wheels.
Number 2: nut...nut
A nut fastens each wheel to the bicycle.
Number 3: wrench...wrench
You can turn the nut with a wrench.
Number 4: tire...tire air...air
The tire fits on the outside of the wheel. There is air inside the tire.
Number 5: enough...enough
The tire is low. It has some air but not enough.
Number 6: flat...flat
The tire is flat. It has only a little air.
---
(4) Now look at the pictures in Figure 1. Listen to and answer some questions about the pictures. Answer in complete sentences. Then repeat the correct answers. (pause as marked; pause for repetition)
Number 1: What shape are the wheels? (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: The wheels are round.
Number 2: Where are the tires? (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: The tires fit on the outside of the wheels.
Number 3: What can you turn with a wrench? (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: You can turn a nut with a wrench.
Number 4: What is in the tires? (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: There's air inside the tires.
Number 5: What is wrong with this tire? (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: It doesn't have enough air.
Number 6: What is wrong with this tire? (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: It's flat.
### AUDIO TRACK 2
(5) Now look at Figure 2. Repeat the underlined words two times. (pause for repetition)
inflate...inflate
lower...lower
raise...raise
loose...loose
tight...tight
loosen...loosen
tighten...tighten
(6) Now listen to the paragraph.
Mike is fixing his bicycle. First he's putting air in the back tire. After he inflates the tire, he'll fix the seat. He's short, and it's high for him. He must lower it. Next he'll fix the handlebars. He'll raise them because they're low for him. Also, they slip because they're loose. They should be tight, or they may cause an accident. He can fix the seat and handlebars in a few minutes. He only needs to loosen and tighten a few nuts with a wrench.
---
(7) Listen to the paragraph again. Complete the sentences. (pause as marked)
Mike is fixing his bicycle. First he's putting air in the back tire. After he <u>inflates the tire, he'll fix the seat</u>. (pause 5 sec) He's short, and it's high for him. He must <u>lower it</u>. (pause 5 sec) Next he'll fix the handlebars. He'll <u>raise them</u> because they're low for him. (pause 5 sec) Also, they're <u>loose</u>. (pause 5 sec) They should be <u>tight</u>, or they may cause an accident. (pause 5 sec) He can fix the seat and handlebars in a few minutes. He only needs to <u>loosen and tighten</u> a few nuts with a wrench. (pause 10 seconds)
(8) Now let's check the words.
Number 1 is inflates. Repeat: After he inflates the tire, he'll fix the seat.
Number 2 is lower. Repeat: He must lower the seat.
Number 3 is raise. Repeat: He'll raise the handlebars.
Number 4 is loose. Repeat: The handlebars slip because they're loose.
Number 5 is tight. Repeat: The handlebars should be tight.
Number 6 is loosen. Repeat: Mike will loosen a nut under the seat.
Number 7 is tighten. Repeat: He'll tighten the nut again.
### AUDIO TRACK 3
(9) Look at Figure 3. Listen to the dialog.
(two female voices)
voice 1: You have a flat tire.
voice 2: Which tire?
voice 1: The one on the left. The left front tire.
voice 2: That tire's new.
voice 1: Are the others new?
voice 2: No, just that one.
voice 1: That's awful.
voice 2: Who can fix it?
voice 1: You can fix it.
voice 2: I don't know how.
voice 1: I'll teach you how.
---
(10) Listen to the dialog again. This time, repeat it. (stress underlined words; pause for repetition)
voice 1: You have a flat <u>tire</u>.
voice 2: <u>Which</u> tire?
voice 1: The one on the <u>left</u>. The left <u>front</u> tire.
voice 2: That tire's <u>new</u>.
voice 1: Are the <u>others</u> new?
voice 2: No, just <u>that</u> one.
voice 1: That's <u>awful</u>.
voice 2: Who can <u>fix</u> it?
voice 1: <u>You</u> can fix it.
voice 2: I don't know <u>how</u>.
voice 1: I'll <u>teach</u> you how.
### AUDIO TRACK 4
(11) Now look at Figure 4. Listen to the paragraph.
First Frank walks to the back of the car. He sticks the key in the lock and opens the trunk. He keeps a jack, a lug wrench, and an extra tire there. First he takes off the hub cap because it covers the lug nuts. Then he jacks up the car until the flat tire is off the ground. He loosens the nuts with the lug wrench and removes them. Next he replaces the flat tire with the spare tire. After he replaces and tightens the nuts, he lowers the car and puts on the hub cap. Finally, he puts the things in the trunk and takes the flat tire to a garage.
(12) Look at the pictures and repeat the underlined words two times.
the back of...the back of
key...key
trunk...trunk
keeps...keeps
jack...jack
lug wrench...lug wrench
extra...extra
hub cap...hub cap
covers...covers
jacks up...jacks up
---
removes...removes
replaces...replaces
spare...spare
### AUDIO TRACK 5
(13) Look at Figure 5. Some of the words are missing. Listen to the paragraph. It's a little different from the other paragraph. When there's a picture or a blank, say the right word. Try to say the words before you hear them. Let's do the first sentence. (pause about 3 sec before the underlined words)
First Frank walks to <u>the back of the car</u>.
Did you say <u>the back of</u> before you heard it? Let's repeat the first sentence, then complete the paragraph. Try to say the words before you hear them. (pause before the underlined words)
First Frank walks to <u>the back of the car</u>. He sticks the <u>key</u> in the lock and opens the <u>trunk</u>. He keeps a <u>jack</u>, a <u>lug wrench</u>, and an <u>extra</u> tire there. He takes them out of the <u>trunk</u> and begins to change the flat. The <u>hub cap covers</u> the lug nuts, and he has to take it off first. Then he <u>jacks up</u> the car until the flat tire is off the ground. He loosens the nuts with the <u>lug wrench</u> and <u>removes</u> them. Next he takes off the flat tire and <u>replaces</u> it with the <u>spare</u> tire. After he <u>replaces</u> and tightens the nuts, he lowers the car and puts the <u>hub cap</u> on the new wheel. Finally, he puts the tire and tools in the trunk and takes them to a garage.
### AUDIO TRACK 6
(14) Look at Figure 6 now. Listen carefully to each sentence and circle T for true or F for false. (pause 10 seconds after each item)
Number 1: A key fits in a lock.
Number 2: Remove and take off are the same.
Number 3: Spare is the opposite of extra.
Number 4: Frank raises the car with the jack.
Number 5: He turns the hub cap with the wrench.
Number 6: The trunk of Frank's car is in the front.
Number 7: He tightens the nuts before he removes them.
Number 8: Frank replaces the flat tire with another tire.
---
(15) Listen and check your answers.
Number 1 is true. Repeat: A key fits in a lock.
Number 2 is true. Repeat: Remove and take off are the same.
Number 3 is false. Spare and extra are not opposites. Repeat: Spare and extra are the same.
Number 4 is true. Repeat: Frank raises the car with the jack.
Number 5 is false. Frank doesn't turn the hub caps with the wrench. He turns the lug nuts. Repeat: Frank turns the lug nuts with the wrench.
Number 6 is false. The trunk isn't in the front; it's in the back. Repeat: The trunk is in the back of the car.
Number 7 is false. Frank loosens the nuts before he removes them from the wheel, not after. Repeat: He loosens the nuts before he removes them.
Number 8 is true. Repeat: Frank replaces the flat tire with another tire.
(16) Listen to a paragraph two times. First just listen.
When people have a lot to do, they don't want to eat at home or in restaurants. They can get a snack from a vending machine. There are vending machines in most buildings, and they sell many different drinks and snacks. They have coffee, tea, soup, soda, or juice for people who want something to drink. People who want something to eat can buy nuts, chips, fruit, and sandwiches. These vending machines are usually very popular.
### AUDIO TRACK 7
(17) Now look at Figure 7. Listen to the paragraph again. Then select the main idea and circle the letter, a, b, or c.
When people have a lot to do, they don't want to eat at home or in restaurants. They can get a snack from a vending machine. There are vending machines in most buildings, and they sell many different drinks and snacks. They have coffee, tea, soda, or juice for people who want something to drink. People who want something to eat can buy nuts, chips, fruit, and sandwiches. These vending machines are usually very popular. (pause 8 seconds)
---
(18) The answer is b. The main idea of the paragraph is: Vending machines are popular machines.
(19) Now listen to another paragraph.
There are many different kinds of clothing stores. Some sell clothes only for children; others sell only men's or women's clothes. There are also stores for sports clothing; you can't buy clothes for school or the office in these stores. In some clothing stores you can save money because the prices are very low. Other stores sell only very expensive clothes. When you shop, you can usually find all kinds of clothes at all kinds of prices. (pause 8 seconds)
(20) Listen to the paragraph again. Then select the main idea and circle the letter, a, b, or c.
There are many different kinds of clothing stores. Some sell clothes only for children; others sell only men's or women's clothes. There are also stores for sports clothing; you can't buy clothes for school or the office in these stores. In some clothing stores you can save money because the prices are very low. Other stores sell only very expensive clothes. When you shop, you can usually find all kinds of clothes at all kinds of prices. (pause 8 seconds)
(21) The answer is c. The main idea of the paragraph is: There are many kinds of clothing stores.
**THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 3A, BOOK 10.**
--- USER NOTES ---
<!-- source file: 044 - Lesson 3A.md -->
### Lesson 3A
### Figure 2
Mike is fixing his bicycle. First he's putting air in the back tire. After he ❶<u>inflates</u> the tire, he'll fix the seat. He's short, and it's high for him. He must ❷<u>lower</u> it. Next he'll fix the handle bars. He'll ❸<u>raise</u> them because they're low for him. Also, they slip because they're ❹<u>loose</u>. They should be ❺<u>tight</u>, or they may cause an accident. He can fix the seat and handle bars in a few minutes. He only needs to ❻<u>loosen</u> and ❼<u>tighten</u> a few nuts with a wrench.
---
### Figure 5
First Frank walks to ![a pickup truck](images/page_214_001.jpg) the car. He sticks the ![a key](images/page_214_002.jpg) in the lock and opens the ![a jack](images/page_214_003.jpg). He keeps a ![a jack](images/page_214_004.jpg), a ![a lug wrench](images/page_214_005.jpg), and an <u>extra tire</u> there. He takes them out of the ![a jack](images/page_214_006.jpg) and begins to change the flat. The ![a hubcap](images/page_214_007.jpg) covers the lug nuts, and he has to take it off first. Then he <u>jacks up</u> the car until the flat tire is off the ground. He loosens the nuts with the ![a lug wrench](images/page_214_008.jpg) and <u>removes</u> them. Next he takes off the flat tire and <u>replaces</u> it with the <u>spare</u> tire. After he <u>replaces</u> and tightens the nuts, he lowers the car and puts the ![a hubcap](images/page_214_009.jpg) on the new wheel. Finally, he puts the tire and tools in the trunk and takes them to a garage.
### Figure 6
| | |
|---|---|
| 1. T | 5. F |
| 2. T | 6. F |
| 3. F | 7. F |
| 4. T | 8. T |
### Figure 7
1. b
2. c

530
sources/book-10/lla-3B.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,530 @@
<!-- source file: 011 - LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 10 LESSON 3B.md -->
# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 10, LESSON 3B
### Figure 1
**Repeat the connectives. Listen to a paragraph. Write the connectives.**
| after | finally | first | last | next | second | then |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
#### Paragraph 1
1. ___________
2. ___________
3. ___________
4. ___________
#### Paragraph 2
1. ___________
2. ___________
3. ___________
4. ___________
5. ___________
6. ___________
---
### Figure 2
**Listen to the dialog. Repeat the underlined words. Repeat the dialog.**
![#1 A man sitting in the driver's seat of a car looking back at a woman sitting in the passenger seat beside him](images/page_060_001.jpg)
![#2 The man turning around in his car seat to look at the woman reading a newspaper next to him](images/page_060_002.jpg)
![#3 A man reaching up toward the back seat of a car to grab a blanket while a woman looks on](images/page_060_003.jpg)
![#4 A man holding a cigarette lighter and a pack of cigarettes while talking to a woman in the car seat next to him](images/page_060_004.jpg)
1. Mrs. Adams: Do me a <u>favor</u>, please.
Mr. Wilson: <u>Certainly</u>. What can I do for you?
Mrs. Adams: Hand me the other half of my seat belt.
2. Mrs. Adams: May I look at your paper?
Mr. Wilson: <u>Of course</u>. I'm not reading it.
3. Mrs. Adams: I need to <u>keep</u> warm. Can you get a blanket for me?
Mr. Wilson: <u>Sure</u>. I'll be glad to.
4. Mr. Wilson: I'd like to smoke a cigarette. Will that bother you?
Mrs. Adams: No, I won't <u>mind</u>.
---
### Figure 3
**Listen to the dialog. Repeat the underlined words. Repeat the dialog.**
![A flight attendant leaning down to hand a meal tray with food and a cup to a seated female passenger on an airplane](images/page_061_001.jpg)
Flight Attendant: Have you finished your lunch?
Mrs. Adams: Yes, but that was certainly a <u>quick</u> meal.
Flight Attendant: I'm sorry you had to <u>hurry</u>.
Mrs. Adams: You take the plates very <u>quickly</u>.
Flight Attendant: We're always <u>in a hurry</u> on this flight.
Mrs. Adams: Because it's short?
Flight Attendant: Yes. We never have enough time.
Mrs. Adams: One more question, please. Where are the restrooms?
Flight Attendant: At <u>the front of</u> the airplane.
---
### Figure 4
**Circle the number.**
*Examples:*
hur ry
(1) 2 3
a cross
1 (2) 3
1. 1 2 3
2. 1 2 3
3. 1 2 3
4. 1 2 3
5. 1 2 3
6. 1 2 3
7. 1 2 3
8. 1 2 3
9. 1 2 3
10. 1 2 3
11. 1 2 3
12. 1 2 3
---
### Figure 5
**Repeat the sentences.**
1. Everyone began **laughing**.
2. Mike started **apologizing**.
3. Ann likes **exercising** in the gym.
4. Paul enjoys **watching** sports on TV.
5. Dr. Hall never minds **answering** questions.
6. We finished **listening** to the tape after class.
---
### Figure 6
**Use the -ing form to change the sentences.**
*Example:* Kay likes **to drive** her brother's car.
Kay likes **driving** her brother's car.
---
### Figure 7
**Listen to the word. Complete the sentence.**
*Example:* Mark enjoys old movies. (watch)
Mark enjoys <u>watching</u> old movies.
1. Jane enjoys ____________________ people.
2. Did you finish ____________________ your letter?
3. I hope you don't mind ____________________ a few forms.
4. Dan doesn't like ____________________ money from friends.
5. Everyone started ____________________ at the same time.
6. Jan began ____________________ the medicine every four hours.
---
### Figure 8
**Listen to the paragraph. Write the main idea.**
Main idea: ____________________________________________________________________
---
– USER NOTES –
---
<!-- source file: 028 - AUDIO SCRIPT.md -->
# AUDIO SCRIPT
## Lesson 3B
**AUDIO TRACK 8**
(1) Hello. Open your book to the activities for Lesson 3B. (pause 6 sec)
(2) Look at Figure 1. Listen and repeat the connectives in the box.
after...after
finally...finally
first...first
last...last
next...next
second...second
then...then
(3) Listen to paragraph number 1 and look at the box. Listen for the words in the box. These words are connective words. (read at normal speed)
Mike needed to fix his bicycle. First, he inflated the back tire. There wasn't enough air in it. He fixed the handlebars second. They were high, and they were loose. He lowered them, and then he tightened them. He fixed the seat last. He raised it because it was low for him.
(4) Listen to paragraph number 1 again. When you hear the words in the box, write them on the blank lines in Figure 1.
Mike needed to fix his bicycle. First, he inflated the back tire. There wasn't enough air in it. He fixed the handlebars second. They were high, and they were loose. He lowered them, and then he tightened them. He fixed the seat last. He raised it because it was low for him. (pause 5 seconds)
(5) Now let's check your answers.
Number 1 is first.
Number 2 is second.
Number 3 is then.
Number 4 is last.
(6) Listen to paragraph number 2. (read at normal speed)
Before Bob goes on a trip in his car, he always stops at a gas station. First, he puts gas in the car and cleans the windows. After he pays for the gas, Bob checks the tires. He looks at the tires on the car and then opens the trunk and checks the spare tire. Next, he looks for the jack and lug wrench. He checks the nuts and wheel covers last and tightens any loose ones. Finally, he's ready to leave.
(7) Listen to paragraph number 2 again. This time, write the connective words when you hear them. (read slightly slower)
Before Bob goes on a trip in his car, he always stops at a gas station. First, he puts gas in the car and cleans the windows. After he pays for the gas, Bob checks the tires. He looks at the tires on the car and then opens the trunk and checks the spare tire. Next, he looks for the jack and lug wrench. He checks the nuts and wheel covers last and tightens any loose ones. Finally, he's ready to leave. (pause 5 seconds)
(8) Now let's check your words.
Number 1 is first.
Number 2 is after.
Number 3 is then.
Number 4 is next.
Number 5 is last.
Number 6 is finally.
**AUDIO TRACK 9**
(9) Look at Figure 2. Look at the picture and listen to the dialog. (read at normal speed)
(2 voices: voice 1, female; voice 2, male)
voice 1: Do me a favor, please.
voice 2: Certainly. What can I do for you?
voice 1: Hand me the other half of my seat belt.
voice 1: May I look at your paper?
voice 2: Of course. I'm not reading it.
voice 1: I need to keep warm. Can you get a blanket for me?
voice 2: Sure. I'll be glad to.
voice 2: I'd like to smoke a cigarette. Will that bother you?
voice 1: No, I won't mind.
(10) Now repeat the underlined words. (pause for repetition)
do a favor...do a favor
certainly...certainly
of course...of course
keep...keep
sure...sure
mind...mind
(11) Listen to the dialog again. Repeat it this time. (pause for repetition)
voice 1: Do me a favor, please.
voice 2: Certainly. What can I do for you?
voice 1: Hand me the other half of my seat belt.
voice 1: May I look at your paper?
voice 2: Of course. I'm not reading it.
voice 1: I need to keep warm. Can you get a blanket for me?
voice 2: Sure. I'll be glad to.
voice 2: I'd like to smoke a cigarette. Will that bother you?
voice 1: No, I won't mind.
**AUDIO TRACK 10**
(12) Please look at Figure 3. Listen to the dialog. (read at normal speed)
(2 voices: voice 1, female (same as above); voice 2, female)
voice 1: Have you finished your lunch?
voice 2: Yes, but that was certainly a quick meal.
voice 1: I'm sorry you had to hurry.
voice 2: You take the plates very quickly.
voice 1: We're always in a hurry on this flight.
voice 2: Because it's so short?
voice 1: Yes. We never have enough time.
voice 2: One more question, please. Where are the restrooms?
voice 1: At the front of the airplane.
(13) Listen to the underlined words again and repeat. (pause for repetition)
quick...quick
hurry...hurry
quickly...quickly
in a hurry...in a hurry
the front of...the front of
(14) Listen to the dialog again and repeat. (pause for repetition)
voice 1: Have you finished your lunch?
voice 2: Yes, but that was certainly a quick meal.
voice 1: I'm sorry you had to hurry.
voice 2: You take the plates very quickly.
voice 1: We're always in a hurry on this flight.
voice 2: Because it's so short?
voice 1: Yes. We never have enough time.
voice 2: One more question, please. Where are the restrooms?
voice 1: At the front of the airplane.
**AUDIO TRACK 11**
(15) Look at Figure 4. Listen to the words and circle the number of the syllable with the strong stress. Look at the first example and listen. (stress capitalized syllables)
hurry...hurry. (pause 5 seconds) Circle 1. The first syllable of hurry is stressed more than the second syllable. Repeat: hurry
Listen to the second example.
across...across. (pause 5 seconds) The answer is <u>2</u>. The second syllable has the strong stress in across. Repeat: across.
(16) Let's begin the exercise. Listen and circle the number. (stress capitalized syllables; pause 4 seconds between items)
Number 1: in FLATE...in FLATE
Number 2: LO wer...LO wer
Number 3: re MOVE...re MOVE
Number 4: TIGHT en...TIGHT en
---
Number 5: EX tra...EX tra
Number 6: e NOUGH...e NOUGH
Number 7: CO ver...CO ver
Number 8: QUICK ly...QUICK ly
Number 9: re PLACE...re PLACE
Number 10: ciga RETTE...ciga RETTE
Number 11: a CROSS...a CROSS
Number 12: CER tainly...CER tainly
(17) Now check your answers. (pause for repetition)
Number 1 is 2. Repeat: in FLATE
Number 2 is 1. Repeat: LO wer
Number 3 is 2. Repeat: re MOVE
Number 4 is 1. Repeat: TIGHT en
Number 5 is 1. Repeat: EX tra
Number 6 is 2. Repeat: e NOUGH
Number 7 is 1. Repeat: CO ver
Number 8 is 1. Repeat: QUICK ly
Number 9 is 2. Repeat: re PLACE
Number 10 is 3. Repeat: ciga RETTE
Number 11 is 2. Repeat: a CROSS
Number 12 is 1. Repeat: CER tainly
**AUDIO TRACK 12**
(18) Now turn to Figure 5. Repeat the sentences. (pause for repetition)
Everyone began laughing.
Mike started apologizing.
Ann likes exercising in the gym.
Paul enjoys watching sports on TV.
Dr. Hall never minds answering questions.
We finished listening to the tape after class.
AUDIO TRACK 13
(19) Look at Figure 6. Look at the example and listen.
(2 voices)
voice 1: Kay likes to drive her brother's car.
voice 2: Kay likes driving her brother's car.
Now listen to the sentence. Then change it. Use the -i-n-g form.
(pause as indicated; pause for repetition)
Number 1: The child started to cry. (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: The child started crying.
Number 2: I don't like to stand in line. (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: I don't like standing in line.
Number 3: Al began to study after dinner. (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: Al began studying after dinner.
Number 4: Some people like to get up early. (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: Some people like getting up early.
Number 5: The students began to ask questions. (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: The students began asking questions.
Number 6: Mary started to look for an apartment. (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: Mary started looking for an apartment.
AUDIO TRACK 14
(20) Go to Figure 7. Look at the example and listen.
(2 voices)
voice 1: Mark enjoys old movies. (watch.)
voice 2: Mark enjoys watching old movies.
Now look at the sentence and listen to the word. Complete the sentence in your book. Then repeat it. (pause as indicated and for repetition)
Number 1: meet. (pause 5 sec)
Repeat: Jane enjoys meeting people.
Number 2: write. (pause 5 sec)
Repeat: Did you finish writing your letter?
Number 3: fill out. (pause 5 sec)
Repeat: I hope you don't mind filling out a few forms.
Number 4: borrow. (pause 5 sec)
Repeat: Dan doesn't like borrowing money from friends.
Number 5: talk. (pause 5 sec)
Repeat: Everyone started talking at the same time.
Number 6: take. (pause 5 sec)
Repeat: Jan began taking the medicine every four hours.
AUDIO TRACK 15
(21) Go to Figure 8 now. Listen to the paragraph.
John stood in front of the vending machine near his office and counted his money. He had only forty-five cents, exactly the cost of a diet soda. He carefully put his money in the machine and pushed the button, but nothing happened. He pushed the coin return, and again nothing happened. John couldn't get his money or his diet soda.
(22) Listen to the paragraph again. Then write the main idea in a complete sentence.
John stood in front of the vending machine near his office and counted his money. He had only forty-five cents, exactly the cost of a diet soda. He carefully put his money in the machine and pushed the button, but nothing happened. He pushed the coin return, and again nothing happened. John couldn't get his money or his diet soda.
(23) Write a sentence now. (pause 15 seconds)
(24) The main idea is something like: John lost his money in the vending machine.
THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 3B, BOOK 10.
– USER NOTES –
<!-- source file: 045 - Lesson 3B.md -->
### Lesson 3B
### Figure 1
**Paragraph 1**
1. first
2. second
3. then
4. last
**Paragraph 2**
1. first
2. after
3. then
4. next
5. last
6. finally
### Figure 4
| | |
|---|---|
| 1. 2 | 7. 1 |
| 2. 1 | 8. 1 |
| 3. 2 | 9. 2 |
| 4. 1 | 10. 3 |
| 5. 1 | 11. 2 |
| 6. 2 | 12. 1 |
### Figure 7
1. Jane enjoys <u>meeting</u> people.
2. Did you finish <u>writing</u> your letter?
3. I hope you don't mind <u>filling out</u> a few forms.
4. Dan doesn't like <u>borrowing</u> money from friends.
---
5. Everyone started <u>talking</u> at the same time.
6. Jan began <u>taking</u> the medicine every four hours.
### Figure 8
Main idea: <u>John lost his money in the vending machine.</u>

489
sources/book-10/lla-3C.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,489 @@
<!-- source file: 012 - LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 10 LESSON 3C.md -->
# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 10, LESSON 3C
### Figure 1
**Repeat the words. Listen to the dialog. Write the words.**
| can | could | will | would |
|---|---|---|---|
1. Kay: ____________________ you please do me a favor?
Ken: Yes, of course.
2. Kay: ____________________ you give me a ride home this afternoon?
Ken: I sure ____________________.
3. Jan: ____________________ you take a message for me, please?
Jim: I'll be glad to.
4. Jan: ____________________ you tell Mr. Rogers that I called?
Jim: I certainly ____________________.
---
### Figure 2
**Listen to the dialog. Read Ann's part.**
![Two women standing outdoors talking near a tree](images/page_066_001.jpg)
Mary: Could you do me a favor?
Ann: Certainly. What do you need?
Mary: Lunch money. Can you lend me three dollars?
Ann: Yes, I can.
Mary: Thanks. Will you do another thing for me?
Ann: Of course. You always do me favors.
Mary: Would you let me buy your lunch tomorrow?
Ann: Sure! I know a good restaurant downtown.
---
### Figure 3
**Change the sentence to a polite question.**
*Examples:* Lend me a dollar. **(will)**
**Will** you **please** lend me a dollar?
Turn that radio off. **(could)**
**Could** you **please** turn that radio off?
---
### Figure 4
> **Repeat the answers.**
> **Listen to the question.**
> **Write the answer.**
Of course.
Sure.
Certainly.
Yes, I can.
Yes, I will.
*Examples:*
Would you please help me?
Of course.
Can you please speak more slowly?
Yes, I can.
1. S________________.
2. C________________.
3. O____ c________.
4. Y____, I c________.
5. S________________.
6. O____ c________.
7. Y____, I w________.
8. Y____, I c________.
9. C________________.
10. Y____, I w________.
---
### Figure 5
> **Read the questions.**
> **Listen to a conversation.**
> **Answer the questions.**
1. Where are the men?
2. Does the customer want to buy anything right now?
3. What's the clerk's name?
4. Where are the fall suits?
5. What did the customer say about the suits?
---
### Figure 6
> **Circle the number.**
*Example:*
caf e ter i a
1 2 <u>③</u> 4 5
1. 1 2 3 4
2. 1 2 3 4
3. 1 2 3 4
4. 1 2 3 4
5. 1 2 3 4
6. 1 2 3 4
7. 1 2 3 4
8. 1 2 3 4
9. 1 2 3 4
10. 1 2 3 4
11. 1 2 3 4
12. 1 2 3 4
---
### Figure 7
> **Write the main idea.**
1. __________________________________________________________________________________
2. __________________________________________________________________________________
<!-- source file: 029 - AUDIO SCRIPT.md -->
# AUDIO SCRIPT
## Lesson 3C
**AUDIO TRACK 1**
(1) Hello. Open your book to the activities for Lesson 3C. (pause 6 seconds)
(2) Look at Figure 1. Listen to the words in the box and repeat. (pause for repetition)
can...can
could...could
will...will
would...would
(3) Look at the dialogs and listen.
(2 voices: voice 1, female; voice 2, male)
voice 1: Could you please do me a favor?
voice 2: Yes, of course.
voice 1: Can you give me a ride home this afternoon?
voice 2: I sure can.
voice 1: Would you take a message for me, please?
voice 2: I'll be glad to.
voice 1: Will you tell Mr. Rogers that I called?
voice 2: I certainly will.
(4) Listen to the dialogs again. Write the words you hear in the blanks. (pause 5 seconds after each dialog)
Number 1: voice 1: Could you please do me a favor?
voice 2: Yes, of course.
Number 2: voice 1: Can you give me a ride home this afternoon?
voice 2: I sure can.
Number 3: voice 1: Would you take a message for me, please?
voice 2: I'll be glad to.
Number 4: voice 1: Will you tell Mr. Rogers that I called?
voice 2: I certainly will.
(5) Now check your answers. (pause for repetition)
Number 1 is could. Repeat: Could you please do me a favor? / Yes, of course.
Number 2 is can. Repeat: Can you give me a ride home this afternoon? / I sure can.
Number 3 is would. Repeat: Would you take a message for me, please? / I'll be glad to.
Number 4 is will. Repeat: Will you tell Mr. Rogers that I called? / I certainly will.
**AUDIO TRACK 2**
(6) Look at Figure 2. Listen to the dialog.
(2 voices: female)
voice 1: Could you do me a favor?
voice 2: Certainly. What do you need?
voice 1: Lunch money. Can you lend me three dollars?
voice 2: Yes, I can.
voice 1: Thanks. Will you do another thing for me?
voice 2: Of course. You always do me favors.
voice 1: Would you let me buy your lunch tomorrow?
voice 2: Sure! I know a good restaurant downtown.
(7) Now let's read the dialog together. You read Ann's lines. I'll read Mary's lines. (pause for student to read voice 2; see above)
voice 1: Could you do me a favor?
voice 1: Lunch money. Can you lend me three dollars?
voice 1: Thanks. Will you do another thing for me?
voice 1: Would you let me buy your lunch tomorrow?
**AUDIO TRACK 3**
(8) Please go to Figure 3. Look at the examples and listen.
(2 voices)
voice 1: Lend me a dollar. will
voice 2: Will you please lend me a dollar?
voice 1: Turn that radio off. could
voice 2: Could you please turn that radio off?
---
(9) Now listen to the sentence and change it to a polite question. (pause 4 seconds after each cue word; pause for repetition)
Number 1: Move your car. can (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: Can you please move your car?
Number 2: Repeat the answer. would (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: Would you please repeat the answer?
Number 3: Fill out this form. could (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: Could you please fill out this form?
Number 4: Tell me what time it is. can (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: Can you please tell me what time it is?
Number 5: Bring me a cup of coffee. could (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: Could you please bring me a cup of coffee?
Number 6: Introduce me to your friend. would (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: Would you please introduce me to your friend?
Number 7: Take this book back to the library. will (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: Will you please take this book back to the library?
Number 8: Show me how to operate this machine. can (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: Can you please show me how to operate this machine?
Number 9: Write that word on the chalkboard. would (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: Would you please write that word on the chalkboard?
Number 10: Tell Mother I won't be home for dinner. will (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: Will you please tell Mother I won't be home for dinner?
**AUDIO TRACK 4**
(10) Look at Figure 4 now. Listen to the questions from the last exercise, then give the complete answer. First look at the answers and repeat. (pause for repetition)
Of course.
Sure.
Certainly.
Yes, I can.
Yes, I will.
(11) Now look at the examples and listen. (pause 3 seconds between the examples)
(2 voices)
voice 1: Would you please help me?
voice 2: Of course.
voice 1: Can you please speak more slowly?
voice 2: Yes, I can.
(12) Let's begin the exercise. (pause 3 seconds after each question; pause for repetition)
Number 1: Listen: Can you please move your car? (pause 3 sec)
Repeat: Sure.
Number 2: Listen: Would you please repeat the answer? (pause 3 sec)
Repeat: Certainly.
Number 3: Listen: Could you please fill out this form? (pause 3 sec)
Repeat: Of course.
Number 4: Listen: Can you please tell me the time? (pause 3 sec)
Repeat: Yes, I can.
Number 5: Listen: Could you please bring me a cup of coffee? (pause 3 sec)
Repeat: Sure.
Number 6: Listen: Would you please introduce me to your friend? (pause 3 sec)
Repeat: Of course.
Number 7: Listen: Will you please take this book back to the library? (pause 3 sec)
Repeat: Yes, I will.
Number 8: Listen: Can you please show me how to operate this machine? (pause 3 sec)
Repeat: Yes, I can.
Number 9: Listen: Would you please write that word on the chalkboard? (pause 3 sec)
Repeat: Certainly.
Number 10: Listen: Will you please tell Mother I won't be home for dinner? (pause 3 sec)
Repeat: Yes, I will.
**AUDIO TRACK 5**
(13) Look at the questions in Figure 5. Next listen to a conversation. Then answer the questions. Read the questions now. (pause 20 sec for students to read questions)
(2 voices: male)
voice 1: Good morning. May I help you?
voice 2: No, thank you. I'm just looking.
voice 1: Did you see our new fall suits?
voice 2: No, I didn't. Where are they?
voice 1: Right here by the shirts and sweaters.
voice 2: Oh, I see. They look very nice.
voice 1: When you want to try one on, tell me. My name is Charles.
voice 2: All right. Thanks.
(14) Now listen to the conversation again. Then answer the questions.
voice 1: Good morning. May I help you?
voice 2: No, thank you. I'm just looking.
voice 1: Did you see our new fall suits?
voice 2: No, I didn't. Where are they?
voice 1: Right here by the shirts and sweaters.
voice 2: Oh, I see. They look very nice.
voice 1: When you want to try one on, tell me. My name is Charles.
voice 2: All right. Thanks.
(15) Now answer the questions. (pause 5 seconds after each question; pause for repetition)
Number 1: Where are the men? (pause)
Repeat: They're in a clothing store.
Number 2: Does the customer want to buy anything right now? (pause)
Repeat: No, he's just looking.
Number 3: What is the clerk's name? (pause)
Repeat: The clerk's name is Charles.
Number 4: Where are the fall suits? (pause)
Repeat: They're by the shirts and sweaters.
Number 5: What did the customer say about the suits? (pause)
Repeat: He said that they looked very nice.
**AUDIO TRACK 6**
(16) Look at Figure 6 and listen to the words. Circle the number of the syllable with the strong stress. Look at the example and listen.
caf e TER i a...caf e TER i a. (pause 6 seconds)
The answer is 3. The third syllable has the strong stress.
Repeat: caf e TER i a.
(17) Now begin the exercise. Listen and circle the number. (stress syllables in caps; pause 4 seconds between items)
Number 1: po LITE ly...po LITE ly
Number 2: POP ular...POP ular
Number 3: OP erate...OP erate
Number 4: a NOTH er...a NOTH er
Number 5: FI nally...FI nally
Number 6: FA vorite...FA vorite
Number 7: se LEC tion...se LEC tion
Number 8: EVERY one...EVERY one
Number 9: EVERY body...EVERY body
Number 10: intro DUCE...intro DUCE
Number 11: intro DUC tion...intro DUC tion
Number 12: va RI e ty...va RI e ty
(18) Now check your answers. (pause for repetition)
Number 1 is 2. Repeat: po LITE ly
Number 2 is 1. Repeat: POP ular
Number 3 is 1. Repeat: OP erate
Number 4 is 2. Repeat: a NOTH er
Number 5 is 1. Repeat: FI nally
Number 6 is 1. Repeat: FA vorite
Number 7 is 2. Repeat: se LEC tion
Number 8 is 1. Repeat: EVERY one
Number 9 is 1. Repeat: EVERY body
Number 10 is 3. Repeat: intro DUCE
Number 11 is 3. Repeat: intro DUC tion
Number 12 is 2. Repeat: va RI e ty
**AUDIO TRACK 7**
(19) Now turn to Figure 7. Listen to paragraph number 1 two times. Then write the main idea. (read at normal speed)
Ted drives his car a lot. His car is two years old, and his tires are too. The car looks good, but the tires don't. He has to put air in his tires often. When the streets are wet, Ted can't stop his car quickly. Now he's afraid to drive in bad weather, and he's tired of flat tires.
(20) Listen to paragraph number 1 again. (read at normal speed)
Ted drives his car a lot. His car is two years old, and his tires are too. The car looks good, but the tires don't. He has to put air in his tires often. When the streets are wet, Ted can't stop his car quickly. Now he's afraid to drive in bad weather, and he's tired of flat tires.
(21) Now write the main idea of the paragraph. (pause 15 seconds)
(22) The main idea of the paragraph is: Ted needs new tires. or The tires on his car are bad. Both sentences are correct. You might use different words in your sentence, but the idea should be about the same.
(23) Now listen to paragraph number 2. (read at normal speed)
Maria has to go to the mall today, but she doesn't want to. She's afraid of heavy traffic and crowded parking lots, and she likes small stores better than large stores. The clerks at the mall never seem to see her. They always help others first. All of Maria's friends like the mall, and she can't understand it.
(24) Listen to paragraph number 2 again. (read at normal speed)
Maria has to go to the mall today, but she doesn't want to. She's afraid of heavy traffic and crowded parking lots, and she likes small stores better than large stores. The clerks at the mall never seem to see her. They always help others first. All of Maria's friends like the mall, and she can't understand it.
(25) Now write the main idea of the paragraph on Line 2. (pause 15 seconds) The main idea is: Maria doesn't like to go to the mall. You can also say that she doesn't enjoy shopping in the mall.
THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 3C, BOOK 10.
---
<!-- source file: 046 - Lesson 3C.md -->
### Lesson 3C
### Figure 1
1. Kay: <u>Could</u> you please do me a favor?
Ken: Yes, of course.
2. Kay: <u>Can</u> you give me a ride home this afternoon?
Ken: I sure <u>can</u>.
3. Jan: <u>Would</u> you take a message for me, please?
Jim: I'll be glad to.
4. Jan: <u>Will</u> you tell Mr. Rogers that I called?
Jim: I <u>certainly will</u>.
### Figure 4
1. <u>Sure.</u>
2. <u>Certainly.</u>
3. <u>Of course.</u>
4. <u>Yes, I can.</u>
5. <u>Sure.</u>
6. <u>Of course.</u>
7. <u>Yes, I will.</u>
8. <u>Yes, I can.</u>
9. <u>Certainly.</u>
10. <u>Yes, I will.</u>
### Figure 6
| | |
|---|---|
| 1. 2 | 7. 2 |
| 2. 1 | 8. 1 |
| 3. 1 | 9. 1 |
| 4. 2 | 10. 3 |
| 5. 1 | 11. 3 |
| 6. 1 | 12. 2 |
### Figure 7
1. Main idea: <u>Ted needs new tires;</u> or, <u>Ted's tires are bad.</u>
Ted drives his car a lot. His car is two years old, and his tires are too. The car looks good, but the tires don't. He has to put air in his tires often. When the streets are wet, Ted can't stop his car quickly. Now he's afraid to drive in bad weather, and he's tired of flat tires.
2. Main idea: <u>Maria doesn't like to go the mall;</u> or, <u>Maria doesn't enjoy shopping at the mall.</u>
Maria has to go to the mall today, but she doesn't want to. She's afraid of heavy traffic and crowded parking lots, and she likes small stores better than large stores. The clerks at the mall never seem to see her. They always help someone else first. All of Maria's friends like the mall, and she can't understand it.
---

466
sources/book-10/lla-3D.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,466 @@
<!-- source file: 013 - LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 10 LESSON 3D.md -->
# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 10, LESSON 3D
### Figure 1
> **Listen to the dialogs.**
> **Repeat the dialogs.**
1. **Kim:** **Tell** Mike, hello for me.
**Ken:** What did Kim **say to do**?
**Jan:** She **said to tell** Mike hello for her.
2. **Mom:** Sue, **wear** your raincoat.
**Sue:** What did she **say to wear**?
**Dan:** She **said to wear** your raincoat.
3. **Instructor:** Don't **mark** on your test booklets.
**Lt. Fuller:** What did he **say not to do**?
**Sgt. Jones:** He **said not to mark** on our test booklets
---
### Figure 2
> **Answer the question.**
> **Repeat the answer.**
*Example:*
**Check** the front tires.
What did he **say to do**?
He **said to check** the front tires.
---
### Figure 3
> **Complete the conversation.**
1. **Mrs. Hill:** Billy, hang up your coat.
**Billy:** _________________________________________________________________
**Mr. Hill:** She said to hang up your coat.
2. **Mrs. Hill:** Please feed the dog, Billy.
**Billy:** _________________________________________________________________
**Mr. Hill:** She said to feed the dog.
3. **Mrs. Hill:** John, please return Dr. Smith's call.
**Mr. Hill:** What did she say to do?
**Billy:** _________________________________________________________________
4. **Mrs. Hill:** Do your homework now, Billy.
**Billy:** What did she say to do?
**Mr. Hill:** _________________________________________________________________
5. **Mrs. Hill:** Please give Billy some lunch money.
**Billy:** What did she say to give me?
**Mr. Hill:** _________________________________________________________________
6. **Mrs. Hill:** Please, put gas in the car.
**Mr. Hill:** Billy, what did your mother say to do?
**Billy:** _________________________________________________________________
---
### Figure 4
> **Read the questions.**
> **Listen to a conversation.**
> **Answer the questions.**
1. Who's driving the car?
2. What city are Dan and Sam in?
3. When did Dan move away from there?
4. Where will Dan and Sam eat lunch?
---
### Figure 5
> **Look at the names of the buildings.**
> **Listen to the story.**
> **Write the letter next to the name.**
![A simple street map showing High Street, Easy Street, Airport Road, 1st Street, 2nd Street, and Highway 509, with boxed locations lettered A through H](images/page_071_001.jpg)
1. ______ Landmark Hotel
2. ______ Silver City Mall
3. ______ Silver Dollar Restaurant
4. ______ New Money Bank
5. ______ city library
6. ______ old post office
7. ______ Sure-Care Clinic
8. ______ high school gym
---
### Figure 6
> **Listen to the dialog.**
> **Repeat the dialog.**
**Mike:** Look at that <u>car</u>!
**David:** <u>Which</u> car?
**Mike:** The <u>blue</u> one.
**David:** The blue one <u>next to us</u>?
**Mike:** Yes, <u>that</u> one.
**David:** That's <u>Jim's</u> car.
**Mike:** <u>Jim White</u>?
**David:** Not Jim White, <u>Jim Brown</u>.
**Mike:** Do you <u>like</u> it?
**David:** I like the <u>wheel</u> covers.
**Mike:** They make the car look <u>fast</u>.
**David:** Yes, fast and <u>expensive</u>.
---
### Figure 7
> **Select the response.**
1. a. They are right for her.
b. They are small for her.
c. They are large for her.
2. a. automobiles
b. boats
c. bicycles
3. a. Ann is wearing a glove.
b. Ann put on her glove.
c. Ann took off her glove.
---
4. a. Glen doesn’t have any money.
b. Glen needs to borrow money.
c. Glen doesn’t need any more money.
5. a. Mary gave a fast answer.
b. Mary answered slowly.
c. Mary didn’t answer.
6. a. He ate too much.
b. He’s hungry.
c. He didn’t eat.
7. a. She’s late.
b. She’s early.
c. She’s not here.
8. a. Roger sat on the desk.
b. Roger worked at his desk.
c. Roger lifted the desk.
9. a. The soccer ball got flat.
b. The soccer ball got larger.
c. The soccer ball was small.
10. a. Because he’s tired.
b. Because he’s fixing the machine.
c. Because his belt is tight.
– USER NOTES –
<!-- source file: 030 - AUDIO SCRIPT.md -->
# AUDIO SCRIPT
## Lesson 3D
### AUDIO TRACK 8
(1) Hello. Open your book to the activities for Lesson 3D.
(pause 6 seconds)
(2) Look at Figure 1. Listen to the dialogs.
Number 1:
(3 voices: voices 1 and 3, female; voice 2, male)
voice 1: Tell Mike hello for me.
voice 2: What did Kim say to do?
voice 3: She said to tell Mike hello for her.
Number 2:
(3 voices: voices 1 and 2, female; voice 3, male)
voice 1: Sue, wear your raincoat.
voice 2: What did Mom say to wear?
voice 3: She said to wear your raincoat.
Number 3:
(3 voices: 1 and 2 male; 3 female)
voice 1: Don't mark on your test booklets.
voice 2: What did he say not to do?
voice 3: He said not to mark on our test booklets.
(3) Listen to the dialogs again. Repeat them. (pause for repetition)
voice 1: Tell Mike hello for me.
voice 2: What did Kim say to do?
voice 3: She said to tell Mike hello for her.
voice 1: Sue, wear your raincoat.
voice 2: What did Mom say to wear?
voice 3: She said to wear your raincoat.
voice 1: Don't mark on your test booklets.
voice 2: What did he say not to do?
voice 3: He said not to mark on our test booklets.
### AUDIO TRACK 9
(4) Now look at the example in Figure 2. Listen to a sentence and a question. Answer the question. Then repeat the correct answer. Listen.
(3 voices: voice 1 and 2, male; voice 3, female)
voice 1: Check the front tires.
voice 2: What did he say to do?
voice 3: He said to check the front tires.
(5) Now listen and answer the question. (pause 3 sec after each question; pause for repetition)
(3 voices: voices 1 and 2, male; voice 3, female)
Number 1: voice 1: Lock the garage door.
voice 2: What did he say to do?
voice 3: Repeat: He said to lock the garage door.
Number 2: voice 1: Put the tire in the trunk.
voice 2: What did he say to do?
voice 3: Repeat: He said to put the tire in the trunk.
Number 3: voice 1: Wash the car today.
voice 2: What did he say to do?
voice 3: Repeat: He said to wash the car today.
Number 4: voice 1: Turn the light on.
voice 2: What did he say to do?
voice 3: Repeat: He said to turn the light on.
Number 5: voice 1: Don't leave now.
voice 2: What did he say not to do?
voice 3: Repeat: He said not to leave now.
Number 6: voice 1: Wait a few minutes.
voice 2: What did he say to do?
voice 3: Repeat: He said to wait a few minutes.
### AUDIO TRACK 10
(6) Turn to Figure 3 and listen. (pause slightly before beginning narration)
Mrs. Hill talks a lot. Her husband John and her son Billy don't always listen to her. Sometimes they're reading or watching TV. Other times they're just thinking about something else.
(7) Look at the dialogs and listen to Mrs. Hill. (pause slightly) Then you be Mr. Hill or Billy and ask or answer a question. (pause slightly) Listen and complete the conversation. (pause as marked; pause for repetition)
(3 voices: voice 1, female; voices 2 and 3, male)
Number 1: voice 1: Billy, hang up your coat. Ask Billy's question.
(pause 4 sec)
voice 2: Repeat: What did she say to do?
voice 3: She said to hang up your coat.
Number 2: voice 1: Please feed the dog. Ask Billy's question.
(pause 3 seconds)
voice 2: Repeat: What did she say to do?
voice 3: She said to feed the dog.
Number 3: voice 1: John, please return Dr. Smith's call.
voice 3: What did she say to do? Answer his question.
(pause 4 sec)
voice 2: Repeat: She said to return Dr. Smith's call.
Number 4: voice 1: Do your homework now, Billy.
voice 2: What did she say to do? Answer his question.
(pause 4 seconds)
voice 3: Repeat: She said to do your homework.
Number 5: voice 1: Please give Billy some lunch money.
voice 2: What did she say to give me? Answer his question.
(pause 4 seconds)
voice 3: Repeat: She said to give you some lunch money.
Number 6: voice 1: Please, put gas in the car.
voice 3: Billy, what did your mother say to do? Answer his question. (pause 4 seconds)
voice 2: Repeat: She said to put gas in the car.
### AUDIO TRACK 11
(8) Go to Figure 4. Read the questions. (pause 15 sec) Now listen to a conversation two times. Then answer the questions in your book.
(2 voices: male)
voice 1: I'm glad you're driving, Sam. I'm lost.
voice 2: When did you move away from here, Dan?
voice 1: Seven years ago. Silver City has really changed a lot in that time.
voice 2: Yes, it has. There are more people and a lot of new buildings.
voice 1: What's that large place on the right?
voice 2: That's the Silver Star Mall. Do you want to eat lunch there?
voice 1: Yes, I certainly do. I'll only be here for five days, and I want to see everything.
(9) Listen to the conversation again.
voice 1: I'm glad you're driving, Sam. I'm lost.
voice 2: When did you move away from here, Dan?
voice 1: Seven years ago. Silver City has really changed a lot in that time.
voice 2: Yes, it has. There are more people and a lot of new buildings.
voice 1: What's that large place on the right?
voice 2: That's the Silver Star Mall. Do you want to eat lunch there?
voice 1: Yes, I certainly do. I'll only be here for five days and I want to see everything.
(10) Now answer the questions. Say the answers only. Don't write. (pause 4 seconds after each question; pause for repetition)
Number 1: Who's driving the car? (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: Sam is driving the car.
Number 2: What city are Dan and Sam in? (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: They're in Silver City.
Number 3: When did Sam move away from there? (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: He moved away 7 years ago.
Number 4: Where will Dan and Sam eat lunch? (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: They'll eat lunch at the Silver Star Mall.
### AUDIO TRACK 12
(11) Look at Figure 5. Look at the names of buildings in Silver City. (pause 10 sec) Now listen. When you hear the name of a building, write the letter next to the name of the building. Listen.
When Dan returned to Silver City for the first time in seven years, he realized there were a lot of changes. He decided to rent a car at the airport. He called his friend Sam and asked for directions to his house. Sam told him to take Airport Road into town, "The Landmark Hotel will be on your left just before you get to Highway 50." (pause 4 seconds)
(12) Write the letter <u>E</u> next to Number 1. The Landmark Hotel is building <u>E</u>. Now listen to Sam's directions and write the letter of each building next to the correct name when you hear it.
On the southeast corner of Airport Road and Highway 50, you will see the Silver Star Mall. (pause 5 sec) You turn north at that corner onto Highway 50 and you go one block to Easy Street. The Silver Dollar Restaurant will be on the northwest corner. (pause 5 sec) You turn east on Easy Street. The New Money Bank will be on your right in that first block. (pause 5 sec) The next street will be First Street. After you've crossed First Street, the Sure-Care Clinic will be on the left and the City Library will be on the other side of the street. (pause 5 sec) Turn north at the next corner onto Second Street. The high school gym will be on your right. (pause 5 sec) You'll cross High Street and see the old post office on the right. (pause 5 sec) Stay on 2nd Street and go out of downtown. My address is 2024 2nd St. I hope you won't get lost."
(13) Listen again and fill in any missing letters. (read at normal speed) Listen.
When Dan returned to Silver City for the first time in seven years, he realized there were a lot of changes. He decided to rent a car at the airport. He called his friend Sam and asked for directions to his house. Sam told him to take Airport Road into town, "The Landmark Hotel will be on your left just before you get to Highway 50. On the southeast corner of Airport Road and Highway 50, you will see the Silver Star Mall. You turn north at that corner onto Highway 50 and you go one block to Easy Street. The Silver Dollar Restaurant will be on the northwest corner. You turn to the east on Easy Street. The New Money Bank will be on your right in that first block. The next street will be First Street. After you've crossed First Street, the Sure-Care Clinic will be on the left and the City Library will be on the other side of the street. Turn north at the next corner onto Second Street. The high school gym will be on your right. You'll cross High Street and see the old post office on the right. Stay on 2nd Street and go out of downtown. My address is 2024 2nd St. I hope you won't get lost."
(14) Now check your answers.
Number 1: The Landmark Hotel is E.
Number 2: The Silver City Mall is H.
Number 3: The Silver Dollar Restaurant is B.
Number 4: The New Money Bank is F.
Number 5: The city library is G.
Number 6: The old post office is A.
Number 7: The Sure-Care Clinic is C.
Number 8: The high school gym is D.
### AUDIO TRACK 13
(15) Now turn to Figure 6. Listen to the dialog.
(stress underlined words)
(2 male voices)
voice 1: Look at that <u>car</u>!
voice 2: <u>Which</u> car?
voice 1: The <u>blue</u> one.
voice 2: The blue one <u>next</u> to us?
voice 1: Yes, <u>that</u> one.
voice 2: That's <u>Jim's</u> car.
voice 1: Jim <u>White</u>?
voice 2: Not Jim White, Jim <u>Brown</u>.
voice 1: Do you <u>like</u> it?
voice 2: I like the <u>wheel</u> covers.
voice 1: They make Jim's car look <u>fast</u>.
voice 2: Yes, fast and <u>expensive</u>.
(16) Now listen and repeat the dialog. (pause for repetition)
voice 1: Look at that <u>car</u>!
voice 2: <u>Which</u> car?
voice 1: The <u>blue</u> one.
voice 2: The blue one <u>next</u> to us?
voice 1: Yes, <u>that</u> one.
voice 2: That's <u>Jim's</u> car.
voice 1: Jim <u>White</u>?
voice 2: Not Jim White, Jim <u>Brown</u>.
voice 1: Do you <u>like</u> it?
voice 2: I like the <u>wheel</u> covers.
voice 1: They make Jim's car look <u>fast</u>.
voice 2: Yes, fast and <u>expensive</u>.
---
**AUDIO TRACK 14**
(17) Look at Figure 7. Listen to a sentence and select the best response. Circle a, b, or c. (pause as marked)
Number 1: Jane's shoes are loose. (pause 10 sec)
Number 2: Which one doesn't have wheels? (pause 8 sec)
Number 3: Ann removed one glove. (pause 12 sec)
Number 4: Glenn has enough money. (pause 14 sec)
Number 5: Mary's answer was quick. (pause 10 sec)
Number 6: Ken's belt is tight. (pause 12 sec)
Number 7: Why is Pat hurrying? (pause 12 sec)
Number 8: Roger raised the desk. (pause 10 sec)
Number 9: Nan inflated the soccer ball. (pause 10 sec)
Number 10: Why does Alan need the wrench? (pause 16 sec)
(18) Now listen and check your answers. Repeat the right answers. (pause for repetition)
Number 1 is c. Repeat: Jane's shoes are loose because they're large for her.
Number 2 is b. Repeat: Boats don't have wheels.
Number 3 is c. Repeat: Ann took off her glove.
Number 4 is c. Repeat: Glen doesn't need any more money because he has enough.
Number 5 is a. Repeat: Mary gave a fast answer; it was quick.
Number 6 is a. Repeat: Ken's belt is tight because he ate too much.
Number 7 is a. Repeat: Pat's hurrying because she's late
Number 8 is c. Repeat: Roger lifted the desk.
Number 9 is b. Repeat: The soccer ball got larger when Nan inflated it.
Number 10 is b. Repeat: Alan needs the wrench because he's fixing the machine.
**THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 3D, BOOK 10.**
-- USER NOTES --
<!-- source file: 047 - Lesson 3D.md -->
### Lesson 3D
### Figure 3
1. Billy: What did she say to do?
2. Billy: What did she say to do?
3. Billy: She said to return Dr. Smith's call.
4. Mr. Hill: She said to do your homework.
5. Mr. Hill: She said to give you some lunch money.
6. Billy: She said to put gas in the car.
### Figure 5
| | |
|---|---|
| 1. E | 5. G |
| 2. H | 6. A |
| 3. B | 7. C |
| 4. F | 8. D |
### Figure 7
| | |
|---|---|
| 1. c | 6. a |
| 2. b | 7. a |
| 3. c | 8. c |
| 4. c | 9. b |
| 5. a | 10. b |

360
sources/book-10/lla-4A.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,360 @@
<!-- source file: 014 - LESSON 4A.md -->
# LESSON 4A
### Figure 1 | Repeat the underlined words.
#### ME AND MY FOLKS!
![#1 Portrait of an elderly man with glasses and a mustache](images/page_075_001.jpg)
<u>grandfather</u>
![#2 Portrait of an elderly woman with short curly hair](images/page_075_002.jpg)
<u>grandmother</u>
![#3 Portrait of an older man and older woman together](images/page_075_003.jpg)
<u>grandparents</u>
on father’s side
![#4 Portrait of a family consisting of a father, mother, young boy, and baby](images/page_075_004.jpg)
<u>parents</u> and <u>baby</u>
#### MORE RELATIVES
![#5 Portrait of a young woman with short curly hair](images/page_076_001.jpg)
Aunt Mary
(<u>single</u> <u>get married</u>)
![#6 Portrait of a young woman with long dark wavy hair](images/page_076_002.jpg)
Aunt June
(<u>single</u>)
![#7 Portrait of a man with dark hair and glasses in a suit](images/page_076_003.jpg)
<u>Uncle Jerry</u>
![#8 Group portrait of a family with a mother, father, boy, and girl](images/page_076_004.jpg)
Aunt Mary (<u>marriage</u>)
<u>Uncle Ben</u> and <u>cousins</u>
Meg and Rob
![#9 A young girl sitting next to an infant baby](images/page_076_005.jpg)
My <u>niece</u> and <u>nephew</u>
Jane and Jack
### Figure 2 | Circle the answer.
1. a. my grandfather
b. my grandmother
c. my uncle
2. a. my aunt
b. my grandmother
c. my cousin
3. a. a cousin
b. a nephew
c. a baby
4. a. my uncles
b. my cousins
c. my aunts
5. a. my uncle
b. my cousins
c. my aunt
6. a. my nephews
b. my cousins
c. my aunts
7. a. my cousin
b. my nephew
c. my niece
8. a. my cousin
b. my nephew
c. my niece
9. a. a single woman
b. a married woman
c. an old woman
10. a. a single man
b. a married man
c. an old man
### Figure 3 | Look at the chart and ask a question. Listen to the answer and mark the chart.
**WILL THEY BE ABLE TO COME?**
*Example:* Will **Aunt June** be able to come?
I'm not sure. **Aunt June** might be able to come.
| MY RELATIVES | yes | no | maybe |
|---|---|---|---|
| 1. Aunt June | | | |
| 2. Grandfather and Grandmother Jones | | | |
| 3. Aunt Mary | | | |
| 4. Uncle Ben | | | |
| 5. Cousin Meg | | | |
| 6. Cousin Rob | | | |
| 7. Uncle Jerry | | | |
| 8. Brother Frank | | | |
| 9. Parents | | | |
---
### **Figure 4**
> Repeat the connectives.
> Listen to a paragraph.
> Write the connectives when you hear them.
#### **CONNECTIVES**
| | | | |
|---|---|---|---|
| after (that) | finally | first | last |
| lastly | next | second | then |
##### **Paragraph 1**
1. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
2. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
3. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
4. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
##### **Paragraph 2**
1. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
2. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
3. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
4. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
5. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
6. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
---
– USER NOTES –
---
<!-- source file: 031 - AUDIO SCRIPT.md -->
# AUDIO SCRIPT
## Lesson 4A
**AUDIO TRACK 1**
(1) Hello! Open your book to the activities for Lesson 4A. (pause 6 sec)
(2) Look at Figure 1. These are some pictures of my family. Listen and repeat the underlined words two times. (pause for repetition after each word) folks...folks
Picture 1: grandfather...grandfather
Picture 2: grandmother...grandmother
Picture 3: grandparents...grandparents
Picture 4: parents...parents
baby...baby
(3) Now turn the Page. Repeat: relatives...relatives
Picture 5: aunt...aunt
single...single
get married...get married
Picture 6: married...married
Picture 7: uncle...uncle
Picture 8: marriage...marriage
cousins...cousins
Picture 9: niece...niece
nephew...nephew
(4) Now turn back to picture 1. Listen while I tell you about my family. (pause)
Grandfather Jones is in picture 1 and Grandmother Jones is in picture 2. They are my mother's parents. They're my grandparents on my mother's side of the family. I see these grandparents often because we live in the same city. Grandfather doesn't work any more. He and Grandmother like to take trips very often.
Picture 3 shows my grandparents on my father's side. Don and Lita Garcia are my father's parents. They don't live in this city. They live in New Mexico. It's far from here. I only see them one or two times a year.
Then in picture 4 are my mother and father. This is an old picture. There is a very young child in the picture with my mother and father. My mother has a baby in her arms. That baby is me! I was a ten-month old baby. That was a long time ago. The little boy in the picture next to my father is my brother Frank. He was three years old in the picture.
(5) Go to the next page and you will see some more of my relatives. (pause)
First in pictures 5 and 6, are my mother's sisters, my aunts: Aunt Mary and Aunt June. Picture 5 is a picture of Aunt Mary when she was single before she got married. Next to Aunt Mary is a picture of Aunt June. Aunt June never married. She's single. She lives alone in a small town not very far from here.
Next to Aunt June in picture 7 is Uncle Jerry. Uncle Jerry is my father's brother. Uncle Jerry lives in New Mexico also, but he comes to visit us often. My father has a sister too, but I don't have her picture. Her name is Jean. She's my Aunt Jean.
Picture 8 shows Aunt Mary after she got married. It's a picture of her family. My Aunt Mary has a very happy marriage. In the picture with her is her husband, Uncle Ben, and her children Meg and Rob, my cousins. Aunt Mary and her family live here in town. My cousins and I went to the same schools when we were growing up. It's nice to have your relatives in the same city.
And finally in picture 9, are my brother Frank's children. They are my newest and youngest relatives: my niece Jane and my nephew Jack. My niece is two and a half years old. My nephew is a four-month old baby. They're the babies of the family. I hope you enjoyed my pictures. I like to look at them and think of my folks.
**AUDIO TRACK 2**
(6) Now look at Figure 2. Listen to the question and circle the correct answer, a, b, or c.
Number 1: Who's my father's father? (pause 4 sec after each question) Letter a is the answer. Repeat: My father's father is my grandfather.
(7) Now listen and circle the correct letter. (pause 5 sec after each question)
Number 2: Who's my father's mother?
Number 3: What do we call a very young child?
Number 4: Who are my mother's sisters?
Number 5: Who's my father's brother?
Number 6: Who are my aunt's children?
Number 7: Who's my brother's son?
Number 8: Who's my brother's daughter?
Number 9: When a woman has a husband, what do we call her?
Number 10: What do we call a man without a wife?
(8) Let's check your answers. (pause for repetition)
Number 2 is b. Repeat: My father's mother is my grandmother.
Number 3 is c. Repeat: A very young child is called a baby.
Number 4 is c. Repeat: My mother's sisters are my aunts.
Number 5 is a. Repeat: My father's brother is my uncle.
Number 6 is b. Repeat: My aunt's children are my cousins.
Number 7 is b. Repeat: My brother's son is my nephew.
Number 8 is c. Repeat: My brother's daughter is my niece.
Number 9 is b. Repeat: A woman with a husband is called a married woman.
Number 10 is a. Repeat: A man without a wife is a single man.
**AUDIO TRACK 3**
(9) Look at Figure 3. Listen. (pause)
Next month, I will graduate from school. I asked my relatives to come. Some of them will be able to come and some of them won't be able to come. Look at the example. You ask the question and someone will answer it. Then you put an x on the chart in the yes, no, or maybe column. Repeat the example question: Will Aunt June be able to come? (pause 4 sec) Now listen to the answer and mark the chart. (pause) Listen: I'm not sure. Aunt June might be able to come. (pause 4 sec) Put an x in number 1 under "maybe".
(10) Now look at the chart and ask a question. Listen to the answer and mark the chart. (pause as marked)
Number 2: (pause 4 sec) Repeat: Will Grandfather and Grandmother Jones be able to come? Listen: Yes, Grandfather and Grandmother Jones will be able to come. Mark the chart.
Number 3: (pause 4 sec) Repeat: Will Aunt Mary be able to come? (pause 4 sec) Listen and mark: No. She won't be able to come.
Number 4: (pause 4 sec) Repeat: Will Uncle Ben be able to come? (pause 4 sec) Listen and mark: He isn't sure. He might.
Number 5: (pause 4 sec) Repeat: Will Cousin Meg be able to come? (pause 4 sec) Listen and mark: Yes, she will.
Number 6: (pause 4 sec) Repeat: Will Cousin Rob be able to come? (pause 4 sec) Listen and mark: No, he won't.
Number 7: (pause 4 sec) Repeat: Will Uncle Jerry be able to come? (pause 4 sec) Listen and mark: He didn't know. He might.
Number 8: (pause 4 sec) Repeat: Will your brother Frank be able to come? (pause 4 sec) Listen and mark: Yes, he will.
Number 9: (pause 4 sec) Repeat: Will your parents be able to come? (pause 4 sec) Listen and mark: Yes, they will.
(11) Now I'm going to ask you a question. Use the chart and answer in a complete sentence. The questions are not in the same order. (pause as marked; pause for repetition)
Will Aunt June be able to come? (pause 6 sec)
Repeat: I'm not sure. Aunt June might be able to come.
Will Grandfather and Grandmother Jones be able to come? (pause 6 sec)
Repeat: Yes, Grandfather and Grandmother Jones will be able to come.
Will my parents be able to come? (pause 6 sec)
Repeat: Yes, your parents will be able to come.
Will Uncle Ben be able to come? (pause 6 sec)
Repeat: Maybe. Uncle Ben might be able to come.
---
Will Uncle Jerry be able to come? (pause 6 sec)
Repeat: Maybe. Uncle Jerry might be able to come.
Will Cousin Meg be able to come? (pause 6 sec)
Repeat: Yes, Cousin Meg will be able to come.
Will Aunt Mary be able to come? (pause 6 sec)
Repeat: No, Aunt Mary won't be able to come.
Will my brother Frank be able to come? (pause 6 sec)
Repeat: Yes, your brother Frank will be able to come.
Will Cousin Rob be able to come?
Repeat: No, Cousin Rob won't be able to come.
### AUDIO TRACK 4
(12) Look at Figure 4. Look at the connective words in the box. (pause after each word) Repeat: after...after that...finally...first...last...lastly...next...second...then
(13) Now listen to a paragraph two times. First just listen for the connective words.
Bob changed my flat tire yesterday. First, he opened the trunk and took the wrench, the jack and the spare tire out of the trunk. Next, he took off the hub cap and loosened the nuts with the wrench. After that, he put the jack in place and lifted the car. He removed the nuts and took off the flat tire. Then, he put the spare tire on the wheel, and put the nuts on. He lowered the car, tightened the nuts, and replaced the hub cap. And last, he put the jack, wrench, and flat tire back in the trunk of the car.
(14) Now listen again. This time write the connective words when you hear them. (Read a little slower, slightly emphasizing the connective words)
Bob changed my flat tire yesterday. First, he opened the trunk and took the wrench, the jack and the spare tire out of the trunk. Next, he took off the hub cap and loosened the nuts with the wrench. After that, he put the jack in place and lifted the car. He removed the nuts and took off the flat tire. Then he put the spare tire on the wheel, and put the nuts on. He lowered the car, tightened the nuts, and replaced the hub cap. And last, he put the jack, wrench, and flat tire back in the trunk of the car.
(15) Listen to another paragraph. First just listen.
Are you going to get a snack from the vending machine downstairs? Do you know how to operate it? Let me tell you how to use it. First, be sure you have enough change. It's best to have the exact change. The machine doesn't always give back change. Then look at the snacks. It usually has a large number of selections. Then decide on the snack before you insert your money. Next, insert your coins in the coin slot. Then be sure to push the right letter and button for your selection. Finally, after the snack drops to the tray, take out your selection.
(16) Now listen again. This time write the connective words when you hear them. (Read a little slower slightly emphasizing the connective words)
Are you going to get a snack from the vending machine downstairs? Do you know how to operate it? Let me tell you how to use it. First, be sure you have enough change. It's best to have the exact change. The machine doesn't always give back change. Then look at the snacks. It usually has a large number of selections. Then decide on the snack before you insert your money. Next, insert your coins in the coin slot. Then be sure to push the right letter and button for your selection. Finally, after the snack drops to the tray, take out your selection.
THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 4A, BOOK 10.
<!-- source file: 048 - Lesson 4A.md -->
### Lesson 4A
### Figure 2
| | |
|---|---|
| 1. a | 6. b |
| 2. b | 7. b |
| 3. c | 8. c |
| 4. c | 9. b |
| 5. a | 10. a |
### Figure 3
| | yes | no | maybe |
|---|:---:|:---:|:---:|
| 1. | | | X |
| 2. | X | | |
| 3. | | X | |
| 4. | | | X |
| 5. | X | | |
| 6. | | X | |
| 7. | | | X |
| 8. | X | | |
| 9. | X | | |
### Figure 4
| Paragraph 1 | Paragraph 2 |
|---|---|
| 1. first | 1. first |
| 2. next | 2. then |
| 3. after that | 3. then |
| 4. then | 4. next |
| 5. last | 5. then |
| | 6. finally |
---

371
sources/book-10/lla-4B.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,371 @@
<!-- source file: 015 - LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 10 LESSON 4B.md -->
# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 10, LESSON 4B
### **Figure 1**
> Repeat the sentences.
#### **WHAT'S HER OCCUPATION?**
#### **WHAT'S HIS JOB?**
#### **WHAT (KIND OF WORK) DOES HE DO?**
![#1 A female dentist examining a patient in a dental chair](images/page_081_001.jpg)
dentist
![#2 A man and a woman in business attire standing in front of a sign that reads "HAYES INSURANCE CO"](images/page_081_002.jpg)
businesswoman
company
![#3 A man in a suit standing in front of a car with a sign that reads "CAR SALE"](images/page_081_003.jpg)
salesman
![#4 A female cashier sitting at a register counter with customers in line](images/page_081_004.jpg)
cashier, boss
![#5 A male secretary sitting at a desk with a world map behind him labeled "DLI"](images/page_081_005.jpg)
secretary
![#6 A male bus driver standing next to the open door of a bus](images/page_081_006.jpg)
bus driver
---
### **Figure 2**
> Answer the questions.
> Write the number by the answer.
a. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_ businessman
b. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_ driver
c. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_ cashier
d. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_ businesswoman
e. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_ dentist
f. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_ secretary
---
### **Figure 3**
> Read the chart.
> Repeat the names of the cities.
> Answer the questions.
| THE WEATHER IN SOME MAJOR CITIES<br>Last night, 10:35 PM | Weather Key |
|---|---|
| Los Angeles : r : 60 | c = clear |
| New York : cl : 41 | cl = cloudy |
| San Francisco : cl : 55 | r = rainy |
| Washington : w : 42 | sy = sunny |
| Phoenix : c/w : 72 | w = windy |
| Detroit : c : 30 | |
| Las Vegas : r : 65 | |
| Chicago : cl : 34 | |
*Example:* What was the temperature in Chicago?
<u>It</u> was 34 degrees.
Was it cloudy or clear?
<u>It</u> was cloudy.
---
### **Figure 4**
> Listen to the time.
> Draw the hands on the clock.
> Answer the questions.
![#1 A clock face with no hands drawn](images/page_083_001.jpg)
1. It's time to get up
![#2 A clock face with no hands drawn](images/page_083_002.jpg)
2. It's time for class.
![#3 A clock face with no hands drawn](images/page_083_003.jpg)
3. It's time to eat.
![#4 A clock face with no hands drawn](images/page_083_004.jpg)
4. It's your free time.
![#5 A clock face with no hands drawn](images/page_083_005.jpg)
5. It's time to eat supper.
![#6 A clock face with no hands drawn](images/page_083_006.jpg)
6. It's time to go to sleep.
---
### **Figure 5**
> Repeat the conversation.
#### **DO YOU COLLECT ANYTHING?**
**Bruce:** What are you going to do this Saturday, Ben? Are you going to do anything interesting?
**Ben:** Well, I'm going to add some coins to my collection. Do you collect anything?
**Bruce:** No. All I collect is my students' papers after a test. But that's different.
**Ben:** What are YOU doing Saturday?
**Bruce:** I'm going to work on my car. I have to replace two tires. Then I'm going to a baseball game. Do you want to come with me? I have an extra ticket.
**Ben:** Sure. Where can I meet you?
**Bruce:** How about my apartment, at five?
**Ben:** Good. See you then.
---
### **Figure 6**
> Listen to the paragraph.
> Write the main idea.
1. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
2. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
---
<!-- source file: 032 - AUDIO SCRIPT.md -->
# AUDIO SCRIPT
## Lesson 4B
### AUDIO TRACK 5
(1) Hello! Open your book to the activities for Lesson 4B. (pause 6 sec)
(2) Look at Figure 1. Listen and repeat the sentences. What's her occupation? (pause 4 sec) What's his job? (pause 4 sec) What kind of work does he do? (pause 4 sec) What does he do? (pause 4 sec)
(3) Now look at the pictures in Figure 1. Repeat the words and sentences. (pause for repetition)
Picture 1: dentist...dentist
A dentist is a doctor. She works on People's teeth.
Picture 2: businesswoman...businesswoman
company...company
She's a businesswoman.
Rita and her husband own an insurance company.
Picture 3: salesman...salesman
He sells cars. He's a salesman.
Picture 4: cashier...cashier
boss...boss
Alice takes money from customers at a restaurant.
She's a cashier. (pause)
Mr. Jones owns the restaurant. He's her boss.
Picture 5: secretary...secretary
He's the new secretary for the school.
He types 55 words a minute.
Picture 6: driver...driver
He's the new driver for the school bus.
He's a bus driver.
### AUDIO TRACK 6
(4) Look at Figure 2. Listen to some sentences about people's occupations or jobs. Then answer the question. Write the number in front of the correct answer. (pause as marked; and for repetition)
Number 1: He works in a grocery store. The customers pay him for their food. What's his occupation?
(pause 4 sec after each question) The answer is c, cashier. Put a 1 in front of cashier. (pause 3 sec)
Repeat: The cashier takes the customers' money for food. (pause as marked; pause for repetition)
Number 2: Jack drives a truck for a furniture store. What's his job?
(pause 6 sec) The correct answer is b. Repeat: He's a truck driver.
Number 3: Mary sells towels in a department store. What is her job?
(pause 6 sec) The correct answer is d, saleswoman. Repeat: A saleswoman sells things.
Number 4: Mark owns a drugstore. What's his occupation?
(pause 6 sec) The correct answer is a, businessman. Repeat: He's a businessman.
Number 5: Alice works for an insurance company. She types, writes letters, and answers the phone. What is she? (pause 6 sec) The correct answer is f, secretary. Repeat: A secretary usually types and answers the phone.
Number 6: He cleaned and filled my teeth. What's his occupation?
(pause 6 sec) The correct answer is e, dentist.
Repeat: A dentist cleans and fills teeth.
### AUDIO TRACK 7
(5) Now look at the chart in Figure 3. This is a chart about the weather in different cities. Read all the information on the chart. (pause 15 sec) First, repeat the names of the cities two times. (pause for repetition)
Los Angeles...Los Angeles
New York...New York
San Francisco...San Francisco
Washington...Washington
Phoenix...Phoenix
Detroit...Detroit
Las Vegas...Las Vegas
Chicago...Chicago
(6) Now look at the example. Listen to the question and answer it. What was the temperature in Chicago? (pause 4 sec) Repeat: It was 34 degrees. Listen and answer. Was it cloudy or clear? (pause 3 sec) Repeat: <u>It was cloudy.</u> (pause) Use the chart and answer the questions. (pause as marked; pause for repetition)
Number 1: What was the temperature in Phoenix? (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: It was seventy-two degrees.
Was it cloudy or clear in Phoenix? (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: It was clear.
Number 2: What was the temperature in Las Vegas? (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: It was 65 degrees in Las Vegas.
Was it cloudy or rainy in Las Vegas? (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: It was rainy in Las Vegas.
Number 3: What was the temperature in San Francisco? (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: It was 55 degrees in San Francisco.
Was it cloudy or clear? (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: It was cloudy.
Number 4: What was the temperature in New York? (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: It was 41 degrees.
Was it cloudy or rainy in New York? (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: It was cloudy.
Number 5: What was the temperature in Los Angeles? (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: It was 60 degrees.
Was it rainy or cloudy? (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: It was rainy.
Number 6: What was the temperature in Detroit? (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: It was 30 degrees.
Was it cloudy or clear? (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: It was clear.
Number 7: What was the temperature in Washington? (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: It was 42 degrees.
Was it windy or rainy? (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: It was windy.
### AUDIO TRACK 8
(7) Now, look at Figure 4. Listen to the time and draw the hands on the clocks. (pause 6 sec after each sentence)
Number 1: It's 6:00.
Number 2: It's 7:30.
Number 3: It's 12:15.
Number 4: It's 7:00.
Number 5: It's 5:20.
Number 6: It's 10:45.
(8) Now look at the clocks and the sentences and answer the questions.
Number 1: What time is it? (pause 6 sec)
Repeat: It's 6:00. It's time to get up.
Number 2: Is it time to sleep? (pause 6 sec)
Repeat: No. It's 7:30. It's time for class.
Number 3: What time is it? (pause 6 sec)
Repeat: It's 12:15. It's time to eat.
Number 4: Is it time to relax? (pause 6 sec)
Repeat: Yes. It's 7:00. It's your free time.
Number 5: Is it time for breakfast? (pause 6 sec)
Repeat: No. It's 5:20. It's time to eat supper.
Number 6: What time is it? (pause 6 sec)
Repeat: It's 10:45. It's time to go to sleep.
---
**AUDIO TRACK 9**
(9) Now look at Figure 5. Listen and repeat the conversation. (pause for repetition after each sentence)
(two male voices)
voice 1: What are you going to do this Saturday, Ben? Are you going to do anything interesting?
voice 2: Well, I'm going to add/some coins to my collection. Do you collect anything?
voice 1: No. All I collect/is my students' papers after a test. But that's different.
voice 2: What are you doing Saturday?
voice 1: I'm going to work on my car. I have to replace two tires. Then I'm going to a baseball game. Do you want to come with me? I have an extra ticket.
voice 2: Sure. Where can I meet you?
voice 1: How about my apartment, at five?
voice 2: Good. See you then.
(10) Now let's read the conversation. You read Ben's lines.
voice 1: What are you going to do this Saturday, Ben? Are you going to do anything interesting? (pause 8 sec)
voice 1: No. All I collect is students' papers after a test. But that's different. (pause 3 sec)
voice 1: I'm going to work on my car. I have to replace two tires. Then I'm going to a baseball game. Do you want to come with me? I have an extra ticket. (pause 3 sec)
voice 1: How about my apartment, at five? (pause 3 sec)
(11) Now change parts. You read Bruce's lines. You start. (pause 6 sec)
voice 2: Well, I'm going to add some coins to my collection. Do you collect anything? (pause 6 sec)
voice 2: What are you doing Saturday? (pause 12 sec)
voice 2: Sure. Where can I meet you? (pause 3 sec)
voice 2: Good. See you then.
**AUDIO TRACK 10**
(12) Look at Figure 6. Listen to a paragraph two times. Then write the main idea of the paragraph in a complete sentence. Listen.
Why do people go to shopping centers? You might say, "They go to shop." Most people do go to malls for that, but some just go for fun. The stores want to sell their things. They put their most beautiful and interesting things in their windows. They try to get the customers into their stores. Many people just like to see these stores. Others like to walk or exercise in the malls. It's cool and safe there. Some people like to go and watch other people while they shop or walk. A shopping center can be fun to visit.
(13) Listen to the paragraph again.
Why do people go to shopping centers? You might say, "They go to shop." Most people do go to malls for that, but some just go for fun. The stores want to sell their things. They put their most beautiful and interesting things in their windows. They try to get the customers into their stores. Many people just like to see these stores. Others like to walk or exercise in the malls. It's cool and safe there. Some people like to go and watch other people while they shop or walk. A shopping center can be fun to visit.
(14) Now write the main idea. (pause 20 sec)
(15) Listen to another paragraph.
When people want to keep warm on cold days, they do different things. Some people wear warm clothes. Other people drink hot coffee or tea all day. At night, people put many covers on their beds. Others think that doing the opposite helps. For example, some people think that a cold shower will keep you warm. They say that cold plus cold equals hot.
(16) Listen again.
When people want to keep warm on cold days, they do different things. Some people wear warm clothes. Other people drink hot coffee or tea all day. At night, people put many covers on their beds. Others think that doing the opposite helps. For example, some people think that a cold shower will keep you warm. They say that cold plus cold equals hot.
(17) Now write the main idea of the paragraph.
**THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 4B, BOOK 10.**
<!-- source file: 049 - Lesson 4B.md -->
# Lesson 4B
### Figure 2
| | |
|---|---|
| a. 4 | d. 3 |
| b. 2 | e. 6 |
| c. 1 | f. 5 |
### Figure 4
1. 6:00
2. 7:30
3. 12:15
4. 7:00
5. 5:20
6. 10:45
### Figure 6
1. People go to shopping centers to shop and have fun.
2. People do different things to keep warm.

352
sources/book-10/lla-4C.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,352 @@
<!-- source file: 016 - LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 10 LESSON 4C.md -->
# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 10, LESSON 4C
## Figure 1
| Listen to the dialog.<br>Circle the correct word.<br>Repeat the dialog. |
|---|
### IT'S NOT VERY FAR.
Sam: How (*far* / *near*) is it from Houston to Dallas?
Jan: Oh, it's (*among* / *about*) two hundred and fifty miles.
Sam: Could you find out the (*exact* / *exactly*) number of miles for me?
Jan: Sure. Let me check my map. It's two hundred and forty three miles.
Sam: Which city do you think is nicer to visit?
Jan: Well, in my opinion, Houston is more (*pleasant* / *pleased*).
Sam: That's good. I'm driving to Houston first. Then, from there I might drive to Dallas.
Jan: Well, have a good trip!
Sam: Thanks.
---
## Figure 2
| Repeat the words.<br>Look at the map and answer the questions. |
|---|
![Map showing western US cities with flight durations and distances, including Sacramento, San Francisco, Las Vegas, Los Angeles, San Diego, and Phoenix](images/page_086_001.jpg)
*Examples:* How far is it from San Diego to Los Angeles?
*It's 127 miles.*
*It takes 2 hours and 50 minutes (to get to Los Angeles from San Diego.)*
---
## Figure 3
| Listen to the questions.<br>Listen to a conversation.<br>Select the answer. |
|---|
1. a. to school
b. to the mall
c. to the gym
2. a. her parents
b. her brother
c. her aunt
3. a. some clothes
b. some shoes
c. some books
4. a. They're very old.
b. They're very tight.
c. They're very loose.
5. a. some shoes
b. some lunch
c. a new book
6. a. $15.00
b. $5.00
c. $10.00
---
## Figure 4
| Repeat the words.<br>Complete the sentences.<br>Repeat the sentences. |
|---|
![A drawing of a daily newspaper titled "The Dallas News"](images/page_087_001.jpg)
a newspaper
![A magazine cover titled "WORLD NEWS"](images/page_087_002.jpg)
a magazine
| articles | famous | magazines | news | newspapers |
|---|---|---|---|---|
1. Many people read _______________ every day.
2. The information or _______________ in them is usually about something interesting or exciting.
3. There are _______________ about many different kinds of things.
4. There are _______________ about the news, about sports, about travel, and about _______________ people.
5. The different kinds of information in magazines and newspapers are called _______________.
---
\- USER NOTES -
---
<!-- source file: 033 - AUDIO SCRIPT.md -->
# AUDIO SCRIPT
## Lesson 4C
**AUDIO TRACK 1**
(1) Hello! Open your book to the activities for Lesson 4C. (pause 6 sec)
(2) Look at Figure 1. Complete the dialog. Listen and circle the correct word. Listen.
(two voices: voice 1, male; voice 2, female)
voice 1: How far is it from Houston to Dallas?
voice 2: Oh, it's about two hundred and fifty miles.
voice 1: Could you find out the exact number of miles for me?
voice 2: Sure. Let me check my map. It's two hundred and forty three miles.
voice 1: Which city do you think is nicer to visit?
voice 2: Well, in my opinion, Houston is more pleasant.
voice 1: That's good. I'm driving to Houston first. Then, from there I might drive to Dallas.
voice 2: Well, have a good trip!
voice 1: Thanks.
(3) Now listen and repeat the dialog. (pause at slashes and after each sentence for repetition)
voice 1: How far is it from Houston to Dallas?
voice 2: Oh, it's about two hundred and fifty miles.
voice 1: Could you find out/the exact number of miles for me?
voice 2: Sure. Let me check my map. It's two hundred and forty three miles.
voice 1: Which city do you think is nicer to visit?
voice 2: Well, in my opinion,/Houston is more pleasant.
voice 1: That's good. I'm driving to Houston first. Then, from there I might drive to Dallas.
voice 2: Well, have a good trip!
voice 1: Thanks.
**AUDIO TRACK 2**
(4) Now look at the map in Figure 2. Let's repeat the names of some cities in the United States. (pause after each word for repetition)
Repeat: Sacramento...Sacramento
San Francisco...San Francisco
Las Vegas...Las Vegas
Los Angeles...Los Angeles
San Diego...San Diego
Phoenix...Phoenix
(5) This map shows the time and number of miles between the cities. Look at the example. Listen: How far is it from San Diego to Los Angeles? Read the first answer. (pause) Repeat: It's one hundred and twenty-seven miles. (pause) How far is it from San Diego to Los Angeles? Now read the second answer. (pause) Repeat: It takes 2 hours and 50 minutes.
(6) Look at the map and listen to the question. First answer the question in miles. Then listen again and answer the question in time.
Number 1: How far is it from San Diego to Phoenix? (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: It's three hundred and fifty-three miles. (pause)
How far is it from San Diego to Phoenix? (pause)
Repeat: It takes seven hours and thirty five minutes.
Number 2: How far is it from Los Angeles to Sacramento? (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: It's three hundred and eighty-six miles.
How far is it from Los Angeles to Sacramento? (pause)
Repeat: It takes eight hours to drive from Los Angeles to Sacramento.
Number 3: How far is it from Los Angeles to Las Vegas? (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: It's two hundred and seventy-six miles.
How far is it from Los Angeles to Las Vegas? (pause)
Repeat: It takes five hours and fifty minutes.
Number 4: How far is it from Los Angeles to Phoenix? (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: It's three hundred and seventy-six miles.
How far is it from Los Angeles to Phoenix? (pause)
Repeat: It takes eight hours and five minutes.
(7) Now, I want YOU to ask me the questions. I'll give you the cities and you ask me the question.
Las Vegas and Phoenix.
Repeat: How far is it from Las Vegas to Phoenix? (pause 4 sec)
Listen: It's two hundred and eighty-five miles and it takes six hours and twenty minutes to drive.
San Francisco and Sacramento. (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: How far is it from San Francisco to Sacramento?
Listen: It takes one hour and fifty-five minutes to drive from San Francisco to Sacramento.
Los Angeles and Las Vegas. (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: How far is it from Los Angeles to Las Vegas?
Listen: It's two hundred and seventy-six miles.
San Diego and Phoenix. (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: How far is it from San Diego to Phoenix?
Listen: It takes seven hours and thirty five minutes to drive.
San Diego and Los Angeles. (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: How far is it from San Diego to Los Angeles?
Listen: It's one hundred and twenty-seven miles.
**AUDIO TRACK 3**
(8) Now look at Figure 3. First listen to some questions.
Number 1: Where are Liz and Peggy going?
Number 2: Who gave Peggy some money?
Number 3: What does Peggy want to buy?
Number 4: What's the matter with Peggy's old black shoes?
Number 5: What is Peggy going to buy for Liz?
Number 6: Will Peggy have enough money?
(9) Now listen to a conversation.
(two female voices)
voice 1: Hi, Liz!
voice 2: Hi, Peggy.
voice 1: Do you want to go shopping with me? I've got a little extra money and I want to buy some black shoes.
voice 2: Really? Where did you get the money?
voice 1: My parents sent me fifty dollars.
voice 2: I thought you bought black shoes last month.
voice 1: I did. I bought them a little big because I don't like tight shoes. But now they're very loose!
voice 2: Oh, loose shoes are awful to wear.
voice 1: How about lunch? can take you to the Italian Restaurant at the mall.
voice 2: That sounds good, but will you have enough money?
voice 1: Sure, the shoes I want cost about $35.00. I'll have enough to pay for lunch.
voice 2: Then let's hurry up. I'm getting hungry.
(10) Listen to the conversation again.
voice 1: Hi, Liz!
voice 2: Hi, Peggy.
voice 1: Do you want to go shopping with me? I've got a little extra money and I want to buy some black shoes.
voice 2: Really? Where did you get the money?
voice 1: My parents sent me fifty dollars.
voice 2: I thought you bought black shoes last month.
voice 1: I did. I bought them a little big because I don't like tight shoes. But now they're very loose!
voice 2: Oh, loose shoes are awful to wear.
voice 1: How about lunch? I can take you to the Italian Restaurant at the mall.
voice 2: That sounds good, but will you have enough money?
voice 1: Sure, the shoes I want cost about $35.00. I'll have enough to pay for lunch.
voice 2: Then let's hurry up. I'm getting hungry.
---
(11) Now circle the best answer, a, b, or c.
Number 1: Where are Liz and Peggy going?
Number 2: Who gave Peggy some money?
Number 3: What does Peggy want to buy?
Number 4: What's the matter with Peggy's old black shoes?
Number 5: What is Peggy going to buy for Liz?
Number 6: How much money will Peggy have for lunch?
(12) Let's check your answers.
Number 1 is b. Liz and Peggy are going to the mall.
Number 2 is a. Peggy's parents gave her the money.
Number 3 is b. Peggy wants to buy some shoes.
Number 4 is c. Peggy's old shoes are very loose.
Number 5 is b. Peggy's going to buy lunch for Liz.
Number 6 is a. Peggy should have $15.00 left after she pays for her shoes.
**AUDIO TRACK 4**
(13) Look at Figure 4. Listen and repeat the words in the box two times.
articles...articles
famous...famous
magazines...magazines
news...news
newspapers...newspapers
(14) Now listen and complete the sentences with the words in the box. You can use some words two times. (pause 6 sec after each sentence for student to write a word)
Number 1: Many people read newspapers every day.
Number 2: The information or news in them is usually about something interesting or exciting.
Number 3: There are magazines about many different kinds of things.
Number 4: There are magazines about the news, about sports, about travel, and about famous people.
Number 5: The different kinds of information in magazines and newspapers are called articles.
(15) Now listen and repeat the sentences. (pause after each sentence for repetition)
Number 1: Many people read newspapers every day.
Number 2: The information or news in them / is usually about something interesting or exciting.
Number 3: There are magazines about many different kinds of things.
Number 4: There are magazines about the news, / about sports / about travel, / and about famous people.
Number 5: The different kinds of information / in magazines and newspapers / are called articles.
**THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 4C, BOOK 10.**
<!-- source file: 050 - Lesson 4C.md -->
# Lesson 4C
### Figure 1
Sam: How <u>far</u> is it from Houston to Dallas?
Jan: Oh, it's <u>about</u> two hundred and fifty miles.
Sam: Could you find out the <u>exact</u> number of miles for me?
Jan: Sure. Let me check my map. It's two hundred and forty three miles.
Sam: Which city do you think is nicer to visit?
Jan: Well, in my opinion, Houston is more <u>pleasant</u>.
Sam: That's good. I'm driving to Houston first. Then, from there I might drive to Dallas.
Jan: Well, have a good trip!
Sam: Thanks.
### Figure 3
| | |
|---|---|
| 1. b | 4. c |
| 2. a | 5. b |
| 3. b | 6. a |
### Figure 4
1. Many people read <u>newspaper</u> every day.
2. The information or <u>news</u> in them is usually about something interesting or exciting.
3. There are <u>magazines</u> about many different kinds of things.
4. There are <u>magazines</u> about the news, about sports, about travel, and about <u>famous</u> people.
5. The different kinds of information in magazines and newspapers are called <u>articles</u>.

349
sources/book-10/lla-4D.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,349 @@
<!-- source file: 017 - LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 10 LESSON 4D.md -->
# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 10, LESSON 4D
## Figure 1
| Select the answer. |
|---|
1. a. My father wasn't at home.
b. They live in Detroit.
c. They left this morning.
2. a. She's feeling much better, thank you.
b. He's cooking supper right now.
c. She's a school teacher.
3. a. I'm a dentist.
b. I'm going to New York next week.
c. My parents live in New York.
4. a. They own a clothing store.
b. They're fine, thank you.
c. They will take their vacation in June.
5. a. They don't live here.
b. It was sunny yesterday.
c. Yes. I have four brothers and three sisters.
---
## Figure 2
| Ask and repeat the questions. |
|---|
*Example: Q:* <u>What does your mother do?</u>
*A:* My mother is a <u>dentist.</u>
1. Q: ____________________________________________________________________
A: My father is <u>feeling much better</u>, thank you.
2. Q: ____________________________________________________________________
A: My brother wants a <u>job in sales</u>.
3. Q: ____________________________________________________________________
A: It was <u>windy and cloudy</u> in Dallas.
4. Q: ____________________________________________________________________
A: My children <u>are fine</u>, thank you.
---
## Figure 3
| Circle the number of the strongest syllable. |
|---|
*Example:* se lec tion
1 2 **(3)** 4
1. 1 2 3 4
2. 1 2 3 4
3. 1 2 3 4
4. 1 2 3 4
5. 1 2 3 4
6. 1 2 3 4
7. 1 2 3 4
8. 1 2 3 4
9. 1 2 3 4
10. 1 2 3 4
11. 1 2 3 4
12. 1 2 3 4
13. 1 2 3 4
14. 1 2 3 4
---
### Figure 4
**Answer the questions.**
June 5, 1988
Dear Jane:
I couldn't go to your party last weekend because I had to work late on Sunday. Usually, I'm finished at the store by 5:30, but last weekend I had a lot of extra work. I couldn't leave the store until 8 PM. By that time, I was very tired and hungry. I tried to buy a sandwich, but I couldn't find a sandwich vending machine. Finally I stopped looking. I went home without supper. After I got home and changed clothes, it was very late. I know you had a good party. I'm sorry I didn't go.
I won't have to go to work on Tuesday and Wednesday of next week. I can go to a restaurant and a movie on Tuesday. Would you like to do that? Call me on Monday.
Your friend,
Frank.
---
### Figure 5
**Listen to a paragraph. Write the paragraph.**
#### MY NEIGHBOR
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
<!-- source file: 034 - AUDIO SCRIPT.md -->
# AUDIO SCRIPT
## Lesson 4D
**AUDIO TRACK 5**
(1) Hello! Open your book to the activities for Lesson 4D. (pause 6 sec)
(2) Look at Figure 1. Listen to a question. Select the best answer. Circle a, b, or c. (pause 4 sec after each question)
Number 1: Where do your folks live?
Number 2: What does your wife do?
Number 3: What kind of work do you do?
Number 4: How's your family?
Number 5: Do you have a large family?
(3) Let's check your answers.
Number 1 is b.
Number 2 is c.
Number 3 is a.
Number 4 is b.
Number 5 is c.
(4) Listen to the question again. Then repeat the answer. (pause 4 sec after each question)
Number 1: Listen: Where do your folks live?
Repeat: They live in Detroit.
Number 2: Listen: What does your wife do?
Repeat: She's a school teacher.
Number 3: Listen: What kind of work do you do?
Repeat: I'm a dentist.
Number 4: Listen: How's your family?
Repeat: They're fine, thank you.
Number 5: Listen: Do you have a large family?
Repeat: Yes. I have four brothers and three sisters.
**AUDIO TRACK 6**
(5) Look at the example in Figure 2. Look at the sentence after the letter A. It's an answer to a question. Look at the underlined words. They will help you ask the question. Listen: What does your mother do? Repeat: What does your mother do? (pause for repetition after each question) My mother is a dentist.
(6) Now look at number 1 and ask the question. (pause 5 sec)
Repeat: How's your father? (pause) My father is feeling much better.
Number 2: Ask the question. (pause 5 sec)
Repeat: What kind of job does your brother want? (pause) My brother wants a job in sales.
Number 3: Ask the question. (pause 5 sec)
Repeat: How was the weather in Dallas? (pause) It was windy and cloudy in Dallas.
Number 4: Ask the question. (pause 5 sec)
Repeat: How are your children? (pause) My children are fine, thank you.
**AUDIO TRACK 7**
(7) Look at the example in Figure 3. Listen to the word and circle the number of the strongest syllable. The strongest syllable is called a stressed syllable. You'll hear the word two times. Listen: selection...selection. Do you hear the stress on the second syllable? Circle the two. (pause 4 sec after second word)
Number 1: introduction...introduction
Number 2: neighbor...neighbor
Number 3: cafeteria...cafeteria
Number 4: variety...variety
Number 5: machine...machine
Number 6: operate...operate
Number 7: favorite...favorite
Number 8: popular...popular
Number 9: remove...remove
Number 10: tighten...tighten
Number 11: enough...enough
Number 12: inflate...inflate
Number 13: loosen...loosen
Number 14: replace...replace
(8) Let's check your answers. Number one is three. Repeat: (pause after each word for repetition) introduction...introduction
Number 2 is 1. Repeat: neighbor...neighbor
Number 3 is 3. Repeat: cafeteria...cafeteria
Number 4 is 2. Repeat: variety...variety
Number 5 is 2. Repeat: machine...machine
Number 6 is 1. Repeat: operate...operate
Number 7 is 1. Repeat: favorite...favorite
Number 8 is 1. Repeat: popular...popular
Number 9 is 2. Repeat: remove...remove
Number 10 is 1. Repeat: tighten...tighten
Number 11 is 2. Repeat: enough...enough
Number 12 is 2. Repeat: inflate...inflate
Number 13 is 1. Repeat: loosen...loosen
Number 14 is 2. Repeat: replace...replace
**AUDIO TRACK 8**
(9) Look at the letter in Figure 4. First listen to some questions about this letter. Don't try to answer. After you read the letter, you'll answer the questions. Listen.
Number 1: Was Frank able to go to Jane's party?
Number 2: When was Frank able to leave the store?
Number 3: Was Frank able to buy a sandwich?
Number 4: Why wasn't Frank able to eat that night?
Number 5: Where will Frank be able to go on Tuesday night?
Now read the letter silently.
(pause 45 sec for students to read letter.)
(10) Now listen to the questions again and answer them. (pause 4 sec after each question, then for repetition of the response)
Number 1: Was Frank able to go to Jane's party?
Repeat: No. He wasn't able to go to Jane's party.
Number 2: When was Frank able to leave the store?
Repeat: He was able to leave after eight.
Number 3: Was Frank able to buy a sandwich?
Repeat: No. He wasn't able to buy a sandwich.
Number 4: Why wasn't Frank able to eat that night?
Repeat: He wasn't able to eat, / because he couldn't find a sandwich vending machine.
Number 5: Where will Frank be able to go on Tuesday night?
Repeat: He'll be able to go / to a restaurant and movie on Tuesday night.
**AUDIO TRACK 9**
(11) Now look at Figure 5. You will hear a paragraph three times. The first time listen only. Listen.
Mrs. Wright is my neighbor. We live in the same apartment building. She lives alone. Sometimes, I take her shopping. I help her with her packages. We live upstairs and it's hard to take packages up the stairs. She says that I am a very polite person. The other day, I wrote down my phone number on some paper. I stuck it on her table near her phone. I told her to call me when she needed anything. She was pleased and thanked me. It feels good to be able to help someone.
(12) This time listen and write. (pause 10-15 sec after each segment)
Mrs. Wright / is my neighbor. / We live in the same / apartment building. / She lives alone. / Sometimes, / I take her shopping. / I help her with her packages. / We live upstairs / and it's hard / to take packages / up the stairs. / She says / that I am / a very polite person. / The other day, / I wrote down / my phone number / on some paper. / I stuck it / on her table / near her phone. / I told her / to call me / when she needed anything. / She was pleased / and thanked me. / It feels good / to be able / to help someone.
---
(13) Now listen again and check your paragraph.
Mrs. Wright is my neighbor. We live in the same apartment building. She lives alone. Sometimes, I take her shopping. I help her with her packages. We live upstairs and it's hard to take packages up the stairs. She says that I am a very polite person. The other day, I wrote down my phone number on some paper. I stuck it on her table near her phone. I told her to call me when she needed anything. She was pleased and thanked me. It feels good to be able to help someone.
**THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 4D, BOOK 10.**
---
– USER NOTES –
---
<!-- source file: 051 - Lesson 4D.md -->
# Lesson 4D
### Figure 1
| | |
|---|---|
| 1. b | 4. b |
| 2. c | 5. c |
| 3. a | |
### Figure 2
1. Q: How's your father?
2. Q: What kind of job does your brother want?
3. Q: How was the weather in Dallas?
4. Q: How are your children?
### Figure 3
| | |
|---|---|
| 1. 3 | 8. 1 |
| 2. 1 | 9. 2 |
| 3. 3 | 10. 1 |
| 4. 2 | 11. 2 |
| 5. 2 | 12. 2 |
| 6. 1 | 13. 1 |
| 7. 1 | 14. 2 |
### Figure 5
Mrs. Wright is my neighbor. We live in the same apartment building. She lives alone. Sometimes, I take her shopping. I help her with her packages. We live upstairs and it's hard to take packages up the stairs. She says that I am a very polite person. The other day I wrote down my phone number on some paper. I stuck it on her table near her phone. I told her to call me when she needed anything. She was pleased and thanked me. It feels good to be able to help someone.
---

1477
sources/book-10/st-1.md Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

2152
sources/book-10/st-2.md Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1232
sources/book-10/st-3.md Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

894
sources/book-10/st-4.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,894 @@
<!-- source file: 005 - HOW FAR IS IT TO ... BOOK 10 LESSON 4.md -->
# HOW FAR IS IT TO ...? BOOK 10 LESSON 4
![A military officer talking to a boy sitting at a desk with an open book](images/page_129_001.jpg)
---
### FUNCTION
- How's your family? Fine, thank you. And yours?
- How's the weather in Dallas? It's very pleasant right now.
- What kind of work do you do? I'm a salesman. I sell cars.
---
### GRAMMAR
- Charles can/is able to take a vacation this year.
- Is it cold outside? It's 35 degrees. (Fahrenheit)
- What time is it? It's one thirty.
- How far is it to Austin? It takes about two hours to get there.
---
### SKILLS
Circle the stressed syllable. Scan and answer the question. Read a paragraph and write the topic, the main idea, and select a title. Complete a sentence and write a paragraph. Select a summary. Match the sentence parts; put them in order.
---
### VOCABULARY
| | | | |
|---|---|---|---|
| be able to | how | cashier | news |
| collect | it (impersonal) | collection | newspaper |
| marry | married | company | niece |
| own | pleasant | cousin | occupation |
| take/took (distance/time) | single | dentist | parent |
| type | article | driver | relative |
| work on | aunt | folks | salesperson/people/man/woman |
| about | baby | grandfather | secretary |
| famous | boss | grandmother | uncle |
| far | business | grandparent | work |
| from | businessman/woman | magazine | writer |
| | | marriage | |
| | | nephew | |
get married
What (kind of work) do ... do?
It takes ... to ....
# CONTENTS OF BOOK 10 LESSON 4
| | ST Page |
|---|---|
| VOCABULARY: families and relatives | 123 |
| LISTENING SKILL: primary stress | 128 |
| VOCABULARY: occupations | 129 |
| READING SKILL: scan and provide | 135 |
| GRAMMAR: be able to | 136 |
| READING SKILLS: write the topic<br>write the main idea<br>select the title | 139 |
| GRAMMAR: impersonal "it"<br>and How far...? | 140 |
| WRITING SKILL: write a paragraph | 145 |
| FUNCTION: making small talk | 146 |
| READING SKILL: select the summary | 152 |
| WRITING SKILL: match phrases/clauses,<br>put in correct order | 153 |
## Vocabulary
### A FAMILY TREE
![Portrait of Paul Wright](images/page_131_001.jpg)
Paul Wright
![Portrait of Bertha Wright](images/page_131_002.jpg)
Bertha Wright
![Portrait of Kenneth Smith](images/page_131_003.jpg)
Kenneth Smith
![Portrait of Rita Smith](images/page_131_004.jpg)
Rita Smith
![Portrait of George Clyde](images/page_131_005.jpg)
George Clyde
![Portrait of Linda Clyde](images/page_131_006.jpg)
Linda Clyde
![Portrait of Frank Wright](images/page_131_007.jpg)
Frank Wright
![Portrait of Jane Wright](images/page_131_008.jpg)
Jane Wright
![Portrait of Rick Smith](images/page_131_009.jpg)
Rick Smith
![Portrait of Kathleen Clyde](images/page_131_010.jpg)
Kathleen Clyde
![Portrait of Matt Clyde](images/page_131_011.jpg)
Matt Clyde
![Portrait of Kevin Wright](images/page_131_012.jpg)
Kevin Wright
![Portrait of Julie Wright](images/page_131_013.jpg)
Julie Wright
![Portrait of Mark Clyde](images/page_131_014.jpg)
Mark Clyde
![Portrait of Little Matt Clyde](images/page_131_015.jpg)
Little Matt Clyde
![Portrait of Janet Clyde](images/page_131_016.jpg)
Janet Clyde
1. <u>grandfather</u>
Paul Wright is Julie's grandfather. He's her father's father.
2. <u>grandmother</u>
Rita Smith is Julie's grandmother on her mother's side of the family.
3. <u>grandparents</u>
Kenneth and Rita Smith are Julie's grandparents on her mother's side.
4. <u>parents</u>
Kathleen and Matt Clyde are Mark's parents.
5. <u>uncle</u>
Frank Wright and Rick Smith are Mark's uncles.
6. <u>aunt</u>
Jane Wright is Mark's aunt.
7. <u>nephew</u>
Mark is Frank Wright's nephew.
8. <u>niece</u>
Janet is Frank Wright's niece.
9. <u>cousins</u>
The Wright children and the Clyde children are cousins.
10. <u>baby</u>
Mark and Janet have a baby brother. Little Matt is ten months old.
11. <u>married</u>
Frank Wright has a wife. He is married to Jane Smith.
12. <u>single</u>
Rick Smith is single. He's not married.
---
13. <u>marry</u> <u>get married</u>
Julie Wright's going to <u>marry</u> George White.
She'll <u>get married</u> in June.
14. <u>marriage</u>
Julie and George are getting married in June. Their <u>marriage</u> will be in the summer.
15. <u>folks</u>
Matt's <u>folks</u> will visit him next week. His parents will arrive Saturday, and his younger sister will arrive Sunday.
16. <u>relatives</u>
My aunts, uncles, grandparents, and cousins are all my <u>relatives</u>.
### WHO IS...?
Look at the chart and ask or answer these questions about Julie Wright's relatives.
EXAMPLE: Who are Julie's parents?
Frank and Jane Wright are her parents.
1. Who are Julie's grandparents on her father's side?
2. Who's Julie's grandmother on her mother's side?
3. Who's her grandfather on her mother's side?
4. Who are her uncles?
5. Who's Julie's aunt?
6. Who are Julie's cousins?
Now look at Kathleen and Matt Clyde and ask or answer questions about them.
1. How many children do they have?
2. What are their names?
3. Who is their niece?
4. Who is their nephew?
5. Is Matt Clyde single?
6. Who are Kathleen's folks?
### WHO ARE JANET CLYDE'S RELATIVES?
Look at the family tree (chart) and underline the correct answer.
This is Janet Clyde. Kathleen Clyde and Matt Clyde are her (parents, grandparents). Kenneth Smith is her (uncle, grandfather) and Rita Smith is her (grandmother, aunt) on her mother's side of the family. George and Linda Clyde are also her (grandparents, cousins).
Rick Smith and Frank Wright are two of Janet's (cousins, uncles). Jane Wright is her (aunt, niece). Kevin and Julie Wright are Janet's (nephews, cousins).
### HE'D LIKE TO GO NOW.
Use the words in the box and complete the paragraphs.
| | | | |
|---|---|---|---|
| folks | get married | marriage | married |
| marry | nephew | relatives | single |
Julie Wright is getting married in June. She is going to \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ George White. His \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ live in San Francisco, but they're coming to the wedding. All of Julie's \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ live right here, in San Antonio. All of them are coming to the wedding.
George's sister has a son, Pete. Pete is George's \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. A year ago George told Pete, "I'll take you fishing before I \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_." Pete remembers that, and he'd like to go fishing now. He wants to go before the \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. He knows George will be \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ for only two more months. After that, when he's \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_, he may not be able to go fishing.
### Listening Skill
#### LISTEN!
Listen to the word and circle the number of the stressed syllable.
EXAMPLE: 1 <u>2</u> 3 4 5
1. 1 2 3 4 5
2. 1 2 3 4 5
3. 1 2 3 4 5
4. 1 2 3 4 5
5. 1 2 3 4 5
6. 1 2 3 4 5
7. 1 2 3 4 5
8. 1 2 3 4 5
### Vocabulary
WHAT KIND OF WORK DO YOU DO?
OR
WHAT IS YOUR OCCUPATION?
![#1 A cashier standing behind a register in a clothing store assisting a customer](images/page_137_001.jpg)
1. <u>cashier</u>
Ken is a cashier in a department store.
![#2 A female dentist examining a male patient's teeth in a dental chair](images/page_137_002.jpg)
2. <u>dentist</u>
Sue is a dentist.
![#3 A male and female real estate salesperson standing in front of a house sign that says SOLD](images/page_138_001.jpg)
3. <u>salespeople</u>
Joseph and Rita are salespeople. They sell houses. Joseph is a salesman, and Rita is a saleswoman.
![#4 A female secretary sitting at her desk typing on a typewriter](images/page_138_002.jpg)
4. <u>secretary</u>
Fran is a secretary. She types 85 words a minute. She types fast.
![#5 A businessman standing in front of a clothing window display labeled SOTO'S fashions](images/page_138_003.jpg)
5. <u>businessman</u> <u>boss</u>
Mr. Soto is a businessman. He has a business. He owns a clothing store. He's the boss in his store. He has a salesperson working for him.
![#6 A female and male taxi driver standing in front of a taxi car labeled M&H TAXI COMPANY](images/page_138_004.jpg)
6. <u>taxi driver</u> <u>company</u>
Myra is a taxi driver. She's also a businesswoman. She and her husband Hal own a taxi company together.
---
**HE'S A DENTIST, YOU'RE A PILOT, I'M A TAXI DRIVER.**
1. Select an occupation. You may use one of these occupations or add your own.
cashier saleswoman taxi driver businessman
secretary pilot dentist mechanic
salesman doctor bank clerk waiter
2. Look at the example.
EXAMPLE: doctor
mechanic
secretary
S1: I'm a doctor.
S2: You're a doctor.
I'm a mechanic.
S3: She's a doctor.
You're a mechanic.
I'm a secretary.
3. After you select an occupation, write it down in the big rectangle on top of the page. Use big letters.
4. When the exercise begins, say your occupation and show your rectangle. Keep showing it until the last student finishes.
5. The last person must say all his classmates' occupations.
**IT'S NOT VERY FAR.**
Sam: How far is it <u>from</u> Houston <u>to</u> Dallas?
Jan: Oh, it's <u>about</u> two hundred and fifty miles.
Sam: Could you find out the exact number of miles for me?
Jan: Sure. Let me check my map. It's two hundred and forty three miles.
Sam: Which city do you think is nicer to visit?
Jan: Well, in my opinion, Houston is more <u>pleasant</u>.
Sam: That's good. I'm going to Houston first. Then, <u>from</u> there, I <u>might</u> drive to Dallas.
Jan: Well, have a good trip!
Sam: Thanks.
![A newspaper titled "The Dallas News" with headlines "Grand jury adjourns early" and "Record Tax Hikes Loom"](images/page_141_001.jpg)
![A small newspaper or magazine titled "WORLD NEWS"](images/page_141_002.jpg)
**MR. JACOBS WRITES ARTICLES.**
Mr. Jacobs is a <u>famous writer</u>. He lives in Dallas, but people everywhere know about him. He writes stories about different things. Then, he sells these stories or <u>articles</u> to <u>newspapers and magazines</u>. You can find some of his articles in magazines all around the world. He also writes newspaper articles for his town paper. These articles are usually about <u>local news</u>. For example, last week he wrote an article about <u>the new library</u> for the south side of the city; another article was about the high number of accidents on the weekends; and another was about the city water company.
Articles for magazines are usually longer. Of course, it also takes Mr. Jacobs longer to write them. Right now he's <u>working on</u> an article about the American family in today's world. Mr. Jacobs enjoys his work very much.
![A collection of twelve different coins displayed in two rows inside a box frame](images/page_142_001.jpg)
**DO YOU COLLECT ANYTHING?**
Bruce: What are you going to do this Saturday, Ben? Anything interesting?
Ben: Well, I'm going to add some coins to my <u>coin collection</u>. But that's <u>all</u>. Do you <u>collect</u> anything?
Bruce: No. I <u>only</u> <u>collect</u> my students' papers after they finish a test, but that's different.
Ben: What are YOU doing Saturday?
Bruce: I'm going to <u>work on</u> my car in the morning. I have to replace two tires. Then I want to go see the Dodgers. I have an extra ticket. Do you want to come with me?
Ben: Sure. Where can I meet you?
Bruce: At my apartment, about five.
Ben: Good! I'll see you then.
Circle T for true statements, circle F for false statements.
1. Ben collects coins. T F
2. Bruce collects papers from his students. T F
3. Ben has a coin collection. T F
4. Bruce has a paper collection. T F
5. Ben will repair his car. T F
6. Ben doesn't want to see the Dodgers. T F
## Reading Skill
**HOW MUCH?**
First read the questions. Then look at the picture. You will only see the picture for a short time. Then write the correct answer.
1. How much do 25" TV's usually cost?
________________________________________
2. How much do 19" TV's cost when they are on sale?
________________________________________
3. What is the name of the store?
________________________________________
4. How much do the radios cost now?
________________________________________
5. Are the stereo headphones on sale?
________________________________________
**FLOWERS**
1. What is the name of the flower shop?
________________________________________
2. Where does the flower shop deliver?
________________________________________
3. What is the phone number?
________________________________________
4. What is the address?
________________________________________
## Grammar
**BE ABLE TO**
| Be able to is used to express ability. It is the same as **can**. |
|---|
| Present | John **is able to** speak three languages.<br>John **can** speak three languages. |
| Future | We'll **be able to** leave tomorrow.<br>We **can** leave tomorrow. |
| Past | I **wasn't able to** go last night.<br>I **couldn't** go last night. |
---
**PATRICK WAS ABLE TO GO TO THE MOVIE.**
Read the sentences.
1. Will Robert be able to go to the party?
2. I don't think he'll be able to go.
3. Diane isn't able to move the refrigerator.
4. We were able to leave early.
5. They weren't able to fix my car.
6. Is grandmother able to take the trip?
7. Was the secretary able to fix the typewriter?
8. Was your nephew able to read that magazine?
9. Jennifer's cousin will be able to drive next month.
10. Were you able to get yesterday's newspaper?
**A CAT IS ABLE TO CLIMB TREES.**
Change from <u>can</u> to <u>be able to</u>.
EXAMPLES: A cat <u>can</u> climb trees.
A cat <u>is able to</u> climb trees.
<u>Can</u> you finish your work?
<u>Are</u> you <u>able to</u> finish your work?
1. I can touch my toes.
2. Can a dog swim?
3. They can be here tomorrow morning.
4. Animals can't speak.
5. Jim can play basketball well.
6. How fast can a fish swim?
7. Linda can speak four languages.
8. What languages can you speak?
**WERE YOU ABLE TO GO?**
Ask a past tense question with <u>be able to</u> and the words given. Another student will answer.
EXAMPLE: go to the BX last Saturday
Were you able to go to the BX last Saturday?
Yes, I was. OR No, I wasn't.
1. speak English when you were young
2. see your friend at the airport last night
3. cook your own food while you were on vacation
4. take a vacation last year
5. get your own apartment
6. go to Los Angeles last summer
7. sleep late last Sunday
**HE WASN'T ABLE TO GO.**
Read the paragraphs. Use <u>be able to</u> and answer the questions.
On Friday, Jim invited Ken to a party. He wasn't able to go because he had to work. On Sunday, Stan invited him to the movie. He wasn't able to go the movie because he had to study for a test. On Tuesday, Jack asked him to go to dinner with him. He didn't have to work, and he didn't have to study. At last, he was able to do something with a friend!
1. Why wasn't Ken able to go to the party?
2. Was Ken able to go to the movie?
3. What was Ken able to do?
Jim collected coins on his last vacation to Europe. He got coins from England, France, and Germany. He wasn't able to get coins from Italy or Greece, but his friends in Switzerland are going to send him some of those coins next month. He'll have a large selection of coins in his collection.
4. Was Jim able to collect coins from Germany?
5. Was he able to get coins from Italy or Greece when he was on vacation?
6. Do you think he'll be able to get some coins from those countries?
# Reading Skills
**WRITE THE TOPIC.**
Read the paragraph. Then write the topic.
Peg and Paul visit their grandparents, Mr. and Mrs. Lee, for two weeks every summer. Their cousin Mark visits with them, too. The children really enjoy staying with their grandparents. Mr. and Mrs. Lee take them swimming and sightseeing often. Mr. Lee also takes the boys fishing. Peg doesn't go with them because she doesn't like to fish. When the boys go fishing, Peg and her grandmother go shopping. Peg, Paul, and Mark think two weeks is not long enough for a visit with their grandparents. They'd like to stay all summer.
_________________________________________________________________
**WRITE THE MAIN IDEA.**
Read the paragraph again. Write the main idea in a complete sentence.
_________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________
**WHAT DO YOU WANT TO CALL IT?**
Read the paragraph again. Select the best title.
a. Peg, Paul, and Mark
b. Summer With Grandfather and Grandmother
c. Swimming and Sightseeing in the Summer
# Grammar
**IS IT GOING TO BE COLD ALL DAY?**
**IT'S ....**
Use it when you talk about weather, temperature, time, or distance.
1. S1: Is it cold outside?
S2: Yes, it's 35 degrees. (Fahrenheit)
2. S1: What time is it?
S2: It's 5:30.
3. S1: Is it time for lunch?
S2: No, it's only 10:15.
4. S1: Is it raining?
S2: Yes, it's raining very hard.
5. S1: Is it going to be hot today?
S2: No, it's going to be cool all day.
6. S1: How far is it to Austin from here?
S2: It's about 78 miles.
**IT'S COLD AND WINDY.**
Read the weather chart and answer the teacher's questions. Then look at the chart again. One student will ask about the weather and another student will use the chart and answer the question.
| CITY | WEATHER | TEMPERATURE |
|---|---|---|
| New York | windy and cold | 35° |
| Atlanta | sunny and cool | 52° |
| Washington D.C. | cloudy and cold | 42° |
| Los Angeles | cloudy and warm | 68° |
| Houston | rainy and warm | 74° |
**TIME AROUND THE WORLD**
Look at the clocks and answer the questions.
![An analog clock showing 4:00](images/page_150_001.jpg)
PARIS
![An analog clock showing 3:00](images/page_150_002.jpg)
LONDON
![An analog clock showing 10:00](images/page_150_003.jpg)
SAN SALVADOR
![An analog clock showing 10:00](images/page_150_004.jpg)
BANGKOK
![An analog clock showing 6:00](images/page_150_005.jpg)
RIYADH
![An analog clock showing 6:00](images/page_150_006.jpg)
ANKARA
![An analog clock showing 12:00](images/page_150_007.jpg)
SEOUL
![An analog clock showing 12:00](images/page_150_008.jpg)
TOKYO
![An analog clock showing 12:00](images/page_150_009.jpg)
RIO DE JANEIRO
![An analog clock showing 5:00](images/page_150_010.jpg)
CAIRO
![An analog clock showing 10:00](images/page_150_011.jpg)
MEXICO CITY
![An analog clock showing 5:00](images/page_150_012.jpg)
BEIRUT
---
# HOW FAR IS IT TO UNCLE STEVE'S HOUSE?
1. S1: How far is it to Houston?
S2: It's about 250 miles.
2. S1: How far did Sgt Mitchell drive yesterday?
S2: He drove 650 miles.
3. S1: How far is it to San Francisco?
S2: I don't know in miles, but it takes four and a half hours by plane.
4. S1: How far is Aunt Julie's house?
S2: It takes about thirty minutes to get there.
5. S1: How far is it to your grandmother's house?
S2: It's not far. She lives right outside the city.
---
# IT TAKES ABOUT ....
EXAMPLES: MILES BETWEEN TEXAS CITIES
| AUSTIN | | | |
|---|---|---|---|
| 192 | DALLAS | | |
| 164 | 245 | HOUSTON | |
| 78 | 270 | 197 | SAN ANTONIO |
EXAMPLE: How far is it to Dallas?
It's 270 miles from San Antonio to Dallas.
It's about 270 miles.
It takes about 5 hours to get there by car.
It takes about an hour by plane.
![A map of the United States showing major cities (Seattle, Los Angeles, Dallas, Chicago, Boston, New York City, Washington D.C., Miami) along with a distance chart below listing mileages between these cities](images/page_152_001.jpg)
---
# Writing Skill
## SELECT A WORD.
Select a word and complete the sentence. Then write a paragraph.
1. finger, leg, arm,
2. school, library, mess hall
3. ate, studied, slept
4. some money, some soup, a book
Mark's (1) is broken. David took him to the (2). They both (3) while they were there, and Mark returned (4).
---
1. money, food, books
2. library, store, bank
3. closed, open, quiet
4. advice, food, newspapers
5. desk, machine, salad
6. dessert, dictionary, withdrawals
7. cakes, library books, deposits
Phil needed some (1). He went to the (2), but it was (3). He asked a man for some (4). The man said, "Use the (5) for (6) or (7)."
---
# Function
## LET'S TALK ABOUT OUR FAMILIES.
Repeat and read these dialogs about our families.
1. How's your family?
Fine, thank you. And yours?
2. How're your children?
They're all well, thank you.
3. How's your wife?
She's fine, thanks.
4. How's your uncle feeling?
He's better, thanks.
5. How's the new baby?
She's fine, thanks. Please come and see her.
6. My daughter called last night.
Did she have any news?
7. I talked to my parents yesterday.
How are they?
8. How's your son Robert?
He's fine. He has a new job.
---
## LET'S TALK ABOUT THE WEATHER.
Repeat and read these dialogs about the weather.
1. How's the weather in Dallas?
It's very pleasant right now.
2. How do you like this rainy weather?
It's good weather for my vegetables.
3. Do you think it'll snow today?
Yes, it may. Look at those clouds.
4. When do you think the weather will change?
I don't know, but I hope it rains soon.
5. How's the weather in Houston?
Very hot this time of year.
6. That was a nice shower this afternoon.
Yes, it cooled things off.
7. Is it always this hot in Dallas?
No, it's only hot in the summer.
8. Is the weather colder in Houston or Dallas?
It's colder in Dallas. In the winter it snows there.
---
## LET'S TALK ABOUT OCCUPATIONS.
Repeat and read these dialogs about occupations.
1. What kind of work do you do?
I'm a salesman. I sell cars.
2. How's your work?
Not good. I'm looking for another job.
3. Do you have a job?
No, I'm out of work right now.
4. What kind of job do you have?
I'm a taxi driver.
5. Where do you work?
I'm a secretary at the First State Bank.
6. What are you working on?
I'm writing an article for the Dallas Times.
7. What kind of job are you looking for?
I think I'd be a good salesman.
8. What kind of work would you like to do?
I'd like to be a nurse.
---
# OH, THEY'RE FINE
Look at the chart. Take a role.
EXAMPLE:
A
| Greet.<br>(Hello. How are you?) |
|---|
B
| Respond.<br>(Fine. It's good to see you.) |
|---|
A
| Ask about family.<br>(How's your family?) |
|---|
B
| Respond.<br>(Oh, they're fine, thank you.) |
|---|
1.
A
| Greet. |
|---|
B
| Respond. |
|---|
A
| Ask about family. |
|---|
B
| Respond. |
|---|
---
2.
A
| Greet. |
|---|
B
| Respond. |
|---|
A
| Talk about weather. |
|---|
B
| Respond. |
|---|
3.
A
| Greet. |
|---|
B
| Respond. |
|---|
A
| Ask about his/her job. |
|---|
B
| Respond. |
|---|
---
# LET'S TALK.
Take a role. Make a conversation with another student.
<u>At Lunch</u>
**Ted:** You're having lunch with your friend Ralph. You're a single man. You sell insurance and you're the best salesman in your office. You're happy, and you like your job.
**Ralph:** You're having lunch with your friend Ted. You're a married man. You have three children. You're a car salesman, but you don't sell many cars. You're looking for a new job because you need more money for your family.
<u>At the Gym</u>
**Larry:** While you're working out at the gym, you meet a friend, Doug. You usually come to the gym during your lunch hour, but today you came after work. You work in an office building downtown. You got married a few months ago.
**Doug:** You meet a friend when you stop at the gym to work out after you finish work at 5:00. This is the first meeting with your friend Larry in a long time, but you worked in the same office two years ago. You are single, but you are going to get married next month.
<u>At the Snack Bar</u>
**Leo:** You stop at a snack bar on a rainy day to get something to eat. You're in a shopping center. You are shopping for a pair of shoes. You are a teacher. You're not married. A young woman sits down beside you.
**Betty:** You sit down in the only empty seat at a snack bar. You're very tired because you shopped all morning. You want to have a snack and a little rest before you drive home on the wet streets. You're not married. You have a job in a restaurant. You work at night.
---
<u>On an Airplane</u>
**Robert:** You are flying to Denver to look for a job. You are married and have two children. The youngest child is just a baby. Your wife works in a hospital. You live in Florida, and this is your first visit to Denver.
**Clyde:** You are flying back home to Denver after a business trip to Dallas. You are married. You're sitting beside a young man. He looks worried.
<u>At the Department Store</u>
**Sam:** You're shopping in a department store when you see a good friend, Gene. You have three children. Your children and your friend's children go to the same schools. Your wives are friends, too.
**Gene:** You meet a good friend at a department store where you are shopping. You see Sam often. Your families are good friends, too. Your wife, Rona, is the manager of a restaurant. Sometimes you work there on weekends when your wife needs extra help. You and Rona have two sons, Max and Burt.
## Reading Skill
### WHAT'S IT ALL ABOUT?
Read the paragraph. Select the best summary.
> My dentist is a good doctor and a good businessman. He checks my teeth every six months. When it's time for a visit, his secretary calls me. Most people don't like to visit a dentist. My dentist and his secretary make my visits pleasant. A good businessman keeps his customers happy.
a. Dentists are good businessmen. They work on people's teeth and call them every six months.
b. Most people don't like to visit dentists, but usually they have a pleasant visit.
c. A good businessman keeps his customers happy. A good dentist and his secretary can make a visit pleasant.
---
## Writing Skill
### THE DINNER PARTY
Match a sentence part in Column A with a sentence part in Column B and make a sentence. Put the sentences in correct order.
| Column A | Column B |
|---|---|
| _____ 1. Sally is having a dinner | a. of tomatoes and onions. |
| _____ 2. She always uses carrots | b. soup with cheese. |
| _____ 3. Second, she'll serve a salad | c. party tomorrow night. |
| _____ 4. Finally, for dessert she'll | d. but Sally likes dinner parties. |
| _____ 5. First, she'll serve onion | e. when she makes this dish. |
| _____ 6. Then for the meat dish she'll | f. serve pie and ice cream. |
| _____ 7. That kind of meal is a lot of work, | g. serve chicken and vegetables. |
Correct Order: ______, ______, ______, ______, ______, ______, ______
---

409
sources/book-10/st-5.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,409 @@
<!-- source file: 006 - LESSON 5 LETS REVIEW.md -->
# LESSON 5: LET'S REVIEW!
![#1 Four-panel oval composite showing various scenes: top-left man using a soda water vending machine; top-right military officers shaking hands; bottom-left military officer handing a dictionary to another man in a library; bottom-right military officer pointing at a map for another officer.](images/page_163_001.jpg)
**HOW TO**
Look at the example. Listen to the sentence. Change the sentence to negative and use the word(s) below in your new sentence. Use **how to** in your sentence.
EXAMPLE: Mary taught John how to drive the car.
<u>fly the plane</u>
Mary **didn't** teach John **how to fly the plane**.
1. Spanish
2. drive a car
3. cut the meat
4. football
5. fix the truck
6. read French
7. fix the bus
8. operate the washing machine
---
**SELECT THE TOPIC.**
Listen to a paragraph. Select the topic.
1.
a. different places
b. vending machines
c. day and night
2.
a. Fred's business
b. other companies
c. collecting money
---
**SELECT THE MAIN IDEA.**
Listen to the paragraphs again. Then select the main idea.
1.
a. Vending machines operate all day and night.
b. You can get different things from vending machines.
c. It's good to have vending machines everywhere.
2.
a. Fred owns a collection business.
b. Fred is a businessman.
c. Fred's office is in a mall.
---
**SMALL TALK**
1.
**Tom:** Hi, Harry. How are you?
**Harry:** Fine, Tom. It's good to see you.
**Tom:** Good to see you, too. How's the family?
**Harry:** Oh, they're fine, thank you. And yours?
**Tom:** Everyone's okay but little Jane. She has a sore throat.
**Harry:** Well, I hope she gets better soon.
**Tom:** Thanks. Tell your family hello for me.
**Harry:** I will. We'll have to get together soon. Bye.
2.
**Bob:** It's nice to see you again, Bill. What brings you to our city?
**Bill:** I'm visiting some friends.
**Bob:** Are you enjoying the nice weather?
**Bill:** I sure am.
**Bob:** How's the weather in Kansas?
**Bill:** Cold! This sunshine is better than the cold and snow in Kansas.
**Bob:** Well, it's nice to have you here. Hope you enjoy your visit.
**Bill:** Thank you, Bob. It was nice to see you, too.
3.
**Bill:** The weather is really nice today.
**Jim:** Yes, it is. I don't enjoy working inside on a beautiful day.
**Bill:** Where do you work?
**Jim:** I work in a bank. I'm a teller.
**Bill:** Well, on beautiful days, I'm glad I'm a taxi driver. I can be outside in the nice sunshine.
---
**SELECT THE SUMMARY**
Read the paragraph silently. Then select the best summary.
There are things that you should do before you go on vacation. Check your car. Fill it with gas. Take some common tools with you. Always have a jack, a wrench, and a spare tire. Don't forget your driver's license and extra change. Drive carefully and fasten your seatbelt. Do these things, and you'll have a good, safe trip.
a. There are things you should do when on vacation. Check your car, have the right tools with you, and drive carefully. If you do, you'll have a good, safe trip.
b. Always take tools with you when you go on a trip. Check your car and fasten your seatbelt.
c. Check your seatbelt before you go on vacation. Get a driver's license so you'll have a good, safe trip.
---
**WHICH IS THE BEST TITLE?**
Read the paragraph. Then select a title for it.
1. One store at the Big Tree Mall sells everything. It's called Dilley's Department Store. You can buy clothes, furniture, books, and many other things there. It's my favorite store because you don't have to go from one store to another for things. You can get it all from Dilley's. Dilley's is very popular with lots of people.
a. Big Tree Mall
b. Dilley's Department Store
c. A Department Store
2. Rhode Island is the smallest state in the country, but over 900,000 people live there. Most of these people live and work in the cities. Rhode Island is on the Atlantic coast and has good weather. The temperature in July is usually about 69 degrees. Because temperatures in some of the other states on the Atlantic coast are very high in the summer, many people go to Rhode Island for their summer vacations. It's a popular place in July.
a. Summer Vacations
b. The Atlantic Coast
c. Rhode Island
---
**ASK AND ANSWER**
Use the cues to make a question and/or a long answer like the example. Use a gerund after the verb.
EXAMPLE: when/begin work/restaurant
When did you begin working in the restaurant?
<u>last month</u>
I began working in the restaurant last month.
1. when/start study
1800 hours
2. what kind magazine/enjoy read
news magazines
3. when/stop work/last night
2200 hours
4. why/keep on read
book interesting
5. when/finish wash
an hour ago
---
**WILL HE BE ABLE TO ...?**
Read the paragraph and answer the questions. Use **be able to**.
Jim likes to travel. On his vacation last year he was able to go to London. While he was there he was able to fly to Ireland. He rented a car and was able to drive across Ireland from the east to the west. He wasn't able to get to Paris, but maybe this year he'll be able to go to Europe again.
1. Where was Jim able to go on his vacation last year?
2. Where was he able to fly while he was there?
3. Where did he drive?
4. Where wasn't he able to go?
5. Where does he hope to be able to go this year?
**A QUICK SHOPPING TRIP**
Janet went to the shopping center. She didn't have much time, but she was able to do a lot. At the clothing store she was able to find a blouse for her new skirt. Then she went to the variety store. There she was able to get pens and pencils for her daughter. In the department store, she was able to buy some towels and finish her shopping. Her car was in the parking lot near the department store. She was able to leave the mall quickly and get back home before her children arrived from school.
1. What was Janet able to do in a short time?
2. What was she able to find for her new skirt?
3. What was she able to get at the variety store?
4. Where was she able to finish her shopping?
5. Why was she able to leave quickly?
---
**CIRCLE IT!**
Listen to the word and circle the number of the stressed syllable.
1. 1 2 3 4
2. 1 2 3 4
3. 1 2 3 4
4. 1 2 3 4
5. 1 2 3 4
6. 1 2 3 4
7. 1 2 3 4
8. 1 2 3 4
9. 1 2 3 4
10. 1 2 3 4
**SAY THE OPPOSITE.**
Listen to the word and say a word with the opposite meaning.
**HE'S HAPPY TO HAVE ....**
Read the two sentences. Combine them and make a new sentence. Use a to-infinitive after the adjective.
EXAMPLE: Harry is happy. He has a new car.
Harry is happy to have a new car.
1. Ann isn't afraid. She lives alone.
2. Ms. Smith was sorry. She left the city.
3. Fred and Sam are not ready. They are going to the soccer game.
4. Marge was upset. She lost her keys.
5. David is glad. He got a good score on his test.
6. Mrs. Hall was pleased. She got a call from her son.
7. Hal was afraid. He went to the dentist.
8. David was sad. He lost his wrist watch.
---
**THIS IS ....**
Student A will introduce Student B to Student C.
EXAMPLE:
Student A: like
I'd like you to meet my friend, Jack.
Student B: happy
Hello, Jack. I'm happy to meet you.
Student C: nice
Nice to meet you, too.
| Student A | Student B | Student C |
|---|---|---|
| 1. like | happy | nice |
| 2. want | pleasure | glad |
| 3. this is | glad | pleasure |
| 4. introduce | nice | how? |
| 5. met? | how? | how? |
| 6. let me | know | pleasure |
| 7. meet | meet | happy |
**A STUDY SCHEDULE**
Match a sentence part in Column A with a sentence part in Column B and make a sentence. Put the sentences in correct order.
| Column A | Column B |
|---|---|
| \_\_\_\_\_\_ 1. After lunch he'll | a. for a big test tomorrow. |
| \_\_\_\_\_\_ 2. First, he'll study with | b. study again until dinner. |
| \_\_\_\_\_\_ 3. Then he'll go to | c. relax for about an hour. |
| \_\_\_\_\_\_ 4. John is getting ready | d. bed by 10 o'clock. |
| \_\_\_\_\_\_ 5. After dinner he'll | e. rest and watch TV. |
| \_\_\_\_\_\_ 6. Then he'll have lunch and | f. Al for about three hours. |
| \_\_\_\_\_\_ 7. He thinks this is | g. a good study schedule. |
Correct Order: \_\_\_\_\_\_, \_\_\_\_\_\_, \_\_\_\_\_\_, \_\_\_\_\_\_, \_\_\_\_\_\_, \_\_\_\_\_\_, \_\_\_\_\_\_
---
**IT'S ....**
Complete the dialogs.
1. Bob: What time is it?
Alice: \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ one o'clock.
Bob: We have to hurry. We have to check in the hotel before 6 o'clock.
Alice: Well, how far is it to Dallas?
Bob: \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ about 300 miles. It takes about five hours to get there.
2. Patsy: Is Pat's new business far from his home?
Tom: No, \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ not very far.
Patsy: \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ him long to get to work?
Tom: It's about five miles from his home. It only takes him about ten or fifteen minutes to get there.
3. Kay: The weather is nice today. Yesterday \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ very hot.
Ted: Yes, it was bad. I went to a movie. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ cool there.
Kay: \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ was it from your house? Did you walk?
Ted: It's about two miles from my house, but I didn't want to walk in the hot weather.
---
**MAKE A NEW SENTENCE.**
Read the two sentences. Combine them, using a prepositional phrase.
EXAMPLE: Tom went to the clothing store. It was in the shopping center.
Tom went to the clothing store in the shopping center.
1. Jan went up on the escalator. It was near the variety store.
2. Mark parked his car. He parked in the parking lot.
3. Bill saw the flat tire. It was on his car.
4. Kitty used the vending machine. It was next to the stairs.
5. Ned met the salesman for lunch. He met him at a restaurant.
6. Jane took out the spare tire. She took it from the trunk.
7. Rick bought some new stamps for his collection. They were from Africa.
**WHAT DID HE SAY?**
Listen to an order or request. Then answer the question, "What did he say?"
EXAMPLE:
I: Lower the tire.
What did he say?
S: He said to lower the tire.
---
**AFTER, WHEN, UNTIL, WHILE, BEFORE**
Read the two sentences. Use the word in ( ) to combine them into one sentence.
1. Mary brushed her teeth. She ate breakfast. (after)
2. The teacher came in. The students were studying. (when)
3. David doesn't eat. He goes home. (until)
4. Meg listens to the radio. She cooks dinner. (while)
5. Dottie will go to Paris. She will learn French. (before)
6. Frank washed his hands. He changed the tire. (after)
7. Fred read the book. He saw the movie. (before)
8. John left. The class ended. (when)
**WHAT DO I DO?**
Put these sentences in order.
A.
\_\_\_\_\_\_ Then make your selection.
\_\_\_\_\_\_ First, put the money in the slot.
\_\_\_\_\_\_ How do you use this machine?
\_\_\_\_\_\_ Lift the door.
\_\_\_\_\_\_ Push the button.
\_\_\_\_\_\_ Then wait until the snack drops.
B.
\_\_\_\_\_\_ Pull the knob.
\_\_\_\_\_\_ Get it out here.
\_\_\_\_\_\_ Please tell me how to operate this.
\_\_\_\_\_\_ Put your money in the slot.
\_\_\_\_\_\_ Get the exact change.
---
**OUTLINE IT!**
Read the paragraph. Then use the chart and complete the outline.
Mark's brothers and sister own their own companies. His brother Tony owns a tire company. He sells tires and small auto parts. His other brother Mike owns a collection agency. His business is very good. He collects money for some large department stores, a bank, and his brother's tire store. Their sister Lory has a book store. She sells books, magazines, and newspapers from around the world. Mark is the youngest of the three brothers and sister. He hopes he'll be able to have his own business, too.
![A flow chart titled "Family Businesses" showing three main branches for Tony, Mike, and Lory, detailing the types of businesses and items they sell or service](images/page_175_001.jpg)
Family Businesses
---
Family Businesses
A. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
1. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
2. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
B. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
1. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
2. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
3. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
C. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
1. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
2. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
3. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
---
**EVERYONE CAN GO!**
| | | | | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| be able to | be supposed to | boss | common | company |
| cover | famous | it takes | marriage | out of |
Use the words in the box and complete the paragraphs. You may use some words more than once.
Mary works for the family \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. The store sells towels, sheets, bed \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ and pillows. Her dad is the \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. When he's \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ town, she does his job.
Next Saturday Mary is going to marry a \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ writer. The \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ will be in another town. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ two hours to get there from the store. All the people in the store want to go to the wedding, but the store \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ stay open until nine o'clock on Saturday night. They won't \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ go. It's not a \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ thing, but this week Mary's father is \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ town. Mary's the \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_! She said to the people, "Next Saturday the store will close. Everyone can go to my wedding."
---
**HE CAN'T GO!**
| | | | | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| about | can't | could | how to | I'll |
| is...able to | is supposed to | it | it...take | let |
| leave | mind | supper | to go | would |
| it...takes | | | | |
Use the words in the box and complete the paragraph.
Mark \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ for Rome tomorrow. He \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ pick up his tickets at the airport today, but he \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ not \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ do it. His boss won't \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ him. He asked Jack, "\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ you please pick my tickets up for me?" Jack said, "I'm sorry, but I \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ you \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ asking Jane?" "OK, \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ ask Jane." Jane said, "I'll be happy \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_, but you'll have to tell me \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ get there. Do you think \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ will \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ a long time?" "No, \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ only \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ 15 minutes."
"Okay. What time is it now?" "\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ is 4 o'clock." "Good! I can leave now and return before \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_."
---
**THE SHOW BEGINS AT 8 O'CLOCK TOMORROW.**
Change these sentences with <u>will</u> to the present tense form meaning future time.
EXAMPLE: The show will begin at 8 o'clock tomorrow.
The show begins at 8 o clock tomorrow.
1. Jack will go to work at noon today.
2. The class will graduate next Thursday.
3. What time will the game start?
4. The movie will end in ten minutes.
5. Charlie will get home early this evening.
6. The train will leave at midnight tonight.
7. The plane will take off for New York at seven.
8. The Smiths will arrive this afternoon.
---

1013
sources/book-10/st-misc.md Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

612
sources/book-10/tape-1A.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,612 @@
#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk10-l1a-f1-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
American Language Course, Book 10, Lesson 1A.
Hello.
Open your book to the activities for Lesson 1A.
Look at the pictures in Figure 1.
Listen and repeat.
Number 1: vending machine.
Vending machine.
This is a vending machine.
A vending machine sells many different things.
Popular.
Popular.
Vending machines are popular.
Everyone uses them.
Number 2: sodas.
Sodas.
Soda pop.
Soda pop.
Sodas are sometimes called soda water.
A soda or soda pop is a drink.
Number 3: chips.
Chips.
Do you like potato chips or corn chips?
Chips are usually made with salt.
Number 4: chewing gum.
Chewing gum.
Do you want a piece of chewing gum?
Some people chew gum between meals.
Number 5: candy bar.
Candy bar.
I like to eat chocolate candy bars.
Chocolate candy bars are a sweet snack.
Segment timings (seconds):
[7.58-11.42] American Language Course, Book 10, Lesson 1A.
[20.43-20.91] Hello.
[21.90-24.62] Open your book to the activities for Lesson 1A.
[33.66-35.66] Look at the pictures in Figure 1.
[36.06-37.42] Listen and repeat.
[38.90-41.46] Number 1: vending machine.
[43.60-44.88] Vending machine.
[47.42-49.02] This is a vending machine.
[52.21-55.09] A vending machine sells many different things.
[60.43-60.99] Popular.
[63.14-63.78] Popular.
[66.05-67.73] Vending machines are popular.
[71.41-72.93] Everyone uses them.
[77.18-79.26] Number 2: sodas.
[81.06-81.94] Sodas.
[83.79-84.59] Soda pop.
[86.26-87.14] Soda pop.
[89.33-92.13] Sodas are sometimes called soda water.
[97.17-99.89] A soda or soda pop is a drink.
[104.24-105.84] Number 3: chips.
[107.89-107.94] Chips.
[111.02-113.42] Do you like potato chips or corn chips?
[118.86-120.62] Chips are usually made with salt.
[125.97-128.05] Number 4: chewing gum.
[130.29-131.17] Chewing gum.
[133.82-135.34] Do you want a piece of chewing gum?
[139.73-142.21] Some people chew gum between meals.
[147.94-149.86] Number 5: candy bar.
[151.58-152.38] Candy bar.
[154.94-157.10] I like to eat chocolate candy bars.
[161.06-163.86] Chocolate candy bars are a sweet snack.
#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk10-l1a-f2-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 2.
Listen to a question.
Write the number of the question in front of the correct answer.
Number 1: What's another name for soda?
Number 2: What do some people chew between meals?
Number 3: What is a popular sweet snack?
Number 4: Where can you buy snacks and small things?
Number 5: What's a popular snack made with salt?
Let's check your answers.
Letter A is 4: vending machines.
Repeat: You can buy snacks and small things
from a vending machine.
Letter B is 1: soda pop.
Repeat: Another name for soda is soda pop.
Letter C is 3: candy bar.
Repeat: A popular sweet snack is a candy bar.
Letter D is 5: chips.
Repeat: A popular snack made with salt is chips.
Letter E is 2: gum.
Repeat: Some people chew gum between meals.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.74-3.02] Look at Figure 2.
[6.53-7.97] Listen to a question.
[9.12-12.40] Write the number of the question in front of the correct answer.
[14.26-17.58] Number 1: What's another name for soda?
[23.02-27.26] Number 2: What do some people chew between meals?
[32.86-38.67] Number 3: What is a popular sweet snack?
[42.30-46.66] Number 4: Where can you buy snacks and small things?
[52.61-56.75] Number 5: What's a popular snack made with salt?
[63.58-65.10] Let's check your answers.
[67.02-70.62] Letter A is 4: vending machines.
[71.58-74.86] Repeat: You can buy snacks and small things
[78.94-80.22] from a vending machine.
[83.38-86.74] Letter B is 1: soda pop.
[88.14-91.66] Repeat: Another name for soda is soda pop.
[97.66-101.02] Letter C is 3: candy bar.
[102.93-106.69] Repeat: A popular sweet snack is a candy bar.
[112.58-115.30] Letter D is 5: chips.
[116.78-121.10] Repeat: A popular snack made with salt is chips.
[126.86-129.58] Letter E is 2: gum.
[130.70-134.38] Repeat: Some people chew gum between meals.
#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk10-l1a-f3-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 3.
Look at the pictures and repeat the words and sentences.
Picture 1: detergent.
Detergent.
Washing machine.
Washing machine.
A detergent is a soap.
She put the detergent in the washing machine.
Picture 2: insert.
Insert.
Opening.
Opening.
Insert the money in the slot.
Put the money in the small opening.
She is inserting the money
into the opening for coins.
Picture 3: selection.
Selection.
Knob.
Knob.
Make your selection or pick out a snack.
Pull a knob for your selection.
Picture 4: drop.
Drop.
Lift.
Lift.
The selection will drop or fall when you pull the knob.
Lift the door and take out your selection.
Picture 5: out of order.
Out of order.
Get back.
Get back.
Coin release.
Coin release.
Coin return.
Coin return.
The machine was out of order.
It didn't work.
When the machine is out of order,
you can get your money back.
She turned the coin release
and got her money back from the coin return cup.
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.21-3.57] Look at Figure 3.
[4.21-7.41] Look at the pictures and repeat the words and sentences.
[8.88-10.88] Picture 1: detergent.
[12.93-13.73] Detergent.
[16.42-17.54] Washing machine.
[19.81-21.01] Washing machine.
[23.44-24.88] A detergent is a soap.
[28.34-30.90] She put the detergent in the washing machine.
[36.40-38.48] Picture 2: insert.
[40.71-40.95] Insert.
[43.35-43.87] Opening.
[45.73-46.37] Opening.
[49.30-50.98] Insert the money in the slot.
[55.90-57.74] Put the money in the small opening.
[61.74-63.10] She is inserting the money
[67.49-69.17] into the opening for coins.
[74.22-76.62] Picture 3: selection.
[78.75-79.29] Selection.
[82.03-82.67] Knob.
[84.70-85.26] Knob.
[88.05-90.61] Make your selection or pick out a snack.
[96.08-97.84] Pull a knob for your selection.
[102.74-104.58] Picture 4: drop.
[106.26-106.74] Drop.
[108.59-109.07] Lift.
[110.77-111.41] Lift.
[113.86-117.22] The selection will drop or fall when you pull the knob.
[123.74-126.06] Lift the door and take out your selection.
[131.86-134.02] Picture 5: out of order.
[136.05-136.69] Out of order.
[138.98-141.33] Get back.
[141.30-142.26] Get back.
[144.29-145.01] Coin release.
[147.47-148.27] Coin release.
[151.28-152.32] Coin return.
[154.35-155.43] Coin return.
[158.05-159.71] The machine was out of order.
[162.10-162.98] It didn't work.
[165.55-167.07] When the machine is out of order,
[171.47-175.23] you can get your money back.
[177.34-178.70] She turned the coin release
[183.09-185.81] and got her money back from the coin return cup.
#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk10-l1a-f4-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 4.
Listen to the question.
Circle the letter of the correct answer.
Number 1: He picked out a candy bar.
What did he do?
Number 2: How do you get your selection from the machine?
Number 3: What is a detergent?
Number 4: She put the money in the slot.
What did she do?
Number 5: What is another name for slot?
Number 6: When a machine doesn't work, what do we say?
Number 7: She used the washing machine.
What did she do?
Number 8: How do you get your money back from a vending machine?
Number 9: Where do you get your change from?
Number 10: What do we say when something falls?
Let's check your answers.
Number 1 is A.
Repeat: He picked out a candy bar.
He made his selection.
Number 2 is C.
Repeat: To get your selection from the machine...
Lift the door.
Number 3 is B.
Repeat: A detergent is a soap.
Number 4 is C.
Repeat: She put the money in the slot...
She inserted her money.
Number 5 is B.
Repeat: Another name for slot is opening.
Number 6 is A.
Repeat: When a machine doesn't work...
It's out of order.
Number 7 is A.
Repeat: She washed her clothes in the washing machine.
Number 8 is C.
Repeat: When you want to get your money back, turn the coin release.
Number 9 is B.
Repeat: You get your change from the coin return.
Number 10 is A.
Repeat: When something falls, we say it drops.
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.11-3.31] Look at Figure 4.
[4.03-5.23] Listen to the question.
[6.21-8.61] Circle the letter of the correct answer.
[10.37-13.39] Number 1: He picked out a candy bar.
[14.30-15.18] What did he do?
[21.90-26.13] Number 2: How do you get your selection from the machine?
[32.69-35.76] Number 3: What is a detergent?
[42.03-45.07] Number 4: She put the money in the slot.
[46.11-46.91] What did she do?
[52.98-56.34] Number 5: What is another name for slot?
[62.08-66.24] Number 6: When a machine doesn't work, what do we say?
[71.97-75.62] Number 7: She used the washing machine.
[76.40-77.20] What did she do?
[82.98-87.31] Number 8: How do you get your money back from a vending machine?
[93.78-97.36] Number 9: Where do you get your change from?
[103.31-107.36] Number 10: What do we say when something falls?
[114.21-115.73] Let's check your answers.
[117.26-118.78] Number 1 is A.
[119.42-122.29] Repeat: He picked out a candy bar.
[126.86-128.14] He made his selection.
[133.81-135.33] Number 2 is C.
[136.26-139.73] Repeat: To get your selection from the machine...
[143.70-144.58] Lift the door.
[149.15-150.67] Number 3 is B.
[151.52-154.32] Repeat: A detergent is a soap.
[159.57-161.17] Number 4 is C.
[162.26-165.30] Repeat: She put the money in the slot...
[170.38-171.74] She inserted her money.
[177.04-178.56] Number 5 is B.
[179.63-183.36] Repeat: Another name for slot is opening.
[189.66-191.42] Number 6 is A.
[192.18-195.15] Repeat: When a machine doesn't work...
[199.34-200.22] It's out of order.
[205.86-206.79] Number 7 is A.
[208.65-212.43] Repeat: She washed her clothes in the washing machine.
[219.82-221.58] Number 8 is C.
[222.69-227.73] Repeat: When you want to get your money back, turn the coin release.
[234.43-236.03] Number 9 is B.
[236.74-240.82] Repeat: You get your change from the coin return.
[246.29-248.05] Number 10 is A.
[249.15-252.99] Repeat: When something falls, we say it drops.
#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk10-l1a-f5-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at figure 5: repeat the underlined words 2 times.
Soft drink.
Soft drink.
Exact.
Exact.
Machine.
Machine.
Now listen to the dialogue.
I'd like a soft drink.
Do you have the exact change?
No.
Why do I need the exact change?
Because this machine doesn't give change.
Listen again, and then answer the questions.
I'd like a soft drink.
Do you have the exact change?
No.
Why do I need the exact change?
Because this machine doesn't give change.
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.05-6.53] Look at figure 5: repeat the underlined words 2 times.
[7.90-8.86] Soft drink.
[10.96-11.92] Soft drink.
[14.13-14.93] Exact.
[16.88-17.68] Exact.
[19.89-20.61] Machine.
[22.37-23.17] Machine.
[26.50-28.26] Now listen to the dialogue.
[31.94-32.98] I'd like a soft drink.
[34.21-35.73] Do you have the exact change?
[36.29-36.69] No.
[37.09-38.69] Why do I need the exact change?
[39.52-41.76] Because this machine doesn't give change.
[43.23-45.87] Listen again, and then answer the questions.
[47.57-48.61] I'd like a soft drink.
[49.82-51.50] Do you have the exact change?
[51.74-52.22] No.
[52.62-54.30] Why do I need the exact change?
[54.86-57.10] Because this machine doesn't give change.
#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk10-l1a-f6-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 6.
Listen and answer the questions.
Circle A, B, or C.
Number 1: What does Frank want?
Repeat: He wants a soft drink.
Number 2:
What does Tina say that Frank has to have?
Repeat: He has to have the exact change.
Number 3: Why does he have to have the exact change?
Repeat: He has to have the exact change.
Because the machine doesn't give change.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.95-2.75] Look at Figure 6.
[4.03-5.95] Listen and answer the questions.
[6.51-8.91] Circle A, B, or C.
[11.06-13.87] Number 1: What does Frank want?
[18.93-21.17] Repeat: He wants a soft drink.
[26.56-27.28] Number 2:
[29.01-33.69] What does Tina say that Frank has to have?
[37.50-41.02] Repeat: He has to have the exact change.
[48.18-52.85] Number 3: Why does he have to have the exact change?
[59.07-62.58] Repeat: He has to have the exact change.
[67.02-69.50] Because the machine doesn't give change.
#### TAPE — Figure 7 (clip filenames start: bk10-l1a-f7-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now look at Figure 7 and repeat the underlined words 2 times.
Operate.
Operate.
Out of.
Out of.
Diet drink.
Diet drink.
Stuck.
Stuck.
Another.
Another.
Worked.
Worked.
Now listen to the dialogue.
I can't operate this machine.
Maybe it's out of that diet drink.
I think my money is stuck.
I don't think it went down.
Try to get another kind of soft drink.
Oh, it worked this time.
I guess my money didn't stick; it did drop.
Now, listen again and then answer the questions.
I can't operate this machine.
Maybe it's out of that diet drink.
I think my money is stuck.
I don't think it went down.
Try to get another kind of soft drink.
Oh, it worked this time.
I guess my money didn't stick; it did drop.
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.05-6.77] Now look at Figure 7 and repeat the underlined words 2 times.
[8.26-8.82] Operate.
[10.85-11.49] Operate.
[13.49-16.05] Out of.
[16.13-18.93] Out of.
[18.88-19.92] Diet drink.
[22.26-23.30] Diet drink.
[25.90-26.54] Stuck.
[28.58-29.22] Stuck.
[32.05-34.95] Another.
[35.02-38.13] Another.
[38.16-40.53] Worked.
[40.61-41.17] Worked.
[45.18-46.86] Now listen to the dialogue.
[50.64-52.16] I can't operate this machine.
[53.14-54.90] Maybe it's out of that diet drink.
[55.62-56.82] I think my money is stuck.
[57.30-58.50] I don't think it went down.
[59.65-61.57] Try to get another kind of soft drink.
[62.40-63.92] Oh, it worked this time.
[64.75-67.39] I guess my money didn't stick; it did drop.
[69.54-72.26] Now, listen again and then answer the questions.
[73.98-75.50] I can't operate this machine.
[76.82-78.66] Maybe it's out of that diet drink.
[79.30-80.66] I think my money is stuck.
[80.90-82.18] I don't think it went down.
[83.17-85.25] Try to get another kind of soft drink.
[86.34-87.78] Oh, it worked this time.
[88.26-90.58] I guess my money didn't stick; it did drop.
#### TAPE — Figure 8 (clip filenames start: bk10-l1a-f8-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 8.
Listen to the sentences about the dialogue.
Circle the answers that mean the same.
Circle A, B, or C.
Number 1: "Carl couldn't make the machine work."
The answer is letter A.
Repeat: "He couldn't operate it."
Number 2:
"The machine was out of that diet drink."
The answer is letter C.
Repeat: "It didn't have any of that diet drink."
Number 3:
"Carl thinks his money is stuck."
The answer is letter A.
Repeat: "He thinks it didn't drop."
Number 4:
"Dora told him to get another kind of drink."
The answer is letter B.
Repeat: "She told him to get a different drink."
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.00-3.28] Look at Figure 8.
[4.08-6.64] Listen to the sentences about the dialogue.
[7.58-9.82] Circle the answers that mean the same.
[10.46-12.78] Circle A, B, or C.
[14.58-18.22] Number 1: "Carl couldn't make the machine work."
[23.49-25.65] The answer is letter A.
[26.61-29.01] Repeat: "He couldn't operate it."
[32.91-33.63] Number 2:
[35.37-37.73] "The machine was out of that diet drink."
[43.94-46.10] The answer is letter C.
[47.31-51.33] Repeat: "It didn't have any of that diet drink."
[57.23-58.03] Number 3:
[59.73-61.57] "Carl thinks his money is stuck."
[68.34-70.50] The answer is letter A.
[71.33-74.08] Repeat: "He thinks it didn't drop."
[78.53-79.25] Number 4:
[81.07-83.87] "Dora told him to get another kind of drink."
[90.58-92.42] The answer is letter B.
[93.33-96.61] Repeat: "She told him to get a different drink."
#### TAPE — Figure 9 (clip filenames start: bk10-l1a-f9-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at the example in Figure 9; listen to a paragraph, and select the main idea.
Vending machines are everywhere; they're all around the world.
You can find them in many places.
They sell snacks, soft drinks, stamps, cigarettes, socks, stockings, sandwiches, and many other things.
People everywhere can get almost anything from a vending machine.
Circle B: "People everywhere use vending machines" is the main idea of the paragraph.
Now listen to a paragraph and select the main idea.
Number 1: People enjoy vending machines.
In 1880, one of the first vending machines sold chewing gum.
In 1902, some cities had rooms for vending machines only.
These machines sold different snacks.
Then, in 1927, machines started to sell soft drinks.
These machines were popular in 1880, and they are popular today.
Now select the main idea for Number 1.
The answer is C.
The main idea is: vending machines are popular machines.
Listen to another paragraph and select the main idea.
Number 2: You can always eat or drink something when there's a vending machine near you.
Many people get hungry between meals and buy snacks from vending machines.
The machines have a big selection of things.
People can eat snacks at any time of the day or night.
Vending machines never close.
It's good to have one near your home.
Now select the main idea for Number 2.
The answer is A.
The main idea is: it's good to have a vending machine near your home.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.79-7.79] Look at the example in Figure 9; listen to a paragraph, and select the main idea.
[9.58-13.74] Vending machines are everywhere; they're all around the world.
[14.46-16.46] You can find them in many places.
[17.38-27.14] They sell snacks, soft drinks, stamps, cigarettes, socks, stockings, sandwiches, and many other things.
[27.86-31.70] People everywhere can get almost anything from a vending machine.
[37.33-44.19] Circle B: "People everywhere use vending machines" is the main idea of the paragraph.
[45.52-49.04] Now listen to a paragraph and select the main idea.
[51.06-54.90] Number 1: People enjoy vending machines.
[55.82-59.90] In 1880, one of the first vending machines sold chewing gum.
[61.02-65.50] In 1902, some cities had rooms for vending machines only.
[66.78-69.02] These machines sold different snacks.
[69.95-74.83] Then, in 1927, machines started to sell soft drinks.
[75.89-80.69] These machines were popular in 1880, and they are popular today.
[85.82-88.62] Now select the main idea for Number 1.
[100.48-102.40] The answer is C.
[103.04-107.68] The main idea is: vending machines are popular machines.
[109.66-113.10] Listen to another paragraph and select the main idea.
[114.58-120.59] Number 2: You can always eat or drink something when there's a vending machine near you.
[121.76-126.64] Many people get hungry between meals and buy snacks from vending machines.
[127.57-130.21] The machines have a big selection of things.
[131.23-134.35] People can eat snacks at any time of the day or night.
[135.28-137.28] Vending machines never close.
[138.21-140.61] It's good to have one near your home.
[145.41-147.97] Now select the main idea for Number 2.
[159.23-160.99] The answer is A.
[161.90-166.54] The main idea is: it's good to have a vending machine near your home.
#### TAPE — Figure 10 (clip filenames start: bk10-l1a-f10-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 10.
Repeat the sentences.
Number 1: "Mary learned how to cook chicken."
Number 2: "Did you teach your wife how to drive?"
Number 3: "Barry asked Tony how to make a cake."
Number 4:
"Where did Tim learn how to operate this machine?"
Number 5: "Martin didn't find out how to fix the car."
Number 6: "Who showed her how to change the tire?"
Number 7: "Marge forgot how to start the machine."
Number 8: "Do you remember how to turn on that machine?"
Number 9: "Please show Fran how to do the math problem."
Number 10: "Where did you learn how to use that machine?"
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.11-3.55] Look at Figure 10.
[4.11-5.39] Repeat the sentences.
[6.99-10.75] Number 1: "Mary learned how to cook chicken."
[15.58-19.34] Number 2: "Did you teach your wife how to drive?"
[24.11-28.85] Number 3: "Barry asked Tony how to make a cake."
[34.72-35.52] Number 4:
[36.99-39.71] "Where did Tim learn how to operate this machine?"
[45.36-50.08] Number 5: "Martin didn't find out how to fix the car."
[56.00-59.71] Number 6: "Who showed her how to change the tire?"
[65.34-69.78] Number 7: "Marge forgot how to start the machine."
[75.01-79.63] Number 8: "Do you remember how to turn on that machine?"
[85.62-90.26] Number 9: "Please show Fran how to do the math problem."
[95.50-99.97] Number 10: "Where did you learn how to use that machine?"
#### TAPE — Figure 11 (clip filenames start: bk10-l1a-f11-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now look at the example in Figure 11.
Listen to a question, then read the answer.
Do you know how to operate a vending machine?
Repeat: "No, I don't know how to operate a vending machine."
Now listen, then use the words in Figure 11 and answer the questions with complete sentences.
Use "how to" in your answers.
Number 1: "Do you remember how to change a flat tire?"
Repeat: "No, I don't remember how to change a flat tire."
Number 2: "Can you find out how to use this washing machine?"
Repeat: "Yes, I can find out how to use this washing machine."
Number 3: "Did you forget how to make the cookies?"
Repeat: "Yes, I forgot how to make the cookies."
Number 4: "Has Fred learned how to drive a car?"
Repeat: "No, Fred hasn't learned how to drive a car."
Number 5:
"Did Charles ask how to make a long-distance call?"
Repeat: "Yes, Charles asked how to make a long-distance call."
Number 6:
"Can Mark show you how to play tennis?"
Repeat: "No, Mark can't show me how to play tennis."
Number 7:
"Is Mrs.
Allen going to teach you how to speak English?"
Repeat: "Yes, Mrs.
Allen is going to teach me how to speak English."
Number 8: "Did Kate tell you how to find her house?"
Repeat: "No, Kate didn't tell me how to find her house."
This is the end of Lesson 1A, Book 10.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.92-4.48] Now look at the example in Figure 11.
[5.52-8.80] Listen to a question, then read the answer.
[10.11-14.67] Do you know how to operate a vending machine?
[16.14-21.23] Repeat: "No, I don't know how to operate a vending machine."
[26.83-33.74] Now listen, then use the words in Figure 11 and answer the questions with complete sentences.
[34.72-37.12] Use "how to" in your answers.
[38.66-42.51] Number 1: "Do you remember how to change a flat tire?"
[49.25-53.01] Repeat: "No, I don't remember how to change a flat tire."
[58.90-63.50] Number 2: "Can you find out how to use this washing machine?"
[71.02-75.60] Repeat: "Yes, I can find out how to use this washing machine."
[83.52-87.07] Number 3: "Did you forget how to make the cookies?"
[93.79-97.07] Repeat: "Yes, I forgot how to make the cookies."
[102.86-106.90] Number 4: "Has Fred learned how to drive a car?"
[112.46-116.06] Repeat: "No, Fred hasn't learned how to drive a car."
[122.58-123.46] Number 5:
[125.01-127.76] "Did Charles ask how to make a long-distance call?"
[135.95-140.35] Repeat: "Yes, Charles asked how to make a long-distance call."
[148.42-149.06] Number 6:
[150.81-152.83] "Can Mark show you how to play tennis?"
[158.88-162.96] Repeat: "No, Mark can't show me how to play tennis."
[169.55-170.19] Number 7:
[171.87-172.35] "Is Mrs.
[172.35-174.83] Allen going to teach you how to speak English?"
[181.98-183.98] Repeat: "Yes, Mrs.
[183.98-186.70] Allen is going to teach me how to speak English."
[194.24-198.59] Number 8: "Did Kate tell you how to find her house?"
[204.96-209.36] Repeat: "No, Kate didn't tell me how to find her house."
[223.66-226.19] This is the end of Lesson 1A, Book 10.

601
sources/book-10/tape-1B.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,601 @@
#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk10-l1b-f1-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
American Language Course, Book 10, Lesson 1B.
Hello.
Open your book to the activities for Lesson 1B.
Look at Figure 1.
Repeat the words and sentences.
Number 1: "favorite."
Favorite.
"I like this kind of gum."
Better than any other kind.
"It's my favorite."
Number 2: "work."
Work.
"This machine works well."
"It operates easily all the time."
Number 3: "out of."
Out of.
"The machine was out of my favorite gum."
There wasn't any left.
Number 4: "stick."
Stick.
"Stick the coin in this slot."
"Insert the coin here."
Number 5: "time." Time.
"I went to the library 2 times last week."
Number 6: "no."
No.
"The machine had no coffee."
It didn't have any coffee.
Segment timings (seconds):
[10.11-14.19] American Language Course, Book 10, Lesson 1B.
[21.31-21.79] Hello.
[22.75-25.71] Open your book to the activities for Lesson 1B.
[33.81-35.09] Look at Figure 1.
[35.57-37.41] Repeat the words and sentences.
[41.07-43.07] Number 1: "favorite."
[44.88-45.52] Favorite.
[47.89-49.33] "I like this kind of gum."
[52.64-54.16] Better than any other kind.
[57.17-58.13] "It's my favorite."
[61.52-63.04] Number 2: "work."
[64.85-65.33] Work.
[67.38-68.90] "This machine works well."
[72.10-74.18] "It operates easily all the time."
[79.84-81.68] Number 3: "out of."
[84.05-84.61] Out of.
[87.49-89.97] "The machine was out of my favorite gum."
[95.47-96.75] There wasn't any left.
[100.13-101.73] Number 4: "stick."
[103.47-104.11] Stick.
[106.11-107.79] "Stick the coin in this slot."
[112.37-113.73] "Insert the coin here."
[119.14-123.71] Number 5: "time." Time.
[126.27-129.07] "I went to the library 2 times last week."
[133.95-135.79] Number 6: "no."
[137.41-138.05] No.
[141.73-143.41] "The machine had no coffee."
[146.42-147.86] It didn't have any coffee.
#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk10-l1b-f2-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 2.
Listen to part of a sentence, then use a word in the box and complete the sentence in your book.
Write the word on the line.
Look at the example.
Listen: "When you like something a lot, it's your—"
The correct word is "favorite." Repeat: "When you like something a lot,
it's your favorite."
Now listen.
Number 1: "When you insert a coin in the slot, you—"
Repeat: "When you insert a coin in the slot,
you stick it in."
Number 2: "There isn't any more candy.
The machine is—"
Repeat: "There isn't any more candy.
The machine is out of it."
Number 3: "The machine is operating well.
It is—"
Repeat: "The machine is operating well.
It is working."
Number 4: "That machine doesn't have any diet drinks.
It has—"
Repeat: "That machine doesn't have any diet drinks.
It has no diet drinks."
Number 5: "Marge can't go today.
She can't go this—"
Repeat: "Marge can't go today.
She can't go this time."
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.79-2.99] Look at Figure 2.
[4.03-10.59] Listen to part of a sentence, then use a word in the box and complete the sentence in your book.
[11.55-13.07] Write the word on the line.
[13.98-15.18] Look at the example.
[16.21-23.43] Listen: "When you like something a lot, it's your—"
[25.74-31.97] The correct word is "favorite." Repeat: "When you like something a lot,
[36.48-37.76] it's your favorite."
[42.24-43.12] Now listen.
[44.69-49.33] Number 1: "When you insert a coin in the slot, you—"
[62.48-65.90] Repeat: "When you insert a coin in the slot,
[70.70-71.58] you stick it in."
[75.49-79.01] Number 2: "There isn't any more candy.
[79.89-83.31] The machine is—"
[91.55-94.35] Repeat: "There isn't any more candy.
[98.27-99.63] The machine is out of it."
[105.71-109.74] Number 3: "The machine is operating well.
[110.38-113.31] It is—"
[117.52-120.56] Repeat: "The machine is operating well.
[123.98-124.86] It is working."
[129.39-133.49] Number 4: "That machine doesn't have any diet drinks.
[134.29-136.59] It has—"
[142.58-146.46] Repeat: "That machine doesn't have any diet drinks.
[151.81-153.41] It has no diet drinks."
[159.46-162.45] Number 5: "Marge can't go today.
[163.41-167.19] She can't go this—"
[172.56-174.96] Repeat: "Marge can't go today.
[177.86-179.30] She can't go this time."
#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk10-l1b-f3-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 3, listen and repeat.
Number 1: "out of." Out of.
She is out of the office for the day.
She's not in the office today.
Number 2: "lastly."
Lastly.
First he went to the school.
Then he went to the library.
And lastly he went to the barracks.
Number 3: "cream."
Cream.
Cream comes from milk.
I like cream in my coffee.
Number 4: "finally."
Finally.
He tried to start the car many times.
Finally he called a mechanic.
At last he got some help.
Number 5: "stick."
Stick.
The letter needs another stamp.
Stick this one on the envelope, please.
Number 6: "no."
No.
He had no money.
He didn't have any money.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.89-5.01] Look at Figure 3, listen and repeat.
[6.51-13.35] Number 1: "out of." Out of.
[13.36-15.28] She is out of the office for the day.
[19.15-20.75] She's not in the office today.
[26.45-28.53] Number 2: "lastly."
[30.27-31.23] Lastly.
[34.53-36.21] First he went to the school.
[39.97-41.73] Then he went to the library.
[46.00-48.16] And lastly he went to the barracks.
[54.14-55.74] Number 3: "cream."
[57.87-57.92] Cream.
[60.75-62.03] Cream comes from milk.
[65.17-66.77] I like cream in my coffee.
[72.40-74.56] Number 4: "finally."
[76.74-77.46] Finally.
[80.99-83.31] He tried to start the car many times.
[88.45-90.45] Finally he called a mechanic.
[94.50-96.34] At last he got some help.
[101.90-103.58] Number 5: "stick."
[105.42-105.47] Stick.
[108.70-110.22] The letter needs another stamp.
[114.22-116.38] Stick this one on the envelope, please.
[122.59-124.35] Number 6: "no."
[126.19-126.75] No.
[129.10-130.14] He had no money.
[133.74-135.18] He didn't have any money.
#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk10-l1b-f4-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now look at Figure 4.
Listen to a sentence.
Circle the letter next to the sentence which has a similar meaning.
Circle A, B, or C.
Number 1: listen.
We get cream from milk.
The answer is letter B.
Repeat: cream comes from milk.
Number 2: listen.
He didn't have any change.
The answer is letter B.
Repeat: he had no change.
Number 3: listen.
At last the class is over.
The answer is letter A.
Repeat: finally the class is over.
Number 4: listen.
Mary won't be home all day today.
The answer is letter C.
Repeat:
she'll be out of the house.
Number 5: listen.
Put another stamp on the letter.
The answer is letter A.
Repeat: put a stamp on the letter.
Stick it on the envelope.
Number 6: listen.
First he called her.
Then he went to see her.
The answer is letter A.
Repeat: last he went to see her.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.95-3.55] Now look at Figure 4.
[4.45-5.81] Listen to a sentence.
[6.53-10.45] Circle the letter next to the sentence which has a similar meaning.
[11.09-13.33] Circle A, B, or C.
[15.63-17.23] Number 1: listen.
[18.54-20.14] We get cream from milk.
[26.14-28.46] The answer is letter B.
[29.28-32.08] Repeat: cream comes from milk.
[36.69-38.21] Number 2: listen.
[39.23-40.91] He didn't have any change.
[47.47-49.47] The answer is letter B.
[50.19-52.75] Repeat: he had no change.
[56.66-58.18] Number 3: listen.
[59.55-61.31] At last the class is over.
[67.76-69.68] The answer is letter A.
[70.24-72.96] Repeat: finally the class is over.
[79.52-81.20] Number 4: listen.
[82.70-84.86] Mary won't be home all day today.
[91.84-93.52] The answer is letter C.
[94.35-94.83] Repeat:
[96.66-98.10] she'll be out of the house.
[103.66-105.42] Number 5: listen.
[106.96-108.56] Put another stamp on the letter.
[115.22-117.22] The answer is letter A.
[117.70-120.64] Repeat: put a stamp on the letter.
[124.06-125.50] Stick it on the envelope.
[130.61-132.21] Number 6: listen.
[133.52-134.80] First he called her.
[135.55-137.39] Then he went to see her.
[143.82-145.58] The answer is letter A.
[146.45-149.52] Repeat: last he went to see her.
#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk10-l1b-f5-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now look at the example in Figure 5.
Read the first sentence.
Now listen:
"For his selection."
Use the sentence you read and the words heard to make a long sentence.
Repeat: "George lifted the door of the vending machine."
"For his selection."
Now look at number 1.
Read the sentence.
Listen: "with pockets."
Complete the sentence.
Repeat: "Sally bought a new dress with big pockets."
Read number 2.
Read:
"Listen." "In his friend's car."
Complete the sentence.
Repeat: "Frank had an accident in his friend's car."
Read number 3.
Listen: "For some coffee with cream."
Repeat: "Jan pulled the knob on the machine."
"For some coffee with cream."
Read number 4.
Listen: "without money."
Repeat: "Hal didn't want to go out for dinner."
"Without money."
Read number 5.
Listen: "On TV last night."
Repeat: "Ted watched his favorite show on TV last night."
Read number 6.
Listen: "In the classroom."
Repeat: "Ali left his books in the classroom."
Read number 7.
Listen: "On the truck."
Repeat: "Bill taught John how to change the tire on the truck."
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.98-3.90] Now look at the example in Figure 5.
[5.18-6.62] Read the first sentence.
[9.63-10.51] Now listen:
[12.40-13.92] "For his selection."
[16.03-20.35] Use the sentence you read and the words heard to make a long sentence.
[21.30-25.42] Repeat: "George lifted the door of the vending machine."
[29.52-30.80] "For his selection."
[36.43-37.55] Now look at number 1.
[38.61-39.73] Read the sentence.
[45.36-47.36] Listen: "with pockets."
[48.90-50.10] Complete the sentence.
[55.79-59.63] Repeat: "Sally bought a new dress with big pockets."
[65.47-66.43] Read number 2.
[67.15-67.55] Read:
[72.16-74.82] "Listen." "In his friend's car."
[76.50-77.62] Complete the sentence.
[84.27-88.11] Repeat: "Frank had an accident in his friend's car."
[94.86-95.82] Read number 3.
[100.30-103.82] Listen: "For some coffee with cream."
[112.05-115.78] Repeat: "Jan pulled the knob on the machine."
[120.66-122.26] "For some coffee with cream."
[129.81-130.77] Read number 4.
[136.40-138.58] Listen: "without money."
[146.00-151.53] Repeat: "Hal didn't want to go out for dinner."
[154.64-155.36] "Without money."
[159.26-160.38] Read number 5.
[164.85-167.62] Listen: "On TV last night."
[175.58-179.90] Repeat: "Ted watched his favorite show on TV last night."
[186.59-187.39] Read number 6.
[191.19-193.17] Listen: "In the classroom."
[198.99-202.53] Repeat: "Ali left his books in the classroom."
[208.48-209.52] Read number 7.
[215.18-216.70] Listen: "On the truck."
[221.63-226.82] Repeat: "Bill taught John how to change the tire on the truck."
#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk10-l1b-f6-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at figure 6.
Listen to a conversation.
Excuse me, sir, can you tell me how to work this machine?
Sure.
Insert the exact change in the slot, then pull the knob for your selection.
Do I have to use the exact change?
Yes.
This machine doesn't give change.
Listen to the conversation again.
Excuse me, sir, can you tell me how to work this machine?
Sure.
Insert the exact change in the slot, then pull the knob of your selection.
Do I have to use the exact change?
Yes.
This machine doesn't give change.
Now listen to the question.
Choose the best answer.
Circle A, B, or C.
Number 1.
What did the woman ask?
Number 2.
What did the man tell her to do first?
Number 3.
Which knob did the man tell her to pull?
Number 4.
What must the woman do?
Number 5.
Does the machine give change?
Check your answers.
Repeat the correct answers.
Number 1 is B.
Listen.
What did the woman ask?
Repeat.
She asked how to work the machine.
Number 2 is A.
Listen.
What did the man tell her to do first?
Repeat.
He told her to insert the money first.
Number 3 is B.
Listen.
Which knob did the man tell her to pull?
Repeat.
He told her to pull the selection knob.
Number 4 is A.
Listen.
What must the woman do?
Repeat.
She must use exact change.
Number 5 is C.
Listen.
Does the machine give change?
Repeat.
No, it doesn't.
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.02-3.38] Look at figure 6.
[4.02-5.70] Listen to a conversation.
[9.71-13.07] Excuse me, sir, can you tell me how to work this machine?
[13.71-14.19] Sure.
[14.67-19.07] Insert the exact change in the slot, then pull the knob for your selection.
[20.00-22.08] Do I have to use the exact change?
[22.24-22.72] Yes.
[22.80-24.48] This machine doesn't give change.
[26.48-28.16] Listen to the conversation again.
[29.54-32.50] Excuse me, sir, can you tell me how to work this machine?
[33.14-33.62] Sure.
[34.18-38.66] Insert the exact change in the slot, then pull the knob of your selection.
[39.78-41.86] Do I have to use the exact change?
[42.18-42.74] Yes.
[42.74-44.34] This machine doesn't give change.
[49.71-51.31] Now listen to the question.
[52.11-53.63] Choose the best answer.
[54.27-56.59] Circle A, B, or C.
[58.00-58.72] Number 1.
[59.66-60.94] What did the woman ask?
[68.43-69.15] Number 2.
[70.11-72.35] What did the man tell her to do first?
[81.15-81.87] Number 3.
[83.06-85.22] Which knob did the man tell her to pull?
[92.11-92.83] Number 4.
[93.92-95.12] What must the woman do?
[102.06-102.86] Number 5.
[103.76-105.28] Does the machine give change?
[116.66-118.02] Check your answers.
[118.58-120.50] Repeat the correct answers.
[122.35-123.71] Number 1 is B.
[124.43-124.91] Listen.
[125.92-126.96] What did the woman ask?
[128.40-128.88] Repeat.
[129.60-131.76] She asked how to work the machine.
[136.02-137.54] Number 2 is A.
[138.18-138.66] Listen.
[139.62-141.70] What did the man tell her to do first?
[143.15-143.63] Repeat.
[144.27-146.43] He told her to insert the money first.
[150.75-152.27] Number 3 is B.
[153.14-153.54] Listen.
[155.14-157.30] Which knob did the man tell her to pull?
[159.38-159.86] Repeat.
[160.50-162.66] He told her to pull the selection knob.
[167.90-169.50] Number 4 is A.
[170.22-170.70] Listen.
[171.57-172.77] What must the woman do?
[174.77-175.33] Repeat.
[176.05-178.05] She must use exact change.
[184.90-186.34] Number 5 is C.
[186.82-187.30] Listen.
[188.21-189.81] Does the machine give change?
[191.23-191.71] Repeat.
[192.35-193.31] No, it doesn't.
#### TAPE — Figure 7 (clip filenames start: bk10-l1b-f7-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 7.
Listen to another conversation.
Excuse me.
I put some money in this vending machine, but the diet drink didn't come out.
Is it out of order, or out of diet drink?
I don't think it's out of order.
I bought a soft drink a few minutes ago.
Maybe the coins are stuck.
What should I do?
Push the coin release.
You'll get your money back, or you can make another selection.
Listen to the conversation again.
Excuse me.
I put some money in this vending machine, but the diet drink didn't come out.
Is it out of order, or out of diet drink?
I don't think it's out of order.
I bought a soft drink a few minutes ago.
Maybe the coins are stuck.
What should I do?
Push the coin release.
You'll get your money back, or you can make another selection.
Now listen to the questions.
Select the best answer: A, B, or C.
Number 1: What did the man want from the vending machine?
Number 2: What did the woman think about the machine?
Number 3: What did she tell him to do?
Check your answers.
Repeat the correct answers.
Number 1 is C.
Listen.
What kind of drink did the man want?
Repeat: He wanted a diet drink.
Number 2 is C.
Listen.
What did the woman think about the machine?
Repeat: She thought the coins were stuck.
Number 3 is C.
Listen.
What did she tell him to do?
Repeat: She told him to push the coin release.
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.18-3.54] Look at Figure 7.
[4.10-6.10] Listen to another conversation.
[8.72-9.52] Excuse me.
[10.08-13.52] I put some money in this vending machine, but the diet drink didn't come out.
[14.24-16.56] Is it out of order, or out of diet drink?
[17.55-18.99] I don't think it's out of order.
[19.31-21.23] I bought a soft drink a few minutes ago.
[21.71-23.15] Maybe the coins are stuck.
[23.55-24.43] What should I do?
[25.33-26.77] Push the coin release.
[27.41-30.05] You'll get your money back, or you can make another selection.
[32.13-33.89] Listen to the conversation again.
[35.44-36.24] Excuse me.
[36.56-40.08] I put some money in this vending machine, but the diet drink didn't come out.
[40.91-42.91] Is it out of order, or out of diet drink?
[44.06-45.50] I don't think it's out of order.
[45.82-47.74] I bought a soft drink a few minutes ago.
[48.30-49.66] Maybe the coins are stuck.
[50.14-50.94] What should I do?
[51.97-53.33] Push the coin release.
[53.81-56.37] You'll get your money back, or you can make another selection.
[60.05-61.73] Now listen to the questions.
[62.21-65.89] Select the best answer: A, B, or C.
[67.14-70.96] Number 1: What did the man want from the vending machine?
[78.29-82.10] Number 2: What did the woman think about the machine?
[89.52-92.56] Number 3: What did she tell him to do?
[100.56-101.76] Check your answers.
[102.32-104.16] Repeat the correct answers.
[105.78-106.98] Number 1 is C.
[107.38-107.86] Listen.
[108.82-110.58] What kind of drink did the man want?
[111.79-114.27] Repeat: He wanted a diet drink.
[118.16-119.68] Number 2 is C.
[120.40-120.80] Listen.
[122.18-124.18] What did the woman think about the machine?
[126.03-128.91] Repeat: She thought the coins were stuck.
[133.49-134.93] Number 3 is C.
[135.57-136.05] Listen.
[137.26-138.54] What did she tell him to do?
[140.27-143.71] Repeat: She told him to push the coin release.
#### TAPE — Figure 8 (clip filenames start: bk10-l1b-f8-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 8.
Listen to the paragraph.
Ned wanted some coffee.
He went to his favorite vending machine.
This machine always worked and was never out of coffee.
Ned stuck a coin in the slot, but the machine didn't work.
No coffee?
I can't go out and get coffeeright now because I can't be out of my office at this time.
I guess I'll try it again before I try another machine.
He inserted another coin and pulled the knob, first for black coffee, then for coffee with cream, and lastly coffee with cream and sugar.
They didn't work.
Finally, after he tried many times, Ned wrote "Out of Order" on a piece of paper and stuck it to the machine.
He didn't get any coffee until he went to lunch because he had no more change.
Ned felt awful all day because he didn't have his morning coffee.
Listen to the paragraph again and answer the questions.
Ned wanted some coffee.
He went to his favorite vending machine.
This machine always worked and was never out of coffee.
Ned stuck a coin in the slot, but the machine didn't work.
No coffee?
I can't go out and get coffeeright now because I can't be out of my office at this time.
I guess I'll try it again before I try another machine.
He inserted another coin and pulled the knobs, first for black coffee, then for coffee with cream, and lastly coffee with cream and sugar.
They didn't work.
Finally, after he tried many times, Ned wrote "Out of Order" on a piece of paper and stuck it to the machine.
He didn't get any coffee until he went to lunch because he had no more change.
Ned felt awful all day because he didn't have his morning coffee.
Now answer the questions.
Number 1: Where did Ned go to get his coffee?
Repeat: He went to his favorite vending machine.
Number 2: Why was that his favorite vending machine?
Repeat: Because it always worked
and was never out of coffee.
Number 3: Why can't he go out and get coffee?
Repeat: Because he can't be out of his office at this time.
Number 4: What did Ned write on a piece of paper?
Repeat: He wrote "Out of Order" on it.
Number 5: What did he do with the paper?
Repeat: He stuck it to the vending machine.
This is the end of Lesson 1B, Book 10.
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.02-3.30] Look at Figure 8.
[3.86-5.22] Listen to the paragraph.
[7.04-8.56] Ned wanted some coffee.
[9.41-11.41] He went to his favorite vending machine.
[12.40-15.52] This machine always worked and was never out of coffee.
[16.85-20.53] Ned stuck a coin in the slot, but the machine didn't work.
[21.25-22.05] No coffee?
[23.10-27.98] I can't go out and get coffeeright now because I can't be out of my office at this time.
[28.96-32.00] I guess I'll try it again before I try another machine.
[33.42-44.37] He inserted another coin and pulled the knob, first for black coffee, then for coffee with cream, and lastly coffee with cream and sugar.
[45.17-46.05] They didn't work.
[47.31-55.47] Finally, after he tried many times, Ned wrote "Out of Order" on a piece of paper and stuck it to the machine.
[56.59-61.31] He didn't get any coffee until he went to lunch because he had no more change.
[62.42-66.10] Ned felt awful all day because he didn't have his morning coffee.
[70.67-74.43] Listen to the paragraph again and answer the questions.
[76.10-77.46] Ned wanted some coffee.
[78.35-80.35] He went to his favorite vending machine.
[81.31-84.35] This machine always worked and was never out of coffee.
[85.34-89.02] Ned stuck a coin in the slot, but the machine didn't work.
[90.02-90.74] No coffee?
[91.70-96.42] I can't go out and get coffeeright now because I can't be out of my office at this time.
[97.22-100.34] I guess I'll try it again before I try another machine.
[101.82-112.78] He inserted another coin and pulled the knobs, first for black coffee, then for coffee with cream, and lastly coffee with cream and sugar.
[113.85-114.70] They didn't work.
[115.78-124.02] Finally, after he tried many times, Ned wrote "Out of Order" on a piece of paper and stuck it to the machine.
[125.20-130.32] He didn't get any coffee until he went to lunch because he had no more change.
[131.28-135.28] Ned felt awful all day because he didn't have his morning coffee.
[138.48-140.64] Now answer the questions.
[141.82-145.60] Number 1: Where did Ned go to get his coffee?
[150.91-153.95] Repeat: He went to his favorite vending machine.
[159.07-163.23] Number 2: Why was that his favorite vending machine?
[169.57-172.05] Repeat: Because it always worked
[175.26-176.46] and was never out of coffee.
[182.00-185.81] Number 3: Why can't he go out and get coffee?
[191.60-195.66] Repeat: Because he can't be out of his office at this time.
[201.10-204.94] Number 4: What did Ned write on a piece of paper?
[210.56-213.04] Repeat: He wrote "Out of Order" on it.
[219.38-222.56] Number 5: What did he do with the paper?
[228.22-231.18] Repeat: He stuck it to the vending machine.
[245.06-248.02] This is the end of Lesson 1B, Book 10.

529
sources/book-10/tape-1C.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,529 @@
#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk10-l1c-f1-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
American Language Course, Book 10, Lesson 1C.
Hello.
Open your book to the activities for Lesson 1C.
Look at Figure 1.
Listen to the dialogue.
Do we have time for coffee before the bell rings?
Yes, I think we have time for a cup before it rings.
Will you hold my books while I get it?
Sure.
I don't want any, but I'll wait until you get yours.
Will you wait with me while I drink it?
Yes, we're early.
I can wait until you finish it.
Now, repeat the dialogue.
Do we have time for coffee
before the bell rings?
Yes, I think we have time for a cup
before it rings.
Will you hold my books while I get it?
Sure.
I don't want any,
but I'll wait until you get yours.
Will you wait with me while I drink it?
Yes, we're early.
I can wait until you finish it.
Segment timings (seconds):
[9.84-13.04] American Language Course, Book 10, Lesson 1C.
[19.76-20.16] Hello.
[20.72-23.36] Open your book to the activities for Lesson 1C.
[29.39-30.43] Look at Figure 1.
[30.99-32.03] Listen to the dialogue.
[34.74-37.14] Do we have time for coffee before the bell rings?
[37.70-40.34] Yes, I think we have time for a cup before it rings.
[41.34-43.10] Will you hold my books while I get it?
[43.50-43.98] Sure.
[44.46-46.62] I don't want any, but I'll wait until you get yours.
[47.84-49.68] Will you wait with me while I drink it?
[50.08-51.12] Yes, we're early.
[51.44-52.72] I can wait until you finish it.
[55.49-56.69] Now, repeat the dialogue.
[59.25-61.01] Do we have time for coffee
[63.90-65.34] before the bell rings?
[68.77-71.01] Yes, I think we have time for a cup
[75.20-76.16] before it rings.
[78.90-80.98] Will you hold my books while I get it?
[85.25-85.73] Sure.
[86.56-87.44] I don't want any,
[91.25-92.69] but I'll wait until you get yours.
[95.95-97.79] Will you wait with me while I drink it?
[101.79-102.75] Yes, we're early.
[105.63-106.91] I can wait until you finish it.
#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk10-l1c-f2-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at the example in Figure 2.
Listen to part of a sentence, then select one of the phrases in your book and complete the sentence.
Listen: "They ate at the restaurant."
Circle B.
Repeat: "They ate at the restaurant after they saw the movie."
Number 1: "I was very thirsty."
Number 2:
"Fran was talking to us."
Number 3: "He inserted the coins."
Number 4: "Ted ate the chips."
Number 5: "I inserted coins."
Number 6: "Bill drank coffee."
Number 7: "Her selection dropped."
Number 8: "They went to a movie."
Let's check your answers.
Repeat the correct answers.
Number 1 is A.
Repeat: "I was very thirsty before I drank the soda."
Number 2 is B.
Repeat: "Fran was talking to us while we were eating lunch."
Number 3 is A.
Repeat: "He inserted the coins before he pulled the knob."
Number 4 is B.
Repeat: "Ted ate the chips after he drank the soda pop."
Number 5 is B.
Repeat: "I inserted coins."
"Until the machine started to work."
Number 6 is A.
Repeat: "Bill drank coffee before the bell rang."
Number 7 is B.
Repeat: "Her selection dropped when she pulled the knob."
Number 8 is A.
Repeat: "They went to a movie after they did their homework."
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.40-4.32] Look at the example in Figure 2.
[5.26-11.26] Listen to part of a sentence, then select one of the phrases in your book and complete the sentence.
[11.90-14.67] Listen: "They ate at the restaurant."
[22.42-23.30] Circle B.
[23.94-28.10] Repeat: "They ate at the restaurant after they saw the movie."
[30.40-34.08] Number 1: "I was very thirsty."
[41.98-42.86] Number 2:
[44.02-45.94] "Fran was talking to us."
[54.32-57.98] Number 3: "He inserted the coins."
[67.38-70.80] Number 4: "Ted ate the chips."
[78.56-82.34] Number 5: "I inserted coins."
[90.45-93.97] Number 6: "Bill drank coffee."
[102.14-105.74] Number 7: "Her selection dropped."
[114.62-117.82] Number 8: "They went to a movie."
[126.77-128.13] Let's check your answers.
[128.53-130.05] Repeat the correct answers.
[131.14-132.90] Number 1 is A.
[133.46-137.78] Repeat: "I was very thirsty before I drank the soda."
[143.25-145.01] Number 2 is B.
[145.41-150.05] Repeat: "Fran was talking to us while we were eating lunch."
[157.09-159.09] Number 3 is A.
[159.41-164.13] Repeat: "He inserted the coins before he pulled the knob."
[170.10-171.94] Number 4 is B.
[172.26-176.82] Repeat: "Ted ate the chips after he drank the soda pop."
[183.18-185.18] Number 5 is B.
[185.26-188.22] Repeat: "I inserted coins."
[192.37-194.61] "Until the machine started to work."
[200.50-202.50] Number 6 is A.
[202.50-206.99] Repeat: "Bill drank coffee before the bell rang."
[212.27-214.19] Number 7 is B.
[214.43-218.59] Repeat: "Her selection dropped when she pulled the knob."
[224.66-226.50] Number 8 is A.
[226.74-230.90] Repeat: "They went to a movie after they did their homework."
#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk10-l1c-f3-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at the example in Figure 3.
Read the two sentences.
Now listen to a word and say the new sentence: "when".
Repeat: Were you next to the vending machine when it fell?
Number 1: "read".
Listen: "while".
Repeat: He ate a candy bar.
While she drank a diet soda.
Number 2: "read".
Listen: "before".
Repeat: You insert the coins.
Before you lift the door.
Number 3: "read".
Listen: "after".
Repeat: The selection will drop.
After you insert the money.
Number 4: "read".
Listen: "until".
Repeat: Don't add the detergent.
Until you put the clothes in the washing machine.
Number 5: "read".
Listen: "when".
Repeat: Bill was in the shower.
When the telephone rang.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.87-3.87] Look at the example in Figure 3.
[4.59-5.95] Read the two sentences.
[14.43-18.46] Now listen to a word and say the new sentence: "when".
[24.03-28.05] Repeat: Were you next to the vending machine when it fell?
[30.32-32.08] Number 1: "read".
[37.33-39.57] Listen: "while".
[45.39-48.72] Repeat: He ate a candy bar.
[52.50-54.74] While she drank a diet soda.
[60.70-62.46] Number 2: "read".
[69.57-72.45] Listen: "before".
[78.98-82.24] Repeat: You insert the coins.
[86.30-88.22] Before you lift the door.
[94.66-96.66] Number 3: "read".
[103.18-105.34] Listen: "after".
[112.03-118.47] Repeat: The selection will drop.
[119.76-121.68] After you insert the money.
[128.21-130.05] Number 4: "read".
[140.13-142.05] Listen: "until".
[152.90-156.40] Repeat: Don't add the detergent.
[162.54-165.26] Until you put the clothes in the washing machine.
[176.46-178.38] Number 5: "read".
[184.46-189.27] Listen: "when".
[192.13-195.25] Repeat: Bill was in the shower.
[199.74-201.34] When the telephone rang.
#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk10-l1c-f4-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now look at Figure 4.
Repeat the words in the box.
"After." "After that." "Finally."
"First."
"Last." "At last." "Lastly."
"Next." "Second." "Then."
These are connective words.
Listen to the example.
Listen for the connective words in the paragraph.
Nell wanted some coffee.
First, she stuck a coin in the slot.
Then she made her selection and pulled the knob.
Next, she lifted the door and got her cup of coffee.
Finally, she enjoyed her cup of hot coffee.
Now listen to paragraph number 1 and write the connective words when you hear them.
You will hear the paragraph 2 times.
Listen and write the connective words.
Gina wanted to get a roller cola from a vending machine.
First, she inserted the coins in the slot.
Second, she pushed the button of her selection, but the roller cola didn't drop.
Next, she pushed the coin return 3 times.
Finally, the roller cola dropped, but another can of soda fell too.
At first Gina thought, "What should I do with it?" Then she saw a friend.
She gave him the other soda.
After that, Gina went to class.
Listen to paragraph number 1 again.
Gina wanted to get a roller cola from a vending machine.
First, she inserted the coins in the slot.
Second, she pushed the button of her selection, but the roller cola didn't drop.
Next, she pushed the coin return 3 times.
Finally, the roller cola dropped, but another can of soda fell too.
At first Gina thought, "What should I do with it?" Then she saw a friend.
She gave him the other soda.
After that, Gina went to class.
Let's check your answers.
Letter A is "first." Letter B is "second." Letter C is "next." Letter D is "finally." Letter E is "at first." Letter F is "then." Letter G is "after that."
Listen to paragraph number 2 and write the connecting words.
Bill had to wash his clothes.
First, he found an empty washing machine.
Then he put in his clothes.
Next, he put in the detergent.
Last, he closed the machine and inserted the coins.
After that, he just waited.
Finally, the machine stopped.
At last he had some clean clothes.
Listen to paragraph number 2 again.
Bill had to wash his clothes.
First, he found an empty washing machine.
Then he put in his clothes.
Next, he put in the detergent.
Last, he closed the machine and inserted the coins.
After that, he just waited.
Finally, the machine stopped.
At last he had some clean clothes.
Let's check your answers.
Letter A is "first." Letter B is "then." Letter C is "next." Letter D is "last." Letter E is "after that." Letter F is "finally." Letter G is "at last."
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.92-3.12] Now look at Figure 4.
[3.76-5.44] Repeat the words in the box.
[6.75-15.50] "After." "After that." "Finally."
[17.92-18.80] "First."
[21.10-28.39] "Last." "At last." "Lastly."
[32.01-38.97] "Next." "Second." "Then."
[45.75-47.19] These are connective words.
[47.85-48.98] Listen to the example.
[49.87-52.27] Listen for the connective words in the paragraph.
[53.84-55.60] Nell wanted some coffee.
[56.24-59.28] First, she stuck a coin in the slot.
[60.10-62.90] Then she made her selection and pulled the knob.
[63.70-67.46] Next, she lifted the door and got her cup of coffee.
[69.22-72.74] Finally, she enjoyed her cup of hot coffee.
[77.47-81.63] Now listen to paragraph number 1 and write the connective words when you hear them.
[82.74-84.66] You will hear the paragraph 2 times.
[85.38-87.62] Listen and write the connective words.
[89.22-92.82] Gina wanted to get a roller cola from a vending machine.
[93.70-96.98] First, she inserted the coins in the slot.
[97.82-103.26] Second, she pushed the button of her selection, but the roller cola didn't drop.
[104.18-107.54] Next, she pushed the coin return 3 times.
[108.26-113.30] Finally, the roller cola dropped, but another can of soda fell too.
[114.50-119.94] At first Gina thought, "What should I do with it?" Then she saw a friend.
[120.66-122.34] She gave him the other soda.
[123.06-125.46] After that, Gina went to class.
[129.68-131.68] Listen to paragraph number 1 again.
[133.66-137.02] Gina wanted to get a roller cola from a vending machine.
[137.66-140.86] First, she inserted the coins in the slot.
[141.58-146.86] Second, she pushed the button of her selection, but the roller cola didn't drop.
[148.82-151.94] Next, she pushed the coin return 3 times.
[152.93-157.65] Finally, the roller cola dropped, but another can of soda fell too.
[157.88-164.37] At first Gina thought, "What should I do with it?" Then she saw a friend.
[164.93-166.47] She gave him the other soda.
[168.13-169.75] After that, Gina went to class.
[172.28-173.58] Let's check your answers.
[174.90-194.37] Letter A is "first." Letter B is "second." Letter C is "next." Letter D is "finally." Letter E is "at first." Letter F is "then." Letter G is "after that."
[198.82-201.83] Listen to paragraph number 2 and write the connecting words.
[203.68-205.76] Bill had to wash his clothes.
[205.76-209.52] First, he found an empty washing machine.
[210.24-212.69] Then he put in his clothes.
[213.36-215.40] Next, he put in the detergent.
[216.75-220.57] Last, he closed the machine and inserted the coins.
[220.98-223.04] After that, he just waited.
[223.31-225.34] Finally, the machine stopped.
[226.95-229.68] At last he had some clean clothes.
[233.07-235.25] Listen to paragraph number 2 again.
[237.30-239.30] Bill had to wash his clothes.
[240.02-243.32] First, he found an empty washing machine.
[243.54-246.10] Then he put in his clothes.
[246.34-249.60] Next, he put in the detergent.
[250.03-254.52] Last, he closed the machine and inserted the coins.
[254.81-257.40] After that, he just waited.
[257.68-259.70] Finally, the machine stopped.
[260.10-262.50] At last he had some clean clothes.
[266.61-267.65] Let's check your answers.
[268.95-288.53] Letter A is "first." Letter B is "then." Letter C is "next." Letter D is "last." Letter E is "after that." Letter F is "finally." Letter G is "at last."
#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk10-l1c-f5-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 5, listen to the dialogue.
Excuse me, can you tell me how to use this machine?
Sure.
Put the money in the slot, make your selection, and pull the knob.
Do I get the soda then?
Yes.
It will dropright here.
Lift this door and get your drink.
Thanks for your help.
Listen to the dialogue again, and repeat.
Excuse me.
Can you tell me how to use this machine?
Sure.
Put the money in the slot.
Make your selection, and pull the knob.
Do I get the soda then?
Yes.
It will dropright here.
Lift this door and get your drink.
Thanks for your help.
Look at Figure 5 again.
Someone will be Hank and you be Pete.
Ready?
Excuse me.
Can you tell me how to use this machine?
Do I get the soda then?
Thanks for your help.
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.72-5.52] Look at Figure 5, listen to the dialogue.
[9.39-12.43] Excuse me, can you tell me how to use this machine?
[13.34-13.82] Sure.
[14.38-17.98] Put the money in the slot, make your selection, and pull the knob.
[19.38-20.50] Do I get the soda then?
[20.98-21.54] Yes.
[21.70-22.90] It will dropright here.
[23.54-25.14] Lift this door and get your drink.
[25.86-26.74] Thanks for your help.
[28.37-30.61] Listen to the dialogue again, and repeat.
[32.56-33.36] Excuse me.
[35.76-39.69] Can you tell me how to use this machine?
[42.50-42.98] Sure.
[43.78-44.90] Put the money in the slot.
[50.05-52.05] Make your selection, and pull the knob.
[57.17-58.37] Do I get the soda then?
[63.71-64.27] Yes.
[64.35-65.47] It will dropright here.
[68.93-70.69] Lift this door and get your drink.
[75.15-76.03] Thanks for your help.
[80.56-82.08] Look at Figure 5 again.
[83.34-85.42] Someone will be Hank and you be Pete.
[86.67-87.07] Ready?
[89.09-89.81] Excuse me.
[90.74-92.66] Can you tell me how to use this machine?
[101.58-102.86] Do I get the soda then?
[109.74-110.54] Thanks for your help.
#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk10-l1c-f6-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now look at Figure 6.
Listen to another dialogue.
Will you please show me how this machine works?
I need some stamps.
Of course.
Put your money in this slot, push this button, and pull the stamps outright here.
Will the machine give me change?
Yes, it will.
Listen again, and repeat.
Will you please show me how this machine works?
I need some stamps.
Of course.
Just put your money in this slot.
Push this button.
And pull the stamps outright here.
Will the machine give me change?
Yes, it will.
Now, look at Figure 6 again.
You read Eric's lines.
You begin.
Of course.
Put your money in this slot, push this button, and pull the stamps outright here.
Yes, it will.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.76-2.48] Now look at Figure 6.
[3.44-4.72] Listen to another dialogue.
[9.04-11.20] Will you please show me how this machine works?
[12.00-13.04] I need some stamps.
[14.05-14.69] Of course.
[15.25-20.21] Put your money in this slot, push this button, and pull the stamps outright here.
[21.30-22.82] Will the machine give me change?
[23.62-24.42] Yes, it will.
[26.62-28.30] Listen again, and repeat.
[29.89-32.21] Will you please show me how this machine works?
[38.10-39.38] I need some stamps.
[42.54-43.34] Of course.
[44.98-46.50] Just put your money in this slot.
[51.26-52.22] Push this button.
[56.43-57.95] And pull the stamps outright here.
[63.68-65.36] Will the machine give me change?
[69.89-70.77] Yes, it will.
[74.86-76.62] Now, look at Figure 6 again.
[77.84-79.36] You read Eric's lines.
[80.08-80.80] You begin.
[87.44-88.16] Of course.
[88.88-93.70] Put your money in this slot, push this button, and pull the stamps outright here.
[99.14-99.86] Yes, it will.
#### TAPE — Figure 7 (clip filenames start: bk10-l1c-f7-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Go to Figure 7, listen to dialogue number 1, then answer the questions.
I want a candy bar, Carl.
Do you know how to work this vending machine?
Yes, Brad.
Insert your coins here, make your selection, and then push that button.
Be sure the coins drop before you push the button.
I was doing it wrong.
I pushed the button before the coins dropped.
Now answer these questions about dialogue number 1.
Number 1: What did Brad want to know?
Repeat: Brad wanted to know how to work the vending machine.
Number 2: What did Brad do wrong?
Repeat: Brad pushed the button before the coins dropped.
Listen to dialogue number 2, then answer the questions.
Fred, how do you operate this machine?
I put some money in it, but nothing came out.
Maybe it's out of that kind of snack, Dave.
Pull a different knob.
I pull them all and nothing happens.
Well, maybe the coins are stuck.
Push the coin release.
I did that too.
Then it's out of order.
Answer these questions about dialogue number 2.
Number 1: What did Dave ask Fred?
Repeat: He asked Fred how to operate the machine.
Number 2: What did Fred tell Dave to do first?
Repeat: First, he told Dave to pull a different knob.
Number 3:
Then what did he tell Dave to do?
Repeat: Then he told Dave to push the coin release.
Number 4: What was the matter with the machine?
Repeat: It was out of order.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.79-7.71] Go to Figure 7, listen to dialogue number 1, then answer the questions.
[11.25-12.77] I want a candy bar, Carl.
[13.87-15.63] Do you know how to work this vending machine?
[16.69-17.33] Yes, Brad.
[17.89-22.86] Insert your coins here, make your selection, and then push that button.
[23.76-26.40] Be sure the coins drop before you push the button.
[28.10-29.22] I was doing it wrong.
[29.94-32.34] I pushed the button before the coins dropped.
[36.82-39.62] Now answer these questions about dialogue number 1.
[43.52-46.96] Number 1: What did Brad want to know?
[53.20-58.08] Repeat: Brad wanted to know how to work the vending machine.
[64.74-68.14] Number 2: What did Brad do wrong?
[75.18-80.22] Repeat: Brad pushed the button before the coins dropped.
[86.56-90.48] Listen to dialogue number 2, then answer the questions.
[93.06-95.38] Fred, how do you operate this machine?
[96.24-98.56] I put some money in it, but nothing came out.
[100.08-102.24] Maybe it's out of that kind of snack, Dave.
[102.80-103.76] Pull a different knob.
[104.75-106.91] I pull them all and nothing happens.
[107.39-109.31] Well, maybe the coins are stuck.
[109.87-110.99] Push the coin release.
[111.47-112.43] I did that too.
[113.52-114.48] Then it's out of order.
[119.70-122.34] Answer these questions about dialogue number 2.
[123.63-126.91] Number 1: What did Dave ask Fred?
[132.58-136.53] Repeat: He asked Fred how to operate the machine.
[143.18-147.36] Number 2: What did Fred tell Dave to do first?
[154.22-159.12] Repeat: First, he told Dave to pull a different knob.
[166.69-167.57] Number 3:
[169.07-171.55] Then what did he tell Dave to do?
[179.33-183.97] Repeat: Then he told Dave to push the coin release.
[191.84-195.65] Number 4: What was the matter with the machine?
[202.50-205.14] Repeat: It was out of order.
#### TAPE — Figure 8 (clip filenames start: bk10-l1c-f8-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 8.
Read the sentence parts.
Now listen to the first part of a sentence.
Use the part in your book and complete the sentence.
Number 1: "Excuse me, can you tell me—"
Number 2: "Make your selection and—"
Number 3: "The soda will drop and then—"
Number 4: "Push this button and pull the—"
Number 5: "Be sure the coins drop—"
Number 6: "When the coins stick—"
Now let's check your answers.
Number 1 is D.
Repeat: "Excuse me, can you tell me how to use this machine?"
Number 2 is B.
Repeat: "Make your selection and pull the knob."
Number 3 is F.
Repeat: "The soda will drop here, and you lift this door and get it."
Number 4 is A.
Repeat: "Push this button and pull the stamps out here."
Number 5 is E.
Repeat: "Be sure the coins drop before you push the button."
Number 6 is C.
Repeat: "When the coins are stuck, try to push the coin return."
This is the end of Lesson 1C, Book 10.
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.11-2.99] Look at Figure 8.
[3.79-5.23] Read the sentence parts.
[22.93-24.93] Now listen to the first part of a sentence.
[25.57-28.61] Use the part in your book and complete the sentence.
[29.33-36.03] Number 1: "Excuse me, can you tell me—"
[41.79-45.22] Number 2: "Make your selection and—"
[52.94-59.31] Number 3: "The soda will drop and then—"
[64.83-71.31] Number 4: "Push this button and pull the—"
[76.26-82.47] Number 5: "Be sure the coins drop—"
[86.83-89.79] Number 6: "When the coins stick—"
[102.42-103.94] Now let's check your answers.
[105.26-107.26] Number 1 is D.
[107.90-118.47] Repeat: "Excuse me, can you tell me how to use this machine?"
[124.30-126.22] Number 2 is B.
[126.86-130.70] Repeat: "Make your selection and pull the knob."
[137.04-139.04] Number 3 is F.
[141.81-147.68] Repeat: "The soda will drop here, and you lift this door and get it."
[155.71-157.87] Number 4 is A.
[158.59-163.36] Repeat: "Push this button and pull the stamps out here."
[171.60-173.60] Number 5 is E.
[173.84-179.25] Repeat: "Be sure the coins drop before you push the button."
[187.66-189.66] Number 6 is C.
[189.90-195.57] Repeat: "When the coins are stuck, try to push the coin return."
[213.42-216.22] This is the end of Lesson 1C, Book 10.

461
sources/book-10/tape-1D.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,461 @@
#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk10-l1d-f1-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
American Language Course, Book 10, Lesson 1B.
Hello, open your book to the activities for Lesson 1D.
Look at Figure 1.
Look at the chart and repeat.
Some things you have to do.
Number 1: repeat.
You have to obey traffic laws.
You're supposed to obey traffic laws.
Number 2: repeat.
You have to wear your uniform to class.
You're supposed to wear your uniform to class.
Number 3: repeat.
You have to be on time to class.
You're supposed to be on time to class.
Now look at some things you should do.
Number 1: repeat.
You should be on time for dinner.
You're supposed to be on time for dinner.
Number 2: repeat.
You should thank people when they help you.
You're supposed to thank people when they help you.
Number 3: repeat.
You should write to your family often.
You're supposed to write to your family often.
Segment timings (seconds):
[10.22-14.22] American Language Course, Book 10, Lesson 1B.
[20.42-24.18] Hello, open your book to the activities for Lesson 1D.
[32.35-33.39] Look at Figure 1.
[34.11-35.63] Look at the chart and repeat.
[37.22-38.90] Some things you have to do.
[39.89-41.65] Number 1: repeat.
[42.67-44.75] You have to obey traffic laws.
[48.61-50.93] You're supposed to obey traffic laws.
[55.31-57.07] Number 2: repeat.
[58.10-60.50] You have to wear your uniform to class.
[66.99-69.63] You're supposed to wear your uniform to class.
[75.71-77.63] Number 3: repeat.
[78.59-80.67] You have to be on time to class.
[86.11-88.43] You're supposed to be on time to class.
[97.87-101.49] Now look at some things you should do.
[101.58-103.34] Number 1: repeat.
[104.75-106.67] You should be on time for dinner.
[112.46-114.70] You're supposed to be on time for dinner.
[120.50-122.26] Number 2: repeat.
[123.22-125.38] You should thank people when they help you.
[131.68-134.24] You're supposed to thank people when they help you.
[140.61-142.53] Number 3: repeat.
[143.94-146.10] You should write to your family often.
[152.90-155.38] You're supposed to write to your family often.
#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk10-l1d-f2-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at the example in Figure 2.
Listen to a question.
Circle the letter next to the best answer.
Listen.
Should we drive carefully when we drive onice?
Yes, we're supposed to.
Repeat: We're supposed to drive carefully when we drive onice.
Number 1: Should we do our homework every day?
Number 2: Must you smoke in the classroom?
Number 3: Do the coins have to drop before you pull the knob?
Number 4: Must you study before a test?
Number 5: Should we exercise before we warm up?
Number 6: Must you salute when you're not in uniform?
Number 7: Should they go out on weeknights?
Number 8: Does he have to put American coins in an American vending machine?
Let's check your answers.
Number 1 is A.
Listen.
Should we do our homework every day?
Yes, we're supposed to.
Repeat: We're supposed to do our homework every day.
Number 2 is A.
Listen.
Must you smoke in the classroom?
No, we're not supposed to.
Repeat: We're not supposed to smoke in the classroom.
Number 3 is B.
Listen.
Do the coins have to drop before you pull the knob?
Yes, they're supposed to.
Repeat: The coins are supposed to drop before you pull the knob.
Number 4 is A.
Listen.
Must you study before a test?
Yes, I'm supposed to.
Repeat: I'm supposed to study before a test.
Number 5 is B.
Listen.
Should we exercise before we warm up?
No, we're not supposed to.
Repeat: We're not supposed to exercise before we warm up.
Number 6 is B.
Listen.
Must you salute when you're not in uniform?
No, we're not supposed to.
Repeat: We're not supposed to salute when we're not in uniform.
Number 7 is B.
Listen.
Should they go out on weeknights?
No, they're not supposed to.
Repeat: They're not supposed to go out on weeknights.
Number 8 is A.
Listen.
Does he have to put American coins in an American vending machine?
Yes, he's supposed to.
Repeat: He's supposed to put American coins
in American vending machines.
Coins from other countries won't work.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.92-3.76] Look at the example in Figure 2.
[4.64-5.76] Listen to a question.
[6.59-8.91] Circle the letter next to the best answer.
[9.71-10.27] Listen.
[11.62-14.10] Should we drive carefully when we drive onice?
[18.18-19.78] Yes, we're supposed to.
[20.77-25.09] Repeat: We're supposed to drive carefully when we drive onice.
[27.22-31.26] Number 1: Should we do our homework every day?
[36.80-40.26] Number 2: Must you smoke in the classroom?
[46.34-51.09] Number 3: Do the coins have to drop before you pull the knob?
[57.22-60.58] Number 4: Must you study before a test?
[67.02-73.53] Number 5: Should we exercise before we warm up?
[77.79-81.55] Number 6: Must you salute when you're not in uniform?
[88.27-91.87] Number 7: Should they go out on weeknights?
[97.92-103.76] Number 8: Does he have to put American coins in an American vending machine?
[111.66-113.02] Let's check your answers.
[114.24-115.92] Number 1 is A.
[116.24-116.80] Listen.
[117.60-120.69] Should we do our homework every day?
[120.75-122.59] Yes, we're supposed to.
[123.60-127.04] Repeat: We're supposed to do our homework every day.
[132.86-134.70] Number 2 is A.
[134.94-135.50] Listen.
[136.22-138.06] Must you smoke in the classroom?
[138.99-140.99] No, we're not supposed to.
[141.71-145.23] Repeat: We're not supposed to smoke in the classroom.
[151.07-152.83] Number 3 is B.
[153.23-153.79] Listen.
[154.54-157.58] Do the coins have to drop before you pull the knob?
[158.53-160.37] Yes, they're supposed to.
[161.20-165.84] Repeat: The coins are supposed to drop before you pull the knob.
[173.60-175.52] Number 4 is A.
[176.00-176.56] Listen.
[177.42-179.34] Must you study before a test?
[179.98-181.90] Yes, I'm supposed to.
[182.62-186.06] Repeat: I'm supposed to study before a test.
[190.45-192.33] Number 5 is B.
[192.93-193.53] Listen.
[194.13-196.85] Should we exercise before we warm up?
[197.57-199.65] No, we're not supposed to.
[200.45-205.25] Repeat: We're not supposed to exercise before we warm up.
[209.84-212.00] Number 6 is B.
[212.28-212.56] Listen.
[212.84-215.76] Must you salute when you're not in uniform?
[216.64-218.56] No, we're not supposed to.
[219.42-223.58] Repeat: We're not supposed to salute when we're not in uniform.
[230.98-232.74] Number 7 is B.
[233.14-233.70] Listen.
[233.70-236.58] Should they go out on weeknights?
[237.22-239.30] No, they're not supposed to.
[240.13-243.97] Repeat: They're not supposed to go out on weeknights.
[248.96-250.64] Number 8 is A.
[251.36-251.84] Listen.
[252.64-256.88] Does he have to put American coins in an American vending machine?
[257.60-259.60] Yes, he's supposed to.
[260.16-264.18] Repeat: He's supposed to put American coins
[269.68-271.68] in American vending machines.
[276.56-279.04] Coins from other countries won't work.
#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk10-l1d-f3-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at figure 3.
Listen to the directions.
Write the letter of the building on the map next to the name of the building.
Listen.
Madge and Helen needed to do a lot of things Saturday afternoon.
Helen didn't know the town very well.
Madge had to give her directions.
"We can meet at the drugstore after class.
It's on the corner of Sunshine Street and Highway 102."
Put "A" by drugstore in the key.
Let's continue.
"Then we can walk northeast on Sunshine for 2 blocks to that little restaurant on Center Road for lunch."
"After lunch, you can go west for a block and a half to the travel agency."
"I'll go north for a block and turn west to go to Sandy's house.
You can meet me there.
It's the second house on the south side from the corner of Long Road and Orange Drive."
"Then you and Sandy can look for blouses in the store on the northwest corner across from her house."
"I'll meet you in the park across from the store afterwards."
"We can go together to the bank.
It's a block north and west."
"Then if we go south for a block on Lemon Street, we can leave our old shoes at the shoe repair place on the southeast corner."
"Then we can keep going south for 2 blocks and turn east on Green Avenue.
The library is on ourright, and we can return our books."
"When we go home, we'll walk east.
We can stop and buy vegetables at the vegetable place on the corner of Green Avenue and Orange Drive."
Listen to the directions again.
Madge and Helen needed to do a lot of things Saturday afternoon.
Helen didn't know the town very well.
Madge had to give her directions.
"We can meet at the drugstore after class.
It's on the corner of Sunshine Street and Highway 102." "Then we can walk northeast on Sunshine for 2 blocks to that little restaurant on Center Road for lunch."
"After lunch, you can go west for a block and a half to the travel agency.
I'll go north for a block and turn west to go to Sandy's house.
You can meet me there.
It's the second house on the south side from the corner of Long Road and Orange Drive."
"Then you and Sandy can look for blouses in the store on the northwest corner across from her house.
I'll meet you in the park across from the store afterwards." "We can go together to the bank.
It's a block north and west." "Then if we go south for a block on Lemon Street, we can leave our old shoes at the shoe repair place on the southeast corner." "Then we can keep going south for 2 blocks and turn east on Green Avenue.
The library is on ourright, and we can return our books." "When we go home, we'll walk east.
We can stop and buy vegetables at the vegetable place on the corner of Green Avenue and Orange Drive."
Let's check your answers.
A is the drugstore.
B is the travel agency.
C is the restaurant.
D is Sandy's house.
E is the blouse store.
F is the city park.
G is the bank.
H is the shoe shop.
I is the library.
J is the vegetable place.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.71-2.83] Look at figure 3.
[3.63-5.07] Listen to the directions.
[5.71-9.39] Write the letter of the building on the map next to the name of the building.
[10.26-10.74] Listen.
[14.06-18.06] Madge and Helen needed to do a lot of things Saturday afternoon.
[18.94-20.94] Helen didn't know the town very well.
[21.92-23.76] Madge had to give her directions.
[25.07-27.47] "We can meet at the drugstore after class.
[28.27-32.35] It's on the corner of Sunshine Street and Highway 102."
[39.94-42.58] Put "A" by drugstore in the key.
[44.94-45.98] Let's continue.
[48.30-56.06] "Then we can walk northeast on Sunshine for 2 blocks to that little restaurant on Center Road for lunch."
[61.66-67.50] "After lunch, you can go west for a block and a half to the travel agency."
[73.49-78.61] "I'll go north for a block and turn west to go to Sandy's house.
[79.82-81.02] You can meet me there.
[82.08-89.44] It's the second house on the south side from the corner of Long Road and Orange Drive."
[96.35-103.31] "Then you and Sandy can look for blouses in the store on the northwest corner across from her house."
[109.71-113.55] "I'll meet you in the park across from the store afterwards."
[119.58-121.58] "We can go together to the bank.
[122.38-124.46] It's a block north and west."
[130.61-140.53] "Then if we go south for a block on Lemon Street, we can leave our old shoes at the shoe repair place on the southeast corner."
[146.83-152.59] "Then we can keep going south for 2 blocks and turn east on Green Avenue.
[153.94-158.42] The library is on ourright, and we can return our books."
[164.02-166.89] "When we go home, we'll walk east.
[167.55-174.75] We can stop and buy vegetables at the vegetable place on the corner of Green Avenue and Orange Drive."
[181.35-183.14] Listen to the directions again.
[185.18-189.10] Madge and Helen needed to do a lot of things Saturday afternoon.
[189.90-192.06] Helen didn't know the town very well.
[192.78-194.62] Madge had to give her directions.
[195.90-198.38] "We can meet at the drugstore after class.
[199.02-210.69] It's on the corner of Sunshine Street and Highway 102." "Then we can walk northeast on Sunshine for 2 blocks to that little restaurant on Center Road for lunch."
[213.38-218.50] "After lunch, you can go west for a block and a half to the travel agency.
[219.36-223.44] I'll go north for a block and turn west to go to Sandy's house.
[224.56-225.84] You can meet me there.
[226.48-231.92] It's the second house on the south side from the corner of Long Road and Orange Drive."
[234.06-240.14] "Then you and Sandy can look for blouses in the store on the northwest corner across from her house.
[241.41-247.36] I'll meet you in the park across from the store afterwards." "We can go together to the bank.
[248.37-265.30] It's a block north and west." "Then if we go south for a block on Lemon Street, we can leave our old shoes at the shoe repair place on the southeast corner." "Then we can keep going south for 2 blocks and turn east on Green Avenue.
[266.50-274.22] The library is on ourright, and we can return our books." "When we go home, we'll walk east.
[275.02-281.26] We can stop and buy vegetables at the vegetable place on the corner of Green Avenue and Orange Drive."
[285.28-286.64] Let's check your answers.
[287.90-289.82] A is the drugstore.
[290.38-292.54] B is the travel agency.
[293.18-294.94] C is the restaurant.
[295.50-297.34] D is Sandy's house.
[298.06-299.82] E is the blouse store.
[300.46-302.38] F is the city park.
[302.86-304.46] G is the bank.
[304.46-306.94] H is the shoe shop.
[307.50-309.26] I is the library.
[309.82-311.82] J is the vegetable place.
#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk10-l1d-f4-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 4.
Listen to some words.
Write them in Figure 4.
Number 1: "apologize."
Apologize.
Number 2: "realize."
Realize.
Number 3: "forgive." Forgive.
Number 4: "pleased." Pleased.
Number 5: "really." Really.
Number 6: "blanket." Blanket.
Number 7: "laundry." Laundry.
Number 8: "closet." Closet.
Number 9: "feelings." Feelings.
Number 10: "pillow." Pillow.
Let's check your work.
Number 1: "apologize." A-P-O-L-O-G-I-Z-E.
Apologize.
Number 2: "realize." R-E-A-L-I-Z-E.
Realize.
Number 3: "forgive." F-O-R-G-I-V-E.
Forgive.
Number 4: "pleased." P-L-E-A-S-E-D.
Pleased.
Number 5: "really." R-E-A-L-L-Y.
Really.
Number 6: "blanket." B-L-A-N-K-E-T.
Blanket.
Number 7: "laundry." L-A-U-N-D-R-Y.
Laundry.
Number 8: "closet." C-L-O-S-E-T.
Closet.
Number 9: "feelings." F-E-E-L-I-N-G-S.
Feelings.
Number 10: "pillow." P-I-L-L-O-W.
Pillow.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.79-2.75] Look at Figure 4.
[3.47-4.91] Listen to some words.
[5.55-7.15] Write them in Figure 4.
[8.64-11.36] Number 1: "apologize."
[12.82-14.10] Apologize.
[22.00-24.56] Number 2: "realize."
[25.89-26.93] Realize.
[34.96-39.27] Number 3: "forgive." Forgive.
[47.07-51.69] Number 4: "pleased." Pleased.
[59.13-65.91] Number 5: "really." Really.
[71.01-77.37] Number 6: "blanket." Blanket.
[82.77-86.93] Number 7: "laundry." Laundry.
[94.86-99.15] Number 8: "closet." Closet.
[107.15-111.33] Number 9: "feelings." Feelings.
[118.58-122.59] Number 10: "pillow." Pillow.
[131.39-132.51] Let's check your work.
[133.73-144.99] Number 1: "apologize." A-P-O-L-O-G-I-Z-E.
[145.65-146.49] Apologize.
[147.69-156.69] Number 2: "realize." R-E-A-L-I-Z-E.
[157.53-158.07] Realize.
[159.15-168.21] Number 3: "forgive." F-O-R-G-I-V-E.
[168.87-169.41] Forgive.
[170.43-178.29] Number 4: "pleased." P-L-E-A-S-E-D.
[178.89-179.49] Pleased.
[180.63-188.31] Number 5: "really." R-E-A-L-L-Y.
[188.49-188.91] Really.
[190.47-197.55] Number 6: "blanket." B-L-A-N-K-E-T.
[198.27-198.87] Blanket.
[199.77-207.45] Number 7: "laundry." L-A-U-N-D-R-Y.
[208.11-208.65] Laundry.
[209.31-215.97] Number 8: "closet." C-L-O-S-E-T.
[216.69-217.11] Closet.
[217.95-226.11] Number 9: "feelings." F-E-E-L-I-N-G-S.
[226.71-227.25] Feelings.
[227.85-234.39] Number 10: "pillow." P-I-L-L-O-W.
[234.81-235.23] Pillow.
#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk10-l1d-f5-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 5.
Listen to a paragraph.
You will hear it two times.
Listen.
Coins operate many kinds of machines.
We call these machines vending machines.
One kind of vending machine sells food.
They sell sandwiches, chips, and candy.
Another kind sells drinks.
They sell sodas, juices, coffee, and tea.
A third kind of vending machine helps us with our work.
These machines wash our clothes, dry our clothes, and wash our cars.
Vending machines are very useful machines.
Listen again and complete the chart.
Coins operate many kinds of machines.
We call these machines vending machines.
One kind of vending machine sells food.
They sell sandwiches, chips, and candy.
Another kind sells drinks.
They sell sodas, juices, coffee, and tea.
A third kind of vending machine helps us with our work.
These machines wash our clothes, dry our clothes, and wash our cars.
Vending machines are very useful machines.
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.40-3.60] Look at Figure 5.
[4.32-5.52] Listen to a paragraph.
[6.35-7.87] You will hear it two times.
[8.51-8.99] Listen.
[10.56-13.36] Coins operate many kinds of machines.
[14.16-17.04] We call these machines vending machines.
[17.98-20.54] One kind of vending machine sells food.
[21.26-24.14] They sell sandwiches, chips, and candy.
[24.78-26.70] Another kind sells drinks.
[27.26-30.38] They sell sodas, juices, coffee, and tea.
[31.18-34.62] A third kind of vending machine helps us with our work.
[35.49-40.21] These machines wash our clothes, dry our clothes, and wash our cars.
[41.10-43.98] Vending machines are very useful machines.
[47.41-49.41] Listen again and complete the chart.
[51.47-54.19] Coins operate many kinds of machines.
[54.67-57.31] We call these machines vending machines.
[66.88-69.52] One kind of vending machine sells food.
[74.54-77.66] They sell sandwiches, chips, and candy.
[89.31-91.23] Another kind sells drinks.
[97.12-101.36] They sell sodas, juices, coffee, and tea.
[115.17-118.45] A third kind of vending machine helps us with our work.
[124.74-130.42] These machines wash our clothes, dry our clothes, and wash our cars.
[144.75-147.71] Vending machines are very useful machines.
#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk10-l1d-f6-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at figure 6 and listen to the paragraph.
People like to eat snacks between meals.
People eat all kinds of food for snacks.
Some people eat big snacks.
They're small meals.
They may eat a sandwich or hamburger and call it a snack.
Other people like small snacks.
A candy bar, some nuts, or some chips will be fine for them.
Some people just want a drink.
They'll have some coffee, or juice, or a soda.
Then they don't get hungry until the next meal.
Listen again and complete the chart.
People like to eat snacks between meals.
People eat all kinds of food for snacks.
Some people eat big snacks.
They're small meals.
They may eat a sandwich or hamburger and call it a snack.
Other people like small snacks.
A candy bar, some nuts, or some chips will be fine for them.
Some people just want a drink.
They'll have some coffee, or juice, or a soda.
Then they don't get hungry until the next meal.
Check your answers on the answer page for this lesson.
This is the end of Lesson 1B, Book 10.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.63-4.27] Look at figure 6 and listen to the paragraph.
[6.32-8.96] People like to eat snacks between meals.
[9.76-12.40] People eat all kinds of food for snacks.
[13.12-15.04] Some people eat big snacks.
[15.76-17.04] They're small meals.
[17.84-21.60] They may eat a sandwich or hamburger and call it a snack.
[22.50-24.50] Other people like small snacks.
[25.22-29.78] A candy bar, some nuts, or some chips will be fine for them.
[30.58-32.42] Some people just want a drink.
[33.22-36.10] They'll have some coffee, or juice, or a soda.
[37.12-39.68] Then they don't get hungry until the next meal.
[44.00-46.00] Listen again and complete the chart.
[48.40-51.20] People like to eat snacks between meals.
[52.06-54.86] People eat all kinds of food for snacks.
[55.65-57.81] Some people eat big snacks.
[63.90-65.34] They're small meals.
[65.90-70.06] They may eat a sandwich or hamburger and call it a snack.
[85.73-87.97] Other people like small snacks.
[94.43-99.63] A candy bar, some nuts, or some chips will be fine for them.
[113.07-114.99] Some people just want a drink.
[121.18-124.78] They'll have some coffee, or juice, or a soda.
[136.35-139.39] Then they don't get hungry until the next meal.
[142.37-145.17] Check your answers on the answer page for this lesson.
[150.48-153.20] This is the end of Lesson 1B, Book 10.

407
sources/book-10/tape-2A.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,407 @@
#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk10-l2a-f1-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
American Language Course, Book 10, Lesson 2A.
Hello.
Open your book to the activities for Lesson 2A.
Look at Figure 1.
Listen to a paragraph.
First, circle the letter of the topic of the paragraph.
Then, circle the letter of the main idea.
Listen.
Number 1: "Jan was hungry.
She wanted a candy bar.
She finally found a vending machine.
It took her money, but it didn't give her any candy or her money back.
She shook the machine.
She was angry.
She didn't have any more change." It always happens.
Machines don't always work when you need them.
Select the topic.
The answer is A.
The topic of the paragraph is "Vending Machines." Now select the main idea.
The answer is B.
The main idea is: "Machines don't always work."
Number 2: "When you lend a friend money, you sometimes hurt your friendship.
When a friend asks to borrow some money, you should tell him you can't lend it to him.
That's my advice.
Why?
Because you won't feel good around him until he gives you back the money.
It may be difficult, but it's better not to lend money to a friend."
Select the topic.
The answer is C.
The topic of the paragraph is "Money and Friendship." Now select the main idea.
The answer is A.
The main idea is: "Don't lend money to friends."
Number 3: "Nell works in a bank.
She opens and closes accounts for people every day.
She gives them the checkbooks for their checking accounts.
She cashes checks, takes deposits, and helps people make deposits to or withdrawals from their savings accounts.
Bank work isn't easy, but Nell likes it very much."
Select the topic in Number 3.
The answer is B.
The topic is "Nell's Work." Now select the main idea.
The answer is C.
The main idea is: "Nell likes to work in the bank."
Segment timings (seconds):
[8.72-12.72] American Language Course, Book 10, Lesson 2A.
[19.12-19.60] Hello.
[20.40-22.88] Open your book to the activities for Lesson 2A.
[29.10-30.86] Look at Figure 1.
[30.86-32.14] Listen to a paragraph.
[32.85-36.29] First, circle the letter of the topic of the paragraph.
[37.09-39.73] Then, circle the letter of the main idea.
[40.45-40.93] Listen.
[42.27-45.36] Number 1: "Jan was hungry.
[45.92-47.44] She wanted a candy bar.
[48.37-50.77] She finally found a vending machine.
[51.49-56.29] It took her money, but it didn't give her any candy or her money back.
[57.01-58.45] She shook the machine.
[58.77-60.21] She was angry.
[60.96-65.20] She didn't have any more change." It always happens.
[65.92-68.56] Machines don't always work when you need them.
[73.58-74.70] Select the topic.
[81.22-82.82] The answer is A.
[83.54-89.52] The topic of the paragraph is "Vending Machines." Now select the main idea.
[96.34-97.70] The answer is B.
[98.34-101.78] The main idea is: "Machines don't always work."
[104.42-111.45] Number 2: "When you lend a friend money, you sometimes hurt your friendship.
[111.62-116.98] When a friend asks to borrow some money, you should tell him you can't lend it to him.
[117.70-119.14] That's my advice.
[119.97-120.53] Why?
[121.09-124.93] Because you won't feel good around him until he gives you back the money.
[125.65-129.81] It may be difficult, but it's better not to lend money to a friend."
[136.45-137.57] Select the topic.
[144.42-145.78] The answer is C.
[146.58-153.02] The topic of the paragraph is "Money and Friendship." Now select the main idea.
[159.10-160.46] The answer is A.
[161.18-164.54] The main idea is: "Don't lend money to friends."
[166.66-170.40] Number 3: "Nell works in a bank.
[171.04-174.32] She opens and closes accounts for people every day.
[175.50-178.62] She gives them the checkbooks for their checking accounts.
[179.42-187.42] She cashes checks, takes deposits, and helps people make deposits to or withdrawals from their savings accounts.
[188.48-192.32] Bank work isn't easy, but Nell likes it very much."
[196.19-198.03] Select the topic in Number 3.
[204.51-205.98] The answer is B.
[206.70-211.86] The topic is "Nell's Work." Now select the main idea.
[218.90-220.58] The answer is C.
[221.54-225.14] The main idea is: "Nell likes to work in the bank."
#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk10-l2a-f2-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Go to Figure 2, look at the example, listen and repeat the word "cafeteria".
Listen to the sentence and repeat it, then repeat the word and underline it when you hear it.
Now repeat: "Ruth ate lunch in the cafeteria."
Repeat and underline "cafeteria".
Now listen, repeat, and underline.
Number 1, repeat: "mall".
"Shopping center".
A mall or shopping center has many different stores in it.
Repeat and underline: "mall".
"Shopping center".
Number 2, repeat: "decided to".
"Shop".
Ruth decided to shop at the mall.
Repeat and underline: "decided to".
"Shop".
Number 3, repeat: "parking lot".
She parked her car in the parking lot at the mall.
Repeat and underline: "parking lot".
Number 4, repeat: "shop".
First she went to a bookshop in the mall.
Repeat and underline: "shop".
Number 5, repeat: "upstairs".
"Clothing store".
Then Ruth went upstairs to the clothing store and bought a dress.
Repeat and underline: "upstairs".
"Clothing store".
Number 6, repeat: "department store".
She went to a department store.
It sells clothes, furniture, and things for the house.
Repeat and underline: "department store".
Number 7, repeat: "variety store".
The variety store also sells different things,
but they are smaller and cheaper things.
Repeat and underline: "variety store".
Number 8, repeat: "received".
Ruth received her packages from the cashier.
The cashier gave them to her.
Repeat and underline: "received".
Number 9, repeat: "downstairs".
She went downstairs to the first floor.
Repeat and underline: "downstairs".
Number 10, repeat: "go shopping".
Ruth enjoys the mall and will go shopping again soon.
Repeat and underline: "go shopping".
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.02-9.10] Go to Figure 2, look at the example, listen and repeat the word "cafeteria".
[10.58-17.10] Listen to the sentence and repeat it, then repeat the word and underline it when you hear it.
[18.26-22.64] Now repeat: "Ruth ate lunch in the cafeteria."
[27.79-30.35] Repeat and underline "cafeteria".
[32.85-35.89] Now listen, repeat, and underline.
[38.06-41.98] Number 1, repeat: "mall".
[44.06-45.18] "Shopping center".
[48.37-52.37] A mall or shopping center has many different stores in it.
[58.99-62.61] Repeat and underline: "mall".
[65.44-66.56] "Shopping center".
[72.61-79.95] Number 2, repeat: "decided to".
[79.97-80.45] "Shop".
[83.84-86.08] Ruth decided to shop at the mall.
[91.68-95.04] Repeat and underline: "decided to".
[99.01-99.57] "Shop".
[104.80-109.10] Number 3, repeat: "parking lot".
[112.82-116.74] She parked her car in the parking lot at the mall.
[123.10-126.88] Repeat and underline: "parking lot".
[133.90-140.43] Number 4, repeat: "shop".
[140.45-143.01] First she went to a bookshop in the mall.
[148.67-151.31] Repeat and underline: "shop".
[156.02-160.26] Number 5, repeat: "upstairs".
[163.26-163.95] "Clothing store".
[168.48-173.20] Then Ruth went upstairs to the clothing store and bought a dress.
[179.62-182.74] Repeat and underline: "upstairs".
[187.31-188.00] "Clothing store".
[193.23-197.61] Number 6, repeat: "department store".
[201.69-203.44] She went to a department store.
[209.12-214.16] It sells clothes, furniture, and things for the house.
[220.62-224.46] Repeat and underline: "department store".
[230.26-234.57] Number 7, repeat: "variety store".
[238.95-242.42] The variety store also sells different things,
[247.41-249.95] but they are smaller and cheaper things.
[255.94-259.62] Repeat and underline: "variety store".
[265.82-269.50] Number 8, repeat: "received".
[272.53-275.49] Ruth received her packages from the cashier.
[282.08-283.92] The cashier gave them to her.
[289.30-292.58] Repeat and underline: "received".
[297.13-301.24] Number 9, repeat: "downstairs".
[305.09-307.81] She went downstairs to the first floor.
[314.45-317.73] Repeat and underline: "downstairs".
[325.81-329.13] Number 10, repeat: "go shopping".
[333.39-337.63] Ruth enjoys the mall and will go shopping again soon.
[344.56-347.92] Repeat and underline: "go shopping".
#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk10-l2a-f3-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at figure 3.
Listen to a question.
Select the answer.
Number 1: Where did Ruth go?
The answer is A.
Repeat: Ruth went to the mall.
Number 2: Where did she park her car?
The answer is C.
Repeat: She parked her car in the parking lot.
Number 3: Which store did she go to first?
The answer is C.
Repeat: She went to the bookshop first.
Number 4: Where did Ruth buy a dress?
The answer is B.
She bought a dress at the clothing store.
Number 5: Can one buy a dress at a department store?
The answer is B.
Repeat: Yes, a department store sells dresses.
Number 6: Can one buy a refrigerator at a variety store?
The answer is C.
Repeat: No, a variety store doesn't sell refrigerators.
Number 7: How do you say, "She got her packages"?
The answer is A.
Repeat: She received them.
Number 8: What does Ruth like to do?
The answer is B.
Repeat: Ruth likes to go shopping.
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.34-3.46] Look at figure 3.
[4.26-5.38] Listen to a question.
[5.94-7.06] Select the answer.
[8.99-14.61] Number 1: Where did Ruth go?
[17.26-19.18] The answer is A.
[19.74-22.38] Repeat: Ruth went to the mall.
[26.93-32.61] Number 2: Where did she park her car?
[35.39-37.39] The answer is C.
[37.79-41.47] Repeat: She parked her car in the parking lot.
[47.15-51.76] Number 3: Which store did she go to first?
[57.70-59.62] The answer is C.
[60.10-63.22] Repeat: She went to the bookshop first.
[68.54-74.07] Number 4: Where did Ruth buy a dress?
[76.45-78.37] The answer is B.
[78.77-81.25] She bought a dress at the clothing store.
[87.44-92.11] Number 5: Can one buy a dress at a department store?
[96.77-98.45] The answer is B.
[99.09-103.41] Repeat: Yes, a department store sells dresses.
[108.70-113.71] Number 6: Can one buy a refrigerator at a variety store?
[118.77-120.69] The answer is C.
[121.17-126.45] Repeat: No, a variety store doesn't sell refrigerators.
[133.14-139.04] Number 7: How do you say, "She got her packages"?
[144.69-146.69] The answer is A.
[147.01-149.57] Repeat: She received them.
[155.89-159.09] Number 8: What does Ruth like to do?
[164.26-166.10] The answer is B.
[166.50-169.62] Repeat: Ruth likes to go shopping.
#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk10-l2a-f4-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now look at Figure 4: listen to the words and circle the number of the strong syllable.
The strong syllable is called a stressed syllable.
Listen to the example: "apologize," "apologize." The second syllable is stressed; circle the number 2.
Now listen and circle.
Number 1: "bicycle,"
"bicycle."
Number 2: "complete,"
"complete."
Number 3: "automobile,"
"automobile."
Number 4: "different,"
"different."
Number 5: "information,"
"information."
Number 6: "insurance," "insurance."
Number 7: "immediately," "immediately."
Number 8: "signature," "signature."
Number 9: "gymnasium,"
"gymnasium."
Number 10: "identification,"
"identification."
Check your work.
Number 1 is 1: "bicycle." Number 2 is 2: "complete." Number 3 is 1: "automobile." Number 4 is 1: "different." Number 5 is 3: "information." Number 6 is 2: "insurance." Number 7 is 2: "immediately." Number 8 is 1: "signature."
Number 9 is 2: "gymnasium." Number 10 is 5: "identification."
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.11-7.50] Now look at Figure 4: listen to the words and circle the number of the strong syllable.
[8.50-11.62] The strong syllable is called a stressed syllable.
[12.72-24.03] Listen to the example: "apologize," "apologize." The second syllable is stressed; circle the number 2.
[27.12-28.64] Now listen and circle.
[29.89-32.86] Number 1: "bicycle,"
[34.75-35.79] "bicycle."
[38.64-41.20] Number 2: "complete,"
[42.83-43.87] "complete."
[48.33-51.34] Number 3: "automobile,"
[53.17-54.29] "automobile."
[58.16-61.07] Number 4: "different,"
[62.67-63.55] "different."
[67.26-70.54] Number 5: "information,"
[72.09-73.23] "information."
[77.79-82.95] Number 6: "insurance," "insurance."
[87.75-93.03] Number 7: "immediately," "immediately."
[96.93-102.69] Number 8: "signature," "signature."
[106.35-109.65] Number 9: "gymnasium,"
[111.63-112.83] "gymnasium."
[116.13-119.67] Number 10: "identification,"
[121.41-123.03] "identification."
[128.19-129.03] Check your work.
[132.87-165.75] Number 1 is 1: "bicycle." Number 2 is 2: "complete." Number 3 is 1: "automobile." Number 4 is 1: "different." Number 5 is 3: "information." Number 6 is 2: "insurance." Number 7 is 2: "immediately." Number 8 is 1: "signature."
[168.45-176.61] Number 9 is 2: "gymnasium." Number 10 is 5: "identification."
#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk10-l2a-f5-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Go to Figure 5.
Now listen to a dialogue.
Did you go shopping at the mall today?
I sure did.
It was very crowded.
At first I couldn't find a place in the parking lot.
Finally I found one.
Where did you shop?
I shopped at the department store.
I ordered a dress from there last week, and I went to pick it up.
While I was there I bought some other things.
Did you go to any other stores?
Yes, I went to the bookshop.
I was looking for a book, but they didn't have it.
Did you have lunch at the cafeteria?
Yes, I did.
It was delicious.
Answer these questions about the dialogue.
Number 1: Where did the woman go shopping?
Repeat: The woman went shopping at the mall.
Number 2: Where did she park?
Repeat: She parked in the parking lot.
Number 3: Where did the woman shop and buy things?
Repeat: She shopped and bought things at the department store.
Number 4: What other store did she go to?
Repeat: She went to the bookshop.
Number 5: Where did she eat lunch?
Repeat: She ate lunch at the cafeteria.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.82-3.10] Go to Figure 5.
[3.58-4.86] Now listen to a dialogue.
[7.54-9.38] Did you go shopping at the mall today?
[10.53-11.33] I sure did.
[11.49-12.69] It was very crowded.
[13.17-15.49] At first I couldn't find a place in the parking lot.
[16.21-17.57] Finally I found one.
[18.45-19.25] Where did you shop?
[20.27-21.95] I shopped at the department store.
[22.51-25.55] I ordered a dress from there last week, and I went to pick it up.
[26.48-28.40] While I was there I bought some other things.
[29.12-30.48] Did you go to any other stores?
[31.28-32.88] Yes, I went to the bookshop.
[33.44-35.68] I was looking for a book, but they didn't have it.
[36.54-38.06] Did you have lunch at the cafeteria?
[38.86-39.66] Yes, I did.
[39.66-40.62] It was delicious.
[43.66-45.90] Answer these questions about the dialogue.
[47.10-50.38] Number 1: Where did the woman go shopping?
[54.69-58.10] Repeat: The woman went shopping at the mall.
[64.24-66.72] Number 2: Where did she park?
[71.36-74.24] Repeat: She parked in the parking lot.
[79.07-83.15] Number 3: Where did the woman shop and buy things?
[88.98-93.46] Repeat: She shopped and bought things at the department store.
[98.93-102.45] Number 4: What other store did she go to?
[108.98-111.46] Repeat: She went to the bookshop.
[116.11-119.31] Number 5: Where did she eat lunch?
[123.82-127.02] Repeat: She ate lunch at the cafeteria.
#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk10-l2a-f6-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 6.
Listen to a paragraph.
First, write the topic, then write the main idea of the paragraph in a complete sentence.
Listen.
Paragraph 1: "Apartment managers have a difficult job.
They make appointments, show the people the empty apartments, and take deposits on the rent.
They also have to talk to people when things in the apartments break or don't work.
Many times they have to work longer than 8 hours a day.
It's not an easy job."
Write the topic.
The topic is "Apartment managers." Now write the main idea.
The main idea is, "Apartment managers have difficult jobs."
Listen to the second paragraph.
Jane likes animals.
She has 2 dogs, a cat, and a bird.
She keeps her cat and bird in the house.
She has a yard with a fence, and her dogs stay outside in the yard.
She is good to her animals, and she likes to play with them.
Write the topic.
The topic is "Jane's animals." Now write the main idea.
The main idea is, "Jane likes animals." You may write the topic and main idea in different words, but the ideas should be the same.
Look on the answer page for this lesson for examples.
Discuss your topic and main ideas with your teacher after lab.
This is the end of Lesson 2A, Book 10.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.86-2.50] Look at Figure 6.
[3.86-5.06] Listen to a paragraph.
[5.81-11.89] First, write the topic, then write the main idea of the paragraph in a complete sentence.
[12.78-13.10] Listen.
[14.78-19.97] Paragraph 1: "Apartment managers have a difficult job.
[20.86-26.86] They make appointments, show the people the empty apartments, and take deposits on the rent.
[28.00-32.88] They also have to talk to people when things in the apartments break or don't work.
[33.92-37.36] Many times they have to work longer than 8 hours a day.
[38.08-39.76] It's not an easy job."
[45.01-45.97] Write the topic.
[56.85-62.10] The topic is "Apartment managers." Now write the main idea.
[84.85-88.85] The main idea is, "Apartment managers have difficult jobs."
[91.09-92.61] Listen to the second paragraph.
[94.67-96.27] Jane likes animals.
[96.91-100.19] She has 2 dogs, a cat, and a bird.
[100.83-103.39] She keeps her cat and bird in the house.
[104.11-108.91] She has a yard with a fence, and her dogs stay outside in the yard.
[109.97-113.73] She is good to her animals, and she likes to play with them.
[119.36-120.32] Write the topic.
[131.14-136.34] The topic is "Jane's animals." Now write the main idea.
[157.26-167.89] The main idea is, "Jane likes animals." You may write the topic and main idea in different words, but the ideas should be the same.
[169.17-172.05] Look on the answer page for this lesson for examples.
[172.94-176.38] Discuss your topic and main ideas with your teacher after lab.
[187.89-191.25] This is the end of Lesson 2A, Book 10.

480
sources/book-10/tape-2B.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,480 @@
#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk10-l2b-f1-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
American Language Course, Book 10, Lesson 2B.
Hello.
Open your book to the activities for Lesson 2B.
Look at the pictures in Figure 1.
Listen to a story.
Joan went to the shopping center with her mother.
Her mother went up the stairs to the second floor.
Joan didn't see her mother leave.
She was alone.
When she realized that, she was afraid and she cried.
Everybody tried to help her.
Joan's mother came back down on the escalator.
Everyone was glad to see her.
When Joan saw her mother, she was ready to go home.
The mother politely thanked everyone for their help.
Joan decided to watch her mother more carefully next time.
After supper, she told her neighbor about her day in the mall.
Now look at the example in Figure 1.
Listen and repeat the word and sentence.
Repeat: "supper."
Another name for dinner is supper.
Now underline the word while you say it: "supper."
Now listen, repeat, and underline.
Number 1.
Repeat: "shopping center."
Joan went to the shopping center with her mother.
Repeat and underline: "shopping center."
Number 2.
Repeat: "up," "stairs,"
"floor."
Her mother went up the stairs to the second floor.
Repeat and underline: "up," "stairs,"
"floor."
Number 3.
Repeat: "alone."
Joan didn't see her mother leave.
She was all alone.
Repeat and underline: "alone."
Number 4.
Repeat: "afraid."
When she realized that,
she was afraid and she cried.
Repeat and underline: "afraid."
Number 5.
Repeat: "everybody."
Everybody tried to help her.
Repeat and underline: "everybody."
Number 6.
Repeat: "down." "escalator."
Joan's mother came back down on the escalator.
Repeat and underline: "down."
"escalator."
Number 7.
Repeat: "everyone."
Everyone was glad to see her.
Repeat and underline: "everyone."
Number 8.
Repeat: "ready."
When Joan saw her mother,
she was ready to go home.
Repeat and underline: "ready."
Number 9.
Repeat: "politely."
The mother politely thanked everyone for their help.
Repeat and underline: "politely."
Number 10.
Repeat: "decided."
Joan decided to watch her mother more carefully next time.
Repeat and underline: "decided."
Number 11.
Repeat: "supper."
"neighbor."
After supper,
Joan told her neighbor
about her day at the mall.
Repeat and underline: "neighbor."
Segment timings (seconds):
[7.58-11.58] American Language Course, Book 10, Lesson 2B.
[17.70-18.10] Hello.
[18.82-22.10] Open your book to the activities for Lesson 2B.
[29.02-30.94] Look at the pictures in Figure 1.
[31.50-32.54] Listen to a story.
[34.53-37.17] Joan went to the shopping center with her mother.
[38.19-40.83] Her mother went up the stairs to the second floor.
[42.10-44.18] Joan didn't see her mother leave.
[44.66-45.70] She was alone.
[46.50-50.50] When she realized that, she was afraid and she cried.
[51.47-53.07] Everybody tried to help her.
[54.11-56.75] Joan's mother came back down on the escalator.
[57.68-59.52] Everyone was glad to see her.
[60.61-63.73] When Joan saw her mother, she was ready to go home.
[64.74-67.38] The mother politely thanked everyone for their help.
[68.34-71.70] Joan decided to watch her mother more carefully next time.
[72.56-76.16] After supper, she told her neighbor about her day in the mall.
[80.22-82.30] Now look at the example in Figure 1.
[82.98-85.38] Listen and repeat the word and sentence.
[86.29-87.81] Repeat: "supper."
[90.02-92.10] Another name for dinner is supper.
[97.68-101.76] Now underline the word while you say it: "supper."
[104.77-107.81] Now listen, repeat, and underline.
[108.72-109.68] Number 1.
[110.24-112.48] Repeat: "shopping center."
[115.87-118.43] Joan went to the shopping center with her mother.
[123.78-127.06] Repeat and underline: "shopping center."
[130.85-131.57] Number 2.
[132.05-137.89] Repeat: "up," "stairs,"
[140.14-140.19] "floor."
[144.00-147.28] Her mother went up the stairs to the second floor.
[153.14-159.17] Repeat and underline: "up," "stairs,"
[162.00-162.80] "floor."
[165.92-167.12] Number 3.
[167.28-169.32] Repeat: "alone."
[171.31-173.31] Joan didn't see her mother leave.
[177.22-181.23] She was all alone.
[183.15-185.87] Repeat and underline: "alone."
[190.11-190.83] Number 4.
[191.47-193.53] Repeat: "afraid."
[196.11-201.09] When she realized that,
[202.83-205.07] she was afraid and she cried.
[209.14-212.07] Repeat and underline: "afraid."
[219.45-220.18] Number 5.
[220.77-222.54] Repeat: "everybody."
[226.11-227.92] Everybody tried to help her.
[232.08-235.04] Repeat and underline: "everybody."
[238.64-239.52] Number 6.
[239.99-246.27] Repeat: "down." "escalator."
[249.87-252.24] Joan's mother came back down on the escalator.
[257.98-260.99] Repeat and underline: "down."
[264.14-265.10] "escalator."
[268.08-269.75] Number 7.
[270.30-271.93] Repeat: "everyone."
[274.77-279.03] Everyone was glad to see her.
[280.30-282.42] Repeat and underline: "everyone."
[286.05-286.28] Number 8.
[286.72-289.05] Repeat: "ready."
[291.09-292.92] When Joan saw her mother,
[296.29-297.97] she was ready to go home.
[301.81-304.98] Repeat and underline: "ready."
[308.06-309.42] Number 9.
[309.87-311.23] Repeat: "politely."
[314.49-317.57] The mother politely thanked everyone for their help.
[322.95-325.83] Repeat and underline: "politely."
[329.37-330.21] Number 10.
[330.99-332.19] Repeat: "decided."
[336.27-339.95] Joan decided to watch her mother more carefully next time.
[344.82-347.43] Repeat and underline: "decided."
[350.77-351.86] Number 11.
[352.31-353.81] Repeat: "supper."
[356.77-357.49] "neighbor."
[361.17-362.11] After supper,
[364.67-366.19] Joan told her neighbor
[369.09-370.69] about her day at the mall.
[373.63-376.58] Repeat and underline: "neighbor."
#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk10-l2b-f2-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 2, listen to some sentences.
Write T for true or F for false.
Number 1: "Joan and her mother went to a shopping center."
Number 2: "Joan and her mother went on the escalator to the second floor."
Number 3: "Joan wasn't afraid to be alone."
Number 4: "Everybody tried to help Joan."
Number 5: "Joan's mother came down on the escalator."
Number 6: "Joan didn't want to go home and eat."
Number 7: "Joan decided to watch her mother more carefully next time."
Number 8: "Joan didn't want to talk about her day at the mall."
Let's check your answers.
Number 1 is true.
Repeat: "Joan and her mother went to a shopping center."
Number 2 is false.
"Joan and her mother didn't go to the second floor on the escalator." Repeat: "Joan's mother went up the stairs to the second floor."
Number 3 is false.
Repeat: "Joan was afraid to be alone."
Number 4 is true.
Repeat: "Everybody tried to help Joan."
Number 5 is true.
Repeat: "Joan's mother came down on the escalator."
Number 6 is false.
Repeat: "Joan was ready to go home."
Number 7 is true.
Repeat: "Joan decided to watch her mother more carefully next time."
Number 8 is false.
"Joan did talk about her day at the mall." Repeat: "After dinner, she told her neighbor about her day at the mall."
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.37-5.57] Look at Figure 2, listen to some sentences.
[6.37-9.89] Write T for true or F for false.
[10.98-15.14] Number 1: "Joan and her mother went to a shopping center."
[18.51-23.39] Number 2: "Joan and her mother went on the escalator to the second floor."
[26.82-30.42] Number 3: "Joan wasn't afraid to be alone."
[33.52-36.88] Number 4: "Everybody tried to help Joan."
[39.82-43.58] Number 5: "Joan's mother came down on the escalator."
[46.75-50.27] Number 6: "Joan didn't want to go home and eat."
[53.57-58.37] Number 7: "Joan decided to watch her mother more carefully next time."
[62.37-66.29] Number 8: "Joan didn't want to talk about her day at the mall."
[73.01-74.37] Let's check your answers.
[77.28-78.96] Number 1 is true.
[79.44-83.12] Repeat: "Joan and her mother went to a shopping center."
[89.26-91.26] Number 2 is false.
[92.10-101.14] "Joan and her mother didn't go to the second floor on the escalator." Repeat: "Joan's mother went up the stairs to the second floor."
[107.44-109.28] Number 3 is false.
[109.68-112.88] Repeat: "Joan was afraid to be alone."
[117.84-119.60] Number 4 is true.
[120.00-123.28] Repeat: "Everybody tried to help Joan."
[127.73-129.49] Number 5 is true.
[130.05-134.13] Repeat: "Joan's mother came down on the escalator."
[140.11-142.03] Number 6 is false.
[142.43-145.63] Repeat: "Joan was ready to go home."
[149.98-151.74] Number 7 is true.
[152.46-156.94] Repeat: "Joan decided to watch her mother more carefully next time."
[163.63-165.55] Number 8 is false.
[166.03-174.19] "Joan did talk about her day at the mall." Repeat: "After dinner, she told her neighbor about her day at the mall."
#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk10-l2b-f3-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now look at figure 3: first, listen to a word, then write and say the letters while they are spelled, then listen and repeat the sentence.
Number 1: shopping center.
S-H-O-P-P-I-N-G, shopping.
C-E-N-T-E-R, center.
Repeat: There are many different stores in a shopping center.
Number 2: upstairs.
U-P-S-T-A-I-R-S, upstairs.
Repeat: An escalator will take you upstairs.
Number 3: alone.
A-L-O-N-E, alone.
Repeat: All the students were gone.
The teacher was alone.
Number 4: afraid.
A-F-R-A-I-D, afraid.
Repeat: Some people are afraid of dogs.
Number 5: everybody.
E-V-E-R-Y-B-O-D-Y, everybody.
Repeat: Everybody bought a ticket to the game.
Number 6: supper.
S-U-P-P-E-R, supper.
Repeat: Supper is another word for dinner.
Number 7: neighbor.
N-E-I-G-H-B-O-R, neighbor.
Repeat: A neighbor lives near you.
Number 8: mall.
M-A-L-L, mall.
Repeat: Mall is another word for shopping center.
Number 9: receive.
R-E-C-E-I-V-E, receive.
Repeat: Everyone likes to receive mail from home.
Number 10: cafeteria.
C-A-F-E-T-E-R-I-A, cafeteria.
Repeat: The students eat in the cafeteria every day.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.54-13.38] Now look at figure 3: first, listen to a word, then write and say the letters while they are spelled, then listen and repeat the sentence.
[15.42-18.14] Number 1: shopping center.
[20.02-27.09] S-H-O-P-P-I-N-G, shopping.
[30.39-35.13] C-E-N-T-E-R, center.
[36.69-40.65] Repeat: There are many different stores in a shopping center.
[46.05-48.27] Number 2: upstairs.
[49.47-57.33] U-P-S-T-A-I-R-S, upstairs.
[59.73-63.33] Repeat: An escalator will take you upstairs.
[65.91-69.03] Number 3: alone.
[69.57-73.59] A-L-O-N-E, alone.
[74.73-77.87] Repeat: All the students were gone.
[80.70-82.14] The teacher was alone.
[85.25-87.33] Number 4: afraid.
[89.31-93.81] A-F-R-A-I-D, afraid.
[95.31-98.73] Repeat: Some people are afraid of dogs.
[102.87-105.69] Number 5: everybody.
[106.23-113.37] E-V-E-R-Y-B-O-D-Y, everybody.
[114.21-117.69] Repeat: Everybody bought a ticket to the game.
[123.81-125.85] Number 6: supper.
[127.65-132.09] S-U-P-P-E-R, supper.
[133.23-136.65] Repeat: Supper is another word for dinner.
[140.61-142.83] Number 7: neighbor.
[144.33-150.33] N-E-I-G-H-B-O-R, neighbor.
[151.83-154.71] Repeat: A neighbor lives near you.
[158.67-160.53] Number 8: mall.
[161.61-164.31] M-A-L-L, mall.
[166.05-170.13] Repeat: Mall is another word for shopping center.
[174.93-176.73] Number 9: receive.
[177.99-182.43] R-E-C-E-I-V-E, receive.
[183.99-188.25] Repeat: Everyone likes to receive mail from home.
[193.59-196.17] Number 10: cafeteria.
[197.97-204.03] C-A-F-E-T-E-R-I-A, cafeteria.
[205.53-209.67] Repeat: The students eat in the cafeteria every day.
#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk10-l2b-f4-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at the example in Figure 4.
Listen to the two sentences: "Sam was glad he has a new car." Now repeat the new sentence: "Sam was glad to have a new car."
Now listen to a sentence.
Read the sentence in your book and make a new sentence.
Number 1: "Fran is pleased."
Repeat: "Fran is pleased to have a new coat."
Number 2: "Roger is sorry."
Repeat: "Roger is sorry to leave Texas."
Number 3: "Jane is afraid."
Repeat: "Jane is afraid to go to the doctors."
Number 4: "Lil was happy."
Repeat: "Lil was happy to get the message."
Number 5: "Max was surprised."
Repeat: "Max was surprised to find his ID under the bed."
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.30-4.22] Look at the example in Figure 4.
[5.22-16.93] Listen to the two sentences: "Sam was glad he has a new car." Now repeat the new sentence: "Sam was glad to have a new car."
[20.93-22.37] Now listen to a sentence.
[23.26-26.46] Read the sentence in your book and make a new sentence.
[28.22-31.26] Number 1: "Fran is pleased."
[34.46-38.06] Repeat: "Fran is pleased to have a new coat."
[42.03-44.59] Number 2: "Roger is sorry."
[48.88-52.32] Repeat: "Roger is sorry to leave Texas."
[57.47-60.03] Number 3: "Jane is afraid."
[63.86-67.22] Repeat: "Jane is afraid to go to the doctors."
[72.98-75.54] Number 4: "Lil was happy."
[79.38-82.58] Repeat: "Lil was happy to get the message."
[88.10-91.22] Number 5: "Max was surprised."
[93.84-98.00] Repeat: "Max was surprised to find his ID under the bed."
#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk10-l2b-f5-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now look at the example in Figure 5.
Listen to the question.
Use the words and answer the question.
Listen: "Is he happy?"
Repeat: "Yes, he's happy to go home tomorrow."
Listen, then answer the question.
Number 1: "Was Jane afraid?"
Repeat: "Yes, she was afraid to lose her wallet."
Number 2: "What was he scared to do?"
Repeat: "He was scared to cross the highway."
Number 3: "Were they happy?"
Repeat: "No, they weren't happy to move out of town."
Number 4: "Is it dangerous here?"
Repeat: "Yes, it's dangerous to swim here."
Number 5: "Is John glad?"
Repeat: "No, he's not glad to change jobs."
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.89-3.97] Now look at the example in Figure 5.
[4.77-5.89] Listen to the question.
[6.98-8.98] Use the words and answer the question.
[10.70-12.38] Listen: "Is he happy?"
[14.05-17.12] Repeat: "Yes, he's happy to go home tomorrow."
[20.22-22.22] Listen, then answer the question.
[23.82-29.01] Number 1: "Was Jane afraid?"
[31.36-35.12] Repeat: "Yes, she was afraid to lose her wallet."
[40.24-43.71] Number 2: "What was he scared to do?"
[48.38-51.66] Repeat: "He was scared to cross the highway."
[57.98-60.54] Number 3: "Were they happy?"
[65.18-69.18] Repeat: "No, they weren't happy to move out of town."
[74.94-77.74] Number 4: "Is it dangerous here?"
[82.27-86.19] Repeat: "Yes, it's dangerous to swim here."
[91.98-97.23] Number 5: "Is John glad?"
[99.14-102.90] Repeat: "No, he's not glad to change jobs."
#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk10-l2b-f6-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now look at the example in Figure 6.
Use the words and ask a question.
Repeat: Are you ready to eat?
Number 1.
Repeat: Are you ready to go?
Number 2.
Repeat: Is he sad to leave?
Number 3.
Repeat: Is it safe to play here?
Number 4.
Repeat: Are you afraid to swim?
Number 5.
Repeat: Are they ready to eat?
Number 6.
Repeat: Is she happy to leave?
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.56-4.72] Now look at the example in Figure 6.
[5.36-7.36] Use the words and ask a question.
[12.06-14.22] Repeat: Are you ready to eat?
[18.64-19.60] Number 1.
[23.30-25.38] Repeat: Are you ready to go?
[29.89-30.69] Number 2.
[34.72-40.05] Repeat: Is he sad to leave?
[42.69-43.65] Number 3.
[48.29-51.09] Repeat: Is it safe to play here?
[56.21-57.09] Number 4.
[61.63-64.51] Repeat: Are you afraid to swim?
[70.03-70.91] Number 5.
[74.61-77.17] Repeat: Are they ready to eat?
[82.58-83.54] Number 6.
[87.20-92.61] Repeat: Is she happy to leave?
#### TAPE — Figure 7 (clip filenames start: bk10-l2b-f7-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Go to Figure 7.
This is a dictation exercise.
Listen to a paragraph first.
Do you know how to open an account at a bank?
First select a bank near your home or office.
Then go to the bank and speak to the bank clerk.
It's best to take your ID with you.
The bank clerk will ask for your name and address.
He will also ask about your job.
It's good to have a savings account and a checking account.
Open both of them.
Now listen again and write the group of words you hear.
Do you know.
How to open.
An account at a bank.
First select a bank.
Near your home.
Or office.
Then go to the bank.
And speak to.
The bank clerk.
It's best to take.
Your ID with you.
The bank clerk will ask.
For your name and address.
He'll also ask.
About your job.
It's good to have.
A savings account.
And a checking account.
Open both of them.
Now listen again and check your sentences.
Do you know how to open an account at a bank?
First select a bank near your home or office.
Then go to the bank and speak to the bank clerk.
It's best to take your ID with you.
The bank clerk will ask for your name and address.
He'll also ask about your job.
It's good to have a savings account and a checking account.
Open both of them.
You can check your paragraph on the answer page for this lesson.
This is the end of Lesson 2B, Book 10.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.62-2.82] Go to Figure 7.
[3.46-5.62] This is a dictation exercise.
[6.42-8.10] Listen to a paragraph first.
[11.79-14.59] Do you know how to open an account at a bank?
[15.57-18.77] First select a bank near your home or office.
[19.73-22.37] Then go to the bank and speak to the bank clerk.
[23.54-25.62] It's best to take your ID with you.
[27.42-30.22] The bank clerk will ask for your name and address.
[31.15-33.23] He will also ask about your job.
[34.50-37.78] It's good to have a savings account and a checking account.
[38.74-40.02] Open both of them.
[42.85-45.81] Now listen again and write the group of words you hear.
[48.46-51.93] Do you know.
[60.22-63.81] How to open.
[71.46-75.81] An account at a bank.
[93.74-95.50] First select a bank.
[110.61-111.89] Near your home.
[123.38-124.42] Or office.
[134.99-139.11] Then go to the bank.
[150.18-154.59] And speak to.
[159.41-160.53] The bank clerk.
[170.74-172.02] It's best to take.
[184.91-186.43] Your ID with you.
[200.06-201.66] The bank clerk will ask.
[218.34-220.26] For your name and address.
[237.55-239.31] He'll also ask.
[248.91-252.99] About your job.
[260.85-265.83] It's good to have.
[274.77-279.63] A savings account.
[289.41-290.93] And a checking account.
[305.90-307.42] Open both of them.
[323.42-326.06] Now listen again and check your sentences.
[327.89-331.25] Do you know how to open an account at a bank?
[332.48-336.08] First select a bank near your home or office.
[337.10-340.38] Then go to the bank and speak to the bank clerk.
[341.70-344.02] It's best to take your ID with you.
[345.31-348.59] The bank clerk will ask for your name and address.
[348.91-352.21] He'll also ask about your job.
[352.43-357.58] It's good to have a savings account and a checking account.
[358.77-360.13] Open both of them.
[363.04-366.32] You can check your paragraph on the answer page for this lesson.
[371.89-374.53] This is the end of Lesson 2B, Book 10.

540
sources/book-10/tape-2C.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,540 @@
#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk10-l2c-f1-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
American Language Course, Book 10, Lesson 2C.
Hello.
Open your book to the activities for Lesson 2C.
Look at Figure 1, listen to a dialogue, then answer the questions.
Listen.
Let's go shopping, Mary.
I need some new clothes.
Okay, Peg.
There's a nice dress shop in the mall.
There's a good shoe store there too.
I'll help you shop.
I don't need any clothes, but I do want to get some things at the department store.
This will be fun.
Let's go.
Now answer the questions.
Circle A, B, or C.
Number 1: What does Peg need?
Number 2: Where are they going?
Number 3: Where does Mary want to go?
Let's check your answers.
Number 1 is C.
Peg needs some new clothes.
Number 2 is A.
They are going to the mall.
Number 3 is C.
Mary wants to go to the department store.
Segment timings (seconds):
[8.80-13.20] American Language Course, Book 10, Lesson 2C.
[19.52-20.08] Hello.
[20.96-24.00] Open your book to the activities for Lesson 2C.
[32.05-37.49] Look at Figure 1, listen to a dialogue, then answer the questions.
[37.89-38.37] Listen.
[41.33-42.61] Let's go shopping, Mary.
[42.69-44.05] I need some new clothes.
[45.02-45.74] Okay, Peg.
[46.14-47.98] There's a nice dress shop in the mall.
[48.86-51.02] There's a good shoe store there too.
[52.11-53.07] I'll help you shop.
[53.71-58.03] I don't need any clothes, but I do want to get some things at the department store.
[58.59-59.55] This will be fun.
[59.63-60.35] Let's go.
[63.38-64.98] Now answer the questions.
[65.38-67.70] Circle A, B, or C.
[68.98-71.74] Number 1: What does Peg need?
[77.81-80.51] Number 2: Where are they going?
[87.06-90.53] Number 3: Where does Mary want to go?
[97.41-99.01] Let's check your answers.
[100.37-101.81] Number 1 is C.
[102.83-104.67] Peg needs some new clothes.
[106.46-107.90] Number 2 is A.
[109.34-110.62] They are going to the mall.
[112.61-114.13] Number 3 is C.
[115.66-117.90] Mary wants to go to the department store.
#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk10-l2c-f2-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 2.
Listen to the dialogue and then select the answers to the questions.
Brr, it's cold.
It sure is, but it's colder in the north.
They hadice on their roads this morning.
What was the temperature up north?
It was 10 degrees.
That's very cold.
I guess I shouldn't say 36 degrees; it's cold.
Now answer the questions.
Number 1: Where did they haveice on the roads?
Number 2: What was the temperature in the north?
Number 3: What is the temperature here?
Let's check your answers.
Number 1 is A.
They hadice on the roads in the north.
Number 2 is C.
The temperature in the north was 10 degrees.
Number 3 is B.
The temperature here is 36 degrees.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.66-3.50] Look at Figure 2.
[3.50-7.34] Listen to the dialogue and then select the answers to the questions.
[13.65-15.57] Brr, it's cold.
[16.32-18.56] It sure is, but it's colder in the north.
[18.80-20.40] They hadice on their roads this morning.
[21.12-22.56] What was the temperature up north?
[22.88-23.92] It was 10 degrees.
[24.24-25.36] That's very cold.
[26.08-28.88] I guess I shouldn't say 36 degrees; it's cold.
[32.18-33.86] Now answer the questions.
[35.28-38.85] Number 1: Where did they haveice on the roads?
[45.95-49.42] Number 2: What was the temperature in the north?
[57.04-60.38] Number 3: What is the temperature here?
[65.94-67.54] Let's check your answers.
[69.10-70.62] Number 1 is A.
[71.84-73.84] They hadice on the roads in the north.
[75.74-77.34] Number 2 is C.
[78.37-80.85] The temperature in the north was 10 degrees.
[82.74-84.42] Number 3 is B.
[85.41-88.29] The temperature here is 36 degrees.
#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk10-l2c-f3-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now look at Figure 3, listen, then answer the questions.
Are you going to take a vacation this summer, Art?
Yes, but I haven't decided on the place.
I thought you were going to drive to the mountains.
I'd like to.
I want to go there because I like to take long walks in the mountains, but my family wants to go to the ocean.
They like to swim.
Maybe you can go to a lake.
They can swim and you can walk.
Answer the questions.
Number 1: Where does Art want to go?
Number 2: What does his family like to do?
Number 3: Where did his friends say they should go?
Let's check your work.
Number 1 is C: Art wants to go to the mountains.
Number 2 is B: His family likes to swim.
Number 3 is A: His friends said they should go to the lake.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.92-6.72] Now look at Figure 3, listen, then answer the questions.
[9.68-12.00] Are you going to take a vacation this summer, Art?
[12.56-14.64] Yes, but I haven't decided on the place.
[15.57-17.57] I thought you were going to drive to the mountains.
[18.13-18.85] I'd like to.
[19.33-24.61] I want to go there because I like to take long walks in the mountains, but my family wants to go to the ocean.
[25.01-25.89] They like to swim.
[27.22-28.58] Maybe you can go to a lake.
[29.14-30.66] They can swim and you can walk.
[33.84-35.20] Answer the questions.
[36.30-39.26] Number 1: Where does Art want to go?
[45.57-48.85] Number 2: What does his family like to do?
[56.37-59.73] Number 3: Where did his friends say they should go?
[67.31-68.67] Let's check your work.
[70.11-74.72] Number 1 is C: Art wants to go to the mountains.
[76.67-80.91] Number 2 is B: His family likes to swim.
[82.80-87.89] Number 3 is A: His friends said they should go to the lake.
#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk10-l2c-f4-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at the box in Figure 4.
Listen and repeat.
John leaves tomorrow.
John will leave tomorrow.
John is going to leave tomorrow.
John is leaving tomorrow.
All these sentences mean the same thing.
Now listen and repeat the sentences.
Look at the changes.
Number 1.
Repeat.
The Smiths shop next week for their trip.
The Smiths will shop next week for their trip.
Number 2.
Repeat.
They leave next month on their vacation.
They are going to leave next month on their vacation.
Number 3.
Repeat.
They pack their suitcases tomorrow.
They are packing their suitcases tomorrow.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.89-3.81] Look at the box in Figure 4.
[4.21-5.33] Listen and repeat.
[6.91-8.43] John leaves tomorrow.
[12.69-14.29] John will leave tomorrow.
[18.70-20.78] John is going to leave tomorrow.
[26.03-27.55] John is leaving tomorrow.
[33.39-36.03] All these sentences mean the same thing.
[36.59-38.59] Now listen and repeat the sentences.
[39.23-40.35] Look at the changes.
[41.62-42.34] Number 1.
[42.98-43.54] Repeat.
[45.30-47.62] The Smiths shop next week for their trip.
[55.60-58.16] The Smiths will shop next week for their trip.
[64.78-65.50] Number 2.
[65.90-66.38] Repeat.
[67.86-70.02] They leave next month on their vacation.
[75.82-78.70] They are going to leave next month on their vacation.
[84.51-85.23] Number 3.
[85.63-86.19] Repeat.
[87.34-89.34] They pack their suitcases tomorrow.
[96.30-98.54] They are packing their suitcases tomorrow.
#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk10-l2c-f5-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now look at the picture in Figure 5; listen to a story about the Smiths and the trip they are going to take.
The Smiths are on vacation all of next month.
Their plane arrives in London tomorrow morning.
The next week they fly to Rome.
They spend a week there.
Then they go on to Cairo.
They sightsee in Cairo for a week.
After that they fly home.
Then Jim and Jan Smith return to work, and the children go back to school.
Look at the example in Figure 5.
Listen: "The Smiths will be on vacation all of next month." Change the words "will be" to "are." Write the word "are" in the first blank.
Now listen to the story.
Change the words and complete the sentences.
Their plane will arrive in London tomorrow morning.
The next week they will fly to Rome.
They will spend a week there.
Then they will go on to Cairo.
They will sightsee in Cairo for a week.
After that they will fly home.
Then Jim and Jan Smith will return to work, and the children will go back to school.
Now let's check your answers.
Repeat theright sentences.
Repeat: "The Smiths are on vacation all of next month."
Repeat: "Their plane arrives in London tomorrow morning."
Repeat: "The next week they fly to Rome."
Repeat: "They spend a week there."
Repeat: "Then they go on to Cairo."
Repeat: "They sightsee in Cairo for a week."
Repeat: "After that they fly home."
Repeat: "Then Jim and Jan Smith return to work."
And the children go back to school.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.82-8.70] Now look at the picture in Figure 5; listen to a story about the Smiths and the trip they are going to take.
[10.59-13.55] The Smiths are on vacation all of next month.
[14.94-17.42] Their plane arrives in London tomorrow morning.
[18.75-20.99] The next week they fly to Rome.
[21.97-23.25] They spend a week there.
[24.18-25.86] Then they go on to Cairo.
[27.17-29.25] They sightsee in Cairo for a week.
[30.43-32.19] After that they fly home.
[33.54-38.74] Then Jim and Jan Smith return to work, and the children go back to school.
[43.66-45.90] Look at the example in Figure 5.
[46.30-58.78] Listen: "The Smiths will be on vacation all of next month." Change the words "will be" to "are." Write the word "are" in the first blank.
[62.03-63.71] Now listen to the story.
[64.27-66.99] Change the words and complete the sentences.
[69.46-72.26] Their plane will arrive in London tomorrow morning.
[80.10-82.34] The next week they will fly to Rome.
[89.41-90.85] They will spend a week there.
[97.81-99.97] Then they will go on to Cairo.
[107.15-109.47] They will sightsee in Cairo for a week.
[117.28-119.44] After that they will fly home.
[126.88-133.12] Then Jim and Jan Smith will return to work, and the children will go back to school.
[140.64-142.40] Now let's check your answers.
[142.88-144.64] Repeat theright sentences.
[146.05-150.34] Repeat: "The Smiths are on vacation all of next month."
[156.58-160.61] Repeat: "Their plane arrives in London tomorrow morning."
[167.06-170.78] Repeat: "The next week they fly to Rome."
[178.29-181.04] Repeat: "They spend a week there."
[188.11-191.46] Repeat: "Then they go on to Cairo."
[198.14-201.84] Repeat: "They sightsee in Cairo for a week."
[209.02-212.35] Repeat: "After that they fly home."
[218.69-222.50] Repeat: "Then Jim and Jan Smith return to work."
[228.22-230.14] And the children go back to school.
#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk10-l2c-f6-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now look at Figure 6: listen to an introduction, listen to the things people say when they meet for the first time.
Mary, have you met Jack?
No, I haven't.
Let me introduce you: Mary, this is Jack Jones.
Jack, this is Mary Barr.
How do you do, Jack?
It's a pleasure to meet you, Mary.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.92-10.32] Now look at Figure 6: listen to an introduction, listen to the things people say when they meet for the first time.
[13.81-15.33] Mary, have you met Jack?
[16.13-17.01] No, I haven't.
[17.73-21.49] Let me introduce you: Mary, this is Jack Jones.
[21.97-23.65] Jack, this is Mary Barr.
[24.59-25.47] How do you do, Jack?
[26.11-27.47] It's a pleasure to meet you, Mary.
#### TAPE — Figure 7 (clip filenames start: bk10-l2c-f7-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now look at figure 7.
Repeat these sentences.
Number 1: "I'd like you to meet my sister."
Number 2: "Have you met my friend Joe?"
Number 3: "Let me introduce you to my wife."
Number 4: "I want you to meet my husband."
Number 5: "This is David Williams."
Number 6: "It's a pleasure to meet you."
Number 7: "I'm happy to meet you."
Number 8: "How do you do?"
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.92-3.44] Now look at figure 7.
[3.76-5.36] Repeat these sentences.
[6.64-10.10] Number 1: "I'd like you to meet my sister."
[16.10-19.49] Number 2: "Have you met my friend Joe?"
[24.96-28.85] Number 3: "Let me introduce you to my wife."
[34.59-38.24] Number 4: "I want you to meet my husband."
[43.58-46.54] Number 5: "This is David Williams."
[51.60-54.48] Number 6: "It's a pleasure to meet you."
[58.48-61.23] Number 7: "I'm happy to meet you."
[66.24-68.42] Number 8: "How do you do?"
#### TAPE — Figure 8 (clip filenames start: bk10-l2c-f8-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now look at the example in Figure 8: listen to a word and complete the sentence.
Don't write it; just say the complete sentence.
Listen: "Lieutenant Anders."
Repeat: "I'd like you to meet Lieutenant Anders."
Listen: "Lieutenant Anders," then complete the sentence.
Number 1: "Captain Carr."
Repeat: "I'd like you to meet Captain Carr."
Number 2: "Jane Smith."
Repeat: "Have you met Jane Smith?"
Number 3: "My mother."
Repeat: "Let me introduce you to my mother."
Number 4: "Rita."
Repeat: "I want you to meet my sister Rita."
Number 5: "Colonel Davis."
Repeat: "This is Colonel Davis."
Number 6: "A pleasure."
Repeat: "It's a pleasure to meet you."
Number 7: "Glad."
Repeat: "I'm glad to meet you."
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.02-7.46] Now look at the example in Figure 8: listen to a word and complete the sentence.
[7.94-11.22] Don't write it; just say the complete sentence.
[12.02-14.96] Listen: "Lieutenant Anders."
[18.13-21.89] Repeat: "I'd like you to meet Lieutenant Anders."
[29.25-31.97] Listen: "Lieutenant Anders," then complete the sentence.
[33.79-36.27] Number 1: "Captain Carr."
[42.38-45.71] Repeat: "I'd like you to meet Captain Carr."
[52.06-54.30] Number 2: "Jane Smith."
[61.55-64.11] Repeat: "Have you met Jane Smith?"
[70.62-72.46] Number 3: "My mother."
[79.10-82.58] Repeat: "Let me introduce you to my mother."
[89.97-91.41] Number 4: "Rita."
[96.72-100.03] Repeat: "I want you to meet my sister Rita."
[106.74-109.06] Number 5: "Colonel Davis."
[115.04-117.20] Repeat: "This is Colonel Davis."
[122.03-123.79] Number 6: "A pleasure."
[130.61-133.28] Repeat: "It's a pleasure to meet you."
[138.62-140.38] Number 7: "Glad."
[146.30-148.54] Repeat: "I'm glad to meet you."
#### TAPE — Figure 9 (clip filenames start: bk10-l2c-f9-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 9: there are 3 main rules for introductions.
First, always introduce men to women; second, always introduce younger people to older people; and third, always introduce people of lower rank to people of higher rank.
Look at the example in Figure 9.
Look at the rules, and make an introduction.
Listen: "Mrs.
Hall and Mr.
Wynn, I'd like you to meet my friend." "Mrs.
Hall, this is Mr.
Wynn."
Repeat: "I'd like you to meet my friend.
Mrs.
Hall, this is Mr.
Wynn."
Now listen carefully.
Look at the rules and make an introduction.
Number 1: Lieutenant Ali and Colonel James.
Repeat: "I'd like you to meet my friend.
Colonel James, this is Lieutenant Ali."
Number 2: Mary Wilson and John Hill.
Repeat: "I'd like you to meet my friend.
Mary Wilson, this is John Hill."
Number 3: Captain Black and Sergeant Green.
Repeat: "I'd like you to meet my friend.
Captain Black, this is Sergeant Green."
Number 4: Jack Brown and Jane Smith.
Repeat: "I'd like you to meet my friend.
Jane Smith, this is Jack Brown."
Number 5: Private White and Sergeant Gray.
Repeat: "I'd like you to meet my friend.
Sergeant Gray, this is Private White."
Number 6: Colonel Hall and General Davis.
Repeat: "I'd like you to meet my friend.
General Davis, this is Colonel Hall."
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.79-6.43] Look at Figure 9: there are 3 main rules for introductions.
[6.91-21.39] First, always introduce men to women; second, always introduce younger people to older people; and third, always introduce people of lower rank to people of higher rank.
[22.32-24.48] Look at the example in Figure 9.
[25.28-27.92] Look at the rules, and make an introduction.
[28.56-30.48] Listen: "Mrs.
[30.48-31.60] Hall and Mr.
[31.60-36.32] Wynn, I'd like you to meet my friend." "Mrs.
[36.32-37.84] Hall, this is Mr.
[37.84-38.32] Wynn."
[42.38-45.74] Repeat: "I'd like you to meet my friend.
[46.30-46.78] Mrs.
[46.78-48.38] Hall, this is Mr.
[48.38-48.86] Wynn."
[55.94-57.46] Now listen carefully.
[57.86-60.34] Look at the rules and make an introduction.
[62.69-66.94] Number 1: Lieutenant Ali and Colonel James.
[75.10-78.30] Repeat: "I'd like you to meet my friend.
[79.02-81.50] Colonel James, this is Lieutenant Ali."
[91.92-95.92] Number 2: Mary Wilson and John Hill.
[103.98-107.34] Repeat: "I'd like you to meet my friend.
[108.59-111.15] Mary Wilson, this is John Hill."
[116.93-121.02] Number 3: Captain Black and Sergeant Green.
[127.41-130.21] Repeat: "I'd like you to meet my friend.
[130.93-133.49] Captain Black, this is Sergeant Green."
[140.85-144.90] Number 4: Jack Brown and Jane Smith.
[153.41-156.24] Repeat: "I'd like you to meet my friend.
[157.25-159.73] Jane Smith, this is Jack Brown."
[168.62-172.86] Number 5: Private White and Sergeant Gray.
[180.59-183.49] Repeat: "I'd like you to meet my friend.
[184.51-187.15] Sergeant Gray, this is Private White."
[197.58-201.81] Number 6: Colonel Hall and General Davis.
[209.97-212.69] Repeat: "I'd like you to meet my friend.
[213.62-216.10] General Davis, this is Colonel Hall."
#### TAPE — Figure 10 (clip filenames start: bk10-l2c-f10-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 10, listen to a dialogue.
Mr.
Hill, have you met Ms.
Jane Dowell?
She'll be in your class this week.
I'm happy to know you, Ms.
Dowell.
I hope you'll enjoy my class.
How do you do, sir?
Now you take part in the conversation.
This time you be the instructor.
Listen.
Mr.
Hill, have you met Ms.
Jane Dowell?
She will be in your class this week.
How do you do, sir?
Now be Student Number 1.
Begin.
I'm happy to know you, Ms.
Dowell.
I hope you'll enjoy my class.
How do you do, sir?
Now be Student Number 2.
Listen.
Mr.
Hill, have you met Ms.
Jane Dowell?
She'll be in your class this week.
I'm happy to know you, Ms.
Dowell.
I hope you'll enjoy my class.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.70-4.74] Look at Figure 10, listen to a dialogue.
[11.15-11.39] Mr.
[11.39-12.67] Hill, have you met Ms.
[12.67-13.39] Jane Dowell?
[13.63-15.31] She'll be in your class this week.
[16.27-17.23] I'm happy to know you, Ms.
[17.23-17.63] Dowell.
[18.03-19.47] I hope you'll enjoy my class.
[20.27-21.07] How do you do, sir?
[23.38-25.22] Now you take part in the conversation.
[25.86-27.70] This time you be the instructor.
[28.34-28.82] Listen.
[31.65-31.97] Mr.
[31.97-33.33] Hill, have you met Ms.
[33.33-34.05] Jane Dowell?
[34.37-36.21] She will be in your class this week.
[41.52-42.48] How do you do, sir?
[44.21-45.81] Now be Student Number 1.
[46.37-46.93] Begin.
[52.50-53.46] I'm happy to know you, Ms.
[53.46-53.78] Dowell.
[54.02-55.46] I hope you'll enjoy my class.
[56.02-56.98] How do you do, sir?
[58.54-60.14] Now be Student Number 2.
[60.70-61.18] Listen.
[63.81-64.13] Mr.
[64.13-65.17] Hill, have you met Ms.
[65.17-65.89] Jane Dowell?
[66.29-67.89] She'll be in your class this week.
[68.82-69.78] I'm happy to know you, Ms.
[69.78-70.10] Dowell.
[70.34-71.70] I hope you'll enjoy my class.
#### TAPE — Figure 11 (clip filenames start: bk10-l2c-f11-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now go to Figure 11: Ask-and-answer questions with the words "someone" and "anyone." Let's do the example.
Repeat the question: "Did you hit someone with the ball?" Listen: "No." Repeat the answer: "No, I didn't hit anyone."
Number 1: Ask the question.
Repeat: "Did you see anyone at the party?"
Listen: "No."
Repeat the answer: "No, I didn't see anyone."
Number 2: Ask the question.
Repeat the question: "Did she hurt anyone's feelings?"
Listen: "Yes."
Repeat the answer: "Yes, she hurt someone's feelings."
Number 3:
Repeat the question: "Did you talk to someone on the phone?"
Listen: "No."
Repeat the answer: "No, I didn't talk to anyone on the phone."
Number 4:
Repeat the question: "Did you lie to anyone at school?"
Listen: "No."
Repeat the answer: "No, I didn't lie to anyone at school."
Number 5:
Repeat the question: "Did you tell someone the story?"
Listen: "Yes."
Repeat the answer: "Yes, I told someone the story."
Number 6:
Repeat the question: "Did you tell someone the correct time?"
Listen: "No."
Repeat the answer: "No, I didn't tell anyone."
This is the end of Lesson 2C, Book 10.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.84-11.02] Now go to Figure 11: Ask-and-answer questions with the words "someone" and "anyone." Let's do the example.
[11.66-22.74] Repeat the question: "Did you hit someone with the ball?" Listen: "No." Repeat the answer: "No, I didn't hit anyone."
[24.72-27.28] Number 1: Ask the question.
[36.37-39.22] Repeat: "Did you see anyone at the party?"
[45.82-47.34] Listen: "No."
[53.42-56.70] Repeat the answer: "No, I didn't see anyone."
[61.76-64.16] Number 2: Ask the question.
[71.22-75.02] Repeat the question: "Did she hurt anyone's feelings?"
[82.80-84.16] Listen: "Yes."
[90.61-94.69] Repeat the answer: "Yes, she hurt someone's feelings."
[101.58-102.38] Number 3:
[110.80-114.80] Repeat the question: "Did you talk to someone on the phone?"
[120.61-121.81] Listen: "No."
[127.95-132.27] Repeat the answer: "No, I didn't talk to anyone on the phone."
[137.81-138.53] Number 4:
[144.96-148.78] Repeat the question: "Did you lie to anyone at school?"
[153.97-155.25] Listen: "No."
[161.81-165.89] Repeat the answer: "No, I didn't lie to anyone at school."
[172.70-173.58] Number 5:
[179.86-183.78] Repeat the question: "Did you tell someone the story?"
[188.86-190.38] Listen: "Yes."
[194.91-198.43] Repeat the answer: "Yes, I told someone the story."
[205.46-206.26] Number 6:
[212.00-218.73] Repeat the question: "Did you tell someone the correct time?"
[223.25-224.53] Listen: "No."
[232.19-235.71] Repeat the answer: "No, I didn't tell anyone."
[249.04-252.56] This is the end of Lesson 2C, Book 10.

378
sources/book-10/tape-2D.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,378 @@
#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk10-l2d-f1-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
American Language Course, Book 10, Lesson 2D.
Hello.
Open your book to the activities for Lesson 2D.
Look at Figure 1.
Listen and repeat the connective words in the box.
After.
After that.
Finally.
First.
Last.
Next.
Then.
Now look at the example.
Listen to a paragraph.
Listen for a connective word.
Listen.
Ted is going to study.
First, he gets his books.
Then, he fixes his light.
Finally, he starts to study.
Now listen to Paragraph 1 and write the connective words when you hear them.
Number 1.
Jill wanted to shop in the mall.
First, she went upstairs to a clothing store.
Then, she decided to go to the variety store.
After that, she went downstairs to the shoe shop.
Finally, she went to the department store and finished her shopping.
Listen to Paragraph 1 again.
Jill wanted to shop in the mall.
First, she went upstairs to a clothing store.
Then, she decided to go to the variety store.
After that, she went downstairs to the shoe shop.
Finally, she went to the department store and finished her shopping.
Let's check your answers for Number 1.
Letter A is "first."
Letter B is "then."
Letter C is "after that." Letter D is "finally."
Listen to the second paragraph.
Write the connective words when you hear them.
Ted had to stop overnight in a motel.
First, he checked in at the office.
Then, he drove to his room and parked his car.
Next, he took his suitcase into the room and hung up his suit.
Then, he showered and got ready for bed.
He read for an hour, and finally, he turned off the lights and went to sleep.
Listen to Paragraph 2 again.
Ted had to stop overnight in a motel.
First, he checked in at the office.
Then, he drove to his room and parked his car.
Next, he took his suitcase into the room and hung up his suit.
Then, he showered and got ready for bed.
He read for an hour, and finally, he turned off the lights and went to sleep.
Let's check your answers for Number 2.
Letter A is "first."
Letter B is "then." Letter C is "next." Letter D is "then." Letter E is "finally."
Listen to Paragraph 3.
Write the connective words when you hear them.
Gwen likes to eat in cafeterias.
She likes to push her tray and pick out her food.
First, there are salads.
Next, they have meats and then vegetables.
After that, they have breads and then desserts.
Last, there are drinks.
She likes to pick out her favorite foods.
Listen to Paragraph 3 again.
Gwen likes to eat in cafeterias.
She likes to push her tray and pick out her food.
First, there are salads.
Next, they have meats and then vegetables.
After that, they have breads and then desserts.
Last, there are drinks.
She likes to pick out her favorite foods.
Check your answers for Number 3.
Letter A is "first." Letter B is "next." Letter C is "then." Letter D is "after that." Letter E is "then." Letter F is "last."
Segment timings (seconds):
[12.82-16.74] American Language Course, Book 10, Lesson 2D.
[21.60-22.16] Hello.
[22.72-25.47] Open your book to the activities for Lesson 2D.
[32.11-33.39] Look at Figure 1.
[33.87-36.83] Listen and repeat the connective words in the box.
[40.32-40.88] After.
[43.31-44.11] After that.
[46.82-47.54] Finally.
[50.75-51.47] First.
[54.83-58.11] Last.
[58.91-58.96] Next.
[62.31-62.77] Then.
[66.56-68.00] Now look at the example.
[68.56-70.08] Listen to a paragraph.
[70.64-72.32] Listen for a connective word.
[73.12-73.68] Listen.
[74.70-76.22] Ted is going to study.
[76.94-78.78] First, he gets his books.
[79.42-81.58] Then, he fixes his light.
[82.14-84.38] Finally, he starts to study.
[85.36-90.24] Now listen to Paragraph 1 and write the connective words when you hear them.
[91.95-92.75] Number 1.
[94.10-96.02] Jill wanted to shop in the mall.
[97.01-100.29] First, she went upstairs to a clothing store.
[101.60-104.40] Then, she decided to go to the variety store.
[105.55-108.99] After that, she went downstairs to the shoe shop.
[110.02-114.26] Finally, she went to the department store and finished her shopping.
[118.29-120.61] Listen to Paragraph 1 again.
[122.37-124.13] Jill wanted to shop in the mall.
[124.94-127.90] First, she went upstairs to a clothing store.
[129.26-132.14] Then, she decided to go to the variety store.
[133.46-136.82] After that, she went downstairs to the shoe shop.
[137.65-141.97] Finally, she went to the department store and finished her shopping.
[145.81-148.05] Let's check your answers for Number 1.
[149.68-151.44] Letter A is "first."
[153.33-155.41] Letter B is "then."
[157.07-162.58] Letter C is "after that." Letter D is "finally."
[166.83-168.61] Listen to the second paragraph.
[169.09-171.14] Write the connective words when you hear them.
[173.22-175.51] Ted had to stop overnight in a motel.
[177.20-178.77] First, he checked in at the office.
[179.97-182.61] Then, he drove to his room and parked his car.
[184.26-187.62] Next, he took his suitcase into the room and hung up his suit.
[188.59-190.83] Then, he showered and got ready for bed.
[192.16-196.56] He read for an hour, and finally, he turned off the lights and went to sleep.
[201.74-203.98] Listen to Paragraph 2 again.
[205.78-208.10] Ted had to stop overnight in a motel.
[208.34-210.96] First, he checked in at the office.
[212.34-215.00] Then, he drove to his room and parked his car.
[215.93-219.30] Next, he took his suitcase into the room and hung up his suit.
[221.36-223.04] Then, he showered and got ready for bed.
[224.32-228.63] He read for an hour, and finally, he turned off the lights and went to sleep.
[232.10-233.89] Let's check your answers for Number 2.
[235.97-237.81] Letter A is "first."
[239.46-251.79] Letter B is "then." Letter C is "next." Letter D is "then." Letter E is "finally."
[255.34-256.58] Listen to Paragraph 3.
[257.85-260.06] Write the connective words when you hear them.
[261.99-264.13] Gwen likes to eat in cafeterias.
[265.17-267.87] She likes to push her tray and pick out her food.
[268.94-270.66] First, there are salads.
[271.14-274.77] Next, they have meats and then vegetables.
[275.10-279.45] After that, they have breads and then desserts.
[281.14-282.74] Last, there are drinks.
[283.89-285.99] She likes to pick out her favorite foods.
[288.79-291.22] Listen to Paragraph 3 again.
[292.65-295.36] Gwen likes to eat in cafeterias.
[295.53-298.35] She likes to push her tray and pick out her food.
[299.22-300.98] First, there are salads.
[300.98-305.59] Next, they have meats and then vegetables.
[305.81-310.30] After that, they have breads and then desserts.
[310.59-312.21] Last, there are drinks.
[312.39-315.63] She likes to pick out her favorite foods.
[319.01-320.77] Check your answers for Number 3.
[322.16-342.14] Letter A is "first." Letter B is "next." Letter C is "then." Letter D is "after that." Letter E is "then." Letter F is "last."
#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk10-l2d-f2-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now look at the pictures in Figure 2, listen and repeat.
Picture 1, repeat: "The book is on the table."
Picture 2, repeat: "The bookshop is in the mall."
"The variety store is next to the bookshop."
Picture 3, repeat: "The cafeteria is by the stairs."
Picture 4, repeat: "The department store is at the corner
of Vine and 10th Street."
Picture 5, repeat: "Ned lives near the shopping center."
Picture 6, repeat: "The carpet is under the chair."
Picture 7, repeat: "The restaurant is across from the bank."
Picture 8, repeat: "The car is in front of the bus."
Picture 9, repeat: "The light is above the garage door."
Picture 10, repeat: "The small pictures are below the large picture."
Picture 11, repeat: "The motel is in back of the restaurant."
"The motel is behind the restaurant."
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.87-5.71] Now look at the pictures in Figure 2, listen and repeat.
[6.99-11.55] Picture 1, repeat: "The book is on the table."
[16.61-21.30] Picture 2, repeat: "The bookshop is in the mall."
[26.35-29.15] "The variety store is next to the bookshop."
[35.01-40.58] Picture 3, repeat: "The cafeteria is by the stairs."
[45.57-51.34] Picture 4, repeat: "The department store is at the corner
[56.27-58.35] of Vine and 10th Street."
[63.44-68.69] Picture 5, repeat: "Ned lives near the shopping center."
[74.32-78.83] Picture 6, repeat: "The carpet is under the chair."
[84.16-89.44] Picture 7, repeat: "The restaurant is across from the bank."
[94.58-99.30] Picture 8, repeat: "The car is in front of the bus."
[104.88-110.16] Picture 9, repeat: "The light is above the garage door."
[115.50-120.54] Picture 10, repeat: "The small pictures are below the large picture."
[126.43-131.95] Picture 11, repeat: "The motel is in back of the restaurant."
[136.94-139.02] "The motel is behind the restaurant."
#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk10-l2d-f3-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now look at the example in Figure 3.
Listen to a sentence.
Circle the words you hear in the sentence.
Listen: "The book is on the table." Circle the word "on." Repeat: "The book is on the table."
Now listen and circle.
Number 1: "The bookshop is in the mall."
Number 2: "His room is by the stairs."
Number 3: "The tree is in front of the house."
Number 4: "The truck is in back of the car."
Number 5: "David is at the store."
Number 6: "Jack sits near Ned."
Number 7: "The small pictures are below the large picture."
Number 8: "She keeps her shoes under the bed."
Number 9: "The lab is across from the library."
Number 10: "Jim's room is above mine."
Check your answers.
Number 1 is "in." Repeat: "The bookshop is in the mall."
Number 2 is "by." Repeat: "His room is by the stairs."
Number 3 is "in front of." Repeat: "The tree is in front of the house."
Number 4 is "in back of." Repeat: "The truck is in back of the car."
Number 5 is "at." Repeat: "David is at the store."
Number 6 is "near." Repeat: "Jack sits near Ned."
Number 7 is "below." Repeat: "The small pictures are below the large picture."
Number 8 is "under." Repeat: "She keeps her shoes under the bed."
Number 9 is "across from." Repeat: "The lab is across from the library."
Number 10 is "above." Repeat: "Jim's room is above mine."
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.86-4.02] Now look at the example in Figure 3.
[4.58-5.78] Listen to a sentence.
[6.26-8.50] Circle the words you hear in the sentence.
[8.90-17.33] Listen: "The book is on the table." Circle the word "on." Repeat: "The book is on the table."
[22.58-24.18] Now listen and circle.
[25.68-29.04] Number 1: "The bookshop is in the mall."
[33.95-38.10] Number 2: "His room is by the stairs."
[43.57-47.38] Number 3: "The tree is in front of the house."
[52.94-56.98] Number 4: "The truck is in back of the car."
[62.38-65.62] Number 5: "David is at the store."
[70.83-74.45] Number 6: "Jack sits near Ned."
[79.41-84.06] Number 7: "The small pictures are below the large picture."
[89.50-92.86] Number 8: "She keeps her shoes under the bed."
[98.53-102.45] Number 9: "The lab is across from the library."
[108.08-111.44] Number 10: "Jim's room is above mine."
[118.35-119.63] Check your answers.
[121.06-126.94] Number 1 is "in." Repeat: "The bookshop is in the mall."
[130.83-136.99] Number 2 is "by." Repeat: "His room is by the stairs."
[141.15-148.50] Number 3 is "in front of." Repeat: "The tree is in front of the house."
[154.13-160.86] Number 4 is "in back of." Repeat: "The truck is in back of the car."
[165.02-170.22] Number 5 is "at." Repeat: "David is at the store."
[174.80-180.37] Number 6 is "near." Repeat: "Jack sits near Ned."
[184.98-192.19] Number 7 is "below." Repeat: "The small pictures are below the large picture."
[197.12-203.18] Number 8 is "under." Repeat: "She keeps her shoes under the bed."
[209.04-216.16] Number 9 is "across from." Repeat: "The lab is across from the library."
[220.83-227.31] Number 10 is "above." Repeat: "Jim's room is above mine."
#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk10-l2d-f4-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now, look at the pictures in Figure 4.
Listen to the question, then use the words and answer the question.
Picture 1: "Where's the money?"
"On the table.
Under the book."
Repeat: "The money is on the table, under the book."
Picture 2: "Did you park your car next to the mall?"
"No, but near the mall."
Repeat: "No, but I parked my car near the mall."
Picture 3:
"Is the department store at the corner?"
"Yes, across from the drugstore."
Repeat: "Yes, the department store is at the corner across from the drugstore."
Picture 4: "Where did you leave your car?"
"Behind the restaurant, in the parking lot." Repeat: "I left my car behind the restaurant."
"In the parking lot."
Picture 5: "Is the insurance office by the variety store?"
"No, on the second floor, above the variety store."
Repeat: "No, the insurance office is on the second floor."
"Above the variety store."
Picture 6: "Where did she put the rug?"
"In front of the sofa." Repeat: "She put the rug in front of the sofa."
Picture 7: "Is the dog in the house?"
"No, in back of the house."
Repeat: "No, the dog's not in the house."
"He's in back of the house."
Picture 8: "Where is the airplane flying?"
"Below the clouds."
Repeat: "The airplane is flying below the clouds."
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.95-4.11] Now, look at the pictures in Figure 4.
[4.75-9.07] Listen to the question, then use the words and answer the question.
[11.17-13.49] Picture 1: "Where's the money?"
[20.46-21.26] "On the table.
[22.13-22.93] Under the book."
[27.22-30.82] Repeat: "The money is on the table, under the book."
[37.63-41.79] Picture 2: "Did you park your car next to the mall?"
[50.37-51.89] "No, but near the mall."
[54.46-58.30] Repeat: "No, but I parked my car near the mall."
[64.53-65.33] Picture 3:
[67.10-69.26] "Is the department store at the corner?"
[76.94-79.02] "Yes, across from the drugstore."
[83.30-89.14] Repeat: "Yes, the department store is at the corner across from the drugstore."
[97.17-100.35] Picture 4: "Where did you leave your car?"
[109.10-119.01] "Behind the restaurant, in the parking lot." Repeat: "I left my car behind the restaurant."
[121.46-122.42] "In the parking lot."
[127.71-132.59] Picture 5: "Is the insurance office by the variety store?"
[140.14-144.93] "No, on the second floor, above the variety store."
[147.74-152.80] Repeat: "No, the insurance office is on the second floor."
[158.50-160.10] "Above the variety store."
[165.41-168.72] Picture 6: "Where did she put the rug?"
[176.75-182.67] "In front of the sofa." Repeat: "She put the rug in front of the sofa."
[189.14-194.85] Picture 7: "Is the dog in the house?"
[201.18-203.10] "No, in back of the house."
[205.22-208.42] Repeat: "No, the dog's not in the house."
[213.28-214.64] "He's in back of the house."
[221.01-224.48] Picture 8: "Where is the airplane flying?"
[231.73-232.93] "Below the clouds."
[234.78-238.51] Repeat: "The airplane is flying below the clouds."
#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk10-l2d-f5-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now look at Figure 5.
First, listen to a paragraph.
I don't like this vending machine.
It never has my favorite soda.
It's a popular drink, but this machine doesn't have it.
That other one usually has my favorite, but it's out of it today.
Now, I have to make another selection, and I don't like the diet drinks in this machine.
But I'm thirsty, so I'll drop my money in the slot and pull the knob.
I guess I'll have to drink another kind of soda today.
Now listen again, and complete the sentences with the words you hear.
I don't like this vending machine.
It never has my favorite soda.
It's a popular drink.
But this machine doesn't have it.
That other one usually has my favorite.
But it's out of it today.
Now I have to make another selection.
And I don't like the diet drinks in this machine.
But I'm thirsty.
So I'll drop my money in the slot.
And pull the knob.
I'll have to drink what I can get.
Now listen to the paragraph again, and check your work.
I don't like this vending machine.
It never has my favorite soda.
It's a popular drink, but this machine doesn't have it.
That other one usually has my favorite.
But it's out of it today.
Now, I have to make another selection, and I don't like the diet drinks in this machine.
But I'm thirsty, so I'll drop my money in the slot and pull the knob.
I'll have to drink what I can get.
Go to the answer page for this lesson and check your work.
This is the end of Lesson 2D, Book 10.
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.08-3.92] Now look at Figure 5.
[3.92-5.68] First, listen to a paragraph.
[7.50-9.42] I don't like this vending machine.
[10.26-12.18] It never has my favorite soda.
[13.42-16.70] It's a popular drink, but this machine doesn't have it.
[19.18-23.02] That other one usually has my favorite, but it's out of it today.
[24.37-29.97] Now, I have to make another selection, and I don't like the diet drinks in this machine.
[31.09-35.25] But I'm thirsty, so I'll drop my money in the slot and pull the knob.
[36.34-38.98] I guess I'll have to drink another kind of soda today.
[42.21-46.61] Now listen again, and complete the sentences with the words you hear.
[48.85-50.69] I don't like this vending machine.
[57.52-59.44] It never has my favorite soda.
[67.18-68.54] It's a popular drink.
[74.35-75.95] But this machine doesn't have it.
[83.22-85.30] That other one usually has my favorite.
[92.64-94.16] But it's out of it today.
[101.73-103.81] Now I have to make another selection.
[111.20-113.76] And I don't like the diet drinks in this machine.
[121.17-122.13] But I'm thirsty.
[128.02-130.18] So I'll drop my money in the slot.
[136.54-137.42] And pull the knob.
[143.30-145.54] I'll have to drink what I can get.
[157.36-160.80] Now listen to the paragraph again, and check your work.
[162.48-164.48] I don't like this vending machine.
[166.43-168.43] It never has my favorite soda.
[170.53-173.81] It's a popular drink, but this machine doesn't have it.
[176.58-178.82] That other one usually has my favorite.
[180.93-182.13] But it's out of it today.
[183.79-190.10] Now, I have to make another selection, and I don't like the diet drinks in this machine.
[192.46-197.42] But I'm thirsty, so I'll drop my money in the slot and pull the knob.
[199.09-201.09] I'll have to drink what I can get.
[204.35-207.79] Go to the answer page for this lesson and check your work.
[212.66-215.94] This is the end of Lesson 2D, Book 10.

520
sources/book-10/tape-3A.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,520 @@
#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk10-l3a-f1-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
American Language Course, Book 10, Lesson 3A.
Hello.
Open your book to the activities for Lesson 3A.
Look at Figure 1.
Listen to the sentences.
Number 1: "A bicycle has 2 wheels." Number 2: "A nut fastens each wheel to the bicycle." Number 3: "You can turn the nut with a wrench." Number 4: "The tire fits on the outside of the wheel.
There is air inside the tire." Number 5: "The tire is low.
It has some air, but not enough." Number 6: "The tire is flat.
It has only a little air."
Now repeat the words and sentences.
Number 1: "wheel."
"Wheel."
"A bicycle has 2 wheels."
Number 2: "nut."
"Nut."
"A nut fastens each wheel to the bicycle."
Number 3: "wrench."
"Wrench." "You can turn the nut with a wrench."
Number 4: "tire."
"Tire."
"Air."
"Air." "The tire fits on the outside of the wheel."
"There is air inside the tire."
Number 5: "enough."
"Enough." "The tire is low."
"It has some air, but not enough."
Number 6: "flat." "Flat." "The tire is flat."
"It has only a little air."
Now look at the pictures in Figure 1.
Listen to and answer some questions about the pictures.
Answer in complete sentences.
Then repeat the correct answers.
Number 1: "What shape are the wheels?"
Repeat: "The wheels are round."
Number 2: "Where are the tires?"
Repeat: "The tires fit on the outside of the wheels."
Number 3: "What can you turn with a wrench?"
Repeat: "You can turn a nut with a wrench."
Number 4: "What is in the tires?"
Repeat: "There's air inside the tires."
Number 5: "What is wrong with this tire?"
Repeat: "It doesn't have enough air."
Number 6: "What is wrong with this tire?"
Repeat: "It's flat."
Segment timings (seconds):
[9.73-13.73] American Language Course, Book 10, Lesson 3A.
[19.98-20.38] Hello.
[21.26-24.62] Open your book to the activities for Lesson 3A.
[30.16-30.96] Look at Figure 1.
[32.00-33.36] Listen to the sentences.
[34.69-54.93] Number 1: "A bicycle has 2 wheels." Number 2: "A nut fastens each wheel to the bicycle." Number 3: "You can turn the nut with a wrench." Number 4: "The tire fits on the outside of the wheel.
[54.87-62.10] There is air inside the tire." Number 5: "The tire is low.
[62.90-69.38] It has some air, but not enough." Number 6: "The tire is flat.
[70.10-71.86] It has only a little air."
[73.94-76.10] Now repeat the words and sentences.
[77.47-79.79] Number 1: "wheel."
[81.42-81.47] "Wheel."
[84.02-85.94] "A bicycle has 2 wheels."
[89.14-91.22] Number 2: "nut."
[92.75-92.80] "Nut."
[94.89-97.49] "A nut fastens each wheel to the bicycle."
[102.29-104.56] Number 3: "wrench."
[106.22-110.46] "Wrench." "You can turn the nut with a wrench."
[114.75-117.20] Number 4: "tire."
[118.88-119.60] "Tire."
[121.58-121.63] "Air."
[124.41-129.06] "Air." "The tire fits on the outside of the wheel."
[134.29-136.45] "There is air inside the tire."
[141.68-143.79] Number 5: "enough."
[145.65-149.12] "Enough." "The tire is low."
[152.19-154.64] "It has some air, but not enough."
[159.10-167.85] Number 6: "flat." "Flat." "The tire is flat."
[171.15-173.19] "It has only a little air."
[179.79-182.50] Now look at the pictures in Figure 1.
[182.50-185.78] Listen to and answer some questions about the pictures.
[186.42-188.50] Answer in complete sentences.
[189.22-191.38] Then repeat the correct answers.
[192.24-195.28] Number 1: "What shape are the wheels?"
[199.25-204.51] Repeat: "The wheels are round."
[206.32-209.12] Number 2: "Where are the tires?"
[213.79-217.95] Repeat: "The tires fit on the outside of the wheels."
[224.29-227.89] Number 3: "What can you turn with a wrench?"
[233.01-236.61] Repeat: "You can turn a nut with a wrench."
[242.72-248.01] Number 4: "What is in the tires?"
[250.22-253.15] Repeat: "There's air inside the tires."
[258.94-262.30] Number 5: "What is wrong with this tire?"
[266.50-269.86] Repeat: "It doesn't have enough air."
[274.32-277.90] Number 6: "What is wrong with this tire?"
[282.74-284.67] Repeat: "It's flat."
#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk10-l3a-f2-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now look at Figure 2: repeat the underlined words 2 times.
Inflate.
Inflate.
Lower.
Lower.
Raise.
Raise.
Loose.
Loose.
Tight.
Tight.
Loosen.
Loosen.
Tighten.
Tighten.
Now listen to the paragraph.
Mike is fixing his bicycle.
First, he's putting air in the back tire.
After he inflates the tire, he'll fix the seat.
He's short, and it's high for him.
He must lower it.
Next, he'll fix the handlebars.
He'll raise them because they're low for him.
Also, they slip because they're loose.
They should be tight, or they may cause an accident.
He can fix the seat and handlebars in a few minutes.
He only needs to loosen and tighten a few nuts with a wrench.
Listen to the paragraph again.
Complete the sentences.
Mike is fixing his bicycle.
First, he's putting air in the back tire.
After he inflates the tire, he'll fix the seat.
He's short, and it's high for him.
He must lower it.
Next, he'll fix the handlebars.
He'll raise them because they're low for him.
Also, they're loose.
They should be tight, or they may cause an accident.
He can fix the seat and handlebars in a few minutes.
He only needs to loosen and tighten a few nuts with a wrench.
Now let's check the words.
Number 1 is "inflates." Repeat: After he inflates the tire, he'll fix the seat.
Number 2 is "lower." Repeat: He must lower the seat.
Number 3 is "raise." Repeat: He'll raise the handlebars.
Number 4 is "loose." Repeat: The handlebars slip because they're loose.
Number 5 is "tight." Repeat: The handlebars should be tight.
Number 6 is "loosen." Repeat: Mike will loosen a nut under the seat.
Number 7 is "tighten." Repeat: He'll tighten the nut again.
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.66-7.30] Now look at Figure 2: repeat the underlined words 2 times.
[8.86-9.74] Inflate.
[13.17-14.05] Inflate.
[18.30-21.81] Lower.
[21.86-22.50] Lower.
[25.95-26.67] Raise.
[29.97-30.27] Raise.
[33.50-36.87] Loose.
[37.17-40.11] Loose.
[40.35-43.29] Tight.
[43.53-46.65] Tight.
[46.95-47.54] Loosen.
[50.19-50.77] Loosen.
[53.85-54.27] Tighten.
[56.73-57.15] Tighten.
[64.98-66.50] Now listen to the paragraph.
[68.03-69.95] Mike is fixing his bicycle.
[70.51-73.63] First, he's putting air in the back tire.
[74.59-77.95] After he inflates the tire, he'll fix the seat.
[78.74-81.22] He's short, and it's high for him.
[81.86-83.22] He must lower it.
[84.37-86.61] Next, he'll fix the handlebars.
[87.49-89.97] He'll raise them because they're low for him.
[90.77-93.49] Also, they slip because they're loose.
[94.54-97.58] They should be tight, or they may cause an accident.
[98.54-101.98] He can fix the seat and handlebars in a few minutes.
[102.74-106.74] He only needs to loosen and tighten a few nuts with a wrench.
[110.14-111.82] Listen to the paragraph again.
[112.14-113.50] Complete the sentences.
[115.44-117.44] Mike is fixing his bicycle.
[117.92-121.12] First, he's putting air in the back tire.
[122.24-125.76] After he inflates the tire, he'll fix the seat.
[131.63-134.27] He's short, and it's high for him.
[134.91-136.27] He must lower it.
[142.58-144.98] Next, he'll fix the handlebars.
[145.70-148.26] He'll raise them because they're low for him.
[153.94-155.70] Also, they're loose.
[161.50-164.78] They should be tight, or they may cause an accident.
[170.40-173.76] He can fix the seat and handlebars in a few minutes.
[174.40-178.48] He only needs to loosen and tighten a few nuts with a wrench.
[194.61-196.05] Now let's check the words.
[197.04-204.88] Number 1 is "inflates." Repeat: After he inflates the tire, he'll fix the seat.
[211.12-216.64] Number 2 is "lower." Repeat: He must lower the seat.
[220.45-226.37] Number 3 is "raise." Repeat: He'll raise the handlebars.
[231.68-238.80] Number 4 is "loose." Repeat: The handlebars slip because they're loose.
[243.92-250.00] Number 5 is "tight." Repeat: The handlebars should be tight.
[254.54-261.02] Number 6 is "loosen." Repeat: Mike will loosen a nut under the seat.
[266.40-271.92] Number 7 is "tighten." Repeat: He'll tighten the nut again.
#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk10-l3a-f3-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 3, listen to the dialogue.
You have a flat tire.
Which tire?
The one on the left.
The left front tire.
That tire's new.
Are the others new?
No, just that one.
That's awful.
Who can fix it?
You can fix it.
I don't know how.
I'll teach you how.
Listen to the dialogue again, this time repeat it.
You have a flat tire.
Which tire?
The one on the left.
The left front tire.
That tire's new.
Are the others new?
No, just that one.
That's awful.
Who can fix it?
You can fix it.
I don't know how.
I'll teach you how.
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.14-5.02] Look at Figure 3, listen to the dialogue.
[7.81-9.17] You have a flat tire.
[10.21-11.01] Which tire?
[11.57-12.85] The one on the left.
[13.95-15.31] The left front tire.
[16.24-17.36] That tire's new.
[18.16-19.28] Are the others new?
[19.92-21.28] No, just that one.
[21.68-22.72] That's awful.
[23.36-24.40] Who can fix it?
[24.88-26.00] You can fix it.
[26.86-28.14] I don't know how.
[28.86-30.06] I'll teach you how.
[31.66-35.26] Listen to the dialogue again, this time repeat it.
[37.79-39.15] You have a flat tire.
[43.92-44.72] Which tire?
[47.50-48.78] The one on the left.
[49.87-51.23] The left front tire.
[56.22-57.34] That tire's new.
[59.71-60.83] Are the others new?
[65.38-66.74] No, just that one.
[68.86-69.98] That's awful.
[73.22-74.26] Who can fix it?
[76.61-80.07] You can fix it.
[81.82-83.10] I don't know how.
[85.23-86.51] I'll teach you how.
#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk10-l3a-f4-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now look at Figure 4.
Listen to the paragraph.
First, Frank walks to the back of the car.
He sticks the key in the lock and opens the trunk.
He keeps a jack, a lug wrench, and an extra tire there.
First, he takes off the hubcap because it covers the lug nuts.
Then he jacks up the car until the flat tire is off the ground.
He loosens the nuts with the lug wrench and removes them.
Next, he replaces the flat tire with the spare tire.
After he replaces and tightens the nuts, he lowers the car and puts on the hubcap.
Finally, he puts the things in the trunk and takes the flat tire to a garage.
Look at the pictures and repeat the underlined words 2 times.
The back of.
The back of.
Key.
Key.
Trunk.
Trunk.
Keeps.
Keeps.
Jack.
Jack.
Lug wrench.
Lug wrench.
Extra.
Extra.
Hubcap.
Hubcap.
Covers.
Covers.
Jacks up.
Jacks up.
Removes.
Removes.
Replaces.
Replaces.
Spare.
Spare.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.82-3.18] Now look at Figure 4.
[3.66-4.94] Listen to the paragraph.
[6.59-9.15] First, Frank walks to the back of the car.
[10.03-12.75] He sticks the key in the lock and opens the trunk.
[13.54-17.78] He keeps a jack, a lug wrench, and an extra tire there.
[18.82-23.38] First, he takes off the hubcap because it covers the lug nuts.
[24.18-28.66] Then he jacks up the car until the flat tire is off the ground.
[29.52-32.96] He loosens the nuts with the lug wrench and removes them.
[33.82-37.50] Next, he replaces the flat tire with the spare tire.
[38.85-44.77] After he replaces and tightens the nuts, he lowers the car and puts on the hubcap.
[45.55-50.67] Finally, he puts the things in the trunk and takes the flat tire to a garage.
[54.61-58.69] Look at the pictures and repeat the underlined words 2 times.
[60.38-63.75] The back of.
[64.62-69.09] The back of.
[69.17-69.73] Key.
[71.94-72.58] Key.
[74.72-76.95] Trunk.
[76.98-77.62] Trunk.
[79.82-80.38] Keeps.
[82.53-82.58] Keeps.
[86.14-86.70] Jack.
[88.89-89.25] Jack.
[91.73-92.77] Lug wrench.
[94.75-95.79] Lug wrench.
[98.61-99.25] Extra.
[101.10-101.82] Extra.
[104.69-107.55] Hubcap.
[107.73-107.94] Hubcap.
[110.78-111.58] Covers.
[113.86-114.58] Covers.
[117.54-120.69] Jacks up.
[120.70-124.29] Jacks up.
[124.40-125.20] Removes.
[126.94-127.82] Removes.
[130.67-131.79] Replaces.
[133.81-134.93] Replaces.
[137.42-138.30] Spare.
[139.95-140.83] Spare.
#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk10-l3a-f5-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 5: some of the words are missing.
Listen to the paragraph.
It is a little different from the other paragraph.
When there's a picture or a blank, say theright word.
Try to say the words before you hear them.
Let's do the first sentence.
First: "Frank walks to..."
"...the back of the car."
Did you say "the back of" before you heard it?
Let's repeat the first sentence, then complete the paragraph.
Try to say the words before you hear them.
First: "Frank walks to..."
"...the back of the car."
"He sticks the..." "...key in the lock and opens the..."
"...trunk." "He keeps a..." "...jack, a..." "...lug wrench,
and an..." "...extra tire there." "He takes them out of the..." "...trunk and begins to change the flat."
"The..." "...hubcap covers the lug nuts, and he has to take it off first." "Then he..." "...jacks up the car until the flat tire is off the ground." "He loosens the nuts with the..." "...lug wrench and..." "...removes them." "Next he takes off the flat tire and..." "...replaces it with the..."
"...spare tire." "After he..."
"...replaces and tightens the nuts, he lowers the car and puts the..." "...hubcap on the new wheel." "Finally he puts the tire and tools in the trunk and takes them to a garage."
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.82-5.65] Look at Figure 5: some of the words are missing.
[6.83-8.11] Listen to the paragraph.
[9.10-11.58] It is a little different from the other paragraph.
[12.64-16.00] When there's a picture or a blank, say theright word.
[17.10-19.34] Try to say the words before you hear them.
[20.56-22.00] Let's do the first sentence.
[23.79-28.29] First: "Frank walks to..."
[30.45-32.05] "...the back of the car."
[34.46-37.26] Did you say "the back of" before you heard it?
[38.51-42.83] Let's repeat the first sentence, then complete the paragraph.
[43.81-46.29] Try to say the words before you hear them.
[49.18-51.90] First: "Frank walks to..."
[54.51-58.66] "...the back of the car."
[60.78-68.56] "He sticks the..." "...key in the lock and opens the..."
[72.11-88.34] "...trunk." "He keeps a..." "...jack, a..." "...lug wrench,
[90.90-105.65] and an..." "...extra tire there." "He takes them out of the..." "...trunk and begins to change the flat."
[107.74-147.92] "The..." "...hubcap covers the lug nuts, and he has to take it off first." "Then he..." "...jacks up the car until the flat tire is off the ground." "He loosens the nuts with the..." "...lug wrench and..." "...removes them." "Next he takes off the flat tire and..." "...replaces it with the..."
[150.37-153.57] "...spare tire." "After he..."
[156.99-172.85] "...replaces and tightens the nuts, he lowers the car and puts the..." "...hubcap on the new wheel." "Finally he puts the tire and tools in the trunk and takes them to a garage."
#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk10-l3a-f6-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 6 now.
Listen carefully to each sentence, and circle T for true or F for false.
Number 1: "A key fits in a lock."
Number 2: "Remove" and "take off" are the same.
Number 3: "Spare" is the opposite of "extra."
Number 4: "Frank raises the car with the jack."
Number 5: "He turns the hubcap with the wrench."
Number 6: "The trunk of Frank's car is in the front."
Number 7: "He tightens the nuts before he removes them."
Number 8: "Frank replaces the flat tire with another tire."
Listen and check your answers.
Number 1 is true.
Repeat: "A key fits in a lock."
Number 2 is true.
Repeat: "Remove" and "take off" are the same.
Number 3 is false.
"Spare" and "extra" are not opposites.
Repeat: "Spare" and "extra" are the same.
Number 4 is true.
Repeat: "Frank raises the car with the jack."
Number 5 is false.
"Frank doesn't turn the hubcaps with the wrench; he turns the lug nuts." Repeat: "Frank turns the lug nuts with the wrench."
Number 6 is false.
"The trunk isn't in the front; it's in the back." Repeat: "The trunk is in the back of the car."
Number 7 is false.
"Frank loosens the nuts before he removes them from the wheel, not after." Repeat: "He loosens the nuts before he removes them."
Number 8 is true.
Repeat: "Frank replaces the flat tire with another tire."
Listen to a paragraph two times.
First, just listen.
"When people have a lot to do, they don't want to eat at home or in restaurants; they can get a snack from a vending machine.
There are vending machines in most buildings, and they sell many different drinks and snacks.
They have coffee, tea, soup, soda, or juice for people who want something to drink.
People who want something to eat can buy nuts, chips, fruit, and sandwiches.
These vending machines are usually very popular."
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.74-3.10] Look at Figure 6 now.
[4.08-10.00] Listen carefully to each sentence, and circle T for true or F for false.
[11.74-15.18] Number 1: "A key fits in a lock."
[22.16-26.58] Number 2: "Remove" and "take off" are the same.
[33.58-37.82] Number 3: "Spare" is the opposite of "extra."
[44.94-48.94] Number 4: "Frank raises the car with the jack."
[55.54-59.38] Number 5: "He turns the hubcap with the wrench."
[65.78-69.62] Number 6: "The trunk of Frank's car is in the front."
[75.63-79.87] Number 7: "He tightens the nuts before he removes them."
[86.14-90.46] Number 8: "Frank replaces the flat tire with another tire."
[102.16-104.08] Listen and check your answers.
[104.64-106.32] Number 1 is true.
[106.96-109.52] Repeat: "A key fits in a lock."
[114.19-115.87] Number 2 is true.
[116.35-120.27] Repeat: "Remove" and "take off" are the same.
[125.57-127.33] Number 3 is false.
[127.97-130.77] "Spare" and "extra" are not opposites.
[131.09-134.61] Repeat: "Spare" and "extra" are the same.
[139.54-141.22] Number 4 is true.
[141.70-144.98] Repeat: "Frank raises the car with the jack."
[149.65-151.41] Number 5 is false.
[151.81-161.39] "Frank doesn't turn the hubcaps with the wrench; he turns the lug nuts." Repeat: "Frank turns the lug nuts with the wrench."
[167.15-168.51] Number 6 is false.
[168.51-176.51] "The trunk isn't in the front; it's in the back." Repeat: "The trunk is in the back of the car."
[182.53-184.37] Number 7 is false.
[185.01-195.17] "Frank loosens the nuts before he removes them from the wheel, not after." Repeat: "He loosens the nuts before he removes them."
[202.11-203.87] Number 8 is true.
[204.35-209.15] Repeat: "Frank replaces the flat tire with another tire."
[215.82-217.98] Listen to a paragraph two times.
[218.46-220.14] First, just listen.
[221.89-230.59] "When people have a lot to do, they don't want to eat at home or in restaurants; they can get a snack from a vending machine.
[231.84-237.44] There are vending machines in most buildings, and they sell many different drinks and snacks.
[238.16-244.96] They have coffee, tea, soup, soda, or juice for people who want something to drink.
[246.21-251.49] People who want something to eat can buy nuts, chips, fruit, and sandwiches.
[252.69-255.57] These vending machines are usually very popular."
#### TAPE — Figure 7 (clip filenames start: bk10-l3a-f7-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now look at Figure 7.
Listen to the paragraph again.
Then select the main idea and circle the letter A, B, or C.
When people have a lot to do, they don't want to eat at home or in restaurants.
They can get a snack from a vending machine.
There are vending machines in most buildings, and they sell many different drinks and snacks.
They have coffee, tea, soda, or juice for people who want something to drink.
People who want something to eat can buy nuts, chips, fruit, and sandwiches.
These vending machines are usually very popular.
The answer is B.
The main idea of the paragraph is: vending machines are popular machines.
Now listen to another paragraph.
There are many different kinds of clothing stores.
Some sell clothes only for children.
Others sell only men's or women's clothes.
There are also stores for sports clothing.
You can't buy clothes for school or the office in these stores.
In some clothing stores you can save money because the prices are very low.
Other stores sell only very expensive clothes.
When you shop, you can usually find all kinds of clothes at all kinds of prices.
Listen to the paragraph again.
Then select the main idea and circle the letter A, B, or C.
There are many different kinds of clothing stores.
Some sell clothes only for children.
Others sell only men's or women's clothes.
There are also stores for sports clothing.
You can't buy clothes for school or the office in these stores.
In some clothing stores you can save money because the prices are very low.
Other stores sell only very expensive clothes.
When you shop, you can usually find all kinds of clothes at all kinds of prices.
The answer is C.
The main idea of the paragraph is: there are many kinds of clothing stores.
This is the end of Lesson 3A, Book 10.
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.29-3.81] Now look at Figure 7.
[4.67-6.35] Listen to the paragraph again.
[7.33-12.37] Then select the main idea and circle the letter A, B, or C.
[13.81-19.01] When people have a lot to do, they don't want to eat at home or in restaurants.
[19.81-22.21] They can get a snack from a vending machine.
[23.17-28.45] There are vending machines in most buildings, and they sell many different drinks and snacks.
[29.09-34.85] They have coffee, tea, soda, or juice for people who want something to drink.
[35.81-41.25] People who want something to eat can buy nuts, chips, fruit, and sandwiches.
[41.89-44.93] These vending machines are usually very popular.
[56.06-57.90] The answer is B.
[58.66-64.34] The main idea of the paragraph is: vending machines are popular machines.
[65.94-67.62] Now listen to another paragraph.
[69.82-72.70] There are many different kinds of clothing stores.
[73.42-75.82] Some sell clothes only for children.
[76.78-79.66] Others sell only men's or women's clothes.
[80.82-83.54] There are also stores for sports clothing.
[84.40-87.92] You can't buy clothes for school or the office in these stores.
[89.06-93.62] In some clothing stores you can save money because the prices are very low.
[94.77-97.81] Other stores sell only very expensive clothes.
[98.77-104.61] When you shop, you can usually find all kinds of clothes at all kinds of prices.
[115.74-117.42] Listen to the paragraph again.
[118.14-123.26] Then select the main idea and circle the letter A, B, or C.
[124.58-127.38] There are many different kinds of clothing stores.
[128.02-130.26] Some sell clothes only for children.
[131.20-134.00] Others sell only men's or women's clothes.
[135.15-137.71] There are also stores for sports clothing.
[138.27-142.03] You can't buy clothes for school or the office in these stores.
[143.09-147.49] In some clothing stores you can save money because the prices are very low.
[148.48-151.52] Other stores sell only very expensive clothes.
[152.56-158.19] When you shop, you can usually find all kinds of clothes at all kinds of prices.
[170.50-171.58] The answer is C.
[172.50-177.73] The main idea of the paragraph is: there are many kinds of clothing stores.
[185.10-188.46] This is the end of Lesson 3A, Book 10.

541
sources/book-10/tape-3B.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,541 @@
#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk10-l3b-f1-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
American Language Course, Book 10, Lesson 3B.
Hello.
Open your book to the activities for Lesson 3B.
Look at Figure 1.
Listen and repeat the connectives in the box.
After.
After.
Finally.
Finally.
First.
First.
Last.
Last.
Next.
Next.
Second.
Second.
Then.
Then.
Listen to Paragraph 1 and look at the box.
Listen for the words in the box.
These words are connective words.
Mike needed to fix his bicycle.
First, he inflated the back tire.
There wasn't enough air in it.
He fixed the handlebars second.
They were high, and they were loose.
He lowered them, and then he tightened them.
He fixed the seat last.
He raised it because it was low for him.
Listen to Paragraph 1 again.
When you hear the words in the box, write them on the blank lines in Figure 1.
Mike needed to fix his bicycle.
First, he inflated the back tire.
There wasn't enough air in it.
He fixed the handlebars second.
They were high, and they were loose.
He lowered them, and then he tightened them.
He fixed the seat last.
He raised it because it was low for him.
Now let's check your answers.
Number 1 is "first." Number 2 is "second." Number 3 is "then." Number 4 is "last."
Listen to Paragraph 2.
Before Bob goes on a trip in his car, he always stops at a gas station.
First, he puts gas in the car and cleans the windows.
After he pays for the gas, Bob checks the tires.
He looks at the tires on the car and then opens the trunk and checks the spare tire.
Next, he looks for the jack and lug wrench.
He checks the nuts and wheel covers last, and tightens any loose ones.
Finally, he's ready to leave.
Listen to Paragraph 2 again.
This time, write the connective words when you hear them.
Before Bob goes on a trip in his car, he always stops at a gas station.
First, he puts gas in the car and cleans the windows.
After he pays for the gas, Bob checks the tires.
He looks at the tires on the car and then opens the trunk and checks the spare tire.
Next, he looks for the jack and lug wrench.
He checks the nuts and wheel covers last, and tightens any loose ones.
Finally, he's ready to leave.
Now let's check your words.
Number 1 is "first." Number 2 is "after." Number 3 is "then." Number 4 is "next." Number 5 is "last." Number 6 is "finally."
Segment timings (seconds):
[8.35-12.51] American Language Course, Book 10, Lesson 3B.
[18.54-18.94] Hello.
[20.02-22.59] Open your book to the activities for Lesson 3B.
[29.02-30.06] Look at Figure 1.
[30.70-33.34] Listen and repeat the connectives in the box.
[35.25-35.63] After.
[38.16-38.88] After.
[41.76-42.64] Finally.
[44.80-45.68] Finally.
[49.23-50.03] First.
[52.37-53.25] First.
[55.94-59.25] Last.
[59.55-63.27] Last.
[63.51-66.09] Next.
[66.33-69.87] Next.
[70.11-72.93] Second.
[73.11-76.05] Second.
[76.23-76.47] Then.
[79.06-79.78] Then.
[83.87-86.91] Listen to Paragraph 1 and look at the box.
[87.78-89.46] Listen for the words in the box.
[90.10-92.10] These words are connective words.
[94.72-96.80] Mike needed to fix his bicycle.
[97.63-100.11] First, he inflated the back tire.
[101.25-102.93] There wasn't enough air in it.
[103.33-105.41] He fixed the handlebars second.
[105.89-107.97] They were high, and they were loose.
[108.69-111.01] He lowered them, and then he tightened them.
[111.97-113.81] He fixed the seat last.
[114.29-116.77] He raised it because it was low for him.
[119.81-121.97] Listen to Paragraph 1 again.
[123.06-128.10] When you hear the words in the box, write them on the blank lines in Figure 1.
[129.65-131.73] Mike needed to fix his bicycle.
[132.29-134.77] First, he inflated the back tire.
[135.49-137.09] There wasn't enough air in it.
[137.92-139.92] He fixed the handlebars second.
[140.56-142.48] They were high, and they were loose.
[143.12-145.44] He lowered them, and then he tightened them.
[146.24-148.00] He fixed the seat last.
[148.48-151.04] He raised it because it was low for him.
[158.56-160.72] Now let's check your answers.
[161.44-171.01] Number 1 is "first." Number 2 is "second." Number 3 is "then." Number 4 is "last."
[175.18-176.54] Listen to Paragraph 2.
[178.43-183.87] Before Bob goes on a trip in his car, he always stops at a gas station.
[184.51-188.43] First, he puts gas in the car and cleans the windows.
[189.26-192.78] After he pays for the gas, Bob checks the tires.
[193.26-198.54] He looks at the tires on the car and then opens the trunk and checks the spare tire.
[199.76-202.80] Next, he looks for the jack and lug wrench.
[204.37-209.33] He checks the nuts and wheel covers last, and tightens any loose ones.
[209.97-211.81] Finally, he's ready to leave.
[213.73-215.89] Listen to Paragraph 2 again.
[216.61-220.05] This time, write the connective words when you hear them.
[224.22-229.47] Before Bob goes on a trip in his car, he always stops at a gas station.
[229.98-234.22] First, he puts gas in the car and cleans the windows.
[235.71-239.28] After he pays for the gas, Bob checks the tires.
[239.92-245.74] He looks at the tires on the car and then opens the trunk and checks the spare tire.
[245.96-249.70] Next, he looks for the jack and lug wrench.
[249.92-255.67] He checks the nuts and wheel covers last, and tightens any loose ones.
[255.94-258.12] Finally, he's ready to leave.
[265.42-266.65] Now let's check your words.
[267.00-285.15] Number 1 is "first." Number 2 is "after." Number 3 is "then." Number 4 is "next." Number 5 is "last." Number 6 is "finally."
#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk10-l3b-f2-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 2.
Look at the picture and listen to the dialogue.
Do me a favor, please.
Certainly.
What can I do for you?
Hand me the other half of my seatbelt.
May I look at your paper?
Of course.
I'm not reading it.
I need to keep warm.
Can you get a blanket for me?
Sure, I'll be glad to.
I'd like to smoke a cigarette.
Will that bother you?
No, I won't mind.
Now repeat the underlined words.
Do a favor.
Do a favor.
Certainly.
Certainly.
Of course.
Of course.
Keep.
Keep.
Sure.
Sure.
Mind.
Mind.
Listen to the dialogue again.
Repeat it this time.
Do me a favor, please.
Certainly.
What can I do for you?
Hand me the other half of my seatbelt.
May I look at your paper?
Of course.
I'm not reading it.
I need to keep warm.
Can you get a blanket for me?
Sure, I'll be glad to.
I'd like to smoke a cigarette.
Will that bother you?
No, I won't mind.
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.02-3.14] Look at Figure 2.
[3.78-6.26] Look at the picture and listen to the dialogue.
[8.98-10.18] Do me a favor, please.
[10.42-10.98] Certainly.
[11.30-12.18] What can I do for you?
[12.82-14.58] Hand me the other half of my seatbelt.
[16.30-17.42] May I look at your paper?
[17.82-18.46] Of course.
[18.46-19.26] I'm not reading it.
[20.70-21.74] I need to keep warm.
[22.14-23.50] Can you get a blanket for me?
[24.38-25.58] Sure, I'll be glad to.
[27.41-28.61] I'd like to smoke a cigarette.
[29.01-29.81] Will that bother you?
[30.45-31.57] No, I won't mind.
[35.28-37.36] Now repeat the underlined words.
[38.93-39.97] Do a favor.
[42.58-43.62] Do a favor.
[47.31-47.79] Certainly.
[50.80-51.60] Certainly.
[54.42-55.30] Of course.
[58.18-58.98] Of course.
[62.05-64.23] Keep.
[64.30-66.93] Keep.
[66.78-67.50] Sure.
[69.65-70.37] Sure.
[72.66-75.33] Mind.
[75.22-76.02] Mind.
[79.68-81.28] Listen to the dialogue again.
[82.00-83.20] Repeat it this time.
[84.83-86.19] Do me a favor, please.
[88.53-89.09] Certainly.
[90.46-91.34] What can I do for you?
[94.93-96.77] Hand me the other half of my seatbelt.
[101.76-102.96] May I look at your paper?
[106.58-107.22] Of course.
[107.38-108.18] I'm not reading it.
[110.67-111.87] I need to keep warm.
[114.91-116.35] Can you get a blanket for me?
[120.67-122.03] Sure, I'll be glad to.
[125.46-126.74] I'd like to smoke a cigarette.
[129.62-130.42] Will that bother you?
[133.97-135.25] No, I won't mind.
#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk10-l3b-f3-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Please look at Figure 3.
Listen to the dialogue.
Have you finished your lunch?
Yes, but that was certainly a quick meal.
I'm sorry you had to hurry.
You take the plates very quickly.
We're always in a hurry on this flight.
Because it's so short?
Yes.
We never have enough time.
One more question, please.
Where are the restrooms?
At the front of the airplane.
Listen to the underlined words again, and repeat.
Quick.
Quick.
Hurry.
Hurry.
Quickly.
Quickly.
In a hurry.
In a hurry.
The front of.
The front of.
Listen to the dialogue again, and repeat.
Have you finished your lunch?
Yes, but that was certainly a quick meal.
I'm sorry you had to hurry.
You take the plates very quickly.
We're always in a hurry on this flight.
Because it's so short?
Yes.
We never have enough time.
One more question, please.
Where are the restrooms?
At the front of the airplane.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.94-3.46] Please look at Figure 3.
[4.10-5.30] Listen to the dialogue.
[7.90-9.10] Have you finished your lunch?
[10.24-12.24] Yes, but that was certainly a quick meal.
[12.56-13.92] I'm sorry you had to hurry.
[14.64-16.16] You take the plates very quickly.
[16.56-18.32] We're always in a hurry on this flight.
[18.96-19.92] Because it's so short?
[20.24-20.72] Yes.
[20.88-22.32] We never have enough time.
[23.04-24.32] One more question, please.
[24.32-25.44] Where are the restrooms?
[25.60-26.88] At the front of the airplane.
[30.85-33.57] Listen to the underlined words again, and repeat.
[35.42-35.90] Quick.
[37.98-38.54] Quick.
[41.22-41.70] Hurry.
[43.76-44.32] Hurry.
[46.70-47.34] Quickly.
[49.62-50.26] Quickly.
[52.85-53.73] In a hurry.
[55.50-56.46] In a hurry.
[58.90-61.77] The front of.
[61.81-65.49] The front of.
[66.69-69.25] Listen to the dialogue again, and repeat.
[72.03-73.31] Have you finished your lunch?
[76.54-78.70] Yes, but that was certainly a quick meal.
[81.54-82.90] I'm sorry you had to hurry.
[86.72-88.40] You take the plates very quickly.
[90.66-92.58] We're always in a hurry on this flight.
[96.48-97.68] Because it's so short?
[100.18-100.82] Yes.
[101.06-102.50] We never have enough time.
[106.82-108.02] One more question, please.
[108.50-109.54] Where are the restrooms?
[114.02-115.38] At the front of the airplane.
#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk10-l3b-f4-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 4.
Listen to the words and circle the number of the syllable with a strong stress.
Look at the first example and listen:
"hurry,
hurry."
Circle 1.
The first syllable of "hurry" is stressed more than the second syllable.
Repeat: "hurry."
Listen to the second example: "across, across."
The answer is 2.
The second syllable has the strong stress in "across." Repeat: "across."
Let's begin the exercise.
Listen and circle the number.
Number 1: "inflate, inflate."
Number 2: "lower, lower."
Number 3: "remove, remove."
Number 4: "tighten, tighten."
Number 5: "extra,
extra."
Number 6: "enough, enough."
Number 7: "cover, cover."
Number 8: "quickly, quickly." Number 9: "replace, replace."
Number 10: "cigarette, cigarette."
Number 11: "across, across."
Number 12: "certainly, certainly."
Now check your answers.
Number 1 is 2.
Repeat: "inflate."
Number 2 is 1.
Repeat: "lower."
Number 3 is 2.
Repeat: "remove."
Number 4 is 1.
Repeat: "tighten."
Number 5 is 1.
Repeat: "extra."
Number 6 is 2.
Repeat: "enough."
Number 7 is 1.
Repeat: "cover."
Number 8 is 1.
Repeat: "quickly."
Number 9 is 2.
Repeat: "replace."
Number 10 is 3.
Repeat: "cigarette."
Number 11 is 2.
Repeat: "across."
Number 12 is 1.
Repeat: "certainly."
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.84-2.96] Look at Figure 4.
[4.16-8.56] Listen to the words and circle the number of the syllable with a strong stress.
[10.00-12.32] Look at the first example and listen:
[13.95-14.35] "hurry,
[16.03-16.43] hurry."
[22.98-24.18] Circle 1.
[25.07-29.39] The first syllable of "hurry" is stressed more than the second syllable.
[30.35-32.14] Repeat: "hurry."
[34.82-43.17] Listen to the second example: "across, across."
[47.62-49.38] The answer is 2.
[50.50-57.76] The second syllable has the strong stress in "across." Repeat: "across."
[60.37-62.13] Let's begin the exercise.
[62.53-64.37] Listen and circle the number.
[65.90-70.30] Number 1: "inflate, inflate."
[74.35-80.85] Number 2: "lower, lower."
[83.10-90.75] Number 3: "remove, remove."
[92.35-96.46] Number 4: "tighten, tighten."
[100.53-102.93] Number 5: "extra,
[104.37-104.42] extra."
[109.11-115.05] Number 6: "enough, enough."
[116.85-120.25] Number 7: "cover, cover."
[124.53-136.13] Number 8: "quickly, quickly." Number 9: "replace, replace."
[140.61-143.80] Number 10: "cigarette, cigarette."
[148.29-151.56] Number 11: "across, across."
[155.31-158.58] Number 12: "certainly, certainly."
[165.15-166.62] Now check your answers.
[167.52-169.35] Number 1 is 2.
[170.07-172.05] Repeat: "inflate."
[174.09-176.13] Number 2 is 1.
[176.85-178.71] Repeat: "lower."
[181.47-183.57] Number 3 is 2.
[184.17-186.15] Repeat: "remove."
[189.09-190.95] Number 4 is 1.
[191.43-193.11] Repeat: "tighten."
[196.17-198.21] Number 5 is 1.
[198.75-200.37] Repeat: "extra."
[203.13-204.99] Number 6 is 2.
[205.59-207.27] Repeat: "enough."
[210.81-212.91] Number 7 is 1.
[213.51-215.37] Repeat: "cover."
[217.71-219.69] Number 8 is 1.
[220.11-221.73] Repeat: "quickly."
[224.91-226.77] Number 9 is 2.
[227.31-229.23] Repeat: "replace."
[231.63-233.55] Number 10 is 3.
[234.09-235.89] Repeat: "cigarette."
[239.31-241.23] Number 11 is 2.
[241.77-243.69] Repeat: "across."
[245.79-247.77] Number 12 is 1.
[248.25-250.11] Repeat: "certainly."
#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk10-l3b-f5-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now turn to Figure 5, repeat the sentences.
Everyone began laughing.
Mike started apologizing.
Anne likes exercising in the gym.
Paul enjoys watching sports on TV.
Dr.
Hall never minds answering questions.
We finished listening to the tape after class.
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.02-5.46] Now turn to Figure 5, repeat the sentences.
[7.06-8.90] Everyone began laughing.
[13.54-15.70] Mike started apologizing.
[20.66-25.35] Anne likes exercising in the gym.
[28.14-30.78] Paul enjoys watching sports on TV.
[36.14-36.54] Dr.
[36.54-39.10] Hall never minds answering questions.
[46.61-49.41] We finished listening to the tape after class.
#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk10-l3b-f6-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 6.
Look at the example and listen.
Kay likes to drive her brother's car.
Kay likes driving her brother's car.
Now listen to the sentence, then change it.
Use the -ing form.
Number 1: The child started to cry.
Repeat: The child started crying.
Number 2: I don't like to stand in line.
Repeat: I don't like standing in line.
Number 3: Al began to study after dinner.
Repeat: Al began studying after dinner.
Number 4: Some people like to get up early.
Repeat: Some people like getting up early.
Number 5: The students began to ask questions.
Repeat: The students began asking questions.
Number 6: Mary started to look for an apartment.
Repeat: Mary started looking for an apartment.
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.50-3.78] Look at Figure 6.
[4.67-6.43] Look at the example and listen.
[9.49-11.65] Kay likes to drive her brother's car.
[12.90-15.06] Kay likes driving her brother's car.
[18.90-22.10] Now listen to the sentence, then change it.
[22.93-25.65] Use the -ing form.
[28.23-34.11] Number 1: The child started to cry.
[36.35-39.66] Repeat: The child started crying.
[44.83-48.74] Number 2: I don't like to stand in line.
[53.47-56.99] Repeat: I don't like standing in line.
[62.94-67.04] Number 3: Al began to study after dinner.
[71.76-75.04] Repeat: Al began studying after dinner.
[81.12-84.82] Number 4: Some people like to get up early.
[89.49-92.85] Repeat: Some people like getting up early.
[97.78-102.06] Number 5: The students began to ask questions.
[106.70-110.46] Repeat: The students began asking questions.
[116.22-120.51] Number 6: Mary started to look for an apartment.
[125.02-128.94] Repeat: Mary started looking for an apartment.
#### TAPE — Figure 7 (clip filenames start: bk10-l3b-f7-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Go to Figure 7, look at the example, and listen.
Mark enjoys old movies.
Watch.
Mark enjoys watching old movies.
Now look at the sentence and listen to the word.
Complete the sentence in your book, then repeat it.
Number 1: "meet."
Repeat: Jane enjoys meeting people.
Number 2: "write."
Repeat: Did you finish writing your letter?
Number 3: "fill out."
Repeat: I hope you don't mind filling out a few forms.
Number 4: "borrow."
Repeat: Dan doesn't like borrowing money from friends.
Number 5: "talk."
Repeat: Everyone started talking at the same time.
Number 6: "take."
Repeat: Jan began taking the medicine every 4 hours.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.66-5.10] Go to Figure 7, look at the example, and listen.
[8.90-10.58] Mark enjoys old movies.
[11.73-12.37] Watch.
[13.97-15.97] Mark enjoys watching old movies.
[19.94-22.50] Now look at the sentence and listen to the word.
[23.36-26.96] Complete the sentence in your book, then repeat it.
[28.40-30.40] Number 1: "meet."
[35.36-38.72] Repeat: Jane enjoys meeting people.
[45.22-47.22] Number 2: "write."
[52.08-55.62] Repeat: Did you finish writing your letter?
[60.74-62.90] Number 3: "fill out."
[68.13-72.69] Repeat: I hope you don't mind filling out a few forms.
[79.18-81.34] Number 4: "borrow."
[86.30-91.04] Repeat: Dan doesn't like borrowing money from friends.
[100.56-102.56] Number 5: "talk."
[106.94-111.41] Repeat: Everyone started talking at the same time.
[117.74-119.50] Number 6: "take."
[124.43-129.15] Repeat: Jan began taking the medicine every 4 hours.
#### TAPE — Figure 8 (clip filenames start: bk10-l3b-f8-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Go to Figure 8 now.
Listen to the paragraph.
John stood in front of the vending machine near his office and counted his money.
He had only 45 cents, exactly the cost of a Diet soda.
He carefully put his money in the machine and pushed the button, but nothing happened.
He pushed the coin return, and again, nothing happened.
John couldn't get his money or his Diet soda.
Listen to the paragraph again.
Then write the main idea in a complete sentence.
John stood in front of the vending machine near his office and counted his money.
He had only 45 cents, exactly the cost of a Diet soda.
He carefully put his money in the machine and pushed the button, but nothing happened.
He pushed the coin return, and again, nothing happened.
John couldn't get his money or his Diet soda.
Write a sentence now.
The main idea is something like: "John lost his money in the vending machine." Turn to the answer page for this lesson and check your sentence.
This is the end of Lesson 3B, Book 10.
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.00-3.28] Go to Figure 8 now.
[4.24-5.52] Listen to the paragraph.
[8.14-12.62] John stood in front of the vending machine near his office and counted his money.
[13.34-18.30] He had only 45 cents, exactly the cost of a Diet soda.
[19.41-24.77] He carefully put his money in the machine and pushed the button, but nothing happened.
[25.60-29.60] He pushed the coin return, and again, nothing happened.
[30.51-33.55] John couldn't get his money or his Diet soda.
[37.58-39.26] Listen to the paragraph again.
[39.98-43.74] Then write the main idea in a complete sentence.
[45.14-49.54] John stood in front of the vending machine near his office and counted his money.
[50.18-54.82] He had only 45 cents, exactly the cost of a Diet soda.
[55.54-60.82] He carefully put his money in the machine and pushed the button, but nothing happened.
[61.38-65.14] He pushed the coin return, and again, nothing happened.
[65.94-68.98] John couldn't get his money or his Diet soda.
[72.69-73.97] Write a sentence now.
[94.08-104.61] The main idea is something like: "John lost his money in the vending machine." Turn to the answer page for this lesson and check your sentence.
[111.26-114.46] This is the end of Lesson 3B, Book 10.

582
sources/book-10/tape-3C.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,582 @@
#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk10-l3c-f1-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
American Language Course, Book 10, Lesson 3C.
Hello.
Open your book to the activities for Lesson 3C.
Look at Figure 1, listen to the words in the box, and repeat.
Can.
Can.
Could.
Could.
Will.
Will.
Would.
Would.
Look at the dialogues and listen.
Could you please do me a favor?
Yes, of course.
Can you give me a ride home this afternoon?
I sure can.
Would you take a message for me, please?
I'll be glad to.
Will you tell Mr.
Rogers that I called?
I certainly will.
Listen to the dialogues again.
Write the words you hear in the blanks.
Number 1.
Could you please do me a favor?
Yes, of course.
Number 2.
Can you give me a ride home this afternoon?
I sure can.
Number 3.
Would you take a message for me, please?
I'll be glad to.
Number 4.
Will you tell Mr.
Rogers that I called?
I certainly will.
Now check your answers.
Is "could." Repeat.
Could you please do me a favor?
Yes, of course.
Number 2 is "can." Repeat.
Can you give me a ride home this afternoon?
I sure can.
Number 3 is "would." Repeat.
Would you take a message for me, please?
I'll be glad to.
Number 4 is "will." Repeat.
Will you tell Mr.
Rogers that I called?
I certainly will.
Segment timings (seconds):
[8.75-13.07] American Language Course, Book 10, Lesson 3C.
[19.12-19.60] Hello.
[20.32-23.28] Open your book to the activities for Lesson 3C.
[29.62-33.86] Look at Figure 1, listen to the words in the box, and repeat.
[37.22-37.78] Can.
[39.65-40.37] Can.
[42.40-42.88] Could.
[44.90-45.38] Could.
[47.46-50.01] Will.
[49.98-52.41] Will.
[52.40-54.57] Would.
[54.59-55.07] Would.
[58.45-60.53] Look at the dialogues and listen.
[64.11-65.55] Could you please do me a favor?
[66.77-67.89] Yes, of course.
[70.19-72.35] Can you give me a ride home this afternoon?
[72.59-73.39] I sure can.
[75.73-77.65] Would you take a message for me, please?
[78.45-79.33] I'll be glad to.
[80.83-81.71] Will you tell Mr.
[81.71-83.07] Rogers that I called?
[83.55-84.43] I certainly will.
[87.06-88.66] Listen to the dialogues again.
[89.52-91.44] Write the words you hear in the blanks.
[92.78-93.42] Number 1.
[95.12-96.64] Could you please do me a favor?
[98.80-99.84] Yes, of course.
[106.59-107.15] Number 2.
[108.38-110.46] Can you give me a ride home this afternoon?
[111.18-111.98] I sure can.
[118.35-118.99] Number 3.
[120.24-122.08] Would you take a message for me, please?
[122.72-123.52] I'll be glad to.
[129.97-130.53] Number 4.
[130.53-132.34] Will you tell Mr.
[132.34-133.70] Rogers that I called?
[134.42-135.30] I certainly will.
[138.46-140.14] Now check your answers.
[140.46-142.58] Is "could." Repeat.
[143.84-145.28] Could you please do me a favor?
[150.18-151.38] Yes, of course.
[153.94-157.39] Number 2 is "can." Repeat.
[158.48-159.97] Can you give me a ride home this afternoon?
[166.17-167.13] I sure can.
[170.49-173.43] Number 3 is "would." Repeat.
[174.39-176.31] Would you take a message for me, please?
[182.97-184.11] I'll be glad to.
[188.43-191.73] Number 4 is "will." Repeat.
[192.69-193.35] Will you tell Mr.
[193.65-194.79] Rogers that I called?
[200.01-201.09] I certainly will.
#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk10-l3c-f2-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 2, listen to the dialogue.
Could you do me a favor?
Certainly.
What do you need?
Lunch money.
Can you lend me $3?
Yes, I can.
Thanks.
Will you do another thing for me?
Of course.
You always do me favors.
Would you let me buy your lunch tomorrow?
Sure.
I know a good restaurant downtown.
Now, let's read the dialogue together.
You read Anne's lines.
Could you do me a favor?
Lunch money.
Can you lend me $3?
Thanks.
Will you do another thing for me?
Would you let me buy your lunch tomorrow?
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.24-5.28] Look at Figure 2, listen to the dialogue.
[8.29-9.65] Could you do me a favor?
[10.67-11.23] Certainly.
[11.23-12.11] What do you need?
[12.51-13.31] Lunch money.
[13.55-14.35] Can you lend me $3?
[15.55-16.27] Yes, I can.
[16.91-17.47] Thanks.
[17.71-19.23] Will you do another thing for me?
[19.95-20.67] Of course.
[20.67-22.19] You always do me favors.
[23.07-24.91] Would you let me buy your lunch tomorrow?
[25.63-26.11] Sure.
[26.11-28.03] I know a good restaurant downtown.
[31.02-33.26] Now, let's read the dialogue together.
[33.74-35.18] You read Anne's lines.
[39.14-40.50] Could you do me a favor?
[45.07-45.87] Lunch money.
[46.27-47.15] Can you lend me $3?
[52.03-52.59] Thanks.
[52.91-54.51] Will you do another thing for me?
[60.14-62.06] Would you let me buy your lunch tomorrow?
#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk10-l3c-f3-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Please go to Figure 3, look at the examples, and listen.
"Lend me a dollar." Will.
"Will you please lend me a dollar?"
"Turn that radio off." Could.
"Could you please turn that radio off?"
Now.
Now listen to the sentence and change it to a polite question.
Number 1: "Move your car." Can.
Repeat: "Can you please move your car?"
Number 2: "Repeat the answer." Would.
Repeat: "Would you please repeat the answer?"
Number 3: "Fill out this form." Could.
Repeat: "Could you please fill out this form?"
Number 4: "Tell me what time it is." Can.
Repeat: "Can you please tell me what time it is?"
Number 5: "Bring me a cup of coffee." Could.
Repeat: "Could you please bring me a cup of coffee?"
Number 6: "Introduce me to your friend." Would.
Repeat: "Would you please introduce me to your friend?"
Number 7: "Take this book back to the library." Will.
Repeat: "Will you please take this book back to the library?"
Number 8: "Show me how to operate this machine." Can.
Repeat: "Can you please show me how to operate this machine?"
Number 9: "Write that word on the chalkboard." Would.
Repeat: "Would you please write that word on the chalkboard?"
Number 10: "Tell Mother I won't be home for dinner." Will.
Repeat: "Will you please tell Mother I won't be home for dinner?"
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.97-6.13] Please go to Figure 3, look at the examples, and listen.
[9.66-13.53] "Lend me a dollar." Will.
[13.62-14.98] "Will you please lend me a dollar?"
[18.05-20.88] "Turn that radio off." Could.
[22.22-23.98] "Could you please turn that radio off?"
[26.42-26.66] Now.
[27.38-31.14] Now listen to the sentence and change it to a polite question.
[32.38-36.53] Number 1: "Move your car." Can.
[41.36-44.08] Repeat: "Can you please move your car?"
[49.20-54.14] Number 2: "Repeat the answer." Would.
[59.70-62.66] Repeat: "Would you please repeat the answer?"
[68.27-72.96] Number 3: "Fill out this form." Could.
[78.58-81.62] Repeat: "Could you please fill out this form?"
[89.41-94.51] Number 4: "Tell me what time it is." Can.
[100.85-104.14] Repeat: "Can you please tell me what time it is?"
[111.26-115.92] Number 5: "Bring me a cup of coffee." Could.
[121.90-125.18] Repeat: "Could you please bring me a cup of coffee?"
[131.26-135.58] Number 6: "Introduce me to your friend." Would.
[141.68-145.12] Repeat: "Would you please introduce me to your friend?"
[152.61-157.84] Number 7: "Take this book back to the library." Will.
[163.89-167.81] Repeat: "Will you please take this book back to the library?"
[175.17-180.75] Number 8: "Show me how to operate this machine." Can.
[186.83-190.75] Repeat: "Can you please show me how to operate this machine?"
[196.96-202.10] Number 9: "Write that word on the chalkboard." Would.
[208.24-211.87] Repeat: "Would you please write that word on the chalkboard?"
[218.85-223.98] Number 10: "Tell Mother I won't be home for dinner." Will.
[230.94-234.46] Repeat: "Will you please tell Mother I won't be home for dinner?"
#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk10-l3c-f4-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 4 now.
Listen to the questions from the last exercise, then give the complete answer.
First, look at the answers and repeat.
Of course.
Sure.
Certainly.
Yes, I can.
Yes, I will.
Now look at the examples and listen.
Would you please help me?
Of course.
Can you please speak more slowly?
Yes, I can.
Let's begin the exercise.
Number 1, listen.
Can you please move your car?
Repeat: sure.
Number 2, listen.
Would you please repeat the answer?
Repeat: certainly.
Number 3, listen.
Could you please fill out this form?
Repeat: of course.
Number 4, listen.
Can you please tell me the time?
Repeat: yes, I can.
Number 5, listen.
Could you please bring me a cup of coffee?
Repeat: sure.
Number 6, listen.
Would you please introduce me to your friend?
Repeat: of course.
Number 7, listen.
Will you please take this book back to the library?
Repeat: yes, I will.
Number 8, listen.
Can you please show me how to operate this machine?
Repeat: yes, I can.
Number 9, listen.
Would you please write that word on the chalkboard?
Repeat: certainly.
Number 10, listen.
Will you please tell Mother I won't be home for dinner?
Repeat: yes, I will.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.73-3.25] Look at Figure 4 now.
[3.89-9.49] Listen to the questions from the last exercise, then give the complete answer.
[10.05-12.85] First, look at the answers and repeat.
[13.79-14.75] Of course.
[16.66-17.30] Sure.
[19.41-20.21] Certainly.
[22.29-23.41] Yes, I can.
[25.22-26.42] Yes, I will.
[31.01-33.25] Now look at the examples and listen.
[35.26-36.54] Would you please help me?
[37.55-38.19] Of course.
[39.31-41.07] Can you please speak more slowly?
[41.90-42.78] Yes, I can.
[46.27-48.03] Let's begin the exercise.
[49.57-51.09] Number 1, listen.
[52.30-53.82] Can you please move your car?
[57.71-59.07] Repeat: sure.
[61.87-63.39] Number 2, listen.
[64.77-66.45] Would you please repeat the answer?
[71.28-72.80] Repeat: certainly.
[76.18-77.86] Number 3, listen.
[79.15-80.83] Could you please fill out this form?
[85.98-87.66] Repeat: of course.
[91.30-92.98] Number 4, listen.
[94.51-98.25] Can you please tell me the time?
[100.82-102.90] Repeat: yes, I can.
[106.91-108.67] Number 5, listen.
[110.13-112.05] Could you please bring me a cup of coffee?
[117.17-118.45] Repeat: sure.
[122.38-123.34] Number 6, listen.
[125.49-127.63] Would you please introduce me to your friend?
[131.70-133.46] Repeat: of course.
[137.20-138.38] Number 7, listen.
[140.25-142.77] Will you please take this book back to the library?
[148.10-149.62] Repeat: yes, I will.
[154.16-156.00] Number 8, listen.
[156.90-159.66] Can you please show me how to operate this machine?
[164.08-165.76] Repeat: yes, I can.
[170.19-171.71] Number 9, listen.
[172.96-175.12] Would you please write that word on the chalkboard?
[180.61-182.05] Repeat: certainly.
[186.37-187.97] Number 10, listen.
[189.06-191.46] Will you please tell Mother I won't be home for dinner?
[197.09-198.69] Repeat: yes, I will.
#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk10-l3c-f5-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at the questions in Figure 5.
Next, listen to a conversation, then answer the questions.
Read the questions now.
Good morning.
May I help you?
No, thank you.
I'm just looking.
Did you see our new fall suits?
No, I didn't.
Where are they?
Right here by the shirts and sweaters.
Oh, I see.
They look very nice.
When you want to try one on, tell me.
My name is Charles.
Allright, thanks.
Now listen to the conversation again, then answer the questions.
Good morning.
May I help you?
No, thank you.
I'm just looking.
Did you see our new fall suits?
No, I didn't.
Where are they?
Right here by the shirts and sweaters.
Oh, I see.
They look very nice.
When you want to try one on, tell me.
My name is Charles.
Allright.
Thanks.
Now answer the questions.
Number 1: Where are the men?
Repeat: They're in a clothing store.
Number 2: Does the customer want to buy anythingright now?
Repeat: No, he's just looking.
Number 3: What is the clerk's name?
Repeat: The clerk's name is Charles.
Number 4: Where are the fall suits?
Repeat: They're by the shirts and sweaters.
Number 5: What did the customer say about the suits?
Repeat: He said that they looked very nice.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.95-3.47] Look at the questions in Figure 5.
[4.67-9.47] Next, listen to a conversation, then answer the questions.
[9.95-11.47] Read the questions now.
[14.10-14.66] Good morning.
[14.82-15.54] May I help you?
[16.34-16.98] No, thank you.
[17.14-17.94] I'm just looking.
[18.66-20.34] Did you see our new fall suits?
[21.06-21.94] No, I didn't.
[22.18-22.74] Where are they?
[23.14-24.82] Right here by the shirts and sweaters.
[25.46-26.58] Oh, I see.
[26.82-27.86] They look very nice.
[28.72-30.72] When you want to try one on, tell me.
[30.96-32.00] My name is Charles.
[32.48-33.36] Allright, thanks.
[35.30-39.22] Now listen to the conversation again, then answer the questions.
[40.50-41.06] Good morning.
[41.30-42.10] May I help you?
[42.96-43.60] No, thank you.
[43.76-44.56] I'm just looking.
[45.68-47.52] Did you see our new fall suits?
[47.68-48.56] No, I didn't.
[48.72-49.20] Where are they?
[49.84-51.76] Right here by the shirts and sweaters.
[52.16-53.12] Oh, I see.
[53.44-54.40] They look very nice.
[54.96-56.96] When you want to try one on, tell me.
[57.12-58.16] My name is Charles.
[58.64-58.96] Allright.
[59.28-59.76] Thanks.
[62.29-63.97] Now answer the questions.
[65.09-67.49] Number 1: Where are the men?
[73.49-76.05] Repeat: They're in a clothing store.
[80.85-85.78] Number 2: Does the customer want to buy anythingright now?
[92.34-94.66] Repeat: No, he's just looking.
[99.22-102.37] Number 3: What is the clerk's name?
[109.06-111.86] Repeat: The clerk's name is Charles.
[116.75-120.03] Number 4: Where are the fall suits?
[127.49-130.51] Repeat: They're by the shirts and sweaters.
[135.12-139.30] Number 5: What did the customer say about the suits?
[145.94-149.22] Repeat: He said that they looked very nice.
#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk10-l3c-f6-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 6 and listen to the words.
Circle the number of the syllable with the strong stress.
Look at the example and listen:
cafeteria, cafeteria.
The answer is 3.
The third syllable has the strong stress.
Repeat: cafeteria.
Now begin the exercise.
Listen and circle the number.
Number 1: politely,
politely.
Number 2: popular, popular.
Number 3: operate,
operate.
Number 4:
another, another.
Number 5: finally,
finally.
Number 6: favorite,
favorite.
Number 7: selection,
selection.
Number 8: everyone, everyone.
Number 9: everybody, everybody.
Number 10: introduce,
introduce.
Number 11: introduction,
introduction.
Number 12: variety, variety.
Now check your answers.
Number 1 is 2.
Repeat: politely.
Number 2 is 1.
Repeat: popular.
Number 3 is 1.
Repeat: operate.
Number 4 is 2.
Repeat: another.
Number 5 is 1.
Repeat: finally.
Number 6 is 1.
Repeat: favorite.
Number 7 is 2.
Repeat: selection.
Number 8 is 1.
Repeat: everyone.
Number 9 is 1.
Repeat: everybody.
Number 10 is 3.
Repeat: introduce.
Number 11 is 3.
Repeat: introduction.
Number 12 is 2.
Repeat: variety.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.50-4.14] Look at Figure 6 and listen to the words.
[4.78-8.06] Circle the number of the syllable with the strong stress.
[8.86-10.78] Look at the example and listen:
[12.35-16.11] cafeteria, cafeteria.
[21.07-22.91] The answer is 3.
[23.84-26.56] The third syllable has the strong stress.
[27.20-29.92] Repeat: cafeteria.
[31.71-33.55] Now begin the exercise.
[33.95-35.79] Listen and circle the number.
[37.30-40.06] Number 1: politely,
[41.49-42.29] politely.
[46.85-53.85] Number 2: popular, popular.
[56.58-58.42] Number 3: operate,
[60.09-60.69] operate.
[66.69-67.53] Number 4:
[69.51-75.39] another, another.
[77.79-79.84] Number 5: finally,
[81.66-82.46] finally.
[87.07-88.64] Number 6: favorite,
[91.23-91.83] favorite.
[95.91-98.25] Number 7: selection,
[100.23-100.77] selection.
[104.97-112.47] Number 8: everyone, everyone.
[114.27-121.23] Number 9: everybody, everybody.
[122.78-125.10] Number 10: introduce,
[127.10-128.14] introduce.
[134.74-137.22] Number 11: introduction,
[139.53-140.19] introduction.
[144.15-148.95] Number 12: variety, variety.
[156.99-158.49] Now check your answers.
[159.51-161.19] Number 1 is 2.
[162.15-163.83] Repeat: politely.
[166.53-168.15] Number 2 is 1.
[168.93-170.75] Repeat: popular.
[173.02-175.18] Number 3 is 1.
[175.64-177.10] Repeat: operate.
[179.61-181.35] Number 4 is 2.
[182.37-186.69] Repeat: another.
[186.81-188.67] Number 5 is 1.
[189.45-191.13] Repeat: finally.
[193.71-195.57] Number 6 is 1.
[196.23-198.27] Repeat: favorite.
[201.09-202.95] Number 7 is 2.
[203.97-205.83] Repeat: selection.
[209.19-210.81] Number 8 is 1.
[211.77-213.69] Repeat: everyone.
[216.75-218.31] Number 9 is 1.
[219.21-221.25] Repeat: everybody.
[223.95-225.93] Number 10 is 3.
[226.59-228.51] Repeat: introduce.
[232.53-234.69] Number 11 is 3.
[234.99-237.09] Repeat: introduction.
[241.11-242.79] Number 12 is 2.
[243.57-245.61] Repeat: variety.
#### TAPE — Figure 7 (clip filenames start: bk10-l3c-f7-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now turn to Figure 7.
Listen to paragraph number 1 two times, then write the main idea.
Ted drives his car a lot.
His car is 2 years old, and his tires are too.
The car looks good, but the tires don't.
He has to put air in his tires often.
When the streets are wet, Ted can't stop his car quickly.
Now, he's afraid to drive in bad weather, and he's tired of flat tires.
Listen to paragraph number 1 again.
Ted drives his car a lot.
His car is 2 years old, and his tires are too.
The car looks good, but the tires don't.
He has to put air in his tires often.
When the streets are wet, Ted can't stop his car quickly.
Now, he's afraid to drive in bad weather, and he's tired of flat tires.
Now write the main idea of the paragraph.
The main idea of the paragraph is: "Ted needs new tires," or "The tires on his car are bad." Both sentences are correct.
You might use different words in your sentence, but the idea should be about the same.
Now listen to paragraph number 2.
Maria has to go to the mall today, but she doesn't want to.
She's afraid of heavy traffic and crowded parking lots, and she likes small stores better than large stores.
The clerks at the mall never seem to see her.
They always help others first.
All of Maria's friends like the mall, and she can't understand it.
Listen to paragraph number 2 again.
Maria has to go to the mall today, but she doesn't want to.
She's afraid of heavy traffic and crowded parking lots, and she likes small stores better than large stores.
The clerks at the mall never seem to see her.
They always help others first.
All of Maria's friends like the mall, and she can't understand it.
Now write the main idea of the paragraph on line 2.
The main idea is: "Maria doesn't like to go to the mall." You can also say that she doesn't enjoy shopping in the mall.
Turn to the answer page for this lesson to see the paragraphs and main ideas.
This is the end of Lesson 3C, Book 10.
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.02-3.38] Now turn to Figure 7.
[4.26-9.38] Listen to paragraph number 1 two times, then write the main idea.
[11.39-12.91] Ted drives his car a lot.
[14.10-17.38] His car is 2 years old, and his tires are too.
[18.37-20.53] The car looks good, but the tires don't.
[21.68-23.84] He has to put air in his tires often.
[24.86-28.46] When the streets are wet, Ted can't stop his car quickly.
[29.87-33.63] Now, he's afraid to drive in bad weather, and he's tired of flat tires.
[37.10-39.42] Listen to paragraph number 1 again.
[40.50-42.02] Ted drives his car a lot.
[42.93-45.97] His car is 2 years old, and his tires are too.
[47.02-49.10] The car looks good, but the tires don't.
[50.11-52.19] He has to put air in his tires often.
[53.20-56.56] When the streets are wet, Ted can't stop his car quickly.
[57.54-62.02] Now, he's afraid to drive in bad weather, and he's tired of flat tires.
[69.66-72.86] Now write the main idea of the paragraph.
[87.76-100.11] The main idea of the paragraph is: "Ted needs new tires," or "The tires on his car are bad." Both sentences are correct.
[100.75-105.79] You might use different words in your sentence, but the idea should be about the same.
[107.71-109.79] Now listen to paragraph number 2.
[111.23-114.83] Maria has to go to the mall today, but she doesn't want to.
[115.90-122.94] She's afraid of heavy traffic and crowded parking lots, and she likes small stores better than large stores.
[124.16-126.53] The clerks at the mall never seem to see her.
[127.66-129.26] They always help others first.
[130.16-133.73] All of Maria's friends like the mall, and she can't understand it.
[138.10-140.34] Listen to paragraph number 2 again.
[141.55-144.99] Maria has to go to the mall today, but she doesn't want to.
[146.05-152.67] She's afraid of heavy traffic and crowded parking lots, and she likes small stores better than large stores.
[154.27-156.34] The clerks at the mall never seem to see her.
[157.41-159.02] They always help others first.
[160.05-163.46] All of Maria's friends like the mall, and she can't understand it.
[167.30-170.42] Now write the main idea of the paragraph on line 2.
[187.18-196.38] The main idea is: "Maria doesn't like to go to the mall." You can also say that she doesn't enjoy shopping in the mall.
[198.85-203.97] Turn to the answer page for this lesson to see the paragraphs and main ideas.
[210.59-213.87] This is the end of Lesson 3C, Book 10.

544
sources/book-10/tape-3D.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,544 @@
#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk10-l3d-f1-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
American Language Course, Book 10, Lesson 3D.
Hello.
Open your book to the activities for Lesson 3D.
Look at Figure 1.
Listen to the dialogues.
Number 1.
Tell Mike hello for me.
What did Kim say to do?
She said to tell Mike hello for her.
Number 2.
Sue, wear your raincoat.
What did Mom say to wear?
She said to wear your raincoat.
Number 3.
Don't mark on your test booklets.
What did he say not to do?
He said not to mark on our test booklets.
Listen to the dialogues again.
Repeat them.
Tell Mike hello for me.
What did Kim say to do?
She said to tell Mike hello for her.
Sue, wear your raincoat.
What did Mom say to wear?
She said to wear your raincoat.
Don't mark on your test booklets.
What did he say not to do?
He said not to mark on our test booklets.
Segment timings (seconds):
[10.32-14.32] American Language Course, Book 10, Lesson 3D.
[20.30-20.70] Hello.
[21.73-24.18] Open your book to the activities for Lesson 3D.
[31.84-33.12] Look at Figure 1.
[33.60-35.12] Listen to the dialogues.
[38.16-38.88] Number 1.
[39.84-41.20] Tell Mike hello for me.
[42.06-43.50] What did Kim say to do?
[44.50-46.50] She said to tell Mike hello for her.
[48.10-48.82] Number 2.
[49.87-51.63] Sue, wear your raincoat.
[52.72-54.08] What did Mom say to wear?
[54.88-56.40] She said to wear your raincoat.
[57.97-58.61] Number 3.
[60.02-62.26] Don't mark on your test booklets.
[62.82-64.26] What did he say not to do?
[65.04-67.84] He said not to mark on our test booklets.
[69.54-71.14] Listen to the dialogues again.
[71.70-72.42] Repeat them.
[74.99-76.27] Tell Mike hello for me.
[79.89-81.25] What did Kim say to do?
[84.37-86.37] She said to tell Mike hello for her.
[89.86-91.70] Sue, wear your raincoat.
[95.22-96.50] What did Mom say to wear?
[99.25-100.77] She said to wear your raincoat.
[108.30-110.22] Don't mark on your test booklets.
[114.32-115.76] What did he say not to do?
[119.42-121.98] He said not to mark on our test booklets.
#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk10-l3d-f2-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now look at the example in Figure 2.
Listen to a sentence and a question.
Answer the question.
Then repeat the correct answer.
Listen.
"Check the front tires." What did he say to do?
He said to check the front tires.
Now listen and answer the question.
Number 1.
"Lock the garage door."
What did he say to do?
Repeat: He said to lock the garage door.
Number 2.
"Put the tire in the trunk."
What did he say to do?
Repeat: He said to put the tire in the trunk.
Number 3.
"Wash the car today." What did he say to do?
Repeat: He said to wash the car today.
Number 4.
"Turn the light on." What did he say to do?
Repeat: He said to turn the light on.
Number 5.
"Don't leave now." What did he say not to do?
Repeat: He said not to leave now.
Number 6.
"Wait a few minutes." What did he say to do?
Repeat: He said to wait a few minutes.
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.18-4.34] Now look at the example in Figure 2.
[5.06-7.14] Listen to a sentence and a question.
[7.86-8.90] Answer the question.
[9.62-11.78] Then repeat the correct answer.
[12.18-12.74] Listen.
[16.10-20.05] "Check the front tires." What did he say to do?
[22.62-25.10] He said to check the front tires.
[28.72-30.72] Now listen and answer the question.
[32.38-33.02] Number 1.
[34.35-35.44] "Lock the garage door."
[37.84-39.04] What did he say to do?
[42.02-44.98] Repeat: He said to lock the garage door.
[48.72-49.36] Number 2.
[50.94-52.38] "Put the tire in the trunk."
[54.75-55.95] What did he say to do?
[58.29-61.17] Repeat: He said to put the tire in the trunk.
[65.18-65.90] Number 3.
[67.79-71.25] "Wash the car today." What did he say to do?
[74.50-77.30] Repeat: He said to wash the car today.
[80.80-81.52] Number 4.
[83.02-86.30] "Turn the light on." What did he say to do?
[89.06-91.54] Repeat: He said to turn the light on.
[94.91-95.79] Number 5.
[96.66-100.53] "Don't leave now." What did he say not to do?
[104.40-107.20] Repeat: He said not to leave now.
[111.62-111.94] Number 6.
[114.11-117.57] "Wait a few minutes." What did he say to do?
[118.85-121.49] Repeat: He said to wait a few minutes.
#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk10-l3d-f3-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Turn to figure 3 and listen.
Mrs.
Hill talks a lot.
Her husband John and her son Billy don't always listen to her.
Sometimes they're reading or watching TV.
Other times they're just thinking about something else.
Look at the dialogues and listen to Mrs.
Hill.
Then you be Mr.
Hill or Billy and ask or answer a question.
Listen and complete the conversation.
Number 1.
Billy, hang up your coat.
Ask Billy's question.
Repeat: what did she say to do?
She said to hang up your coat.
Number 2.
Please feed the dog.
Ask Billy's question.
Repeat: what did she say to do?
She said to feed the dog.
Number 3.
John, please return Dr.
Smith's call.
What did she say to do?
Answer his question.
Repeat: she said to return Dr.
Smith's call.
Number 4.
Do your homework now, Billy.
What did she say to do?
Answer his question.
Repeat: she said to do your homework.
Number 5.
Please give Billy some lunch money.
What did she say to give me?
Answer his question.
Repeat: she said to give you some lunch money.
Number 6.
Please put gas in the car.
Billy, what did your mother say to do?
Answer his question.
Repeat: she said to put gas in the car.
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.19-4.27] Turn to figure 3 and listen.
[7.02-7.42] Mrs.
[7.42-8.46] Hill talks a lot.
[9.57-12.93] Her husband John and her son Billy don't always listen to her.
[14.11-16.59] Sometimes they're reading or watching TV.
[17.65-20.37] Other times they're just thinking about something else.
[25.26-27.74] Look at the dialogues and listen to Mrs.
[27.74-28.14] Hill.
[30.26-31.86] Then you be Mr.
[31.86-35.54] Hill or Billy and ask or answer a question.
[39.22-41.38] Listen and complete the conversation.
[45.89-46.53] Number 1.
[48.14-49.58] Billy, hang up your coat.
[50.82-52.26] Ask Billy's question.
[57.25-59.81] Repeat: what did she say to do?
[62.86-64.38] She said to hang up your coat.
[67.90-68.46] Number 2.
[70.11-71.23] Please feed the dog.
[72.59-73.87] Ask Billy's question.
[78.05-80.61] Repeat: what did she say to do?
[83.92-85.36] She said to feed the dog.
[88.53-89.25] Number 3.
[90.45-91.89] John, please return Dr.
[91.89-92.85] Smith's call.
[97.38-98.58] What did she say to do?
[99.50-100.54] Answer his question.
[105.87-108.27] Repeat: she said to return Dr.
[108.27-109.23] Smith's call.
[114.38-115.02] Number 4.
[116.24-117.76] Do your homework now, Billy.
[119.42-120.62] What did she say to do?
[121.78-122.90] Answer his question.
[127.87-130.59] Repeat: she said to do your homework.
[134.45-135.25] Number 5.
[138.37-140.13] Please give Billy some lunch money.
[141.79-143.23] What did she say to give me?
[144.34-145.46] Answer his question.
[151.84-154.56] Repeat: she said to give you some lunch money.
[158.11-158.75] Number 6.
[160.27-162.11] Please put gas in the car.
[163.33-165.41] Billy, what did your mother say to do?
[166.85-167.89] Answer his question.
[174.13-176.93] Repeat: she said to put gas in the car.
#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk10-l3d-f4-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Go to Figure 4, read the questions.
Now listen to a conversation 2 times, then answer the questions in your book.
I'm glad you're driving, Sam.
I'm lost.
When did you move away from here, Dan?
7 years ago.
Silver City has really changed a lot in that time.
Yes, it has.
There are more people and a lot of new buildings.
What's that large place on theright?
That's the Silver Star Mall.
Do you want to eat lunch there?
Yes, I certainly do.
I'll only be here for 5 days, and I want to see everything.
Listen to the conversation again.
I'm glad you're driving, Sam.
I'm lost.
When did you move away from here, Dan?
7 years ago.
Silver City has really changed a lot in that time.
Yes, it has.
There are more people and a lot of new buildings.
What's that large place on theright?
That's the Silver Star Mall.
Do you want to eat lunch there?
Yes, I certainly do.
I'll only be here for 5 days, and I want to see everything.
Now answer the questions.
Say the answers only, don't write.
Number 1: Who's driving the car?
Repeat: Sam is driving the car.
Number 2: What city are Dan and Sam in?
Repeat: They're in Silver City.
Number 3: When did Sam move away from there?
Repeat: He moved away 7 years ago.
Number 4: Where will Dan and Sam eat lunch?
Repeat: They'll eat lunch at the Silver Star Mall.
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.66-5.78] Go to Figure 4, read the questions.
[19.09-24.85] Now listen to a conversation 2 times, then answer the questions in your book.
[28.82-30.42] I'm glad you're driving, Sam.
[30.74-31.54] I'm lost.
[32.37-33.97] When did you move away from here, Dan?
[34.96-36.00] 7 years ago.
[36.64-39.92] Silver City has really changed a lot in that time.
[40.56-41.60] Yes, it has.
[42.24-44.80] There are more people and a lot of new buildings.
[45.52-47.20] What's that large place on theright?
[48.75-50.11] That's the Silver Star Mall.
[50.51-51.63] Do you want to eat lunch there?
[52.19-53.39] Yes, I certainly do.
[54.37-57.65] I'll only be here for 5 days, and I want to see everything.
[60.24-61.92] Listen to the conversation again.
[63.46-64.98] I'm glad you're driving, Sam.
[65.22-65.94] I'm lost.
[66.58-68.18] When did you move away from here, Dan?
[68.50-69.54] 7 years ago.
[70.53-73.65] Silver City has really changed a lot in that time.
[74.13-75.09] Yes, it has.
[75.81-78.21] There are more people and a lot of new buildings.
[78.77-80.29] What's that large place on theright?
[81.01-82.37] That's the Silver Star Mall.
[82.85-83.97] Do you want to eat lunch there?
[84.37-85.73] Yes, I certainly do.
[86.66-89.70] I'll only be here for 5 days, and I want to see everything.
[93.12-94.80] Now answer the questions.
[95.36-98.32] Say the answers only, don't write.
[99.97-102.70] Number 1: Who's driving the car?
[107.74-110.14] Repeat: Sam is driving the car.
[113.78-117.44] Number 2: What city are Dan and Sam in?
[123.68-126.00] Repeat: They're in Silver City.
[130.48-134.18] Number 3: When did Sam move away from there?
[139.90-142.86] Repeat: He moved away 7 years ago.
[147.82-151.76] Number 4: Where will Dan and Sam eat lunch?
[157.71-161.50] Repeat: They'll eat lunch at the Silver Star Mall.
#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk10-l3d-f5-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 5: look at the names of buildings in Silver City.
Now listen: when you hear the name of a building, write the letter next to the name of the building.
Listen.
When Dan returned to Silver City for the first time in 7 years, he realized there were a lot of changes.
He decided to rent a car at the airport.
He called his friend Sam and asked for directions to his house.
Sam told him to take Airport Road into town.
The Landmark Hotel will be on your left, just before you get to Highway 50.
Write the letter E next to number 1.
The Landmark Hotel is Building E.
Now listen to Sam's directions and write the letter of each building next to the correct name when you hear it.
On the southeast corner of Airport Road and Highway 50, you will see the Silver Star Mall.
You turn north at that corner onto Highway 50, and you go one block to Easy Street.
The Silver Dollar Restaurant will be on the northwest corner.
You turn east on Easy Street.
The New Money Bank will be on yourright in that first block.
The next street will be 1st Street.
After you've crossed 1st Street, the SureCare Clinic will be on the left, and the City Library will be on the other side of the street.
Turn north at the next corner onto 2nd Street.
The High School Gym will be on yourright.
You'll cross High Street and see the old post office on theright.
Stay on 2nd Street and go out of downtown.
My address is 2024 2nd Street.
I hope you won't get lost.
Listen again and fill in any missing letters.
Listen.
When Dan returned to Silver City for the first time in 7 years, he realized there were a lot of changes.
He decided to rent a car at the airport.
He called his friend Sam and asked for directions to his house.
Sam told him to take Airport Road into town.
The Landmark Hotel will be on your left, just before you get to Highway 50.
On the southeast corner of Airport Road and Highway 50, you will see the Silver Star Mall.
You turn north at that corner onto Highway 50, and you go one block to Easy Street.
The Silver Dollar Restaurant will be on the northwest corner.
You turn to the east on Easy Street.
The New Money Bank will be on yourright in that first block.
The next street will be 1st Street.
After you've crossed 1st Street, the SureCare Clinic will be on the left, and the City Library will be on the other side of the street.
Turn north at the next corner onto 2nd Street.
The High School Gym will be on yourright.
You'll cross High Street and see the old post office on theright.
Stay on 2nd Street and go out of downtown.
My address is 2024 2nd Street.
I hope you won't get lost.
Now check your answers.
Number 1: The Landmark Hotel is E.
Number 2: The Silver City Mall is H.
Number 3: The Silver Dollar Restaurant is B.
Number 4: The New Money Bank is F.
Number 5: The City Library is G.
Number 6: The old post office is A.
Number 7: The SureCare Clinic is C.
Number 8: The High School Gym is D.
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.43-6.99] Look at Figure 5: look at the names of buildings in Silver City.
[15.28-21.90] Now listen: when you hear the name of a building, write the letter next to the name of the building.
[22.38-22.94] Listen.
[24.67-31.55] When Dan returned to Silver City for the first time in 7 years, he realized there were a lot of changes.
[32.64-34.72] He decided to rent a car at the airport.
[35.90-39.66] He called his friend Sam and asked for directions to his house.
[41.09-44.05] Sam told him to take Airport Road into town.
[45.12-50.00] The Landmark Hotel will be on your left, just before you get to Highway 50.
[56.75-60.62] Write the letter E next to number 1.
[60.62-63.10] The Landmark Hotel is Building E.
[64.19-71.15] Now listen to Sam's directions and write the letter of each building next to the correct name when you hear it.
[73.23-78.91] On the southeast corner of Airport Road and Highway 50, you will see the Silver Star Mall.
[86.61-93.17] You turn north at that corner onto Highway 50, and you go one block to Easy Street.
[94.54-97.82] The Silver Dollar Restaurant will be on the northwest corner.
[105.31-107.39] You turn east on Easy Street.
[108.62-112.62] The New Money Bank will be on yourright in that first block.
[119.76-121.68] The next street will be 1st Street.
[123.06-132.13] After you've crossed 1st Street, the SureCare Clinic will be on the left, and the City Library will be on the other side of the street.
[138.38-141.66] Turn north at the next corner onto 2nd Street.
[143.17-144.74] The High School Gym will be on yourright.
[151.53-155.60] You'll cross High Street and see the old post office on theright.
[164.18-167.22] Stay on 2nd Street and go out of downtown.
[168.35-171.60] My address is 2024 2nd Street.
[171.95-174.45] I hope you won't get lost.
[180.08-183.28] Listen again and fill in any missing letters.
[184.34-184.90] Listen.
[186.34-192.90] When Dan returned to Silver City for the first time in 7 years, he realized there were a lot of changes.
[193.95-196.48] He decided to rent a car at the airport.
[197.60-201.44] He called his friend Sam and asked for directions to his house.
[202.90-206.10] Sam told him to take Airport Road into town.
[207.47-211.87] The Landmark Hotel will be on your left, just before you get to Highway 50.
[213.45-219.46] On the southeast corner of Airport Road and Highway 50, you will see the Silver Star Mall.
[221.38-227.38] You turn north at that corner onto Highway 50, and you go one block to Easy Street.
[229.95-233.15] The Silver Dollar Restaurant will be on the northwest corner.
[235.42-237.58] You turn to the east on Easy Street.
[239.95-243.55] The New Money Bank will be on yourright in that first block.
[246.10-247.86] The next street will be 1st Street.
[249.74-258.66] After you've crossed 1st Street, the SureCare Clinic will be on the left, and the City Library will be on the other side of the street.
[260.59-263.85] Turn north at the next corner onto 2nd Street.
[265.34-267.26] The High School Gym will be on yourright.
[269.31-272.99] You'll cross High Street and see the old post office on theright.
[274.75-277.84] Stay on 2nd Street and go out of downtown.
[279.31-283.78] My address is 2024 2nd Street.
[283.79-285.15] I hope you won't get lost.
[288.88-290.26] Now check your answers.
[291.99-295.94] Number 1: The Landmark Hotel is E.
[297.60-301.44] Number 2: The Silver City Mall is H.
[304.17-308.54] Number 3: The Silver Dollar Restaurant is B.
[310.89-314.69] Number 4: The New Money Bank is F.
[316.67-320.46] Number 5: The City Library is G.
[323.09-327.04] Number 6: The old post office is A.
[329.25-332.85] Number 7: The SureCare Clinic is C.
[334.38-337.90] Number 8: The High School Gym is D.
#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk10-l3d-f6-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now turn to Figure 6.
Listen to the dialogue.
Look at that car.
Which car?
The blue one.
The blue one next to us?
Yes, that one.
That's Jim's car.
Jim White?
Not Jim White.
Jim Brown.
Do you like it?
I like the wheel covers.
They make Jim's car look fast.
Yes, fast and expensive.
Now listen and repeat the dialogue.
Look at that car.
Which car?
The blue one.
The blue one next to us?
Yes, that one.
That's Jim's car.
Jim White?
Not Jim White.
Jim Brown.
Do you like it?
I like the wheel covers.
They make Jim's car look fast.
Yes, fast and expensive.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.70-3.38] Now turn to Figure 6.
[3.86-5.14] Listen to the dialogue.
[7.38-8.66] Look at that car.
[9.74-10.22] Which car?
[11.23-11.95] The blue one.
[13.12-14.32] The blue one next to us?
[14.88-16.24] Yes, that one.
[16.96-17.76] That's Jim's car.
[18.40-19.20] Jim White?
[20.50-21.14] Not Jim White.
[21.54-22.26] Jim Brown.
[23.41-24.05] Do you like it?
[25.25-26.37] I like the wheel covers.
[27.46-29.54] They make Jim's car look fast.
[30.26-32.10] Yes, fast and expensive.
[34.40-36.32] Now listen and repeat the dialogue.
[38.62-39.66] Look at that car.
[42.43-42.99] Which car?
[45.46-46.18] The blue one.
[48.30-49.58] The blue one next to us?
[52.37-53.65] Yes, that one.
[56.37-57.25] That's Jim's car.
[60.24-61.04] Jim White?
[63.38-64.18] Not Jim White.
[64.42-65.22] Jim Brown.
[68.46-69.18] Do you like it?
[72.59-73.71] I like the wheel covers.
[77.52-79.60] They make Jim's car look fast.
[83.63-85.63] Yes, fast and expensive.
#### TAPE — Figure 7 (clip filenames start: bk10-l3d-f7-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 7.
Listen to a sentence and select the best response.
Circle A, B, or C.
Number 1: "Jane's shoes are loose."
Number 2: "Which one doesn't have wheels?"
Number 3: "Anne removed one glove."
Number 4: "Glen has enough money."
Number 5: "Mary's answer was quick."
Number 6: "Ken's belt is tight."
Number 7: "Why is Pat hurrying?"
Number 8: "Roger raised the desk."
Number 9: "Nan inflated the soccer ball."
Number 10: "Why does Alan need the wrench?"
Now listen and check your answers.
Repeat theright answers.
Number 1 is C.
Repeat: "Jane's shoes are loose because they're large for her."
Number 2 is B.
Repeat: "Boats don't have wheels."
Number 3 is C.
Repeat: "Anne took off her glove."
Number 4 is C.
Repeat: "Glen doesn't need any more money because he has enough."
Number 5 is A.
Repeat: "Mary gave a fast answer.
It was quick."
Number 6 is A.
Repeat: "Ken's belt is tight because he ate too much."
Number 7 is A.
Repeat: "Pat's hurrying because she's late."
Number 8 is C.
Repeat: "Roger lifted the desk."
Number 9 is B.
Repeat: "The soccer ball got larger when Nan inflated it."
Number 10 is B.
Repeat: "Alan needs the wrench because he's fixing the machine."
This is the end of Lesson 3D, Book 10.
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.30-3.50] Look at Figure 7.
[4.30-6.94] Listen to a sentence and select the best response.
[8.34-10.74] Circle A, B, or C.
[12.42-15.86] Number 1: "Jane's shoes are loose."
[26.22-30.10] Number 2: "Which one doesn't have wheels?"
[39.66-43.18] Number 3: "Anne removed one glove."
[56.53-59.57] Number 4: "Glen has enough money."
[74.67-78.24] Number 5: "Mary's answer was quick."
[90.74-93.84] Number 6: "Ken's belt is tight."
[107.79-111.15] Number 7: "Why is Pat hurrying?"
[122.64-125.74] Number 8: "Roger raised the desk."
[136.32-139.94] Number 9: "Nan inflated the soccer ball."
[151.97-155.39] Number 10: "Why does Alan need the wrench?"
[173.95-176.11] Now listen and check your answers.
[176.51-178.03] Repeat theright answers.
[179.44-180.72] Number 1 is C.
[181.62-186.30] Repeat: "Jane's shoes are loose because they're large for her."
[193.82-195.18] Number 2 is B.
[195.98-198.46] Repeat: "Boats don't have wheels."
[203.30-204.98] Number 3 is C.
[205.62-208.34] Repeat: "Anne took off her glove."
[213.39-214.67] Number 4 is C.
[215.42-220.46] Repeat: "Glen doesn't need any more money because he has enough."
[228.21-229.73] Number 5 is A.
[230.53-233.65] Repeat: "Mary gave a fast answer.
[234.37-235.17] It was quick."
[241.30-242.74] Number 6 is A.
[243.52-247.62] Repeat: "Ken's belt is tight because he ate too much."
[255.34-257.10] Number 7 is A.
[258.03-261.50] Repeat: "Pat's hurrying because she's late."
[268.29-269.89] Number 8 is C.
[270.64-273.52] Repeat: "Roger lifted the desk."
[279.07-280.59] Number 9 is B.
[281.39-285.94] Repeat: "The soccer ball got larger when Nan inflated it."
[293.66-295.26] Number 10 is B.
[295.82-300.22] Repeat: "Alan needs the wrench because he's fixing the machine."
[316.19-319.23] This is the end of Lesson 3D, Book 10.

519
sources/book-10/tape-4A.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,519 @@
#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk10-l4a-f1-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
American Language Course, Book 10, Lesson 4A.
Hello.
Open your book to the activities for Lesson 4A.
Look at Figure 1.
These are some pictures of a family.
Listen and repeat the underlined words 2 times:
"folks."
Folks.
Picture 1: grandfather.
Grandfather.
Picture 2: grandmother.
Grandmother.
Picture 3:
grandparents.
Grandparents.
Picture 4: parents.
Parents.
Baby.
Baby.
Now turn the page and repeat:
"relatives."
Relatives.
Picture 5:
aunt.
Aunt.
Single.
Single.
Get married.
Get married.
Picture 6:
married.
Married.
Picture 7: uncle.
Uncle.
Picture 8:
marriage.
Marriage.
Cousins.
Cousins.
Picture 9:
niece.
Niece.
Nephew.
Nephew.
Now turn back to Picture 1.
Listen to the story of this family.
Grandfather Jones is in Picture 1, and Grandmother Jones is in Picture 2.
They are my mother's parents.
They're my grandparents on my mother's side of the family.
I see these grandparents often because we live in the same city.
Grandfather doesn't work anymore.
He and Grandmother like to take trips very often.
Picture 3 shows my grandparents on my father's side.
Don and Lita Garcia are my father's parents.
They don't live in this city; they live in New Mexico.
It's far from here.
I only see them 1 or 2 times a year.
Then, in Picture 4, are my mother and father.
This is an old picture.
There is a very young child in the picture with my mother and father.
My mother has a baby in her arms.
That baby is me.
I was a 10-month-old baby.
That was a long time ago.
The little boy in the picture next to my father is my brother Frank.
He was 3 years old in the picture.
Go to the next page and you will see some more of my relatives.
First, in Pictures 5 and 6 are my mother's sisters, my aunts: Aunt Mary and Aunt June.
Picture 5 is a picture of Aunt Mary when she was single before she got married.
Next to Aunt Mary is a picture of Aunt June.
Aunt June never married.
She's single.
She lives alone in a small town not very far from here.
Next to Aunt June in Picture 7 is Uncle Jerry.
Uncle Jerry is my father's brother.
Uncle Jerry lives in New Mexico also, but he comes to visit us often.
My father has a sister too, but I don't have her picture.
Her name is Jean.
She's my Aunt Jean.
Picture 8 shows Aunt Mary after she got married.
It's a picture of her family.
My Aunt Mary has a very happy marriage.
In the picture with her is her husband, Uncle Ben, and her children, Meg and Rob, my cousins.
Aunt Mary and her family live here in town.
My cousins and I went to the same schools when we were growing up.
It's nice to have your relatives in the same city.
And finally, in Picture 9 are my brother Frank's children.
They are my newest and youngest relatives: my niece Jane and my nephew Jack.
My niece is 2 and a half years old.
My nephew is a 4-month-old baby.
They're the babies of the family.
I hope you enjoyed my pictures.
I like to look at them and think of my folks.
Segment timings (seconds):
[12.83-16.83] American Language Course, Book 10, Lesson 4A.
[23.57-23.97] Hello.
[24.69-27.25] Open your book to the activities for Lesson 4A.
[33.63-35.55] Look at Figure 1.
[35.55-37.31] These are some pictures of a family.
[38.03-41.63] Listen and repeat the underlined words 2 times:
[43.14-43.86] "folks."
[45.92-46.64] Folks.
[48.98-53.61] Picture 1: grandfather.
[53.68-54.72] Grandfather.
[57.34-60.32] Picture 2: grandmother.
[61.90-62.94] Grandmother.
[65.76-66.72] Picture 3:
[68.10-69.22] grandparents.
[71.18-72.38] Grandparents.
[74.70-77.54] Picture 4: parents.
[79.81-79.86] Parents.
[82.72-83.52] Baby.
[85.36-86.08] Baby.
[88.58-91.74] Now turn the page and repeat:
[93.44-94.40] "relatives."
[97.14-98.10] Relatives.
[100.62-101.00] Picture 5:
[103.53-103.95] aunt.
[106.65-107.01] Aunt.
[109.59-112.05] Single.
[112.23-112.71] Single.
[115.11-118.47] Get married.
[118.59-119.54] Get married.
[122.16-123.04] Picture 6:
[124.37-125.09] married.
[127.17-127.97] Married.
[130.30-133.04] Picture 7: uncle.
[135.22-135.78] Uncle.
[138.27-139.15] Picture 8:
[140.43-140.48] marriage.
[143.91-144.42] Marriage.
[146.53-147.33] Cousins.
[149.12-149.76] Cousins.
[152.31-153.21] Picture 9:
[154.89-155.13] niece.
[157.47-157.77] Niece.
[160.59-160.95] Nephew.
[163.17-163.53] Nephew.
[166.71-168.32] Now turn back to Picture 1.
[168.45-171.10] Listen to the story of this family.
[174.02-179.14] Grandfather Jones is in Picture 1, and Grandmother Jones is in Picture 2.
[180.56-182.56] They are my mother's parents.
[183.71-187.07] They're my grandparents on my mother's side of the family.
[188.48-192.56] I see these grandparents often because we live in the same city.
[194.06-196.06] Grandfather doesn't work anymore.
[196.70-199.58] He and Grandmother like to take trips very often.
[201.73-205.25] Picture 3 shows my grandparents on my father's side.
[206.59-209.95] Don and Lita Garcia are my father's parents.
[210.94-214.46] They don't live in this city; they live in New Mexico.
[215.18-216.54] It's far from here.
[217.63-220.59] I only see them 1 or 2 times a year.
[222.14-225.90] Then, in Picture 4, are my mother and father.
[226.62-228.06] This is an old picture.
[229.18-232.62] There is a very young child in the picture with my mother and father.
[233.82-235.90] My mother has a baby in her arms.
[236.88-238.24] That baby is me.
[239.17-241.01] I was a 10-month-old baby.
[241.76-243.52] That was a long time ago.
[244.77-248.77] The little boy in the picture next to my father is my brother Frank.
[249.52-251.84] He was 3 years old in the picture.
[253.92-258.16] Go to the next page and you will see some more of my relatives.
[259.55-267.87] First, in Pictures 5 and 6 are my mother's sisters, my aunts: Aunt Mary and Aunt June.
[268.86-273.74] Picture 5 is a picture of Aunt Mary when she was single before she got married.
[275.17-277.97] Next to Aunt Mary is a picture of Aunt June.
[278.77-280.29] Aunt June never married.
[280.93-281.81] She's single.
[282.29-286.29] She lives alone in a small town not very far from here.
[288.51-291.71] Next to Aunt June in Picture 7 is Uncle Jerry.
[292.93-295.17] Uncle Jerry is my father's brother.
[296.34-301.14] Uncle Jerry lives in New Mexico also, but he comes to visit us often.
[302.26-306.26] My father has a sister too, but I don't have her picture.
[307.12-308.40] Her name is Jean.
[308.80-310.40] She's my Aunt Jean.
[312.24-315.44] Picture 8 shows Aunt Mary after she got married.
[316.24-318.80] It's a picture of her family.
[319.05-321.86] My Aunt Mary has a very happy marriage.
[322.86-330.14] In the picture with her is her husband, Uncle Ben, and her children, Meg and Rob, my cousins.
[331.25-333.89] Aunt Mary and her family live here in town.
[334.91-338.59] My cousins and I went to the same schools when we were growing up.
[339.46-342.26] It's nice to have your relatives in the same city.
[344.11-348.83] And finally, in Picture 9 are my brother Frank's children.
[349.55-355.69] They are my newest and youngest relatives: my niece Jane and my nephew Jack.
[356.43-358.74] My niece is 2 and a half years old.
[359.05-361.90] My nephew is a 4-month-old baby.
[362.22-364.41] They're the babies of the family.
[364.64-367.35] I hope you enjoyed my pictures.
[367.54-370.48] I like to look at them and think of my folks.
#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk10-l4a-f2-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now look at Figure 2.
Listen to the question and circle the correct answer: A, B, or C.
Number 1: "Who's my father's father?"
Letter A is the answer.
Repeat: "My father's father is my grandfather." Now listen and circle the correct letter.
Number 2:
"Who's my father's mother?"
Number 3: "What do we call a very young child?"
Number 4: "Who are my mother's sisters?"
Number 5: "Who's my father's brother?"
Number 6: "Who are my aunt's children?"
Number 7: "Who's my brother's son?"
Number 8: "Who's my brother's daughter?"
Number 9: "When a woman has a husband, what do we call her?"
Number 10: "What do we call a man without a wife?"
Let's check your answers.
Number 2 is B.
Repeat: "My father's mother is my grandmother."
Number 3 is C.
Repeat: "A very young child is called a baby."
Number 4 is C.
Repeat: "My mother's sisters are my aunts."
Number 5 is A.
Repeat: "My father's brother is my uncle."
Number 6 is B.
Repeat: "My aunt's children are my cousins."
Number 7 is B.
Repeat: "My brother's son is my nephew."
Number 8 is C.
Repeat: "My brother's daughter is my niece."
Number 9 is B.
Repeat: "A woman with a husband is called a married woman."
Number 10 is A.
Repeat: "A man without a wife is a single man."
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.65-2.93] Now look at Figure 2.
[3.65-8.61] Listen to the question and circle the correct answer: A, B, or C.
[9.70-12.74] Number 1: "Who's my father's father?"
[18.24-19.84] Letter A is the answer.
[20.77-28.45] Repeat: "My father's father is my grandfather." Now listen and circle the correct letter.
[30.72-31.60] Number 2:
[33.22-34.74] "Who's my father's mother?"
[41.07-45.39] Number 3: "What do we call a very young child?"
[50.03-53.78] Number 4: "Who are my mother's sisters?"
[59.73-63.46] Number 5: "Who's my father's brother?"
[68.83-72.64] Number 6: "Who are my aunt's children?"
[77.42-80.54] Number 7: "Who's my brother's son?"
[86.08-89.04] Number 8: "Who's my brother's daughter?"
[93.62-98.50] Number 9: "When a woman has a husband, what do we call her?"
[103.90-107.50] Number 10: "What do we call a man without a wife?"
[119.82-121.10] Let's check your answers.
[124.03-125.87] Number 2 is B.
[126.35-130.35] Repeat: "My father's mother is my grandmother."
[135.18-137.18] Number 3 is C.
[137.90-141.74] Repeat: "A very young child is called a baby."
[147.14-149.22] Number 4 is C.
[149.62-153.62] Repeat: "My mother's sisters are my aunts."
[159.47-161.47] Number 5 is A.
[161.87-165.39] Repeat: "My father's brother is my uncle."
[171.47-173.47] Number 6 is B.
[173.79-177.79] Repeat: "My aunt's children are my cousins."
[183.90-186.06] Number 7 is B.
[186.46-190.06] Repeat: "My brother's son is my nephew."
[196.34-197.94] Number 8 is C.
[198.18-202.99] Repeat: "My brother's daughter is my niece."
[209.46-211.38] Number 9 is B.
[211.62-215.94] Repeat: "A woman with a husband is called a married woman."
[221.57-223.41] Number 10 is A.
[223.89-227.89] Repeat: "A man without a wife is a single man."
#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk10-l4a-f3-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 3.
Listen.
Next month I will graduate from school.
I ask my relatives to come.
Some of them will be able to come, and some of them won't be able to come.
Look at the example.
You ask the question and someone will answer it.
Then you put an X on the chart in the Yes, No, or Maybe column.
Repeat the example question.
Will Aunt June be able to come?
Now listen to the answer and mark the chart.
Listen: I'm not sure.
Aunt June might be able to come.
Put an X in number 1 under "Maybe."
Now look at the chart and ask a question.
Listen to the answer and mark the chart.
Number 2.
Repeat: Will Grandfather and Grandmother Jones be able to come?
Listen: Yes, Grandfather and Grandmother Jones will be able to come.
Mark the chart.
Number 3.
Repeat: Will Aunt Mary be able to come?
Listen and mark: No, she won't be able to come.
Number 4.
Repeat: Will Uncle Ben be able to come?
Listen and mark: He isn't sure.
He might.
Number 5.
Repeat: Will Cousin Meg be able to come?
Listen and mark: Yes, she will.
Number 6.
Repeat: Will Cousin Rob be able to come?
Listen and mark: No, he won't.
Number 7.
Repeat: Will Uncle Jerry be able to come?
Listen and mark: He didn't know.
He might.
Number 8.
Repeat: Will your brother Frank be able to come?
Listen and mark: Yes, he will.
Number 9.
Repeat: Will your parents be able to come?
Listen and mark: Yes, they will.
Now, here are some questions for you.
Use the chart and answer in a complete sentence.
The questions are not in the same order.
Will Aunt June be able to come?
Repeat: I'm not sure.
Aunt June might be able to come.
Will Grandfather and Grandmother Jones be able to come?
Repeat: Yes, Grandfather and Grandmother Jones will be able to come.
Will my parents be able to come?
Repeat: Yes, your parents will be able to come.
Will Uncle Ben be able to come?
Repeat: Maybe.
Uncle Ben might be able to come.
Will Uncle Jerry be able to come?
Repeat: Maybe.
Uncle Jerry might be able to come.
Will Cousin Meg be able to come?
Repeat: Yes, Cousin Meg will be able to come.
Will Aunt Mary be able to come?
Repeat: No, Aunt Mary won't be able to come.
Will my brother Frank be able to come?
Repeat: Yes, your brother Frank will be able to come.
Will Cousin Rob be able to come?
Repeat: No, Cousin Rob won't be able to come.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.97-3.25] Look at Figure 3.
[3.73-4.29] Listen.
[5.89-9.33] Next month I will graduate from school.
[10.54-12.62] I ask my relatives to come.
[13.65-17.81] Some of them will be able to come, and some of them won't be able to come.
[18.74-20.02] Look at the example.
[20.10-22.58] You ask the question and someone will answer it.
[24.90-29.46] Then you put an X on the chart in the Yes, No, or Maybe column.
[30.80-32.72] Repeat the example question.
[34.30-38.67] Will Aunt June be able to come?
[40.30-43.02] Now listen to the answer and mark the chart.
[44.88-47.36] Listen: I'm not sure.
[48.58-50.74] Aunt June might be able to come.
[54.37-57.65] Put an X in number 1 under "Maybe."
[60.83-63.15] Now look at the chart and ask a question.
[64.08-66.32] Listen to the answer and mark the chart.
[68.56-69.52] Number 2.
[74.03-81.09] Repeat: Will Grandfather and Grandmother Jones be able to come?
[83.70-89.46] Listen: Yes, Grandfather and Grandmother Jones will be able to come.
[90.99-92.11] Mark the chart.
[98.00-98.88] Number 3.
[104.00-107.44] Repeat: Will Aunt Mary be able to come?
[112.74-117.38] Listen and mark: No, she won't be able to come.
[122.99-123.87] Number 4.
[128.99-132.80] Repeat: Will Uncle Ben be able to come?
[137.12-140.08] Listen and mark: He isn't sure.
[140.56-141.36] He might.
[146.32-147.28] Number 5.
[151.25-155.06] Repeat: Will Cousin Meg be able to come?
[159.09-162.21] Listen and mark: Yes, she will.
[167.60-167.97] Number 6.
[172.47-175.60] Repeat: Will Cousin Rob be able to come?
[180.33-183.22] Listen and mark: No, he won't.
[187.90-188.43] Number 7.
[192.13-196.34] Repeat: Will Uncle Jerry be able to come?
[201.36-204.16] Listen and mark: He didn't know.
[204.56-205.20] He might.
[211.18-211.66] Number 8.
[216.93-220.86] Repeat: Will your brother Frank be able to come?
[226.38-229.02] Listen and mark: Yes, he will.
[233.89-234.53] Number 9.
[238.50-241.65] Repeat: Will your parents be able to come?
[246.69-249.46] Listen and mark: Yes, they will.
[257.01-258.82] Now, here are some questions for you.
[259.62-262.82] Use the chart and answer in a complete sentence.
[263.79-265.87] The questions are not in the same order.
[268.66-272.85] Will Aunt June be able to come?
[275.38-277.94] Repeat: I'm not sure.
[278.66-280.82] Aunt June might be able to come.
[286.99-290.27] Will Grandfather and Grandmother Jones be able to come?
[295.26-300.94] Repeat: Yes, Grandfather and Grandmother Jones will be able to come.
[307.54-309.57] Will my parents be able to come?
[315.11-318.51] Repeat: Yes, your parents will be able to come.
[324.81-326.88] Will Uncle Ben be able to come?
[331.79-333.63] Repeat: Maybe.
[333.63-336.80] Uncle Ben might be able to come.
[342.45-346.89] Will Uncle Jerry be able to come?
[349.70-351.70] Repeat: Maybe.
[352.42-354.74] Uncle Jerry might be able to come.
[361.29-363.63] Will Cousin Meg be able to come?
[368.82-373.09] Repeat: Yes, Cousin Meg will be able to come.
[379.47-381.50] Will Aunt Mary be able to come?
[386.70-390.48] Repeat: No, Aunt Mary won't be able to come.
[396.27-398.56] Will my brother Frank be able to come?
[403.76-408.15] Repeat: Yes, your brother Frank will be able to come.
[414.99-417.15] Will Cousin Rob be able to come?
[422.61-427.30] Repeat: No, Cousin Rob won't be able to come.
#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk10-l4a-f4-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 4.
Look at the connective words in the box.
Repeat: "after", "after that", "finally", "first",
"last", "lastly",
"next", "second",
"then".
Now listen to a paragraph 2 times.
First, just listen for the connective words.
Bob changed my flat tire yesterday.
First, he opened the trunk and took the wrench, the jack, and the spare tire out of the trunk.
Next, he took off the hub cap and loosened the nuts with the wrench.
After that, he put the jack in place and lifted the car.
He removed the nuts and took off the flat tire.
Then he put the spare tire on the wheel and put the nuts on.
He lowered the car, tightened the nuts, and replaced the hub cap.
And last, he put the jack, wrench, and flat tire back in the trunk of the car.
Now listen again.
This time, write the connective words when you hear them.
Bob changed my flat tire yesterday.
First, he opened the trunk and took the wrench, the jack, and the spare tire out of the trunk.
Next, he took off the hub cap and loosened the nuts with the wrench.
After that, he put the jack in place and lifted the car.
He removed the nuts and took off the flat tire.
Then he put the spare tire on the wheel and put the nuts on.
He lowered the car, tightened the nuts, and replaced the hub cap.
And last, he put the jack, wrench, and flat tire back in the trunk of the car.
Listen to another paragraph.
First, just listen.
Are you going to get a snack from the vending machine downstairs?
Do you know how to operate it?
Let me tell you how to use it.
First, be sure you have enough change.
It's best to have the exact change.
The machine doesn't always give back change.
Then look at the snacks.
It usually has a large number of selections.
Then decide on the snack before you insert your money.
Next, insert your coins in the coin slot.
Then be sure to push theright letter and button for your selection.
Finally, after the snack drops to the tray, take out your selection.
Now listen again.
This time, write the connective words when you hear them.
Are you going to get a snack from the vending machine downstairs?
Do you know how to operate it?
Let me tell you how to use it.
First, be sure you have enough change.
It's best to have the exact change.
The machine doesn't always give back change.
Then look at the snacks.
It usually has a large number of selections.
Then decide on the snack before you insert your money.
Next, insert your coins in the coin slot.
Then be sure to push theright letter and button for your selection.
Finally, after the snack drops to the tray, take out your selection.
Check your answers on the answer page for this lesson.
This is the end of Lesson 4A, Book 10.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.94-3.14] Look at Figure 4.
[4.10-6.26] Look at the connective words in the box.
[7.41-15.65] Repeat: "after", "after that", "finally", "first",
[17.25-19.65] "last", "lastly",
[22.17-25.11] "next", "second",
[26.73-27.26] "then".
[29.85-32.27] Now listen to a paragraph 2 times.
[32.75-35.87] First, just listen for the connective words.
[37.86-40.58] Bob changed my flat tire yesterday.
[41.38-48.82] First, he opened the trunk and took the wrench, the jack, and the spare tire out of the trunk.
[49.78-55.14] Next, he took off the hub cap and loosened the nuts with the wrench.
[56.26-60.18] After that, he put the jack in place and lifted the car.
[60.94-64.14] He removed the nuts and took off the flat tire.
[65.10-69.42] Then he put the spare tire on the wheel and put the nuts on.
[70.26-74.74] He lowered the car, tightened the nuts, and replaced the hub cap.
[75.82-81.34] And last, he put the jack, wrench, and flat tire back in the trunk of the car.
[85.73-86.77] Now listen again.
[87.70-90.66] This time, write the connective words when you hear them.
[93.02-95.82] Bob changed my flat tire yesterday.
[96.88-104.00] First, he opened the trunk and took the wrench, the jack, and the spare tire out of the trunk.
[104.99-110.43] Next, he took off the hub cap and loosened the nuts with the wrench.
[112.06-116.46] After that, he put the jack in place and lifted the car.
[117.38-120.66] He removed the nuts and took off the flat tire.
[122.16-126.80] Then he put the spare tire on the wheel and put the nuts on.
[127.44-131.49] He lowered the car, tightened the nuts, and replaced the hub cap.
[132.69-138.69] And last, he put the jack, wrench, and flat tire back in the trunk of the car.
[142.94-144.62] Listen to another paragraph.
[145.10-146.78] First, just listen.
[147.97-151.49] Are you going to get a snack from the vending machine downstairs?
[152.13-153.97] Do you know how to operate it?
[155.18-156.86] Let me tell you how to use it.
[157.62-160.36] First, be sure you have enough change.
[160.58-162.82] It's best to have the exact change.
[163.65-166.91] The machine doesn't always give back change.
[166.99-168.43] Then look at the snacks.
[169.15-172.70] It usually has a large number of selections.
[172.70-175.82] Then decide on the snack before you insert your money.
[176.62-179.90] Next, insert your coins in the coin slot.
[180.62-184.22] Then be sure to push theright letter and button for your selection.
[185.01-189.97] Finally, after the snack drops to the tray, take out your selection.
[196.72-197.84] Now listen again.
[198.59-201.55] This time, write the connective words when you hear them.
[203.36-206.80] Are you going to get a snack from the vending machine downstairs?
[207.44-209.44] Do you know how to operate it?
[210.59-212.27] Let me tell you how to use it.
[213.39-216.51] First, be sure you have enough change.
[216.58-219.63] It's best to have the exact change.
[220.71-223.50] The machine doesn't always give back change.
[224.55-226.62] Then look at the snacks.
[227.26-229.82] It usually has a large number of selections.
[231.23-235.63] Then decide on the snack before you insert your money.
[235.84-239.24] Next, insert your coins in the coin slot.
[240.75-244.40] Then be sure to push theright letter and button for your selection.
[246.21-251.12] Finally, after the snack drops to the tray, take out your selection.
[259.54-262.42] Check your answers on the answer page for this lesson.
[268.95-271.38] This is the end of Lesson 4A, Book 10.

505
sources/book-10/tape-4B.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,505 @@
#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk10-l4b-f1-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
American Language Course, Book 10, Lesson 4B.
Hello.
Open your book to the activities for Lesson 4B.
Look at Figure 1.
Listen and repeat the sentences.
What's her occupation?
What's his job?
What kind of work does he do?
What does he do?
Now look at the pictures in Figure 1.
Repeat the words and sentences.
Picture 1: "Dentist."
Dentist.
"A dentist is a doctor."
"She works on people's teeth."
Picture 2: "Businesswoman." Businesswoman.
"Company."
Company.
"She's a businesswoman."
"Rita and her husband own an insurance company."
Picture 3: "Salesman."
Salesman.
"He sells cars." "He's a salesman."
Picture 4: "Cashier."
Cashier.
"Boss."
Boss.
"Alice takes money from customers at a restaurant."
"She's a cashier."
"Mr.
Jones owns the restaurant."
"He's her boss."
Picture 5: "Secretary."
Secretary.
"He's the new secretary for the school."
"He types 55 words a minute."
Picture 6: "Driver."
Driver.
"He's the new driver for the school bus."
"He's a bus driver."
Segment timings (seconds):
[11.61-15.30] American Language Course, Book 10, Lesson 4B.
[20.98-21.22] Hello.
[22.21-25.41] Open your book to the activities for Lesson 4B.
[31.44-32.56] Look at Figure 1.
[33.12-35.28] Listen and repeat the sentences.
[36.67-37.87] What's her occupation?
[42.14-43.02] What's his job?
[46.72-48.24] What kind of work does he do?
[53.07-53.95] What does he do?
[58.18-60.74] Now look at the pictures in Figure 1.
[60.74-62.66] Repeat the words and sentences.
[65.41-67.73] Picture 1: "Dentist."
[69.74-70.54] Dentist.
[73.55-74.99] "A dentist is a doctor."
[78.06-79.90] "She works on people's teeth."
[84.61-90.66] Picture 2: "Businesswoman." Businesswoman.
[93.47-94.11] "Company."
[96.27-96.99] Company.
[98.54-100.06] "She's a businesswoman."
[103.33-106.45] "Rita and her husband own an insurance company."
[112.11-114.67] Picture 3: "Salesman."
[116.37-117.09] Salesman.
[118.82-122.67] "He sells cars." "He's a salesman."
[126.22-129.02] Picture 4: "Cashier."
[131.01-131.89] Cashier.
[134.58-135.22] "Boss."
[136.91-137.63] Boss.
[139.28-142.56] "Alice takes money from customers at a restaurant."
[146.56-147.84] "She's a cashier."
[152.88-153.20] "Mr.
[153.20-155.20] Jones owns the restaurant."
[158.51-159.79] "He's her boss."
[165.46-168.33] Picture 5: "Secretary."
[171.06-171.11] Secretary.
[174.09-176.35] "He's the new secretary for the school."
[180.78-183.34] "He types 55 words a minute."
[188.22-190.70] Picture 6: "Driver."
[192.88-193.68] Driver.
[196.06-198.62] "He's the new driver for the school bus."
[202.72-204.16] "He's a bus driver."
#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk10-l4b-f2-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 2, listen to some sentences about people's occupations or jobs, then answer the question.
Write the number in front of the correct answer.
Number 1: "He works in a grocery store." "The customers pay him for their food." "What's his occupation?"
The answer is C, cashier.
Put a 1 in front of cashier.
Repeat: "The cashier takes the customers' money for food."
Number 2:
"Jack drives a truck for a furniture store." "What's his job?"
The correct answer is B.
Repeat: "He's a truck driver."
Number 3:
"Mary sells towels in a department store." "What is her job?"
The correct answer is D, saleswoman.
Repeat: "A saleswoman sells things."
Number 4: "Mark owns a drugstore." "What's his occupation?"
The correct answer is A, businessman.
Repeat: "He's a businessman."
Number 5:
"Alice works for an insurance company." "She types, writes letters, and answers the phone." "What is she?"
The correct answer is F, secretary.
Repeat: "A secretary usually types and answers the phone."
Number 6: "He cleaned and filled my teeth." "What's his occupation?"
The correct answer is E, dentist.
Repeat: "A dentist cleans and fills teeth."
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.66-10.22] Look at Figure 2, listen to some sentences about people's occupations or jobs, then answer the question.
[11.15-13.71] Write the number in front of the correct answer.
[15.50-25.09] Number 1: "He works in a grocery store." "The customers pay him for their food." "What's his occupation?"
[29.06-31.94] The answer is C, cashier.
[32.74-34.82] Put a 1 in front of cashier.
[38.11-42.99] Repeat: "The cashier takes the customers' money for food."
[51.15-51.95] Number 2:
[53.58-60.81] "Jack drives a truck for a furniture store." "What's his job?"
[63.12-65.36] The correct answer is B.
[66.00-68.32] Repeat: "He's a truck driver."
[72.29-73.17] Number 3:
[74.54-79.50] "Mary sells towels in a department store." "What is her job?"
[84.85-88.29] The correct answer is D, saleswoman.
[89.25-92.69] Repeat: "A saleswoman sells things."
[97.63-103.46] Number 4: "Mark owns a drugstore." "What's his occupation?"
[109.22-112.82] The correct answer is A, businessman.
[113.54-116.10] Repeat: "He's a businessman."
[121.82-122.70] Number 5:
[124.02-132.18] "Alice works for an insurance company." "She types, writes letters, and answers the phone." "What is she?"
[137.20-140.56] The correct answer is F, secretary.
[141.04-145.84] Repeat: "A secretary usually types and answers the phone."
[150.77-156.69] Number 6: "He cleaned and filled my teeth." "What's his occupation?"
[161.55-164.27] The correct answer is E, dentist.
[164.91-168.75] Repeat: "A dentist cleans and fills teeth."
#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk10-l4b-f3-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now look at the chart in Figure 3.
This is a chart about the weather in different cities.
Read all the information on the chart.
First, repeat the names of the cities two times.
Los Angeles.
Los Angeles.
New York.
New York.
San Francisco.
San Francisco.
Washington.
Washington.
Phoenix.
Phoenix.
Detroit.
Detroit.
Las Vegas.
Las Vegas.
Chicago.
Chicago.
Now look at the example.
Listen to the question and answer it.
What was the temperature in Chicago?
Repeat: It was 34 degrees.
Listen and answer.
Was it cloudy or clear?
Repeat: It was cloudy.
Use the chart and answer the questions.
Number 1: What was the temperature in Phoenix?
Repeat: It was 72 degrees.
Was it cloudy or clear in Phoenix?
Repeat: It was clear.
Number 2:
What was the temperature in Las Vegas?
Repeat: It was 65 degrees in Las Vegas.
Was it cloudy or rainy in Las Vegas?
Repeat: It was rainy in Las Vegas.
Number 3: What was the temperature in San Francisco?
Repeat: It was 55 degrees in San Francisco.
Was it cloudy or clear?
Repeat: It was cloudy.
Number 4: What was the temperature in New York?
Repeat: It was 41 degrees.
Was it cloudy or rainy in New York?
Repeat: It was cloudy.
Number 5: What was the temperature in Los Angeles?
Repeat: It was 60 degrees.
Was it rainy or cloudy?
Repeat: It was rainy.
Number 6: What was the temperature in Detroit?
Repeat: It was 30 degrees.
Was it cloudy or clear?
Repeat: It was clear.
Number 7: What was the temperature in Washington?
Repeat: It was 42 degrees.
Was it windy or rainy?
Repeat: It was windy.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.63-3.55] Now look at the chart in Figure 3.
[4.56-7.44] This is a chart about the weather in different cities.
[8.32-10.24] Read all the information on the chart.
[24.24-27.84] First, repeat the names of the cities two times.
[29.65-30.77] Los Angeles.
[33.79-35.07] Los Angeles.
[37.41-40.47] New York.
[40.56-43.65] New York.
[43.62-44.90] San Francisco.
[47.18-48.46] San Francisco.
[50.69-53.55] Washington.
[53.55-57.15] Washington.
[57.04-57.92] Phoenix.
[59.87-59.92] Phoenix.
[63.86-63.91] Detroit.
[66.09-66.57] Detroit.
[69.33-69.99] Las Vegas.
[72.02-73.22] Las Vegas.
[75.81-76.13] Chicago.
[77.94-77.99] Chicago.
[83.50-84.78] Now look at the example.
[85.81-87.89] Listen to the question and answer it.
[89.20-90.96] What was the temperature in Chicago?
[95.60-98.77] Repeat: It was 34 degrees.
[101.15-102.75] Listen and answer.
[104.96-106.72] Was it cloudy or clear?
[110.70-112.62] Repeat: It was cloudy.
[115.68-118.16] Use the chart and answer the questions.
[120.08-123.52] Number 1: What was the temperature in Phoenix?
[127.89-131.17] Repeat: It was 72 degrees.
[136.13-138.61] Was it cloudy or clear in Phoenix?
[143.07-145.47] Repeat: It was clear.
[148.86-149.58] Number 2:
[151.46-153.62] What was the temperature in Las Vegas?
[157.77-161.70] Repeat: It was 65 degrees in Las Vegas.
[166.43-169.31] Was it cloudy or rainy in Las Vegas?
[172.58-175.78] Repeat: It was rainy in Las Vegas.
[179.78-184.50] Number 3: What was the temperature in San Francisco?
[188.46-193.21] Repeat: It was 55 degrees in San Francisco.
[197.78-199.72] Was it cloudy or clear?
[203.23-205.85] Repeat: It was cloudy.
[208.80-213.09] Number 4: What was the temperature in New York?
[216.90-219.46] Repeat: It was 41 degrees.
[224.31-226.85] Was it cloudy or rainy in New York?
[230.59-233.07] Repeat: It was cloudy.
[236.19-240.69] Number 5: What was the temperature in Los Angeles?
[245.17-247.97] Repeat: It was 60 degrees.
[251.78-253.78] Was it rainy or cloudy?
[256.99-259.39] Repeat: It was rainy.
[262.16-266.00] Number 6: What was the temperature in Detroit?
[269.84-272.31] Repeat: It was 30 degrees.
[275.97-277.71] Was it cloudy or clear?
[281.31-282.99] Repeat: It was clear.
[286.65-290.91] Number 7: What was the temperature in Washington?
[295.53-298.17] Repeat: It was 42 degrees.
[301.89-303.81] Was it windy or rainy?
[308.00-309.42] Repeat: It was windy.
#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk10-l4b-f4-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now look at Figure 4: listen to the time and draw the hands on the clocks.
Number 1: it's 6.
Number 2: it's 7:30.
Number 3: it's 12:15.
Number 4: it's 7.
Number 5: it's 5:20.
Number 6: it's 10:45.
Now look at the clocks and the sentences, and answer the questions.
Number 1: What time is it?
Repeat: It's 6.
It's time to get up.
Number 2: Is it time to sleep?
Repeat: No.
It's 7:30.
It's time for class.
Number 3: What time is it?
Repeat: It's 12:15.
It's time to eat.
Number 4: Is it time to relax?
Repeat: Yes.
It's 7.
It's your free time.
Number 5: Is it time for breakfast?
Repeat: No.
It's 5:20.
It's time to eat supper.
Number 6: What time is it?
Repeat: It's 10:45.
It's time to go to sleep.
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.27-7.47] Now look at Figure 4: listen to the time and draw the hands on the clocks.
[10.99-13.23] Number 1: it's 6.
[17.89-20.29] Number 2: it's 7:30.
[25.38-28.02] Number 3: it's 12:15.
[33.84-36.16] Number 4: it's 7.
[41.79-44.31] Number 5: it's 5:20.
[50.07-53.07] Number 6: it's 10:45.
[60.87-64.75] Now look at the clocks and the sentences, and answer the questions.
[67.07-70.16] Number 1: What time is it?
[75.10-77.02] Repeat: It's 6.
[77.74-79.02] It's time to get up.
[84.46-89.91] Number 2: Is it time to sleep?
[91.94-93.78] Repeat: No.
[94.42-95.54] It's 7:30.
[96.18-97.70] It's time for class.
[105.86-108.50] Number 3: What time is it?
[113.46-116.45] Repeat: It's 12:15.
[116.77-117.97] It's time to eat.
[125.97-128.91] Number 4: Is it time to relax?
[133.49-135.33] Repeat: Yes.
[135.49-136.37] It's 7.
[136.69-137.81] It's your free time.
[145.22-148.34] Number 5: Is it time for breakfast?
[153.49-155.33] Repeat: No.
[155.65-156.85] It's 5:20.
[157.17-158.53] It's time to eat supper.
[165.82-167.97] Number 6: What time is it?
[173.13-175.47] Repeat: It's 10:45.
[175.83-177.30] It's time to go to sleep.
#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk10-l4b-f5-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now look at Figure 5, listen and repeat the conversation.
What are you going to do this Saturday, Ben?
Are you going to do anything interesting?
Well, I'm going to add—
Some coins to my collection.
Do you collect anything?
No.
All I collect—
Is my student's papers after a test.
But that's different.
What are you doing Saturday?
I'm going to work on my car.
I have to replace two tires.
Then I'm going to a baseball game.
Do you want to come with me?
I have an extra ticket.
Sure.
Where can I meet you?
How about my apartment at 5?
Good.
See you then.
Now let's read the conversation.
You read Ben's lines.
What are you going to do this Saturday, Ben?
Are you going to do anything interesting?
No.
All I collect is student's papers after a test.
But that's different.
I'm going to work on my car.
I have to replace two tires.
Then I'm going to a baseball game.
Do you want to come with me?
I have an extra ticket.
How about my apartment at 5?
Now change parts.
You read Bruce's lines.
You start.
Well, I'm going to add some coins to my collection.
Do you collect anything?
What are you doing Saturday?
Sure.
Where can I meet you?
Good.
See you then.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.90-5.90] Now look at Figure 5, listen and repeat the conversation.
[8.82-11.06] What are you going to do this Saturday, Ben?
[16.51-18.27] Are you going to do anything interesting?
[23.02-26.85] Well, I'm going to add—
[28.83-30.27] Some coins to my collection.
[34.56-35.60] Do you collect anything?
[40.08-40.56] No.
[42.19-43.07] All I collect—
[46.27-48.51] Is my student's papers after a test.
[54.75-55.63] But that's different.
[59.02-60.30] What are you doing Saturday?
[64.99-66.59] I'm going to work on my car.
[71.34-73.42] I have to replace two tires.
[78.98-80.90] Then I'm going to a baseball game.
[86.13-87.41] Do you want to come with me?
[92.08-93.28] I have an extra ticket.
[96.86-97.34] Sure.
[98.72-99.52] Where can I meet you?
[103.23-105.55] How about my apartment at 5?
[109.20-109.52] Good.
[110.08-110.72] See you then.
[113.60-115.28] Now let's read the conversation.
[116.54-117.82] You read Ben's lines.
[121.54-123.78] What are you going to do this Saturday, Ben?
[124.96-126.64] Are you going to do anything interesting?
[136.66-137.14] No.
[138.13-140.93] All I collect is student's papers after a test.
[142.27-143.15] But that's different.
[150.00-154.11] I'm going to work on my car.
[154.26-156.10] I have to replace two tires.
[157.90-159.66] Then I'm going to a baseball game.
[161.79-163.07] Do you want to come with me?
[165.63-166.67] I have an extra ticket.
[171.25-173.25] How about my apartment at 5?
[177.10-178.46] Now change parts.
[179.52-181.04] You read Bruce's lines.
[181.90-182.38] You start.
[191.79-194.51] Well, I'm going to add some coins to my collection.
[195.57-196.53] Do you collect anything?
[205.73-206.93] What are you doing Saturday?
[221.41-221.89] Sure.
[222.29-223.09] Where can I meet you?
[229.01-229.41] Good.
[230.05-230.85] See you then.
#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk10-l4b-f6-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 6, listen to a paragraph two times, then write the main idea of the paragraph in a complete sentence.
Listen.
Why do people go to shopping centers?
You might say, "They go to shop." Most people do go to malls for that, but some just go for fun.
The stores want to sell their things.
They put their most beautiful and interesting things in their windows.
They try to get the customers into their stores.
Many people just like to see these stores.
Others like to walk or exercise in the malls.
It's cool and safe there.
Some people like to go and watch other people while they shop or walk.
A shopping center can be fun to visit.
Listen to the paragraph again.
Why do people go to shopping centers?
You might say, "They go to shop." Most people do go to malls for that, but some just go for fun.
The stores want to sell their things.
They put their most beautiful and interesting things in their windows.
They try to get the customers into their stores.
Many people just like to see these stores.
Others like to walk or exercise in the malls.
It's cool and safe there.
Some people like to go and watch other people while they shop or walk.
A shopping center can be fun to visit.
Now write the main idea.
Listen to another paragraph.
When people want to keep warm on cold days, they do different things.
Some people wear warm clothes.
Other people drink hot coffee or tea all day.
At night, people put many covers on their beds.
Others think that doing the opposite helps.
For example, some people think that a cold shower will keep you warm.
They say that cold plus cold equals hot.
Listen again.
When people want to keep warm on cold days, they do different things.
Some people wear warm clothes.
Other people drink hot coffee or tea all day.
At night, people put many covers on their beds.
Others think that doing the opposite helps.
For example, some people think that a cold shower will keep you warm.
They say that cold plus cold equals hot.
Now write the main idea of the paragraph.
After the lesson ends, look at example sentences on the answer page for this lesson.
Your sentence doesn't have to be the same, but it should have the same idea.
This is the end of Lesson 4B, Book 10.
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.29-11.57] Look at Figure 6, listen to a paragraph two times, then write the main idea of the paragraph in a complete sentence.
[12.43-12.91] Listen.
[16.14-18.46] Why do people go to shopping centers?
[19.28-27.23] You might say, "They go to shop." Most people do go to malls for that, but some just go for fun.
[28.24-30.32] The stores want to sell their things.
[31.04-34.72] They put their most beautiful and interesting things in their windows.
[35.62-38.26] They try to get the customers into their stores.
[39.39-42.11] Many people just like to see these stores.
[42.83-45.87] Others like to walk or exercise in the malls.
[46.51-48.27] It's cool and safe there.
[49.07-53.23] Some people like to go and watch other people while they shop or walk.
[53.95-56.19] A shopping center can be fun to visit.
[59.39-61.15] Listen to the paragraph again.
[62.61-64.85] Why do people go to shopping centers?
[65.49-73.31] You might say, "They go to shop." Most people do go to malls for that, but some just go for fun.
[74.27-76.35] The stores want to sell their things.
[77.22-80.90] They put their most beautiful and interesting things in their windows.
[81.87-84.43] They try to get the customers into their stores.
[85.65-88.29] Many people just like to see these stores.
[89.28-92.08] Others like to walk or exercise in the malls.
[92.80-94.40] It's cool and safe there.
[95.63-99.79] Some people like to go and watch other people while they shop or walk.
[100.51-102.83] A shopping center can be fun to visit.
[104.91-106.27] Now write the main idea.
[128.48-130.00] Listen to another paragraph.
[131.79-136.67] When people want to keep warm on cold days, they do different things.
[137.73-139.81] Some people wear warm clothes.
[140.96-143.92] Other people drink hot coffee or tea all day.
[144.83-147.71] At night, people put many covers on their beds.
[148.67-151.15] Others think that doing the opposite helps.
[151.31-156.43] For example, some people think that a cold shower will keep you warm.
[157.33-160.21] They say that cold plus cold equals hot.
[163.52-164.40] Listen again.
[166.98-171.46] When people want to keep warm on cold days, they do different things.
[172.45-174.53] Some people wear warm clothes.
[175.36-178.45] Other people drink hot coffee or tea all day.
[179.66-181.95] At night, people put many covers on their beds.
[183.03-185.50] Others think that doing the opposite helps.
[186.06-191.42] For example, some people think that a cold shower will keep you warm.
[191.42-194.22] They say that cold plus cold equals hot.
[198.03-200.22] Now write the main idea of the paragraph.
[202.08-207.92] After the lesson ends, look at example sentences on the answer page for this lesson.
[208.98-213.62] Your sentence doesn't have to be the same, but it should have the same idea.
[221.26-224.49] This is the end of Lesson 4B, Book 10.

399
sources/book-10/tape-4C.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,399 @@
#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk10-l4c-f1-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
American Language Course, Book 10, Lesson 4C.
Hello.
Open your book to the activities for Lesson 4C.
Look at Figure 1.
Complete the dialogue.
Listen and circle the correct word.
Listen.
How far is it from Houston to Dallas?
Oh, it's about 250 miles.
Could you find out the exact number of miles for me?
Sure, let me check my map.
It's 243 miles.
Which city do you think is nicer to visit?
Well, in my opinion, Houston is more pleasant.
That's good.
I'm driving to Houston first, then from there I might drive to Dallas.
Well, have a good trip.
Thanks.
Now listen and repeat the dialogue.
How far is it from Houston to Dallas?
Oh, it's about 250 miles.
Could you find out
the exact number of miles for me?
Sure.
Let me check my map.
It's 243 miles.
Which city do you think is nicer to visit?
Well, in my opinion,
Houston is more pleasant.
That's good.
I'm driving to Houston first.
Then from there I might drive to Dallas.
Well, have a good trip.
Thanks.
Segment timings (seconds):
[12.48-16.56] American Language Course, Book 10, Lesson 4C.
[22.69-23.17] Hello.
[23.97-26.61] Open your book to the activities for Lesson 4C.
[34.27-35.39] Look at Figure 1.
[36.03-37.23] Complete the dialogue.
[37.95-40.19] Listen and circle the correct word.
[40.91-41.39] Listen.
[46.35-48.35] How far is it from Houston to Dallas?
[49.38-51.78] Oh, it's about 250 miles.
[52.64-55.04] Could you find out the exact number of miles for me?
[56.13-57.73] Sure, let me check my map.
[58.53-60.85] It's 243 miles.
[61.78-63.62] Which city do you think is nicer to visit?
[65.17-68.13] Well, in my opinion, Houston is more pleasant.
[68.45-69.01] That's good.
[69.33-73.97] I'm driving to Houston first, then from there I might drive to Dallas.
[75.06-76.26] Well, have a good trip.
[76.58-77.14] Thanks.
[79.76-81.52] Now listen and repeat the dialogue.
[84.67-86.67] How far is it from Houston to Dallas?
[91.02-93.26] Oh, it's about 250 miles.
[98.38-99.26] Could you find out
[102.08-103.84] the exact number of miles for me?
[105.98-106.54] Sure.
[108.96-110.08] Let me check my map.
[113.18-115.82] It's 243 miles.
[121.12-123.04] Which city do you think is nicer to visit?
[128.26-129.94] Well, in my opinion,
[132.62-134.14] Houston is more pleasant.
[138.88-139.44] That's good.
[141.25-142.93] I'm driving to Houston first.
[146.58-149.30] Then from there I might drive to Dallas.
[153.55-154.75] Well, have a good trip.
[157.49-157.89] Thanks.
#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk10-l4c-f2-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now look at the map in Figure 2.
Let's repeat the names of some cities in the United States.
Repeat: Sacramento,
Sacramento.
San Francisco,
San Francisco.
Las Vegas,
Las Vegas.
Los Angeles,
Los Angeles.
San Diego,
San Diego.
Phoenix,
Phoenix.
This map shows the time and number of miles between the cities.
Look at the example.
Listen: "How far is it from San Diego to Los Angeles?" Read the first answer.
Repeat: "It's 127 miles."
"How far is it from San Diego to Los Angeles?"
Now read the second answer.
Repeat: "It takes 2 hours and 50 minutes."
Look at the map and listen to the question.
First, answer the question in miles.
Then listen again and answer the question in time.
Number 1: "How far is it from San Diego to Phoenix?"
Repeat: "It's 353 miles."
"How far is it from San Diego to Phoenix?"
Repeat: "It takes 7 hours and 35 minutes."
Number 2:
"How far is it from Los Angeles to Sacramento?"
Repeat: "It's 386 miles."
"How far is it from Los Angeles to Sacramento?"
Repeat: "It takes 8 hours to drive from Los Angeles to Sacramento."
Number 3: "How far is it from Los Angeles to Las Vegas?"
Repeat: "It's 276 miles."
"How far is it from Los Angeles to Las Vegas?"
Repeat: "It takes 5 hours and 50 minutes."
Number 4: "How far is it from Los Angeles to Phoenix?"
Repeat: "It's 376 miles."
"How far is it from Los Angeles to Phoenix?"
Repeat: "It takes 8 hours and 5 minutes."
Now I want you to ask the question.
You will be given the cities, and you ask the question.
Las Vegas and Phoenix.
Repeat: "How far is it from Las Vegas to Phoenix?"
Listen: "It's 285 miles, and it takes 6 hours and 20 minutes to drive."
San Francisco and Sacramento.
Repeat: "How far is it from San Francisco to Sacramento?"
Listen: "It takes 1 hour and 55 minutes to drive from San Francisco to Sacramento."
Los Angeles and Las Vegas.
Repeat: "How far is it from Los Angeles to Las Vegas?"
Listen: "It's 276 miles."
San Diego and Phoenix.
Repeat: "How far is it from San Diego to Phoenix?"
Listen: "It takes 7 hours and 35 minutes to drive."
San Diego and Los Angeles.
Repeat: "How far is it from San Diego to Los Angeles?"
Listen: "It's 127 miles."
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.50-3.91] Now look at the map in Figure 2.
[5.26-8.46] Let's repeat the names of some cities in the United States.
[10.75-13.60] Repeat: Sacramento,
[15.62-16.66] Sacramento.
[19.15-20.43] San Francisco,
[22.62-23.90] San Francisco.
[27.30-28.34] Las Vegas,
[30.42-31.54] Las Vegas.
[36.03-37.15] Los Angeles,
[39.87-40.59] Los Angeles.
[42.98-44.07] San Diego,
[46.59-47.00] San Diego.
[49.83-50.25] Phoenix,
[52.77-53.19] Phoenix.
[59.55-64.16] This map shows the time and number of miles between the cities.
[65.18-66.22] Look at the example.
[67.31-74.59] Listen: "How far is it from San Diego to Los Angeles?" Read the first answer.
[77.47-81.07] Repeat: "It's 127 miles."
[85.74-88.62] "How far is it from San Diego to Los Angeles?"
[90.29-91.57] Now read the second answer.
[96.02-99.30] Repeat: "It takes 2 hours and 50 minutes."
[102.10-104.50] Look at the map and listen to the question.
[105.23-108.11] First, answer the question in miles.
[109.09-112.37] Then listen again and answer the question in time.
[113.62-118.40] Number 1: "How far is it from San Diego to Phoenix?"
[122.22-124.94] Repeat: "It's 353 miles."
[131.91-133.74] "How far is it from San Diego to Phoenix?"
[139.39-143.55] Repeat: "It takes 7 hours and 35 minutes."
[149.73-150.15] Number 2:
[151.55-154.71] "How far is it from Los Angeles to Sacramento?"
[159.92-163.48] Repeat: "It's 386 miles."
[169.57-172.21] "How far is it from Los Angeles to Sacramento?"
[177.74-181.11] Repeat: "It takes 8 hours to drive from Los Angeles to Sacramento."
[189.03-194.13] Number 3: "How far is it from Los Angeles to Las Vegas?"
[198.63-202.47] Repeat: "It's 276 miles."
[210.45-213.51] "How far is it from Los Angeles to Las Vegas?"
[218.55-222.39] Repeat: "It takes 5 hours and 50 minutes."
[228.39-233.13] Number 4: "How far is it from Los Angeles to Phoenix?"
[236.61-240.87] Repeat: "It's 376 miles."
[247.17-249.99] "How far is it from Los Angeles to Phoenix?"
[254.25-258.09] Repeat: "It takes 8 hours and 5 minutes."
[264.51-266.85] Now I want you to ask the question.
[268.45-272.05] You will be given the cities, and you ask the question.
[274.85-276.34] Las Vegas and Phoenix.
[280.11-284.16] Repeat: "How far is it from Las Vegas to Phoenix?"
[288.03-295.95] Listen: "It's 285 miles, and it takes 6 hours and 20 minutes to drive."
[299.25-301.17] San Francisco and Sacramento.
[306.15-310.65] Repeat: "How far is it from San Francisco to Sacramento?"
[316.23-323.22] Listen: "It takes 1 hour and 55 minutes to drive from San Francisco to Sacramento."
[327.57-329.85] Los Angeles and Las Vegas.
[333.76-338.85] Repeat: "How far is it from Los Angeles to Las Vegas?"
[343.74-347.55] Listen: "It's 276 miles."
[351.15-352.86] San Diego and Phoenix.
[357.33-361.41] Repeat: "How far is it from San Diego to Phoenix?"
[365.38-370.50] Listen: "It takes 7 hours and 35 minutes to drive."
[374.28-376.82] San Diego and Los Angeles.
[381.62-386.13] Repeat: "How far is it from San Diego to Los Angeles?"
[391.38-393.14] Listen: "It's 127 miles."
#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk10-l4c-f3-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now look at Figure 3.
First, listen to some questions.
Number 1: Where are Liz and Peggy going?
Number 2: Who gave Peggy some money?
Number 3: What does Peggy want to buy?
Number 4: What's the matter with Peggy's old black shoes?
Number 5: What is Peggy going to buy for Liz?
Number 6: Will Peggy have enough money?
Now listen to a conversation.
Hi, Liz.
Hi, Peggy.
Do you want to go shopping with me?
I've got a little extra money, and I want to buy some black shoes.
Really?
Where did you get the money?
My parents sent me $50.
I thought you bought black shoes last month.
I did.
I bought them a little big because I don't like tight shoes, but now they're very loose.
Oh, loose shoes are awful to wear.
How about lunch?
I can take you to the Italian restaurant at the mall.
That sounds good, but will you have enough money?
Sure.
The shoes I want cost about $35.
I'll have enough to pay for lunch.
Then let's hurry up.
I'm getting hungry.
Listen to the conversation again.
Hi, Liz.
Hi, Peggy.
Do you want to go shopping with me?
I've got a little extra money, and I want to buy some black shoes.
Really?
Where did you get the money?
My parents sent me $50.
I thought you bought black shoes last month.
I did.
I bought them a little big because I don't like tight shoes, but now they're very loose.
Oh, loose shoes are awful to wear.
How about lunch?
I can take you to the Italian restaurant at the mall.
That sounds good, but will you have enough money?
Sure.
The shoes I want cost about $35.
I'll have enough to pay for lunch.
Then let's hurry up.
I'm getting hungry.
Now circle the best answer: A, B, or C.
Number 1: Where are Liz and Peggy going?
Number 2: Who gave Peggy some money?
Number 3: What does Peggy want to buy?
Number 4: What's the matter with Peggy's old black shoes?
Number 5: What is Peggy going to buy for Liz?
Number 6: How much money will Peggy have for lunch?
Let's check your answers.
Number 1 is B.
Liz and Peggy are going to the mall.
Number 2 is A.
Peggy's parents gave her the money.
Number 3 is B.
Peggy wants to buy some shoes.
Number 4 is C.
Peggy's old shoes are very loose.
Number 5 is B.
Peggy is going to buy lunch for Liz.
Number 6 is A.
Peggy should have $15 left after she pays for her shoes.
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.05-3.25] Now look at Figure 3.
[3.97-6.13] First, listen to some questions.
[7.33-11.18] Number 1: Where are Liz and Peggy going?
[12.93-16.21] Number 2: Who gave Peggy some money?
[17.70-21.36] Number 3: What does Peggy want to buy?
[22.96-27.71] Number 4: What's the matter with Peggy's old black shoes?
[29.28-33.58] Number 5: What is Peggy going to buy for Liz?
[35.15-38.51] Number 6: Will Peggy have enough money?
[42.24-43.92] Now listen to a conversation.
[48.05-48.77] Hi, Liz.
[49.41-50.13] Hi, Peggy.
[50.61-52.21] Do you want to go shopping with me?
[52.61-55.89] I've got a little extra money, and I want to buy some black shoes.
[56.53-57.01] Really?
[57.01-57.97] Where did you get the money?
[58.21-59.41] My parents sent me $50.
[60.93-63.12] I thought you bought black shoes last month.
[63.28-63.92] I did.
[64.24-69.28] I bought them a little big because I don't like tight shoes, but now they're very loose.
[70.24-72.64] Oh, loose shoes are awful to wear.
[73.12-73.92] How about lunch?
[74.32-76.56] I can take you to the Italian restaurant at the mall.
[77.54-79.54] That sounds good, but will you have enough money?
[79.86-80.34] Sure.
[80.74-82.82] The shoes I want cost about $35.
[83.54-85.06] I'll have enough to pay for lunch.
[85.70-86.58] Then let's hurry up.
[86.58-87.38] I'm getting hungry.
[90.75-92.75] Listen to the conversation again.
[95.44-96.16] Hi, Liz.
[97.09-97.73] Hi, Peggy.
[98.29-99.89] Do you want to go shopping with me?
[100.37-103.73] I've got a little extra money, and I want to buy some black shoes.
[104.37-104.85] Really?
[104.85-105.97] Where did you get the money?
[106.21-107.41] My parents sent me $50.
[108.93-111.10] I thought you bought black shoes last month.
[111.26-111.90] I did.
[112.22-117.18] I bought them a little big because I don't like tight shoes, but now they're very loose.
[118.29-120.45] Oh, loose shoes are awful to wear.
[121.01-121.97] How about lunch?
[122.37-124.69] I can take you to the Italian restaurant at the mall.
[125.81-127.89] That sounds good, but will you have enough money?
[128.13-128.61] Sure.
[128.93-130.93] The shoes I want cost about $35.
[130.93-133.33] I'll have enough to pay for lunch.
[134.21-135.17] Then let's hurry up.
[135.17-136.13] I'm getting hungry.
[140.34-143.78] Now circle the best answer: A, B, or C.
[146.56-150.26] Number 1: Where are Liz and Peggy going?
[152.82-156.34] Number 2: Who gave Peggy some money?
[159.23-162.83] Number 3: What does Peggy want to buy?
[165.73-170.59] Number 4: What's the matter with Peggy's old black shoes?
[173.06-177.09] Number 5: What is Peggy going to buy for Liz?
[179.97-184.06] Number 6: How much money will Peggy have for lunch?
[187.10-188.54] Let's check your answers.
[189.70-191.30] Number 1 is B.
[192.16-194.32] Liz and Peggy are going to the mall.
[195.31-196.99] Number 2 is A.
[197.89-199.97] Peggy's parents gave her the money.
[201.50-203.26] Number 3 is B.
[204.06-206.14] Peggy wants to buy some shoes.
[207.20-209.12] Number 4 is C.
[209.92-212.00] Peggy's old shoes are very loose.
[213.26-215.18] Number 5 is B.
[215.74-217.90] Peggy is going to buy lunch for Liz.
[219.09-220.85] Number 6 is A.
[221.78-226.18] Peggy should have $15 left after she pays for her shoes.
#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk10-l4c-f4-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 4, listen and repeat the words in the box 2 times.
Articles,
articles;
famous,
famous; magazines,
magazines;
news,
news;
newspapers,
newspapers.
Now listen and complete the sentences with the words in the box.
You can use some words 2 times.
Number 1: Many people read newspapers every day.
Number 2: The information or news in them is usually about something interesting or exciting.
Number 3: There are magazines about many different kinds of things.
Number 4: There are magazines about the news, about sports, about travel, and about famous people.
Number 5: The different kinds of information in magazines and newspapers are called articles.
Now listen and repeat the sentences.
Number 1: Many people read newspapers every day.
Number 2: The information or news in them
is usually about something interesting or exciting.
Number 3: There are magazines about many different kinds of things.
Number 4: There are magazines about the news,
about sports,
about travel,
and about famous people.
Number 5: The different kinds of information
in magazines and newspapers
are called articles.
This is the end of Lesson 4C, Book 10.
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.10-7.38] Look at Figure 4, listen and repeat the words in the box 2 times.
[8.46-9.26] Articles,
[11.49-12.21] articles;
[14.58-15.46] famous,
[17.78-22.21] famous; magazines,
[24.35-25.47] magazines;
[27.78-28.58] news,
[30.34-30.39] news;
[33.10-34.22] newspapers,
[35.98-37.18] newspapers.
[40.96-44.64] Now listen and complete the sentences with the words in the box.
[45.36-47.52] You can use some words 2 times.
[48.90-53.58] Number 1: Many people read newspapers every day.
[58.46-66.11] Number 2: The information or news in them is usually about something interesting or exciting.
[72.88-77.82] Number 3: There are magazines about many different kinds of things.
[83.36-91.92] Number 4: There are magazines about the news, about sports, about travel, and about famous people.
[97.39-104.42] Number 5: The different kinds of information in magazines and newspapers are called articles.
[112.27-114.59] Now listen and repeat the sentences.
[115.39-119.63] Number 1: Many people read newspapers every day.
[125.17-129.66] Number 2: The information or news in them
[135.26-138.27] is usually about something interesting or exciting.
[146.50-152.19] Number 3: There are magazines about many different kinds of things.
[159.14-163.25] Number 4: There are magazines about the news,
[166.99-168.11] about sports,
[170.27-171.39] about travel,
[173.33-175.09] and about famous people.
[179.12-183.28] Number 5: The different kinds of information
[187.82-189.82] in magazines and newspapers
[192.90-194.42] are called articles.
[203.36-206.39] This is the end of Lesson 4C, Book 10.

438
sources/book-10/tape-4D.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,438 @@
#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk10-l4d-f1-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
American Language Course, Book 10, Lesson 4D.
Hello, open your book to the activities for Lesson 4D.
Look at Figure 1.
Listen to a question.
Select the best answer.
Circle A, B, or C.
Number 1: Where do your folks live?
Number 2: What does your wife do?
Number 3: What kind of work do you do?
Number 4: How's your family?
Number 5: Do you have a large family?
Let's check your answers.
Number 1 is B.
Number 2 is C.
Number 3 is A.
Number 4 is B.
Number 5 is C.
Listen to the question again.
Then repeat the answer.
Number 1: Listen.
Where do your folks live?
Repeat: They live in Detroit.
Number 2: Listen.
What does your wife do?
Repeat: She's a schoolteacher.
Number 3: Listen.
What kind of work do you do?
Repeat: I'm a dentist.
Number 4: Listen.
How's your family?
Repeat: They're fine, thank you.
Number 5: Listen.
Do you have a large family?
Repeat: Yes, I have 4 brothers and 3 sisters.
Segment timings (seconds):
[12.90-16.98] American Language Course, Book 10, Lesson 4D.
[22.08-25.84] Hello, open your book to the activities for Lesson 4D.
[32.58-33.62] Look at Figure 1.
[34.26-35.54] Listen to a question.
[36.43-37.71] Select the best answer.
[38.35-40.75] Circle A, B, or C.
[42.59-45.71] Number 1: Where do your folks live?
[50.24-53.12] Number 2: What does your wife do?
[58.18-61.38] Number 3: What kind of work do you do?
[65.66-68.59] Number 4: How's your family?
[72.64-75.92] Number 5: Do you have a large family?
[83.84-85.20] Let's check your answers.
[86.34-88.34] Number 1 is B.
[89.22-91.38] Number 2 is C.
[92.43-94.43] Number 3 is A.
[95.39-97.39] Number 4 is B.
[98.48-100.40] Number 5 is C.
[104.78-106.30] Listen to the question again.
[106.94-108.46] Then repeat the answer.
[110.45-112.37] Number 1: Listen.
[113.33-117.03] Where do your folks live?
[118.35-120.99] Repeat: They live in Detroit.
[124.42-126.34] Number 2: Listen.
[127.36-128.64] What does your wife do?
[132.64-135.28] Repeat: She's a schoolteacher.
[139.79-141.87] Number 3: Listen.
[143.02-144.94] What kind of work do you do?
[149.78-151.94] Repeat: I'm a dentist.
[155.94-157.71] Number 4: Listen.
[158.90-159.94] How's your family?
[164.19-166.83] Repeat: They're fine, thank you.
[170.72-172.40] Number 5: Listen.
[173.44-175.28] Do you have a large family?
[178.62-183.42] Repeat: Yes, I have 4 brothers and 3 sisters.
#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk10-l4d-f2-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at the example in Figure 2.
Look at the sentence after the letter A.
It's an answer to a question.
Look at the underlined words.
They will help you ask the question.
Listen.
"What does your mother do?"
Repeat: "What does your mother do?"
"My mother is a dentist."
Now look at number 1 and ask the question.
Repeat: "How's your father?"
"My father is feeling much better."
Number 2: ask the question.
Repeat: "What kind of job does your brother want?"
"My brother wants a job in sales."
Number 3: ask the question.
Repeat: "How was the weather in Dallas?"
"It was windy and cloudy in Dallas."
Number 4: ask the question.
Repeat: "How are your children?"
"My children are fine, thank you."
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.95-4.19] Look at the example in Figure 2.
[4.94-7.50] Look at the sentence after the letter A.
[8.72-10.40] It's an answer to a question.
[11.58-13.26] Look at the underlined words.
[14.42-16.34] They will help you ask the question.
[17.25-17.81] Listen.
[19.01-20.21] "What does your mother do?"
[21.90-24.42] Repeat: "What does your mother do?"
[27.98-29.26] "My mother is a dentist."
[32.56-35.36] Now look at number 1 and ask the question.
[40.90-43.57] Repeat: "How's your father?"
[49.55-51.63] "My father is feeling much better."
[57.68-60.85] Number 2: ask the question.
[66.80-70.88] Repeat: "What kind of job does your brother want?"
[76.96-79.20] "My brother wants a job in sales."
[85.33-88.54] Number 3: ask the question.
[94.13-97.57] Repeat: "How was the weather in Dallas?"
[103.68-106.08] "It was windy and cloudy in Dallas."
[112.78-116.08] Number 4: ask the question.
[121.18-123.82] Repeat: "How are your children?"
[129.23-131.07] "My children are fine, thank you."
#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk10-l4d-f3-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at the example in Figure 3: listen to the word and circle the number of the strongest syllable.
The strongest syllable is called a stressed syllable.
You'll hear the word two times: "listen," "selection,"
"selection."
Do you hear the stress on the second syllable?
Circle the 2.
Number 1: "introduction," "introduction."
Number 2: "neighbor,"
"neighbor."
Number 3: "cafeteria," "cafeteria."
Number 4: "variety,"
"variety."
Number 5: "machine,"
"machine."
Number 6: "operate,"
"operate."
Number 7: "favorite,"
"favorite." Number 8: "popular," "popular." Number 9: "remove," "remove."
Number 10: "tighten,"
"tighten."
Number 11: "enough," "enough." Number 12: "inflate,"
"inflate."
Number 13: "loosen,"
"loosen."
Number 14: "replace,"
"replace."
Let's check your answers.
Number 1 is 3.
Repeat: "introduction,"
"introduction."
Number 2 is 1.
Repeat: "neighbor,"
"neighbor." Number 3 is 3.
Repeat: "cafeteria,"
"cafeteria."
Number 4 is 2.
Repeat: "variety," "variety."
Number 5 is 2.
Repeat: "machine,"
"machine."
Number 6 is 1.
Repeat: "operate,"
"operate."
Number 7 is 1.
Repeat: "favorite,"
"favorite."
Number 8 is 1.
Repeat: "popular,"
"popular."
Number 9 is 2.
Repeat: "remove," "remove." Number 10 is 1.
Repeat: "tighten,"
"tighten."
Number 11 is 2.
Repeat: "enough,"
"enough." Number 12 is 2.
Repeat: "inflate,"
"inflate."
Number 13 is 1.
Repeat: "loosen,"
"loosen."
Number 14 is 2.
Repeat: "replace,"
"replace."
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.11-8.86] Look at the example in Figure 3: listen to the word and circle the number of the strongest syllable.
[10.22-13.74] The strongest syllable is called a stressed syllable.
[15.12-19.92] You'll hear the word two times: "listen," "selection,"
[21.52-22.48] "selection."
[24.72-26.88] Do you hear the stress on the second syllable?
[28.24-29.36] Circle the 2.
[31.47-36.62] Number 1: "introduction," "introduction."
[40.94-43.02] Number 2: "neighbor,"
[44.75-45.47] "neighbor."
[48.93-54.10] Number 3: "cafeteria," "cafeteria."
[57.38-59.78] Number 4: "variety,"
[61.41-62.45] "variety."
[65.92-68.16] Number 5: "machine,"
[69.93-70.65] "machine."
[74.37-76.05] Number 6: "operate,"
[78.33-79.17] "operate."
[82.83-85.11] Number 7: "favorite,"
[87.03-104.07] "favorite." Number 8: "popular," "popular." Number 9: "remove," "remove."
[107.49-109.33] Number 10: "tighten,"
[111.28-111.92] "tighten."
[115.38-124.53] Number 11: "enough," "enough." Number 12: "inflate,"
[126.87-127.59] "inflate."
[130.89-133.05] Number 13: "loosen,"
[134.61-135.21] "loosen."
[139.05-141.39] Number 14: "replace,"
[143.31-144.03] "replace."
[149.37-150.13] Let's check your answers.
[152.49-154.35] Number 1 is 3.
[155.13-157.41] Repeat: "introduction,"
[160.11-161.01] "introduction."
[163.59-165.45] Number 2 is 1.
[165.93-168.03] Repeat: "neighbor,"
[170.13-174.69] "neighbor." Number 3 is 3.
[175.17-177.63] Repeat: "cafeteria,"
[179.55-180.57] "cafeteria."
[182.49-184.47] Number 4 is 2.
[185.07-189.39] Repeat: "variety," "variety."
[191.85-193.89] Number 5 is 2.
[194.43-196.41] Repeat: "machine,"
[198.15-198.87] "machine."
[200.97-202.89] Number 6 is 1.
[203.37-205.53] Repeat: "operate,"
[207.57-208.41] "operate."
[210.45-212.25] Number 7 is 1.
[212.79-214.77] Repeat: "favorite,"
[216.81-217.65] "favorite."
[219.81-221.79] Number 8 is 1.
[222.15-224.13] Repeat: "popular,"
[226.05-226.71] "popular."
[228.93-230.79] Number 9 is 2.
[231.21-239.85] Repeat: "remove," "remove." Number 10 is 1.
[240.21-242.01] Repeat: "tighten,"
[243.93-244.53] "tighten."
[247.23-249.15] Number 11 is 2.
[249.51-251.37] Repeat: "enough,"
[253.35-258.45] "enough." Number 12 is 2.
[259.29-261.33] Repeat: "inflate,"
[263.25-264.03] "inflate."
[266.79-268.89] Number 13 is 1.
[269.67-271.77] Repeat: "loosen,"
[273.93-274.59] "loosen."
[277.59-280.23] Number 14 is 2.
[280.77-282.93] Repeat: "replace,"
[285.33-286.05] "replace."
#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk10-l4d-f4-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at the letter in Figure 4.
First, listen to some questions about this letter.
Don't try to answer.
After you read the letter, you will answer the questions.
Listen.
Number 1: Was Frank able to go to Jane's party?
Number 2: When was Frank able to leave the store?
Number 3: Was Frank able to buy a sandwich?
Number 4: Why wasn't Frank able to eat that night?
Number 5: Where will Frank be able to go on Tuesday night?
Now read the letter silently.
Now listen to the questions again and answer them.
Number 1: Was Frank able to go to Jane's party?
Repeat: No, he wasn't able to go to Jane's party.
Number 2: When was Frank able to leave the store?
Repeat: He was able to leave after 8.
Number 3: Was Frank able to buy a sandwich?
Repeat: No, he wasn't able to buy a sandwich.
Number 4: Why wasn't Frank able to eat that night?
Repeat: He wasn't able to eat
because he couldn't find a sandwich vending machine.
Number 5: Where will Frank be able to go on Tuesday night?
Repeat: He'll be able to go
to a restaurant and movie on Tuesday night.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.89-3.73] Look at the letter in Figure 4.
[4.83-8.00] First, listen to some questions about this letter.
[9.12-10.32] Don't try to answer.
[11.52-14.88] After you read the letter, you will answer the questions.
[15.60-16.08] Listen.
[17.10-21.18] Number 1: Was Frank able to go to Jane's party?
[22.46-26.38] Number 2: When was Frank able to leave the store?
[28.11-31.79] Number 3: Was Frank able to buy a sandwich?
[33.23-37.31] Number 4: Why wasn't Frank able to eat that night?
[38.78-43.54] Number 5: Where will Frank be able to go on Tuesday night?
[47.09-48.77] Now read the letter silently.
[96.74-99.46] Now listen to the questions again and answer them.
[101.01-105.01] Number 1: Was Frank able to go to Jane's party?
[108.98-113.62] Repeat: No, he wasn't able to go to Jane's party.
[118.80-125.37] Number 2: When was Frank able to leave the store?
[127.15-130.59] Repeat: He was able to leave after 8.
[135.52-142.05] Number 3: Was Frank able to buy a sandwich?
[144.30-148.30] Repeat: No, he wasn't able to buy a sandwich.
[153.81-158.10] Number 4: Why wasn't Frank able to eat that night?
[162.69-165.54] Repeat: He wasn't able to eat
[169.44-172.48] because he couldn't find a sandwich vending machine.
[179.76-184.66] Number 5: Where will Frank be able to go on Tuesday night?
[189.58-192.22] Repeat: He'll be able to go
[195.68-198.48] to a restaurant and movie on Tuesday night.
#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk10-l4d-f5-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now look at Figure 5: you will hear a paragraph three times.
The first time, listen only.
Listen.
Mrs.
Wright is my neighbor.
We live in the same apartment building.
She lives alone.
Sometimes I take her shopping.
I help her with her packages.
We live upstairs, and it's hard to take packages up the stairs.
She says that I am a very polite person.
The other day I wrote down my phone number on some paper.
I stuck it on her table near her phone.
I told her to call me when she needed anything.
She was pleased and thanked me.
It feels good to be able to help someone.
This time, listen and write.
Mrs.
Wright.
Is my neighbor.
We live in the same.
Apartment building.
She lives alone.
Sometimes.
I take her shopping.
I help her with her packages.
We live upstairs.
And it's hard.
To take packages.
Up the stairs.
She says.
That I am.
A very polite person.
The other day.
I wrote down.
My phone number.
On some paper.
I stuck it.
On her table.
Near her phone.
I told her.
To call me.
When she needed anything.
She was pleased.
And thanked me.
It feels good.
To be able.
To help someone.
Now listen again and check your paragraph.
Mrs.
Wright is my neighbor.
We live in the same apartment building.
She lives alone.
Sometimes I take her shopping.
I help her with her packages.
We live upstairs, and it's hard to take packages up the stairs.
She says that I am a very polite person.
The other day I wrote down my phone number on some paper.
I stuck it on her table near her phone.
I told her to call me when she needed anything.
She was pleased and thanked me.
It feels good to be able to help someone.
You can check your paragraph on the answer page for this lesson.
This is the end of Lesson 4D, Book 10.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.79-6.27] Now look at Figure 5: you will hear a paragraph three times.
[7.07-8.83] The first time, listen only.
[9.55-10.11] Listen.
[11.23-11.71] Mrs.
[11.71-12.99] Wright is my neighbor.
[13.79-15.87] We live in the same apartment building.
[16.59-17.63] She lives alone.
[18.64-20.56] Sometimes I take her shopping.
[21.39-23.07] I help her with her packages.
[24.03-28.11] We live upstairs, and it's hard to take packages up the stairs.
[29.33-33.09] She says that I am a very polite person.
[33.25-36.61] The other day I wrote down my phone number on some paper.
[37.76-40.00] I stuck it on her table near her phone.
[41.12-43.76] I told her to call me when she needed anything.
[44.66-46.58] She was pleased and thanked me.
[47.60-50.08] It feels good to be able to help someone.
[54.40-56.24] This time, listen and write.
[57.94-58.42] Mrs.
[58.42-58.82] Wright.
[66.37-67.41] Is my neighbor.
[79.92-84.81] We live in the same.
[94.14-95.50] Apartment building.
[109.79-113.37] She lives alone.
[121.30-122.42] Sometimes.
[131.15-132.43] I take her shopping.
[145.79-147.55] I help her with her packages.
[167.50-171.63] We live upstairs.
[181.81-186.33] And it's hard.
[193.50-194.86] To take packages.
[206.75-207.87] Up the stairs.
[217.78-218.82] She says.
[226.46-231.27] That I am.
[234.38-238.83] A very polite person.
[251.15-255.03] The other day.
[261.49-266.25] I wrote down.
[271.57-276.57] My phone number.
[284.90-286.02] On some paper.
[296.70-301.23] I stuck it.
[306.32-310.35] On her table.
[316.40-317.60] Near her phone.
[328.27-332.55] I told her.
[335.82-340.59] To call me.
[344.53-345.97] When she needed anything.
[363.92-368.01] She was pleased.
[376.69-380.37] And thanked me.
[389.43-393.63] It feels good.
[400.54-400.58] To be able.
[408.75-413.19] To help someone.
[423.03-425.60] Now listen again and check your paragraph.
[428.02-428.50] Mrs.
[428.50-429.86] Wright is my neighbor.
[430.50-432.50] We live in the same apartment building.
[433.22-434.34] She lives alone.
[435.14-437.06] Sometimes I take her shopping.
[437.95-439.55] I help her with her packages.
[440.82-445.14] We live upstairs, and it's hard to take packages up the stairs.
[446.27-449.07] She says that I am a very polite person.
[450.38-454.46] The other day I wrote down my phone number on some paper.
[455.63-458.03] I stuck it on her table near her phone.
[459.34-462.06] I told her to call me when she needed anything.
[463.22-465.38] She was pleased and thanked me.
[466.32-468.88] It feels good to be able to help someone.
[472.94-476.38] You can check your paragraph on the answer page for this lesson.
[481.97-484.93] This is the end of Lesson 4D, Book 10.

682
sources/book-11/lla-1A.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,682 @@
<!-- source file: 002 - LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES LESSON 1A BOOK 11.md -->
# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES LESSON 1A, BOOK 11
## Figure 1
| Repeat the words.<br>Repeat the dialog. |
|---|
![A school nurse standing behind five sick children labeled Sally, David, Allen, Maria, and Steve. Sally is holding her head; David is holding his ear; Allen is holding his stomach; Maria is holding her back; Steve is holding his chest. A label reads "SCHOOL NURSE" near the nurse.](images/page_010_001.jpg)
**Nurse:** What’s wrong with all of you?
**Sally:** My head hurts. I have a <u>headache</u>.
**David:** I have an <u>earache</u>. My left ear <u>aches</u>.
**Allen:** My <u>stomach</u> hurts. I have a <u>stomachache</u>.
**Nurse:** Maria, what’s the matter with you?
**Maria:** I hurt my back. Now I have a <u>backache</u>.
**Nurse:** What’s your <u>problem</u>, Steve?
**Steve:** My <u>chest</u> hurts. I feel a <u>pain</u> right here.
## Figure 2
| Write the number under the correct picture. |
|---|
![#a A girl holding her forehead with one hand and resting her other arm near her stomach.](images/page_011_001.jpg)
a. _______
![#b A boy holding the left side of his head near his ear.](images/page_011_002.jpg)
b. _______
![#c A boy holding his stomach with both hands.](images/page_011_003.jpg)
c. _______
![#d A girl holding her lower back with both hands.](images/page_011_004.jpg)
d. _______
![#e A boy holding his chest with both hands.](images/page_011_005.jpg)
e. _______
## Figure 3
| Repeat the underlined words.<br>Write in the temperature. |
|---|
The <u>nurse</u> at the school took everyone’s <u>temperature</u>. She gave the students thermometers and told them to hold the thermometers under their tongues for a few minutes. Then she took the thermometers and looked at them. Maria’s thermometer said 98.6 degrees Fahrenheit, or 37 degrees Celsius. That temperature is all right. Someone with a temperature higher than 98.6 has a <u>fever</u>.
![A digital thermometer displaying "98.6°F".](images/page_012_001.jpg)
<u>Maria’s</u>
![A digital thermometer with a blank screen.](images/page_012_002.jpg)
![A digital thermometer with a blank screen.](images/page_012_003.jpg)
[ ] <u>Steve’s</u>
[ ] <u>Allen’s</u>
![A digital thermometer with a blank screen.](images/page_012_004.jpg)
![A digital thermometer with a blank screen.](images/page_012_005.jpg)
[ ] <u>Sally’s</u>
[ ] <u>David’s</u>
---
### Figure 4
**Repeat the words and the sentences.**
![#1 Three-panel illustration showing symptoms of a cold: a woman wiping her runny nose, a woman sneezing into a tissue, and a woman coughing with her hand over her mouth.](images/page_013_001.jpg)
1. Sally has a bad <u>cold</u>.
2. She hopes her friends won't <u>catch</u> it.
3. She thinks she <u>caught</u> it from her sister.
4. She began to feel the <u>symptoms</u> yesterday.
5. First she started to <u>sneeze</u>.
6. Then her nose began to <u>run</u>.
7. Now she has a bad <u>cough</u>. She couldn't sleep last night because she <u>coughed</u> so often.
8. Now she's <u>running a temperature</u> of 101.
9. Her mother thinks Sally should <u>see</u> the doctor.
10. She wants Sally to make an <u>appointment</u> with the doctor.
---
### Figure 5
**Listen to the dialog and write the missing words.**
| | | |
|---|---|---|
| sneezing | fever | runny |
| catch | cold | see |
| appointment | cough | symptoms |
Sally: Excuse me. I can't stop ____________________.
Maria: What's the matter? Did you ____________________ a ____________________?
Sally: I have all the ____________________ of one.
Maria: That's a bad ____________________. Do you have a ____________________?
Sally: Yes, and a ____________________ nose, too.
Maria: Did you make a doctor's ____________________?
Sally: I don't think I need to ____________________ the doctor.
Maria: Why not?
Sally: I know what she'll tell me: Stay in bed.
Maria: Yes, and eat a lot of chicken soup.
---
### Figure 6
**Read the questions.**
1. Who is Mr. Wilson?
2. How was the math test this morning?
3. Where was David this morning?
4. Did all of the other students take the math test?
5. Will Mr. Wilson give the class another test?
---
<!-- source file: 018 - Book 11 Language Laboratory Activities.md -->
# Book 11 Language Laboratory Activities
## Audio Scripts
### Table of Contents
Lesson 1A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Lesson 1B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Lesson 1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Lesson 1D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Lesson 2A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Lesson 2B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Lesson 2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Lesson 2D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Lesson 3A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Lesson 3B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Lesson 3C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Lesson 3D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Lesson 4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Lesson 4B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Lesson 4C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Lesson 4D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
– USER NOTES –
<!-- source file: 019 - AUDIO SCRIPT.md -->
# AUDIO SCRIPT
## Lesson 1A
### AUDIO TRACK 1
(1) Hello. Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 1A. (pause 6 sec)
(2) Look at Figure 1. Listen to the underlined words in the dialog. Then repeat them. (pause for repetition)
headache...headache
earache...earache
aches...aches
stomach...stomach
stomachache...stomachache
backache...backache
problem...problem
chest...chest
pain...pain
(3) Now listen to the dialog. Don't repeat it. Just listen.
(voices 1, 2, and 5, female; voices 3, 4, and 6, male)
voice 1: What's wrong with all of you?
voice 2: My head hurts. I have a headache.
voice 3: I have an earache. My left ear aches.
voice 4: My stomach hurts. I have a stomachache.
voice 1: Maria, what's the matter with you?
voice 5: I hurt my back. Now I have a backache.
voice 1: What's <u>your</u> problem, Steve?
voice 6: My chest hurts. I feel a pain right here.
(4) Listen to the dialog again. This time, repeat it. (pause for repetition)
voice 1: What's wrong with all of you?
voice 2: My head hurts. I have a headache.
voice 3: I have an earache. My left ear aches.
voice 4: My stomach hurts. I have a stomachache.
voice 1: Maria, what's the matter with you?
voice 5: I hurt my back. Now I have a backache.
voice 1: What's <u>your</u> problem, Steve?
voice 6: My chest hurts. I feel a pain right here.
### AUDIO TRACK 2
(5) Now go to Figure 2. Look at the pictures and listen to the sentences. Write the number of the sentence under the correct picture. Number 1 is an example.
Number 1: Allen has a stomachache. (pause 6 sec) The answer is <u>c</u>. Write the number 1 below that picture.
Number 2: Sally has a headache. (pause 6 sec)
Number 3: Maria has a backache. (pause 5 sec)
Number 4: Steve has a pain in his chest. (pause 4 sec)
Number 5: David has an earache. (pause 3 sec)
(6) Look at the pictures and check your answers. (pause 2 sec after each sentence)
Picture a is 2. (pause 2 sec)
Picture b is 5.
Picture c is 1.
Picture d is 3.
Picture e is 4.
(7) Look at the pictures again and answer the questions. (pause 3 sec after each question)
Do all of the students have the same problem? (pause 3 sec)
Repeat: No, they have different problems. (pause for repetition)
Look at picture a. What's the matter with Sally?
Repeat: She has a headache.
Look at picture b. What's wrong with David?
Repeat: David has an earache.
Look at picture c. What's the matter with Allen?
Repeat: He has a stomachache.
Look at picture d. What is Maria's problem?
Repeat: She has a backache.
Look at picture e. Where does Steve have a pain?
Repeat: He has a pain in his chest.
### AUDIO TRACK 3
(8) Please look at Figure 3. Look at the paragraph. Listen to the underlined words and repeat them. (pause for repetition)
nurse...nurse
temperature...temperature
fever...fever
(9) Now look at the paragraph and listen. Don't repeat.
The nurse at the school took everyone's temperature. She gave the students thermometers and told them to hold the thermometers under their tongues for a few minutes. Then she took the thermometers and looked at them. Maria's thermometer said 98 point 6 degrees Fahrenheit, or 37 degrees Celsius. That temperature is all right. Someone with a temperature higher than 98 point 6 has a <u>fever</u>.
(10) Look at Maria's thermometer. What is her temperature?
(pause 2 sec) It's ninety-eight point six. Does she have a fever?
(pause 2 sec) No, she doesn't. Repeat: Maria doesn't have a fever.
(11) Now listen and look at the other thermometers. When you hear a student's temperature, write it on his or her thermometer.
When the nurse looked at the other thermometers, this is what she learned: (pause 6 sec after each sentence)
Steve had a temperature of a hundred degrees. (pause 6 sec)
Allen's temperature was ninety-eight point two degrees.
Sally's temperature was ninety-nine point five.
David had a temperature of one hundred and three degrees.
(12) Listen again and check the temperatures. (pause 3 sec after each sentence)
Steve had a temperature of a hundred degrees. (pause 3 sec)
Allen's temperature was ninety-eight point two degrees.
Sally's temperature was ninety-nine point five.
David had a temperature of one hundred and three degrees.
---
(13) Which students had fevers? Put a check beside their names. (pause 10 sec) Three students had fevers. They were Steve, Sally, and David. Now look at the thermometers and answer these questions. (pause 5 sec after each question)
Whose fever was the highest? (pause 5 sec)
Repeat: David's fever was the highest.
Who had the lowest temperature?
Repeat: Allen had the lowest temperature.
What was the highest temperature?
Repeat: The highest temperature was one hundred and three.
What was Steve's temperature?
Repeat: Steve's temperature was one hundred degrees.
What was Sally's temperature?
Repeat: Sally's temperature was ninety-nine point five.
**AUDIO TRACK 4**
(14) Now look at Figure 4. Look at the pictures and repeat the words under the pictures. (pause for repetition)
runny nose...runny nose
sneeze...sneeze
cough...cough
(15) Look at the sentences under the pictures. Repeat the words and sentences. (pause for repetition)
Number 1: cold...cold
Sally has a bad cold.
Number 2: catch...catch
She hopes her friends won't catch it.
Number 3: caught...caught
She thinks she caught it from her sister.
Number 4: symptoms...symptoms
She began to feel the symptoms yesterday.
Number 5: sneeze...sneeze
First she started to sneeze.
Number 6: run...run
Then her nose began to run.
Number 7: cough...cough
Now she has a bad cough. coughed...coughed
She couldn't sleep last night because she coughed so often.
Number 8: running a temperature...running a temperature
Now she's running a temperature of one hundred and one.
Number 9: see...see
Her mother thinks Sally should see the doctor.
Number 10: appointment...appointment
She wants Sally to make an appointment with the doctor.
**AUDIO TRACK 5**
(16) Go to Figure 5 now. Listen to the dialog. Don't repeat.
(2 female voices. Please add the sound effects of a cold as indicated)
voice 1: (sneeze) Excuse me. I can't stop sneezing.
voice 2: What's the matter? Did you catch a cold?
voice 1: I have all the symptoms of one. (cough, cough)
voice 2: That's a bad cough. Do you have a fever?
voice 1: Yes, and a runny nose, too. (sniff)
voice 2: Did you make a doctor's appointment?
voice 1: I don't think I need to see the doctor.
voice 2: Why not?
voice 1: I know what she'll tell me: Stay in bed.
voice 2: Yes. (as if smiling) And eat a lot of chicken soup.
(17) Listen to the dialog again. This time write the missing words in the blanks. (pause 6 sec after sentences with underlined words)
voice 1: (sneeze) Excuse me. I can't stop <u>sneezing</u>. (pause 6 sec)
voice 2: What's the matter? Did you <u>catch</u> a <u>cold</u>?
voice 1: I have all the <u>symptoms</u> of one. (cough, cough)
voice 2: That's a bad <u>cough</u>. Do you have a <u>fever</u>?
voice 1: Yes, and a <u>runny</u> nose, too. (sniff)
voice 2: Did you make a doctor's <u>appointment</u>?
voice 1: I don't think I need to see the doctor.
voice 2: Why not?
voice 1: I know what she'll tell me: Stay in bed.
voice 2: Yes. (as if smiling) And eat a lot of chicken soup.
(18) Listen to the dialog a third time and check the words.
voice 1: (sneeze) Excuse me. I can't stop sneezing.
voice 2: What's the matter? Did you catch a cold?
voice 1: I have all the symptoms of one. (cough, cough)
voice 2: That's a bad cough. Do you have a fever?
voice 1: Yes, and a runny nose, too. (sniff)
voice 2: Did you make a doctor's appointment?
voice 1: I don't think I need to see the doctor.
voice 2: Why not?
voice 1: I know what she'll tell me: Stay in bed.
voice 2: Yes. (as if smiling) And eat a lot of chicken soup.
**AUDIO TRACK 6**
(19) Go to Figure 6. Read the questions. (pause 20 sec) Now listen to a conversation.
(two male voices)
voice 1: Hey, David. Why weren't you in math class this morning?
voice 2: I was in the nurse's office.
voice 1: What was wrong?
voice 2: I was sick.
voice 1: That's too bad. The math test was easy.
voice 2: It was? I thought it was going to be hard.
voice 1: I guess a lot of other people thought the same thing. Half of the class wasn't there.
voice 2: Was Mr. Wilson angry?
voice 1: No, but he did say that the test tomorrow will be more difficult.
voice 2: Another test tomorrow? I feel sick again.
(20) Listen to the conversation again, then answer the questions. Listen first.
voice 1: Hey, David. Why weren't you in math class this morning?
voice 2: I was in the nurse's office.
voice 1: What was wrong?
voice 2: I was sick.
voice 1: That's too bad. The math test was easy.
voice 2: It was? I thought it was going to be hard.
voice 1: I guess a lot of other people thought the same thing. Half of the class wasn't there.
voice 2: Was Mr. Wilson angry?
voice 1: No, but he did say that the test tomorrow will be more difficult.
voice 2: Another test tomorrow? I feel sick again.
(21) Now answer the questions and repeat the correct answers. (pause 4 sec after each question)
Number 1: Who is Mr. Wilson? (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: Mr. Wilson is a teacher.
Number 2: How was the math test this morning? (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: It was easy.
Number 3: Where was David this morning? (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: He was in the nurse's office.
Number 4: Did all of the other students take the math test? (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: No, half of the students in the class didn't take the test.
Number 5: Will Mr. Wilson give the class another test? (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: Yes, he'll give the class another test tomorrow.
**THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 1A, BOOK 11.**
- USER NOTES -
<!-- source file: 035 - ANSWERS.md -->
# ANSWERS
## Book 11 Language Laboratory Activities Answer Key
### Table of Contents
Lesson 1A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Lesson 1B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Lesson 1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Lesson 1D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Lesson 2A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Lesson 2B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Lesson 2C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Lesson 2D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Lesson 3A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Lesson 3B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Lesson 3C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Lesson 3D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Lesson 4A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Lesson 4B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Lesson 4C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Lesson 4D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
---
– USER NOTES –
---
## Lesson 1A
### Figure 2
a. 2
b. 5
c. 1
d. 3
e. 4
### Figure 3
Steve's 100.0 ✓
Allen's 98.2
Sally's 99.5 ✓
David's 103.0 ✓
### Figure 5
Sally: Excuse me. I can't stop <u>sneezing</u>.
Maria: What's the matter? Did you <u>catch a cold</u>?
Sally: I have all the <u>symptoms</u> of one.
Maria: That's a bad <u>cough</u>. Do you have a <u>fever</u>?
Sally: Yes, and a <u>runny</u> nose, too.
Maria: <u>Did</u> you make a doctor's <u>appointment</u>?
Sally: I don't think I need to <u>see</u> the doctor.
Maria: Why not?
Sally: I know what she'll tell me: Stay in bed.
Maria: Yes, and eat a lot of chicken soup.
## Lesson 1B
### Figure 3
Henry is an airline pilot. He has to be healthy, or he can't fly an airplane. He gets a <u>physical</u> exam <u>every</u> summer. When it's time for his <u>annual</u> visit to the doctor, Henry calls Dr. Armstrong's office. The secretary always gives him an appointment <u>sometime</u> in June. The doctor checks Henry carefully <u>they</u>. When Dr. Armstrong finds something wrong in the <u>regular</u> exam, he asks Henry to <u>come in</u> for another examination.
Henry always <u>makes it</u> to the doctor's office for his <u>exam</u> because he wants to keep his job. <u>How about</u> you? Do you get a <u>checkup</u> every year?
### Figure 5
1. F
2. T
3. F
4. T
5. F
### Figure 6
1. a
2. b
3. c
4. c
### Figure 9
b
---
## Lesson 1C
### Figure 2
1. T
2. T
3. T
4. T
5. T
6. F
7. F
8. F
### Figure 10
1. first
2. second
3. third
4. last
## Lesson 1D
### Figure 3
1. 1
2. 1
3. 1
4. 2
5. 2
6. 1
7. 3
8. 1
9. 1
10. 1
11. 2
12. 3
13. 4
14. 3
### Figure 5
Capt Hill: Why <u>have</u> you <u>been</u> coming in late every morning?
Lt Walker: I've <u>been having</u> trouble with my car.
Capt Hill: <u>Has</u> a mechanic been <u>working</u> on it?
Lt Walker: No, I've <u>been</u> trying to fix it myself.
Capt Hill: How <u>have</u> you <u>been</u> getting to the base?
Lt Walker: A friend <u>has been giving</u> me a ride.
### Figure 7
Why did the Smith family buy a new home<u>?</u> Because they have five children, two dogs, and a cat<u>.</u> They needed a house with rooms for all of the children and a large yard with a fence for their animals<u>.</u> They're very happy in their new house<u>.</u>
## Lesson 2A
### Figure 2
1. a
2. a
3. a
4. b
5. b
6. b
7. a
8. b
### Figure 5
1. d
2. b
## Lesson 2B
### Figure 5
c. 3
d. 1
e. 5
f. 2
g. 4
---
### Figure 6
Ellen: Do you want to read this letter from Nancy?
Becky: Yes, thank you. <u>No one</u> writes to me.
Ellen: Do you write to <u>anybody</u>?
Becky: No. I don't mail anything to <u>anyone</u>.
Ellen: That's the problem. <u>Nobody</u> gets mail from you.
Becky: Do you think I should write to <u>someone</u>?
Ellen: Yes. Then <u>somebody</u> will answer your letter.
Becky: And I'll have more than just bills in my mailbox.
### Figure 9
| | | COLUMNS | | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| | | **1** | **2** | **3** |
| **ROWS** | **1** | **,** | | **;** |
| | **2** | | **!** | |
| | **3** | **" "** | **?** | **( )** |
## Lesson 2C
### Figure 3
1. It's getting worse.
2. She gets upset.
3. They're getting shorter.
4. He became a careful driver.
5. He'll became a relaxed person.
6. They'll become strong men.
### Figure 4
1. Did his uncle become an important person?
2. Is the tea getting cold?
3. Does your apartment get dirty fast?
4. Is her sister becoming a beautiful woman?
5. Will the tapes get more expensive?
6. Are their parents becoming good friends?
### Figure 7
<u>P</u>aul is studying math in school<u>.</u> <u>H</u>is math teacher is giving the class a quiz today on shapes and lines<u>.</u> <u>W</u>ill <u>P</u>aul get a good grade on the test<u>?</u> <u>Y</u>es<u>,</u> he will<u>.</u> <u>H</u>e's a good student and knows and all the answers<u>.</u> <u>T</u>here won't be any mistakes on <u>P</u>aul's test<u>.</u>
## Lesson 2D
### Figure 1
1. b
2. a
3. b
4. a
5. c
6. b
---
### Figure 3
1. a
2. b
3. a
4. a
5. b
6. b
7. a
8. b
9. a
10. a
### Figure 4
Sgt Carter told us about an accident <u>that he saw this morning.</u> A car <u>which was speeding ran a red light.</u> The driver was a man <u>who is ninety years old and can't see very well.</u> The driver <u>who had the green light realized that something was wrong and stopped quickly.</u> The driver behind him was a woman <u>who was taking her four children to school.</u> She hit the car <u>that stopped because she wasn't watching the traffic.</u> The people <u>who were in the accident were all right.</u> All of them were wearing seat belts <u>which kept them safe.</u> The old man <u>who ran the light never realized that he caused an accident.</u>
### Figure 2
1. He has an expensive new car.
2. They're going to move to Florida.
### Figure 5
| | **COLUMNS** | | | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| **ROWS** | **1** | **2** | **3** | **4** |
| **1** | | | | “ ” |
| **2** | | | ? | |
| **3** | , | | | |
| **4** | | . | | |

481
sources/book-11/lla-1B.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,481 @@
<!-- source file: 003 - LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES LESSON 1B BOOK 11.md -->
# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES LESSON 1B, BOOK 11
### Figure 1
**Repeat the words.**
1. annual
2. examination
3. physical
4. exam
5. checkup
6. regular
7. in
8. out
9. sometime
10. come in
11. make it
12. how about
13. then
---
### Figure 2
**Repeat the dialog.**
1. **Sue:** Does your family take a vacation every year?
**Tom:** Yes, we take an <u>annual</u> vacation.
2. **Pat:** Jane can't see very well at night.
**Joe:** She ought to have an eye <u>examination</u>.
3. **Ann:** Why are you going to the doctor? Are you sick?
**Tim:** No, but I need a <u>physical exam</u> before school starts.
4. **Jan:** I go to the dentist only when I have a problem.
**Jim:** I don't. I have a <u>checkup</u> every six months.
5. **Ted:** Does Jim usually work on your car?
**Jan:** No, Tom is my <u>regular</u> mechanic.
6. **Dan:** Are you <u>in</u> the military?
**Bob:** No, I was <u>in</u> for 8 years, but I'm <u>out</u> now.
7. **Bob:** Can you give me a haircut <u>sometime</u> today?
**Ray:** Sure. Can you <u>come in</u> at nine o'clock?
**Bob:** Sorry, I can't <u>make it</u> there that early.
**Ray:** All right. <u>How about</u> eleven o'clock?
**Bob:** That's fine. I'll see you <u>then</u>.
---
### Figure 3
**Write the missing words.**
| | | | |
|---|---|---|---|
| annual | come in | how about | physical | sometime |
| checkup | exam | makes it | regular | then |
Henry is an airline pilot. He has to be healthy, or he can't fly an airplane. He gets a ____________________ exam every summer. When it's time for his ____________________ visit to the doctor, Henry calls Dr. Armstrong's office. The secretary always gives him an appointment ____________________ in June. The doctor checks Henry carefully ____________________. When Dr. Armstrong finds something wrong in the ____________________ exam, he asks Henry to ____________________ for another examination. Henry always ____________________ to the doctor's office for his ____________________ because he wants to keep his job. ____________________ you? Do you get a ____________________ every year?
---
### Figure 4
**Repeat the underlined words.**
![Split visual split into composite scenes showing a worried mother talking on the phone, a secretary taking the call, a doctor listening, and a injured boy sitting on an exam table rubbing his sore arm with pain star.](images/page_018_001.jpg)
**Mrs. Green:** Can I speak with the doctor, please?
**Secretary:** Dr. Paine will have some free time in about an hour. May she return your call <u>then</u>?
**Mrs. Green:** No, I can't wait. This is an <u>emergency</u>. My son Mike had an accident.
**Secretary:** Just a minute, please. I'll tell her. Doctor, a young <u>patient</u> of yours is in trouble.
**Dr. Paine:** What's the problem, Mrs. Green?
**Mrs. Green:** Mike just broke his arm in a basketball game.
**Dr. Paine:** Is he in a lot of pain?
**Mrs. Green:** Yes. Can you see him right away?
**Dr. Paine:** I'll meet you at the hospital <u>emergency room</u>. When can you get there?
**Mrs. Green:** I can be there in ten minutes. Thank you!
---
### Figure 5
**Circle T or F.**
1. T F
2. T F
3. T F
4. T F
5. T F
---
### Figure 6
**Circle the correct answer.**
*Example:* They're in a \_\_\_\_\_\_ store.
a. shoe
b. variety
c. clothing
1. They're eating in \_\_\_\_\_\_.
a. a restaurant
b. a dining hall
c. someone's home
2. They're going to \_\_\_\_\_\_ at the airport.
a. buy tickets
b. pick someone up
c. get on an airplane
3. The \_\_\_\_\_\_ is out of order.
a. pay phone
b. refrigerator
c. vending machine
4. The driver may \_\_\_\_\_\_.
a. run a red light
b. cause an accident
c. get a traffic ticket
---
### Figure 7
**Repeat the underlined words.**
1. Beth was Dr. Clark's patient five years ago.
She's Dr. Clark's patient now.
Beth is <u>still</u> Dr. Clark's patient.
2. Dr. Clark's office was downtown.
It's in the shopping mall now.
Dr. Clark's office isn't downtown <u>any longer</u>.
3. When she was younger, Beth ate a lot of candy.
Then she began to have problems with her teeth.
Beth doesn't eat much candy <u>anymore</u>.
---
### Figure 8
**Read the forms and answer the questions.**
| Patient Information | Patient Information |
|---|---|
| Date: June 20, 1988 | Date: July 15, 1993 |
| 1. Name: Beth Davis | Name: Beth Davis Hill |
| 2. Age: 23 | Age: 28 |
| Home address: | Home address: |
| 3. 122 State Street | 6614 Waterside Street |
| 4. Bay City, Florida | Bay City, Florida |
| 5. Home phone: 555-4009 | Home phone: 555-7101 |
| 6. Occupation: Secretary | Occupation: Teacher |
| 7. Place of business: Bay City High School | Place of business: Bay City High School |
---
### Figure 9
**Select the main idea.**
a. Mark sleeps a lot.
b. Mark is very healthy.
c. Mark doesn't eat much.
d. Mark likes to exercise.
<!-- source file: 020 - AUDIO SCRIPT.md -->
# AUDIO SCRIPT
## Lesson 1B
**AUDIO TRACK 7**
(1) Hello. Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 1B. (pause 6 sec)
(2) Look at Figure 1 and repeat the words. (pause for repetition)
Number 1: annual...annual
Number 2: examination...examination
Number 3: physical...physical
Number 4: exam...exam
Number 5: checkup...checkup
Number 6: regular...regular
Number 7: in...in
Number 8: out...out
Number 9: sometime...sometime
Number 10: come in...come in
Number 11: make it...make it
Number 12: how about...how about
Number 13: then...then
**AUDIO TRACK 8**
(3) Now look at Figure 2 and listen to the dialogs. Don't repeat.
(voice 1 female, voices 2 and 3 male)
Number 1:
voice 1: Does your family take a vacation every year?
voice 2: Yes, we take an annual vacation.
Number 2:
voice 1: Jane can't see very well at night.
voice 2: She ought to have an eye examination.
Number 3:
voice 1: Why are you going to the doctor? Are you sick?
voice 2: No, but I need a physical exam before school starts.
---
Number 4:
voice 1: I go to the dentist only when I have a problem.
voice 2: I don't. I have a checkup every six months.
Number 5:
voice 2: Does Jim usually work on your car?
voice 1: No, Tom is my regular mechanic.
Number 6:
voice 3: Are you in the military?
voice 2: No, I was in for eight years, but I'm out now.
Number 7:
voice 2: Can you give me a haircut sometime today?
voice 3: Sure. Can you come in at nine o'clock?
voice 2: Sorry, I can't make it there that early.
voice 3: All right. How about eleven o'clock?
voice 2: That's fine. I'll see you then.
(4) Look at Figure 2 again and answer the questions about the dialogs. (pause 4 sec after each question; pause for repetition)
Number 1: What kind of vacation does Tom's family take?
(pause 4 sec) Repeat: They take an annual vacation.
Number 2: What should Jane have?
Repeat: She should have an eye examination.
Number 3: What does Tim need before school starts?
Repeat: He needs a physical exam.
Number 4: How often does Jim go to the dentist for a checkup?
Repeat: He goes for a checkup every six months.
Number 5: Who is Jan's regular mechanic?
Repeat: Tom is her regular mechanic.
Number 6: Is Bob in the military now, or is he out?
Repeat: He's out now. How long was he in? Repeat: He was in for eight years.
Number 7: When does Bob want a haircut?
Repeat: He wants one sometime today.
When does Ray ask him to come in? Repeat: Ray asks him to come at nine o'clock.
Can Bob be there by nine? Repeat: No, he can't make it there by nine.
How about eleven o'clock? Is eleven o'clock okay? Yes, it's okay.
Will he see Ray at eleven? Repeat: Yes, he'll see him then.
**AUDIO TRACK 9**
(5) Now look at Figure 3 and listen to the paragraphs. Write the missing words. (pause as marked)
Henry is an airline pilot. He has to be healthy, or he can't fly an airplane. He gets a physical exam every summer. (pause 6 sec) When it's time for his annual visit to the doctor, Henry calls Dr. Armstrong's office. (pause 6 sec) The secretary always gives him an appointment sometime in June. (pause 6 sec) The doctor checks Henry carefully then. (pause 6 sec) When Dr. Armstrong finds something wrong in the regular exam, he asks Henry to come in for another examination. (pause 6 sec)
Henry always makes it to the doctor's office for his exam because he wants to keep his job. (pause 6 sec) How about you? (pause 6 sec) Do you get a checkup every year? (pause 6 sec)
(6) Listen to the paragraphs again and check your work.
Henry is an airline pilot. He has to be healthy, or he can't fly an airplane. He gets a physical exam every summer. When it's time for his annual visit to the doctor, Henry calls Dr. Armstrong's office. The secretary always gives him an appointment sometime in June. The doctor checks Henry carefully then. When Dr. Armstrong finds something wrong in the regular exam, he asks Henry to come in for another examination.
Henry always makes it to the doctor's office for his exam because he wants to keep his job. How about you? Do you get a checkup every year?
(7) When the lesson ends go to the answer page for this lesson and check your work.
**AUDIO TRACK 10**
(8) Please go to Figure 4 now. Look at the dialog and repeat the underlined words. (pause for repetition)
emergency...emergency
patient...patient
get...get
(9) Listen to the dialogs. Don't repeat.
(3 female voices) (voice 1 agitated, voices 2 and 3 calm and efficient)
voice 1: Can I speak with the doctor, please?
voice 2: Dr. Paine will have some free time in about an hour. May she return your call then?
voice 1: No, I can't wait. This is an emergency. My son Mike had an accident.
voice 2: Just a minute, please. I'll tell her. (aside) Doctor, a young patient of yours is in trouble.
(pause 2 sec)
voice 3: What's the problem, Mrs. Green?
voice 1: Mike just broke his arm in a basketball game.
voice 3: Is he in a lot of pain?
voice 1: Yes. Can you see him right away?
voice 3: I'll meet you at the hospital emergency room. When can you get there?
voice 1: I can be there in ten minutes. Thank you!
(10) Listen to the dialog again and repeat it.
(pause for repetition between sentences)
voice 1: Can I speak with the doctor, please? (pause)
voice 2: Dr. Paine will have some free time in about an hour. May she return your call then?
voice 1: No, I can't wait. This is an emergency. My son Mike had an accident.
voice 2: Just a minute, please. I'll tell her. (aside) Doctor, a young patient of yours is in trouble.
voice 3: What's the problem, Mrs. Green?
voice 1: Mike just broke his arm in a basketball game.
voice 3: Is he in a lot of pain?
voice 1: Yes. Can you see him right away?
voice 3: I'll meet you at the hospital emergency room. When can you get there?
voice 1: I can be there in ten minutes. Thank you!
**AUDIO TRACK 11**
(11) Look at Figure 5 and listen to the sentences about the dialogs. Circle "T" if the sentence is true. Circle "F" if it is false.
(pause 6 sec between items)
Number 1: Mrs. Green wants to make a regular appointment.
Number 2: Mike needs to see the doctor right away.
Number 3: The doctor is Mike's patient.
Number 4: The doctor will meet Mike at the emergency room.
Number 5: Mrs. Green can drive to the hospital in half an hour.
(12) Now check your answers.
Number 1 is false. Mrs. Green doesn't want to make a regular appointment. Repeat: This is an emergency.
Number 2 is true.
Repeat: Mike needs to see the doctor right away.
Number 3 is false. The doctor isn't Mike's patient.
Repeat: Mike is Dr. Paine's patient.
Number 4 is true.
Repeat: The doctor will meet Mike at the emergency room.
Number 5 is false. It won't take Mrs. Green half an hour to get to the hospital. Repeat: She can get there in ten minutes.
**AUDIO TRACK 12**
(13) Please look at Figure 6 now. Listen to the dialogs; then circle the correct answer. Look at the example first.
(2 male voices)
voice 1: This jacket looks good with my slacks.
voice 2: Yes, it does. Would you like to try it on?
Where are the men? (pause 10 sec) The answer is c. They're in a clothing store. Listen to the dialog again.
voice 1: This jacket looks good with my slacks.
voice 2: Yes, it does. Would you like to try it on?
(14) Now listen and circle a, b, or c. (pause 10 sec after each item)
(Numbers 1-4: voice 1 male, voice 2 female)
Number 1:
voice 1: Would you like to order dessert?
voice 2: Yes, I think I saw apple pie on the menu. (pause 10 sec)
Number 2:
voice 1: Will we get there in time?
voice 2: Yes. His flight doesn't land until ten o'clock.
Number 3:
voice 1: It took my money and kept the soda!
voice 2: Did you push the coin return?
Number 4:
voice 1: Oh, no! There's a police car.
voice 2: How fast were you driving?
(15) Now check your answers.
Number 1 is <u>a</u>. They're eating in a restaurant.
Number 2 is <u>b</u>. They're going to pick someone up at the airport.
Number 3 is <u>c</u>. The vending machine is out of order.
Number 4 is <u>c</u>. The driver may get a traffic ticket.
**AUDIO TRACK 13**
(16) Go to Figure 7. Look at the sentences and repeat the underlined words.
Number 1: still...still
Number 2: any longer...any longer
Number 3: anymore...anymore
(17) Now listen to the sentences. Repeat only the sentences with the underlined words. Don't repeat the others. Listen.
Number 1: Beth was Dr. Clark's patient five years ago. She's Dr. Clark's patient now. Beth is <u>still</u> Dr. Clark's patient.
Repeat: Beth is still Dr. Clark's patient.
(pause for repetition)
Number 2: Dr. Clark's office was downtown. It's in the shopping mall now. Dr. Clark's office isn't downtown <u>any longer</u>.
Repeat: Dr. Clark's office isn't downtown any longer.
Number 3: When she was younger, Beth ate a lot of candy. Then she began to have problems with her teeth. Beth doesn't eat much candy <u>anymore</u>.
Repeat: Beth doesn't eat much candy anymore.
**AUDIO TRACK 14**
(18) Go to Figure 8 now. These are Dr. Clark's information forms for Beth. They're not the same. The one on the right is newer than the one on the left, and some things are different. Read both forms now. (pause 30 sec) Now look at the forms and answer some questions about Beth. (pause 5 sec after each question)
Number 1: Is Beth's last name still Davis? (pause 5 sec) No, it's not. Beth is married now, and her last name is different.
Repeat: Her last name isn't Davis any longer.
Number 2: Is Beth's age still the same? No, it's not. She's twenty-eight now.
Repeat: She's not twenty-three anymore.
Number 3: Does she live on State Street any longer? No, she doesn't. She lives on Waterside Street now.
Repeat: She doesn't live on State Street any longer.
Number 4: Does Beth still live in Bay City? Yes, she does.
Repeat: She still lives in Bay City.
Number 5: Is her telephone number still the same? No, it's different.
Repeat: Her phone number isn't the same anymore.
Number 6: Is she a secretary any longer? No, she's a teacher now.
Repeat: She's not a secretary any longer.
Number 7: Does Beth work at Bay City High School anymore? Yes, she does.
Repeat: She still works at the high school.
---
**AUDIO TRACK 15**
(19) Look at Figure 9 now and listen to the paragraph. Then select the main idea.
Mark is never sick. He exercises a lot and tries to eat good food. He has fruit or vegetables with every meal, and he usually doesn't have dessert. He sleeps for seven or eight hours every night and feels terrific the next day. The doctor and dentist check him every year, but they never find anything wrong.
(20) Listen to the paragraph again and check your answer.
Mark is never sick. He exercises a lot and tries to eat good food. He has fruit or vegetables with every meal, and he usually doesn't have dessert. He sleeps for seven or eight hours every night and feels terrific the next day. The doctor and dentist check him every year, but they never find anything wrong.
(21) The answer is b. Mark is very healthy.
**THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 1B BOOK 11.**

516
sources/book-11/lla-1C.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,516 @@
<!-- source file: 004 - LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES LESSON 1C BOOK 11.md -->
# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES LESSON 1C, BOOK 11
### Figure 1
**Repeat the words.**
1. dot
![#1 Three dots positioned horizontally, each labeled with a letter above it: dot A, dot B, and dot C](images/page_022_001.jpg)
2. connect
![#2 Two dots labeled A and B connected by a straight horizontal line segment, with a separate dot labeled C above to the right](images/page_022_002.jpg)
3. inch/inches
![#3 A horizontal ruler line marked with tick marks labeled 0, 1, and 2, showing inches](images/page_022_003.jpg)
4. middle
![#4 A horizontal line segment with a dot labeled B in the exact middle](images/page_022_004.jpg)
5. horizontal
![#5 A horizontal line segment connecting point A on the left to point C on the right](images/page_022_005.jpg)
6. vertical
![#6 A vertical line segment connecting point D at the top to point E at the bottom](images/page_022_006.jpg)
7. perpendicular
![#7 A vertical line D-E intersecting a horizontal line A-C at a right angle](images/page_022_007.jpg)
8. parallel
![#8 Three pairs of parallel lines: two horizontal lines labeled A and B, two vertical lines labeled C and D, and two vertical lines labeled E and F](images/page_022_008.jpg)
---
### Figure 2
**Circle T or F.**
![Diagram showing a large rectangle labeled Side 1 on the left, Side 2 at the top, Side 3 on the right, and Side 4 at the bottom. Dot A is on the top line, dot B is in the center. Below the rectangle is a 3-inch ruler scale marked from 0 to 3.](images/page_023_001.jpg)
1. T F
2. T F
3. T F
4. T F
5. T F
6. T F
7. T F
8. T F
---
### Figure 3
**Repeat the sentences.**
1.
| | | | |
|---|---|---|---|
| Alan | is | in Canada | now |
| | was | | in June. |
| | **has been** | | for a year. |
2.
| | | | |
|---|---|---|---|
| Jane and Sara | have | good jobs | now |
| | had | | 6 months ago. |
| | **have had** | | since last fall. |
---
### Figure 4
**Change the sentences.**
*Examples:* Tom is a car salesman. (since 1988)
**Tom has been a car salesman since 1988.**
Ann and Jim are teachers. (for three years)
**Ann and Jim have been teachers for three years.**
1. Dan is a mechanic.
2. His brothers are dentists.
3. Bob is in China.
4. Jan and Jill are roommates.
5. Steve is a policeman.
---
### Figure 5
> **Change the sentences.**
*Examples:*
Mike has a good job. (since he graduated)
Mike **has had** a good job since he graduated.
Mary and Kay have an apartment. (for six months)
Mary and Kay **have had** an apartment for six months.
1. The students have their books.
2. Jill has a cold.
3. Jim's car has a flat tire.
4. We have our tickets.
5. Jane has a car.
---
### Figure 6
> **Change the sentences.**
*Examples:*
Dan <u>has been in Houston</u> since 1983. (Dallas)
Dan **hasn't been** in Dallas since 1983.
The girls <u>have had a cat</u> for three years. (dog)
The girls **haven't had** a dog for three years.
1. The children have been <u>good</u> for a week.
2. John has been <u>a waiter</u> for three years.
3. Janet has been <u>married</u> since 1984.
4. Leigh has been <u>happy</u> since she became a teacher.
5. The students have had <u>classes</u> for a year.
6. Larry has had an <u>old car</u> for a long time.
---
### Figure 7
> **Read the calendar.**
> **Answer the questions.**
#### Vince's Business Trip
| | MON | TUE | WED | THUR | FRI |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| **Morning** | make airline reservations | 10:00 – pick up ticket at travel agency | 8:00 – work with other salesmen at office | | back in N.Y. office |
| **Afternoon** | | 2:00 – flight departs N.Y. for Miami | same | 1:30 – arrive at airport <br> 4:30 – depart Miami | |
| **Evening** | | | 5:00 – leave office | 6:45 – arrive N.Y. | |
---
### Figure 8
> **Repeat the sentences.**
![A male doctor speaking to a young boy sitting on an examination table with a thermometer in his mouth](images/page_027_001.jpg)
1. **Dr. Ford:**
**How long** has your stomach hurt?
**How long** have you had that cough?
**How long** has your temperature been 102?
**How long** have you been out of bed?
2. **Tommy:**
**How long** have you been a doctor?
**How long** must I wait before I can eat?
**How long** do I have to stay in the hospital?
**How long** should I keep that thermometer in my mouth?
---
### Figure 9
> **Change the statements to questions.**
*Example:*
Kay lived in China.
How long did she live in China?
The teachers are sick.
How long have they been sick?
It's snowing.
How long has it been snowing?
1. It's raining.
2. She has a headache.
3. John is in the Air Force.
4. My cousins studied French.
5. Dick will be in Dallas.
6. Eileen was a pilot.
7. The Wilson's will stay with us.
8. Doug has a problem with math.
---
### Figure 10
> **Write the connective words.**
1. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
2. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
3. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
4. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
---
**– USER NOTES –**
---
<!-- source file: 021 - AUDIO SCRIPT.md -->
# AUDIO SCRIPT
## Lesson 1C
**AUDIO TRACK 1**
(1) Hello. Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 1C. (pause 6 sec)
(2) Look at Figure 1. Repeat the words and sentences. (pause for repetition)
Number 1: dot...dot
The marks above A, B, and C are called dots.
Number 2: connect...connect
A line connects dot A and dot B.
Number 3: inch...inch
inches...inches.
The line is two inches long.
Number 4: middle...middle
Dot B is in the middle of the line.
Number 5: horizontal...horizontal
Line A-C is horizontal.
Number 6: vertical...vertical
Line D-E is vertical.
Number 7: perpendicular...perpendicular
Line A-C and Line D-E are perpendicular.
Number 8: parallel...parallel
Line A is parallel to line B, / line C is parallel to line D, / and line E is parallel to line F.
The lines are parallel.
**AUDIO TRACK 2**
(3) Now go to Figure 2. Look at the rectangle and listen to the sentences. Circle T if the sentence is true. Circle F if the sentence is false. (pause 6 sec between items)
Number 1: Side 1 is vertical.
Number 2: Side 2 is horizontal.
Number 3: Side 1 is parallel to side 3.
Number 4: Side 3 is perpendicular to side 4.
Number 5: Side 1 is perpendicular to sides 2 and 4.
Number 6: Side 2 is parallel to side 3.
Number 7: Dot A is in the middle of the rectangle.
Number 8: Side 1 is 3 inches long.
(4) Now check your answers.
Number 1 is true. Repeat: Side 1 is vertical.
Number 2 is true. Repeat: Side 2 is horizontal.
Number 3 is true. Repeat: Side 1 is parallel to side 3.
Number 4 is true. Repeat: Side 3 is perpendicular to side 4.
Number 5 is true. Repeat: Side 1 is perpendicular to sides 2 and 4.
Number 6 is false. Side 2 isn't parallel to side 3. Repeat: Side 2 is parallel to side 4.
Number 7 is false. Dot A is in the middle of the line, but not in the middle of the rectangle. Repeat: Dot B is in the middle of the rectangle.
Number 8 is false. Side 4 is 3 inches long, but side 1 isn't. Repeat: Side 4 is 3 inches long.
**AUDIO TRACK 3**
(5) Now look at Figure 3. Listen to the sentences but don't repeat them.
Number 1: Alan is in Canada now. He was in Canada in June. He has been in Canada for a year.
Number 2: Jane and Sara have good jobs now. They had good jobs six months ago. They have had good jobs since last fall.
(6) Repeat these sentences.
Number 1: Alan has been in Canada for a year. (pause for repetition only)
Number 2: Jane and Sara have had good jobs since last fall.
**AUDIO TRACK 4**
(7) Please go to Figure 4. Look at the examples and listen. (second voice for cues in; pause for repetition only)
Tom is a car salesman.
voice 2: since 1988
Tom has been a car salesman since 1988.
Repeat: Tom has been a car salesman since 1988. (pause for repetition)
Ann and Jim are teachers.
voice 2: for three years
Ann and Jim have been teachers for three years.
Repeat: Ann and Jim have been teachers for three years. (pause for repetition)
(8) Now listen to the sentences and change them. (pause as indicated; pause for repetition)
Number 1: Dan is a mechanic.
voice 2: since 1980 (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: Dan has been a mechanic since 1980.
Number 2: His brothers are dentists.
voice 2: for ten years (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: His brothers have been dentists for ten years.
Number 3: Bob is in China.
voice 2: since 1985 (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: Bob has been in China since 1985.
Number 4: Jan and Jill are roommates.
voice 2: for a year (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: Jan and Jill have been roommates for a year.
Number 5: Steve is a policeman.
voice 2: for only three months (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: Steve has been a policeman for only three months.
**AUDIO TRACK 5**
(9) Now look at Figure 5. Listen to the examples.
Mike has a good job.
voice 2: since he graduated
Mike has had a good job since he graduated.
Repeat: Mike has had a good job since he graduated. (pause for repetition)
Mary and Kay have an apartment.
voice 2: for six months
Mary and Kay have had an apartment for six months.
Repeat: Mary and Kay have had an apartment for six months. (pause for repetition)
(10) Listen to the sentences and change them. Then repeat the correct answers. (pause as indicated; pause for repetition)
Number 1: The students have their books.
voice 2: since Monday (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: The students have had their books since Monday.
(pause for repetition)
Number 2: Jill has a cold.
voice 2: for a week (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: Jill has had a cold for a week.
Number 3: Jim's car has a flat tire.
voice 2: since yesterday (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: Jim's car has had a flat tire since yesterday.
Number 4: We have our tickets.
voice 2: for a month (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: We've had our tickets for a month.
Number 5: Jane has a car.
voice 2: since she was 18 (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: Jane has had a car since she was 18.
**AUDIO TRACK 6**
(11) Look at Figure 6 now. Listen to the examples. Then repeat them. (a second voice for cues)
Dan has been in Houston since 1983.
voice 2: Dallas
Dan hasn't been in Dallas since 1983.
Repeat: Dan hasn't been in Dallas since 1983. (pause for repetition)
The girls have had a cat for three years.
voice 2: dog
The girls haven't had a dog for three years.
Repeat: The girls haven't had a dog for three years. (pause for repetition)
(12) Now listen to the sentences and change them. Then repeat the correct answers. (pause as indicated; pause for repetition)
Number 1: The children have been good for a week.
voice 2: bad (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: The children haven't been bad for a week.
Number 2: John has been a waiter for three years.
voice 2: cashier (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: John hasn't been a cashier for three years.
Number 3: Janet has been married since 1984.
voice 2: single (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: Janet hasn't been single since 1984.
Number 4: Leigh has been happy since she became a teacher.
voice 2: bored (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: Lee hasn't been bored since she became a teacher.
Number 5: The students have had classes for a year.
voice 2: a vacation (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: The students haven't had a vacation for a year.
Number 6: Larry has had an old car for a long time.
voice 2: an accident (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: Larry hasn't had an accident for a long time.
---
**AUDIO TRACK 7**
(13) Please look at Figure 7 and listen. Vince is a salesman in New York. This week he's on a business trip to Miami. This is his calendar for the trip. Read the calendar now. (pause 20 sec) Now answer some questions about the trip. (pause as indicated; pause for repetition)
Look at Tuesday afternoon. (short pause) It's Tuesday afternoon now. Vince is leaving for Miami. Has he had his airline reservations for a week? (pause 6 sec) Repeat: No, he's had them since Monday morning. (pause for repetition)
Has he had his airplane ticket very long? (pause 6 sec) Repeat: No, he's only had it since Tuesday at 10:00.
Look at Wednesday morning. Vince went to the office to work with other salesmen. (slight pause) It's Wednesday evening now. Have the salesmen been at the office all day? (pause 6 sec) Repeat: Yes, they've been at the office since 8 o'clock this morning.
Now it's one-thirty Thursday afternoon. Vince is arriving at the airport. Has he been in Miami for a week? (pause 6 sec) Repeat: No, he's been in Miami for about two days.
Vince and some other salesmen arrived at the airport at 1:30. Right now, at 4:30, they're getting on the airplane. Have they been at the airport for one hour? (pause 6 sec) Repeat: No, they've been there for three hours.
Now go to Friday morning. (slight pause) It's Friday morning and Vince is getting ready for work again. Has he been home since Thursday evening? (pause 6 sec) Repeat: Yes, he's been home since 6:45 Thursday evening.
**AUDIO TRACK 8**
(14) Look at Figure 8 now. Listen to the sentences. Then repeat them. (pause after each question for repetition)
Number 1: How long has your stomach hurt?
How long have you had that cough?
How long has your temperature been one hundred and two?
How long have you been out of bed?
Number 2: How long have you been a doctor?
How long must I wait before I can eat?
How long do I have to stay in the hospital?
How long should I keep that thermometer in my mouth?
**AUDIO TRACK 9**
(15) Now look at Figure 9. Listen to the examples and repeat the questions.
Kay lived in China. Repeat: How long did she live in China? (pause for repetition)
The teachers are sick. Repeat: How long have they been sick?
It's snowing. Repeat: How long has it been snowing?
(16) Now listen to the sentences and change them to questions. (pause 3 sec after each statement and for repetition of question)
Number 1: It's raining. (pause 3 sec)
Repeat: How long has it been raining?
(pause for repetition)
Number 2: She has a headache.
Repeat: How long has she had a headache?
Number 3: John is in the Air Force.
Repeat: How long has he been in the Air Force?
Number 4: My cousins studied French.
Repeat: How long did they study French?
Number 5: Dick will be in Dallas.
Repeat: How long will he be in Dallas?
Number 6: Eileen was a pilot.
Repeat: How long was she a pilot?
Number 7: The Wilsons will stay with us.
Repeat: How long will they stay with us?
Number 8: Doug has a problem with math.
Repeat: How long has he had a problem with math?
**AUDIO TRACK 10**
(17) Now go to Figure 10. Listen to the paragraph; don't repeat it. Listen for connective words like first, next, then, finally, and last. Don't write. Just listen.
When you have a cold, you should remember to do these things: First, drink a lot of water and fruit juice. Second, keep warm and dry. Third, stay home when you can. Rest on a sofa or go to bed. Last, always remember to cover your mouth when you cough or sneeze. Don't give other people your cold.
(18) Listen to the paragraph again. This time, when you hear a connective word, write it on the correct line in Figure 10. (read a little more slowly and pause 2 sec between sentences)
When you have a cold, you should remember to do these things: First, drink a lot of water and fruit juice. Second, keep warm and dry. Third, stay home when you can. Rest on a sofa or go to bed. Last, always remember to cover your mouth when you cough or sneeze. Don't give other people your cold.
(19) Now check your answers.
Number 1 is <u>first</u>.
Number 2 is <u>second</u>.
Number 3 is <u>third</u>.
Number 4 is <u>last</u>.
THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 1C, BOOK 11.

449
sources/book-11/lla-1D.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,449 @@
<!-- source file: 005 - LESSON 1D BOOK 11.md -->
# LESSON 1D, BOOK 11
### Figure 1
> **Read a part in the dialog.**
![A split panel showing a sick man on the left holding a phone to his ear with a towel around his neck, and a female receptionist on the right speaking on the phone in an office labeled DR. W. WRIGHT](images/page_030_001.jpg)
**Clerk:** Good morning. Dr. Wright's office.
**Kent:** This is Kent Clark. I need an appointment with Dr. Wright sometime today.
**Clerk:** What's wrong?
**Kent:** I've had a cough and a sore throat for more than a week.
**Clerk:** Are you running a fever?
**Kent:** Yes. My temperature is 102.
**Clerk:** Are you taking any medicine?
**Kent:** Yes, but it's not helping me.
**Clerk:** Dr. Wright can see you at 3:30. Can you come in then?
**Kent:** Yes, thank you. I'll be there.
---
### Figure 2
**Say the patient's part in the dialog.**
*Examples:*
> Dr. Wong's office.
> (Mr. Clark, an appointment today)
> **This is Mr. Clark. I need an appointment today.**
>
> What is the problem?
> (bad earache)
> **I have a bad earache.**
Clerk: Dr. Wong's office.
Kent: ________________________________________.
Clerk: What's the matter?
Kent: ________________________________________.
Clerk: Do you have a fever?
Kent: ________________________________________.
Clerk: Are you taking any medicine?
Kent: ________________________________________.
Clerk: Dr. Wong's last appointment is at 4:45. Can you come in then?
Kent: ________________________________________.
---
### Figure 3
**Circle the number of the syllable with the strong stress.**
*Example:* (1) 2 3 4 5
1. 1 2 3 4 5
2. 1 2 3 4 5
3. 1 2 3 4 5
4. 1 2 3 4 5
5. 1 2 3 4 5
6. 1 2 3 4 5
7. 1 2 3 4 5
8. 1 2 3 4 5
9. 1 2 3 4 5
10. 1 2 3 4 5
11. 1 2 3 4 5
12. 1 2 3 4 5
13. 1 2 3 4 5
14. 1 2 3 4 5
---
### Figure 4
**Repeat the sentence. Repeat the dialogs.**
| Paul | is | studying | now. |
|---|---|---|---|
| | was | | last night. |
| | **has been** | | for two days. |
1. Steve: **Have you been waiting long?**
Alice: **No, I've been sitting here only a few minutes.**
2. David: **Has Bill been talking to Kay all this time?**
Janet: **Yes, he's been talking to her for more than an hour.**
3. Steve: **I'm glad to see you. Where have you been hiding?\***
Karen: **I've been visiting my relatives in California.**
\* *Where have you been hiding? = Where have you been?*
---
### Figure 5
**Write the missing words.**
Capt Hill: Why _______________ you _______________ coming in late every morning?
Lt Walker: I've _______________ _______________ trouble with my car.
Capt Hill: _______________ a mechanic been _______________ on it?
Lt Walker: No, _______________ _______________ trying to fix it myself.
Capt Hill: How _______________ you _______________ getting to the base?
Lt Walker: A friend _______________ _______________ _______________ me a ride.
---
### Figure 6
**Answer the questions.**
*Examples:*
> Has Sgt Carter been working here long?
> (yes, five years)
> **Yes. He's been working here for five years.**
>
> Have you been eating lunch at the snack bar?
> (no, mess hall)
> **No, I've been eating lunch at the mess hall.**
1. Have you been studying English?
2. Has your roommate been watching the news?
3. Has Lt Hall been flying long?
4. Has Capt White been renting an apartment?
5. Have the other officers been living on base?
6. Have the students been listening to the tape?
---
### Figure 7
**Write the paragraph**
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
---
<!-- source file: 022 - AUDIO SCRIPT.md -->
# AUDIO SCRIPT
## Lesson 1D
**AUDIO TRACK 11**
(1) Hello again. Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 1D. (pause 6 sec)
(2) Look at Figure 1. Listen to the dialog, but don't repeat it.
(voice 2 male voice 1 female)
voice 1: Good morning. Dr. Wright's office.
voice 2: This is Kent Clark. I need an appointment with Dr. Wright sometime today.
voice 1: What's wrong?
voice 2: I've had a cough and a sore throat for more than a week.
voice 1: Are you running a fever?
voice 2: Yes. My temperature is a hundred and two.
voice 1: Are you taking any medicine?
voice 2: Yes, but it's not helping me.
voice 1: Dr. Wright can see you at 3:30. Can you come in then?
voice 2: Yes, thank you. I'll be there.
(3) Let's read the dialog together. You read Kent's lines. Someone will begin. (read voice 1 only; pause for student to read voice 2)
voice 1: Good morning. Dr. Wright's office.
(voice 2: This is Kent Clark. I need an appointment with Dr. Wright sometime today.)
voice 1: What's wrong?
(voice 2: I've had a cough and a sore throat for more than a week.)
voice 1: Are you running a fever?
(voice 2: Yes. My temperature is a hundred and two.)
voice 1: Are you taking any medicine?
(voice 2: Yes, but it's not helping me.)
voice 1: Dr. Wright can see you at 3:30. Can you come in then?
(voice 2: Yes, thank you. I'll be there.)
(4) Now read the clerk's part. You begin. (read voice 2 only; pause for student to read voice 1)
(voice 1: Good morning. Dr. Wright's office.)
voice 2: This is Kent Clark. I need an appointment with Dr. Wright sometime today.
(voice 1: What's wrong?)
voice 2: I've had a cough and a sore throat for more than a week.
(voice 1: Are you running a fever?)
voice 2: Yes. My temperature is a hundred and two.
(voice 1: Are you taking any medicine?)
voice 2: Yes, but it's not helping me.
(voice 1: Dr. Wright can see you at 3:30. Can you come in then?)
voice 2: Yes, thank you. I'll be there.
**AUDIO TRACK 12**
(5) Please go to Figure 2. Kent is calling another doctor. Listen; then say Kent's part. Use the words you hear. Listen to the example.
(2 voices: voice 1 female (different from previous dialog, if possible); voice 2 either (for cues in parentheses); voice 3 male)
voice 1: Dr. Wong's office.
voice 2: Mr. Clark, an appointment today
voice 3: This is Mr. Clark. I need an appointment today.
voice 1: What is the problem?
voice 2: bad earache
voice 3: I have a bad earache.
(6) Now say Kent's part. Make an appointment with the doctor.
(voice 2: pause 4 sec after each cue. voice 3: pause for repetition)
voice 1: Dr. Wong's office.
voice 2: Mr. Clark, an appointment today (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: This is Mr. Clark. I need an appointment today.
(pause for repetition)
voice 1: What's the matter?
voice 2: a terrible cold (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: I have a terrible cold.
voice 1: Do you have a fever?
voice 2: yes, a hundred and two (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: Yes. My temperature is a hundred and two.
voice 1: Are you taking any medicine?
voice 2: yes, some cough medicine (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: Yes, I'm taking some cough medicine.
voice 1: Dr. Wong's last appointment is at 4:45. Can you come in then?
voice 2: yes (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: Yes, I can. Thank you.
**AUDIO TRACK 13**
(7) Look at Figure 3. Listen to the words. Circle the number of the syllable with the strong stress. Look at the example and listen. Don't repeat.
checkup...checkup (pause 5 sec) The answer is 1. The first syllable has the strong stress. Listen: checkup. Now listen and circle the correct number. (pause 4 sec between items)
Number 1: INches...INches (pause 6 sec)
Number 2: SOMEtime...SOMEtime
Number 3: PAtient...PAtient
Number 4: conNECT...conNECT
Number 5: exAM...exAM
Number 6: REGular...REGular
Number 7: anyMORE...anyMORE
Number 8: ANnual...ANnual
Number 9: PHYSical...PHYSical
Number 10: VERtical...VERtical
Number 11: eMERgency...eMERgency
Number 12: horiZONtal...horiZONtal
Number 13: examiNAtion...examiNAtion
Number 14: perpenDICular...perpenDICular
---
(8) Now check your answers.
Number 1 is 1. Repeat: INches
Number 2 is 1. Repeat: SOMetime
Number 3 is 1. Repeat: PAtient
Number 4 is 2. Repeat: conNECT
Number 5 is 2. Repeat: exAM
Number 6 is 1. Repeat: REGular
Number 7 is 3. Repeat: anyMORE
Number 8 is 1. Repeat: ANnual
Number 9 is 1. Repeat: PHYSical
Number 10 is 1. Repeat: VERTical
Number 11 is 2. Repeat: eMERgency
Number 12 is 3. Repeat: horiZONtal
Number 13 is 4. Repeat: examiNATion
Number 14 is 3. Repeat: perpenDICular
**AUDIO TRACK 14**
(9) Please look at Figure 4. Look at the sentences in the box. (pause 8 sec) Listen and repeat the last sentence: Paul has been studying for two days. Repeat: Paul has been studying for two days.
(10) Now look at the dialogs below the box. Listen and repeat. (pause for repetition)
(voice 1 male, voice 2 female)
voice 1: Have you been waiting long? (pause)
voice 2: No, I've been sitting here only a few minutes. (pause)
voice 1: Has Bill been talking to Kay all this time?
voice 2: Yes, he's been talking to her for more than an hour.
voice 1: I'm glad to see you. Where have you been hiding?
voice 2: I've been visiting my relatives in California.
**AUDIO TRACK 15**
(11) Look at Figure 5. Listen to the dialog. Don't repeat.
(2 male voices)
voice 1: Why have you been coming in late every morning?
voice 2: I've been having trouble with my car.
voice 1: Has a mechanic been working on it?
voice 2: No, I've been trying to fix it myself.
voice 1: How have you been getting to the base?
voice 2: A friend has been giving me a ride.
(12) Listen to the dialog again. While you listen, write the missing words in the blanks. (pause 6 sec after each sentence)
voice 1: Why have you been coming in late every morning?
(pause 6 sec)
voice 2: I've been having trouble with my car.
voice 1: Has a mechanic been working on it?
voice 2: No, I've been trying to fix it myself.
voice 1: How have you been getting to the base?
voice 2: A friend has been giving me a ride.
(13) Listen to the dialog a third time. Check the words and repeat the questions and answers. (pause for repetition)
voice 1: Why have you been coming in late every morning?
(pause for repetition)
voice 2: I've been having trouble with my car.
voice 1: Has a mechanic been working on it?
voice 2: No, I've been trying to fix it myself.
voice 1: How have you been getting to the base?
voice 2: A friend has been giving me a ride.
**AUDIO TRACK 16**
(14) Look at Figure 6 now. Listen to the examples.
(3 voices, voice 1 for cues)
voice 2: Has Sgt Carter been working here long?
voice 1: yes, five years
voice 3: Yes, he's been working here five years.
Repeat: Yes, he's been working here five years.
voice 2: Have you been eating lunch at the snack bar?
voice 1: no, mess hall
voice 3: No, I've been eating lunch at the mess hall.
Repeat: No, I've been eating lunch at the mess hall.
(15) Now answer the questions with the words that you hear. (pause as marked; pause for repetition)
Number 1: Have you been studying English?
voice 1: yes, three months (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: Yes, I've been studying English for three months.
Number 2: Has your roommate been watching the news?
voice 1: no, a movie (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: No, he's been watching a movie.
Number 3: Has Lt Hall been flying long?
voice 1: yes, since he was fifteen (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: Yes, he's been flying since he was fifteen.
Number 4: Has Capt White been renting an apartment?
voice 1: no, a house (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: No, he's been renting a house.
Number 5: Have the other officers been living on base?
voice 1: yes, six months (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: Yes, they've been living on base for six months.
Number 6: Have the students been listening to the tape?
voice 1: yes, seventeen minutes (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: Yes, they've been listening to the tape for seventeen minutes.
**AUDIO TRACK 17**
(16) Please go to Figure 7. Listen to the paragraph. Don't write or repeat. Only listen.
Why did the Smith family buy a new home? Because they have five children, two dogs, and a cat. They needed a house with rooms for all of the children and a large yard with a fence for their animals. They're very happy in their new house.
(17) Listen again. This time, write the paragraph while you're listening to it. Use capital letters, periods, commas, question marks, and apostrophes. Now listen and write. (pause 8-15 sec between thought groups)
Why did/the Smith family/buy a new home?/Because they have/five children,/two dogs,/and a cat./They needed a house/with rooms/for all of the children/and a large yard/with a fence/for their animals./They're very happy/in their new house.
(18) Listen and check your work.
Why did the Smith family buy a new home? Because they have five children, two dogs, and a cat. They needed a house with rooms for all of the children and a large yard with a fence for their animals. They're very happy in their new house.
(19) Now go to the answer page for this lesson and check your work.
**THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 1D, BOOK 11.**
– USER NOTES –

362
sources/book-11/lla-2A.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,362 @@
<!-- source file: 006 - LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES LESSON 2A BOOK 11.md -->
# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES LESSON 2A, BOOK 11
### Figure 1
**Repeat the underlined words.**
![A busy city street scene showing a car with a "STUDENT DRIVER" sign on the roof stuck in heavy traffic near traffic lights, pedestrian signals ("WALK", "DONT WALK"), a "ONE WAY" sign, and a "DETOUR" construction sign. Inside the student driver car are two people.](images/page_036_001.jpg)
Carl is a student driver. Mr. Ford is his <u>instructor</u>. Yesterday Carl practiced driving on roads without much traffic. He was <u>relaxed</u> and enjoyed his lesson.
Today is different. He's driving downtown, and he has a lot of problems. He's <u>nervous</u> because he's afraid he'll have an accident. The traffic is heavy, and the other drivers are in a hurry.
The streets downtown are narrow and crowded. They <u>confuse</u> Carl because they all look alike to him. He <u>failed</u> to memorize the city map, and now he's <u>lost</u>. He wants to get out of downtown, but he doesn't know the <u>way</u>.
Carl is making a lot of mistakes. Mr. Ford is nervous too; he'll tell Carl how to get out of downtown. Carl will be happy to <u>follow</u> his instructions.
---
### Figure 2
**Choose a sentence with a similar meaning.**
1. a. He didn't know how to get out of downtown.
b. He didn't know what time it was.
2. a. The other car didn't stop.
b. The other car stopped right away.
3. a. He went in the wrong direction.
b. He drove downtown at the wrong time.
4. a. He asked Mr. Ford for advice.
b. He obeyed Mr. Ford's advice.
5. a. Mr. Ford is the driver.
b. Mr. Ford is the teacher.
6. a. Carl is having a good time.
b. Carl thinks he'll do something wrong.
7. a. He wasn't afraid yesterday.
b. He wasn't at fault yesterday.
8. a. He knows that he's on the right street.
b. He's not sure that he's going the right way.
---
### Figure 3
**Repeat the underlined words.**
![Illustration showing the view from inside a driving school car looking out the back window at another car behind it on a road, with labels for LEFT LANE, RIGHT LANE, STEERING WHEEL, TURN SIGNAL, and a STUDENT DRIVER sign on top of the car](images/page_038_001.jpg)
**Mr. Ford:** Check that <u>speed</u>, Carl. How fast are you going?
**Carl:** Forty <u>miles an hour</u>.
**Mr. Ford:** Then you're <u>speeding</u>. <u>Slow down</u> a little.
**Carl:** I thought forty was the <u>speed limit</u> here.
**Mr. Ford:** No, the <u>sign</u> back there said thirty.
**Carl:** Oh, I'm sorry. Look, there's another sign <u>ahead</u>.
**Mr. Ford:** Yes, I see. It says forty-five <u>miles per hour</u>.
**Carl:** Good. Now I can <u>speed up</u>!
---
### Figure 4
**Repeat the underlined words.**
**Carl:** The car <u>ahead of us</u> is going very slowly.
**Mr. Ford:** It's in bad shape. The driver's being <u>cautious</u>.
**Carl:** May I go around him?.
**Mr. Ford:** First check the other <u>lane</u> of traffic.
**Carl:** All right. No one's coming. Now can I <u>pass</u> him?
**Mr. Ford:** Yes. Remember to use your <u>turn signal</u> .
**Carl:** Why? I don't want to make a turn.
**Mr. Ford:** Because you should always change lanes <u>cautiously</u>.
**Carl:** Okay. Both of my hands are on the <u>steering wheel</u>.
**Mr. Ford:** Good. Also, keep your <u>mind</u> on the road.
---
### Figure 5
**Select the main idea.**
1. a. Linda's car is new.
b. Linda enjoys driving.
c. Bad weather bothers Linda.
d. Linda is a careful driver.
2. a. Cars should be able to stop quickly.
b. Drivers should always watch the road.
c. Animals and children can cause accidents.
d. Other people in the car shouldn't talk to the driver.
---
<!-- source file: 023 - AUDIO SCRIPT.md -->
# AUDIO SCRIPT
## Lesson 2A
**AUDIO TRACK 1**
(1) Hello. Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 2A. (pause 6 sec)
(2) Look at Figure 1. Repeat the underlined words.
instructor...instructor
relaxed...relaxed
nervous...nervous
confuse...confuse
failed...failed
lost...lost
way...way
follow...follow
(3) Now listen to the paragraphs. Don't repeat.
Carl is a student driver. Mr. Ford is his instructor. Yesterday Carl practiced driving on roads without much traffic. He was relaxed and enjoyed his lesson.
Today is different. He's driving downtown, and he has a lot of problems. He's nervous because he's afraid he'll have an accident. The traffic is heavy, and the other drivers are in a hurry.
The streets downtown are narrow and crowded. They confuse Carl because they all look alike to him. He failed to memorize the city map, and now he's lost. He wants to get out of downtown, but he doesn't know the way.
Carl is making a lot of mistakes. Mr. Ford is nervous too; he'll tell Carl how to get out of downtown. Carl will be happy to follow his instructions.
(4) Listen to the questions. Then look at the paragraph and answer them. (pause 5 sec after each question) What is the instructor's name? (pause 5 sec) Repeat: The instructor's name is Mr. Ford.
What is he teaching Carl? (pause)
Repeat: He's teaching Carl how to drive.
How did Carl feel yesterday when he drove?
Repeat: He felt relaxed.
---
How does he feel today?
Repeat: He feels nervous.
What do the streets downtown do to Carl?
Repeat: They confuse him.
Did he learn the names of the downtown streets before his driving lesson?
Repeat: No, he failed to memorize the city map.
Is Carl lost?
Repeat: Yes, he's lost.
Does Carl know the way out of downtown?
Repeat: No, he doesn't know the way out.
How will he get out of downtown?
Repeat: He'll follow Mr. Ford's instructions.
#### AUDIO TRACK 2
(5) Please go to Figure 2. Listen and choose a sentence with a similar meaning. Circle <u>a</u> or <u>b</u>. (pause 8 sec after each sentence)
Number 1: Carl was lost.
Number 2: The other car failed to stop.
Number 3: Carl went the wrong way.
Number 4: He followed Mr. Ford's advice.
Number 5: Mr. Ford is the instructor.
Number 6: Today Carl is nervous.
Number 7: Yesterday he was relaxed.
Number 8: The streets confuse Carl.
(6) Now listen and check your answers.
Number 1 is a. Carl didn't know how to get out of downtown.
Number 2 is a. The other car didn't stop.
Number 3 is a. Carl went in the wrong direction.
Number 4 is b. He obeyed Mr. Ford's advice.
Number 5 is b. Mr. Ford is the teacher.
Number 6 is b. Carl thinks he'll do something wrong.
Number 7 is a. He wasn't afraid yesterday.
Number 8 is b. He's not sure that he's going the right way.
#### AUDIO TRACK 3
(7) Please go to Figure 3 now. Look at the dialog and repeat the underlined words. (pause for repetition)
speed...speed
miles an hour...miles an hour
speeding...speeding
slow down...slow down
speed limit...speed limit
sign...sign
ahead...ahead
miles per hour...miles per hour
speed up...speed up
(8) Now listen to the dialog; don't repeat it.
(2 male voices)
voice 1: Check that speed, Carl. How fast are you going?
voice 2: Forty miles an hour.
voice 1: Then you're speeding. Slow down a little.
voice 2: I thought forty was the speed limit here.
voice 1: No, the sign back there said thirty.
voice 2: Oh, I'm sorry. Look, there's another sign ahead.
voice 1: Yes, I see. It says forty-five miles per hour.
voice 2: Good. Now I can speed up!
(9) Listen to the dialog again. This time, repeat it. (pause for repetition)
voice 1: Check that speed, Carl. (pause) How fast are you going? (pause)
voice 2: Forty miles an hour.
voice 1: Then you're speeding. Slow down a little.
voice 2: I thought forty was the speed limit here.
voice 1: No, the sign back there said thirty.
voice 2: Oh, I'm sorry. Look, there's another sign ahead.
voice 1: Yes, I see. It says forty-five miles per hour.
voice 2: Good. Now I can speed up!
(10) Look at the dialog and answer the questions.
(pause 5 sec after each question)
How fast is Carl driving? (pause 5 sec)
Repeat: He's driving at a speed of forty miles an hour.
Is the speed limit thirty miles an hour?
Repeat: Yes, the speed limit is thirty miles an hour.
Is Carl driving under the speed limit?
Repeat: No, he's driving over the speed limit.
What is he doing?
Repeat: He's speeding.
What should he do?
Repeat: He should slow down.
Does he see another sign with the speed limit on it?
Repeat: Yes, he sees another speed limit sign.
Is the sign in back of him or ahead of him?
Repeat: It's ahead of him.
#### AUDIO TRACK 4
(11) Now look at Figure 4. Listen to the underlined words in the dialog and then repeat them.
ahead of...ahead of
cautious...cautious
lane...lane
pass...pass
turn...turn
signal...signal
cautiously...cautiously
steering wheel...steering wheel
mind...mind
(12) Now listen to the dialog, but don't repeat it.
(same 2 male voices as in previous dialog)
voice 1: The car ahead of us is going very slow.
voice 2: It's in bad shape. The driver's being cautious.
voice 1: May I go around him?.
voice 2: First check the other lane of traffic.
voice 1: All right. No one's coming. Now can I pass him?
voice 2: Yes. Remember to use your turn signal.
voice 1: Why? I don't want to make a turn.
voice 2: Because you should always change lanes cautiously.
voice 1: Okay. Both of my hands are on the steering wheel.
voice 2: Good. Also, keep your mind on the road.
(13) Listen to the dialog again. This time, repeat it.
voice 1: The car ahead of us / is going very slow.
voice 2: It's in bad shape. The driver's being cautious.
voice 1: May I go around him?
voice 2: First check the other lane of traffic.
voice 1: All right. No one's coming. Now can I pass him?
voice 2: Yes. Remember to use your turn signal.
voice 1: Why? I don't want to make a turn.
voice 2: Because you should always / change lanes cautiously.
voice 1: Okay. Both of my hands are on the steering wheel.
voice 2: Good. Also, keep your mind on the road.
(14) Now look at the dialog and answer the questions. (pause 5 sec after each question)
Is the person in the other car a careless driver? (pause 5 sec)
Repeat: No, he's a cautious driver. (pause for repetition)
Does Carl want to pass the other car?
Repeat: Yes, he wants to pass the other car.
Should he signal other drivers and tell them that he wants to pass?
Repeat: Yes. he should signal other drivers.
Does Carl want to make a turn?
Repeat: No, he doesn't want to make a turn.
What is he doing?
Repeat: He's changing lanes.
How should drivers change lanes?
Repeat: They should change lanes cautiously.
Should Carl drive with just one hand on the steering wheel?
Repeat: No, he should drive with both hands / on the steering wheel.
Should he think about other things while he's driving?
Repeat: No, he should keep his mind on the road.
#### AUDIO TRACK 5
(15) Look at Figure 5. Listen to paragraph number 1. Then select the main idea. Listen.
Linda keeps her car in good shape, and she always buys good tires. She leaves for work early because she knows that accidents happen when people are in a hurry. She tries to stay home when she's sick or when the weather is bad. When she's tired, she's very cautious. Linda doesn't want to have an automobile accident.
(16) What was the main idea of the paragraph? Circle a, b, c, or d.
(pause 10 sec) Listen to the paragraph again and check your answer.
Linda keeps her car in good shape, and she always buys good tires. She leaves for work early because she knows that accidents happen when people are in a hurry. She tries to stay home when she's sick or when the weather is bad. When she's tired, she's very cautious. Linda doesn't want to have an automobile accident.
(17) The answer is d, Linda is a careful driver. Now listen to paragraph number 2.
Many accidents happen because the driver isn't watching the road. Drivers often turn and look at other people in the car while they talk, when they should be looking straight ahead. Then, a car in front of them stops, or a child or animal runs in front of them. They hit it because they don't see it soon enough.
(18) Now circle the main idea of paragraph number 2. (pause 10 sec)
Listen to the paragraph again and check your answer.
Many accidents happen because the driver isn't watching the road. Drivers often turn and look at other people in the car while they talk, when they should be looking straight ahead. Then, a car in front of them stops, or a child or animal runs in front of them. They hit it because they don't see it soon enough.
(19) The answer is b. Drivers should always watch the road.
THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 2A, BOOK 11.

598
sources/book-11/lla-2B.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,598 @@
<!-- source file: 007 - LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES LESSON 2B BOOK 11.md -->
# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES LESSON 2B, BOOK 11
### Figure 1
**Repeat the words and sentences.**
![Illustration of a street scene showing pedestrians crossing at an intersection, traffic light with WALK/DON'T WALK signals labeled SIGNALS, a highway sign labeled SIGNS, and labeled elements: INTERSECTION, PEDESTRIANS](images/page_040_001.jpg)
<u>caution</u> &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <u>flash</u> &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <u>intersection</u> &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <u>pedestrian</u> &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <u>sign</u> &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; <u>signal</u>
1. Be careful; use <u>caution</u>.
2. When a light turns on and off quickly, it <u>flashes</u>.
3. Streets cross at <u>intersections</u>.
4. When people walk, they're <u>pedestrians</u> .
5. <u>Signs</u> show names, directions, and other information.
6. A traffic light is a <u>signal</u>.
---
### Figure 2
**Answer the questions.**
At an intersection, people and cars come together from different directions. Because accidents can easily happen there, a large intersection usually has many signals and signs.
Traffic signals use lights to give instructions. Traffic lights tell drivers, bicycle riders, and pedestrians to stop, to go, or to use caution. Traffic signs use words and pictures to give instructions or information.
Cautious drivers look for signals and signs. Then they follow the instructions and use the information to drive safely.
---
### Figure 3
**Give the number of the correct signal.**
**SIGNALS**
1.
![A vertical traffic signal light showing three circular lights labeled: stop (red), caution (yellow), go (green)](images/page_042_001.jpg)
**traffic signals**
2.
![Three black boxes containing white directional arrows: top box has arrow pointing up labeled "ahead only", middle box has arrow pointing left labeled "left only", bottom box has arrow pointing right labeled "right only"](images/page_042_002.jpg)
3.
![Four square pedestrian signal boxes: top left has a walking person icon, top right has a raised hand icon, bottom left has the word WALK in a circle, bottom right has the words DON'T WALK in a circle](images/page_042_003.jpg)
**pedestrian signals**
---
4.
![#4 A driver's arm extended straight out and pointing down from a car window](images/page_042_004.jpg)
**stop or slow down**
5.
![#5 A driver's arm extended straight out horizontally from a car window](images/page_042_005.jpg)
**left turn**
6.
![#6 A driver's arm bent upward at the elbow from a car window](images/page_042_006.jpg)
**right turn**
**hand signals**
---
7.
![#7 Drawing of two cars showing front turn signals illuminated, with lines pointing to them labeled "TURN SIGNALS" and "(FLASHING YELLOW)"](images/page_042_007.jpg)
**left or right turn**
8.
![#8 Drawing of the rear of a car showing brake lights illuminated, labeled "BRAKE LIGHTS" and "(RED)"](images/page_042_008.jpg)
**stop or slow down**
**automobile signals**
---
### Figure 4
**Repeat the words and sentences.**
#### SIGNS
1. <u>stop sign</u>
![A black octagonal stop sign with the word STOP](images/page_043_001.jpg)
Stop at the stop sign and look both ways. Go when it's safe.
2. <u>yield</u><br><u>right-of-way</u>
![A triangular yield sign with the word YIELD](images/page_043_002.jpg)
Yield the right-of-way to the other driver. He can go ahead of you.
3. <u>one-way</u>
![A rectangular one-way sign showing an arrow pointing right with the words ONE WAY](images/page_043_003.jpg)
This is a one-way street. Traffic moves in only one direction.
4. <u>two-way</u>
![A diamond-shaped sign showing two arrows pointing in opposite directions](images/page_043_004.jpg)
This is a two-way street. Traffic moves in both directions.
5. <u>railroad</u><br><u>crossing</u>
![A circular railroad crossing sign with an X and the letters R R](images/page_043_005.jpg)
A railroad crosses the highway here. A train may be coming.
---
### Figure 5
**Write the number of the sentence under the correct sign.**
![#a A triangular yield sign reading YIELD](images/page_044_001.jpg)
a. ______
![#b A circular railroad crossing sign reading RXR](images/page_044_002.jpg)
b. ______
![#c A diamond-shaped sign with two opposing arrows indicating two-way traffic](images/page_044_003.jpg)
c. ______
![#d A rectangular sign reading ONE WAY with an arrow pointing right](images/page_044_004.jpg)
d. ______
![#e An octagonal stop sign reading STOP](images/page_044_005.jpg)
e. ______
---
### Figure 6
**Repeat the words.**<br>**Write the words you hear.**
| anyone | someone | no one |
|---|---|---|
| anybody | somebody | nobody |
Ellen: Do you want to read this letter from Nancy?
Becky: Yes, thank you. __________________ writes to me.
Ellen: Do you write to __________________?
Becky: No. I don't mail anything to __________________.
Ellen: That's the problem. __________________ gets mail from you.
Becky: Do you think I should write to __________________?
Ellen: Yes. Then __________________ will answer your letter.
Becky: And I'll have more than just bills in my mailbox.
---
### Figure 7
**Change the sentence to a question.**
*Example:* Nobody's here. (anyone)<br>Is anyone here?
1. No one can hear us.
2. Nobody saw the accident.
3. Someone knows the answer.
4. Somebody called you last night.
5. Nobody told Mark about the test.
6. No one knows Ann's telephone number.
---
### Figure 8
**Answer the questions.**
*Example:* Is anybody going to the show? (no, nobody)<br>No, nobody's going to the show.
1. Has somebody been using my pen?
2. Does anybody understand the lesson?
3. Can someone give me a ride home?
4. Did anyone bring the soft drinks?
5. Will somebody tell Mark the answer?
6. Is anybody listening to this tape?
---
### Figure 9
**Write the punctuation mark in the correct place.**
#### COLUMNS
| | 1 | 2 | 3 |
|---|---|---|---|
| **R**<br>**O**<br>**W**<br>**S** | **1** | | | |
| | **2** | | | |
| | **3** | | | |
| KEY |
|---|
| , = comma |
| ! = exclamation mark |
| ( ) = parentheses |
| " " = quotation marks |
| ; = semicolon |
| ? = question mark |
---
### Figure 7
**Change the sentence to a question.**
*Example:* Nobody's here. (anyone)<br>Is anyone here?
1. No one can hear us.
2. Nobody saw the accident.
3. Someone knows the answer.
4. Somebody called you last night.
5. Nobody told Mark about the test.
6. No one knows Ann's telephone number.
---
### Figure 8
**Answer the questions.**
*Example:* Is anybody going to the show? (no, nobody)<br>No, nobody's going to the show.
1. Has somebody been using my pen?
2. Does anybody understand the lesson?
3. Can someone give me a ride home?
4. Did anyone bring the soft drinks?
5. Will somebody tell Mark the answer?
6. Is anybody listening to this tape?
---
### Figure 9
**Write the punctuation mark in the correct place.**
#### COLUMNS
| | 1 | 2 | 3 |
|---|---|---|---|
| **R<br>O<br>W<br>S** **1** | | | |
| **2** | | | |
| **3** | | | |
| KEY |
|---|
| , = comma |
| ! = exclamation mark |
| ( ) = parentheses |
| “ ” = quotation marks |
| ; = semicolon |
| ? = question mark |
<!-- source file: 024 - AUDIO SCRIPT.md -->
# AUDIO SCRIPT
## Lesson 2B
#### AUDIO TRACK 6
(1) Hello again. Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 2B. pause 6 sec)
(2) Look at Figure 1. Listen to the words under the picture; then repeat them. (pause for repetition)
caution...caution
flash...flash
intersection...intersection
pedestrian...pedestrian
sign...sign
signal...signal
(3) Now look at the sentences. Listen, then repeat them. (pause for repetition)
Number 1: Be careful; use caution.
Number 2: When a light turns on and off quickly, it flashes.
Number 3: Streets cross at intersections.
Number 4: When people walk, they're pedestrians.
Number 5: Signs show names, directions, and other information.
Number 6: A traffic light is a signal.
#### AUDIO TRACK 7
(4) Now look at Figure 2. Listen to the paragraphs. Don't repeat them.
At an intersection, people and cars come together from different directions. Because accidents can easily happen there, a large intersection usually has many signals and signs.
Traffic signals use lights to give instructions. Traffic lights tell drivers, bicycle riders, and pedestrians to stop, to go, or to use caution. Traffic signs use words and pictures to give instructions or information.
Cautious drivers look for signals and signs. Then they follow the instructions and use the information to drive safely.
---
(5) Look at the paragraphs again and answer the questions. (pause 5 sec after each question; pause for repetition)
Where do cars and people come together? (pause 5 sec)
Repeat: They come together at intersections.
What can easily happen at an intersection?
Repeat: Accidents can happen easily at an intersection.
What does a large intersection usually have?
Repeat: It usually has many signals and signs.
What do traffic signals use to give instructions?
Repeat: Traffic signals use lights to give instructions.
What does a traffic light tell people to do?
Repeat: It tells them to stop, to go, or to use caution.
What do traffic signs have on them?
Repeat: Traffic signs have words and pictures on them.
What do traffic signs give?
Repeat: They give instructions and information.
What do cautious drivers look for?
Repeat: They look for signs and signals.
How do cautious drivers use the instructions and information?
Repeat: They use them to drive safely.
**AUDIO TRACK 8**
(6) Please go to Figure 3. Look at the pictures and listen. Don't repeat.
Number 1: Traffic signals tell drivers to move or to stop. A green light says "Go!" A yellow light says, "Be careful." A red light says "Stop!" This signal is also called a "stop light."
Number 2: Traffic signals also tell drivers to turn or go straight ahead.
Number 3: There are signals only for pedestrians. When the signal says "Walk" or shows the picture of a man, look both ways, and then cross the street quickly. When it says "Don't walk" or shows the picture of a hand, wait on the corner until the light changes.
Number 4: Sometimes drivers use hand signals. This signal tells other drivers that this car is going to slow down or stop.
Number 5: This is the hand signal for a left turn.
Number 6: This driver is going to turn right.
Number 7: Some of the lights on the front and back of a car are also signals. When the yellow lights on the front and back of a car are flashing, its driver wants to turn or change lanes.
Number 8: Red lights on the back of the car come on when the car is slowing down or stopping.
(7) Look at the signals again and listen to the question. Then give the number of the correct signal. (pause as indicated; pause for repetition)
Which traffic signal tells drivers to go, stop, or be ready to stop? (pause 5 sec) Number 1. Repeat: The traffic light tells people to go, stop, or be ready to stop.
Which hand signal does a driver use before a right turn? (pause 5 sec) Number 6. Repeat: This is the signal for a right turn.
Which lights tell other drivers that a car is turning or changing lanes? (pause 5 sec) Number 7. Repeat: The flashing yellow lights are turn signals.
Which signal lights tell pedestrians when it's safe to cross a street? (pause 5 sec) Number 3. Repeat: Pedestrian signal lights tell people when to cross a street.
Which hand signal shows that the driver is going to turn left? (pause 5 sec) Number 5. Repeat: This is the signal for a left turn.
Which traffic signals tell drivers to turn, or go straight ahead? (pause 5 sec) Number 2. Repeat: These signals tell drivers to turn or go straight ahead.
Which hand signal shows that the driver is going to slow down or stop? (pause 5 sec) Number 4. Repeat: This driver is going to slow down or stop.
Which lights tell the drivers behind another car that it's slowing down or stopping? (pause 5 sec) Number 8. Repeat: The red lights on the back of the car.
**AUDIO TRACK 9**
(8) Turn to Figure 4 and look at the signs. Repeat the words and sentences. (pause for repetition)
Number 1: stop sign...stop sign
Stop at the stop sign and look both ways. (pause)
Go when it's safe.
Number 2: yield...yield
right-of-way...right-of-way
Yield the right-of-way to the other driver. (pause)
He can go ahead of you.
Number 3: one-way...one-way
This is a one-way street. (pause)
Traffic moves in only one direction.
Number 4: two-way...two-way
This is a two-way street. (pause)
Traffic moves in both directions.
Number 5: railroad...railroad
crossing...crossing
A railroad crosses the highway here. (pause)
A train may be coming.
**AUDIO TRACK 10**
(9) Now look at Figure 5. Listen to the sentence. Write the number of the sentence under the correct sign. (pause 6 sec between items)
Number 1: Be careful. Look for a train.
Number 2: All cars must travel in the same direction.
Number 3: You must let other drivers go ahead of you.
Number 4: Stop at the intersection. Don't go until it's safe.
Number 5: Cars are moving in opposite directions on this street.
(10) Listen and check your answers.
Number 1 is b, the railroad crossing sign.
Number 2 is d, the one-way traffic sign.
Number 3 is a, the yield sign.
Number 4 is e, the stop sign.
Number 5 is c, the two-way traffic sign.
**AUDIO TRACK 11**
(11) Now go to Figure 6. Look at the words in the box. Listen to the words and repeat them. (pause for repetition)
anyone...anyone
anybody...anybody
someone...someone
somebody...somebody
no one...no one
nobody...nobody
(12) The dialog has the words which are in the box. Write the words in the blanks when you hear them. Listen and write. (pause as marked)
(2 female voices)
voice 1: Do you want to read this letter from Nancy?
voice 2: Yes, thank you. No one writes to <u>me</u>. (pause 6 sec)
voice 1: Do you write to anybody? (pause 6 sec)
voice 2: No. I don't mail anything to anyone. (pause 6 sec)
voice 1: That's the problem. Nobody gets mail from you. (pause 6 sec)
voice 2: Do you think I should write to someone? (pause 6 sec)
voice 1: Yes. Then somebody will answer your letter. (pause 6 sec)
voice 2: And I'll have more than just bills in my mailbox.
(13) Now check your answers and repeat the dialog. (pause for repetition)
voice 1: Do you want to read this letter from Nancy?
voice 2: Yes, thank you. No one writes to me.
voice 1: Do you write to anybody?
voice 2: No. I don't mail anything to anyone.
voice 1: That's the problem. Nobody gets mail from you.
voice 2: Do you think I should write to someone?
voice 1: Yes. Then somebody will answer your letter.
voice 2: And I'll have more than just bills in my mailbox.
**AUDIO TRACK 12**
(14) Look at Figure 7 and listen to the example. Don't repeat.
(voice 2 for cues in parentheses)
Nobody's here.
(voice 2): anyone
Is anyone here?
Now listen to the sentence and the word after it. Then change the sentence to a question. (pause as marked; pause for repetition)
Number 1: No one can hear us.
(voice 2): anybody (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: Can anybody hear us?
Number 2: Nobody saw the accident.
(voice 2): someone (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: Did someone see the accident?
Number 3: Someone knows the answer.
(voice 2): somebody (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: Does somebody know the answer?
Number 4: Somebody called you last night.
(voice 2): anybody (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: Did anybody call you last night?
Number 5: Nobody told Mark about the test.
(voice 2): somebody (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: Did somebody tell Mark about the test?
Number 6: No one knows Ann's telephone number.
(voice 2): anyone (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: Does anyone know Ann's telephone number?
**AUDIO TRACK 13**
(15) Look at Figure 8 and listen to the example. Don't repeat.
(voice 2 for cues in parentheses)
voice 1: Is anybody going to the show?
(voice 2): no, nobody
voice 1: No, nobody's going to the show.
(16) Listen to the question and the words after it. Then answer the question. (pause as marked; pause for repetition)
Number 1: Has somebody been using my pen?
(voice 2): no, nobody (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: No, nobody's been using your pen.
Number 2: Does anybody understand the lesson?
(voice 2): yes, someone (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: Yes, someone understands the lesson.
Number 3: Can someone give me a ride home?
(voice 2): yes, somebody (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: Yes, somebody can give you a ride home.
Number 4: Did anyone bring the soft drinks?
(voice 2): no, no one (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: No, no one brought the soft drinks.
Number 5: Will somebody tell Mark the answer?
(voice 2): no, nobody (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: No, nobody will tell Mark the answer.
Number 6: Is anybody listening to this tape?
(voice 2): yes, someone (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: Yes. <u>Someone's</u> listening to this tape.
**AUDIO TRACK 14**
(17) Turn to Figure 9 now. Listen to the sentence. Then write the punctuation mark in the correct place. Look at the grid and listen to the example. The exclamation mark is in column 2, row 2. Put the exclamation mark in the second row of the second column. (pause 8 sec) There should be an exclamation mark in the middle square. Now listen and write the punctuation mark in the correct place. (pause 8 sec between statements)
The comma is in column 1, row 1. (pause 8 sec)
The semi-colon is in column 3, row 1.
The quotation marks are in column 1, row 3.
The parentheses are in column 3, row 3.
The question mark is in column 2, row 3.
(18) Now check your work on the answer page for this lesson.
THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 2B, BOOK 11.
---
– USER NOTES –

414
sources/book-11/lla-2C.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,414 @@
<!-- source file: 008 - LESSON 2C BOOK 11.md -->
# LESSON 2C, BOOK 11
### Figure 1
**Listen to the dialogs.**
1. Kathy: Does Jane **get** nervous now when she drives?
Kevin: Yes, she **became** a very cautious driver after her car accident.
2. Sally: Is the weather **getting** worse?
Steve: Yes, the ice on the streets is **becoming** an awful problem.
3. Maria: Do you think Bill will ever **become** a happy person?
David: I don't know. He still **gets** angry about nothing.
4. Janet: Are you **becoming** a better math student?
Jason: Yes, the problems are **getting** easier every day.
5. Alice: Do your sisters want to **become** nurses?
Larry: No, they want to **become** doctors.
---
### Figure 2
**Repeat the sentences.**
1.
| The instructor | <u>gets</u><br><u>got</u><br><u>will get</u><br><u>is getting</u><br><u>has been getting</u> | nervous. |
|---|---|---|
*Example:* Jim gets tired easily. (Mary)
*Mary gets tired easily.*
2.
| Al's students | <u>become</u><br><u>became</u><br><u>will become</u><br><u>are becoming</u> | good pilots. |
|---|---|---|
*Example:* Jane became a good <u>saleswoman</u>. (teacher)
*Jane became a good teacher.*
### Figure 3
**Change the sentence.**
*Example:* My cold isn't getting <u>worse</u>. (better)
*It's getting better.*
1. The food here isn't getting <u>better</u>.
2. Karen doesn't get <u>angry</u>.
3. The nights aren't getting <u>longer</u>.
4. Bill didn't become a <u>careless</u> driver.
5. Mark won't become a <u>nervous</u> person.
6. The boys won't become <u>weak</u> men.
---
### Figure 4
**Change the sentence to a question.**
*Examples:* The <u>school</u> is getting crowded. (classroom)
*Is the classroom getting crowded?*
Houston became an important city. (Laredo)
*Did Laredo become an important city?*
1. His <u>father</u> became an important person.
2. The coffee is getting cold.
3. My apartment gets dirty fast.
4. Kathryn is becoming a beautiful woman.
5. The books will get more expensive.
6. The children are becoming good friends.
### Figure 5
**Listen to the dialog and repeat the questions.**
1. Jan: My turn signals don't work. What should I do?
Bob: Lower the window and signal with your left arm.
2. Tom: Why do drivers behind me flash their lights?
Ann: That's a signal. They want to pass you.
Tom: What should I do?
Ann: Move to the right lane when you can.
3. Keith: What should I do when a school bus stops?
Frank: You should stop, too, when its lights are flashing.
Keith: Do I have to stop when I'm in the other lane?
Frank: Yes, and don't move until the bus moves.
Keith: Why do I have to stop?
Frank: Because children might be crossing the street.
---
### Figure 6
**Listen to the paragraph and answer the questions.**
When there's ice on the streets, you should drive very cautiously. Drive slowly, and try to stay in the right lane. Change lanes and turn corners carefully. Also, change your speed slowly. When you try to speed up or step on the brakes quickly, the tires may not stick to the ice. Then you won't be able to stop. Stay home when you can. When you must drive, try to wait until someone puts salt on the roads.
### Figure 7
**Write the sentences and punctuate them correctly.**
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
<!-- source file: 025 - AUDIO SCRIPT.md -->
# AUDIO SCRIPT
## Lesson 2C
### AUDIO TRACK 1
(1) Hello again. Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 2C. (pause 6 sec)
(2) Look at Figure 1. Listen to the dialogs. Don't repeat them.
(4 voices: voices 1 and 3 female, voice 2 and 4 male)
voice 1: Does Jane get nervous now when she drives?
voice 2: Yes, she became a very cautious driver after her car accident.
voice 3: Is the weather getting worse?
voice 4: Yes, the ice on the streets is becoming an awful problem.
voice 1: Do you think Bill will ever become a happy person?
voice 2: I don't know. He still gets angry about nothing.
voice 3: Are you becoming a better math student?
voice 4: Yes, the problems are getting easier every day.
voice 1: Do your sisters want to become nurses?
voice 2: No, they want to become doctors.
### AUDIO TRACK 2
(3) Now go to Figure 2. Look at the underlined words in the first box. Repeat the word then repeat the sentence. (pause for repetition)
Repeat: <u>gets</u>. (pause) The instructor gets nervous. (pause) <u>got</u>.
The instructor got nervous.
<u>will get</u>. The instructor will get nervous.
<u>is getting</u>. The instructor is getting nervous.
<u>has been getting</u>. The instructor has been getting nervous.
(4) Look at the example below the first box. Don't repeat.
(voice 2 for cues)
<u>Jim gets tired easily.</u>
(voice 2):
Mary gets tired easily.
(5) Listen to the sentence and the word after it. Then change the sentences. (pause as market; pause for repetition)
Mary gets tired easily.
(voice 2): <u>sick</u> (pause 3 sec)
Repeat: Mary gets sick easily.
(voice 2): <u>well</u> (pause 3 sec)
Repeat: Mary gets well easily.
(voice 2): <u>quickly</u> (pause 3 sec)
Repeat: Mary gets well quickly.
(voice 2): <u>the children</u> (pause 3 sec)
Repeat: The children get well quickly.
(voice 2): <u>bored</u> (pause 3 sec)
Repeat: The children get bored quickly.
(voice 2): <u>excited</u> (pause 3 sec)
Repeat: The children get excited quickly.
(6) Look at the underlined words in the second box. Repeat the word; then repeat the sentence. (pause for repetition)
Repeat: <u>become</u>. (pause) Al's students become good pilots. (pause)
<u>became</u>. Al's students became good pilots.
<u>will become</u>. Al's students will become good pilots.
<u>are becoming</u>. Al's students are becoming good pilots.
(7) Now look at the example under the second box. Don't repeat.
(voice 2 for cues)
<u>Jane became a good saleswoman.</u>
(voice 2:) <u>teacher</u>
Jane became a good teacher.
(8) Listen to the sentence and the word after it. Then change the sentence. (pause as marked; pause for repetition)
Jane became a good teacher.
(voice 2): <u>is becoming</u> (pause 3 sec)
Repeat: Jane is becoming a good teacher.
(voice 2): <u>Michael</u> (pause 3 sec)
Repeat: Michael is becoming a good teacher.
(voice 2): <u>better</u> (pause 3 sec)
Repeat: Michael is becoming a better teacher.
(voice 2): <u>writer</u> (pause 3 sec)
Repeat: Michael is becoming a better writer.
(voice 2): <u>the students</u> (pause 3 sec)
Repeat: The students are becoming better writers.
(voice 2): <u>will become</u> (pause 3 sec)
Repeat: The students will become better writers.
### AUDIO TRACK 3
(9) Look at Figure 3 now. Listen to the example. Don't repeat.
(voice 2 for cues)
<u>My cold isn't getting worse.</u>
(voice 2): <u>better</u>
It's getting better.
(10) Listen to the sentence and the word after it. Then change the sentence. (pause as marked; pause for repetition)
Number 1: <u>The food here isn't getting any better.</u>
(voice 2): <u>worse</u> (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: It's getting worse.
Number 2: <u>Karen doesn't get angry.</u>
(voice 2): <u>upset</u> (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: She gets upset.
Number 3: <u>The nights aren't getting longer.</u>
(voice 2): <u>shorter</u> (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: They're getting shorter.
Number 4: <u>Bill didn't become a careless driver.</u>
(voice 2): <u>careful</u> (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: He became a careful driver.
Number 5: <u>Mark won't become a nervous person.</u>
(voice 2): <u>relaxed</u> (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: He'll become a relaxed person.
Number 6: <u>The boys won't become weak men.</u>
(voice 2): <u>strong</u> (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: They'll become strong men.
### AUDIO TRACK 4
(11) Please go to Figure 4 now. Look at the examples. Listen, but don't repeat.
(voice 2 for cues)
<u>The school is getting crowded.</u>
(voice 2): <u>classroom</u> (pause 4 sec)
Is the classroom getting crowded?
<u>Houston became an important city.</u>
(voice 2): <u>Laredo</u> (pause 4 sec)
Did Laredo become an important city?
(12) First listen to the sentence and the word after it. Then change the sentence to a question. (pause as marked; pause for repetition)
Number 1: <u>His father became an important person.</u>
(voice 2): <u>uncle</u> (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: Did his uncle become an important person?
Number 2: <u>The coffee is getting cold.</u>
(voice 2): <u>tea</u> (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: Is the tea getting cold?
Number 3: <u>My apartment gets dirty fast.</u>
(voice 2): <u>your apartment</u> (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: Does your apartment get dirty fast?
Number 4: <u>Kathryn is becoming a beautiful woman.</u>
(voice 2): <u>her sister</u> (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: Is her sister becoming a beautiful woman?
Number 5: <u>The books will get more expensive.</u>
(voice 2): <u>tapes</u> (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: Will the tapes get more expensive?
Number 6: <u>The children are becoming good friends.</u>
(voice 2): <u>their parents</u> (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: Are their parents becoming good friends?
### AUDIO TRACK 5
(13) Now go to Figure 5. Look at the dialogs and listen. Don't repeat.
(3 voices: voice 1 female, voices 2 and 3 male)
voice 1: My turn signals don't work. What should I do?
voice 2: Lower the window and signal with your left arm.
voice 3: Why do drivers behind me flash their lights?
voice 1: That's a signal. They want to pass you.
voice 3: What should I do?
voice 1: Move to the right lane when you can.
voice 2: What should I do when a school bus stops?
voice 3: You should stop, too, when its lights are flashing.
voice 2: Do I have to stop when I'm in the other lane?
voice 3: Yes, and don't move until the bus moves.
voice 2: Why do I have to stop?
voice 3: Because children might be crossing the street.
(14) Listen to the dialogs again. Repeat the questions. Don't repeat the answers. Repeat the questions only. (pause for repetition after each question)
voice 1: My turn signals don't work. What should I do? (pause)
voice 2: Lower the window and signal with your left arm.
voice 3: Why do drivers behind me flash their lights? (pause)
voice 1: That's a signal. They want to pass you.
voice 3: What should I do? (pause)
voice 1: Move to the right lane when you can.
voice 2: What should I do when a school bus stops? (pause)
voice 3: You should stop, too, when its lights are flashing.
voice 2: Do I have to stop when I'm in the other lane? (pause)
voice 3: Yes, and don't move until the bus moves.
voice 2: Why do I have to stop? (pause)
voice 3: Because children might be crossing the street.
---
(15) This time, repeat only the answers. Don't repeat the questions, just the answers. (pause for repetition after each answer)
voice 1: My turn signals don't work. What should I do?
voice 2: Lower the window and signal with your left arm. (pause)
voice 4: Why do drivers behind me flash their lights?
voice 3: That's a signal. They want to pass you. (pause)
voice 4: What should I do?
voice 3: Move to the right lane when you can. (pause)
voice 2: What should I do when a school bus stops?
voice 4: You should stop too when its lights are flashing. (pause)
voice 2: Do I have to stop when I'm in the other lane?
voice 4: Yes, and don't move until the bus moves. (pause)
voice 2: Why do I have to stop?
voice 4: Because children might be crossing the street. (pause)
**AUDIO TRACK 6**
(16) Look at Figure 6 now. Listen to the paragraph. Don't repeat.
When there's ice on the streets, you should drive very cautiously. Drive slowly, and try to stay in the right lane. Change lanes and turn corners carefully. Also, change your speed slowly. When you try to speed up or step on the brakes quickly, the tires may not stick to the ice. Then you won't be able to stop. Stay home when you can. When you must drive, try to wait until someone puts salt on the roads.
(17) Look at the paragraph again and listen to the questions. Then answer them. (pause 5 sec after each question; pause for repetition)
How should you drive when there's ice on the streets? (pause 5 sec)
Repeat: You should drive cautiously when there's ice on the streets. (pause for repetition)
Should you drive fast then?
Repeat: No, you shouldn't drive fast then.
Should you change lanes and turn corners carefully?
Repeat: Yes, you should change lanes and turn corners carefully.
What can happen when you try to change your speed quickly?
Repeat: When you try to change your speed quickly, / the tires may not stick to the ice.
Will you be able to stop?
Repeat: No, you won't be able to stop.
Should you stay home when there's ice on the roads?
Repeat: Yes, you should stay home when you can.
When you must drive, how long should you wait?
Repeat: You should wait until someone puts salt on the roads.
**AUDIO TRACK 7**
(18) Look at Figure 7 now. This is a dictation exercise. First listen to the paragraph.
Paul is studying math in school. His math teacher is giving the class a quiz today on shapes and lines. Will Paul get a good grade on the test? Yes, he will. He's a good student and knows all the answers. There won't be any mistakes on Paul's test.
(19) Now listen to the paragraph again. This time, write the sentences on the lines in Figure 7. Punctuate the sentences correctly. Use capital letters, commas, periods, apostrophes and question marks when you need them.
Listen and write. (pause 10-20 sec after each thought group)
Paul is studying math / in school. / His math teacher / is giving the class / a quiz today / on shapes and lines. / Will Paul / get a good grade / on the test? / Yes, he will. / He's a good student / and knows all the answers. / There won't be any mistakes / on Paul's test.
(20) Listen to the paragraph again and check your work.
Paul is studying math in school. His math teacher is giving the class a quiz today on shapes and lines. Will Paul get a good grade on the test? Yes, he will. He's a good student and knows all the answers. There won't be any mistakes on Paul's test.
(21) Look at the paragraph on the answer page for this lesson and check your work.
THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 2C BOOK 11.
— USER NOTES —

358
sources/book-11/lla-2D.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,358 @@
<!-- source file: 009 - LESSON 2D BOOK 11.md -->
# LESSON 2D, BOOK 11
### Figure 1
**Circle the correct answer.**
*Example:* The woman is ______.
a. late
b. early
c. on time
1. He wants to ______ a car.
a. buy
b. rent
c. borrow
2. He has ______.
a. a fever
b. a stomachache
c. a doctor's appointment
3. He's upset because ______.
a. he hit her car
b. she hit his car
c. they hit another car
4. a. He doesn't like coffee.
b. She doesn't have any tea.
c. He doesn't want coffee or tea.
5. She was traveling by ______.
a. bus
b. train
c. airplane
6. She just had a ______.
a. bad cold
b. physical exam
c. dentist's appointment
---
### Figure 2
**Repeat the sentences with the underlined words.**
1. Last weekend I read a book.
I liked it a lot.
Last weekend I read a book <u>which I liked a lot.</u>
2. It was a new book.
John told me about it.
It was a new book <u>that John told me about.</u>
3. John is a friend of mine.
He really enjoys reading.
John is a friend of mine <u>who really enjoys reading.</u>
4. He has an apartment.
It's full of books.
He has an apartment <u>which is full of books.</u>
5. I know other people.
They collect books also.
I know other people <u>that collect books also.</u>
6. But John reads every book in his collection.
He's the only one.
But John's the only one <u>who reads every book in his collection.</u>
---
### Figure 3
**Circle the answer that completes the sentence.**
| **WHO** and **THAT** = people | **WHICH** and **THAT** = things |
|---|---|
*Example:* ⓐ who are not careful.
b. which are not careful.
1. a. who is crossing the street.
b. which is crossing the street.
2. a. who are bad.
b. that are bad.
3. a. that is walking.
b. which is walking.
4. a. who is giving you a ticket.
b. which is giving you a ticket.
5. a. which is careless.
b. that is careless.
6. a. who are wet.
b. that are wet.
7. a. who are playing.
b. which are playing.
8. a. who isn't in good shape.
b. that isn't in good shape.
9. a. which is flashing.
b. who is flashing.
10. a. that is stopping for children.
b. who is stopping for children.
---
### Figure 4
**Write the missing words.**
Sgt Carter told us about an accident __________________ he saw this morning.
A car __________________ was speeding ran a red light. The driver was a man
__________________ is ninety years old and can't see very well. The driver
__________________ had the green light realized that something was wrong and
stopped quickly. The driver behind him was a woman __________________ was
taking her four children to school. She hit the car __________________ stopped
because she wasn't watching the traffic. The people __________________ were in
the accident were all right. All of them were wearing seat belts __________________
kept them safe. The old man __________________ ran the light never realized that
he caused an accident.
---
### Figure 5
**Listen to the conversation and answer the question.**
1. Which textbook does Ann need to borrow?
2. Where did Greg find Alan's wallet?
---
<!-- source file: 026 - AUDIO SCRIPT.md -->
# AUDIO SCRIPT
## Lesson 2D
**AUDIO TRACK 8**
(1) Hello again. Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 2D. (pause 6 sec)
(2) Look at Figure 1. Listen to the dialogs and select the best answer. Circle a, b, or c. (pause 12 sec after each dialog)
(2 voices: voice 1 female, voice 2 male)
Listen to the example.
voice 1: Please hurry, driver.
voice 2: I'm doing my best, ma'am. (pause 12 sec)
The answer is a. The woman is late.
(3) Listen to the dialog again.
voice 1: Please hurry, driver.
voice 2: I'm doing my best, ma'am.
Now listen to the dialogs and circle a, b, or c.
Number 1:
voice 2: How much does this car cost?
voice 1: Thirty-two dollars a day. (pause 12 sec)
Number 2:
voice 1: What does your thermometer say?
voice 2: One hundred and two degrees.
Number 3:
voice 2: Look at the side of my car!
voice 1: I'm sorry. I didn't see the stop sign.
Number 4:
voice 1: Would you like a cup of coffee?
voice 2: No, thank you. Do you have any tea?
Number 5:
voice 2: How was your trip?
voice 1: Too long. The weather over San Antonio was bad, and we had to land in Houston.
Number 6:
voice 1: Well, Doctor, am I healthy?
voice 2: Yes, you're in good shape for a person of your age.
(4) Now check your answers.
Number 1 is b. He wants to rent a car.
Number 2 is a. He has a fever.
Number 3 is b. He's upset because she hit his car.
Number 4 is a. He doesn't like coffee.
Number 5 is c. She was traveling by airplane.
Number 6 is b. She just had a physical exam.
**AUDIO TRACK 9**
(5) Please go to Figure 2. Look at the sentences and listen. Don't repeat.
Last weekend I read a book. I liked it a lot. Last weekend I read a book which I liked a lot.
It was a new book. John told me about it. It was a new book that John told me about.
John is a friend of mine. He really enjoys reading. John is a friend of mine who really enjoys reading.
He has an apartment. It's full of books. He has an apartment which is full of books.
I know other people. They collect books also. I know other people that collect books also.
But John reads every book in his collection. He's the only one. But John's the only one / who reads every book in his collection.
(6) Now repeat the sentences with the underlined words. (pause for repetition)
Number 1: Last weekend I read a book <u>which I liked a lot</u>. (pause)
Number 2: It was a new book <u>that John told me about</u>.
Number 3: John is a friend of mine <u>who really enjoys reading</u>.
Number 4: He has an apartment <u>which is full of books</u>.
Number 5: I know other people <u>that collect books also</u>.
Number 6: But John's the only one / <u>who reads every book in his collection</u>.
(7) Look at the sentences again and answer some questions. (pause 4 sec after each question; pause for repetition)
Number 1: What kind of book did the person read last weekend?
(pause) Repeat: He read a book that he liked a lot. (pause for repetition)
Number 2: Which book was it?
Repeat: It was a new book that John told him about.
Number 3: Is John his instructor?
Repeat: No, John is a friend of his / who really enjoys reading.
Number 4: Where does John live?
Repeat: He lives in an apartment that's full of books.
Number 5: Does he know other people that collect books?
Repeat: Yes, he knows other people that collect them.
Number 6: How is John different from the other people who collect books?
Repeat: He's the only one who reads every book / in his collection.
**AUDIO TRACK 10**
(8) Look at Figure 3. Read the words in the boxes now. (pause 8 sec) Listen to part of a sentence and choose the answer that completes it. Circle a or b. Remember to use <u>who</u> or <u>that</u> for people and <u>which</u> or <u>that</u> for things. Look at the example and listen.
Accidents usually happen to drivers.... (pause 8 sec) The answer is a, because drivers are people. Repeat: Accidents usually happen / to drivers who are not careful. Now, listen and circle a or b. (pause 8 sec between items)
Number 1: You should always stop for someone.... (pause 8 sec)
Number 2: Fix or replace any tires....
Number 3: A pedestrian is a person....
Number 4: Be polite to a policeman....
Number 5: Don't ride with a driver....
Number 6: Drive cautiously on streets....
Number 7: Drive carefully near children....
Number 8: Don't take a trip in a car....
---
Number 9: Use caution when you see a light....
Number 10: Don't pass a school bus....
(9) Listen and check your answers. Then repeat the sentence.
(pause for repetition)
Number 1 is a. Repeat: Stop for someone who is crossing the street.
(pause)
Number 2 is b. Repeat: Fix or replace any tires that are bad.
Number 3 is a. Repeat: A pedestrian is a person that is walking.
Number 4 is a. Repeat: Be polite to a policeman who is giving you a ticket.
Number 5 is b. Repeat: Don't ride with a driver that is careless.
Number 6 is b. Repeat: Drive cautiously on streets that are wet.
Number 7 is a. Repeat: Drive carefully near children who are playing.
Number 8 is b. Repeat: Don't take a trip in a car that isn't in good shape.
Number 9 is a. Repeat: Use caution when you see a light which is flashing.
Number 10 is a. Repeat: Don't pass a school bus that is stopping for children.
**AUDIO TRACK 11**
(10) Please go to Figure 4. Listen to the paragraph, but don't repeat. Write the missing words while you're listening. (pause 5 sec at the end of each sentence)
Sergeant Carter told us about an accident that he saw this morning. A car which was speeding ran a red light. The driver was a man who is ninety years old and can't see very well. The driver who had the green light realized that something was wrong and stopped quickly. The driver behind him was a woman who was taking her four children to school. She hit the car that stopped because she wasn't watching the traffic. The people who were in the accident were all right. All of them were wearing seat belts which kept them safe. The old man who ran the light never realized that he caused an accident.
(11) Listen to the paragraph again and check the words you wrote.
Sergeant Carter told us about an accident that he saw this morning. A car which was speeding ran a red light. The driver was a man who is ninety years old and can't see very well. The driver who had the green light realized that something was wrong and stopped quickly. The driver behind him was a woman who was taking her four children to school. She hit the car that stopped because she wasn't watching the traffic. The people who were in the accident were all right. All of them were wearing seat belts which kept them safe. The old man who ran the light never realized that he caused an accident.
**AUDIO TRACK 12**
(12) Look at Figure 5. Read the question; then listen to the conversation. Read the first question now. (pause 5 sec)
(3 female voices)
voice 1: Hello.
voice 2: This is Ann. May I please speak with Carol?
voice 1: She's not here right now. May I take a message?
voice 2: Yes, please. Will you tell her that I need to borrow her Spanish textbook tonight?
voice 1: I'll be glad to.
voice 2: Thanks a lot. (pause 2 sec)
voice 1: Hi, Carol. Ann called while you were gone.
voice 3: What did she say?
voice 1: She said to tell you that she needs to borrow your Spanish book tonight.
(13) Now answer the question. Which textbook does Ann need to borrow? (pause 6 sec) Repeat: Ann needs to borrow Carol's Spanish textbook. (pause)
(14) Read the second question. (pause 5 sec) Now listen to the conversation.
(3 male voices)
voice 1: Hey, Greg.
voice 2: Hi, Sam. Do you know where Alan is?
voice 1: I think he went to the mall.
voice 2: He won't be gone long. I have his wallet.
voice 1: I'll give it to him when he gets back.
voice 2: Okay, thanks. Tell him that I found it in the commissary parking lot. (pause 2 sec)
voice 1: Hi, Alan. That was a short shopping trip.
voice 3: I couldn't buy anything. I lost my wallet.
voice 1: Here it is. Greg just brought it back.
voice 3: Terrific! Where was it?
voice 1: He said to tell you that he found it in the commissary parking lot.
(15) Now answer the question. Where did Greg find Alan's wallet? (pause 6 sec) Repeat: Greg found Alan's wallet in the commissary parking lot. (pause)
THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 2D BOOK 11.

397
sources/book-11/lla-3A.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,397 @@
<!-- source file: 010 - LESSON 3A BOOK 11.md -->
# LESSON 3A, BOOK 11
### Figure 1
**Repeat the words and the sentences.**
![#A A foot pressing down on a car's brake pedal](images/page_058_001.jpg)
![#B An open hood of a truck showing the engine block labeled GM TRUCK](images/page_058_002.jpg)
![#C A man looking under the popped hood of a small car](images/page_058_003.jpg)
![#D Cars lined up at a red traffic light](images/page_058_004.jpg)
![#E A mechanic looking at a car engine under an open hood](images/page_058_005.jpg)
![#F The front of a car next to cans of oil and a drain pan](images/page_058_006.jpg)
---
![#G A loud speeding car making a VARROOOM sound as a child covers his ears and a man looks annoyed](images/page_059_001.jpg)
![#H A man sitting in the driver's seat holding the steering wheel](images/page_059_002.jpg)
![#I A man handing a written document labeled GUARANTEE 90 DAYS to another man](images/page_059_003.jpg)
![#J A woman holding a credit card talking to a clerk at an auto parts counter](images/page_059_004.jpg)
![#K A storefront labeled AUTO PARTS with a sign advertising XTRA POWER BATTERY and a customer inside](images/page_059_005.jpg)
![#L A mechanic with grease spots on his clothes and hands](images/page_059_006.jpg)
---
### Figure 2
**Write the answer to the question about the dialog.**
1. What doe Harry have?
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
2. Where are the Clarks going to move?
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
---
### Figure 3
**Repeat the sentences.**
1. Max is too tall. He can't sleep in that bed.
Max is too tall to sleep in that bed.
2. Sgt Willis is too busy. He can't take a vacation.
Sgt Willis is too busy to take a vacation.
3. Myra is too tired. She can't listen to any more problems.
Myra is too tired to listen to any more problems.
4. Freddy is too light. He can't play football.
Freddy is too light to play football.
5. It's too late. We can't worry about past mistakes.
It's too late for us to worry about past mistakes.
6. Rose Ann isn't too nervous. She can take a test.
Rose Ann isn't too nervous to take a test.
7. The captain was too sick. He couldn't come to class.
The captain was too sick to come to class.
8. Mary is too slow. She can't finish early.
Mary is too slow to finish early.
9. The coffee is too hot. He can't drink it.
The coffee is too hot for him to drink.
10. Chinese is not to difficult. They can learn it.
Chinese is not too difficult for them to learn.
---
### Figure 4
**Change the statement to a question.**
*Example:* Freddy is too light to play football. (tennis)
Is he too light to play tennis?
1. The captain was too sick to come to class.
2. Mary is too slow to finish early.
3. Myra is too tired to listen to any more problems.
4. Greg is too young to drive a car.
5. It's too late to study for the test.
6. This book is too difficult for John to read.
---
### Figure 5
**Write the punctuation mark in the correct place.**
#### COLUMNS
| | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| **ROWS** **1** | | | | |
| **2** | | | | |
| **3** | | | | |
| **4** | | | | |
| KEY |
|---|
| . = period |
| " " = quotation marks |
| ? = question mark |
| , = comma |
<br>
<!-- source file: 027 - AUDIO SCRIPT.md -->
# AUDIO SCRIPT
## Lesson 3A
**AUDIO TRACK 1**
(1) Hello. Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 3A. (pause 6 sec)
(2) Go to Figure 1. Look at the pictures. Repeat the words and the sentences that you hear. (pause for repetition)
Picture A: brake...brake
Jim is having problems with his brakes.
Picture B: engine...engine
Henry's new truck has a big engine.
Picture C: motor...motor
This car has a small motor.
Picture D: stall...stall
Jill's car stalled two times / on the way to work.
Picture E: tune-up...tune-up
Kevin's car needed a tune-up / after he drove it ten thousand miles.
Picture F: oil...oil
My car needs a quart of oil.
Picture G: noise...noise
That car is making a lot of noise.
Picture H: warm up...warm up
Bobby, please warm up the car.
Picture I: guarantee...guarantee
The mechanic guaranteed the repair work / for ninety days.
Picture J: charge...charge
What is the charge for the repair / of a flat tire?
Picture K: part...part
Mr. Jenkins needs a new part for his car.
Picture L: too...too
His shirt is too dirty to wear / to Allen's party.
(3) Now listen to some sentences. Each sentence describes one of the pictures. Match the sentence with the correct picture. Write the number of the sentence on the line under the picture. (pause 8 sec after each item)
Number 1: Jill was upset when her car stalled at the traffic light.
Number 2: Sam warms up his mother's car every morning.
Number 3: Carl needs some new parts for his motor.
Number 4: Lee's truck has a big engine.
Number 5: Mr. Wilson uses the brakes to slow down.
Number 6: Is it time to change the oil?
Number 7: Barry's old car makes a lot of noise.
Number 8: Mike, change your shirt. That one's too dirty.
Number 9: The mechanic doesn't charge much to change a flat tire.
Number 10: Ellen's new car has a small engine.
Number 11: Sara's car is getting a tune-up.
Number 12: The mechanic gave me a ninety-day guarantee.
(4) Now check your answers and repeat the sentences.
(pause for repetition)
Number 5 goes under picture A.
Repeat: Mr. Wilson uses the brakes to slow down.
Number 4 goes under picture B.
Repeat: Lee's truck has a big engine.
Number 10 goes under picture C.
Repeat: Ellen's new car has a small engine.
Number 1 goes under picture D.
Repeat: Jill was upset when her car stalled at the traffic light.
Number 11 goes under picture E.
Repeat: Sara's car is getting a tune-up.
Number 6 goes under picture F.
Repeat: Is it time to change the oil?
Number 7 goes under picture G.
Repeat: Barry's old car makes a lot of noise.
Number 2 goes under picture H.
Repeat: Sam warms up his mother's car every morning.
Number 12 goes under picture I.
Repeat: The mechanic gave me a ninety-day guarantee.
Number 9 goes under picture J.
Repeat: The mechanic doesn't charge much / to change a flat tire.
Number 3 goes under picture K.
Repeat: Carl needs some new parts for his motor.
Number 8 goes under picture L.
Repeat: Mike, change your shirt. (pause for repetition)
That one is too dirty.
**AUDIO TRACK 2**
(5) Look at Figure 2. Listen to a dialog. Then write the answer to a question about it. Read the questions now. (pause 10 sec) Now listen to the dialogs. You will hear each twice.
(2 voices, both are male)
Number 1:
voice 1: Hey Jack, did you see Harry's new car?
voice 2: Yes, I did. It looks expensive.
voice 1: It was.
voice 2: Do you think he'll let us ride in it?
(6) Listen to the conversation again.
voice 1: Hey Jack, did you see Harry's new car?
voice 2: Yes, I did. It looks expensive.
voice 1: It was.
voice 2: Do you think he'll let us ride in it?
Now write a sentence that answers the question.
(7) The answer is: He has an expensive new car.
(8) Listen to the second dialog.
voice 1: Did you know that the Clarks are going to move next month?
voice 2: No, I didn't. Where are they going?
voice 1: They're moving to Florida.
voice 2: They're going to have a lot of warm weather.
---
(9) Listen to the conversation again.
voice 1: Did you know that the Clarks are going to move next month?
voice 2: No, I didn't. Where are they going?
voice 1: They're moving to Florida.
voice 2: They're going to have a lot of warm weather.
Now answer the question with a complete sentence. (pause 20 sec)
(10) The answer is: They're going to move to Florida.
**AUDIO TRACK 3**
(11) Go to Figure 3. Look at the sentences and repeat them. (pause for repetition)
Number 1: Max is too tall. He can't sleep in that bed.
Max is too tall to sleep in that bed.
Number 2: Sgt Willis is too busy. He can't take a vacation.
Sgt Willis is too busy to take a vacation.
Number 3: Myra is too tired. She can't listen to any more problems.
Myra is too tired to listen to any more problems.
Number 4: Freddy is too light. He can't play football.
Freddy is too light to play football.
Number 5: It's too late. We can't worry about past mistakes.
It's too late for us to worry about past mistakes.
Number 6: Rose Ann isn't too nervous. She can take a test.
Rose Ann isn't too nervous to take a test.
Number 7: The captain was too sick. He couldn't come to class.
The captain was too sick to come to class.
Number 8: Mary is too slow. She can't finish early.
Mary is too slow to finish early.
Number 9: The coffee is too hot. He can't drink it.
The coffee is too hot for him to drink.
Number 10: Chinese is not too difficult. They can learn it.
Chinese is not too difficult for them to learn.
**AUDIO TRACK 4**
(12) Look at Figure 4. Listen to a statement and change it like the example. Listen to the example first.
(2 voices)
voice 1: Freddy is too light to play football.
voice 2: tennis
Is he too light to play tennis?
Repeat: Is he too light to play tennis?
(13) Now listen to the statement and a cue and ask a question. Then repeat the question. (pause as marked; pause for repetition)
Number 1:
voice 1: The captain was too sick to come to class.
voice 2: watch TV (pause 4 sec) Repeat: Was he too sick to watch TV?
Number 2:
voice 1: Mary is too slow to finish early.
voice 2: on time (pause 4 sec) Repeat: Is she too slow to finish on time?
Number 3:
voice 1: Myra is too tired to listen to any more problems.
voice 2: write letters (pause 4 sec) Repeat: Is she too tired to write letters?
Number 4:
voice 1: Greg is too young to drive a car.
voice 2: ride a bicycle (pause 4 sec) Repeat: Is he too young to ride a bicycle?
Number 5:
voice 1: It's too late to study for the test.
voice 2: learn something new (pause 4 sec) Repeat: Is it too late to learn something new?
Number 6:
voice 1: This book is too difficult for John to read.
voice 2: Mark (pause 4 sec) Repeat: Is it too difficult for Mark to read?
**AUDIO TRACK 5**
(14) Look at Figure 5. Listen and follow the directions. Write punctuation marks in the correct places in Figure 3. Use the key to help you. (pause 10 sec after second reading)
Number 1: Write a question mark in column three, row two.
Write a question mark in column three, row two.
(pause 10 sec)
Number 2: Write a period in column two, row four.
Write a period in column two, row four.
(pause 10 sec)
Number 3: Put the comma in column one, row three.
Put the comma in column one, row three.
(pause 10 sec)
Number 4: Put the quotation marks in column four, row one.
Put the quotation marks in column four, row one.
(pause 10 sec)
(15) Look at the answer page for this lesson and check your answers.
**THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 3A, BOOK 11.**
<!-- source file: 036 - Lesson 3A.md -->
# Lesson 3A
### Figure 1
A. 5
B. 4
C. 10
D. 1
E. 11
F. 6
G. 7
H. 2
I. 12
J. 9
K. 3
L. 8
### Figure 3
a. 5
b. 3
c. 1
d. 7
e. 6
f. 2
g. 4

463
sources/book-11/lla-3B.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,463 @@
<!-- source file: 011 - LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES LESSON 3B BOOK 11.md -->
# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES LESSON 3B, BOOK 11
### Figure 1
**Repeat the words and sentences you hear.**
![#A A coiled rubber hose and close-up views of the hose connections](images/page_062_001.jpg)
A
![#B A water faucet dripping water into a sink basin](images/page_062_002.jpg)
B
![#C A man exchanging an item of clothing at a counter with a sign above reading "EXCHANGE"](images/page_062_003.jpg)
C
![#D A police officer or military guard standing at a desk speaking with a man](images/page_062_004.jpg)
D
![#E Two young boys wrestling/scuffling over an object](images/page_062_005.jpg)
E
![#F A payment booklet labeled "PAYMENT BOOK REFRIGERATOR"](images/page_062_006.jpg)
F
![#G A family dining in front of a sign that reads "ARTHUR'S Steak House"](images/page_062_007.jpg)
G
![#H A man in a cap with grease/dirt stains on his shirt](images/page_062_008.jpg)
H
![#I Two men in suits smiling and shaking hands](images/page_062_009.jpg)
I
---
![#J Two young football players sitting dejectedly on a bench under a scoreboard showing HOME 0, VISITORS 21](images/page_063_001.jpg)
J
![#K A man at a restaurant table talking to two men dressed in formal tuxedos](images/page_063_002.jpg)
K
---
### Figure 2
**Repeat the sentences.**
1. We go to the gym to play volleyball.
2. Beverly stops to visit her aunt every day.
3. Can I use a credit card to pay for this?
4. Richard didn't come to borrow money.
5. Henry went to Mexico to study Spanish.
6. Roger called the office to make an appointment.
7. Don't use your pen to mark your answer sheet.
8. He called to say hello.
---
### Figure 3
**Write the number beside the phrase.**
______ a. to play soccer.
______ b. to change her appointment.
______ c. to deposit his check.
______ d. to bring it back.
______ e. to live near the ocean.
______ f. to wash her car.
______ g. to drink a cup of coffee with her.
---
### Figure 4
**Circle the number of the syllable that receives the stress.**
| | | | | | | | | | |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 1. | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 6. | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
| 2. | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 7. | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
| 3. | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 8. | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
| 4. | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 9. | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
| 5. | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 10. | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
---
### Figure 5
**Repeat the words.**
| | |
|---|---|
| 1. salt / salty | 8. soap / soapy |
| 2. ice / icy | 9. grease / greasy |
| 3. fun / funny | 10. cloud / cloudy |
| 4. rain / rainy | 11. leak / leaky |
| 5. snow / snowy | 12. oil / oily |
| 6. storm / stormy | 13. sun / sunny |
| 7. noise / noisy | 14. water / watery |
---
### Figure 6
**Answer the questions.**
*Example:* Does the soup have a lot of <u>water</u> in it? (yes)
Yes, the soup is watery.
1. Does this meat have a lot of salt on it?
2. Is there ice on the highways?
3. Was there a lot of rain last weekend?
4. Do you have soap on your hands?
5. Is there a lot of noise in your apartment building?
6. Are there a lot of clouds in the sky?
7. Is there grease on your French fries?
8. Is the sun shining today?
---
<!-- source file: 028 - AUDIO SCRIPT.md -->
# AUDIO SCRIPT
## Lesson 3B
**AUDIO TRACK 6**
(1) Hello. Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 3B. (pause 6 sec)
(2) Look at Figure 1. Listen and repeat some words and sentences. Look at picture A. (pause for repetition)
Picture A: hose...hose
Look at the hoses. These are two kinds of hoses.
Picture B: leak...leak
Uncle George has a leak in his kitchen faucet.
Picture C: exchange...exchange
Jim is going to exchange that sweater for two shirts.
Picture D: refund...refund
Sgt Jackson asked the salesman for a refund.
Picture E: give back...give back
Charlie won't give the car back to Jimmy.
Picture F: credit...credit
Mrs. Brooks bought her refrigerator on credit.
Picture G: service...service
That new restaurant gives excellent service.
Picture H: grease...grease
The mechanic has grease on his shirt.
Picture I: satisfied...satisfied
Mr. Evans was very satisfied with your work.
Picture J: unhappy...unhappy
The boys were unhappy when they lost the game.
Picture K: dissatisfied...dissatisfied
The customer is dissatisfied with the food.
(3) Now listen to some sentences. Each sentence describes a picture in Figure 1. Match the sentence to the picture. Write the number of the sentence under the picture. You will hear each sentence twice.
Number 1: Is he satisfied with John's work?
Is he satisfied with John's work?
Number 2: Why is he dissatisfied with his food?
Why is he dissatisfied with his food?
Number 3: He is getting a refund.
He is getting a refund.
Number 4: Why are the football players unhappy?
Why are the football players unhappy?
Number 5: The faucet is leaking.
The faucet is leaking.
Number 6: The service here is excellent.
The service here is excellent.
Number 7: Which hose is for the garden?
Which hose is for the garden?
Number 8: He wants to exchange the sweater.
He wants to exchange the sweater.
Number 9: He won't give back the toy car.
He won't give back the toy car.
Number 10: She didn't pay cash. She bought it on credit.
She didn't pay cash. She bought it on credit.
Number 11: Is that grease on his shirt?
Is that grease on his shirt?
(4) Let's check the answers. (pause for repetition)
Picture A is 7. Repeat: Which hose is for the garden?
Picture B is 5. Repeat: The faucet is leaking.
Picture C is 8. Repeat: He wants to exchange the sweater.
Picture D is 3. Repeat: He is getting a refund.
Picture E is 9. Repeat: He won't give back the toy car.
Picture F is 10. Repeat: She didn't pay cash. / She bought it on credit.
Picture G is 6. Repeat: The service here is excellent.
Picture H is 11. Repeat: Is that grease on his shirt?
Picture I is 1. Repeat: Is he satisfied with John's work?
Picture J is 4. Repeat: Why are the football players unhappy?
Picture K is 2. Repeat: Why is he dissatisfied with his food?
**AUDIO TRACK 7**
(5) Go to Figure 2. Repeat the sentences. (pause for repetition)
Number 1: We go to the gym to play volleyball.
Number 2: Beverly stops to visit her aunt every day.
Number 3: Can I use a credit card to pay for this?
Number 4: Richard didn't come to borrow money.
Number 5: Henry went to Mexico to study Spanish.
Number 6: Roger called the office to make an appointment.
Number 7: Don't use your pen to mark your answer sheet.
Number 8: He called to say hello.
**AUDIO TRACK 8**
(6) Now look at Figure 3. Read the phrases now. (pause 15 sec)
Now listen to part of a sentence and choose the phrase that completes it. Write the number on the blank line. You'll hear each part twice.
(7) Let's do number 1 as an example. Listen.
Number 1: Neil went to the bank....
Neil went to the bank.... Put a number 1 next to the letter c. "to deposit his check." completes the sentence.
(8) Now listen and complete the sentence.
(pause 10 sec after each item)
Number 2: Mrs. Adams paid Frank....
Mrs. Adams paid Frank....
Number 3: Ms. Johnson called the dentist....
Ms. Johnson called the dentist....
---
Number 4: Bob stops at his grandmother's house on the way to work....
Bob stops at his grandmother's house on the way to work....
Number 5: The students wanted to go outside....
The students wanted to go outside....
Number 6: The Jacksons moved to Miami....
The Jacksons moved to Miami....
Number 7: Lori borrowed my book last week.
She came over this morning....
Lori borrowed my book last week.
She came over this morning....
(9) Now let's check your answers. Then repeat the correct answer.
Letter a is number 5.
Repeat: The students wanted to go outside to play soccer.
Letter b is number 3.
Repeat: Ms. Johnson called the dentist to change her appointment.
Letter c is number 1.
Repeat: Neil went to the bank to deposit his check.
Letter d is number 7.
Repeat: Lori borrowed my book last week. / She came over this morning to bring it back.
Letter e is number 6.
Repeat: The Jacksons moved to Miami to live near the ocean.
Letter f is number 2.
Repeat: Mrs. Adams paid Frank to wash her car.
Letter g is number 4.
Repeat: Bob stops at his grandmother's house / on the way to work / to drink a cup of coffee with her.
**AUDIO TRACK 9**
(10) Look at Figure 4. Circle the number of the syllable that receives the stress. You will hear each word twice. Listen and circle the number. (pause 5 sec after each item)
Number 1: CAUtious...CAUtious
Number 2: beCOME...beCOME
Number 3: conNECT...conNECT
Number 4: STOmachache...STOmachache
Number 5: eMERgency...eMERgency
Number 6: TEMperature...TEMperature
Number 7: STEEring wheel...STEEring wheel
Number 8: CROSsing...CROSsing
Number 9: slow DOWN ..slow DOWN
Number 10: aHEAD...aHEAD
(11) Now let's check your answers.
Number 1 is 1, CAUtious. Repeat: CAUtious.
Number 2 is 2, beCOME. Repeat: beCOME.
Number 3 is 2, conNECT. Repeat: conNECT.
Number 4 is 1, STOmachache. Repeat: STOmachache.
Number 5 is 2, eMERgency. Repeat: eMERgency.
Number 6 is 1, TEMperature. Repeat: TEMperature.
Number 7 is 1, STEEring wheel. Repeat: STEEring wheel.
Number 8 is 1, CROSsing. Repeat: CROSsing.
Number 9 is 2, slow DOWN. Repeat: slow DOWN.
Number 10 is 2, aHEAD. Repeat: aHEAD.
**AUDIO TRACK 10**
(12) Look at Figure 5. Listen and repeat the words. (pause for repetition after each pair)
salt / salty
salt / salty
ice / icy
ice / icy
fun / funny
fun / funny
rain / rainy
rain / rainy
snow / snowy
snow / snowy
storm / stormy
storm / stormy
noise / noisy
noise / noisy
soap / soapy
soap / soapy
grease / greasy
grease / greasy
cloud / cloudy
cloud / cloudy
leak / leaky
leak / leaky
oil / oily
oil / oily
sun / sunny
sun / sunny
water / watery
water / watery
**AUDIO TRACK 11**
(13) Look at Figure 6. Listen and answer the question. First listen to the example.
(2 voices)
voice 1: Does the soup have a lot of water in it? yes
voice 2: Repeat: Yes, the soup is watery.
(14) Now answer questions like the example. (pause 4 sec after each cue; pause for repetition)
Number 1:
voice 1: Does this meat have a lot of salt on it? yes (pause 4 sec)
voice 2: Repeat: Yes, this meat is salty.
Number 2:
voice 1: Is there ice on the highways? yes (pause 4 sec)
voice 2: Repeat: Yes, the highways are icy.
Number 3:
voice 1: Was there a lot of rain last weekend? no (pause 4 sec)
voice 2: Repeat: No, it wasn't rainy last weekend.
Number 4:
voice 1: Do you have soap on your hands? yes (pause 4 sec)
voice 2: Repeat: Yes, my hands are soapy.
Number 5:
voice 1: Is there a lot of noise in your apartment building? no (pause 4)
voice 2: Repeat: No, my apartment building isn't noisy.
Number 6:
voice 1: Are there a lot of clouds in the sky? yes (pause 4 sec)
voice 2: Repeat: Yes, the sky is cloudy.
Number 7:
voice 1: Is there grease on your French fries? no (pause 4 sec)
voice 2: Repeat: No, my French fries aren't greasy.
Number 8:
voice 1: Is the sun shining today? yes (pause 4 sec)
voice 2: Repeat: Yes, it's sunny today.
THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 3B, BOOK 11.
--- USER NOTES ---
<!-- source file: 037 - Lesson 3B.md -->
# Lesson 3B
### Figure 1
A. 7
B. 5
C. 8
D. 3
E. 9
F. 10
G. 6
H. 11
I. 1
J. 4
K. 2
### Figure 4
1. 1
2. 2
3. 2
4. 1
5. 2
6. 1
7. 1
8. 1
9. 1
10. 2

334
sources/book-11/lla-3C.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,334 @@
<!-- source file: 012 - LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES LESSON 3C BOOK 11.md -->
# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES LESSON 3C, BOOK 11
### Figure 1
**Circle the number of the syllable with the strongest stress.**
| | | | | | | | | | |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 1. | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 6. | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
| 2. | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 7. | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
| 3. | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 8. | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
| 4. | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 9. | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
| 5. | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 10. | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
---
### Figure 2
**Write the answer to the question about the dialog.**
1. Where will Major Parker and Major Smith eat lunch?
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
2. What does Bob need to borrow from Jack?
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
---
### Figure 3
**Write the missing words.**
1. There's a lot of wind today. It's a ____________________ day.
2. This dessert is thick and smooth like cream. It's ____________________.
3. She thinks she's my boss. She's ____________________.
4. He had aches and pains in his body. He felt ____________________.
5. This candy has nuts in it. This candy is ____________________.
6. They wanted something for their thirst. They were ____________________.
7. You look like you need some sleep. You look ____________________.
8. The phone is close to my hand. It's ____________________.
9. My gloves have dirt on them. They're ____________________.
10. His smile is bright like the sun. It's a sunny ____________________ smile.
---
### Figure 4
**Write sentences with "too".**
![#A A person bundled up in a heavy coat and hat walking into a severe snowstorm](images/page_068_001.jpg)
____________________
![#B A cash register displaying a high total price of $380.00](images/page_068_002.jpg)
____________________
![#C A steaming hot cup of coffee or tea sitting on a saucer](images/page_068_003.jpg)
____________________
![#D A man trying to button a long-sleeved shirt that is way too small and tight for him](images/page_068_004.jpg)
____________________
![#E A clock on the wall showing the time as 11:55, late at night near windows](images/page_068_005.jpg)
____________________
![#F A woman pushing with all her strength to move a very heavy wooden table](images/page_068_006.jpg)
____________________
---
– USER NOTES –
---
<!-- source file: 029 - AUDIO SCRIPT.md -->
# AUDIO SCRIPT
## Lesson 3C
**AUDIO TRACK 1**
(1) Hello. Open your book to the activities for Lesson 3C. (pause 6 sec)
(2) Look at Figure 1. Circle the number of the syllable with the strongest stress. You will hear each word twice. (pause 5 sec after each item)
Number 1: ESCalator...ESCalator
Number 2: introDUCtion...introDUCtion
Number 3: POPular...POPular
Number 4: RELative..RELative
Number 5: BIcycle...BIcycle
Number 6: inforMAtion...inforMAtion
Number 7: TRAFfic...TRAFfic
Number 8: SIGnature...SIGnature
Number 9: dePOSit...dePOSit
Number 10: EMPty...EMPty
(3) Now let's check your answers.
Number 1 is 1, ESCalator. Repeat: ESCalator.
Number 2 is 3, introDUCtion. Repeat: introDUCtion.
Number 3 is 1, POPular. Repeat: POPular.
Number 4 is 1, RELative. Repeat: RELative.
Number 5 is 1, BIcycle. Repeat: BIcycle.
Number 6 is 3, inforMAtion. Repeat: inforMAtion.
Number 7 is 1, TRAFfic. Repeat: TRAFfic.
Number 8 is 1, SIGnature. Repeat: SIGnature.
Number 9 is 2, dePOSit. Repeat: dePOSit.
Number 10 is 1, EMPty. Repeat: EMPty.
---
**AUDIO TRACK 2**
(4) Now look at Figure 2. Listen to two conversations; then write the answer to the question about the message that was taken and delivered. Read the questions in Figure 2. (pause 10 sec) Now listen to the first dialog.
(3 voices: voices 2 and 3 are male)
(phone rings twice, then dialog begins)
voice 1: Hello.
voice 2: Hello. Major Parker, please.
voice 1: He's not here right now. May I take a message?
voice 2: Yes, this is Major Smith. Please tell him that I'll meet him at the Officers' Club at eleven hundred hours for lunch.
voice 1: Okay. I'll tell him.
(footsteps of man, sound of door opening)
voice 1: Major Parker, you had a call.
voice 3: Yes, who was it?
voice 1: It was Major Smith. He said to tell you that he'll meet you for lunch at eleven hundred hours at the Officers' Club.
(5) Now write a sentence that answers the question. (pause 15 sec) Check your answer. They'll eat lunch at the Officers' Club.
(6) Listen to the second dialog.
(3 voices: voices 2 and 3 are male)
(knock on door, then dialog begins)
voice 1: Hi, Bob.
voice 2: Is Jack home?
voice 1: No, he's not. He'll be back at five thirty.
voice 2: Will you tell him that I need to borrow his math book?
voice 1: Sure. I'll tell him to take it to your house this evening.
voice 1: Jack, Bob came by.
voice 3: Oh, really? What did he want?
voice 1: He said to tell you that he needs to borrow your math book.
(7) Now answer the question with a complete sentence. (pause 15 sec) Check your answer: He needs to borrow Jack's math book.
**AUDIO TRACK 3**
(8) Look at Figure 3. Listen to some sentences. Don't repeat, just listen.
There's a lot of wind today. It's a windy day.
This dessert is thick and smooth like cream. It's creamy.
She thinks she's my boss. She's bossy.
He had aches and pains in his body. He felt achy.
This candy has nuts in it. This candy is nutty.
They wanted something for their thirst. They were thirsty.
You look like you need some sleep. You look sleepy.
The phone is close to my hand. It's handy.
My gloves have dirt on them. They're dirty.
His smile is bright like the sun. It's a sunny smile.
(9) Listen to the sentences again and write the missing words. (pause 10 sec after each one)
Number 1: There's a lot of wind today. It's a windy day.
Number 2: This dessert is thick and smooth like cream. It's creamy.
Number 3: She thinks she's my boss. She's bossy.
Number 4: He had aches and pains in his body. He felt achy.
Number 5: This candy has nuts in it. This candy is nutty.
Number 6: They wanted something for their thirst. They were thirsty.
Number 7: You look like you need some sleep. You look sleepy.
Number 8: The phone is close to my hand. It's handy.
Number 9: My gloves have dirt on them. They're dirty.
Number 10: His smile is bright like the sun. It's a sunny smile.
(10) Now check your spelling.
Number 1 is windy, w-i-n-d-y. Repeat: It's a windy day.
Number 2 is creamy, c-r-e-a-m-y. Repeat: It's creamy.
Number 3 is bossy, b-o-s-s-y. Repeat: She's bossy.
Number 4 is achy, a-c-h-y. There is no letter "e" in achy. Repeat: He felt achy.
Number 5 is nutty, n-u-t-t-y. There are two "t's" in nutty. Repeat: This candy is nutty.
Number 6 is thirsty, t-h-i-r-s-t-y. Repeat: They were thirsty.
Number 7 is sleepy, s-l-e-e-p-y. Repeat: You look sleepy.
Number 8 is handy, h-a-n-d-y. Repeat: It's handy.
Number 9 is dirty, d-i-r-t-y. Repeat: They're dirty.
Number 10 is sunny, s-u-n-n-y. Repeat: It's a sunny smile.
(11) Listen and repeat some sentences. (pause for repetition)
Repeat: It's too cold.
Repeat: It's too hot.
Repeat: His shirt is too dirty.
Repeat: This jacket is too small.
Repeat: That box is too heavy.
Repeat: Those pants are too big.
Repeat: My hands were too greasy.
**AUDIO TRACK 4**
(12) Now look at Figure 4. Look at the pictures and listen to the sentences. Write a sentence like the example.
Look at picture A and listen to a sentence twice.
The children can't go outside.
The children can't go outside.
The sentence that follows is "It's too cold." The children can't go outside because it's too cold. Now listen to a sentence; then write another sentence. Use the word <u>too</u> in your sentence. (pause 20 sec between items)
Picture B: I can't buy this suit.
I can't buy this suit. (pause 20 sec)
Picture C: Jim, don't drink that coffee
Jim, don't drink that coffee. (pause 20 sec)
Picture D: Fred, don't buy that shirt.
Fred, don't buy that shirt. (pause 20 sec)
Picture E: We can't go to the movies now.
We can't go to the movies now. (pause 20 sec)
Picture F: Janet, don't try to move that table.
Janet, don't try to move that table. (pause 20 sec)
(14) Turn to the answer page for this lesson and look at the answers for Figure 4. Your answers can look like these, or they can be a little different.
**THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 3C, BOOK 11.**
– USER NOTES –
<!-- source file: 038 - Lesson 3C.md -->
# Lesson 3C
### Figure 1
1. 1
2. 3
3. 1
4. 1
5. 1
6. 3
7. 1
8. 1
9. 2
10. 1
### Figure 2
1. They'll eat lunch at the Officer's Club.
2. He needs to borrow Jack's math book.
### Figure 3
1. There's a lot of wind today. It's a <u>windy</u> day.
2. This dessert is thick and smooth like cream. It's <u>creamy</u>.
3. She thinks she's my boss. She's <u>bossy</u>.
4. He had aches and pains in his body. He felt <u>achy</u>.
5. This candy has nuts in it. This candy is <u>nutty</u>.
6. They wanted something for their thirst. They were <u>thirsty</u>.
7. You look like you need some sleep. You look <u>sleepy</u>.
8. The phone is close to my hand. It's <u>handy</u>.
9. My gloves have dirt on them. They're <u>dirty</u>.
10. His smile is bright like the sun. It's a sunny <u>sunny</u> smile.
### Figure 4
A. It's too cold.
B. It's too expensive.
C. It's too hot.
D. It's too small.
E. It's too late.
F. It's too heavy.

456
sources/book-11/lla-3D.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,456 @@
<!-- source file: 013 - LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES LESSON 3D BOOK 11.md -->
# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES LESSON 3D, BOOK 11
### Figure 1
**Write the main idea.**
1. _________________________________________________________________________________
2. _________________________________________________________________________________
---
### Figure 2
**Repeat the dialog. Read the waiter's part.**
Customer: ___________________________________________________________________________
Waiter: Yes, sir.
Customer: ___________________________________________________________________________
Waiter: Oh, I'm so sorry. I'll take it back and get your steak.
Customer: ___________________________________________________________________________
Waiter: Yes, sir.
---
### Figure 3
**Read the customer's part.**
Customer: Excuse me.
Waiter: ___________________________________________________________________________
Customer: I didn't order chicken. I ordered chicken-fried steak.
Waiter: ___________________________________________________________________________
Customer: Thank you, and please hurry.
Waiter: ___________________________________________________________________________
---
### Figure 4
**Repeat the dialog. Read the clerk's part.**
Customer: ___________________________________________________________________________
Clerk: Yes, sir.
Customer: ___________________________________________________________________________
Clerk: The numbers are the same, sir
Customer: ___________________________________________________________________________
Clerk: Oh! I see. I'll exchange this for you. Your shirt will be here in two days.
Customer: ___________________________________________________________________________
Clerk: No problem.
---
### Figure 5
**Read the customer's part.**
Customer: Miss, can you help me?
Clerk: ___________________________________________________________________________
Customer: I ordered a shirt from the catalog. This isn't the one I ordered.
Clerk: ___________________________________________________________________________
Customer: Yes, but I ordered brown. This shirt is yellow.
Clerk: ___________________________________________________________________________
Customer: Thank you.
Clerk: ___________________________________________________________________________
---
### Figure 6
**Repeat the sentences. Write the number of the question on the line.**
______ 1. Not very well; I was too nervous.
______ 2. It's too dark in this room to see.
______ 3. I'm not sure, but I think it's too far to walk.
______ 4. No. It's too early to go home.
______ 5. No, she's too tall to be Jean.
______ 6. Yes, but it's too old to drink.
______ 7. I can't. It's too big for me to pick up.
______ 8. No thanks. The ice cream is too cold for me to eat.
______ 9. It was too awful to watch!
______ 10. Because John's news is almost too good to be true.
---
### Figure 7
**Write the paragraph.**
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
---
– USER NOTES –
<!-- source file: 030 - AUDIO SCRIPT.md -->
# AUDIO SCRIPT
## Lesson 3D
**AUDIO TRACK 5**
(1) Hello. Open your book to the activities for Lesson 3D. (pause 6 sec)
(2) Look at Figure 1. Listen to a paragraph. You will hear it twice. After hearing it for the second time, write the main idea in a complete sentence. Listen to the first paragraph.
Good drivers must know many things. They need to learn the traffic laws, the speed limits, the highway signs, and the traffic signals. They need to learn how to drive in heavy traffic and in bad weather. They also need to know something about automobiles and how to care for them.
(3) Listen again.
Good drivers must know many things. They need to learn the traffic laws, the speed limits, the highway signs, and the traffic signals. They need to learn how to drive in heavy traffic and in bad weather. They also need to know something about automobiles and how to care for them.
(4) Now write the main idea. (pause 45 sec)
(5) Check your answer. This is the main idea: Good drivers need to know many things. You could also say, "There are many things a good driver must know."
(6) Listen to the second paragraph.
Regular checkups are important. You shouldn't go to the doctor only when you're sick. A checkup when you're healthy tells you and your doctor that you're in good shape. Then when you don't feel well, the doctor will know the things that might be wrong. You should have a complete physical examination every year.
(7) Listen again.
Regular checkups are important. You shouldn't go to the doctor only when you're sick. A checkup when you're healthy tells you and your doctor that you're in good shape. Then when you don't feel well, the doctor will know the things that might be wrong. You should have a complete physical examination every year.
---
(8) Write the main idea in a complete sentence. (pause 45 sec)
(9) Now check your answer. It should be something like this: You should get a complete checkup every year. Or, you could also say, "Annual physical exams are important."
**AUDIO TRACK 6**
(10) Look at Figure 2. Listen to a dialog. Don't repeat; just listen.
(2 male voices)
voice 1: Excuse me.
voice 2: Yes, sir.
voice 1: I didn't order chicken. I ordered chicken-fried steak.
voice 2: Oh, I'm sorry. I'll take it back and get your steak.
voice 1: Thank you. And please hurry.
voice 2: Yes, sir.
(11) Listen to the dialog again. This time, repeat it. (pause at / for repetition)
voice 1: Excuse me.
voice 2: Yes, sir.
voice 1: I didn't order chicken. / I ordered chicken-fried steak.
voice 2: Oh, I'm sorry. / I'll take it back / and get your steak.
voice 1: Thank you, / and please hurry.
voice 2: Yes, sir.
(12) Now look at Figure 2. Listen to the customer's words; then read the waiter's part. You are the waiter. (pause for student to read his line)
voice 1: Excuse me.
(voice 2: Yes, sir.)
voice 1: I didn't order chicken. I ordered chicken-fried steak.
(voice 2: Oh, I'm sorry. / I'll take it back / and get your steak.)
voice 1: Thank you, and please hurry.
(voice 2: Yes, sir.)
**AUDIO TRACK 7**
(13) Now look at Figure 3. Change roles. Now you're the customer. Read the customer's part, and listen to the waiter. Ready? Begin. (pause long enough for student to read his line)
(voice 1: Excuse me.)
voice 2: Yes, sir.
(voice 1: I didn't order chicken. I ordered chicken-fried steak.)
voice 2: Oh, I'm sorry. I'll take it back and get your steak.
(voice 1: Thank you, and please hurry.)
voice 2: Yes, sir.
**AUDIO TRACK 8**
(14) Look at Figure 4 and listen to another dialog. Don't repeat. Just listen.
(two voices: voice 1, male; voice 2, female)
voice 1: Miss, can you help me?
voice 2: Yes, sir.
voice 1: I ordered a shirt from the catalog. This isn't the one I ordered.
voice 2: The numbers are the same, sir.
voice 1: Yes, but I ordered brown. This shirt is yellow.
voice 2: Oh! I see. I'll exchange this for you. Your shirt will be here in two days.
voice 1: Thank you.
voice 2: No problem.
(15) Listen to the dialog again. Listen and repeat.
(pause at / for repetition)
voice 1: Miss, can you help me?
voice 2: Yes, sir.
voice 1: I ordered a shirt from the catalog. / This isn't the one I ordered.
voice 2: The numbers are the same, sir.
voice 1: Yes, but I ordered brown. / This shirt is yellow.
voice 2: Oh! I see. / I'll exchange this for you. / Your shirt will be here in two days.
voice 1: Thank you.
voice 2: No problem.
(16) Now listen to the customer and read the clerk's part. You are the clerk. Let's begin. (pause for students to read voice 2's part)
voice 1: Miss, can you help me?
(voice 2: Yes, sir.)
voice 1: I ordered a shirt from the catalog. This isn't the one I ordered.
(voice 2: The numbers are the same, sir.)
voice 1: Yes. But I ordered brown. This shirt is yellow.
(voice 2: Oh! I see. / I'll exchange this for you. / Your shirt will be here in two days.)
voice 1: Thank you.
(voice 2: No problem.)
**AUDIO TRACK 9**
(17) Look at Figure 5. Now you're the customer; read the customer's part. Ready? Begin.
(pause long enough for students to read voice 1's part)
(voice 1: Miss, can you help me?)
voice 2: Yes, sir.
(voice 1: I ordered a shirt from the catalog. This isn't the one I ordered.)
voice 2: The numbers are the same, sir.
(voice 1: Yes, but I ordered brown. / This shirt is yellow.)
voice 2: Oh! I see. I'll exchange this for you. Your shirt will be here in two days.
(voice 1: Thank you.)
voice 2: No problem.
**AUDIO TRACK 10**
(18) Look at Figure 6. Listen to the responses. Listen and repeat. (pause for repetition)
Number 1: Not very well; I was too nervous.
Number 2: It's too dark in this room to see.
Number 3: I'm not sure, but I think it's too far to walk.
Number 4: No. It's too early to go home.
Number 5: No, she's too tall to be Jean.
Number 6: Yes, but it's too old to drink.
Number 7: I can't. It's too big for me to pick up.
Number 8: No thanks. The ice cream is too cold for me to eat.
Number 9: It was too awful to watch!
Number 10: Because John's news is almost too good to be true.
(voice 1: I didn't order chicken. I ordered chicken-fried steak.)
voice 2: Oh, I'm sorry. I'll take it back and get your steak.
(voice 1: Thank you, and please hurry.)
voice 2: Yes, sir.
**AUDIO TRACK 8**
(14) Look at Figure 4 and listen to another dialog. Don't repeat. Just listen.
(two voices: voice 1, male; voice 2, female)
voice 1: Miss, can you help me?
voice 2: Yes, sir.
voice 1: I ordered a shirt from the catalog. This isn't the one I ordered.
voice 2: The numbers are the same, sir.
voice 1: Yes, but I ordered brown. This shirt is yellow.
voice 2: Oh! I see. I'll exchange this for you. Your shirt will be here in two days.
voice 1: Thank you.
voice 2: No problem.
(15) Listen to the dialog again. Listen and repeat.
(pause at / for repetition)
voice 1: Miss, can you help me?
voice 2: Yes, sir.
voice 1: I ordered a shirt from the catalog. / This isn't the one I ordered.
voice 2: The numbers are the same, sir.
voice 1: Yes, but I ordered brown. / This shirt is yellow.
voice 2: Oh! I see. / I'll exchange this for you. / Your shirt will be here in two days.
voice 1: Thank you.
voice 2: No problem.
(16) Now listen to the customer and read the clerk's part. You are the clerk. Let's begin. (pause for students to read voice 2's part)
voice 1: Miss, can you help me?
(voice 2: Yes, sir.)
voice 1: I ordered a shirt from the catalog. This isn't the one I ordered.
(voice 2: The numbers are the same, sir.)
voice 1: Yes. But I ordered brown. This shirt is yellow.
(voice 2: Oh! I see. / I'll exchange this for you. / Your shirt will be here in two days.)
voice 1: Thank you.
(voice 2: No problem.)
**AUDIO TRACK 9**
(17) Look at Figure 5. Now you're the customer; read the customer's part. Ready? Begin.
(pause long enough for students to read voice 1's part)
(voice 1: Miss, can you help me?)
voice 2: Yes, sir.
(voice 1: I ordered a shirt from the catalog. This isn't the one I ordered.)
voice 2: The numbers are the same, sir.
(voice 1: Yes, but I ordered brown. / This shirt is yellow.)
voice 2: Oh! I see. I'll exchange this for you. Your shirt will be here in two days.
(voice 1: Thank you.)
voice 2: No problem.
**AUDIO TRACK 10**
(18) Look at Figure 6. Listen to the responses. Listen and repeat. (pause for repetition)
Number 1: Not very well; I was too nervous.
Number 2: It's too dark in this room to see.
Number 3: I'm not sure, but I think it's too far to walk.
Number 4: No. It's too early to go home.
Number 5: No, she's too tall to be Jean.
Number 6: Yes, but it's too old to drink.
Number 7: I can't. It's too big for me to pick up.
Number 8: No thanks. The ice cream is too cold for me to eat.
Number 9: It was too awful to watch!
Number 10: Because John's news is almost too good to be true.
(19) Now look at the statements in Figure 6 and listen to a question. Select the statement that answers the question best, and write the number on the line.
(20) Listen to the example.
How far is it to the library? (pause 10 sec) The correct answer is number 3: I'm not sure, but I think it's too far to walk. Write a "one" on the line in front of number 3.
(21) Now listen, select, and write the number. (pause 10 sec after each item)
Number 1: How far is it to the library?
Number 2: How did you like the movie?
Number 3: Is that woman in the parking lot Jean?
Number 4: Do you want some dessert?
Number 5: Where's the light?
Number 6: How did you do on the exam?
Number 7: Are you ready to go?
Number 8: Why are you so happy?
Number 9: Is there any milk in the refrigerator?
Number 10: Please hand me that box.
(22) Let's check your answers.
Number 1 is 6. How did you do on the exam? Not very well; I was too nervous.
Number 2 is 5. Where's the light? It's too dark in this room to see.
Number 3 is 1. How far is it to the library? I'm not sure, but I think it's too far to walk.
Number 4 is 7. Are you ready to go? No, it's too early to go home.
Number 5 is 3. Is that woman in the parking lot Jean? No, she's too tall to be Jean.
Number 6 is 9. Is there any milk in the refrigerator? Yes, but it's too old to drink.
Number 7 is 10. Please hand me that box. I can't. It's too big for me to pick up.
---
Number 8 is 4. Do you want some dessert? No thanks. The ice cream is too cold for me to eat.
Number 9 is 2. How did you like the movie? It was too awful to watch!
Number 10 is 8. Why are you so happy? Because John's news is almost too good to be true.
**AUDIO TRACK 11**
(23) Look at Figure 7. This is a dictation exercise. You will hear a paragraph three times. Listen to it the first time. (read at normal speed)
Don decided to go to the mall. First, he went into the department store to look at sofas. Then he went into the men's clothing store and bought two shirts and a pair of slacks. After that, he was hungry. He went to the cafeteria for lunch. His last stop was at the variety store. He bought some cards, a pen, and some paper.
(24) Now listen to the paragraph and write what you hear. (pause 15 to 20 sec at each / )
Don decided to / go to the mall. / First, he went into / the department store / to look at sofas. / Then he went / into the men's clothing store / and bought two shirts / and a pair of slacks. /
After that, / he was hungry. / He went to / the cafeteria for lunch. / His last stop / was at the variety store. / He bought some cards, / a pen, and some paper.
25) Now listen to the paragraph again and check your work. Be sure to use correct punctuation. (read at normal speed)
Don decided to go to the mall. First, he went into the department store to look at sofas. Then he went into the men's clothing store and bought two shirts and a pair of slacks. After that, he was hungry. He went to the cafeteria for lunch. His last stop was at the variety store. He bought some cards, a pen, and some paper.
(26) Turn to the answer page for this lesson to check your answers for Figure 7.
**THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 3D, BOOK 11.**
<!-- source file: 039 - Lesson 3D.md -->
# Lesson 3D
### Figure 1
7. Good drivers need to know many things. / There are many things good drivers must know.
8. You should get a complete checkup every year. / Annual physical exams are important.
### Figure 6
1. 6
2. 5
3. 1
4. 7
5. 3
6. 9
7. 10
8. 4
9. 2
10. 8
### Figure 7
<u>Don</u> decided to go to the mall<u>.</u> <u>First,</u> he went into the department store to look at sofas<u>.</u> <u>Then</u> he went into the men<u>'</u>s clothing store and bought two shirts and a pair of slacks<u>.</u> <u>After that,</u> he was hungry<u>.</u> <u>He</u> went to the cafeteria for lunch<u>.</u> <u>His</u> last stop was at the variety store<u>.</u> <u>He</u> bought some cards<u>,</u> a pen<u>,</u> and some paper<u>.</u>
### Figure 4
1. a
2. c
3. a
4. a
5. b
6. c
7. a
8. b
9. b
10. b
### Figure 6
1. T
2. F
3. F
4. T

403
sources/book-11/lla-4A.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,403 @@
<!-- source file: 014 - LESSON 4A BOOK 11.md -->
# LESSON 4A, BOOK 11
### Figure 1
**Repeat the words and sentences.**
1. Many people relax watching TV. TV is <u>entertainment</u> for many people.
![Three television screens showing different TV programs: a football player running, a woman wearing a helmet and holding a spear, and a pig and rabbit standing together](images/page_074_001.jpg)
2. There are many television <u>channels</u>. You can watch a <u>variety</u> of shows on them.
3. Some channels show children's <u>programs</u> on Saturday mornings.
![#3 A person watching a children's cartoon program on a television set](images/page_074_002.jpg)
4. Some programs are <u>frightening</u>. People become afraid when they watch them.
![#4 A man looking frightened while watching a monster on a television screen](images/page_074_003.jpg)
5. Some programs are not interesting. They're <u>boring</u>. They're <u>dull</u>.
![#5 A man looking bored and sad while watching a news reporter on television](images/page_074_004.jpg)
6. Some programs are <u>funny</u>. We <u>laugh</u> while we watch them.
![#6 A woman laughing while watching a funny show on television](images/page_075_001.jpg)
7. <u>Commercials</u> try to sell you things on TV or radio.
![#7 A television showing a commercial for a convertible car](images/page_075_002.jpg)
8. Not everyone, but <u>almost</u> everyone, enjoys watching TV.
---
### Figure 2
**Write the main idea.**
1. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
2. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
3. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
---
### Figure 3
**Repeat the underlined words.**
**Valerie:** Do you <u>spend</u> much time in front of the television?
**Victor:** Oh yes! <u>As a matter of fact</u>, I <u>frequently</u> watch TV four or five hours a day. And that's almost every night after work. I think TV is <u>wonderful</u>.
**Valerie:** I could do that before, but I can't now. I'm too busy. I have lots to do when I get home from work.
**Victor:** I think that when you enjoy something you can find time for it.
**Valerie:** I guess you're right. Do you <u>recommend</u> any programs? Which ones do you like to watch?
**Victor:** I <u>love</u> the funny shows. I think they are <u>great</u> because I like to laugh. I don't see many programs that I think are <u>terrible</u>. I guess I'm easily satisfied.
---
### Figure 4
**Circle the correct letter.**
1. They're \_\_\_\_\_\_.
a. at a snack bar
b. in a clothing store
c. in a classroom
2. They're at a \_\_\_\_\_\_.
a. restaurant
b. snack bar
c. vending machine
3. They're \_\_\_\_\_\_.
a. on the highway
b. in an airplane
c. at a soccer game
4. They're \_\_\_\_\_\_.
a. changing a tire
b. at a vending machine
c. eating a hamburger
5. They're in \_\_\_\_\_\_.
a. the living room
b. the car
c. a hospital
6. They're in a \_\_\_\_\_\_.
a. restaurant
b. garage
c. department store
7. They're \_\_\_\_\_\_.
a. in a mall
b. in a garage
c. downtown
8. They're in \_\_\_\_\_\_.
a. the classroom
b. a doctor's office
c. a restaurant
9. They're in \_\_\_\_\_\_.
a. the classroom
b. a bank
c. a mall
10. They're \_\_\_\_\_\_.
a. in the classroom
b. at a snack bar
c. at an accident
---
### Figure 5
**Repeat the words and sentences.**
![A man standing in front of a movie poster for "Mountain Man Action starring Miles Gray, Les Green, Now Showing"](images/page_078_001.jpg)
Movies are Don's great <u>love</u>. <u>In fact</u>, he spends many happy hours at the movies. He doesn't like movies that <u>frighten</u> him. He finds that <u>adventure</u> movies are the most <u>entertaining</u> ones.
---
### Figure 6
**Circle T or F.**
1. T F
2. T F
3. T F
4. T F
---
– USER NOTES –
<!-- source file: 031 - AUDIO SCRIPT.md -->
# AUDIO SCRIPT
## Lesson 4A
**AUDIO TRACK 1**
(1) Hello. Please open your book to the activities for Lesson 4A. (pause 6 sec)
(2) Look at Figure 1. Repeat the words and sentences. (pause for repetition)
Number 1: entertainment...entertainment
Many people relax watching TV.
TV is entertainment for many people.
Number 2: channels...channels
variety...variety
There are many television channels.
You can watch a variety of shows on them.
Number 3: programs...programs
Some channels show children's programs on Saturday mornings.
Number 4: frightening...frightening
Some programs are frightening.
People become afraid when they watch them.
Number 5: boring...boring
dull...dull
Some programs are not interesting.
They're boring. They're dull.
Number 6: funny...funny
laugh...laugh
Some programs are funny.
We laugh while we watch them.
Number 7: commercials...commercials
Commercials try to sell you things on TV or radio.
Number 8: almost...almost
Not everyone, but almost everyone, enjoys watching TV.
(3) Look at Figure 1 again and answer some questions. (pause as marked; pause for repetition)
What is television for many people? (pause 5 sec)
Repeat: Television is entertainment for many people.
Does television show only one kind of program? (pause 5 sec)
No, it doesn't.
Repeat: Television shows a variety of programs.
When do some channels show children's programs? (pause 5 sec)
Repeat: Some channels show children's programs / on Saturday mornings.
Is a program that makes you be afraid a funny program? (pause 5 sec)
No, it isn't.
Repeat: Frightening programs cause people to be afraid. / They frighten people.
Are all the programs on television interesting? (pause 4 sec)
No, they aren't.
Repeat: Some programs are boring.
What kind of programs make us laugh? (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: Funny programs make us laugh.
What tries to sell us things on television? (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: Commercials try to sell things on television.
Can you hear commercials on the radio also? (pause 4 sec)
Repeat: Yes, you can hear commercials on the radio.
**AUDIO TRACK 2**
(4) Look at Figure 2. You'll hear three paragraphs. Write the main idea of each paragraph in Figure 2. Listen.
Paragraph 1.
The motor in Ann's car was making a noise. She didn't know the cause of the noise. She decided to take it to a garage. She thought her car might need service.
Listen to the paragraph 1 again.
The motor in Ann's car was making a noise. She didn't know the cause of the noise. She decided to take it to a garage. She thought her car might need service.
(5) Now write the main idea. (pause 20 sec) The main idea of the paragraph is "Ann's car might need service," or "Something might be wrong with Ann's car."
(6) Listen to Paragraph 2.
Good stores try to satisfy unhappy customers immediately. When a customer finds something wrong with the service in a store or with something he buys there, he may not come back there. The salespeople in a good store will give him an exchange, a refund, or credit. They'll do it with a smile, too, because they want to keep the customers happy.
Listen to paragraph 2 again.
Good stores try to satisfy unhappy customers immediately. When a customer finds something wrong with the service in a store or with something he buys there, he may not come back there. The salespeople in a good store will give him an exchange, a refund, or credit. They'll do it with a smile, too, because they want to keep the customers happy.
(7) Now write the main idea. (pause 20 sec) The main idea of paragraph 2 is "Stores need to keep their customers happy," or "A store should satisfy its customers."
(8) Listen to paragraph 3.
People who learn to drive in school will be safer drivers than those who don't take classes. They'll learn to be cautious behind the steering wheel of a car. They'll follow signs and signals. They'll also be more careful at intersections and will slow down for pedestrians. All drivers should take lessons sometime.
Listen to paragraph 3 again.
People who learn to drive in school will be safer drivers than those who don't take classes. They'll learn to be cautious behind the steering wheel of a car. They'll follow signs and signals. They'll also be more careful at intersections and will slow down for pedestrians. All drivers should take lessons sometime.
(9) Write the main idea now. (pause 20 sec) The main idea of paragraph 3 is "Everyone who drives should take lessons," or "People who take driving lessons are safer drivers."
**AUDIO TRACK 3**
(10) Look at Figure 3. Repeat the underlined words.
spend...spend
as a matter of fact...as a matter of fact
frequently...frequently
wonderful...wonderful
recommend...recommend
love...love
great...great
terrible...terrible
(11) Listen to a conversation. Don't repeat. Just listen.
(2 voices, voice 1 is female, voice 2 is male)
voice 1: Do you spend much time in front of the television?
voice 2: Oh yes! As a matter of fact, I frequently watch TV four or five hours a day. And that's almost every night after work. I think TV is wonderful.
voice 1: I could do that before, but I can't now. I'm too busy. I have lots to do when I get home from work.
voice 2: I think that when you enjoy something you can find time for it.
voice 1: I guess you're right. Do you recommend any programs? Which ones do you like to watch?
voice 2: I love the funny shows. I think they are great because I like to laugh. I don't see many programs that I think are terrible. I guess I'm easily satisfied.
(12) Look at the dialog again and answer my questions. (pause 3 sec after each question; pause for repetition)
How many hours does Victor spend in front of the television?
Repeat: He spends four or five hours a day.
Does he watch television only once a week?
Repeat: No, he watches TV frequently after work.
What does Victor think about television?
Repeat: He thinks it's wonderful.
Does Valerie watch television frequently also?
Repeat: No, she doesn't. She's too busy.
Which programs did Victor recommend?
Repeat: He recommended the funny shows.
Why does Victor love funny shows?
Repeat: Because he loves to laugh.
Does Victor see many terrible programs on television?
Repeat: No, he doesn't think there are many terrible shows.
**AUDIO TRACK 4**
(13) Now look at Figure 4. Listen to the people talking. Decide where they are and circle the correct letter. Listen.
(pause 8 sec after each dialog)
(2 voices, voice 1 is male, voice 2 is female)
Number 1:
voice 1: A hamburger, please.
voice 2: Anything else, sir?
Number 2:
voice 1: I want this candy bar.
voice 2: Pull this knob.
Number 3:
voice 1: How fast are you going?
voice 2: The speed limit, 55 miles per hour.
Number 4:
voice 1: Can you loosen this?
voice 2: Where's the wrench?
Number 5:
voice 1: It stalled again.
voice 2: You may need a tune-up.
Number 6:
voice 1: I want to return this.
voice 2: Do you have your sales slip?
Number 7:
voice 1: Let's go to the department store first, then the clothing store, and then downstairs to the variety store. Okay?
voice 2: All right, and then we'll come back upstairs to the cafeteria.
Number 8:
voice 1: Do you have an appointment?
voice 2: Yes, I do. She's going to give me an examination.
---
Number 9:
voice 1: I want to make a deposit.
voice 2: Did you fill out a deposit slip, sir?
Number 10:
voice 1: Whose fault was it?
voice 2: The man in the white car, officer. He ran a red light.
(14) Check your answers. Repeat the correct answers. (pause for repetition)
Number 1 is a. Repeat: They're at a snack bar.
Number 2 is c. Repeat: They're at a vending machine.
Number 3 is a. Repeat: They're on the highway.
Number 4 is a. Repeat: They're changing a tire.
Number 5 is b. Repeat: They're in the car.
Number 6 is c. Repeat: They're in a department store.
Number 7 is a. Repeat: They're in a mall.
Number 8 is b. Repeat: They're in a doctor's office.
Number 9 is b. Repeat: They're in a bank.
Number 10 is c. Repeat: They're at an accident.
**AUDIO TRACK 5**
(15) Look at Figure 5. Repeat the words and sentences. (pause for repetition)
love...love
Movies are Don's great love.
in fact...in fact
In fact, he spends many happy hours at the movies.
frighten...frighten
He doesn't like movies that frighten him.
entertaining...entertaining
adventure...adventure
He finds that adventure movies / are the most entertaining ones.
Listen to the complete paragraph.
Movies are Don's great love. In fact, he spends many happy hours at the movies. He doesn't like movies that frighten him. He finds that adventure movies are the most entertaining ones.
**AUDIO TRACK 6**
(16) Look at Figure 6. Answer questions about Don with true or false. Mark T if the statement is true and F if the statement is false. (pause 10 sec after each item)
Number 1: Don likes to go to the movies.
Number 2: Don doesn't spend much time at the movies.
Number 3: Don's favorite movies are frightening movies.
Number 4: Don feels that adventure movies are the most entertaining.
(17) Now let's check the answers.
Number 1 is true. Don likes to go to the movies.
Number 2 is false. He does spend a lot of time at the movies.
Number 3 is false. He doesn't like frightening movies.
Number 4 is true. He thinks that adventure movies are the most entertaining.
**THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 4A, BOOK 11.**
— USER NOTES —
<!-- source file: 040 - Lesson 4A.md -->
# Lesson 4A
### Figure 2
1. Ann's car might need service. / Something might be wrong with Ann's car.
2. Stores need to keep their customers happy. / A store should satisfy its customers.
3. Everyone who drives should take lessons. / People who take driving lessons are safer drivers.

278
sources/book-11/lla-4B.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,278 @@
<!-- source file: 015 - LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES LESSON 4B BOOK 11.md -->
# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES LESSON 4B, BOOK 11
### Figure 1
**Repeat the underlined.**
Frank and Peg went to a new restaurant last night. Friends told them that it was very good and not too expensive. A restaurant with <u>reasonable</u> prices is not easy to find. They decided to try it. They were <u>terribly</u> unhappy with it. There was music for <u>entertainment</u>, but it was much too <u>loud</u>. They couldn't hear each other talk.
The waiter <u>didn't take their order</u> <u>promptly</u>. He let them wait and wait. Frank felt he was <u>impolite</u> when he <u>served</u> them, too. Frank doesn't like a rude waiter. Then the <u>dish</u> he served Peg was cold and hard to cut. She had to ask for a <u>sharp</u> knife. Her knife was too <u>dull</u> to cut it.
They don't want to go there again. As a matter of fact, Frank left a very small <u>tip</u>. <u>If you ask me</u>, good service is more important than a cheap price.
---
### Figure 2
**Circle a, b, or c.**
1. a. They went to the movies.
b. They went to a new restaurant.
c. They went to the mall.
2. a. Friends recommended it.
b. The entertainment was good.
c. They met their friends there.
3. a. The music was for a tape.
b. The music was for the movie.
c. The music was for entertainment.
4. a. Yes, they liked it.
b. No, it was too loud.
c. No, it was too low.
5. a. Because he didn't speak French.
b. Because he had long hair.
c. Because he was impolite.
6. a. She had to ask for a sharper knife.
b. She had to ask for a duller knife.
c. She had to ask for a straight knife.
7. a. Her knife was too dull to cut the meat.
b. Her knife was too sharp to cut the lettuce.
c. Her knife was dirty.
8. a. No, Frank didn't leave a tip.
b. Yes, but it was a small one.
c. Yes, he left a nice tip.
---
### Figure 3
**Answer the question.**
*Example:* How far could you swim last year? (1 mile)
*Last year, I could swim one mile.*
1. How fast could you type before you took the class?
2. Could David describe the accident?
3. How far could he run five years ago?
4. Could you speak English last year?
5. What could you do about his problem?
6. Could John operate the vending machine?
---
### Figure 4
**Repeat the sentences.**
![A woman sweating while leaning on a vacuum cleaner next to a calendar page that says "CALENDAR FRIDAY 13"](images/page_082_001.jpg)
![A woman sitting comfortably in an armchair reading a book next to a calendar page that says "CALENDAR SATURDAY 14"](images/page_082_002.jpg)
Sally has a plan for her housework. This is Sally's plan. She washes clothes on Monday. She cleans the house on Wednesday and on Friday. She goes shopping on Tuesday. She irons clothes on Thursday. When she follows her plan, she has free time on the weekend. Then she can relax.
---
### Figure 5
**Write the paragraph.**
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
– USER NOTES –
<!-- source file: 032 - AUDIO SCRIPT.md -->
# AUDIO SCRIPT
## Lesson 4B
**AUDIO TRACK 7**
(1) Hello. Please look at the Language Laboratory Activities for Lesson 4B. (pause 6 sec)
(2) Look at Figure 1. Repeat the underlined words. (pause for repetition)
<u>reasonable</u>...reasonable
<u>terribly</u>...terribly
<u>entertainment</u>...entertainment
<u>loud</u>...loud
<u>promptly</u>...promptly
<u>impolite</u>...impolite
<u>served</u>...served
<u>rude</u>...rude
<u>dish</u>...dish
<u>sharp</u>...sharp
<u>dull</u>...dull
<u>if you ask me</u>...if you ask me
(3) Now listen and read the paragraphs with the tape. Then select the answers to the questions that you'll hear. Listen and read.
Frank and Peg went to a new restaurant last night. Friends told them that it was very good and not too expensive. A restaurant with reasonable prices is not easy to find. They decided to try it. They were terribly unhappy with it. There was music for entertainment, but it was much too loud. They couldn't hear each other talk.
The waiter didn't take their order promptly. He let them wait and wait. Frank felt he was impolite when he served them, too. Frank doesn't like a rude waiter. Then the dish he served Peg was cold and hard to cut. She had to ask for a sharp knife. Her knife was too dull to cut it. They don't want to go there again. As a matter of fact, Frank left a very small tip. If you ask me, good service is more important than a cheap price.
**AUDIO TRACK 8**
(4) Now look at Figure 2. Listen to the questions and select the best answer. Circle a, b, or c. (pause 15 sec at the end of each question)
Number 1: Where did Frank and Peg go last night?
Number 2: Why did they decide to try it?
Number 3: What was the music for?
Number 4: Did it entertain them?
Number 5: Why didn't Frank like the waiter?
Number 6: What did Peg have to ask for?
Number 7: Why does she want another knife?
Number 8: Did Frank leave a tip?
(5) Listen to the questions again, and check your answers. Repeat the correct responses. (pause for repetition)
Number 1 is b. Listen: Where did Frank and Peg go last night?
Repeat: They went to a new restaurant.
Number 2 is a. Listen: Why did they decide to try it?
Repeat: Friends recommended the restaurant.
Number 3 is c. Listen: What was the music for?
Repeat: The music was for entertainment.
Number 4 is b. Listen: Did it entertain them?
Repeat: No, it was too loud.
Number 5 is c. Listen: Why didn't Frank like the waiter?
Repeat: Because the waiter was impolite.
Number 6 is a. Listen: What did Peg have to ask for?
Repeat: She had to ask for a sharper knife.
Number 7 is also a. Listen: Why did she want another knife?
Repeat: Her knife was too dull to cut the meat.
Number 8 is b. Listen: Did Frank leave a tip?
Repeat: Yes, but it was a small one.
(6) Now listen and repeat. (pause for repetition)
Number 1: I couldn't enjoy the movie last night. / I was too tired.
Number 2: Bob couldn't watch TV last night. / He was too busy.
Number 3: When I was young, I could run five miles. Now I can't.
Number 4: They could recommend that restaurant last year. / They can't recommend it anymore.
Number 5: The mechanic couldn't fix my car this week. / have the parts.
Number 6: Jan couldn't record the tape this morning. / it now.
Number 7: The little boy couldn't write his name last month. / Now he can.
Number 8: Ali could speak English / when he was a little boy.
**AUDIO TRACK 9**
(7) Now go to Figure 3. Listen to a question. Then listen to some words and answer the question. Listen.
(voice 1): How far could you swim last year?
1 mile
Last year, I could swim one mile.
Repeat: Last year I could swim one mile.
Now listen and answer. (pause after each cue and for repetition)
Number 1: How fast could you type before you took the class?
(voice 2:) thirty words per minute (pause 5 sec)
Repeat: I could type thirty words per minute / before I took the class.
Number 2: Could David describe the accident?
(voice 2): no, too nervous (pause 5 sec)
Repeat: No, he couldn't. He was too nervous.
Number 3: How far could he run five years ago?
(voice 2): not very far (pause 5 sec)
Repeat: He couldn't run very far five years ago.
Number 4: Could you speak English last year?
(voice 2): yes, not well (pause 5 sec)
Repeat: Yes, I could, but not very well.
---
Number 5: What could you do about his problem?
(voice 2): not, anything (pause 5 sec)
Repeat: I couldn't do anything about his problem.
Number 6: Could John operate the vending machine?
(voice 2): yes, working (pause 5 sec)
Repeat: Yes, he could. The machine was working.
**AUDIO TRACK 10**
(8) Look at Figure 4. Repeat the sentences. (pause for repetition)
Sally has a plan for her housework.
This is Sally's plan.
She washes clothes on Monday.
She cleans the house on Wednesday and on Friday.
She goes shopping on Tuesday.
She irons clothes on Thursday.
When she follows her plan,
she has free time on the weekend.
Then she can relax.
**AUDIO TRACK 11**
(9) Look at Figure 5. This is a dictation exercise. You will hear the paragraph three times. Listen only the first time. The second time you hear it, write the phrases as you hear them. Check your work and fill in any missing words or phrases when you hear the paragraph the third time. Be careful to use correct punctuation.
(10) Listen to the paragraph.
John wants to make a long-distance call. A station-to-station call is less expensive, but he thinks his wife may not be there. He doesn't want to pay to talk to someone else. He calls person-to-person. The operator says, "Just a minute, please." Then John's wife comes to the phone. Is the call expensive? Yes, but John doesn't care.
(11) Listen and write. (pause 20 sec after each diagonal)
John wants to make / a long-distance call / A station-to-station / call is less expensive, / but he thinks his wife / may not be there. / He doesn't want / to pay to talk / to someone else / He calls person-to-person. / The operator says, / "Just a minute, please." / Then John's wife / comes to the phone. / Is the call expensive? / Yes, but John doesn't care.
(12) Now listen to the paragraph again and check your work.
John wants to make a long distance call. A station-to-station call is less expensive, but he thinks his wife may not be there. He doesn't want to pay to talk to someone else. He calls person-to-person. The operator says, "Just a minute, please." Then John's wife comes to the phone. Is the call expensive? Yes, but John doesn't care.
(13) Look at the correct paragraph on the answer page for this lesson. Check your punctuation carefully.
**THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 4B, BOOK 11.**
- USER NOTES -
<!-- source file: 041 - Lesson 4B.md -->
# Lesson 4B
### Figure 2
1. b
2. a
3. c
4. b
5. c
6. a
7. a
8. b
### Figure 5
John wants to make a long<u>-</u>distance call<u>.</u> <u>A</u> station<u>-</u>to<u>-</u>station call is less expensive<u>,</u> but he thinks his wife may not be there<u>.</u> <u>He</u> doesn't want to pay to talk to someone else<u>.</u> <u>He</u> calls person<u>-</u>to<u>-</u>person<u>.</u> <u>The</u> operator says<u>,</u> <u>“</u>Just a minute<u>,</u> please<u>.</u><u>”</u> <u>Then</u> John<u>'</u>s wife comes to the phone<u>.</u> <u>Is the call expensive?</u> <u>Yes,</u> but John doesn't care<u>.</u>

455
sources/book-11/lla-4C.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,455 @@
<!-- source file: 016 - LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES LESSON 4C BOOK 11.md -->
# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES LESSON 4C BOOK 11
### Figure 1
**Answer the questions.**
*Example:* Jan: David, you need to spend more time with your children.
*(What did Jan tell David?)*
*She told him that he needed to spend more time with his children.*
1. **Waitress:** Your coffee is very hot, Mr. Smith.
2. **Sgt Wilson:** Ann Jones, the captain wants to see you.
3. **Mrs. Garcia:** George, you're late for class.
4. **Customer:** Waiter, we're ready for our check.
5. **Becky:** I'm worried about my grade, Mr. Brown.
6. **Henry:** Linda, I really like your book.
7. **Sam:** Lou. I can't remember the name of the movie.
8. **Tina:** Jack, I really enjoyed dinner.
---
### Figure 2
**Write the answer to the question.**
1. What did Fran tell Tony?
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
2. What did Mary tell Don about the party?
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
3. What did Floyd tell Jill about the restaurant?
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
4. What did the sergeant tell Nick?
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
5. What did the nurse tell Fred?
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
6. What did the ticket agent tell John about his plane?
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
---
### Figure 3
**Repeat the questions and answers.**
1. Do you go to many movies?
Yes, I go frequently. I love movies.
2. What is your favorite kind of movie?
Funny movies are my favorites.
3. Can you recommend a good movie?
The one I saw at the Galaxy was great.
4. How did you like the movie at the Star?
It was very entertaining.
5. How was the movie?
It was boring. I left before it was over.
6. Did you enjoy the movie?
It was wonderful. I enjoyed every minute of it.
7. What is your opinion of the movie at the Crossing?
It was terribly dull. I almost went to sleep.
8. Do you like frightening movies?
Yes, I do. I like to feel afraid.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
### Figure 4
**Write the words.**
1. ______________________
2. ______________________
3. ______________________
4. ______________________
5. ______________________
6. ______________________
---
### Figure 5
**Write the punctuation mark in the correct place.**
#### COLUMNS
| | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| **1** | | | | |
| **2** | | | | |
| **3** | | | | |
| **4** | | | | |
| KEY |
|---|
| ! = exclamation point |
| , = comma |
| ? = question mark |
| " " = quotation marks |
| . = period |
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
### Figure 6
**Write the punctuation mark in the correct place.**
#### COLUMNS
| | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| **1** | | | | |
| **2** | | | | |
| **3** | | | | |
| **4** | | | | |
| KEY |
|---|
| - = hyphen |
| , = comma |
| : = colon |
| ; = semicolon |
| . = period |
---
<!-- source file: 033 - AUDIO SCRIPT.md -->
# AUDIO SCRIPT
## Lesson 4C
**AUDIO TRACK 1**
(1) Hello. Open your books to the activities for Lesson 4C.
(2) Go to Figure 1. Read the example as you listen to it.
(use various male, female voices as available) Example.
female voice: David, you need to spend more time with your children. (slight pause)
script voice: What did Jan tell David?
second voice: She told him that he needed to spend more time with his children.
script voice: Repeat: She told him that he needed / to spend more time with his children.
Now listen and answer the question. (pause slightly after line is read: pause after question and for repetition)
Number 1:
female voice: Your coffee is very hot, Mr. Smith.
script voice: What did the waitress tell Mr. Smith? (5 sec)
Repeat: She told him that his coffee was very hot.
Number 2:
male voice: Airman Jones, the captain wants to see you.
script voice: What did Sergeant Wilson tell Airman Jones? (5 sec)
Repeat: He told him that the captain wanted to see him.
Number 3:
female voice: George, you're late for class.
script voice: What did Mrs. Garcia say to George? (pause 5 sec)
Repeat: She told him that he was late for class.
Number 4:
male voice: Waiter, we're ready for our check.
script voice: What did the customer tell the waiter? (5 sec)
Repeat: He told him that they were ready for their check.
Number 5:
female voice: I'm worried about my grade, Mr. Brown.
script voice: What did Becky tell Mr. Brown? (pause 5 sec)
Repeat: She told him that she was worried about her grade.
Number 6:
male voice: Linda, I really like your book.
script voice: What did Henry tell Linda? (pause 5 sec)
Repeat: He told her that he really liked her book.
Number 7:
male voice: Lou, I can't remember the name of the movie.
script voice: What did Sam tell Lou? (pause 6 sec)
Repeat: He told him that he couldn't remember / the name of the movie.
Number 8:
female voice: Jack, I really enjoyed dinner.
script voice: What did Tina tell Jack? (pause 5 sec)
Repeat: She told him that she really enjoyed dinner.
**AUDIO TRACK 2**
(3) Go to Figure 2. Listen to a conversation twice. Then write the answer to the question about the conversation.
Number 1:
(voice 1, voice 2, both male)
voice 1: Tony, did you see Fran last weekend?
voice 2: Yes. She told me she'd see me again this weekend.
Listen again and write the answer.
voice 1: Tony, did you see Fran last weekend?
voice 2: Yes. She told me she'd see me again this weekend.
(pause 35 sec)
What did Fran tell Tony?
Repeat: She told him she'd see him again this weekend.
Number 2:
(voice 1, voice 2, both male)
voice 1: Don, will Mary come to the party?
voice 2: No. She told me she couldn't come.
Listen again to number 2. Then write the answer.
voice 1: Don, will Mary come to the party?
voice 2: No. She told me she couldn't come.
(pause 35 sec) What did Mary tell Don about the party?
Repeat: She told him / that she couldn't come to the party.
Number 3:
(2 female voices)
voice 1: Jill, who recommended this restaurant to you?
voice 2: Floyd did. He told me it was very good and reasonable.
Listen again. Then answer question number 3.
voice 1: Jill, who recommended this restaurant to you?
voice 2: Floyd did. He told me it was good and very reasonable.
(pause 35 sec) What did Floyd tell Jill about the restaurant?
Repeat: He told her that it was good and very reasonable.
Number 4:
(two male voices)
voice 1: What did the sergeant say to you, Nick?
voice 2: He told me I had to stay in the barracks tonight.
Listen again; then write the answer to the question.
voice 1: What did the sergeant say to you, Nick?
voice 2: He told me I had to stay in the barracks tonight.
(pause 35 sec) What did the sergeant tell Nick?
Repeat: He told him he had to stay in the barracks tonight.
Number 5:
(two male voices)
voice 1: What time is your appointment?
voice 2: The nurse told me that the doctor could see me at one-thirty.
Listen again. Then answer the question.
voice 1: What time is your appointment?
voice 2: The nurse told me that the doctor could see me at one-thirty.
(pause 35 sec) What did the nurse tell Fred?
Repeat: The nurse told him that the doctor could see him at one-thirty.
Number 6:
(two male voices)
voice 1: What time does your plane leave?
voice 2: The ticket agent told me it would be late. I won't leave till 2:15.
Listen again. Then answer the question.
---
voice 1: What time does your plane leave?
voice 2: The ticket agent told me it would be late. I won't leave till 2:15.
(pause 35 sec) What did the ticket agent tell John about his plane?
Repeat: The ticket agent told him that it would be late.
**AUDIO TRACK 3**
(4) Look at Figure 3. Listen and repeat.
(2 voices; pause for repetition)
Number 1:
voice 1: Do you go to many movies?
voice 2: Yes, I go frequently. I love movies.
Number 2:
voice 1: What is your favorite kind of movie?
voice 2: Funny movies are my favorites.
Number 3:
voice 1: Can you recommend a good movie?
voice 2: The one I saw at the Galaxy was great.
Number 4:
voice 1: How did you like the movie at the Star?
voice 2: It was very entertaining.
Number 5:
voice 1: How was the movie?
voice 2: It was boring. I left before it was over.
Number 6:
voice 1: Did you enjoy the movie?
voice 2: It was wonderful. I enjoyed every minute of it.
Number 7:
voice 1: What is your opinion of the movie at the Crossing?
voice 2: It was terribly dull. I almost went to sleep.
Number 8:
voice 1: Do you like frightening movies?
voice 2: Yes, I do. I like to feel afraid.
**AUDIO TRACK 4**
(5) Look at Figure 4. Write the words that you hear. (pause 3 sec after you spell the word)
Number 1: funny...funny, f-u-n-n-y
Number 2: dull...dull, d-u-l-l
Number 3: wonderful...wonderful, w-o-n-d-e-r-f-u-l
Number 4: boring...boring, b-o-r-i-n-g
Number 5: great...great, g-r-e-a-t
Number 6: terrible...terrible, t-e-r-r-i-b-l-e
(6) Now answer the questions you hear. Use the words you wrote in Figure 4. Let's do number 1 together. (pause as indicated; pause for repetition)
Number 1: What did you think of the movie you saw last night? The first word you have is "funny." Listen to the answer: I thought it was funny. Repeat: I thought it was funny.
Number 2: What is your opinion of the John Sunshine show?
(pause 4 sec)
Repeat: I think it's dull.
Number 3: How was the food at the Tree House Restaurant?
(pause 4 sec)
Repeat: I thought it was wonderful.
Number 4: How was the movie at the Star yesterday?
(pause 4 sec)
Repeat: I thought it was boring.
Number 5: What do you think of The New Lucille Show?
(pause 4 sec)
Repeat: I think it's great.
Number 6: What's the food like at Aunt Jodie's Restaurant?
(pause 4 sec)
Repeat: I think it's terrible.
**AUDIO TRACK 5**
(7) Look at Figure 5. Listen and follow the directions. Complete the chart / grid by writing the symbols in the correct boxes. Use the key to help you. (pause 5 sec after second repetition)
Number 1: Write a comma in the fourth row, second column.
Write a comma in the fourth row, second column.
Number 2: Write a period in the first row, fourth column.
Write a period in the first row, fourth column.
Number 3: Write a question mark in the second row, first column.
Write a question mark in the second row, first column.
Number 4: Write an exclamation mark in the third row, third column.
Write an exclamation mark in the third row, third column .
Number 5: Write quotation marks in the fourth row, fourth column.
Write quotation marks in the fourth row, fourth column
**AUDIO TRACK 6**
(8) Figure 6 is a grid like Figure 5. Listen and complete it the same way. (pause 5 sec after second repetition)
Number 1: Write a semicolon in the first row, second column.
Write a semicolon in the first row, second column.
Number 2: Write a period in the third row, first column.
Write a period in the third row, first column.
Number 3: Write a hyphen in the fourth row, third column.
Write a hyphen in the fourth row, third column.
Number 4: Write a question mark in the second row, fourth column.
Write a question mark in the second row, fourth column.
Number 5: Write a colon in the first row, fourth column.
Write a colon in the first row, fourth column.
**THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 4C, BOOK 11.**
<!-- source file: 042 - Lesson 4C.md -->
# Lesson 4C
### Figure 2
1. She told him she'd see him again this weekend.
2. She told Don that she couldn't come (to the party).
3. He told her it was good and very reasonable.
4. He told him he had to stay in the barracks tonight.
5. The nurse told him that the doctor could see him at 1:30.
6. The ticket agent told him it would be late.
### Figure 4
1. funny
2. dull
3. wonderful
4. boring
5. great
6. terrible
### Figure 5
| | **COLUMNS** | | | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| **ROWS** | **1** | **2** | **3** | **4** |
| **1** | | | | . |
| **2** | ? | | | |
| **3** | | | ! | |
| **4** | | , | | “ ” |
### Figure 6
| | **COLUMNS** | | | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| **ROWS** | **1** | **2** | **3** | **4** |
| **1** | | ; | | : |
| **2** | | | | ? |
| **3** | . | | | |
| **4** | | | - | |

315
sources/book-11/lla-4D.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,315 @@
<!-- source file: 017 - LESSON 4D BOOK 11.md -->
# LESSON 4D, BOOK 11
### Figure 1
**Complete the sentences.**
1. ... <u>at</u> three o'clock.
2. ... <u>on</u> Wednesdays and Fridays.
3. ... <u>in</u> about five minutes.
4. ... <u>before</u> midnight.
5. ... <u>after</u> dinner.
6. ... <u>from</u> twelve <u>to</u> one every day.
7. ... <u>until</u> 8 o'clock.
8. ... <u>for</u> three months.
9. ... <u>since</u> she was a child.
10. ... <u>in</u> a day.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
### Figure 2
**Write answers to the questions.**
1. ![#1 A clock face showing the time 7:10](images/page_088_001.jpg)
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
2. ![#2 A clock face showing the time 11:20](images/page_088_002.jpg)
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
3. ![#3 A monthly calendar grid with 'S M T W T F S', the 8th is circled, and a handwritten note below reading "Major leaves on Fri"](images/page_088_003.jpg)
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
---
4. ![#4 A calendar grid with 'S M T W T F S', the 5th is circled, handwritten note above "Sue arrived"](images/page_089_001.jpg)
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
5. ![#5 A calendar grid with 'S M T W T F S', dates 3 through 16 are circled together in an oval outline](images/page_089_002.jpg)
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
6. ![#6 A calendar grid with 'S M T W T F S', the 6th is circled, handwritten note above "Col leaves"](images/page_089_003.jpg)
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
7. ![#7 A rectangular sign reading "11:00 A.M.-MIDNIGHT 7 DAYS A WEEK"](images/page_089_004.jpg)
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
8. ![#8 A calendar grid with 'S M T W T F S', dates 13, 14, and 15 marked with X's](images/page_089_005.jpg)
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
---
### Figure 3
**Use the cue word to answer the question.**
*Example:* Where do you plan to eat lunch? (cafeteria)
I plan to eat lunch at the cafeteria.
1. What do you intend to do tonight?
2. Why do you like to eat at the Coach Inn?
3. How was your dinner at the Steak House last night?
4. Can you recommend a good place to eat?
5. Have you been to the Country Inn?
6. How did you like the restaurant you went to last night?
7. Did you enjoy the food at the Star Restaurant?
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
### Figure 4
**Write the paragraph.**
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
---
– USER NOTES –
<!-- source file: 034 - AUDIO SCRIPT.md -->
# AUDIO SCRIPT
## Lesson 4D
**AUDIO TRACK 7**
(1) Hello. Please open your book to the activities for Lesson 4D.
(pause 6 sec)
(2) Look at Figure 1. Listen, and complete the sentences. Use the words in Figure 1. Listen to Number 1 first.
(2 voices)
voice 1: Meet me at the library....
voice 2: Meet me at the library at 3 o'clock.
(3) Now listen, and complete the sentence. Then repeat the sentence.
(pause for repetition)
Number 1:
voice 1: Meet me at the library....
voice 2: Meet me at the library at 3 o'clock.
Number 2:
voice 1: Hal goes to the snack bar....
voice 2: Repeat: Hal goes to the snack bar on Wednesdays and Fridays.
Number 3:
voice 1: Your teacher will be here....
voice 2: Repeat: Your teacher will be here in about five minutes.
Number 4:
voice 1: You must mail the letter....
voice 2: Repeat: You must mail the letter before midnight.
Number 5:
voice 1: Helen wants to go to the library....
voice 2: Repeat: Helen wants to go to the library after dinner.
Number 6:
voice 1: The captain goes to the gym....
voice 2: Repeat: The captain goes to the gym from twelve to one every day.
Number 7:
voice 1: The TV program doesn't start....
voice 2: Repeat: The TV program doesn't start until eight o'clock.
Number 8:
voice 1: He was in this school....
voice 2: Repeat: He was in this school for three months.
Number 9:
voice 1: She has been studying English....
voice 2: Repeat: She has been studying English since she was a child.
Number 10:
voice 1: They will get there....
voice 2: Repeat: They will get there in a day.
**AUDIO TRACK 8**
(3) Look at Figure 2. Listen to the questions and look at the pictures. Write answers to the questions. Write sentences. (pause 45 sec after each question)
Number 1: When will Tom be back?
Number 2: When do you want Mark to be home?
Number 3: How long will the major be here?
Number 4: How long has your friend been here?
Number 5: How long is your aunt going to stay with you?
Number 6: When is the colonel leaving?
Number 7: When is that restaurant open?
Number 8: How long has the sergeant been here?
(4) Listen to the questions; then repeat the answers. (pause for repetition)
Number 1: When will Tom be back?
Repeat: He'll be back at 8 o'clock.
Number 2: When do you want Mark to be home?
Repeat: I want Mark to be home at 11 o'clock.
Number 3: How long will the major be here?
Repeat: The major will be here until Friday.
Number 4: How long has your friend been here?
Repeat: My friend has been here since Tuesday.
Number 5: How long is your aunt going to stay with you?
Repeat: My aunt is going to stay with me for two weeks.
Number 6: When is the colonel leaving?
Repeat: The colonel is leaving on Wednesday.
Number 7: When is that restaurant open?
Repeat: It's open from 11 a.m. until midnight every day.
Number 8: How long has the sergeant been here?
Repeat: The sergeant has been here for three days.
**AUDIO TRACK 9**
(5) Look at Figure 3. You will hear a question and a cue word. Listen and answer the question with the cue word. (pause 5 sec after giving the cue words)
Example:
voice 1: Where do you plan to eat lunch? cafeteria
voice 2: I plan to eat lunch at the cafeteria.
Number 1:
voice 1: What do you intend to do tonight? entertain friends
voice 2: I intend to entertain friends tonight.
Number 2:
voice 1: Why do you like to eat at the Coach Inn? reasonable prices
voice 2: Because it has reasonable prices.
Number 3:
voice 1: How was your dinner at the Steak House last night? terrible
voice 2: My dinner was terrible.
Number 4:
voice 1: Can you recommend a good place to eat? Joe's Place
voice 2: Yes, I recommend Joe's Place.
Number 5:
voice 1: Have you been to the Country Inn frequently
voice 2: Yes, I've been there frequently.
Number 6:
voice 1: How did you like the restaurant you went to last night? wonderful
voice 2: It was wonderful.
Number 7:
voice 1: Did you enjoy the food at the Star Restaurant? great
voice 2: Yes, the food was great.
---
(6) Look at Figure 4. This is a dictation exercise. You will hear a paragraph three times. Listen to it the first time.
(read at normal speed)
Bob met his friends at the gymnasium. They decided to play a game of volleyball. "The exercise will be good for us," Bob said. His friends said, "Let's just have fun!" Games are always fun. Are they good exercise, too?
**AUDIO TRACK 10**
(7) Now listen to the paragraph and write what you hear. (pause 15-20 sec at each / )
Bob met his friends / at the gymnasium. / They decided to play / a game of volleyball. / "The exercise will be / good for us," Bob said. / His friends said, / "Let's just have fun!" / Games are always fun. / Are they good exercise, too?
(8) Now listen to the paragraph again and check your work. Be sure to use correct punctuation. (read at normal speed)
Bob met his friends at the gymnasium. They decided to play a game of volleyball. "The exercise will be good for us," Bob said. His friends said, "Let's just have fun!" Games are always fun. Are they good exercise, too?
(9) Look at the paragraph on the answer page for this lesson and check your answers. Look at the punctuation carefully.
**THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 4D, BOOK 11.**
<!-- source file: 043 - Lesson 4D.md -->
# Lesson 4D
### Figure 2
1. Tom / He will be back at 8 o'clock.
2. I want Mark to be home at 11 o'clock.
3. The major will be here until Friday.
4. My friend has been here since Tuesday.
5. My aunt is going to stay with me for two weeks.
6. The colonel is leaving on Wednesday.
7. It's open from 11:00 a.m. until midnight 7 days a week.
8. The sergeant has been here for three days.
### Figure 3
1. I intend to entertain friends tonight.
2. Because it has reasonable prices.
3. My dinner was terrible.
4. Yes, I recommend Joe's Place.
5. Yes, I've been there frequently.
6. It was wonderful.
7. Yes, the food was great.
### Figure 4
Bob met his friends at the gymnasium<u>.</u> <u>They</u> decided to play a game of volleyball<u>.</u> <u>“</u>The exercise will be good for us<u>,</u><u>”</u> Bob said<u>.</u> <u>His</u> friends said<u>,</u> <u>“</u>Let<u>'</u>s just have fun<u>!</u><u>”</u> <u>Games</u> are always fun<u>.</u> <u>Are they good exercise,</u> <u>too?</u>
---

2519
sources/book-11/st-1.md Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1028
sources/book-11/st-2.md Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

926
sources/book-11/st-3.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,926 @@
<!-- source file: 004 - PLEASE GIVE ME A REFUND. BOOK 11 LESSON 3.md -->
# PLEASE GIVE ME A REFUND. BOOK 11 LESSON 3
![A man holding a broken tennis racket showing it to a clerk standing behind a counter in a store](images/page_083_001.jpg)
### FUNCTION
When I tried to use this, it broke.
Would you like to exchange it for another one?
No, I'd like a refund, please.
### GRAMMAR
The coffee is still too hot to drink.
He didn't go to the BX to buy anything. He went to cash a check.
They drove cautiously on the snowy streets and icy roads.
### SKILLS
Listen and write.
Follow the instructions and draw something.
What's the most important idea in the paragraph?
What is the topic? Write a title for the paragraph.
### VOCABULARY
| | | | |
|---|---|---|---|
| charge | dissatisfied | brake | motor |
| credit | greasy | bug | noise |
| exchange | leaky | charge | oil |
| give/gave back | noisy | credit | part |
| grease | oily | engine | refund |
| guarantee | satisfied | fly | sales slip |
| leak | too | grease | satisfaction |
| oil | unhappy | guarantee | service |
| refund | | hose | tune-up |
| satisfy | -y | leak | |
| stall | | | |
| tune up | | | |
| warm (up) | on sale | | |
# CONTENTS OF BOOK 11 LESSON 3
| | Page |
|---|---|
| **VOCABULARY:** automobile repairs and service | 83 |
| **READING SKILL:** draw objects (follow written instructions) | 90 |
| **VOCABULARY:** dissatisfied customers | 92 |
| **GRAMMAR:** too + predicate adjective + to-infinitive | 97 |
| **READING SKILLS:**<br>written text (write topic)<br>written text (write main idea)<br>written text (write title) | <br>101<br>101<br>101 |
| **FUNCTION:** expressing dissatisfaction with services rendered/merchandise purchased | 103 |
| **GRAMMAR:** infinitive phrase of purpose | 111 |
| **GRAMMAR:** -y suffix (nouns --> adjectives) | 115 |
| **READING SKILL:** written text (select summary) | 118 |
| **WRITING SKILL:** dictation of a paragraph | 120 |
---
# Vocabulary
### WHAT'S THAT NOISE?
![Two women standing near a car with its hood open, discussing the car's motor issues](images/page_085_001.jpg)
Repeat the underlined words and listen to the dialog. Read the dialog; then answer the instructor's questions.
**Nell:** I think something's wrong with the car, Pat. The <u>engine</u> sounds different. Listen to that <u>noise</u>.
**Pat:** You're right, Nell. The engine's very <u>noisy</u>. It <u>stalled</u> this morning, too. In fact, it stopped twice.
**Nell:** Maybe it was cold. Did you let it <u>warm up</u> before you tried to drive the car?
**Pat:** Yes, I started the <u>motor</u> ten minutes before I left. I'm sure it got warm.
**Nell:** I think you should take your car to a garage or a gas station for <u>service</u>. A mechanic can repair the engine and <u>tune</u> it <u>up</u> for you.
---
**Pat:** That's a good idea. It hasn't had a <u>tune-up</u> in a long time. Maybe that will solve the problem.
### PAT'S CAR STALLS.
Circle the correct answer.
1. The car stalls.
a. It stops when it shouldn't.
b. It doesn't stop when it should.
2. There's a different <u>noise</u> in the engine.
a. piece
b. sound
3. The engine's noisy.
a. It makes a lot of noise.
b. It makes the wrong noise.
4. Someone needs to <u>tune up</u> the motor.
a. replace
b. work on
5. When the engine isn't operating, Pat can't ________ her car.
a. drive
b. get in
6. In an automobile, an engine is also called a ________.
a. motor
b. service
7. An engine doesn't work well when it's cold; it needs to ________.
a. tune up
b. warm up
8. The mechanics at Ace Garage always give their customers good service.
a. Their work is always good.
b. Their prices are always low.
---
### MY CAR STALLED TWICE TODAY.
Repeat the underlined words. Listen to the dialog; then read it.
**Sam:** Ace Garage, Sam speaking. Can I help you?
**Pat:** Yes, this is Ms. Jones. My car stalled twice this morning, and the engine's making a different kind of noise.
**Sam:** Bring it to the garage in the morning, Ms. Jones, and I'll check the engine and tune it up for you. Is anything else wrong?
**Pat:** Yes, as a matter of fact. The <u>brakes</u> don't feel right when I use them, and the car doesn't stop well.
**Sam:** I'll be glad to check the brakes, too.
**Pat:** Thank you. I may not be able to pay for all of this work right away. Can you tell me how much you'll <u>charge</u> for it?
**Sam:** I won't know until I look at your car. I may need to replace some of the old <u>parts</u> in the engine or the brakes.
**Pat:** Will I be able to <u>charge</u> everything to my account?
**Sam:** Yes, ma'am. Regular customers like you can always get <u>credit</u>. You can put the <u>charges</u> on your account or use a bank credit card.
**Pat:** Do you <u>guarantee</u> your work?
---
**Sam:** I certainly do. I give all my customers a <u>guarantee</u> that's good for 30 days. When I fail to do a job right the first time, I repair the car again and don't charge the customer anything.
Answer the questions about the dialog.
1. Why doesn't Pat's car stop well?
2. How much money will the mechanic charge Pat for his work?
3. Will Sam need to replace anything in the engine or brakes?
4. Pat may not have enough money to pay the mechanic's bill right away. What can she do?
5. What can regular customers like Pat always get?
6. How can Pat use her credit at the garage?
7. When Sam's customers have to ask him to fix the same thing twice in one month, he doesn't charge them again for his work. Why not?
8. What does Sam give his customers?
---
### AN OIL CHANGE AND A GREASE JOB
![A mechanic under a raised car pouring motor oil into the engine and preparing to apply grease](images/page_089_001.jpg)
Read the paragraphs silently. Then ask and answer the questions.
After he drives 3,000 miles, Larry changes the <u>oil</u> in his car. He uses five or six quarts to <u>oil</u> the parts that move inside the engine. He knows that the oil is very important; the engine won't operate long without it.
Larry can change the oil in his car, but he has to ask a mechanic to <u>grease</u> the front end for him. The mechanic puts the car in the garage and raises it five or six feet from the floor. Then he puts <u>grease</u> inside all of the places that need it.
1. What does Larry do after he drives 3,000 miles?
2. How much oil does his engine need?
3. What does the oil do inside the engine?
4. Why is the oil important?
5. What does Larry have to ask a mechanic to do for him?
6. After he's raised the car, what does the mechanic do?
---
### THE ENGINE NEEDS TWO QUARTS OF OIL.
Complete the sentences. Use all of the words in the box.
| | | | |
|---|---|---|---|
| brake | credit | greased | oil |
| charge | credited | guarantee | oiled |
| charges | grease | guarantees | part |
1. Stan put ten gallons of gas and two quarts of ________ in his car.
2. Many restaurants use hot ________ to cook French fries.
3. The store that sells these tools ________ them.
4. At this motel, there is no ________ for children under the age of 12.
5. When Linda doesn't want to pay cash for something, she ________ it.
6. The food won't stick to the pan because the cook ________ it before he used it.
7. When you park your car on a hill, you should use the emergency ________.
8. Pat can't pay all of the mechanic's bill this month; she can pay only ________ of it.
---
9. It took the Smiths four years to pay for their car because they bought it on ____________________.
10. Before Ken ____________________ the lock, it was difficult to open the door. Now it's easy.
11. These tires should be good for several years. There's a 50,000-mile ____________________ on them.
12. Ray put some money in his checking account, but the bank ____________________ it to his savings account by mistake.
# Reading Skill
**DRAW A PICTURE.**
Read the instructions and draw a picture in the box.
<u>Picture A</u>
1. Draw parallel lines from C to D and from A to F.
2. Draw a curved line from A to B to C.
3. Draw a curved line from F to E to D.
4. Draw a curved line from F to G to D.
5. Write the word <u>OIL</u> below E.
What is it? ____________________
![A box containing lettered dots A, B, C, D, E, F, and G positioned for a drawing activity](images/page_092_001.jpg)
<u>Picture B</u>
1. Draw a straight line from the top of A to the top of B.
2. Draw another line parallel to it from the bottom of A to the bottom of B.
3. Draw a line from D to the top of A and from C to the top of B.
4. Connect D and C with a horizontal line.
5. Draw two vertical lines from both ends of E to the line above.
6. Draw two vertical lines from both ends of H to the line above.
7. Draw two parallel lines between both ends of F and the line above it.
8. Draw two parallel lines between both ends of G and the line above it.
What is it? ____________________
![A box containing labeled reference lines and points A, B, C, D, E, F, G, and H for a drawing activity](images/page_093_001.jpg)
# Vocabulary
**JIM BOUGHT A HOSE THAT LEAKED (OR DID IT?)**
Repeat the underlined words. Then listen to the paragraphs.
![A hand holding a newspaper advertisement showing a coiled hose on sale for $12.99](images/page_094_001.jpg)
Jim bought a new <u>hose</u> for his yard at the U-Save Department Store yesterday. When he read the paper this morning, he saw that the same kind of hose was <u>on sale</u> at another store for four dollars less. He was unhappy because he paid the regular price for his hose, but he thought it was a good one.
![A garden hose attached to a faucet, spraying water out from a leak in the hose](images/page_094_002.jpg)
Later Jim fastened his new hose to an outside faucet and turned on the water. The hose <u>leaked</u>! He decided to go back to the U-Save Store and tell the clerk that he didn't need a hose with a <u>leak</u> in it.
![A man standing at a store counter returning a coiled hose to a female store clerk who holds a sales slip](images/page_095_001.jpg)
The clerk took the <u>leaky</u> hose and said, "I'll be happy to <u>exchange</u> this for another hose." When Jim told her that he didn't want to exchange it, she said, "Do you want me to credit your account with the cost of the hose?" He answered, "No, I'd like to get a <u>refund</u>." "I can certainly <u>give back</u> your money," the clerk said. "Do you still have your <u>sales slip</u>?" After Jim showed it to her, she <u>refunded</u> his money.
![A man holding money in front of the storefront for 'SAVE-MORE STORE'](images/page_095_002.jpg)
Then Jim went to Save-More and bought a hose exactly like the first one. He saved four dollars and was very pleased. He hurried home and tried his new hose.
Answer these questions about the story.
1. What did Jim buy at U-Save yesterday?
2. Was it on sale at U-Save?
3. What happened when Jim turned on the water?
4. What did Jim think was wrong?
5. What did the clerk say she'd be happy to do?
6. What did Jim want?
7. What did he have to show the clerk?
8. What did the clerk do with Jim's money?
9. What did Jim do with his refund?
10. What do you think? Did the first hose really leak?
**WALTER'S VERY DISSATISFIED.**
![Two men sitting at a restaurant table; one man is looking unhappy at his plate of food with a fly buzzing above it while the other man talks to him](images/page_096_001.jpg)
Repeat the underlined words. Then read the dialog.
| | |
|---|---|
| Willie: | I think I'll order another hamburger. The first one was good, but it didn't <u>satisfy</u> me. I'm still hungry. |
| Walter: | I'm glad you like the food here. I'm certainly not <u>satisfied</u> with it. |
| Willie: | I didn't realize that you were <u>unhappy</u>. What's wrong? |
| Walter: | My food is <u>greasy</u>. Look at the grease on this piece of chicken! |
| Willie: | Yes, I see. How is the salad? Are you <u>dissatisfied</u> with it, too? |
---
Walter: Yes, it's very <u>oily</u>. I asked for a little salad oil, not a lot.
Willie: You're right. It does look <u>too</u> oily. There's also a <u>bug</u> in it.
Walter: Oh, no! What kind is it?
Willie: I think it's a <u>fly</u>. It's a big one, but it isn't moving. ![A drawing of a fly](images/page_097_001.jpg)
Walter: That really doesn't give me much <u>satisfaction</u>. I'm ready to leave right now and never come back!
### TRUE OR FALSE?
Write **T** beside the sentences that are true and **F** beside those that are false.
______ 1. One hamburger wasn't enough for Willie.
______ 2. Walter liked the food at the restaurant.
______ 3. Walter was happy about his meal.
______ 4. There was grease on Walter's food.
______ 5. Walter was satisfied with his salad.
______ 6. There wasn't much oil on the salad.
______ 7. A fly is a kind of bug.
______ 8. Walter felt better when he learned the fly wasn't moving.
---
### I'M OFTEN UNHAPPY WITH THE GREASY FOOD AT JAY'S.
Look at some information about two restaurants. When the instructor gives you a number, make a sentence with <u>satisfied</u>, <u>dissatisfied</u>, or <u>unhappy</u>.
<u>Ray's Restaurant</u> | <u>Jay's Restaurant</u>
--- | ---
1. Good food | 2. Food too greasy
3. Waiters are slow | 4. Fast service
5. Always clean | 6. Sometimes <s>see</s> bugs
7. Different kinds of food | 8. Same food all the time
9. People not friendly | 10. People always friendly
EXAMPLES:
I: Number 1.
S1: I'm satisfied with the food at Ray's.
I: Number 6.
S2: I'm dissatisfied with Jay's because I see bugs there sometimes.
---
# Grammar
### TOO + PREDICATE ADJECTIVE + TO-INFINITIVE
One of the meanings of **too** is "more than enough". **Too** followed by an adjective and a to-infinitive means "more than is necessary for a particular purpose."
EXAMPLES:
- The test was **too** long for us to finish. (We couldn't finish the test because it was longer than necessary.)
- These shoes don't fit well. They're **too** tight. (These shoes are tighter than they should be in order to fit well.)
TOO + ADJECTIVE | (FOR + NOUN/PRONOUN) | INFINITIVE
---|---|---
Candy is **too sweet.** | |
Coffee is **too bitter** | for me | to drink.
Carol was **too tired** | | to drive.
It'll be **too early** | for the children | to get up.
---
### THIS SOUP IS TOO HOT TO EAT!
![A man holding a spoon of steaming soup to his mouth, wincing from the heat](images/page_100_001.jpg)
Read the sentences.
1. It's too cold to go outside. The children must play inside.
2. Susie can't move that table. It's too heavy.
3. Randy looks too young to be a doctor.
4. Jack's house isn't too difficult for you to find.
5. St. Louis is too far for you to drive there alone.
6. Is this chair too small to sit in?
7. Jim can't wear these slacks. They're too big.
8. Lt Rich is too angry to speak to Lt Ward.
---
### THE MEAT IS TOO SALTY.
Read the sentence; then make another one. Use **too** and the word(s) in ( ).
EXAMPLES:
- I can buy that one. (not expensive)
*It's not too expensive.*
- Jason can't drive yet. (young)
*He's too young.*
1. I can't drink the coffee. (hot)
2. Margaret wants to go to the party. (not tired)
3. Jerry can't stop worrying. (upset)
4. Charlie can't wear those clothes. (dirty)
5. Don't let Fred drive the new car. (careless)
6. This coffee doesn't taste good. (bitter)
7. Sally liked the cookies. (not sweet)
8. We didn't go to the lake last week. (rainy)
9. Jane couldn't get on the first bus. (crowded)
10. I was able to finish the homework. (not difficult)
---
### ARE YOU GOING TO THE GYM? NO, I'M TOO TIRED.
Ask and answer the questions. Use the words in ( ) when you answer a question.
EXAMPLE:
- Are you going to wear your jacket? (no, warm)
*No, it's too warm to wear a jacket.*
1. Are you going to lunch now? (no, early)
2. Can Jane walk to school tomorrow? (no, far)
3. Was Mary too upset to enjoy the party? (yes)
4. Did Nelson go to work yesterday? (no, sick)
5. Do you think Ken can wear this shirt? (no, small)
6. Is that box too heavy for Barbara to lift? (yes, heavy)
7. Can we go to the movie now? (no, late)
8. Are you going to buy that car? (no, expensive)
9. Is it too dark outside now to see anything? (yes, dark)
10. Is Ed still too young to get a driver's license? (yes, young)
---
## Reading Skills
### TOPICS, MAIN IDEAS, AND TITLES
The topic of a paragraph is the subject that it deals with. The main idea states what the writer thinks is important about the topic.
A title is a name that describes or identifies something such as an article, a book, a movie, or a song. Titles can be sentences, phrases, or single words. The title of this lesson is "Please Give Me a Refund." What's the title of this exercise?
When you write a title, capitalize the first word, the last word, all important words (adverbs, adjectives, nouns, pronouns, and verbs), and all prepositions with five or more letters. Usually we don't capitalize words like a, an, the, and, or, but, to, from, in, etc.
Read the paragraph. First, write the topic. Next, write the main idea in a complete sentence. Then write a title above the paragraph.
EXAMPLE: Title: <u>The Job May Be Harder Than You Think.</u>
You may think that it's easy to change a tire when you know how. But you can know how to do something and still not be able to do it. It may be very difficult to jack up the car or to loosen the nuts. The spare tire may not have enough air in it. You don't always have the right tools. Sometimes a job that should be easy for you to do is really very difficult.
Topic: <u>jobs</u>
Main idea: <u>A job that looks easy may really be very hard to do.</u>
---
1. Title: ____________________________________________________________________
When you're driving, watch the speed limit signs. They show different speeds in different places. On the important highways, you can usually go 55 to 65 miles per hour, but sometimes you have to slow down to 45 or 50 m.p.h. Around schools, the speed limit is 20 m.p.h. In most other parts of the city, it's usually 30 or 35 m.p.h. In places that aren't very safe, the speed limit will be lower.
Topic: ____________________________________________________________________
Main idea: ____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
2. Title: ____________________________________________________________________
Mechanics have important jobs. Most people want to keep their cars in good shape, and they need a mechanic who can help them. They may know how to change the oil and fix some small problems, but they usually can't do everything. When something is wrong with the engine or some other important part of the car, they have to call a mechanic. Often only mechanics can find the problem and use the right tools to fix it.
Topic: ____________________________________________________________________
Main idea: ____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
---
3. Title: ____________________________________________________________________
Credit cards are easy to get and to use, but they can cause problems. Sometimes people have too many credit cards and use them too often. They can charge almost everything. Department stores usually have their own credit cards, and many banks have cards, too. People can use them in stores, restaurants, garages, airports, hotels, and many other places. Some people put too much on their charge accounts and aren't able to pay for all of it when the bills come at the end of the month.
Topic: ____________________________________________________________________
Main idea: ____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
## Function
### MY CAR STALLED!
![A man standing inside a phone booth calling someone on the telephone while his car with its hood open is parked on the side of the road in the background. The sign on the booth says "PHONE BOOTH"](images/page_105_001.jpg)
Listen to the dialogs; then read them.
1.
**Clerk:** Bell Motors. Fred Waters speaking.
**Customer:** Hello. This is Dave Green. I just had a tune-up, but my car still stalls.
**Clerk:** We'd be glad to check it for you. Can you bring it in tomorrow? We're very busy today.
**Customer:** Okay. I'll see you early tomorrow morning.
---
2.
**Clerk:** Speedy Engine Repair. May I help you?
**Customer:** This is Mary Clark. One of your mechanics worked on my brakes yesterday, but I don't think he really fixed the problem.
**Clerk:** We'll be glad to take another look at the brakes. Can you bring the car in early tomorrow morning?
**Customer:** Yes, I'll be there at 7:30. Thank you very much.
3.
**Mechanic:** Evans and Sons. This is Jack. How may I help you?
**Customer:** Jack, this is Jane Flint. I'm having the same trouble with my car. It's still leaking oil.
**Mechanic:** I'm sorry to hear that, Ms. Flint. Bring it in again, and we'll fix it. Our work has a 90-day guarantee.
**Customer:** Okay, thanks. I'll do that.
---
### THERE'S A FLY IN MY SOUP!
![A dissatisfied customer sitting at a restaurant table talking to an upset waiter with a bow tie standing next to his table](images/page_107_001.jpg)
Listen to the dialogs; then read them.
1.
**Customer:** Waiter, there's a fly in my soup!
**Waiter:** Oh, I'm sorry. I'll bring you another bowl.
**Customer:** Thank you.
2.
**Waiter:** Is everything all right, sir?
**Customer:** Well, the soup tastes a little too salty to me.
**Waiter:** May I get you something else?
**Customer:** No, don't bother. I don't have time to wait.
3.
**Customer:** Waiter!
**Waiter:** Can I help you, sir?
**Customer:** Would you mind bringing me another fork? This one looks dirty.
**Waiter:** Certainly. I'm sorry, sir.
**Customer:** Thank you.
---
### I WANT A REFUND!
![A male customer standing at a customer service counter returning a shirt to a clerk standing behind the counter under a sign that reads "CUSTOMER SERVICE"](images/page_108_001.jpg)
Listen to the dialogs; then read them.
1.
**Clerk:** Can I help you?
**Customer:** Yes, I'd like to return this shirt. It's too big. Here's my sales slip.
**Clerk:** All right. Do you want to exchange it, or do you want a refund?
**Customer:** I want a refund, please.
2.
**Clerk:** May I help you?
**Customer:** This jacket is too small. I want to exchange it.
**Clerk:** Do you have your sales slip?
**Customer:** Yes, here it is.
**Clerk:** Good. I'll credit your account, and you can select another jacket.
---
3. **Clerk:** Good afternoon. What can I do for you?
**Customer:** I came to pick up my watch. I left it here last week.
**Clerk:** What is your name, please?
**Customer:** Johnson, Rick Johnson.
**Clerk:** Let's see. Oh, here it is. I'm afraid it's not ready.
**Customer:** They said to pick it up today. What's the problem?
**Clerk:** We had to order a part for it, Mr. Johnson. I'm sure it will be ready by tomorrow afternoon.
**Customer:** Okay, I'll come back tomorrow then.
---
# I'M DISSATISFIED....
Take a role and read the information. Then make a conversation about the situation with another student.
**EXAMPLE:**
- **S1:** You're a customer in a restaurant, and you're unhappy. You and your family have been waiting for a table for half an hour.
- **S2:** You're a waiter in the restaurant. There aren't any empty tables right now, but there should be one soon.
- **Customer:** Waiter, can you help us, please? We've been waiting for half an hour.
- **Waiter:** I'm sorry, sir. We don't have any empty tables right now.
- **Customer:** Will we have to wait much longer?
- **Waiter:** No, we should have a table for you soon.
1. **S1:** You're a customer who's dissatisfied with the service at a garage. The mechanic worked on your car's brakes, but he didn't fix them. You paid him for the work.
**S2:** You're the mechanic who worked on the brakes. You'll try again to repair them. Because you guarantee your work, the customer won't have to pay more money.
2. **S3:** You're a customer in a restaurant, and you're not satisfied with the coffee that the waiter brought. It's not very hot.
**S4:** You're the waiter who served the customer the cup of coffee. You'll be happy to warm up his coffee for him.
3. **S5:** The shoes that you bought last week are too tight; you want the store to give back your money. You remembered to bring your sales slip with you.
**S6:** You're the clerk at the shoe store. You'll be glad to refund the customer's money, but you must have the sales slip first.
---
4. **S7:** You ordered milk in a restaurant, but it tastes sour. You want the waiter/waitress to take this glass of milk and bring you another one.
**S8:** You're the waiter/waitress who served the milk. Politely ask, "What's wrong with the milk?", and tell the customer that you'll bring another glass right away.
5. **S9:** You bought a lamp on sale at the department store several months ago, and it doesn't work anymore. You want to exchange it for a new one.
**S10:** You're the clerk. You must politely explain to the customer that the guarantee on the lamp isn't good anymore, but that the store will repair the lamp.
6. **S11:** You asked a mechanic to repair your car's brake lights, but they still don't work. You're not satisfied with the service at the garage.
**S12:** You're the mechanic who worked on the customer's brake lights. Apologize for the bad service and tell the customer that there won't be a charge for the work.
7. **S13:** You bought some curtains for your new apartment, and they're too short. You'd like to exchange them for ones that are longer.
**S14:** You're the clerk, and you know that the store is out of longer curtains right now. You can refund the customer's money or credit his account.
8. **S15:** You took your car to a garage because you couldn't close one of the windows. The mechanic said that he fixed it, but now you can't open it.
**S16:** You're the mechanic, and you're sure the window was working when you returned the car to the customer. Tell him to come back, and you'll check it again.
---
# THERE'S A PROBLEM.
Be a customer who has a problem or the clerk, mechanic, or waiter who must satisfy the customer. You may use these situations or add others.
1. In a restaurant, the food is greasy.
2. After a tune-up, your car still stalls.
3. In a restaurant, you find a fly in your soup.
4. Someone gave you a new shirt, and it's too big.
5. You can't get a good picture on your new television.
6. You bought the wrong kind of oil for your car's engine.
7. You want to exchange a sweater for one a different color.
8. The waiter just served you a chicken dish; you ordered beef.
---
# Grammar
## INFINITIVE PHRASE OF PURPOSE
An infinitive or infinitive phrase placed after a verb tells the reason for which something is done.
**EXAMPLES:**
- Jim didn't have any news. He just called to talk. (He only called because he wanted to talk.)
- Beth stopped at the store to buy some milk. (She stopped because she needed to buy some milk.)
| | INFINITIVE PHRASE OF PURPOSE | |
|---|---|---|
| Ray moved | to save | a little money. |
| Lt Lee went | to talk | to the supervisor. |
| Don't use a pen | to mark | the answer sheet. |
| Roger called | to invite | us to his party. |
### TERRY STOPPED AT THE BX TO EXCHANGE THE SHIRT.
Read the sentences.
1. We didn't stay to watch all of the show.
2. Did Ken go to the mall to meet his friends?
3. Henry's moving to Arizona to start a new job.
4. Arnold went to Mexico last summer to study Spanish.
5. Ann called the doctor's office to make an appointment.
6. Bill always stops to eat breakfast on his way to work.
7. Can I use a credit card to pay for my airline tickets?
8. Mike didn't come to borrow money; he came to pay a bill.
---
# PAT ASKED THE MECHANIC TO CHECK THE BRAKES.
Match the part of the sentence in Column A with the part in Column B.
| Column A | Column B |
|---|---|
| 1. Kathy called the doctor's office | a. to fix his car. |
| 2. Victor uses Jim's recorder | b. to eat breakfast. |
| 3. Roger paid the mechanic | c. to live in a big city. |
| 4. Mary Ann stopped at the mall | d. to change her appointment. |
| 5. Lt Wilson goes to the gym | e. to record his favorite music. |
| 6. Debbie went to the bank | f. to buy some new shoes. |
| 7. Harvey moved to Houston | g. to withdraw some money. |
| 8. Amn Barnes came to the dining hall | h. to play basketball. |
---
### I STOPPED TO PICK UP MY MAIL.
Read the dialogs. Then answer the instructor's questions.
1. **Sam:** Did you stop at the post office?
**Tim:** Yes, I stopped to pick up my mail.
2. **Tom:** Did you change the oil in your car?
**Bob:** No, I paid Tony to change it for me.
3. **George:** Did you use this wrench?
**Kevin:** Yes, I used it to repair the faucet.
4. **Sandy:** Did Shiela stay at home today?
**Sarah:** No, she went to the commissary to get some milk.
5. **Doug:** Did you talk to Alan last night?
**Glen:** Yes, I called him to tell him about the game.
6. **Jim:** Is Dan coming here after dinner?
**Vic:** Yes, he's coming to borrow my English book.
7. **Mike:** Did Ted move to Los Angeles?
**Pete:** Yes, he moved to find a better job.
8. **Kaye:** Do you go to the library after class?
**Kyle:** No, I usually go to the gym to work out.
---
### WHY ARE YOU GOING TO FLORIDA?
Use the words in ( ) to answer the questions.
**EXAMPLE:** Why are you going to Florida?
(visit my parents)
I'm going to Florida to visit my parents.
1. What did you pay Ted to do?
(cut the grass)
2. Why did Janet go to the bank?
(cash a check)
3. Why did Robert call so late last night?
(apologize)
4. Why are you stopping here?
(buy a newspaper)
5. Why did Anne come to our classroom?
(ask a question)
6. Why did Larry go to Roger's house?
(borrow some tools)
7. What did he use the tools to do?
(repair his car)
8. Why are you calling Ned?
(tell him about the accident)
9. What did you pay the mechanic to do?
(tune up the engine)
10. Why is Sam moving to Los Angeles?
(live with his brother)
---
# Grammar
### THE SUFFIX -Y
> A suffix is a letter or group of letters added at the end of a word. When the suffix **-y** is added to a noun, the noun becomes an adjective which means "like", "full of", or "characterized by" something. When the noun ends with "-e," drop the "-e" before adding "-y."
>
> **EXAMPLE:** The water was soapy. (The water was full of soap.)
| | | | | | |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| cloud | | cloudy | sun | | sunny |
| fun | | funny | rain | | rainy |
| grease | | greasy | salt | | salty |
| ice | + y = | icy | snow | + y = | snowy |
| leak | | leaky | soap | | soapy |
| noise | | noisy | storm | | stormy |
| oil | | oily | water | | watery |
### IT'S NOISY IN THE DINING HALL.
Read the sentences.
1. There's a leak in the kitchen faucet.
Can you fix a **leaky** faucet?
2. The children had fun at the show.
They thought the movie was **funny**.
3. There was ice on the roads yesterday.
The roads in the mountains were very **icy**.
4. They had a lot of rain in Houston last weekend.
West Texas doesn't have a lot of **rainy** weather.
5. There was too much salt in the beans.
Was the soup too **salty**?
6. We drove to New Orleans in a bad storm.
I don't enjoy driving in **stormy** weather.
---
### HOW WAS THE WEATHER?
![A map of the United States showing different weather conditions across regions, with Los Angeles labeled on the West Coast and New York labeled on the East Coast](images/page_118_001.jpg)
Listen to the paragraph. Then answer the instructor's questions.
The Jacksons took a trip across the country. They started in California. It was very sunny. Then they got to Colorado. There it was snowy. Up in the mountains, the roads were very icy. When they got to the Midwest, it was stormy. Finally, they arrived in New York, and the weather was rainy.
---
### IT WAS RAINY SATURDAY.
Change the underlined noun to an adjective by adding the suffix **-y** to it. Then make a new sentence.
**EXAMPLE:** There was a lot of <u>rain</u> Saturday.
It was **rainy** Saturday.
1. The children have <u>soap</u> on their hands.
2. One of the hoses in my engine has a <u>leak</u> in it.
3. Is there much <u>rain</u> here in the summer?
4. Carl doesn't like food with a lot of <u>salt</u> on it.
5. Was there <u>ice</u> on the streets last night?
6. There weren't any <u>clouds</u> in the sky this morning.
7. The <u>sun</u> usually shines in San Diego.
8. There's a lot of <u>noise</u> in the cafeteria at noon.
9. Does the soup have too much <u>water</u> in it?
10. The French fries don't have a lot of <u>grease</u> on them.
---
# Reading Skill
### WHICH SUMMARY IS THE BEST?
Read each paragraph and select the best summary.
**EXAMPLE:** When the old man got on the bus, he realized that it was very crowded. He thought, "Oh, no! I'll have to stand up, and I'm very tired." Then a young man who saw him stood up and said, "Please sit down here, sir." The old man thanked the young man, and sat down.
a. The bus was very crowded. A lot of people had to stand up because there weren't enough seats.
<u>b.</u> The old man who got on the crowded bus didn't have to stand up. A polite young man gave him a seat.
c. The old man was very tired when he got on the bus. He wanted to sit down, but he couldn't find a seat.
1. Many men and women in the Air Force come to Lackland Air Force Base. This is their first base. They exercise, learn about the military, and get their uniforms here. After six weeks, they leave Lackland and go to different bases in the country.
a. Men and women in the Air Force have to learn about the military. They also have to exercise.
b. There are many men and women at Lackland Air Force Base. They wear uniforms and exercise.
c. Many of the men and women in the Air Force come to Lackland first. They stay for six weeks and then go to other bases.
---
2. A dictionary will give you a lot of information. It will tell you how to spell a word, how to say it, and how to use it. Sometimes one word can mean different things; a dictionary will explain them and give examples. People who want to speak, read, and write well should have a good dictionary and use it often.
a. Good dictionaries have a lot of information, but they're expensive.
b. The information in a good dictionary is important to people who want to use language well.
c. When you want to know how to spell a word, look it up in the dictionary.
3. Ken just got back from his vacation. Now he's sitting in class and thinking about Florida, the ocean, and the sun. His teacher thinks that he's reading his lesson, but he's not. His book is open, but his mind isn't on the words on the page. He's really thinking about his trip. That's much more interesting to him than his textbook.
a. Ken's in class, but he's not reading his textbook. He's thinking about his vacation in Florida.
b. Ken took a vacation to Florida. He liked the ocean and the sunny weather there.
c. Ken's trying to read his textbook, but he can't. The lesson isn't very interesting.
# Writing Skill
LISTEN AND WRITE.
<u>Listen</u> to the paragraph the first time. <u>Write</u> the paragraph when you hear it the second time. <u>Check</u> your work when you hear it the third time. Be careful to use correct punctuation.
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________

1354
sources/book-11/st-4.md Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

497
sources/book-11/st-5.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,497 @@
<!-- source file: 006 - GET READY FOR THE QUIZ. BOOK 11 LESSON 5.md -->
# GET READY FOR THE QUIZ. BOOK 11 LESSON 5
![A circular collage divided into segments showing various scenes: a woman on the phone, a person smoking a cigarette, a customer service desk with a radio, a man working under a car hood, an angry man holding a cup pointing at a TV screen showing an advertisement for soda that says "IT'S GREAT! YOU'LL LOVE IT!", traffic signs showing STOP, SPEED LIMIT 55 MPH, and YIELD, and a person seen from behind facing traffic signals](images/page_167_001.jpg)
# WHAT'S THE TOPIC OF THE PARAGRAPH?
# WHAT'S THE MAIN IDEA?
Listen to a paragraph three times. The first time, write the <u>topic</u> of the paragraph. The second time, write the <u>main idea</u> of the paragraph. The third time, check your work.
1. Topic: _________________________________________________________________
Main idea: _________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________
2. Topic: _________________________________________________________________
Main idea: _________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________
---
### WHAT WILL THEY DO?
Listen to a short conversation. Then circle the correct answer.
1. The two people will _______.
a. go to a Mexican restaurant
b. not eat anything right away
c. eat hamburgers and French fries
d. cook a big meal at home tonight
2. The two people _______.
a. have different opinions
b. always like the same things
c. watch television every evening
d. will turn off the television soon
3. The two people hope to _______.
a. get jobs
b. spend money
c. keep working
d. take vacations
4. The two people _______.
a. never watch commercials
b. don't like any TV commercials
c. enjoy watching some commercials
d. think all commercials are boring
5. The two people _______.
a. are very hungry now
b. don't know how to cook
c. eat at a lot of different places
d. eat at that restaurant frequently
### PUT THE PUNCTUATION MARK IN THE BOX.
Listen and put the punctuation mark in the correct box. Use the key to help you.
| COLUMNS | A | B | C | KEY | |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| **ROWS** | | | | \* | asterisk |
| **1** | | | | : | colon |
| **2** | | | | , | comma |
| **3** | | | | ! | exclamation mark |
| | | | | ( ) | parentheses |
| **4** | | | | . | period |
| | | | | " " | quotation marks |
| | | | | ; | semicolon |
### I'M CALLING TO RECOMMEND A GOOD MECHANIC.
Answer the questions with complete sentences. Use an infinitive and the words in ( ).
EXAMPLE: Why are you calling Jim?
(recommend/mechanic)
I'm calling to recommend a good mechanic to him.
1. Why did Jane call last night?
(recommend/movie)
2. What did the policeman use his lights for?
(signal/drivers)
3. Why did you come to work early this morning?
(see/boss)
4. What did Doris pay the mechanic to do?
(service/car)
5. Why did Don go to the car parts store?
(exchange/hose)
6. Why did the Smiths stop in Chicago?
(visit/relatives)
7. What does the mechanic use that machine for?
(tune up/ engines)
8. Why is Ann calling the department store?
(charge/clothes)
9. Who(m) are you going to the hospital to see?
(see/brother)
10. Why is the truck driver moving to the left lane?
(pass/another truck)
### I BECOME CAUTIOUS WHEN . . .
Complete the sentence. Use the correct form of **get** or **become** and the word in ( ).
EXAMPLE: He <u>gets nervous</u> when he has an exam. (nervous)
1. I ____________________ when I get on an airplane. (nervous)
2. David ____________________ when he went downtown. (lost)
3. The weather ____________________ before it got better. (worse)
4. My nose ____________________ when I have a cold. (runny)
5. I ____________________ because I had a test the next day. (busy)
6. That book ____________________ after you read a few pages. (funnier)
7. The children ____________________ before the movie started. (noisy)
8. The class ____________________ because the students weren't talking. (dull)
9. The students ____________________ when the teacher gives them too much homework. (unhappy)
10. The storm ____________________ after the lights went out. (frightening)
### COULD YOU SPEAK ENGLISH BEFORE YOU CAME HERE?
Make a question or an answer for each sentence. Use **could** or **couldn't**.
EXAMPLES: **Could you speak English before you came here?**
No, I couldn't speak English before I came here.
Could you drive when you were 15?
**Yes, I could drive when I was 15.**
Or: **No, I couldn't drive when I was 15.**
1. Could you play in the soccer game last weekend?
2. Could Alex study with you Thursday?
3. Could you remember the doctor's name after you met him?
4. Could Ed repair engines before he became an Army mechanic?
5. No, he couldn't review the lesson with me yesterday.
6. Yes, I could answer all of the questions on the test.
7. No, I couldn't do all of my homework last night.
8. Yes, I could understand the teacher in our Spanish class.
### HOW LONG HAVE YOU BEEN HERE?
Ask a question that fits the answer. Use **how long** and the words that are given.
EXAMPLE: Tom: you/at work
**How long have you been at work?**
Jim: I've been here for almost two hours.
1. Dan: Jeff/this base
Don: He's been at this base for a year and a half.
2. Jan: you/that cold
Jim: I've had this cold since last Monday.
3. Jan: you/fever
Jim: I've had a fever for two days.
4. Ken: Ted/cough
Sam: He's had that cough for four or five days.
5. Don: colonel/in Germany
Bob: He'll be in Germany for six weeks.
6. Mark: Jane/her cousin's house
Mary: She'll be at her cousin's house for the weekend.
7. Jack: you/program
Beth: I've been watching it for an hour.
8. Greg: instructor
Gina: She's been teaching here for three years.
9. Anne: car
Alan: It's been leaking oil for a week.
10. Jack: Lt Roberts/the captain
Jean: She's been talking to him for half an hour.
### HE TOLD HER THAT . . .
Listen to a short conversation between Anne and Alex. Then write an answer to the question. Use **told** in the answer.
1. What did Alex tell Anne?
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
2. What did he tell her next?
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
3. What did he say about his temperature?
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
4. Did Alex say that he likes doctors?
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
5. What did Anne tell him?
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
---
# SOMEBODY HIT A PEDESTRIAN.
Complete the sentences with the words in the box. Be sure to write the correct form when you use a verb.
| | | | | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| **someone/somebody**<br>**anyone/anybody**<br>**no one/nobody** | **fail to**<br>**pass**<br>**speed** | **ahead**<br>**lost**<br>**nervous** | **lane**<br>**stop sign**<br>**way** | **yield** |
EXAMPLES: There's not <u>anyone/anybody</u> in that <u>lane</u>.
1. I don't think _________________ got _________________ downtown.
2. _________________ stopped at that _________________.
3. There was an accident because _________________ didn't _________________ at the intersection.
4. _________________ knew the _________________ to the base.
5. Was _________________ _________________ when Bob drove?
6. _________________ saw the car _________________ of us until it was too late.
7. _________________ _________________ stop at the light.
8. _________________ should _________________ another car on a hill.
9. _________________ who is changing from one _________________ to another should signal.
10. _________________ drives fast on this road. _________________ who _________________ here gets a ticket.
# I'M TOO UNHAPPY TO . . .
Use the words in the box to complete this sentence:
_________________ **too** _________________ **to be** _________________.
| | | | |
|---|---|---|---|
| **busy**<br>**polite**<br>**funny**<br>**boring** | **dull**<br>**angry**<br>**rude**<br>**unhappy** | **sharp**<br>**tired**<br>**nervous**<br>**relaxed** | **frightening**<br>**satisfied**<br>**reasonable**<br>**entertaining** |
EXAMPLES: <u>I'm</u> too <u>busy</u> to be <u>unhappy</u>.
<u>The movie</u> was too <u>funny</u> to be boring.
# YES, IT'S USUALLY RAINY THERE.
Answer the questions. Add the suffix **-y** to the underlined word, and use the word in ( ).
EXAMPLE: Is there a <u>leak</u> in the bathroom faucet? (yes)
Yes, the bathroom faucet is leaky.
1. Is there a lot of <u>rain</u> in London? (yes)
2. Is there <u>ice</u> on the roads? (yes)
3. Does the meat have too much <u>salt</u> on it? (no)
4. Does it <u>snow</u> often in Saudi Arabia? (no)
5. Was there a lot of <u>soap</u> in the water? (yes)
6. Do you have <u>grease</u> on your hands? (no)
7. Was there too much <u>water</u> in the coffee? (no)
8. Do airplanes take off when there's a <u>storm</u>? (no)
9. Will there be a lot of <u>rain</u> tomorrow? (yes)
10. Is there a lot of <u>noise</u> in your apartment building? (no)
# ALDO'S AUTO REPAIR IS THE SHOP THAT SERVICED MY CAR.
Complete the sentences with the words in the box. Be sure to use the correct form of the word. There may be more than one correct answer.
| | | | |
|---|---|---|---|
| **that**<br>**who**<br>**which** | **service**<br>**refund**<br>**guarantee** | **charge**<br>**exchange**<br>**leak** | **credit**<br>**tune up**<br>**give back** |
EXAMPLES: Is this the shop <u>which/that serviced</u> your car?
Ernie is the mechanic <u>who tuned up</u> my engine.
1. Is this the shop _________________ all kinds of cars?
2. Is that the shop _________________ your money?
3. Sam's Service Station is the place _________________ the job.
4. I was the one _________________ the work.
5. The clerk _________________ the part at the shop is my sister.
6. Is he the man _________________ the motor that leaked oil?
7. Who was the clerk _________________ your account?
8. Are you the mechanic _________________ truck engines?
9. This is the shop _________________ didn't _________________ my money.
10. What's the name of the garage _________________ its work for 90 days?
# WHICH SUMMARY IS THE BEST?
Read each paragraph and select the best summary.
1. Soccer is a game that almost everyone who is in good physical shape can play. In basketball, most of the players are tall. In football, many of the players are heavy and very strong. Soccer is different. A player who is fast can do well in a soccer game. He doesn't need to be tall, heavy, or strong.
a. Basketball players have to be tall, or they won't do well in a game.
b. Football and basketball games are different from soccer games.
c. Speed, not size, is the thing that's most important to a soccer player.
2. People who are driving on long trips should stop often. They can buy gas, eat, sightsee, or just exercise a little. When they get tired, they can pull over to the side of the road and rest. Without regular breaks, drivers can easily become tired or careless. Sometimes when a driver falls asleep at the wheel, his vehicle leaves the road or crosses into the opposite lane and causes a terrible accident.
a. You should be careful while you're driving. When you become tired, pull off the road and rest.
b. Drivers should stop regularly on long trips. Those who don't take breaks can become tired and cause accidents.
c. Long automobile trips can be boring. When you take breaks to go sightseeing, they're more interesting.
# PUT TWO SENTENCES TOGETHER.
Read the two sentences. Then write a new sentence with an independent clause and a dependent clause. Use the word in ( ).
1. The student isn't in class today.
He had a fever yesterday. (who)
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
2. He has a cold.
It's getting worse every day. (which)
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
3. He didn't make a doctor's appointment.
He really felt bad. (until)
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
4. His friend drove him to the doctor's office.
The student thought he was too sick to drive. (because)
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
5. The doctor examined him.
His friend waited. (while)
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
6. He looked better.
He came out of the examination room. (when)
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
7. He wasn't terribly sick. He went in. (before)
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
8. But he became sicker. He saw the doctor's bill (after)
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
# TOPICS, MAIN IDEAS, AND TITLES
Read the paragraph. First, write the topic. Next, write the main idea in a complete sentence. Then write a title above the paragraph.
1. Title: ___________________________________________________________________________
No one wants to be in an automobile accident or plans to have one, but many people get hurt on the highway every day. Often they are the ones who caused the accident because they were careless. They didn't keep their car in good shape, their mind on the road, their hands on the wheel, or their eyes on the speed limit signs.
Topic: ___________________________________________________________________________
Main idea: ___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
---
2. Title: ____________________________________________________________________
When people really want to do something that's
difficult, they can usually find a way. Two U.S. pilots
wanted to show that an airplane could fly around the world
and not stop. They decided to build an airplane that was
very light and didn't use much gas. It was noisy and slow,
but it worked. In 1986, they flew it around the world.
They got hurt when they flew through stormy weather and
became terribly tired, but they finished the trip in nine
days.
Topic: ______________________________________________________________
Main idea: ______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________
### WHAT DOES THE WORD MEAN?
Read the sentence. Use the other words in the sentence to find what the underlined word means. Write <u>may be</u>, <u>is not</u>, or <u>is</u> on the line.
1. a. Tom slept <u>during</u> class.
During ___________ before the class started.
___________ while he was in class.
___________ after he left class.
b. The teacher was upset because Tom slept <u>during</u> class.
During ___________ before the class started.
___________ while he was in class.
___________ after he left class.
c. The teacher was upset because Tom slept <u>during</u> class and didn't hear the question.
During ___________ before the class started.
___________ while he was in class.
___________ after he left class.
2. a. Tina will <u>remain</u> here.
Remain ___________ work.
___________ stay.
___________ leave.
b. Tina will <u>remain</u> here in the hospital.
Remain ___________ work.
___________ stay.
___________ leave.
c. Tina will <u>remain</u> here in the hospital until she is well and can go back home.
Remain ___________ work.
___________ stay.
___________ leave.
### LISTEN AND WRITE.
<u>Listen</u> to the paragraph the first time. <u>Write</u> the paragraph when you hear it the second time. <u>Check</u> your work when you hear it the third time. Be careful to use correct punctuation.
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________

959
sources/book-11/st-misc.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,959 @@
<!-- source file: 001 - source.md -->
# source
Extracted from PDF with 263 pages.
---
BK11ST
January 1991
D
Defense Language Institute
English Language Center
Lackland Air Force Base, Texas
# AMERICAN LANGUAGE COURSE
LEVEL II
BOOK 11
STUDENT TEXT
---
# PREFACE
The **American Language Course (ALC)** is designed primarily for an intensive language training program. However, these materials can also be used in nonintensive programs. The course will provide students with a sufficient level of fluency and communicative proficiency in American English to enable them to successfully pursue technical or professional training in schools conducted by the Department of Defense.
The General English Phase of the ALC consists of six progressive levels of language proficiency training. Levels I through V consist of six separate instructional packages each. Level VI contains four.
| Level | Books |
|---|---|
| Level I | Books 1 - 6 |
| Level II | Books 7 - 12 |
| Level III | Books 13 - 18 |
| Level IV | Books 19 - 24 |
| Level V | Books 25 - 30 |
| Level VI | Books 31 - 34 |
The coordinated instructional packages for Books 1-30 consist of the following:
1. Instructor Text
2. Student Text
3. Audiotapes
4. Instructor Language Laboratory Activities Booklet
5. Student Language Laboratory Activities Booklet
6. Quiz Kits
7. Optional training aids
Inquiries concerning these materials, including requests for copies, should be addressed to Commandant, Defense Language Institute English Language Center, ATTN: LERW, 2235 Andrews Ave., Lackland Air Force Base, Texas 78236-5259.
Recommendations for improving this edition are encouraged. Letters should be addressed to: Commandant, Defense Language Institute English Language Center, ATTN: LEAC, 2230 Andrews Ave., Lackland Air Force Base, Texas 78236-5203.
The American Language Course (ALC) contains copyrighted material. Reproduction of this publication is not authorized without the expressed written permission of the owners of the copyrights.
---
# NOTES TO THE STUDENT
The Student Text for Book 11, Level II, has four lessons and one review lesson, daily evaluations and homework assignments, and various appendixes.
The homework and evaluation exercises are at the back of this text. The evaluation exercises are short quizzes and will be given after each lesson is completed. The daily homework assignments will require about two hours to complete.
The appendixes are after the fifth lesson. Appendix A is an alphabetical list of the new vocabulary presented in this book. Next to the word is the number of the lesson where the word is introduced. Appendix B is a list of the grammar structures presented in this book. Next to the structure is the number of the lesson where the structure is presented. The rest of the appendixes are reference materials.
The American Language Course focuses on four areas:
1. **Function**
The functions are the ways we use a language to communicate. There are exercises in the lessons that show you <u>how</u> and <u>when</u> to use certain words, phrases, and sentences in a particular situation.
2. **Grammar**
The grammar structures in the lesson are the forms you need to speak and write correctly.
3. **Skills**
There are exercises in the lessons to help you improve your skill or ability in listening, speaking, reading or writing.
4. **Vocabulary**
The words and expressions presented in the lesson are those you will need to do the functions and the grammar exercises.
The first page of each lesson is the focus page. It provides a summary of the material that will be presented in the lesson.
---
# CONTENTS
| Title | Page |
|---|---|
| **Lesson 1** | I Need To See The Doctor. | 1 |
| **Lesson 2** | This Street Is One-Way! | 39 |
| **Lesson 3** | Please Give Me A Refund. | 81 |
| **Lesson 4** | That Was A Great Movie! | 121 |
| **Lesson 5** | Get Ready For The Quiz. | 165 |
| **Appendix A** | Word List | A-1 |
| **Appendix B** | Structure List | B-1 |
| **Appendix C** | Principal Parts/Irregular Verbs | C-1 |
| **Appendix D** | Patterns of Irregular Verbs | D-1 |
| **Appendix E** | Verb Forms | E-1 |
| **Appendix F** | Punctuation and Capitalization | F-1 |
| | Homework | HW-1 |
| | Evaluation | EE-1 |
---
<!-- source file: 007 - Appendix A.md -->
# Appendix A
## WORD LIST
| | |
|---|---|
| ache (n), 1 | dull, 4 |
| ache (v), 1 | |
| ahead, 2 | earache, 1 |
| ahead of, 2 | emergency, 1 |
| annual, 1 | engine, 3 |
| any longer, 1 | entertain, 4 |
| anybody, 2 | entertaining, 4 |
| appointment, 1 | entertainment, 4 |
| as a matter of fact, 4 | examination/exam, 1 |
| | exchange, 3 |
| back, 1 | |
| backache, 1 | fail (to), 2 |
| become/became, 2 | feel/felt, 4 |
| boring, 4 | fever, 1 |
| brake (n), 3 | flash, 2 |
| bug, 3 | fly (n), 3 |
| busy, 4 | follow, 2 |
| | frequently, 4 |
| cards, 4 | frighten, 4 |
| catch/caught, 1 | frightening, 4 |
| caution, 2 | funny, 4 |
| cautious/cautiously, 2 | |
| channel, 4 | get/got, 1 |
| charge (n), 3 | get/got, 2 |
| charge (v), 3 | give/gave back (v), 3 |
| checkup, 1 | grease (n), 3 |
| chest, 1 | grease (v), 3 |
| cold (n), 1 | greasy, 3 |
| come/came in, 1 | great, 4 |
| commercial (n), 4 | guarantee (n), 3 |
| confuse, 2 | guarantee (v), 3 |
| connect, 1 | |
| cough (n), 1 | headache, 1 |
| cough (v), 1 | horizontal, 1 |
| could, 4 | hose, 3 |
| credit (n), 3 | how about...?, 1 |
| credit (v), 3 | |
| crossing, 2 | if you ask me, 4 |
| | impolite/impolitely, 4 |
| dish, 4 | in (a), 1 |
| dissatisfied, 3 | in advance, 2 |
| dot, 1 | in fact, 4 |
| | |
|---|---|
| inch/inches, 1 | prompt/promptly, 4 |
| instructor, 2 | pull over, 2 |
| intend (to), 4 | |
| intersection, 2 | railroad, 2 |
| | reasonable/reasonably, 4 |
| lane, 2 | recommend, 4 |
| laugh (at), 4 | refund (n), 3 |
| leak (n), 3 | refund (v), 3 |
| leak (v), 3 | regular, 1 |
| leaky, 3 | relaxed, 2 |
| lost, 2 | right-of-way, 2 |
| loud/loudly, 4 | rude/rudely, 4 |
| love (n), 4 | run/ran a temperature, 1 |
| love (v), 4 | run/ran, 1 |
| | runny, 1 |
| make/made it, 1 | |
| mean (v), 2 | sales slip, 3 |
| middle, 1 | satisfaction, 3 |
| miles per/an hour, (m.p.h.), 2 | satisfied, 3 |
| mind, 2 | satisfy, 3 |
| motor, 3 | see/saw, 1 |
| | serve, 4 |
| nervous, 2 | service (n), 3 |
| no one, 2 | sharp, 4 |
| nobody, 2 | sidewalk, 2 |
| noise, 3 | sign (n), 2 |
| noisy, 3 | signal (n), 2 |
| nurse, 1 | signal (v), 2 |
| | since (c), 4 |
| oil (n), 3 | since (c)(p), 1 |
| oil (v), 3 | slow down/up, 2 |
| oily, 3 | sneeze (n), 1 |
| on sale, 3 | sneeze (v), 1 |
| one-way, 2 | somebody, 2 |
| out (a), 1 | sometime, 1 |
| | speed (n), 2 |
| pain, 1 | speed/sped (up), 2 |
| parallel, 1 | speed limit, 2 |
| part, 3 | speed/spent, 4 |
| pass, 2 | stall (v), 3 |
| patient (n), 1 | steering wheel, 2 |
| pedestrian, 2 | still (a), 1 |
| perpendicular, 1 | stomach, 1 |
| physical (n), 1 | stomachache, 1 |
| plan (n), 4 | stop sign, 2 |
| plan (to) (v), 4 | symptom, 1 |
| problem, 1 | |
| program, 4 | temperature, 1 |
| | terrible/terribly, 4 |
| | |
|---|---|
| that (r), 2 | |
| then, 1 | |
| too, 3 | |
| tune up (v), 3 | |
| tune-up (n), 3 | |
| turn (n), 2 | |
| two-way, 2 | |
| | |
| unhappy, 3 | |
| | |
| variety, 4 | |
| vertical, 1 | |
| | |
| warm (up), 3 | |
| way, 2 | |
| which (r), 2 | |
| who (r), 2 | |
| wonderful, 4 | |
| | |
| yield, 2 | |
---
<!-- source file: 008 - Appendix B.md -->
# Appendix B
## STRUCTURE LIST
Adverbs: Interrogative: **how + adverb (long)**, 1
Affixes: Suffixes: **-y (noun + -y)**, 3
Clauses: Adjective clauses (restrictive) referring to a person: **that/who** (as subject in clause), 2; referring to a thing/idea: **that/which** (as subject in clause), 2
Indirect Speech: Reported simple present tense: **told + indirect object + past tense that-noun clause**, 4
Prepositions: Time: **after/at/before/from/in/on/since/to/till/until**, 4
Pronouns: Indefinite: **anyone/anybody/no one/nobody/someone/somebody**, 2
Verbs: Linking verbs followed by adjective: **become/get**, 2
Verbs: Modals/Modal equivalents expressing ability/capability: **could (past can)**, 4
Verbs: Present perfect with **be/have** and **since/for**, 1
Verbs: Present perfect progressive, 1
Verbs: Verbals: Infinitive/Infinitive phrase: **verb modifier expressing purpose**, 3; **after too + predicate adjective**, 3
<!-- source file: 009 - Appendix C.md -->
# Appendix C
## PRINCIPAL PARTS OF CERTAIN IRREGULAR VERBS
| <u>Present</u> | <u>Past</u> | <u>Past Participle</u> | <u>Present</u> | <u>Past</u> | <u>Past Participle</u> |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| arise | arose | arisen | flee | fled | fled |
| awake | awoke | awakened | fly | flew | flown |
| | | | forget | forgot | forgotten |
| be | was | been | forgive | forgave | forgiven |
| bear | bore | borne | freeze | froze | frozen |
| beat | beat | beaten | | | |
| become | became | become | get | got | gotten(got) |
| begin | began | begun | give | gave | given |
| bend | bent | bent | grind | ground | ground |
| bet | bet | bet | grow | grew | grown |
| bid | bid | bid | | | |
| bind | bound | bound | hang | hung | hung |
| bite | bit | bitten | have | had | had |
| bleed | bled | bled | hear | heard | heard |
| blow | blew | blown | hide | hid | hidden |
| break | broke | broken | hit | hit | hit |
| bring | brought | brought | hold | held | held |
| build | built | built | hurt | hurt | hurt |
| burst | burst | burst | | | |
| buy | bought | bought | keep | kept | kept |
| | | | know | knew | known |
| cast | cast | cast | | | |
| catch | caught | caught | lay | laid | laid |
| choose | chose | chosen | lead | led | led |
| come | came | come | leave | left | left |
| cost | cost | cost | lend | lent | lent |
| creep | crept | crept | let | let | let |
| cut | cut | cut | lie | lay | lain |
| | | | light | lit | lit(lighted) |
| deal | dealt | dealt | lose | lost | lost |
| dig | dug | dug | | | |
| do | did | done | make | made | made |
| draw | drew | drawn | mean | meant | meant |
| drink | drank | drunk | meet | met | met |
| drive | drove | driven | | | |
| | | | pay | paid | paid |
| eat | ate | eaten | put | put | put |
| | | | | | |
| fall | fell | fallen | quit | quit | quit |
| feed | fed | fed | | | |
| feel | felt | felt | read | read | read |
| fight | fought | fought | ride | rode | ridden |
| find | found | found | ring | rang | rung |
## IRREGULAR VERBS (Continued)
| <u>Present</u> | <u>Past</u> | <u>Past Participle</u> | <u>Present</u> | <u>Past</u> | <u>Past Participle</u> |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| rise | rose | risen | wake | woke(waked) | woken(waked) |
| run | ran | run | wear | wore | worn |
| | | | weave | wove | woven |
| say | said | said | weep | wept | wept |
| see | saw | seen | wet | wet | wet |
| seek | sought | sought | win | won | won |
| shake | shook | shaken | wind | wound | wound |
| sell | sold | sold | wring | wrung | wrung |
| send | sent | sent | write | wrote | written |
| set | set | set | | | |
| shed | shed | shed | | | |
| shine | shone | shone | | | |
| shoot | shot | shot | | | |
| show | showed | shown | | | |
| shrink | shrank | shrunk | | | |
| shut | shut | shut | | | |
| sing | sang | sung | | | |
| sink | sank | sunk | | | |
| sit | sat | sat | | | |
| sleep | slept | slept | | | |
| slide | slid | slid | | | |
| slit | slit | slit | | | |
| speak | spoke | spoken | | | |
| spend | spent | spent | | | |
| spin | spun | spun | | | |
| split | split | split | | | |
| spread | spread | spread | | | |
| spring | sprang | sprung | | | |
| stand | stood | stood | | | |
| steal | stole | stolen | | | |
| stick | stuck | stuck | | | |
| sting | stung | stung | | | |
| strike | struck | struck | | | |
| string | strung | strung | | | |
| swear | swore | sworn | | | |
| sweep | swept | swept | | | |
| swim | swam | swum | | | |
| swing | swung | swung | | | |
| | | | | | |
| take | took | taken | | | |
| teach | taught | taught | | | |
| tear | tore | torn | | | |
| tell | told | told | | | |
| think | thought | thought | | | |
| throw | threw | thrown | | | |
| | | | | | |
| understand | understood | understood | | | |
<!-- source file: 010 - Appendix D.md -->
# Appendix D
## PATTERNS OF IRREGULAR VERBS
### 1. <u>Three Prinicipal Parts the Same</u>
hit — hit — hit
quit — quit — quit
split — split — split
bet — bet — bet
let — let — let
set — set — set
put — put — put
cut — cut — cut
shut — shut — shut
bid — bid — bid
hurt — hurt — hurt
burst — burst — burst
cost — cost — cost
shed — shed — shed
spread — spread — spread
cast — cast — cast
### 2. <u>Last Two Prinicipal Parts the Same</u>
#### a. <u>Final Consonant Change Only</u>
have — had — had
make — made — made
build — built — built
bent — bent — bent
spend — spent — spent
send — sent — sent
#### b. <u>Vowel Change Only</u>
meet — met — met
read — read — read
bleed — bled — bled
feed — fed — fed
lead — led — led
light — lit — lit
slide — slid — slid
sit — sat — sat
shoot — shot — shot
hold — held — held
win — won — won
shine — shone — shone
find — found — found
wind — wound — wound
bind — bound — bound
dig — dug — dug
stick — stuck — stuck
strike — struck — struck
#### c. <u>Vowel Change - Addition of -t or -d</u>
sleep — slept — slept
keep — kept — kept
creep — crept — crept
weep — wept — wept
think — thought — thought
teach — taught — taught
buy — bought — bought
catch — caught — caught
fight — fought — fought
seek — sought — sought
mean — meant — meant
leave — left — left
flee — fled — fled
tell — told — told
sell — sold — sold
lose — lost — lost
hear — heard — heard
understand — understood — understood
### 3. <u>Three Principal Parts Differ to Some Extent</u>
#### a. <u>No Similarity</u>
be — was — been
go — went — gone
do — did — done
#### b. <u>Vowel Change--Addition of -n</u>
arise — arose — arisen
drive — drove — driven
fly — flew — flown
ride — rode — ridden
rise — rose — risen
#### c. <u>Vowel Change--No -n</u>
sing — sang — sung
ring — rang — rung
drink — drank — drunk
swim — swam — swum
begin — began — begun
#### d. <u>First and Third Vowels Similar</u>
blow — blew — blown
know — knew — known
grow — grew — grown
throw — threw — thrown
run — ran — run
come — came — come
eat — ate — eaten
give — gave — given
see — saw — seen
draw — drew — drawn
#### e. <u>Second and Third Vowels Similar</u>
break — broke — broken
speak — spoke — spoken
choose — chose — chosen
steal — stole — stolen
tear — tore — torn
wear — wore — worn
swear — swore — sworn
bear — bore — born
get — got — got(gotten)
forget — forgot — forgotten
<!-- source file: 011 - Appendix E.md -->
# Appendix E
## VERB FORMS
(These are examples of standard conjugations.)
### <u>Verb: To Be (Be: Simple Form)</u>
#### <u>Present Tense</u>
I am
you are
he, she, it is
we are
you are
they are
#### <u>Present Perfect Tense</u>
I have been
you have been
he has been
we have been
you have been
they have been
#### <u>Past Tense</u>
I was
you were
he was
we were
you were
they were
#### <u>Past Perfect Tense</u>
I had been
you had been
he had been
we had been
you had been
they had been
#### <u>Future Tense*</u>
I will be
you will be
he will be
we will be
you will be
they will be
#### <u>Future Perfect Tense*</u>
I will have been
you will have been
he will have been
we will have been
you will have been
they will have been
### <u>Verb: to walk (Walk: Simple Form)</u>
#### <u>Present Tense</u>
I walk
you walk
he, she, it walks
we walk
you walk
they walk
#### <u>Present Perfect Tense</u>
I have walked
you have walked
he has walked
we have walked
you have walked
they have walked
#### <u>Past Tense</u>
I walked
you walked
he walked
we walked
you walked
they walked
#### <u>Past Perfect Tense</u>
I had walked
you had walked
he had walked
we had walked
you had walked
they had walked
\* shall may be used, but it's less common.
---
<u>Verb: To Walk (Continued)</u>
#### <u>Future Tense\*</u>
| | |
|---|---|
| I will walk | we will walk |
| you will walk | you will walk |
| he will walk | they will walk |
#### <u>Future Perfect Tense\*</u>
| | |
|---|---|
| I will have walked | we will have walked |
| you will have walked | you will have walked |
| he will have walked | they will have walked |
### <u>Verb: To Walk (Progressive Form)</u>
#### <u>Present Tense</u>
| | |
|---|---|
| I am walking | we are walking |
| you are walking | you are walking |
| he, she, it is walking | they are walking |
#### <u>Past Tense</u>
| | |
|---|---|
| I was walking | we were walking |
| you were walking | you were walking |
| he was walking | they were walking |
#### <u>Future Tense\*</u>
| | |
|---|---|
| I will be walking | we will be walking |
| you will be walking | you will be walking |
| he will be walking | they will be walking |
#### <u>Present Perfect Tense</u>
| | |
|---|---|
| I have been walking | we have been walking |
| you have been walking | you have been walking |
| he has been walking | they have been walking |
#### <u>Past Perfect Tense</u>
| | |
|---|---|
| I had been walking | we had been walking |
| you had been walking | you had been walking |
| he had been walking | they had been walking |
---
\* see page E-1
<u>Verb: To Walk (Continued)</u>
#### <u>Future Perfect Tense\*</u>
| | |
|---|---|
| I will have been walking | we will have been walking |
| you will have been walking | you will have been walking |
| he will have been walking | they will have been walking |
### <u>Verb: To See (Passive Voice)</u>
#### <u>Present Tense</u>
| | |
|---|---|
| I am seen | we are seen |
| you are seen | you are seen |
| he, she, it is seen | they are seen |
#### <u>Past Tense</u>
| | |
|---|---|
| I was seen | we were seen |
| you were seen | you were seen |
| he was seen | they were seen |
#### <u>Future Tense\*</u>
| | |
|---|---|
| I will be seen | we will be seen |
| you will be seen | you will be seen |
| he will be seen | they will be seen |
#### <u>Present Perfect Tense</u>
| | |
|---|---|
| I have been seen | we have been seen |
| you have been seen | you have been seen |
| he has been seen | they have been seen |
#### <u>Past Perfect Tense</u>
| | |
|---|---|
| I had been seen | we had been seen |
| you had been seen | you had been seen |
| he had been seen | they had been seen |
---
\* see page E-1
<u>Verb: To See (Continued)</u>
#### <u>Future Perfect Tense\*</u>
| | |
|---|---|
| I will have been seen | we will have been seen |
| you will have been seen | you will have been seen |
| he will have been seen | they will have been seen |
### <u>Verb: To Be (Subjunctive Mood)</u>
(used in conditional or contrary-to-the-fact situations)
| | |
|---|---|
| (If) I were | (If) we were |
| (If) you were | (If) you were |
| (If) he, she, it were | (If) they were |
---
\* see page E-1
<!-- source file: 012 - Appendix F.md -->
# Appendix F
## Punctuation and Capitalization
### Punctuation
#### A. PERIOD (.)
1. Use a period at the end of a statement or command.
The pen and paper are on the table.
Go to the chalkboard and write your name.
2. Use a period after an abbreviation or an initial. Abbreviated military ranks do not require a period.
Feb. (February)
Dr. Smith (Doctor Smith)
J. Jones (John Jones)
Mr. Brown
Mrs. White
Ms. Little
a.m.
p.m.
#### B. QUESTION MARK (?)
1. Use a question mark after a question. Sometimes the question may be written like a statement.
How many children are in your family?
He's here today?
#### C. EXCLAMATION MARK (!)
1. Use an exclamation mark after words, sentences, or expressions that show excitement, surprise, or emotion. Any exclamation, even if not a sentence, will end with an exclamation mark.
What a game!
Wow!
Look out!
Oh!
Do it!
#### D. QUOTATION MARKS (" ")
1. Use quotation marks to show the words of a speaker. They're always placed above the line and are used in pairs.
John said, "The commissary closes at 2100 hours today."
"Where are the children?" she asked.
2. If the words of the speaker are divided into two parts, use quotation marks around both parts.
"Do you," she asked, "go to the library after class?"
3. Use quotation marks around the titles of chapters, articles, parts of books and magazines, short poems, short stories, and songs.
Last night I read the chapter "Grammar Is Easy" in our book. Then I read the article "Learning English" in the newspaper.
#### E. APOSTROPHE (')
1. Use an apostrophe in contractions.
I'm
isn't
what's
she's
aren't
where's
they're
can't
Bob's
o'clock (of the clock)
2. Use an apostrophe to indicate possession.
a. If the noun is singular, add <u>'s</u>.
Bill's book
the girl's coat
b. When the noun is plural, add <u>'s</u> if the plural does not end in <u>s</u>.
the children's clothes
the men's shirts
c. If the plural noun ends in <u>s</u>, add only an apostrophe.
the boys' shoes
the libraries' books
#### F. COMMA (,)
1. Use commas to separate items in a series.
We ate sandwiches, potato chips, and fruit for lunch.
She looked behind the chairs, under the bed, and in the kitchen for her notebook.
2. Use a comma before the conjunctions <u>and</u>, <u>but</u>, <u>or</u>, <u>nor</u>, <u>for</u>, <u>yet</u> when they join independent clauses.
We lived in Venezuela for three years, and then we returned to the United States.
Frank can speak Chinese well, but he can't read it.
3. Use a comma after an introductory clause or phrase to separate it from the rest of the sentence.
After we study this book, we want to take a break.
Because John was sick, he didn't take the test.
Looking up at the sky, the small boy suddenly ran home.
4. Use a comma after words such as <u>yes</u>, <u>no</u>, <u>well</u> when they begin a sentence.
Do you want to go to the library?
Yes, I do.
I didn't pass the test.
Well, study more.
5. Use commas to separate the words of a speaker from the rest of the sentence.
"Listen to me," she said.
Jack asked, "Where's my lunch?"
"I don't know," said John, "the answer to the question."
6. Use a comma in dates and addresses.
June 9, 1970
143 Main Street, Los Angeles, California
7. Use a comma in figures to separate thousands.
5,000 (or 5000)
10,000
6,550,000
---
Capitalization
1. Capitalize the first word of a sentence.
The boy stood up and walked outside.
Your book is behind the chair.
2. Capitalize the names of people, cities, states, countries, and languages.
| | | | |
|---|---|---|---|
| Mark | Bill | Mary | Linda |
| San Antonio | Chicago | Houston | London |
| Texas | California | Florida | New York |
| Spain | United States | Canada | Venezuela |
| Arabic | Chinese | Russian | English |
3. Capitalize the names of schools, streets, buildings, bridges, companies, and organizations.
Defense Language Institute
University of Chicago
Main Street
Clark Avenue
Empire State Building
Golden Gate Bridge
Ford Motor Company
General Motors
National Football League
4. Capitalize the days of the week, months of the year, and holidays.
| | | |
|---|---|---|
| Sunday | Monday | Tuesday |
| June | July | August |
| Christmas | Easter | Thanksgiving |
5. Capitalize titles and military ranks before names.
Gen Roberts
Capt Smith
Sgt Jones
Professor Land
President Lincoln
6. Capitalize the pronoun "I."
I can't go with you.
I'm happy to see you again.
7. Capitalize the first word of every direct quotation.
She asked, "Can I sit here?"
"We saw her," said John, "at the University."

609
sources/book-11/tape-1A.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,609 @@
#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk11-l1a-f1-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
American Language Course, Book 11, Lesson 1A.
Hello.
Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 1A.
Look at Figure 1.
Listen to the underlined words in the dialogue, then repeat them.
Headache.
Headache.
Earache.
Earache.
Aches.
Aches.
Stomach.
Stomach.
Stomachache.
Stomachache.
Backache.
Backache.
Problem.
Problem.
Chest.
Chest.
Pain.
Pain.
Now listen to the dialogue.
Don't repeat it, just listen.
What's wrong with all of you?
My head hurts.
I have a headache.
I have an earache.
My left ear aches.
My stomach hurts.
I have a stomachache.
Maria, what's the matter with you?
I hurt my back.
Now I have a backache.
What's your problem, Steve?
My chest hurts.
I feel a painright here.
Listen to the dialogue again.
This time, repeat it.
What's wrong with all of you?
My head hurts.
I have a headache.
I have an earache.
My left ear aches.
My stomach hurts.
I have a stomachache.
Maria, what's the matter with you?
I hurt my back.
Now I have a backache.
What's your problem, Steve?
My chest hurts.
I feel a painright here.
Segment timings (seconds):
[9.65-13.57] American Language Course, Book 11, Lesson 1A.
[19.74-20.30] Hello.
[20.94-24.38] Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 1A.
[31.47-32.67] Look at Figure 1.
[33.31-37.87] Listen to the underlined words in the dialogue, then repeat them.
[39.63-40.27] Headache.
[42.42-42.98] Headache.
[45.50-46.14] Earache.
[48.29-49.01] Earache.
[51.44-52.08] Aches.
[54.03-54.75] Aches.
[57.07-57.87] Stomach.
[59.71-59.76] Stomach.
[63.21-63.99] Stomachache.
[66.03-66.75] Stomachache.
[69.33-69.87] Backache.
[71.79-72.39] Backache.
[74.46-75.18] Problem.
[77.01-77.81] Problem.
[79.70-80.42] Chest.
[82.21-82.93] Chest.
[84.83-85.47] Pain.
[87.18-87.82] Pain.
[91.28-92.88] Now listen to the dialogue.
[93.44-95.92] Don't repeat it, just listen.
[99.09-100.37] What's wrong with all of you?
[100.93-101.89] My head hurts.
[102.05-103.01] I have a headache.
[103.90-104.86] I have an earache.
[105.02-106.22] My left ear aches.
[106.78-107.90] My stomach hurts.
[108.06-109.26] I have a stomachache.
[109.66-111.50] Maria, what's the matter with you?
[111.98-113.18] I hurt my back.
[113.82-115.26] Now I have a backache.
[115.74-117.42] What's your problem, Steve?
[117.74-118.78] My chest hurts.
[119.02-120.30] I feel a painright here.
[122.37-123.81] Listen to the dialogue again.
[124.45-125.73] This time, repeat it.
[128.06-129.34] What's wrong with all of you?
[133.18-134.14] My head hurts.
[134.22-135.18] I have a headache.
[139.95-140.91] I have an earache.
[141.31-142.59] My left ear aches.
[146.59-147.79] My stomach hurts.
[147.79-148.83] I have a stomachache.
[153.34-154.62] Maria, what's the matter with you?
[159.09-160.41] I hurt my back.
[160.95-162.39] Now I have a backache.
[167.25-168.93] What's your problem, Steve?
[172.35-173.19] My chest hurts.
[174.03-175.59] I feel a painright here.
#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk11-l1a-f2-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now go to Figure 2.
Look at the pictures and listen to the sentences.
Write the number of the sentence under the correct picture.
Number 1 is an example.
Number 1:
"Alan has a stomachache."
The answer is C.
Write the number 1 below that picture.
Number 2: "Sally has a headache."
Number 3: "Maria has a backache."
Number 4: "Steve has a pain in his chest."
Number 5: "David has an earache."
Look at the pictures and check your answers.
Picture A is 2.
Picture B is 5.
Picture C is 1.
Picture D is 3.
Picture E is 4.
Look at the pictures again and answer the questions.
Do all of the students have the same problem?
Repeat: "No, they have different problems."
Look at Picture A.
What's the matter with Sally?
Repeat: "She has a headache."
Look at Picture B.
What's wrong with David?
Repeat: "David has an earache."
Look at Picture C.
What's the matter with Alan?
Repeat: "He has a stomachache."
Look at Picture D.
What is Maria's problem?
Repeat: "She has a backache."
Look at Picture E.
Where does Steve have a pain?
Repeat: "He has a pain in his chest."
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.37-3.73] Now go to Figure 2.
[4.53-7.09] Look at the pictures and listen to the sentences.
[8.06-11.02] Write the number of the sentence under the correct picture.
[12.02-13.86] Number 1 is an example.
[15.26-15.98] Number 1:
[17.41-18.93] "Alan has a stomachache."
[23.44-25.36] The answer is C.
[26.08-28.56] Write the number 1 below that picture.
[31.89-34.77] Number 2: "Sally has a headache."
[41.47-44.78] Number 3: "Maria has a backache."
[50.67-54.66] Number 4: "Steve has a pain in his chest."
[59.54-62.58] Number 5: "David has an earache."
[67.86-70.10] Look at the pictures and check your answers.
[71.54-73.62] Picture A is 2.
[75.07-77.15] Picture B is 5.
[78.64-79.97] Picture C is 1.
[82.17-84.39] Picture D is 3.
[85.59-87.57] Picture E is 4.
[92.51-95.47] Look at the pictures again and answer the questions.
[97.42-99.66] Do all of the students have the same problem?
[104.34-107.62] Repeat: "No, they have different problems."
[113.34-114.38] Look at Picture A.
[115.65-117.01] What's the matter with Sally?
[121.71-124.21] Repeat: "She has a headache."
[128.40-129.44] Look at Picture B.
[130.90-132.02] What's wrong with David?
[136.93-139.41] Repeat: "David has an earache."
[144.48-145.68] Look at Picture C.
[147.04-148.40] What's the matter with Alan?
[153.14-155.54] Repeat: "He has a stomachache."
[160.59-161.71] Look at Picture D.
[163.12-164.40] What is Maria's problem?
[168.27-170.67] Repeat: "She has a backache."
[174.51-175.63] Look at Picture E.
[177.34-178.86] Where does Steve have a pain?
[183.10-186.19] Repeat: "He has a pain in his chest."
#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk11-l1a-f3-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Please look at Figure 3.
Look at the paragraph, listen to the underlined words, and repeat them.
Nurse.
Nurse.
Temperature.
Temperature.
Fever.
Fever.
Now look at the paragraph and listen, don't repeat.
The nurse at the school took everyone's temperature.
She gave the students thermometers and told them to hold the thermometers under their tongues for a few minutes.
Then she took the thermometers and looked at them.
Maria's thermometer said 98.6 degrees Fahrenheit, or 37 degrees Celsius.
That temperature is allright.
Someone with a temperature higher than 98.6 has a fever.
Look at Maria's thermometer.
What is her temperature?
It's 98.6.
Does she have a fever?
No, she doesn't.
Repeat: Maria doesn't have a fever.
Now listen and look at the other thermometers.
When you hear a student's temperature, write it on his or her thermometer.
When the nurse looked at the other thermometers, this is what she learned:
Steve had a temperature of 100 degrees.
Alan's temperature was 98.2 degrees.
Sally's temperature was 99.5.
David had a temperature of 103 degrees.
Listen again and check the temperatures.
Steve had a temperature of 100 degrees.
Alan's temperature was 98.2 degrees.
Sally's temperature was 99.5.
David had a temperature of 103 degrees.
Which students had fevers?
Put a check beside their names.
Three students had fevers.
They were Steve, Sally, and David.
Now look at the thermometers and answer these questions.
Whose fever was the highest?
Repeat: David's fever was the highest.
Who had the lowest temperature?
Repeat: Alan had the lowest temperature.
What was the highest temperature?
Repeat: The highest temperature was 103.
What was Steve's temperature?
Repeat: Steve's temperature was 100 degrees.
What was Sally's temperature?
Repeat: Sally's temperature was 99.5.
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.06-3.66] Please look at Figure 3.
[4.30-8.86] Look at the paragraph, listen to the underlined words, and repeat them.
[10.27-10.91] Nurse.
[12.62-13.26] Nurse.
[15.41-18.09] Temperature.
[18.13-19.09] Temperature.
[21.26-22.06] Fever.
[24.13-24.93] Fever.
[28.59-32.11] Now look at the paragraph and listen, don't repeat.
[34.08-36.88] The nurse at the school took everyone's temperature.
[38.10-44.82] She gave the students thermometers and told them to hold the thermometers under their tongues for a few minutes.
[45.78-49.30] Then she took the thermometers and looked at them.
[50.40-58.24] Maria's thermometer said 98.6 degrees Fahrenheit, or 37 degrees Celsius.
[59.52-61.20] That temperature is allright.
[62.16-66.72] Someone with a temperature higher than 98.6 has a fever.
[70.88-72.64] Look at Maria's thermometer.
[73.36-74.56] What is her temperature?
[76.83-78.67] It's 98.6.
[78.67-80.66] Does she have a fever?
[83.02-84.62] No, she doesn't.
[85.18-88.30] Repeat: Maria doesn't have a fever.
[92.02-94.50] Now listen and look at the other thermometers.
[94.98-99.54] When you hear a student's temperature, write it on his or her thermometer.
[102.03-106.27] When the nurse looked at the other thermometers, this is what she learned:
[107.97-111.17] Steve had a temperature of 100 degrees.
[119.01-123.33] Alan's temperature was 98.2 degrees.
[130.48-134.25] Sally's temperature was 99.5.
[142.11-145.14] David had a temperature of 103 degrees.
[153.87-156.19] Listen again and check the temperatures.
[157.66-160.14] Steve had a temperature of 100 degrees.
[164.97-168.45] Alan's temperature was 98.2 degrees.
[172.59-176.19] Sally's temperature was 99.5.
[180.99-184.47] David had a temperature of 103 degrees.
[190.50-191.52] Which students had fevers?
[192.66-194.42] Put a check beside their names.
[203.62-205.46] Three students had fevers.
[206.10-208.98] They were Steve, Sally, and David.
[209.94-212.90] Now look at the thermometers and answer these questions.
[214.82-216.34] Whose fever was the highest?
[222.06-225.14] Repeat: David's fever was the highest.
[230.86-232.30] Who had the lowest temperature?
[238.93-241.81] Repeat: Alan had the lowest temperature.
[247.62-249.38] What was the highest temperature?
[255.94-259.38] Repeat: The highest temperature was 103.
[266.67-268.28] What was Steve's temperature?
[274.63-278.97] Repeat: Steve's temperature was 100 degrees.
[285.75-286.71] What was Sally's temperature?
[294.15-299.01] Repeat: Sally's temperature was 99.5.
#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk11-l1a-f4-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now look at Figure 4.
Look at the pictures and repeat the words under the pictures.
Runny nose.
Runny nose.
Sneeze.
Sneeze.
Cough.
Cough.
Look at the sentences under the pictures.
Repeat the words and sentences.
Number 1: cold.
Cold.
Sally has a bad cold.
Number 2: catch.
Catch.
She hopes her friends won't catch it.
Number 3: caught.
Caught.
She thinks she caught it from her sister.
Number 4: symptoms.
Symptoms.
She began to feel the symptoms yesterday.
Number 5: sneeze.
Sneeze.
First she started to sneeze.
Number 6: run.
Run.
Then her nose began to run.
Number 7: cough.
Cough.
Now she has a bad cough.
Coughed.
Coughed.
She couldn't sleep last night because she coughed so often.
Number 8: running a temperature.
Running a temperature.
Now she's running a temperature of 101.
Number 9: see.
See.
Her mother thinks Sally should see the doctor.
Number 10: appointment.
Appointment.
She wants Sally to make an appointment with the doctor.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.89-3.25] Now look at Figure 4.
[3.97-7.25] Look at the pictures and repeat the words under the pictures.
[9.30-10.34] Runny nose.
[12.35-13.47] Runny nose.
[15.36-16.24] Sneeze.
[18.00-19.04] Sneeze.
[21.14-21.62] Cough.
[23.63-24.19] Cough.
[28.22-30.62] Look at the sentences under the pictures.
[31.18-33.02] Repeat the words and sentences.
[34.27-36.03] Number 1: cold.
[37.79-38.43] Cold.
[40.42-42.18] Sally has a bad cold.
[46.18-48.26] Number 2: catch.
[50.03-50.67] Catch.
[52.99-55.07] She hopes her friends won't catch it.
[59.82-61.58] Number 3: caught.
[63.63-63.68] Caught.
[66.29-68.53] She thinks she caught it from her sister.
[73.47-77.43] Number 4: symptoms.
[77.44-78.40] Symptoms.
[80.72-83.52] She began to feel the symptoms yesterday.
[88.48-90.72] Number 5: sneeze.
[92.45-95.37] Sneeze.
[95.38-97.38] First she started to sneeze.
[102.05-103.81] Number 6: run.
[105.47-106.03] Run.
[108.14-110.14] Then her nose began to run.
[115.02-117.26] Number 7: cough.
[119.31-119.87] Cough.
[122.27-124.11] Now she has a bad cough.
[127.47-128.03] Coughed.
[129.92-130.40] Coughed.
[133.15-136.75] She couldn't sleep last night because she coughed so often.
[143.58-146.42] Number 8: running a temperature.
[148.58-150.02] Running a temperature.
[153.26-156.30] Now she's running a temperature of 101.
[163.95-164.99] Number 9: see.
[168.27-168.51] See.
[171.27-173.94] Her mother thinks Sally should see the doctor.
[179.57-181.33] Number 10: appointment.
[182.93-185.55] Appointment.
[186.88-189.68] She wants Sally to make an appointment with the doctor.
#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk11-l1a-f5-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Go to Figure 5 now.
Listen to the dialogue.
Don't repeat.
Excuse me.
I can't stop sneezing.
What's the matter?
Did you catch a cold?
I have all the symptoms of one.
That's a bad cough.
Do you have a fever?
Yes.
And a runny nose too.
Did you make a doctor's appointment?
I don't think I need to see the doctor.
Why not?
I know what she'll tell me.
Stay in bed.
Yes.
And eat a lot of chicken soup.
Listen to the dialogue again.
This time write the missing words in the blanks.
Excuse me.
I can't stop sneezing.
What's the matter?
Did you catch a cold?
I have all the symptoms of one.
That's a bad cough.
Do you have a fever?
Yes.
And a runny nose too.
Did you make a doctor's appointment?
I don't think I need to see the doctor.
Why not?
I know what she'll tell me.
Stay in bed.
Yes.
And eat a lot of chicken soup.
Listen to the dialogue a third time and check the words.
Excuse me.
I can't stop sneezing.
What's the matter?
Did you catch a cold?
I have all the symptoms of one.
That's a bad cough.
Do you have a fever?
Yes.
And a runny nose too.
Did you make a doctor's appointment?
I don't think I need to see the doctor.
Why not?
I know what she'll tell me.
Stay in bed.
Yes.
And eat a lot of chicken soup.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.98-3.66] Go to Figure 5 now.
[4.30-5.58] Listen to the dialogue.
[6.30-7.18] Don't repeat.
[12.38-13.26] Excuse me.
[13.50-14.94] I can't stop sneezing.
[15.18-15.98] What's the matter?
[16.30-17.26] Did you catch a cold?
[17.66-19.50] I have all the symptoms of one.
[21.45-22.80] That's a bad cough.
[23.28-24.16] Do you have a fever?
[24.88-25.36] Yes.
[25.36-26.80] And a runny nose too.
[27.92-29.52] Did you make a doctor's appointment?
[30.24-32.08] I don't think I need to see the doctor.
[32.64-33.28] Why not?
[34.00-35.36] I know what she'll tell me.
[35.76-36.72] Stay in bed.
[37.04-37.68] Yes.
[38.40-40.16] And eat a lot of chicken soup.
[41.84-43.60] Listen to the dialogue again.
[44.32-47.04] This time write the missing words in the blanks.
[49.22-50.10] Excuse me.
[50.34-51.78] I can't stop sneezing.
[56.16-56.88] What's the matter?
[57.28-58.32] Did you catch a cold?
[63.12-64.88] I have all the symptoms of one.
[72.00-73.28] That's a bad cough.
[78.78-79.74] Do you have a fever?
[84.96-85.36] Yes.
[85.52-86.88] And a runny nose too.
[93.79-95.39] Did you make a doctor's appointment?
[99.63-101.47] I don't think I need to see the doctor.
[101.87-102.67] Why not?
[109.20-110.48] I know what she'll tell me.
[110.96-111.84] Stay in bed.
[115.14-115.70] Yes.
[116.10-117.62] And eat a lot of chicken soup.
[120.53-123.89] Listen to the dialogue a third time and check the words.
[130.14-130.94] Excuse me.
[131.34-132.70] I can't stop sneezing.
[133.26-134.06] What's the matter?
[134.38-135.74] Did you catch a cold?
[137.09-138.85] I have all the symptoms of one.
[140.85-142.13] That's a bad cough.
[142.69-143.65] Do you have a fever?
[144.13-144.53] Yes.
[144.61-145.89] And a runny nose too.
[147.78-149.46] Did you make a doctor's appointment?
[150.18-151.94] I don't think I need to see the doctor.
[152.10-152.82] Why not?
[153.30-154.58] I know what she'll tell me.
[155.06-155.86] Stay in bed.
[156.26-156.82] Yes.
[157.14-158.90] And eat a lot of chicken soup.
#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk11-l1a-f6-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Go to figure 6.
Read the questions.
Now listen to a conversation.
Hey David, why weren't you in math class this morning?
I was in the nurse's office.
What was wrong?
I was sick.
That's too bad.
The math test was easy.
It was?
I thought it was going to be hard.
I guess a lot of other people thought the same thing.
Half of the class wasn't there.
Was Mr.
Wilson angry?
No, but he did say that the test tomorrow will be more difficult.
Another test tomorrow?
I feel sick again.
Listen to the conversation again.
Then answer the questions.
Listen first.
Hey David, why weren't you in math class this morning?
I was in the nurse's office.
What was wrong?
I was sick.
That's too bad.
The math test was easy.
It was?
I thought it was going to be hard.
I guess a lot of other people thought the same thing.
Half of the class wasn't there.
Was Mr.
Wilson angry?
No, but he did say that the test tomorrow will be more difficult.
Another test tomorrow?
I feel sick again.
Now answer the questions and repeat the correct answers.
Number 1.
Who is Mr.
Wilson?
Repeat: Mr.
Wilson is a teacher.
Number 2.
How was the math test this morning?
Repeat: It was easy.
Number 3.
Where was David this morning?
Repeat: He was in the nurse's office.
Number 4.
Did all of the other students take the math test?
Repeat: No, half of the students in the class didn't take the test.
Number 5.
Will Mr.
Wilson give the class another test?
Repeat: Yes, he'll give the class another test tomorrow.
This is the end of lesson 1A, book 11.
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.18-2.98] Go to figure 6.
[4.34-5.54] Read the questions.
[25.25-27.17] Now listen to a conversation.
[31.49-34.37] Hey David, why weren't you in math class this morning?
[34.77-36.05] I was in the nurse's office.
[36.53-37.33] What was wrong?
[37.41-38.13] I was sick.
[38.53-39.41] That's too bad.
[39.97-41.17] The math test was easy.
[41.33-42.05] It was?
[42.45-43.73] I thought it was going to be hard.
[44.62-46.86] I guess a lot of other people thought the same thing.
[47.34-48.78] Half of the class wasn't there.
[49.10-49.50] Was Mr.
[49.50-50.22] Wilson angry?
[50.62-53.98] No, but he did say that the test tomorrow will be more difficult.
[54.38-56.14] Another test tomorrow?
[56.46-57.90] I feel sick again.
[62.61-64.45] Listen to the conversation again.
[64.93-67.17] Then answer the questions.
[67.89-68.85] Listen first.
[71.12-74.00] Hey David, why weren't you in math class this morning?
[74.40-75.76] I was in the nurse's office.
[76.24-76.96] What was wrong?
[77.04-77.76] I was sick.
[78.16-79.04] That's too bad.
[79.60-80.80] The math test was easy.
[80.96-81.68] It was?
[82.08-83.36] I thought it was going to be hard.
[84.34-86.58] I guess a lot of other people thought the same thing.
[86.98-88.42] Half of the class wasn't there.
[88.74-89.14] Was Mr.
[89.14-89.94] Wilson angry?
[90.26-93.70] No, but he did say that the test tomorrow will be more difficult.
[94.10-95.78] Another test tomorrow?
[96.18-97.54] I feel sick again.
[101.09-104.53] Now answer the questions and repeat the correct answers.
[106.40-107.12] Number 1.
[108.50-109.06] Who is Mr.
[109.06-109.62] Wilson?
[115.92-117.60] Repeat: Mr.
[117.60-118.88] Wilson is a teacher.
[123.87-124.59] Number 2.
[125.65-127.65] How was the math test this morning?
[133.94-135.70] Repeat: It was easy.
[140.18-140.90] Number 3.
[142.05-143.65] Where was David this morning?
[149.97-152.94] Repeat: He was in the nurse's office.
[158.99-159.71] Number 4.
[161.31-163.87] Did all of the other students take the math test?
[170.10-175.38] Repeat: No, half of the students in the class didn't take the test.
[183.09-183.49] Number 5.
[185.12-185.52] Will Mr.
[185.52-187.52] Wilson give the class another test?
[193.14-197.86] Repeat: Yes, he'll give the class another test tomorrow.
[213.50-216.78] This is the end of lesson 1A, book 11.

656
sources/book-11/tape-1B.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,656 @@
#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk11-l1b-f1-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
American Language Course, Book 11, Lesson 1B.
Hello.
Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 1B.
Look at Figure 1 and repeat the words.
Number 1: "annual."
Annual.
Number 2: "examination."
Examination.
Number 3: "physical."
Physical.
Number 4: "exam."
Exam.
Number 5: "checkup." Checkup.
Number 6: "regular."
Regular.
Number 7: "in."
In.
Number 8: "out." Out.
Number 9: "sometime."
Sometime.
Number 10: "come in." Come in.
Number 11: "make it." Make it.
Number 12: "how about." How about.
Number 13: "then."
Then.
Segment timings (seconds):
[15.44-19.44] American Language Course, Book 11, Lesson 1B.
[25.34-25.90] Hello.
[26.70-30.27] Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 1B.
[38.69-41.17] Look at Figure 1 and repeat the words.
[42.64-44.56] Number 1: "annual."
[46.54-49.95] Annual.
[50.08-52.64] Number 2: "examination."
[54.50-55.62] Examination.
[59.02-61.02] Number 3: "physical."
[63.04-63.76] Physical.
[66.70-69.02] Number 4: "exam."
[70.69-71.49] Exam.
[74.43-82.05] Number 5: "checkup." Checkup.
[82.18-84.34] Number 6: "regular."
[86.42-89.73] Regular.
[89.81-91.57] Number 7: "in."
[93.49-96.99] In.
[97.09-103.53] Number 8: "out." Out.
[103.57-106.05] Number 9: "sometime."
[107.97-108.93] Sometime.
[112.05-119.25] Number 10: "come in." Come in.
[120.06-127.47] Number 11: "make it." Make it.
[127.60-135.03] Number 12: "how about." How about.
[135.90-138.14] Number 13: "then."
[139.71-139.76] Then.
#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk11-l1b-f2-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now look at Figure 2 and listen to the dialogues; don't repeat.
Number 1.
Does your family take a vacation every year?
Yes, we take an annual vacation.
Number 2.
Jane can't see very well at night.
She ought to have an eye examination.
Number 3.
Why are you going to the doctor?
Are you sick?
No, but I need a physical exam before school starts.
Number 4.
I go to the dentist only when I have a problem.
I don't.
I have a checkup every 6 months.
Number 5.
Does Jim usually work on your car?
No, Tom is my regular mechanic.
Number 6.
Are you in the military?
No.
I was in for 8 years, but I'm out now.
Number 7.
Can you give me a haircut some time today?
Sure.
Can you come in at 9 o'clock?
Sorry, I can't make it there that early.
Allright.
How about 11 o'clock?
That's fine.
I'll see you then.
Look at Figure 2 again and answer the questions about the dialogues.
Number 1.
What kind of vacation does Tom's family take?
Repeat: They take an annual vacation.
Number 2.
What should Jane have?
Repeat: She should have an eye examination.
Number 3.
What does Tim need before school starts?
Repeat: He needs a physical exam.
Number 4.
How often does Jim go to the dentist for a checkup?
Repeat: He goes for a checkup every 6 months.
Number 5.
Who is Jan's regular mechanic?
Repeat: Tom is her regular mechanic.
Number 6.
Is Bob in the military now, or is he out?
Repeat: He's out now.
How long was he in?
Repeat: He was in for 8 years.
Number 7.
When does Bob want a haircut?
Repeat: He wants one some time today.
When does Ray ask him to come in?
Repeat: Ray asks him to come in at 9 o'clock.
Can Bob be there by 9?
Repeat: No, he can't make it there by 9.
How about 11 o'clock?
Is 11 o'clock okay?
Yes, it's okay.
Will he see Ray at 11?
Repeat: Yes, he'll see him then.
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.34-6.90] Now look at Figure 2 and listen to the dialogues; don't repeat.
[11.38-12.10] Number 1.
[13.46-15.70] Does your family take a vacation every year?
[16.10-18.42] Yes, we take an annual vacation.
[19.70-20.42] Number 2.
[22.03-24.27] Jane can't see very well at night.
[26.14-28.30] She ought to have an eye examination.
[29.36-30.16] Number 3.
[31.62-33.14] Why are you going to the doctor?
[33.38-34.10] Are you sick?
[35.01-38.53] No, but I need a physical exam before school starts.
[39.71-40.59] Number 4.
[41.66-44.46] I go to the dentist only when I have a problem.
[44.86-45.42] I don't.
[45.98-47.98] I have a checkup every 6 months.
[49.81-50.69] Number 5.
[51.74-53.82] Does Jim usually work on your car?
[54.38-56.70] No, Tom is my regular mechanic.
[58.14-59.02] Number 6.
[59.02-61.02] Are you in the military?
[61.26-61.74] No.
[62.14-64.38] I was in for 8 years, but I'm out now.
[65.10-65.98] Number 7.
[67.12-69.04] Can you give me a haircut some time today?
[69.60-70.24] Sure.
[70.80-72.24] Can you come in at 9 o'clock?
[72.72-75.04] Sorry, I can't make it there that early.
[75.68-76.32] Allright.
[76.56-77.76] How about 11 o'clock?
[78.08-78.72] That's fine.
[79.12-79.92] I'll see you then.
[83.58-87.82] Look at Figure 2 again and answer the questions about the dialogues.
[89.58-90.30] Number 1.
[91.41-94.29] What kind of vacation does Tom's family take?
[100.34-103.50] Repeat: They take an annual vacation.
[109.20-109.92] Number 2.
[111.41-112.69] What should Jane have?
[118.96-122.66] Repeat: She should have an eye examination.
[129.04-129.76] Number 3.
[131.28-133.76] What does Tim need before school starts?
[140.67-143.58] Repeat: He needs a physical exam.
[149.06-149.78] Number 4.
[151.30-154.10] How often does Jim go to the dentist for a checkup?
[161.87-165.55] Repeat: He goes for a checkup every 6 months.
[171.50-172.14] Number 5.
[173.55-175.47] Who is Jan's regular mechanic?
[181.98-185.06] Repeat: Tom is her regular mechanic.
[190.08-190.96] Number 6.
[190.96-194.56] Is Bob in the military now, or is he out?
[200.34-201.94] Repeat: He's out now.
[205.94-207.06] How long was he in?
[212.62-215.58] Repeat: He was in for 8 years.
[220.16-220.88] Number 7.
[222.00-223.60] When does Bob want a haircut?
[230.13-233.54] Repeat: He wants one some time today.
[239.71-241.55] When does Ray ask him to come in?
[248.70-252.72] Repeat: Ray asks him to come in at 9 o'clock.
[260.83-262.56] Can Bob be there by 9?
[268.95-272.06] Repeat: No, he can't make it there by 9.
[279.09-280.47] How about 11 o'clock?
[281.49-282.10] Is 11 o'clock okay?
[288.93-290.29] Yes, it's okay.
[294.66-296.18] Will he see Ray at 11?
[302.80-305.60] Repeat: Yes, he'll see him then.
#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk11-l1b-f3-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now look at Figure 3 and listen to the paragraphs: "Write the missing words."
Henry is an airline pilot.
He has to be healthy, or he can't fly an airplane.
He gets a physical exam every summer.
When it's time for his annual visit to the doctor, Henry calls Dr.
Armstrong's office.
The secretary always gives him an appointment sometime in June.
The doctor checks Henry carefully then.
When Dr.
Armstrong finds something wrong in the regular exam, he asks Henry to come in for another examination.
Henry always makes it to the doctor's office for his exam because he wants to keep his job.
How about you?
Do you get a checkup every year?
Listen to the paragraphs again and check your work.
Henry is an airline pilot.
He has to be healthy, or he can't fly an airplane.
He gets a physical exam every summer.
When it's time for his annual visit to the doctor, Henry calls Dr.
Armstrong's office.
The secretary always gives him an appointment sometime in June.
The doctor checks Henry carefully then.
When Dr.
Armstrong finds something wrong in the regular exam, he asks Henry to come in for another examination.
Henry always makes it to the doctor's office for his exam because he wants to keep his job.
How about you?
Do you get a checkup every year?
When the lesson ends, go to the answer page for this lesson and check your work.
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.69-7.97] Now look at Figure 3 and listen to the paragraphs: "Write the missing words."
[10.30-11.98] Henry is an airline pilot.
[13.07-16.27] He has to be healthy, or he can't fly an airplane.
[17.70-20.02] He gets a physical exam every summer.
[28.88-33.63] When it's time for his annual visit to the doctor, Henry calls Dr.
[33.71-34.91] Armstrong's office.
[43.18-47.18] The secretary always gives him an appointment sometime in June.
[55.95-58.19] The doctor checks Henry carefully then.
[67.47-67.95] When Dr.
[67.95-75.18] Armstrong finds something wrong in the regular exam, he asks Henry to come in for another examination.
[84.53-90.05] Henry always makes it to the doctor's office for his exam because he wants to keep his job.
[98.18-99.06] How about you?
[105.38-107.14] Do you get a checkup every year?
[116.48-119.60] Listen to the paragraphs again and check your work.
[121.46-123.14] Henry is an airline pilot.
[124.21-127.57] He has to be healthy, or he can't fly an airplane.
[129.22-131.62] He gets a physical exam every summer.
[132.99-137.71] When it's time for his annual visit to the doctor, Henry calls Dr.
[137.71-138.99] Armstrong's office.
[140.85-144.93] The secretary always gives him an appointment sometime in June.
[146.70-148.94] The doctor checks Henry carefully then.
[150.46-151.02] When Dr.
[151.02-157.98] Armstrong finds something wrong in the regular exam, he asks Henry to come in for another examination.
[159.82-165.58] Henry always makes it to the doctor's office for his exam because he wants to keep his job.
[167.06-167.86] How about you?
[169.14-170.82] Do you get a checkup every year?
[175.68-180.56] When the lesson ends, go to the answer page for this lesson and check your work.
#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk11-l1b-f4-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Please go to Figure 4 now.
Look at the dialog and repeat the underlined words.
Emergency.
Emergency.
Patient.
Patient.
Get.
Get.
Listen to the dialogues.
Don't repeat.
Can I speak with the doctor, please?
Dr.
Payne will have some free time in about an hour.
May she return your call then?
No, I can't wait.
This is an emergency.
My son Mike had an accident.
Just a minute, please.
I'll tell her.
Doctor, a young patient of yours is in trouble.
What's the problem, Mrs.
Green?
Mike just broke his arm in a basketball game.
Is he in a lot of pain?
Yes.
Can you see himright away?
I'll meet you at the hospital emergency room.
When can you get there?
I can be there in 10 minutes.
Thank you.
Listen to the dialog again and repeat it.
Can I speak with the doctor, please?
Dr.
Payne will have some free time in about an hour.
May she return your call then?
No, I can't wait.
This is an emergency.
My son Mike had an accident.
Just a minute, please.
I'll tell her.
Doctor, a young patient of yours is in trouble.
What's the problem, Mrs.
Green?
Mike just broke his arm in a basketball game.
Is he in a lot of pain?
Yes.
Can you see himright away?
I'll meet you at the hospital emergency room.
When can you get there?
I can be there in 10 minutes.
Thank you.
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.26-4.18] Please go to Figure 4 now.
[4.82-7.86] Look at the dialog and repeat the underlined words.
[9.42-10.38] Emergency.
[12.37-13.33] Emergency.
[15.54-16.10] Patient.
[18.13-18.69] Patient.
[20.74-21.30] Get.
[23.20-23.76] Get.
[27.79-29.31] Listen to the dialogues.
[29.87-30.83] Don't repeat.
[33.52-35.12] Can I speak with the doctor, please?
[35.68-36.08] Dr.
[36.08-38.40] Payne will have some free time in about an hour.
[38.80-40.24] May she return your call then?
[40.56-41.68] No, I can't wait.
[41.84-43.12] This is an emergency.
[43.36-45.20] My son Mike had an accident.
[45.36-46.32] Just a minute, please.
[46.48-47.28] I'll tell her.
[49.15-52.03] Doctor, a young patient of yours is in trouble.
[54.78-55.82] What's the problem, Mrs.
[55.82-56.22] Green?
[56.70-59.34] Mike just broke his arm in a basketball game.
[59.66-60.94] Is he in a lot of pain?
[61.18-61.66] Yes.
[61.82-63.18] Can you see himright away?
[63.50-65.82] I'll meet you at the hospital emergency room.
[66.22-67.18] When can you get there?
[67.90-69.42] I can be there in 10 minutes.
[69.66-70.14] Thank you.
[72.29-75.09] Listen to the dialog again and repeat it.
[78.83-80.51] Can I speak with the doctor, please?
[84.77-85.09] Dr.
[85.09-87.65] Payne will have some free time in about an hour.
[96.03-97.79] May she return your call then?
[102.43-103.79] No, I can't wait.
[106.83-108.27] This is an emergency.
[110.83-112.59] My son Mike had an accident.
[116.56-117.92] Just a minute, please.
[120.54-121.50] I'll tell her.
[124.90-127.86] Doctor, a young patient of yours is in trouble.
[132.34-133.54] What's the problem, Mrs.
[133.54-134.02] Green?
[137.34-139.90] Mike just broke his arm in a basketball game.
[143.33-144.69] Is he in a lot of pain?
[147.76-148.32] Yes.
[149.95-151.31] Can you see himright away?
[154.99-157.47] I'll meet you at the hospital emergency room.
[161.06-162.18] When can you get there?
[166.24-167.92] I can be there in 10 minutes.
[171.02-171.50] Thank you.
#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk11-l1b-f5-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 5 and listen to the sentences about the dialogues.
Circle T if the sentence is true, circle F if it is false.
Number 1: Mrs.
Green wants to make a regular appointment.
Number 2: Mike needs to see the doctorright away.
Number 3: The doctor is Mike's patient.
Number 4: The doctor will meet Mike at the emergency room.
Number 5: Mrs.
Green can drive to the hospital in half an hour.
Now check your answers.
Number 1 is false.
Mrs.
Green doesn't want to make a regular appointment.
Repeat: This is an emergency.
Number 2 is true.
Repeat: Mike needs to see the doctorright away.
Number 3 is false.
The doctor isn't Mike's patient.
Repeat: Mike is Dr.
Payne's patient.
Number 4 is true.
Repeat: The doctor will meet Mike at the emergency room.
Number 5 is false.
It won't take Mrs.
Green half an hour to get to the hospital.
Repeat: She can get there in 10 minutes.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.63-6.27] Look at Figure 5 and listen to the sentences about the dialogues.
[7.17-13.17] Circle T if the sentence is true, circle F if it is false.
[15.10-17.49] Number 1: Mrs.
[17.49-20.05] Green wants to make a regular appointment.
[27.44-31.97] Number 2: Mike needs to see the doctorright away.
[39.98-43.66] Number 3: The doctor is Mike's patient.
[52.18-57.30] Number 4: The doctor will meet Mike at the emergency room.
[66.19-68.78] Number 5: Mrs.
[68.78-71.74] Green can drive to the hospital in half an hour.
[79.54-80.98] Now check your answers.
[83.34-85.02] Number 1 is false.
[86.26-86.58] Mrs.
[86.58-88.98] Green doesn't want to make a regular appointment.
[90.64-93.04] Repeat: This is an emergency.
[97.84-99.36] Number 2 is true.
[100.29-104.21] Repeat: Mike needs to see the doctorright away.
[109.86-111.54] Number 3 is false.
[112.56-114.24] The doctor isn't Mike's patient.
[115.36-117.60] Repeat: Mike is Dr.
[117.60-118.64] Payne's patient.
[124.75-126.51] Number 4 is true.
[127.66-131.70] Repeat: The doctor will meet Mike at the emergency room.
[137.26-139.02] Number 5 is false.
[140.46-141.58] It won't take Mrs.
[141.58-143.90] Green half an hour to get to the hospital.
[145.73-148.85] Repeat: She can get there in 10 minutes.
#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk11-l1b-f6-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Please look at Figure 6 now.
Listen to the dialogues, then circle the correct answer.
Look at the example first.
This jacket looks good with my slacks.
Yes, it does.
Would you like to try it on?
Where are the men?
The answer is C.
They're in a clothing store.
Listen to the dialogue again.
This jacket looks good with my slacks.
Yes, it does.
Would you like to try it on?
Now listen and circle A, B, or C.
Number 1.
Would you like to order dessert?
Yes.
I think I saw apple pie on the menu.
Number 2.
Will we get there in time?
Yes.
His flight doesn't land until 10 o'clock.
Number 3.
It took my money and kept the soda.
Did you push the coin return?
Number 4.
Oh no, there's a police car.
How fast were you driving?
Now check your answers.
Number 1 is A.
They're eating in a restaurant.
Number 2 is B.
They're going to pick someone up at the airport.
Number 3 is C.
The vending machine is out of order.
Number 4 is C.
The driver may get a traffic ticket.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.74-3.74] Please look at Figure 6 now.
[4.54-8.38] Listen to the dialogues, then circle the correct answer.
[9.10-10.78] Look at the example first.
[16.98-19.14] This jacket looks good with my slacks.
[19.30-20.50] Yes, it does.
[20.50-21.62] Would you like to try it on?
[23.31-24.19] Where are the men?
[32.99-34.67] The answer is C.
[35.47-36.75] They're in a clothing store.
[38.24-39.68] Listen to the dialogue again.
[40.77-42.85] This jacket looks good with my slacks.
[43.17-44.29] Yes, it does.
[44.37-45.49] Would you like to try it on?
[48.98-52.26] Now listen and circle A, B, or C.
[58.14-58.86] Number 1.
[59.81-61.17] Would you like to order dessert?
[62.22-62.78] Yes.
[62.86-65.18] I think I saw apple pie on the menu.
[76.67-77.47] Number 2.
[78.35-79.63] Will we get there in time?
[80.27-80.91] Yes.
[80.91-83.55] His flight doesn't land until 10 o'clock.
[95.97-96.77] Number 3.
[97.41-99.41] It took my money and kept the soda.
[100.40-102.00] Did you push the coin return?
[113.90-114.78] Number 4.
[115.50-117.58] Oh no, there's a police car.
[118.22-119.74] How fast were you driving?
[135.33-136.77] Now check your answers.
[138.85-140.45] Number 1 is A.
[141.57-143.09] They're eating in a restaurant.
[145.94-147.70] Number 2 is B.
[148.85-151.09] They're going to pick someone up at the airport.
[153.49-155.33] Number 3 is C.
[156.32-158.08] The vending machine is out of order.
[160.58-162.42] Number 4 is C.
[163.55-165.55] The driver may get a traffic ticket.
#### TAPE — Figure 7 (clip filenames start: bk11-l1b-f7-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Go to Figure 7, look at the sentences, and repeat the underlined words.
Number 1: "still." Still.
Number 2: "any longer."
Any longer.
Number 3: "any more."
Any more.
Now listen to the sentences.
Repeat only the sentences with the underlined words.
Don't repeat the others.
Listen.
Number 1: "Beth was Dr.
Clark's patient 5 years ago." "She's Dr.
Clark's patient now."
"Beth is still Dr.
Clark's patient."
Repeat: "Beth is still Dr.
Clark's patient."
Number 2:
"Dr.
Clark's office was downtown."
"It's in the shopping mall now."
"Dr.
Clark's office isn't downtown any longer."
Repeat: "Dr.
Clark's office isn't downtown any longer."
Number 3: "When she was younger, Beth ate a lot of candy."
"Then she began to have problems with her teeth." "Beth doesn't eat much candy anymore."
Repeat: "Beth doesn't eat much candy anymore."
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.86-7.06] Go to Figure 7, look at the sentences, and repeat the underlined words.
[8.53-15.27] Number 1: "still." Still.
[15.31-17.71] Number 2: "any longer."
[19.57-19.94] Any longer.
[23.28-25.76] Number 3: "any more."
[27.52-28.24] Any more.
[33.74-35.58] Now listen to the sentences.
[36.14-39.18] Repeat only the sentences with the underlined words.
[40.02-41.46] Don't repeat the others.
[41.86-42.42] Listen.
[44.94-47.44] Number 1: "Beth was Dr.
[47.44-51.47] Clark's patient 5 years ago." "She's Dr.
[51.47-52.83] Clark's patient now."
[54.64-56.00] "Beth is still Dr.
[56.00-56.96] Clark's patient."
[58.69-61.31] Repeat: "Beth is still Dr.
[61.31-62.43] Clark's patient."
[67.63-68.35] Number 2:
[69.97-70.29] "Dr.
[70.29-72.29] Clark's office was downtown."
[74.11-75.71] "It's in the shopping mall now."
[78.05-78.37] "Dr.
[78.37-81.17] Clark's office isn't downtown any longer."
[83.98-85.74] Repeat: "Dr.
[85.74-88.78] Clark's office isn't downtown any longer."
[96.93-101.84] Number 3: "When she was younger, Beth ate a lot of candy."
[103.54-110.37] "Then she began to have problems with her teeth." "Beth doesn't eat much candy anymore."
[112.45-116.05] Repeat: "Beth doesn't eat much candy anymore."
#### TAPE — Figure 8 (clip filenames start: bk11-l1b-f8-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Go to Figure 8 now.
These are Dr.
Clark's information forms for Beth; they're not the same.
The one on theright is newer than the one on the left, and some things are different.
Read both forms now.
Now look at the forms and answer some questions about Beth.
Number 1: Is Beth's last name still Davis?
No, it's not.
Beth is married now, and her last name is different.
Repeat: her last name isn't Davis any longer.
Number 2: Is Beth's age still the same?
No, it's not.
She's 28 now.
Repeat: she's not 23 anymore.
Number 3:
Does she live on State Street any longer?
No, she doesn't.
She lives on Waterside Street now.
Repeat: she doesn't live on State Street any longer.
Number 4: Does Beth still live in Bay City?
Yes, she does.
Repeat: she still lives in Bay City.
Number 5: Is her telephone number still the same?
No, it's different.
Repeat: her phone number isn't the same anymore.
Number 6:
Is she a secretary any longer?
No, she's a teacher now.
Repeat: she's not a secretary any longer.
Number 7:
Does Beth work at Bay City High School anymore?
Yes, she does.
Repeat: she still works at the high school.
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.05-3.57] Go to Figure 8 now.
[4.51-5.31] These are Dr.
[5.31-9.47] Clark's information forms for Beth; they're not the same.
[10.35-15.47] The one on theright is newer than the one on the left, and some things are different.
[16.37-18.21] Read both forms now.
[49.26-52.94] Now look at the forms and answer some questions about Beth.
[55.15-59.14] Number 1: Is Beth's last name still Davis?
[65.38-66.58] No, it's not.
[67.79-71.15] Beth is married now, and her last name is different.
[73.20-76.72] Repeat: her last name isn't Davis any longer.
[81.84-85.20] Number 2: Is Beth's age still the same?
[91.42-92.22] No, it's not.
[93.47-94.83] She's 28 now.
[96.56-100.02] Repeat: she's not 23 anymore.
[104.40-105.12] Number 3:
[106.94-109.02] Does she live on State Street any longer?
[116.72-117.68] No, she doesn't.
[119.44-121.68] She lives on Waterside Street now.
[123.17-127.31] Repeat: she doesn't live on State Street any longer.
[134.58-138.61] Number 4: Does Beth still live in Bay City?
[147.09-148.21] Yes, she does.
[149.65-152.69] Repeat: she still lives in Bay City.
[158.99-162.70] Number 5: Is her telephone number still the same?
[170.10-171.22] No, it's different.
[172.51-176.94] Repeat: her phone number isn't the same anymore.
[182.96-183.60] Number 6:
[185.37-187.10] Is she a secretary any longer?
[195.46-197.22] No, she's a teacher now.
[198.46-201.74] Repeat: she's not a secretary any longer.
[207.78-208.42] Number 7:
[210.02-213.22] Does Beth work at Bay City High School anymore?
[220.18-221.46] Yes, she does.
[223.02-226.06] Repeat: she still works at the high school.
#### TAPE — Figure 9 (clip filenames start: bk11-l1b-f9-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 9 now, and listen to the paragraph, then select the main idea.
Mark is never sick.
He exercises a lot and tries to eat good food.
He has fruit or vegetables with every meal, and he usually doesn't have dessert.
He sleeps for 7 or 8 hours every night and feels terrific the next day.
The doctor and dentist check him every year, but they never find anything wrong.
Listen to the paragraph again and check your answer.
Mark is never sick.
He exercises a lot and tries to eat good food.
He has fruit or vegetables with every meal, and he usually doesn't have dessert.
He sleeps for 7 or 8 hours every night and feels terrific the next day.
The doctor and dentist check him every year, but they never find anything wrong.
The answer is B.
Mark is very healthy.
This is the end of Lesson 1B, Book 11.
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.02-7.78] Look at Figure 9 now, and listen to the paragraph, then select the main idea.
[9.79-11.15] Mark is never sick.
[12.27-15.63] He exercises a lot and tries to eat good food.
[16.91-21.95] He has fruit or vegetables with every meal, and he usually doesn't have dessert.
[23.42-29.10] He sleeps for 7 or 8 hours every night and feels terrific the next day.
[30.29-35.33] The doctor and dentist check him every year, but they never find anything wrong.
[39.42-42.70] Listen to the paragraph again and check your answer.
[44.78-46.14] Mark is never sick.
[47.26-50.70] He exercises a lot and tries to eat good food.
[51.71-56.91] He has fruit or vegetables with every meal, and he usually doesn't have dessert.
[58.05-63.41] He sleeps for 7 or 8 hours every night and feels terrific the next day.
[64.83-69.87] The doctor and dentist check him every year, but they never find anything wrong.
[74.10-75.94] The answer is B.
[76.42-78.02] Mark is very healthy.
[84.27-87.39] This is the end of Lesson 1B, Book 11.

497
sources/book-11/tape-1C.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,497 @@
#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk11-l1c-f1-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
American Language Course, Book 11, Lesson 1C.
Hello.
Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 1C.
Look at Figure 1.
Repeat the words and sentences.
Number 1: "dot."
Dot.
The marks above A, B, and C are called dots.
Number 2: "connect." Connect.
A line connects dot A and dot B.
Number 3: "inch."
Inch.
Inches.
Inches.
The line is 2 inches long.
Number 4:
"middle."
Middle.
Dot B is in the middle of the line.
Number 5: "horizontal."
Horizontal.
Line AC is horizontal.
Number 6: "vertical."
Vertical.
Line DE is vertical.
Number 7: "perpendicular."
Perpendicular.
Line AC and line DE are perpendicular.
Number 8: "parallel."
Parallel.
Line A is parallel to line B.
Line C is parallel to line D.
And line E is parallel to line F.
The lines are parallel.
Segment timings (seconds):
[14.40-18.88] American Language Course, Book 11, Lesson 1C.
[24.62-25.02] Hello.
[26.00-30.40] Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 1C.
[36.18-37.30] Look at Figure 1.
[37.94-39.78] Repeat the words and sentences.
[40.34-42.42] Number 1: "dot."
[44.05-44.69] Dot.
[46.19-50.59] The marks above A, B, and C are called dots.
[57.15-62.56] Number 2: "connect." Connect.
[65.63-68.51] A line connects dot A and dot B.
[76.66-78.98] Number 3: "inch."
[81.36-81.84] Inch.
[84.54-85.26] Inches.
[87.82-87.87] Inches.
[91.41-95.79] The line is 2 inches long.
[98.16-99.12] Number 4:
[100.66-101.14] "middle."
[104.05-104.69] Middle.
[108.10-110.90] Dot B is in the middle of the line.
[117.01-119.82] Number 5: "horizontal."
[122.67-122.99] Horizontal.
[127.71-129.90] Line AC is horizontal.
[135.34-137.82] Number 6: "vertical."
[141.18-141.23] Vertical.
[145.57-147.81] Line DE is vertical.
[152.74-155.66] Number 7: "perpendicular."
[159.76-160.80] Perpendicular.
[166.66-171.06] Line AC and line DE are perpendicular.
[179.46-181.26] Number 8: "parallel."
[185.43-185.91] Parallel.
[190.83-193.62] Line A is parallel to line B.
[200.61-203.65] Line C is parallel to line D.
[210.14-213.18] And line E is parallel to line F.
[218.59-220.27] The lines are parallel.
#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk11-l1c-f2-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now go to Figure 2.
Look at the rectangle and listen to the sentences.
Circle T if the sentence is true, circle F if the sentence is false.
Number 1: "Side 1 is vertical."
Number 2: "Side 2 is horizontal."
Number 3: "Side 1 is parallel to side 3."
Number 4: "Side 3 is perpendicular to side 4."
Number 5: "Side 1 is perpendicular to sides 2 and 4."
Number 6: "Side 2 is parallel to side 3."
Number 7: "Dot A is in the middle of the rectangle."
Number 8: "Side 1 is 3 inches long."
Now check your answers.
Number 1 is true.
Repeat: "Side 1 is vertical."
Number 2 is true.
Repeat: "Side 2 is horizontal."
Number 3 is true.
Repeat: "Side 1 is parallel to side 3."
Number 4 is true.
Repeat: "Side 3 is perpendicular to side 4."
Number 5 is true.
Repeat: "Side 1 is perpendicular to sides 2 and 4."
Number 6 is false.
"Side 2 isn't parallel to side 3." Repeat: "Side 2 is parallel to side 4."
Number 7 is false.
"Dot A is in the middle of the line, but not in the middle of the rectangle."
Repeat: "Dot B is in the middle of the rectangle."
Number 8 is false.
"Side 4 is 3 inches long, but side 1 isn't." Repeat: "Side 4 is 3 inches long."
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.45-3.73] Now go to Figure 2.
[4.86-7.66] Look at the rectangle and listen to the sentences.
[8.59-14.19] Circle T if the sentence is true, circle F if the sentence is false.
[15.18-18.77] Number 1: "Side 1 is vertical."
[24.40-27.92] Number 2: "Side 2 is horizontal."
[33.78-38.74] Number 3: "Side 1 is parallel to side 3."
[44.62-50.19] Number 4: "Side 3 is perpendicular to side 4."
[57.45-63.62] Number 5: "Side 1 is perpendicular to sides 2 and 4."
[71.71-76.75] Number 6: "Side 2 is parallel to side 3."
[83.17-87.57] Number 7: "Dot A is in the middle of the rectangle."
[95.82-99.82] Number 8: "Side 1 is 3 inches long."
[107.55-108.75] Now check your answers.
[111.01-112.53] Number 1 is true.
[113.33-116.05] Repeat: "Side 1 is vertical."
[119.15-120.59] Number 2 is true.
[121.70-125.10] Repeat: "Side 2 is horizontal."
[129.74-131.18] Number 3 is true.
[131.98-136.02] Repeat: "Side 1 is parallel to side 3."
[141.45-142.95] Number 4 is true.
[143.67-148.23] Repeat: "Side 3 is perpendicular to side 4."
[154.41-155.91] Number 5 is true.
[156.57-161.68] Repeat: "Side 1 is perpendicular to sides 2 and 4."
[169.05-170.67] Number 6 is false.
[172.53-180.90] "Side 2 isn't parallel to side 3." Repeat: "Side 2 is parallel to side 4."
[187.77-189.58] Number 7 is false.
[190.30-195.90] "Dot A is in the middle of the line, but not in the middle of the rectangle."
[197.82-201.82] Repeat: "Dot B is in the middle of the rectangle."
[207.31-208.99] Number 8 is false.
[210.00-219.49] "Side 4 is 3 inches long, but side 1 isn't." Repeat: "Side 4 is 3 inches long."
#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk11-l1c-f3-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now look at Figure 3: listen to the sentences, but don't repeat them.
Number 1: "Alan is in Canada now." "He was in Canada in June." "He has been in Canada for a year." Number 2: "Jane and Sarah have good jobs now." "They had good jobs 6 months ago." "They have had good jobs since last fall."
Repeat these sentences.
Number 1: "Alan has been in Canada for a year."
Number 2: "Jane and Sarah have had good jobs since last fall."
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.90-6.70] Now look at Figure 3: listen to the sentences, but don't repeat them.
[7.95-28.16] Number 1: "Alan is in Canada now." "He was in Canada in June." "He has been in Canada for a year." Number 2: "Jane and Sarah have good jobs now." "They had good jobs 6 months ago." "They have had good jobs since last fall."
[30.91-32.43] Repeat these sentences.
[33.36-37.60] Number 1: "Alan has been in Canada for a year."
[43.34-49.04] Number 2: "Jane and Sarah have had good jobs since last fall."
#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk11-l1c-f4-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Please go to Figure 4, look at the examples, and listen:
"Tom is a car salesman" since 1988.
"Tom has been a car salesman since 1988." Repeat: "Tom has been a car salesman since 1988."
"Anne and Jim are teachers" for 3 years.
"Anne and Jim have been teachers for 3 years."
Repeat: "Anne and Jim have been teachers for 3 years."
Now listen to the sentences and change them.
Number 1: "Dan is a mechanic"
since 1980.
Repeat: "Dan has been a mechanic since 1980."
Number 2: "His brothers are dentists"
for 10 years.
Repeat: "His brothers have been dentists for 10 years."
Number 3: "Bob is in China"
since 1985.
Repeat: "Bob has been in China since 1985."
Number 4: "Jan and Jill are roommates"
for a year.
Repeat: "Jan and Jill have been roommates for a year."
Number 5: "Steve is a policeman"
for only 3 months.
Repeat: "Steve has been a policeman for only 3 months."
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.32-6.50] Please go to Figure 4, look at the examples, and listen:
[8.29-12.61] "Tom is a car salesman" since 1988.
[14.45-23.84] "Tom has been a car salesman since 1988." Repeat: "Tom has been a car salesman since 1988."
[30.43-34.30] "Anne and Jim are teachers" for 3 years.
[36.35-39.31] "Anne and Jim have been teachers for 3 years."
[40.82-44.98] Repeat: "Anne and Jim have been teachers for 3 years."
[51.02-53.42] Now listen to the sentences and change them.
[56.78-59.66] Number 1: "Dan is a mechanic"
[61.42-62.78] since 1980.
[66.91-71.38] Repeat: "Dan has been a mechanic since 1980."
[77.52-80.72] Number 2: "His brothers are dentists"
[82.29-85.89] for 10 years.
[87.57-91.98] Repeat: "His brothers have been dentists for 10 years."
[97.98-101.14] Number 3: "Bob is in China"
[103.09-107.19] since 1985.
[109.54-113.85] Repeat: "Bob has been in China since 1985."
[120.67-124.27] Number 4: "Jan and Jill are roommates"
[125.86-129.39] for a year.
[131.44-135.81] Repeat: "Jan and Jill have been roommates for a year."
[142.88-146.08] Number 5: "Steve is a policeman"
[148.21-149.89] for only 3 months.
[154.50-159.06] Repeat: "Steve has been a policeman for only 3 months."
#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk11-l1c-f5-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now look at Figure 5.
Listen to the examples: "Mike has a good job since he graduated."
"Mike has had a good job since he graduated."
Repeat: "Mike has had a good job since he graduated."
"Mary and Kay have an apartment
for 6 months."
"Mary and Kay have had an apartment for 6 months." Repeat: "Mary and Kay have had an apartment for 6 months."
Listen to the sentences and change them.
Then repeat the correct answers.
Number 1: "The students have their books
since Monday."
Repeat: "The students have had their books since Monday."
Number 2: "Jill has a cold
for a week."
Repeat: "Jill has had a cold for a week."
Number 3: "Jim's car has a flat tire
since yesterday."
Repeat: "Jim's car has had a flat tire since yesterday."
Number 4: "We have our tickets
for a month."
Repeat: "We've had our tickets for a month."
Number 5: "Jane has a car
since she was 18."
Repeat: "Jane has had a car since she was 18."
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.66-4.02] Now look at Figure 5.
[4.74-10.88] Listen to the examples: "Mike has a good job since he graduated."
[12.61-15.49] "Mike has had a good job since he graduated."
[17.12-21.36] Repeat: "Mike has had a good job since he graduated."
[27.52-29.60] "Mary and Kay have an apartment
[30.90-32.02] for 6 months."
[33.84-43.50] "Mary and Kay have had an apartment for 6 months." Repeat: "Mary and Kay have had an apartment for 6 months."
[49.78-51.94] Listen to the sentences and change them.
[52.50-54.98] Then repeat the correct answers.
[56.48-59.90] Number 1: "The students have their books
[61.26-62.38] since Monday."
[66.45-70.61] Repeat: "The students have had their books since Monday."
[76.43-79.31] Number 2: "Jill has a cold
[80.78-81.74] for a week."
[86.37-90.05] Repeat: "Jill has had a cold for a week."
[94.53-98.43] Number 3: "Jim's car has a flat tire
[100.64-101.92] since yesterday."
[107.89-112.13] Repeat: "Jim's car has had a flat tire since yesterday."
[118.18-121.22] Number 4: "We have our tickets
[122.86-126.09] for a month."
[127.98-131.34] Repeat: "We've had our tickets for a month."
[137.81-140.69] Number 5: "Jane has a car
[142.29-143.89] since she was 18."
[148.53-152.61] Repeat: "Jane has had a car since she was 18."
#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk11-l1c-f6-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 6 now.
Listen to the examples, then repeat them.
"Dan has been in Houston since 1983." Dallas.
"Dan hasn't been in Dallas since 1983."
Repeat: "Dan hasn't been in Dallas since 1983."
"The girls have had a cat for 3 years." Dog.
"The girls haven't had a dog for 3 years."
Repeat: "The girls haven't had a dog for 3 years."
Now listen to the sentences and change them, then repeat the correct answers.
Number 1: "The children have been good for a week." Bad.
Repeat: "The children haven't been bad for a week."
Number 2: "John has been a waiter for 3 years." Cashier.
Repeat: "John hasn't been a cashier for 3 years."
Number 3: "Janet has been married since 1984."
Single.
Repeat: "Janet hasn't been single since 1984."
Number 4:
"Lee has been happy since she became a teacher."
Bored.
Repeat: "Lee hasn't been bored since she became a teacher."
Number 5: "The students have had classes for a year."
A vacation.
Repeat: "The students haven't had a vacation for a year."
Number 6: "Larry has had an old car for a long time."
An accident.
Repeat: "Larry hasn't had an accident for a long time."
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.95-3.39] Look at Figure 6 now.
[4.21-7.49] Listen to the examples, then repeat them.
[9.14-13.97] "Dan has been in Houston since 1983." Dallas.
[15.50-18.70] "Dan hasn't been in Dallas since 1983."
[20.38-24.75] Repeat: "Dan hasn't been in Dallas since 1983."
[31.23-35.23] "The girls have had a cat for 3 years." Dog.
[37.10-39.82] "The girls haven't had a dog for 3 years."
[42.03-46.03] Repeat: "The girls haven't had a dog for 3 years."
[52.06-57.18] Now listen to the sentences and change them, then repeat the correct answers.
[58.11-63.90] Number 1: "The children have been good for a week." Bad.
[68.10-71.86] Repeat: "The children haven't been bad for a week."
[77.01-83.50] Number 2: "John has been a waiter for 3 years." Cashier.
[87.84-92.08] Repeat: "John hasn't been a cashier for 3 years."
[99.73-103.81] Number 3: "Janet has been married since 1984."
[105.95-106.75] Single.
[110.75-115.31] Repeat: "Janet hasn't been single since 1984."
[119.92-120.29] Number 4:
[122.08-124.72] "Lee has been happy since she became a teacher."
[127.04-127.60] Bored.
[132.46-136.46] Repeat: "Lee hasn't been bored since she became a teacher."
[142.27-146.66] Number 5: "The students have had classes for a year."
[148.45-149.33] A vacation.
[153.71-158.11] Repeat: "The students haven't had a vacation for a year."
[163.62-168.54] Number 6: "Larry has had an old car for a long time."
[170.37-171.33] An accident.
[175.12-179.36] Repeat: "Larry hasn't had an accident for a long time."
#### TAPE — Figure 7 (clip filenames start: bk11-l1c-f7-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Please look at Figure 7 and listen:
Vince is a salesman in New York.
This week he's on a business trip to Miami.
This is his calendar for the trip.
Read the calendar now.
Now answer some questions about the trip.
Look at Tuesday afternoon.
It's Tuesday afternoon now.
Vince is leaving for Miami.
Has he had his airline reservations for a week?
Repeat: No, he's had them since Monday morning.
Has he had his airplane ticket very long?
Repeat: No, he's only had it since Tuesday at 10 o'clock.
Look at Wednesday morning.
Vince went to the office to work with other salesmen.
It's Wednesday evening now.
Have the salesmen been at the office all day?
Repeat: Yes, they've been at the office since 8 o'clock this morning.
Now it's 1:30, Thursday afternoon.
Vince is arriving at the airport.
Has he been in Miami for a week?
Repeat: No, he's been in Miami for about 2 days.
Vince and some other salesmen arrived at the airport at 1:30.
Right now, at 4:30, they're getting on the airplane.
Have they been at the airport for 1 hour?
Repeat: No, they've been there for 3 hours.
Now go to Friday morning.
It's Friday morning and Vince is getting ready for work again.
Has he been home since Thursday evening?
Repeat: Yes, he's been home since 6:45 Thursday evening.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.97-4.13] Please look at Figure 7 and listen:
[5.55-7.47] Vince is a salesman in New York.
[8.40-10.88] This week he's on a business trip to Miami.
[12.03-13.71] This is his calendar for the trip.
[14.70-15.98] Read the calendar now.
[42.00-44.16] Now answer some questions about the trip.
[46.94-48.94] Look at Tuesday afternoon.
[52.21-54.05] It's Tuesday afternoon now.
[54.88-56.64] Vince is leaving for Miami.
[58.03-63.39] Has he had his airline reservations for a week?
[66.77-71.68] Repeat: No, he's had them since Monday morning.
[77.76-82.83] Has he had his airplane ticket very long?
[86.27-91.39] Repeat: No, he's only had it since Tuesday at 10 o'clock.
[100.74-102.26] Look at Wednesday morning.
[107.81-110.85] Vince went to the office to work with other salesmen.
[116.70-118.46] It's Wednesday evening now.
[119.95-124.95] Have the salesmen been at the office all day?
[128.43-133.47] Repeat: Yes, they've been at the office since 8 o'clock this morning.
[142.43-145.39] Now it's 1:30, Thursday afternoon.
[147.57-149.65] Vince is arriving at the airport.
[151.28-155.91] Has he been in Miami for a week?
[160.40-165.20] Repeat: No, he's been in Miami for about 2 days.
[173.66-178.06] Vince and some other salesmen arrived at the airport at 1:30.
[179.18-183.10] Right now, at 4:30, they're getting on the airplane.
[184.62-186.94] Have they been at the airport for 1 hour?
[192.99-197.15] Repeat: No, they've been there for 3 hours.
[202.64-204.40] Now go to Friday morning.
[207.79-211.47] It's Friday morning and Vince is getting ready for work again.
[212.53-214.93] Has he been home since Thursday evening?
[220.11-225.71] Repeat: Yes, he's been home since 6:45 Thursday evening.
#### TAPE — Figure 8 (clip filenames start: bk11-l1c-f8-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 8 now: listen to the sentences, then repeat them.
Number 1: "How long has your stomach hurt?"
"How long have you had that cough?"
"How long has your temperature been 102?"
"How long have you been out of bed?"
Number 2:
"How long have you been a doctor?"
"How long must I wait before I can eat?"
"How long do I have to stay in the hospital?"
"How long should I keep that thermometer in my mouth?"
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.74-7.31] Look at Figure 8 now: listen to the sentences, then repeat them.
[10.24-13.95] Number 1: "How long has your stomach hurt?"
[19.06-21.06] "How long have you had that cough?"
[27.38-29.46] "How long has your temperature been 102?"
[37.70-39.38] "How long have you been out of bed?"
[46.00-46.88] Number 2:
[48.74-50.26] "How long have you been a doctor?"
[56.21-58.61] "How long must I wait before I can eat?"
[65.04-67.60] "How long do I have to stay in the hospital?"
[74.85-77.57] "How long should I keep that thermometer in my mouth?"
#### TAPE — Figure 9 (clip filenames start: bk11-l1c-f9-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now look at Figure 9.
Listen to the examples and repeat the questions.
"K.
lived in China." Repeat: "How long did she live in China?"
"The teachers are sick."
Repeat: "How long have they been sick?"
"It's snowing."
Repeat: "How long has it been snowing?"
Now listen to the sentences and change them to questions.
Number 1: "It's raining."
Repeat: "How long has it been raining?"
Number 2: "She has a headache."
Repeat: "How long has she had a headache?"
Number 3: "John is in the Air Force."
Repeat: "How long has he been in the Air Force?"
Number 4: "My cousin studied French."
Repeat: "How long did they study French?"
Number 5: "Dick will be in Dallas."
Repeat: "How long will he be in Dallas?"
Number 6: "Eileen was a pilot."
Repeat: "How long was she a pilot?"
Number 7: "The Wilsons will stay with us."
Repeat: "How long will they stay with us?"
Number 8: "Doug has a problem with math."
Repeat: "How long has he had a problem with math?"
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.76-2.56] Now look at Figure 9.
[3.79-6.99] Listen to the examples and repeat the questions.
[8.19-8.51] "K.
[8.51-13.58] lived in China." Repeat: "How long did she live in China?"
[19.71-20.99] "The teachers are sick."
[22.86-25.74] Repeat: "How long have they been sick?"
[30.98-32.02] "It's snowing."
[33.68-36.80] Repeat: "How long has it been snowing?"
[42.69-46.45] Now listen to the sentences and change them to questions.
[47.63-50.29] Number 1: "It's raining."
[55.23-58.27] Repeat: "How long has it been raining?"
[64.86-70.35] Number 2: "She has a headache."
[72.83-76.03] Repeat: "How long has she had a headache?"
[82.06-85.47] Number 3: "John is in the Air Force."
[89.63-93.63] Repeat: "How long has he been in the Air Force?"
[99.41-103.12] Number 4: "My cousin studied French."
[106.61-110.24] Repeat: "How long did they study French?"
[114.94-118.06] Number 5: "Dick will be in Dallas."
[121.58-124.74] Repeat: "How long will he be in Dallas?"
[130.53-133.57] Number 6: "Eileen was a pilot."
[136.45-139.86] Repeat: "How long was she a pilot?"
[145.42-149.18] Number 7: "The Wilsons will stay with us."
[153.12-156.48] Repeat: "How long will they stay with us?"
[162.18-165.94] Number 8: "Doug has a problem with math."
[170.10-174.14] Repeat: "How long has he had a problem with math?"
#### TAPE — Figure 10 (clip filenames start: bk11-l1c-f10-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now go to Figure 10.
Listen to the paragraph.
Don't repeat it.
Listen for connective words like "first," "next," "then," "finally," and "last." Don't write; just listen.
When you have a cold, you should remember to do these things: first, drink a lot of water and fruit juice; second, keep warm and dry; third, stay home when you can.
Rest on a sofa or go to bed.
Last, always remember to cover your mouth when you cough or sneeze.
Don't give other people your cold.
Listen to the paragraph again.
This time, when you hear a connective word, write it on the correct line in Figure 10.
When you have a cold, you should remember to do these things: first, drink a lot of water and fruit juice;
second, keep warm and dry;
third, stay home when you can.
Rest on a sofa or go to bed.
Last, always remember to cover your mouth when you cough or sneeze.
Don't give other people your cold.
Now check your answers.
Number 1 is "first." Number 2 is "second." Number 3 is "third." Number 4 is "last."
This is the end of Lesson 1C, Book 11.
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.40-3.76] Now go to Figure 10.
[4.48-5.84] Listen to the paragraph.
[6.54-7.58] Don't repeat it.
[8.86-19.92] Listen for connective words like "first," "next," "then," "finally," and "last." Don't write; just listen.
[21.76-36.50] When you have a cold, you should remember to do these things: first, drink a lot of water and fruit juice; second, keep warm and dry; third, stay home when you can.
[37.30-39.54] Rest on a sofa or go to bed.
[40.59-45.15] Last, always remember to cover your mouth when you cough or sneeze.
[46.02-48.02] Don't give other people your cold.
[51.98-53.50] Listen to the paragraph again.
[54.40-60.56] This time, when you hear a connective word, write it on the correct line in Figure 10.
[62.58-70.96] When you have a cold, you should remember to do these things: first, drink a lot of water and fruit juice;
[73.33-75.81] second, keep warm and dry;
[78.93-81.41] third, stay home when you can.
[81.89-84.29] Rest on a sofa or go to bed.
[87.63-92.51] Last, always remember to cover your mouth when you cough or sneeze.
[95.44-97.52] Don't give other people your cold.
[102.86-104.22] Now check your answers.
[105.57-116.78] Number 1 is "first." Number 2 is "second." Number 3 is "third." Number 4 is "last."
[124.13-127.25] This is the end of Lesson 1C, Book 11.

568
sources/book-11/tape-1D.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,568 @@
#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk11-l1d-f1-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
American Language Course, Book 11, Lesson 1D.
Hello again.
Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 1D.
Look at Figure 1.
Listen to the dialogue, but don't repeat it.
Good morning, Dr.
Wright's office.
This is Kent Clark.
I need an appointment with Dr.
Wright sometime today.
What's wrong?
I've had a cough and a sore throat for more than a week.
Are you running a fever?
Yes.
My temperature is 102.
Are you taking any medicine?
Yes, but it's not helping me.
Dr.
Wright can see you at 3:30.
Can you come in then?
Yes.
Thank you.
I'll be there.
Let's read the dialogue together.
You read Kent's lines.
Someone will begin.
Good morning, Dr.
Wright's office.
What's wrong?
Are you running a fever?
Are you taking any medicine?
Dr.
Wright can see you at 3:30.
Can you come in then?
Now read the clerk's part.
You begin.
This is Kent Clark.
I need an appointment with Dr.
Wright sometime today.
I've had a cough and a sore throat for more than a week.
Yes.
My temperature is 102.
Yes, but it's not helping me.
Yes.
Thank you.
I'll be there.
Segment timings (seconds):
[9.26-13.50] American Language Course, Book 11, Lesson 1D.
[20.01-20.48] Hello again.
[21.52-25.36] Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 1D.
[33.27-34.43] Look at Figure 1.
[35.30-37.86] Listen to the dialogue, but don't repeat it.
[41.38-42.26] Good morning, Dr.
[42.26-43.22] Wright's office.
[43.62-44.74] This is Kent Clark.
[45.14-46.50] I need an appointment with Dr.
[46.50-47.86] Wright sometime today.
[48.34-48.98] What's wrong?
[49.62-52.58] I've had a cough and a sore throat for more than a week.
[53.30-54.58] Are you running a fever?
[55.06-55.54] Yes.
[55.54-56.82] My temperature is 102.
[56.82-59.30] Are you taking any medicine?
[59.94-61.62] Yes, but it's not helping me.
[62.67-62.99] Dr.
[62.99-64.99] Wright can see you at 3:30.
[65.15-66.35] Can you come in then?
[67.18-67.66] Yes.
[67.66-68.30] Thank you.
[68.46-69.18] I'll be there.
[70.78-72.62] Let's read the dialogue together.
[73.18-74.86] You read Kent's lines.
[75.18-76.62] Someone will begin.
[78.54-79.58] Good morning, Dr.
[79.58-80.62] Wright's office.
[86.40-87.20] What's wrong?
[92.64-93.92] Are you running a fever?
[99.09-100.69] Are you taking any medicine?
[104.61-105.01] Dr.
[105.01-106.93] Wright can see you at 3:30.
[107.25-108.37] Can you come in then?
[114.46-116.06] Now read the clerk's part.
[116.54-117.50] You begin.
[125.10-126.38] This is Kent Clark.
[127.02-128.86] I need an appointment with Dr.
[128.86-130.38] Wright sometime today.
[133.68-136.72] I've had a cough and a sore throat for more than a week.
[140.32-141.04] Yes.
[141.12-142.72] My temperature is 102.
[147.57-149.36] Yes, but it's not helping me.
[153.95-154.51] Yes.
[154.51-155.15] Thank you.
[155.31-156.03] I'll be there.
#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk11-l1d-f2-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Please go to Figure 2.
Kent is calling another doctor.
Listen.
Then say Ken's part.
Use the words you hear.
Listen to the example.
Dr.
Wong's office.
Mr.
Clark.
An appointment today.
This is Mr.
Clark.
I need an appointment today.
What is the problem?
Bad earache.
I have a bad earache.
Now say Ken's part.
Make an appointment with the doctor.
Dr.
Wong's office.
Mr.
Clark.
An appointment today.
Repeat.
This is Mr.
Clark.
I need an appointment today.
What's the matter?
A terrible cold.
Repeat.
I have a terrible cold.
Do you have a fever?
Yes.
102.
Repeat.
Yes.
My temperature is 102.
Are you taking any medicine?
Yes.
Some cough medicine.
Repeat.
Yes.
I'm taking some cough medicine.
Dr.
Wong's last appointment is at 4:45.
Can you come in then?
Yes.
Repeat.
Yes, I can.
Thank you.
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.06-3.42] Please go to Figure 2.
[4.38-6.22] Kent is calling another doctor.
[7.02-7.58] Listen.
[8.34-9.94] Then say Ken's part.
[10.93-12.21] Use the words you hear.
[13.23-14.35] Listen to the example.
[17.14-17.54] Dr.
[17.54-18.66] Wong's office.
[19.73-20.13] Mr.
[20.13-20.53] Clark.
[21.01-22.29] An appointment today.
[23.41-24.05] This is Mr.
[24.05-24.61] Clark.
[25.09-26.69] I need an appointment today.
[29.63-30.67] What is the problem?
[31.92-33.12] Bad earache.
[33.87-35.55] I have a bad earache.
[37.63-39.15] Now say Ken's part.
[39.87-41.95] Make an appointment with the doctor.
[43.97-44.29] Dr.
[44.29-45.41] Wong's office.
[46.91-47.23] Mr.
[47.23-47.71] Clark.
[48.27-49.47] An appointment today.
[56.13-56.69] Repeat.
[57.60-58.24] This is Mr.
[58.24-58.80] Clark.
[61.42-63.10] I need an appointment today.
[66.38-67.34] What's the matter?
[68.37-69.57] A terrible cold.
[74.29-74.93] Repeat.
[75.92-77.60] I have a terrible cold.
[80.67-81.87] Do you have a fever?
[82.51-83.07] Yes.
[83.31-83.79] 102.
[89.62-90.26] Repeat.
[91.04-91.76] Yes.
[92.98-95.06] My temperature is 102.
[100.53-102.06] Are you taking any medicine?
[103.06-103.70] Yes.
[103.94-105.22] Some cough medicine.
[109.82-110.46] Repeat.
[111.58-112.22] Yes.
[112.70-114.62] I'm taking some cough medicine.
[118.21-118.53] Dr.
[118.53-121.25] Wong's last appointment is at 4:45.
[122.13-123.17] Can you come in then?
[123.81-124.37] Yes.
[128.24-128.88] Repeat.
[129.94-131.06] Yes, I can.
[133.10-133.66] Thank you.
#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk11-l1d-f3-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 3.
Listen to the words.
Circle the number of the syllable with a strong stress.
Look at the example and listen.
Don't repeat.
Checkup.
Checkup.
The answer is 1.
The first syllable has the strong stress.
Listen.
Checkup.
Now listen and circle the correct number.
Number 1: inches.
Inches.
Number 2: sometime.
Sometime.
Number 3: patient.
Patient.
Number 4: connect.
Connect.
Number 5: exam.
Exam.
Number 6: regular.
Regular.
Number 7: any more.
Any more.
Number 8: annual.
Annual.
Number 9: physical.
Physical.
Number 10: vertical.
Vertical.
Number 11: emergency.
Emergency.
Number 12: horizontal.
Horizontal.
Number 13: examination.
Examination.
Number 14: perpendicular.
Perpendicular.
Now check your answers.
Number 1 is 1.
Repeat: inches.
Number 2 is 1.
Repeat: sometime.
Number 3 is 1.
Repeat: patient.
Number 4 is 2.
Repeat: connect.
Number 5 is 2.
Repeat: exam.
Number 6 is 1.
Repeat: regular.
Number 7 is 3.
Repeat: any more.
Number 8 is 1.
Repeat: annual.
Number 9 is 1.
Repeat: physical.
Number 10 is 1.
Repeat: vertical.
Number 11 is 2.
Repeat: emergency.
Number 12 is 3.
Repeat: horizontal.
Number 13 is 4.
Repeat: examination.
Number 14 is 3.
Repeat: perpendicular.
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.21-3.33] Look at Figure 3.
[4.05-5.17] Listen to the words.
[6.06-9.26] Circle the number of the syllable with a strong stress.
[10.16-12.16] Look at the example and listen.
[12.72-13.44] Don't repeat.
[14.88-16.77] Checkup.
[16.85-17.41] Checkup.
[23.04-24.64] The answer is 1.
[25.47-27.95] The first syllable has the strong stress.
[28.70-29.18] Listen.
[29.90-30.54] Checkup.
[32.14-34.30] Now listen and circle the correct number.
[39.14-41.46] Number 1: inches.
[42.64-43.44] Inches.
[48.11-50.75] Number 2: sometime.
[52.16-53.20] Sometime.
[58.64-61.07] Number 3: patient.
[62.42-63.22] Patient.
[67.89-71.31] Number 4: connect.
[71.39-74.67] Connect.
[76.89-79.18] Number 5: exam.
[80.45-81.33] Exam.
[86.10-89.85] Number 6: regular.
[90.15-93.27] Regular.
[95.91-98.19] Number 7: any more.
[99.45-100.23] Any more.
[105.63-109.05] Number 8: annual.
[109.29-112.47] Annual.
[114.81-118.17] Number 9: physical.
[118.35-121.71] Physical.
[123.87-127.53] Number 10: vertical.
[127.77-128.37] Vertical.
[132.99-135.81] Number 11: emergency.
[137.13-137.91] Emergency.
[143.25-145.71] Number 12: horizontal.
[147.09-147.99] Horizontal.
[153.33-156.27] Number 13: examination.
[157.71-158.73] Examination.
[164.43-168.69] Number 14: perpendicular.
[168.87-170.13] Perpendicular.
[178.29-179.31] Now check your answers.
[180.57-182.25] Number 1 is 1.
[183.15-184.71] Repeat: inches.
[187.11-188.91] Number 2 is 1.
[189.75-192.03] Repeat: sometime.
[195.45-197.31] Number 3 is 1.
[198.21-200.01] Repeat: patient.
[202.59-204.33] Number 4 is 2.
[204.99-206.85] Repeat: connect.
[209.97-211.77] Number 5 is 2.
[212.25-214.11] Repeat: exam.
[217.59-219.39] Number 6 is 1.
[219.93-221.73] Repeat: regular.
[224.85-226.83] Number 7 is 3.
[227.55-229.35] Repeat: any more.
[232.17-234.15] Number 8 is 1.
[234.69-236.49] Repeat: annual.
[239.43-241.29] Number 9 is 1.
[241.83-243.69] Repeat: physical.
[246.93-248.73] Number 10 is 1.
[249.21-251.25] Repeat: vertical.
[254.31-256.23] Number 11 is 2.
[256.95-259.11] Repeat: emergency.
[262.17-264.03] Number 12 is 3.
[264.75-266.85] Repeat: horizontal.
[270.69-272.91] Number 13 is 4.
[273.45-275.73] Repeat: examination.
[279.75-282.09] Number 14 is 3.
[282.63-284.91] Repeat: perpendicular.
#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk11-l1d-f4-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Please look at Figure 4.
Look at the sentences in the box.
Listen and repeat the last sentence:
"Paul has been studying for 2 days." Repeat: "Paul has been studying for 2 days."
Now look at the dialogues below the box.
Listen and repeat.
Have you been waiting long?
No, I've been sitting here only a few minutes.
Has Bill been talking to Kay all this time?
Yes, he's been talking to her for more than an hour.
I'm glad to see you.
Where have you been hiding?
I've been visiting my relatives in California.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.62-3.06] Please look at Figure 4.
[4.18-6.10] Look at the sentences in the box.
[14.62-17.10] Listen and repeat the last sentence:
[18.61-26.18] "Paul has been studying for 2 days." Repeat: "Paul has been studying for 2 days."
[31.84-34.08] Now look at the dialogues below the box.
[34.64-35.92] Listen and repeat.
[39.33-40.53] Have you been waiting long?
[44.43-47.23] No, I've been sitting here only a few minutes.
[52.08-54.24] Has Bill been talking to Kay all this time?
[58.26-61.22] Yes, he's been talking to her for more than an hour.
[65.28-66.32] I'm glad to see you.
[67.04-68.08] Where have you been hiding?
[72.22-74.78] I've been visiting my relatives in California.
#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk11-l1d-f5-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 5.
Listen to the dialogue.
Don't repeat.
Why have you been coming in late every morning?
I've been having trouble with my car.
Has a mechanic been working on it?
No.
I've been trying to fix it myself.
How have you been getting to the base?
A friend has been giving me a ride.
Listen to the dialogue again.
While you listen, write the missing words in the blanks.
Why have you been coming in late every morning?
I've been having trouble with my car.
Has a mechanic been working on it?
No.
I've been trying to fix it myself.
How have you been getting to the base?
A friend has been giving me a ride.
Listen to the dialogue a third time.
Check the words and repeat the questions and answers.
Why have you been coming in late every morning?
I've been having trouble with my car.
Has a mechanic been working on it?
No.
I've been trying to fix it myself.
How have you been getting to the base?
A friend has been giving me a ride.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.73-2.93] Look at Figure 5.
[3.57-4.69] Listen to the dialogue.
[5.49-6.13] Don't repeat.
[9.94-12.10] Why have you been coming in late every morning?
[12.58-14.18] I've been having trouble with my car.
[14.50-16.02] Has a mechanic been working on it?
[16.34-16.82] No.
[16.98-18.58] I've been trying to fix it myself.
[19.22-20.82] How have you been getting to the base?
[21.06-22.74] A friend has been giving me a ride.
[24.59-26.11] Listen to the dialogue again.
[27.04-29.92] While you listen, write the missing words in the blanks.
[30.56-32.56] Why have you been coming in late every morning?
[38.61-40.21] I've been having trouble with my car.
[47.25-48.85] Has a mechanic been working on it?
[55.12-55.60] No.
[56.00-57.76] I've been trying to fix it myself.
[63.92-65.52] How have you been getting to the base?
[71.47-73.07] A friend has been giving me a ride.
[79.74-81.42] Listen to the dialogue a third time.
[82.22-85.18] Check the words and repeat the questions and answers.
[86.94-89.34] Why have you been coming in late every morning?
[94.88-96.56] I've been having trouble with my car.
[101.23-102.91] Has a mechanic been working on it?
[108.16-108.64] No.
[108.72-110.48] I've been trying to fix it myself.
[115.47-117.07] How have you been getting to the base?
[122.93-124.53] A friend has been giving me a ride.
#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk11-l1d-f6-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 6 now.
Listen to the examples.
Has Sergeant Carter been working here long?
Yes, 5 years.
Yes, he's been working here 5 years.
Repeat: Yes, he's been working here 5 years.
Have you been eating lunch at the snack bar?
No, mess hall.
No, I've been eating lunch at the mess hall.
Repeat: No, I've been eating lunch at the mess hall.
Now answer the questions with the words that you hear.
Number 1: Have you been studying English?
Yes, 3 months.
Repeat: Yes, I've been studying English for 3 months.
Number 2: Has your roommate been watching the news?
No, a movie.
Repeat: No, he's been watching a movie.
Number 3: Has Lieutenant Hall been flying long?
Yes, since he was 15.
Repeat: Yes, he's been flying since he was 15.
Number 4: Has Captain White been renting an apartment?
No, a house.
Repeat: No, he's been renting a house.
Number 5: Have the other officers been living on base?
Yes, 6 months.
Repeat: Yes, they've been living on base for 6 months.
Number 6: Have the students been listening to the tape?
Yes, 17 minutes.
Repeat: Yes, they've been listening to the tape for 17 minutes.
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.21-3.57] Look at Figure 6 now.
[4.51-5.79] Listen to the examples.
[10.90-12.98] Has Sergeant Carter been working here long?
[13.78-15.54] Yes, 5 years.
[16.98-20.02] Yes, he's been working here 5 years.
[20.82-25.30] Repeat: Yes, he's been working here 5 years.
[31.89-34.13] Have you been eating lunch at the snack bar?
[34.85-36.37] No, mess hall.
[37.81-40.53] No, I've been eating lunch at the mess hall.
[41.44-45.68] Repeat: No, I've been eating lunch at the mess hall.
[52.62-55.34] Now answer the questions with the words that you hear.
[56.43-59.98] Number 1: Have you been studying English?
[61.63-63.39] Yes, 3 months.
[67.62-72.82] Repeat: Yes, I've been studying English for 3 months.
[79.38-83.20] Number 2: Has your roommate been watching the news?
[85.18-86.78] No, a movie.
[91.33-94.77] Repeat: No, he's been watching a movie.
[99.58-103.81] Number 3: Has Lieutenant Hall been flying long?
[105.65-108.05] Yes, since he was 15.
[112.88-117.44] Repeat: Yes, he's been flying since he was 15.
[122.56-128.97] Number 4: Has Captain White been renting an apartment?
[129.01-130.69] No, a house.
[134.85-138.21] Repeat: No, he's been renting a house.
[143.49-147.89] Number 5: Have the other officers been living on base?
[149.26-151.34] Yes, 6 months.
[155.58-160.22] Repeat: Yes, they've been living on base for 6 months.
[166.03-172.23] Number 6: Have the students been listening to the tape?
[172.26-174.60] Yes, 17 minutes.
[178.34-183.78] Repeat: Yes, they've been listening to the tape for 17 minutes.
#### TAPE — Figure 7 (clip filenames start: bk11-l1d-f7-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Please go to figure 7, listen to the paragraph: don't write or repeat, only listen.
Why did the Smith family buy a new home?
Because they have 5 children, 2 dogs, and a cat.
They needed a house with rooms for all of the children, and a large yard with a fence for their animals.
They're very happy in their new house.
Listen again.
This time, write the paragraph while you're listening to it.
Use capital letters, periods, commas, question marks, and apostrophes.
Now listen and write.
Why did—
The Smith family—
Buy a new home—
Because they have—
5 children—
2 dogs—
And a cat.
They needed a house—
With rooms—
For all of the children—
And a large yard—
With a fence—
For their animals.
They're very happy—
In their new house—
Listen and check your work.
Why did the Smith family buy a new home?
Because they have 5 children, 2 dogs, and a cat.
They needed a house with rooms for all of the children, and a large yard with a fence for their animals.
They're very happy in their new house.
Now go to the answer page for this lesson and check your work.
This is the end of Lesson 1B, Book 11.
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.29-9.63] Please go to figure 7, listen to the paragraph: don't write or repeat, only listen.
[11.82-14.78] Why did the Smith family buy a new home?
[15.98-19.98] Because they have 5 children, 2 dogs, and a cat.
[21.07-27.79] They needed a house with rooms for all of the children, and a large yard with a fence for their animals.
[29.52-31.76] They're very happy in their new house.
[35.34-36.22] Listen again.
[36.94-40.62] This time, write the paragraph while you're listening to it.
[41.58-47.74] Use capital letters, periods, commas, question marks, and apostrophes.
[48.88-50.24] Now listen and write.
[51.97-55.53] Why did—
[59.50-63.99] The Smith family—
[70.90-75.09] Buy a new home—
[85.79-87.31] Because they have—
[97.76-102.87] 5 children—
[108.78-109.82] 2 dogs—
[117.94-118.90] And a cat.
[127.86-129.30] They needed a house—
[143.01-143.89] With rooms—
[153.10-154.70] For all of the children—
[169.28-170.72] And a large yard—
[183.95-184.99] With a fence—
[194.74-196.10] For their animals.
[208.85-210.13] They're very happy—
[222.40-223.92] In their new house—
[236.96-238.48] Listen and check your work.
[240.37-244.41] Why did the Smith family buy a new home?
[244.43-248.67] Because they have 5 children, 2 dogs, and a cat.
[250.02-256.66] They needed a house with rooms for all of the children, and a large yard with a fence for their animals.
[258.33-260.35] They're very happy in their new house.
[266.69-269.97] Now go to the answer page for this lesson and check your work.
[276.72-280.08] This is the end of Lesson 1B, Book 11.

542
sources/book-11/tape-2A.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,542 @@
#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk11-l2a-f1-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
American Language Course, Book 11, Lesson 2A.
Hello.
Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 2A.
Look at Figure 1.
Repeat the underlined words.
Instructor.
Instructor.
Relaxed.
Relaxed.
Nervous.
Nervous.
Confuse.
Confuse.
Failed.
Failed.
Lost.
Lost.
Way.
Way.
Follow.
Follow.
Now listen to the paragraphs.
Don't repeat.
Carl is a student driver.
Mr.
Ford is his instructor.
Yesterday, Carl practiced driving on roads without much traffic.
He was relaxed and enjoyed his lesson.
Today is different.
He's driving downtown, and he has a lot of problems.
He's nervous because he's afraid he'll have an accident.
The traffic is heavy, and the other drivers are in a hurry.
The streets downtown are narrow and crowded.
They confuse Carl because they all look alike to him.
He failed to memorize the city map, and now he's lost.
He wants to get out of downtown, but he doesn't know the way.
Carl is making a lot of mistakes.
Mr.
Ford is nervous too.
He'll tell Carl how to get out of downtown.
Carl will be happy to follow his instructions.
Listen to the questions, then look at the paragraph and answer them.
What is the instructor's name?
Repeat: The instructor's name is Mr.
Ford.
What is he teaching Carl?
Repeat: He's teaching Carl how to drive.
How did Carl feel yesterday when he drove?
Repeat: He felt relaxed.
How does he feel today?
Repeat: He feels nervous.
What do the streets downtown do to Carl?
Repeat: They confuse him.
Did he learn the names of the downtown streets before his driving lesson?
Repeat: No, he failed to memorize the city map.
Is Carl lost?
Repeat: Yes, he's lost.
Does Carl know the way out of downtown?
Repeat: No, he doesn't know the way out.
How will he get out of downtown?
Repeat: He'll follow Mr.
Ford's instructions.
Segment timings (seconds):
[9.02-13.18] American Language Course, Book 11, Lesson 2A.
[19.89-20.27] Hello.
[20.99-24.69] Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 2A.
[31.28-32.56] Look at Figure 1.
[33.04-34.88] Repeat the underlined words.
[38.91-39.71] Instructor.
[42.08-42.96] Instructor.
[45.30-46.10] Relaxed.
[48.50-48.55] Relaxed.
[52.53-53.12] Nervous.
[55.47-55.95] Nervous.
[58.83-59.55] Confuse.
[61.95-62.61] Confuse.
[65.43-65.85] Failed.
[68.25-68.67] Failed.
[71.49-74.13] Lost.
[74.31-77.19] Lost.
[77.81-77.86] Way.
[79.78-80.50] Way.
[82.54-85.47] Follow.
[85.41-89.07] Follow.
[89.18-90.94] Now listen to the paragraphs.
[91.34-92.22] Don't repeat.
[93.95-95.63] Carl is a student driver.
[97.01-97.33] Mr.
[97.33-99.09] Ford is his instructor.
[100.46-104.38] Yesterday, Carl practiced driving on roads without much traffic.
[105.63-108.11] He was relaxed and enjoyed his lesson.
[109.46-110.42] Today is different.
[111.44-115.36] He's driving downtown, and he has a lot of problems.
[116.38-119.42] He's nervous because he's afraid he'll have an accident.
[120.82-124.02] The traffic is heavy, and the other drivers are in a hurry.
[125.58-128.22] The streets downtown are narrow and crowded.
[129.34-133.02] They confuse Carl because they all look alike to him.
[134.06-137.90] He failed to memorize the city map, and now he's lost.
[139.07-142.99] He wants to get out of downtown, but he doesn't know the way.
[144.46-146.62] Carl is making a lot of mistakes.
[146.62-146.67] Mr.
[147.74-149.18] Ford is nervous too.
[150.62-153.42] He'll tell Carl how to get out of downtown.
[154.75-157.47] Carl will be happy to follow his instructions.
[160.13-164.85] Listen to the questions, then look at the paragraph and answer them.
[166.83-168.27] What is the instructor's name?
[174.42-177.38] Repeat: The instructor's name is Mr.
[177.38-177.94] Ford.
[183.92-185.28] What is he teaching Carl?
[193.28-196.40] Repeat: He's teaching Carl how to drive.
[202.58-204.98] How did Carl feel yesterday when he drove?
[212.59-214.83] Repeat: He felt relaxed.
[220.98-222.26] How does he feel today?
[230.13-232.21] Repeat: He feels nervous.
[237.65-240.13] What do the streets downtown do to Carl?
[247.30-249.46] Repeat: They confuse him.
[256.67-260.67] Did he learn the names of the downtown streets before his driving lesson?
[268.86-273.33] Repeat: No, he failed to memorize the city map.
[279.47-280.59] Is Carl lost?
[287.30-289.46] Repeat: Yes, he's lost.
[296.19-298.51] Does Carl know the way out of downtown?
[306.58-309.38] Repeat: No, he doesn't know the way out.
[316.22-318.14] How will he get out of downtown?
[326.21-328.05] Repeat: He'll follow Mr.
[328.05-329.41] Ford's instructions.
#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk11-l2a-f2-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Please go to Figure 2, listen, and choose a sentence with a similar meaning.
Circle A or B.
Number 1: "Carl was lost."
Number 2: "The other car failed to stop."
Number 3: "Carl went the wrong way."
Number 4: "He followed Mr.
Ford's advice."
Number 5: "Mr.
Ford is the instructor."
Number 6: "Today, Carl is nervous."
Number 7: "Yesterday, he was relaxed."
Number 8: "The streets confuse Carl."
Now listen and check your answers.
Number 1 is A: "Carl didn't know how to get out of downtown."
Number 2 is A: "The other car didn't stop."
Number 3 is A: "Carl went in the wrong direction."
Number 4 is B: "He obeyed Mr.
Ford's advice."
Number 5 is B: "Mr.
Ford is the teacher."
Number 6 is B: "Carl thinks he'll do something wrong."
Number 7 is A: "He wasn't afraid yesterday."
Number 8 is B: "He's not sure that he's going theright way."
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.84-7.20] Please go to Figure 2, listen, and choose a sentence with a similar meaning.
[7.60-9.12] Circle A or B.
[11.07-13.55] Number 1: "Carl was lost."
[23.25-26.70] Number 2: "The other car failed to stop."
[36.05-39.31] Number 3: "Carl went the wrong way."
[48.46-51.14] Number 4: "He followed Mr.
[51.14-52.34] Ford's advice."
[61.42-63.44] Number 5: "Mr.
[63.44-64.96] Ford is the instructor."
[74.59-78.03] Number 6: "Today, Carl is nervous."
[86.64-90.29] Number 7: "Yesterday, he was relaxed."
[99.58-102.94] Number 8: "The streets confuse Carl."
[114.69-116.77] Now listen and check your answers.
[118.37-123.98] Number 1 is A: "Carl didn't know how to get out of downtown."
[126.35-130.53] Number 2 is A: "The other car didn't stop."
[132.62-137.41] Number 3 is A: "Carl went in the wrong direction."
[140.24-144.00] Number 4 is B: "He obeyed Mr.
[144.00-144.96] Ford's advice."
[148.18-151.30] Number 5 is B: "Mr.
[151.30-152.50] Ford is the teacher."
[155.18-160.29] Number 6 is B: "Carl thinks he'll do something wrong."
[163.17-167.50] Number 7 is A: "He wasn't afraid yesterday."
[170.16-175.18] Number 8 is B: "He's not sure that he's going theright way."
#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk11-l2a-f3-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Please go to Figure 3 now.
Look at the dialog and repeat the underlined words.
Speed.
Speed.
Miles an hour.
Miles an hour.
Speeding.
Speeding.
Slow down.
Slow down.
Speed limit.
Speed limit.
Sign.
Sign.
Ahead.
Ahead.
Miles per hour.
Miles per hour.
Speed up.
Speed up.
Now listen to the dialog.
Don't repeat it.
Check that speed, Carl.
How fast are you going?
40 miles an hour.
Then you're speeding.
Slow down a little.
I thought 40 was the speed limit here.
No, the sign back there said 30.
Oh, I'm sorry.
Look, there's another sign ahead.
Yes, I see.
It says 45 miles per hour.
Good.
Now I can speed up.
Listen to the dialog again.
This time, repeat it.
Check that speed, Carl.
How fast are you going?
40 miles an hour.
Then you're speeding.
Slow down a little.
I thought 40 was the speed limit here.
No, the sign back there said 30.
Oh.
I'm sorry.
Look, there's another sign ahead.
Yes, I see.
It says 45 miles per hour.
Good.
Now I can speed up.
Look at the dialog and answer the questions.
How fast is Carl driving?
Repeat: He's driving at a speed of 40 miles an hour.
Is the speed limit 30 miles an hour?
Repeat: Yes, the speed limit is 30 miles an hour.
Is Carl driving under the speed limit?
Repeat: No, he's driving over the speed limit.
What is he doing?
Repeat: He's speeding.
What should he do?
Repeat: He should slow down.
Does he see another sign with the speed limit on it?
Repeat: Yes, he sees another speed limit sign.
Is the sign in back of him or ahead of him?
Repeat: It's ahead of him.
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.58-4.50] Please go to Figure 3 now.
[4.98-8.18] Look at the dialog and repeat the underlined words.
[9.33-10.21] Speed.
[11.89-12.77] Speed.
[14.91-16.19] Miles an hour.
[18.70-19.71] Miles an hour.
[22.80-23.68] Speeding.
[26.14-27.10] Speeding.
[29.54-29.99] Slow down.
[32.85-33.69] Slow down.
[36.15-36.47] Speed limit.
[39.03-39.73] Speed limit.
[42.10-42.90] Sign.
[44.88-44.93] Sign.
[48.33-50.79] Ahead.
[51.03-53.97] Ahead.
[54.27-55.47] Miles per hour.
[59.07-60.27] Miles per hour.
[63.75-66.87] Speed up.
[66.82-70.17] Speed up.
[72.96-74.56] Now listen to the dialog.
[74.96-76.08] Don't repeat it.
[78.94-80.46] Check that speed, Carl.
[80.70-81.82] How fast are you going?
[82.22-83.34] 40 miles an hour.
[84.14-85.10] Then you're speeding.
[85.18-86.22] Slow down a little.
[87.02-88.78] I thought 40 was the speed limit here.
[89.78-91.94] No, the sign back there said 30.
[92.18-92.98] Oh, I'm sorry.
[93.46-94.90] Look, there's another sign ahead.
[95.62-96.74] Yes, I see.
[97.14-99.22] It says 45 miles per hour.
[99.30-99.70] Good.
[99.86-100.98] Now I can speed up.
[103.89-105.41] Listen to the dialog again.
[105.97-107.33] This time, repeat it.
[110.66-112.10] Check that speed, Carl.
[114.93-116.21] How fast are you going?
[119.68-120.72] 40 miles an hour.
[122.74-123.78] Then you're speeding.
[126.90-127.94] Slow down a little.
[130.64-132.40] I thought 40 was the speed limit here.
[136.98-139.54] No, the sign back there said 30.
[144.54-144.94] Oh.
[145.26-145.90] I'm sorry.
[147.97-149.49] Look, there's another sign ahead.
[155.02-156.30] Yes, I see.
[158.11-160.23] It says 45 miles per hour.
[165.87-166.29] Good.
[167.91-169.34] Now I can speed up.
[173.31-176.18] Look at the dialog and answer the questions.
[177.68-179.36] How fast is Carl driving?
[186.38-190.70] Repeat: He's driving at a speed of 40 miles an hour.
[199.65-201.81] Is the speed limit 30 miles an hour?
[209.10-212.86] Repeat: Yes, the speed limit is 30 miles an hour.
[220.90-222.90] Is Carl driving under the speed limit?
[229.94-233.30] Repeat: No, he's driving over the speed limit.
[241.33-242.13] What is he doing?
[247.89-249.65] Repeat: He's speeding.
[252.66-253.46] What should he do?
[259.95-262.35] Repeat: He should slow down.
[267.76-270.16] Does he see another sign with the speed limit on it?
[276.56-280.64] Repeat: Yes, he sees another speed limit sign.
[288.70-291.42] Is the sign in back of him or ahead of him?
[298.18-300.34] Repeat: It's ahead of him.
#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk11-l2a-f4-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now look at Figure 4.
Listen to the underlined words in the dialogue, and then repeat them.
Ahead of.
Ahead of.
Cautious.
Cautious.
Lane.
Lane.
Pass.
Pass.
Turn.
Turn.
Signal.
Signal.
Cautiously.
Cautiously.
Steering wheel.
Steering wheel.
Mind.
Mind.
Now listen to the dialogue, but don't repeat it.
The car ahead of us is going very slow.
It's in bad shape.
The driver's being cautious.
May I go around him?
First check the other lane of traffic.
Allright.
No one's coming.
Now can I pass him?
Yes.
Remember to use your turn signal.
Why?
I don't want to make a turn.
Because you should always change lanes cautiously.
Okay.
Both of my hands are on the steering wheel.
Good.
Also, keep your mind on the road.
Listen to the dialogue again.
This time, repeat it.
The car ahead of us
is going very slow.
It's in bad shape.
The driver's being cautious.
May I go around him?
First check the other lane of traffic.
Allright.
No one's coming.
Now can I pass him?
Yes.
Remember to use your turn signal.
Why?
I don't want to make a turn.
Because you should always
change lanes cautiously.
Okay.
Both of my hands are on the steering wheel.
Good.
Also, keep your mind on the road.
Now, look at the dialogue and answer the questions.
Is the person in the other car a careless driver?
Repeat: No, he's a cautious driver.
Does Carl want to pass the other car?
Repeat: Yes, he wants to pass the other car.
Should he signal other drivers and tell them that he wants to pass?
Repeat: Yes, he should signal other drivers.
Does Carl want to make a turn?
Repeat: No, he doesn't want to make a turn.
What is he doing?
Repeat: He's changing lanes.
How should drivers change lanes?
Repeat: They should change lanes cautiously.
Should Carl drive with just one hand on the steering wheel?
Repeat: No, he should drive with both hands.
On the steering wheel.
Should he think about other things while he's driving?
Repeat: No, he should keep his mind on the road.
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.48-4.16] Now look at Figure 4.
[4.96-9.04] Listen to the underlined words in the dialogue, and then repeat them.
[10.91-11.63] Ahead of.
[13.74-16.89] Ahead of.
[16.98-17.46] Cautious.
[19.82-20.54] Cautious.
[23.14-23.86] Lane.
[25.90-26.70] Lane.
[29.44-32.13] Pass.
[32.18-32.82] Pass.
[35.25-35.97] Turn.
[38.37-38.70] Turn.
[40.98-41.03] Signal.
[44.31-44.67] Signal.
[48.03-50.91] Cautiously.
[51.03-51.81] Cautiously.
[54.75-55.47] Steering wheel.
[57.81-58.59] Steering wheel.
[61.17-63.57] Mind.
[63.93-67.89] Mind.
[68.02-71.30] Now listen to the dialogue, but don't repeat it.
[74.02-76.58] The car ahead of us is going very slow.
[77.41-78.45] It's in bad shape.
[79.01-80.45] The driver's being cautious.
[81.09-82.37] May I go around him?
[83.36-84.88] First check the other lane of traffic.
[85.36-85.92] Allright.
[86.56-87.52] No one's coming.
[88.08-89.20] Now can I pass him?
[89.60-90.16] Yes.
[90.32-91.76] Remember to use your turn signal.
[92.08-92.72] Why?
[93.36-94.56] I don't want to make a turn.
[95.20-97.84] Because you should always change lanes cautiously.
[98.40-98.96] Okay.
[99.76-101.68] Both of my hands are on the steering wheel.
[102.16-102.56] Good.
[103.12-105.12] Also, keep your mind on the road.
[107.52-109.04] Listen to the dialogue again.
[109.76-111.12] This time, repeat it.
[112.02-113.30] The car ahead of us
[116.43-119.97] is going very slow.
[122.53-123.65] It's in bad shape.
[126.91-128.43] The driver's being cautious.
[131.63-132.99] May I go around him?
[137.30-139.14] First check the other lane of traffic.
[144.72-145.28] Allright.
[146.67-147.63] No one's coming.
[149.84-151.04] Now can I pass him?
[154.72-154.77] Yes.
[156.85-158.43] Remember to use your turn signal.
[162.19-162.75] Why?
[164.42-165.75] I don't want to make a turn.
[171.22-172.05] Because you should always
[176.52-177.78] change lanes cautiously.
[180.81-180.83] Okay.
[182.85-185.72] Both of my hands are on the steering wheel.
[191.60-191.86] Good.
[193.59-195.76] Also, keep your mind on the road.
[200.31-203.70] Now, look at the dialogue and answer the questions.
[205.14-208.10] Is the person in the other car a careless driver?
[215.26-218.06] Repeat: No, he's a cautious driver.
[223.07-225.07] Does Carl want to pass the other car?
[232.62-235.82] Repeat: Yes, he wants to pass the other car.
[243.15-246.99] Should he signal other drivers and tell them that he wants to pass?
[253.17-257.01] Repeat: Yes, he should signal other drivers.
[263.31-267.21] Does Carl want to make a turn?
[271.62-274.58] Repeat: No, he doesn't want to make a turn.
[280.69-281.81] What is he doing?
[287.95-290.03] Repeat: He's changing lanes.
[296.42-298.34] How should drivers change lanes?
[305.04-308.48] Repeat: They should change lanes cautiously.
[317.01-320.21] Should Carl drive with just one hand on the steering wheel?
[326.90-331.01] Repeat: No, he should drive with both hands.
[335.68-336.64] On the steering wheel.
[344.62-347.18] Should he think about other things while he's driving?
[352.66-356.26] Repeat: No, he should keep his mind on the road.
#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk11-l2a-f5-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 5, listen to paragraph number 1, then select the main idea.
Listen.
Linda keeps her car in good shape, and she always buys good tires.
She leaves her work early because she knows that accidents happen when people are in a hurry.
She tries to stay home when she's sick or when the weather is bad.
When she's tired, she's very cautious.
Linda doesn't want to have an automobile accident.
What was the main idea of the paragraph?
Circle A, B, C, or D.
Listen to the paragraph again and check your answer.
Linda keeps her car in good shape, and she always buys good tires.
She leaves her work early because she knows that accidents happen when people are in a hurry.
She tries to stay home when she's sick or when the weather is bad.
When she's tired, she's very cautious.
Linda doesn't want to have an automobile accident.
The answer is D.
Linda is a careful driver.
Now listen to paragraph number 2.
Many accidents happen because the driver isn't watching the road.
Drivers often turn and look at other people in the car while they talk, when they should be looking straight ahead.
Then the car in front of them stops, or a child or animal runs in front of them.
They hit it because they don't see it soon enough.
Now circle the main idea of paragraph number 2.
Listen to the paragraph again and check your answer.
Many accidents happen because the driver isn't watching the road.
Drivers often turn and look at other people in the car while they talk, when they should be looking straight ahead.
Then the car in front of them stops, or a child or animal runs in front of them.
They hit it because they don't see it soon enough.
The answer is B.
Drivers should always watch the road.
This is the end of Lesson 2A, Book 11.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.98-8.22] Look at Figure 5, listen to paragraph number 1, then select the main idea.
[8.62-9.18] Listen.
[11.20-15.84] Linda keeps her car in good shape, and she always buys good tires.
[16.99-22.11] She leaves her work early because she knows that accidents happen when people are in a hurry.
[23.60-27.44] She tries to stay home when she's sick or when the weather is bad.
[28.75-31.07] When she's tired, she's very cautious.
[32.16-34.80] Linda doesn't want to have an automobile accident.
[38.93-41.41] What was the main idea of the paragraph?
[42.05-44.93] Circle A, B, C, or D.
[54.02-57.06] Listen to the paragraph again and check your answer.
[59.17-63.57] Linda keeps her car in good shape, and she always buys good tires.
[64.56-69.92] She leaves her work early because she knows that accidents happen when people are in a hurry.
[71.06-74.90] She tries to stay home when she's sick or when the weather is bad.
[76.37-78.53] When she's tired, she's very cautious.
[79.92-82.48] Linda doesn't want to have an automobile accident.
[86.61-88.37] The answer is D.
[88.85-90.69] Linda is a careful driver.
[91.65-93.81] Now listen to paragraph number 2.
[97.15-101.31] Many accidents happen because the driver isn't watching the road.
[102.56-108.75] Drivers often turn and look at other people in the car while they talk, when they should be looking straight ahead.
[110.14-115.50] Then the car in front of them stops, or a child or animal runs in front of them.
[116.59-118.99] They hit it because they don't see it soon enough.
[123.92-127.44] Now circle the main idea of paragraph number 2.
[136.98-140.02] Listen to the paragraph again and check your answer.
[141.76-145.68] Many accidents happen because the driver isn't watching the road.
[147.06-153.30] Drivers often turn and look at other people in the car while they talk, when they should be looking straight ahead.
[154.40-160.53] Then the car in front of them stops, or a child or animal runs in front of them.
[161.43-163.97] They hit it because they don't see it soon enough.
[166.56-168.24] The answer is B.
[168.88-171.20] Drivers should always watch the road.
[177.81-181.01] This is the end of Lesson 2A, Book 11.

492
sources/book-11/tape-2B.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,492 @@
#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk11-l2b-f1-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
American Language Course, Book 11, Lesson 2B.
Hello again.
Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 2B.
Look at Figure 1.
Listen to the words under the picture, then repeat them.
Caution.
Caution.
Flash.
Flash.
Intersection.
Intersection.
Pedestrian.
Pedestrian.
Sign.
Sign.
Signal.
Signal.
Now look at the sentences.
Listen, then repeat them.
Number 1: "Be careful.
Use caution."
Number 2: "When a light turns on and off quickly, it flashes."
Number 3: "Streets cross at intersections."
Number 4: "When people walk, they're pedestrians."
Number 5: "Signs show names, directions, and other information."
Number 6: "A traffic light is a signal."
Segment timings (seconds):
[7.71-11.63] American Language Course, Book 11, Lesson 2B.
[18.58-19.54] Hello again.
[20.26-24.10] Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 2B.
[31.18-32.46] Look at Figure 1.
[33.02-36.54] Listen to the words under the picture, then repeat them.
[38.24-38.88] Caution.
[41.12-41.76] Caution.
[44.13-44.93] Flash.
[46.82-47.62] Flash.
[50.11-50.99] Intersection.
[53.73-54.33] Intersection.
[57.63-58.29] Pedestrian.
[60.75-61.47] Pedestrian.
[64.47-66.81] Sign.
[67.11-69.69] Sign.
[69.87-70.29] Signal.
[72.45-72.81] Signal.
[76.88-78.48] Now look at the sentences.
[78.96-80.80] Listen, then repeat them.
[82.46-85.01] Number 1: "Be careful.
[85.73-86.61] Use caution."
[91.98-97.50] Number 2: "When a light turns on and off quickly, it flashes."
[104.83-108.83] Number 3: "Streets cross at intersections."
[114.46-118.91] Number 4: "When people walk, they're pedestrians."
[124.38-130.38] Number 5: "Signs show names, directions, and other information."
[137.78-141.17] Number 6: "A traffic light is a signal."
#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk11-l2b-f2-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now look at Figure 2.
Listen to the paragraphs; don't repeat them.
At an intersection, people and cars come together from different directions.
Because accidents can easily happen there, a large intersection usually has many signals and signs.
Traffic signals use lights to give instructions.
Traffic lights tell drivers, bicycle riders, and pedestrians to stop, to go, or to use caution.
Traffic signs use words and pictures to give instructions or information.
Cautious drivers look for signals and signs.
Then they follow the instructions and use the information to drive safely.
Look at the paragraphs again and answer the questions.
Where do cars and people come together?
Repeat: They come together at intersections.
What can easily happen at an intersection?
Repeat: Accidents can happen easily at an intersection.
What does a large intersection usually have?
Repeat: It usually has many signals and signs.
What do traffic signals use to give instructions?
Repeat: Traffic signals use lights to give instructions.
What does a traffic light tell people to do?
Repeat: It tells them to stop, to go, or to use caution.
What do traffic signs have on them?
Repeat: Traffic signs have words and pictures on them.
What do traffic signs give?
Repeat: They give instructions and information.
What do cautious drivers look for?
Repeat: They look for signs and signals.
How do cautious drivers use the instructions and information?
Repeat: They use them to drive safely.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.76-3.20] Now look at Figure 2.
[3.84-6.72] Listen to the paragraphs; don't repeat them.
[9.23-13.95] At an intersection, people and cars come together from different directions.
[15.74-23.02] Because accidents can easily happen there, a large intersection usually has many signals and signs.
[24.69-27.73] Traffic signals use lights to give instructions.
[28.91-36.99] Traffic lights tell drivers, bicycle riders, and pedestrians to stop, to go, or to use caution.
[38.69-43.57] Traffic signs use words and pictures to give instructions or information.
[45.57-48.45] Cautious drivers look for signals and signs.
[49.58-54.70] Then they follow the instructions and use the information to drive safely.
[57.84-61.12] Look at the paragraphs again and answer the questions.
[63.14-65.22] Where do cars and people come together?
[71.68-75.12] Repeat: They come together at intersections.
[81.01-83.41] What can easily happen at an intersection?
[90.90-94.90] Repeat: Accidents can happen easily at an intersection.
[102.50-104.90] What does a large intersection usually have?
[112.00-116.11] Repeat: It usually has many signals and signs.
[121.90-124.94] What do traffic signals use to give instructions?
[132.72-136.83] Repeat: Traffic signals use lights to give instructions.
[144.03-146.40] What does a traffic light tell people to do?
[153.41-158.85] Repeat: It tells them to stop, to go, or to use caution.
[167.62-169.54] What do traffic signs have on them?
[176.64-180.56] Repeat: Traffic signs have words and pictures on them.
[188.70-190.30] What do traffic signs give?
[197.44-200.88] Repeat: They give instructions and information.
[208.98-210.82] What do cautious drivers look for?
[218.43-221.71] Repeat: They look for signs and signals.
[229.71-233.31] How do cautious drivers use the instructions and information?
[241.38-244.34] Repeat: They use them to drive safely.
#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk11-l2b-f3-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Please go to figure 3, look at the pictures, and listen; don't repeat.
Number 1:
traffic signals tell drivers to move or to stop.
A green light says "go," a yellow light says "be careful," a red light says "stop." This signal is also called a stoplight.
Number 2: traffic signals also tell drivers to turn or go straight ahead.
Number 3:
there are signals only for pedestrians.
When the signal says "walk" or shows the picture of a man, look both ways and then cross the street quickly.
When it says "don't walk" or shows the picture of a hand, wait on the corner until the light changes.
Number 4: sometimes drivers use hand signals.
This signal tells other drivers that this car is going to slow down or stop.
Number 5: this is the hand signal for a left turn.
Number 6: this driver is going to turnright.
Number 7: some of the lights on the front and back of a car are also signals.
When the yellow lights on the front and back of a car are flashing, its driver wants to turn or change lanes.
Number 8: red lights on the back of the car come on when the car is slowing down or stopping.
Look at the signals again and listen to the question, then give the number of the correct signal.
Which traffic signal tells drivers to go, stop, or be ready to stop?
Number 1: repeat, the traffic light tells people to go, stop, or be ready to stop.
Which hand signal does a driver use before aright turn?
Number 6: repeat, this is the signal for aright turn.
Which lights tell other drivers that a car is turning or changing lanes?
Number 7: repeat, the flashing yellow lights are turn signals.
Which signal lights tell pedestrians when it's safe to cross a street?
Number 3: repeat, pedestrian signal lights tell people when to cross a street.
Which hand signal shows that the driver is going to turn left?
Number 5: repeat, this is the signal for a left turn.
Which traffic signals tell drivers to turn or go straight ahead?
Number 2: repeat, these signals tell drivers to turn or go straight ahead.
Which hand signal shows that the driver is going to slow down or stop?
Number 4: repeat, this driver is going to slow down or stop.
Which lights tell the drivers behind another car that it's slowing down or stopping?
Number 8: repeat, the red lights on the back of the car.
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.19-7.63] Please go to figure 3, look at the pictures, and listen; don't repeat.
[9.10-9.74] Number 1:
[11.25-14.61] traffic signals tell drivers to move or to stop.
[15.70-27.89] A green light says "go," a yellow light says "be careful," a red light says "stop." This signal is also called a stoplight.
[31.33-38.29] Number 2: traffic signals also tell drivers to turn or go straight ahead.
[41.60-42.32] Number 3:
[43.86-46.50] there are signals only for pedestrians.
[47.46-55.86] When the signal says "walk" or shows the picture of a man, look both ways and then cross the street quickly.
[57.17-64.27] When it says "don't walk" or shows the picture of a hand, wait on the corner until the light changes.
[67.42-72.00] Number 4: sometimes drivers use hand signals.
[73.50-78.62] This signal tells other drivers that this car is going to slow down or stop.
[81.31-85.73] Number 5: this is the hand signal for a left turn.
[88.80-92.48] Number 6: this driver is going to turnright.
[95.07-101.42] Number 7: some of the lights on the front and back of a car are also signals.
[103.02-110.38] When the yellow lights on the front and back of a car are flashing, its driver wants to turn or change lanes.
[113.49-120.62] Number 8: red lights on the back of the car come on when the car is slowing down or stopping.
[126.67-132.91] Look at the signals again and listen to the question, then give the number of the correct signal.
[135.02-140.54] Which traffic signal tells drivers to go, stop, or be ready to stop?
[147.34-155.50] Number 1: repeat, the traffic light tells people to go, stop, or be ready to stop.
[163.12-166.56] Which hand signal does a driver use before aright turn?
[174.14-179.49] Number 6: repeat, this is the signal for aright turn.
[185.67-190.69] Which lights tell other drivers that a car is turning or changing lanes?
[197.31-202.75] Number 7: repeat, the flashing yellow lights are turn signals.
[209.97-214.21] Which signal lights tell pedestrians when it's safe to cross a street?
[221.92-228.48] Number 3: repeat, pedestrian signal lights tell people when to cross a street.
[235.65-239.17] Which hand signal shows that the driver is going to turn left?
[246.37-251.46] Number 5: repeat, this is the signal for a left turn.
[258.50-263.06] Which traffic signals tell drivers to turn or go straight ahead?
[271.98-278.54] Number 2: repeat, these signals tell drivers to turn or go straight ahead.
[285.31-290.01] Which hand signal shows that the driver is going to slow down or stop?
[297.82-303.78] Number 4: repeat, this driver is going to slow down or stop.
[314.21-319.49] Which lights tell the drivers behind another car that it's slowing down or stopping?
[328.80-333.54] Number 8: repeat, the red lights on the back of the car.
#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk11-l2b-f4-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Turn to Figure 4 and look at the signs.
Repeat the words and sentences.
Number 1: "Stop sign."
Stop sign.
Stop at the stop sign and look both ways.
Go when it's safe.
Number 2: "Yield."
Yield.
Right of way.
Right of way.
Yield theright of way to the other driver.
He can go ahead of you.
Number 3: "One way."
One way.
This is a one-way street.
Traffic moves in only one direction.
Number 4: "Two-way."
Two-way.
This is a two-way street.
Traffic moves in both directions.
Number 5: "Railroad."
Railroad.
Crossing.
Crossing.
A railroad crosses the highway here.
A train may be coming.
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.10-4.82] Turn to Figure 4 and look at the signs.
[5.30-7.22] Repeat the words and sentences.
[9.07-11.23] Number 1: "Stop sign."
[13.50-14.62] Stop sign.
[17.07-20.43] Stop at the stop sign and look both ways.
[25.33-26.77] Go when it's safe.
[31.17-32.69] Number 2: "Yield."
[34.54-35.18] Yield.
[37.46-38.42] Right of way.
[40.24-41.20] Right of way.
[43.71-45.95] Yield theright of way to the other driver.
[51.66-52.94] He can go ahead of you.
[57.30-59.62] Number 3: "One way."
[61.52-62.40] One way.
[65.31-66.59] This is a one-way street.
[70.16-72.32] Traffic moves in only one direction.
[77.86-79.94] Number 4: "Two-way."
[82.05-82.53] Two-way.
[84.81-85.89] This is a two-way street.
[89.47-91.71] Traffic moves in both directions.
[97.38-99.30] Number 5: "Railroad."
[100.96-101.68] Railroad.
[103.70-104.50] Crossing.
[106.37-107.09] Crossing.
[109.62-111.86] A railroad crosses the highway here.
[116.46-118.06] A train may be coming.
#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk11-l2b-f5-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now look at Figure 5.
Listen to the sentence.
Write the number of the sentence under the correct sign.
Number 1: "Be careful, look for a train."
Number 2: "All cars must travel in the same direction."
Number 3: "You must let other drivers go ahead of you."
Number 4: "Stop at the intersection.
Don't go until it's safe."
Number 5: "Cars are moving in opposite directions on this street."
Listen and check your answers.
Number 1 is B, the railroad crossing sign.
Number 2 is D, the one-way traffic sign.
Number 3 is A, the yield sign.
Number 4 is E, the stop sign.
Number 5 is C, the two-way traffic sign.
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.00-3.76] Now look at Figure 5.
[4.32-5.68] Listen to the sentence.
[6.08-9.12] Write the number of the sentence under the correct sign.
[11.10-14.91] Number 1: "Be careful, look for a train."
[23.20-27.28] Number 2: "All cars must travel in the same direction."
[36.00-40.11] Number 3: "You must let other drivers go ahead of you."
[48.10-51.22] Number 4: "Stop at the intersection.
[52.19-53.95] Don't go until it's safe."
[62.14-67.12] Number 5: "Cars are moving in opposite directions on this street."
[76.98-78.90] Listen and check your answers.
[80.54-84.78] Number 1 is B, the railroad crossing sign.
[86.50-91.46] Number 2 is D, the one-way traffic sign.
[93.55-97.31] Number 3 is A, the yield sign.
[99.65-103.58] Number 4 is E, the stop sign.
[105.25-109.78] Number 5 is C, the two-way traffic sign.
#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk11-l2b-f6-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now go to Figure 6.
Look at the words in the box.
Listen to the words and repeat them.
Anyone.
Any one.
Any body.
Any body.
Someone.
Some one.
Somebody.
Some body.
No one.
No one.
Nobody.
No body.
The dialogue has the words which are in the box.
Write the words in the blanks when you hear them.
Listen and write.
Do you want to read this letter from Nancy?
Yes, thank you.
No one writes to me.
Do you write to anybody?
No, I don't mail anything to anyone.
That's the problem.
Nobody gets mail from you.
Do you think I should write to someone?
Yes.
Then somebody will answer your letter.
And I'll have more than just bills in my mailbox.
Now check your answers and repeat the dialogue.
Do you want to read this letter from Nancy?
Yes, thank you.
No one writes to me.
Do you write to anybody?
No, I don't mail anything to anyone.
That's the problem.
Nobody gets mail from you.
Do you think I should write to someone?
Yes.
Then somebody will answer your letter.
And I'll have more than just bills in my mailbox.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.81-3.33] Now go to Figure 6.
[3.97-5.49] Look at the words in the box.
[6.05-8.13] Listen to the words and repeat them.
[9.58-10.30] Anyone.
[12.32-13.20] Any one.
[15.33-16.21] Any body.
[18.18-19.06] Any body.
[21.28-24.51] Someone.
[24.40-27.75] Some one.
[27.76-28.56] Somebody.
[30.90-31.70] Some body.
[34.16-36.99] No one.
[37.06-37.86] No one.
[40.05-42.87] Nobody.
[42.90-43.70] No body.
[46.67-49.55] The dialogue has the words which are in the box.
[50.19-52.75] Write the words in the blanks when you hear them.
[53.65-54.61] Listen and write.
[58.54-60.62] Do you want to read this letter from Nancy?
[61.10-62.06] Yes, thank you.
[62.46-63.82] No one writes to me.
[69.58-70.86] Do you write to anybody?
[76.75-79.31] No, I don't mail anything to anyone.
[85.09-86.13] That's the problem.
[86.45-88.21] Nobody gets mail from you.
[94.90-96.50] Do you think I should write to someone?
[101.62-102.10] Yes.
[102.34-104.34] Then somebody will answer your letter.
[110.90-113.94] And I'll have more than just bills in my mailbox.
[117.90-120.86] Now check your answers and repeat the dialogue.
[124.56-126.80] Do you want to read this letter from Nancy?
[131.95-132.99] Yes, thank you.
[133.39-134.67] No one writes to me.
[139.06-140.42] Do you write to anybody?
[145.06-147.62] No, I don't mail anything to anyone.
[151.78-152.82] That's the problem.
[153.14-154.74] Nobody gets mail from you.
[160.62-162.22] Do you think I should write to someone?
[166.46-166.94] Yes.
[167.42-169.42] Then somebody will answer your letter.
[175.47-178.35] And I'll have more than just bills in my mailbox.
#### TAPE — Figure 7 (clip filenames start: bk11-l2b-f7-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at figure 7 and listen to the example; don't repeat.
Nobody's "here"
anyone.
Is anyone here?
Now listen to the sentence and the word after it, then change the sentence to a question.
Number 1: "No one can hear us." Anybody.
Repeat: "Can anybody hear us?"
Number 2: "Nobody saw the accident." Someone.
Repeat: "Did someone see the accident?"
Number 3: "Someone knows the answer." Somebody.
Repeat: "Does somebody know the answer?"
Number 4: "Somebody called you last night." Anybody.
Repeat: "Did anybody call you last night?"
Number 5: "Nobody told Mark about the test." Somebody.
Repeat: "Did somebody tell Mark about the test?"
Number 6: "No one knows Anne's telephone number." Anyone.
Repeat: "Does anyone know Anne's telephone number?"
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.08-6.64] Look at figure 7 and listen to the example; don't repeat.
[8.50-9.86] Nobody's "here"
[11.36-12.00] anyone.
[13.10-15.81] Is anyone here?
[15.97-22.29] Now listen to the sentence and the word after it, then change the sentence to a question.
[25.39-29.76] Number 1: "No one can hear us." Anybody.
[35.36-37.92] Repeat: "Can anybody hear us?"
[41.98-47.20] Number 2: "Nobody saw the accident." Someone.
[53.04-55.84] Repeat: "Did someone see the accident?"
[61.50-66.83] Number 3: "Someone knows the answer." Somebody.
[72.18-74.74] Repeat: "Does somebody know the answer?"
[80.22-85.52] Number 4: "Somebody called you last night." Anybody.
[91.54-94.50] Repeat: "Did anybody call you last night?"
[100.35-106.13] Number 5: "Nobody told Mark about the test." Somebody.
[112.78-115.98] Repeat: "Did somebody tell Mark about the test?"
[122.58-128.14] Number 6: "No one knows Anne's telephone number." Anyone.
[134.56-137.92] Repeat: "Does anyone know Anne's telephone number?"
#### TAPE — Figure 8 (clip filenames start: bk11-l2b-f8-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 8 and listen to the example; don't repeat.
Is anybody going to the show?
No, nobody.
No, nobody's going to the show.
Listen to the question and the words after it, then answer the question.
Number 1: Has somebody been using my pen?
No, nobody.
Repeat: No, nobody's been using your pen.
Number 2:
Does anybody understand the lesson?
Yes, someone.
Repeat: Yes, someone understands the lesson.
Number 3: Can someone give me a ride home?
Yes, somebody.
Repeat: Yes, somebody can give you a ride home.
Number 4: Did anyone bring the soft drinks?
No, no one.
Repeat: No, no one brought the soft drinks.
Number 5: Will somebody tell Mark the answer?
No, nobody.
Repeat: No, nobody will tell Mark the answer.
Number 6: Is anybody listening to this tape?
Yes, someone.
Repeat: Yes, someone's listening to this tape.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.89-6.13] Look at Figure 8 and listen to the example; don't repeat.
[7.92-11.07] Is anybody going to the show?
[11.09-12.69] No, nobody.
[13.87-16.43] No, nobody's going to the show.
[18.02-22.90] Listen to the question and the words after it, then answer the question.
[24.45-29.37] Number 1: Has somebody been using my pen?
[29.44-30.96] No, nobody.
[37.65-41.01] Repeat: No, nobody's been using your pen.
[46.14-46.94] Number 2:
[48.45-50.45] Does anybody understand the lesson?
[51.30-52.90] Yes, someone.
[59.52-63.44] Repeat: Yes, someone understands the lesson.
[69.12-72.66] Number 3: Can someone give me a ride home?
[73.78-75.38] Yes, somebody.
[81.82-85.18] Repeat: Yes, somebody can give you a ride home.
[91.06-94.48] Number 4: Did anyone bring the soft drinks?
[95.44-96.80] No, no one.
[103.26-106.38] Repeat: No, no one brought the soft drinks.
[112.29-116.14] Number 5: Will somebody tell Mark the answer?
[117.20-118.56] No, nobody.
[125.44-129.52] Repeat: No, nobody will tell Mark the answer.
[136.13-139.73] Number 6: Is anybody listening to this tape?
[141.07-142.43] Yes, someone.
[149.15-152.67] Repeat: Yes, someone's listening to this tape.
#### TAPE — Figure 9 (clip filenames start: bk11-l2b-f9-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Turn to Figure 9 now.
Listen to the sentence, then write the punctuation mark in the correct place.
Look at the grid and listen to the example.
The exclamation mark is in column 2, row 2.
Put the exclamation mark in the second row of the second column.
There should be an exclamation mark in the middle square.
Now listen and write the punctuation mark in the correct place.
The comma is in column 1, row 1.
The semicolon is in column 3, row 1.
The quotation marks are in column 1, row 3.
The parentheses are in column 3, row 3.
The question mark is in column 2, row 3.
Now check your work on the answer page for this lesson.
This is the end of Lesson 2B, Book 11.
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.03-3.79] Turn to Figure 9 now.
[4.70-10.14] Listen to the sentence, then write the punctuation mark in the correct place.
[11.02-13.58] Look at the grid and listen to the example.
[14.85-18.77] The exclamation mark is in column 2, row 2.
[19.84-24.08] Put the exclamation mark in the second row of the second column.
[32.91-36.19] There should be an exclamation mark in the middle square.
[36.91-40.91] Now listen and write the punctuation mark in the correct place.
[42.78-46.86] The comma is in column 1, row 1.
[56.43-60.69] The semicolon is in column 3, row 1.
[70.22-74.30] The quotation marks are in column 1, row 3.
[84.72-89.12] The parentheses are in column 3, row 3.
[99.74-103.74] The question mark is in column 2, row 3.
[114.57-117.73] Now check your work on the answer page for this lesson.
[124.03-127.07] This is the end of Lesson 2B, Book 11.

538
sources/book-11/tape-2C.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,538 @@
#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk11-l2c-f1-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
American Language Course, Book 11, Lesson 2C.
Hello again.
Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 2C.
Look at Figure 1.
Listen to the dialogues.
Don't repeat them.
Does Jane get nervous now when she drives?
Yes.
She became a very cautious driver after her car accident.
Is the weather getting worse?
Yes.
Theice on the streets is becoming an awful problem.
Do you think Bill will ever become a happy person?
I don't know.
He still gets angry about nothing.
Are you becoming a better math student?
Yes.
The problems are getting easier every day.
Do your sisters want to become nurses?
No.
They want to become doctors.
Segment timings (seconds):
[11.74-15.82] American Language Course, Book 11, Lesson 2C.
[22.02-22.50] Hello again.
[23.65-27.57] Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 2C.
[34.85-35.97] Look at Figure 1.
[36.69-38.13] Listen to the dialogues.
[38.45-39.65] Don't repeat them.
[45.82-48.62] Does Jane get nervous now when she drives?
[49.55-50.03] Yes.
[50.11-53.71] She became a very cautious driver after her car accident.
[55.82-57.42] Is the weather getting worse?
[57.90-58.54] Yes.
[58.70-61.50] Theice on the streets is becoming an awful problem.
[63.33-66.13] Do you think Bill will ever become a happy person?
[66.77-67.57] I don't know.
[67.81-69.65] He still gets angry about nothing.
[71.63-73.71] Are you becoming a better math student?
[74.27-74.67] Yes.
[74.67-77.15] The problems are getting easier every day.
[78.93-81.09] Do your sisters want to become nurses?
[81.73-82.05] No.
[82.05-83.49] They want to become doctors.
#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk11-l2c-f2-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now go to Figure 2.
Look at the underlined words in the first box.
Repeat the word, then repeat the sentence.
Repeat: "Gets."
The instructor gets nervous.
Got.
The instructor got nervous.
Will get.
The instructor will get nervous.
Is getting.
The instructor is getting nervous.
Has been getting.
The instructor has been getting nervous.
Look at the example below the first box.
Don't repeat.
Jim gets tired easily.
Mary.
Mary gets tired easily.
Listen to the sentence and the word after it.
Then change the sentence.
Mary gets tired easily.
Sick.
Repeat: Mary gets sick easily.
Well.
Repeat: Mary gets well easily.
Quickly.
Repeat: Mary gets well quickly.
The children.
Repeat: The children get well quickly.
Bored.
Repeat: The children get bored quickly.
Excited.
Repeat: The children get excited quickly.
Look at the underlined words in the second box.
Repeat the word, then repeat the sentence.
Repeat: "Become." Our students become good pilots.
Became.
Our students became good pilots.
Will become.
Our students will become good pilots.
Are becoming.
Our students are becoming good pilots.
Now look at the example under the second box.
Don't repeat.
Jane became a good saleswoman.
Teacher.
Jane became a good teacher.
Listen to the sentence and the word after it.
Then change the sentence.
Jane became a good teacher.
Is becoming.
Repeat: Jane is becoming a good teacher.
Michael.
Repeat: Michael is becoming a good teacher.
Better.
Repeat: Michael is becoming a better teacher.
Writer.
Repeat: Michael is becoming a better writer.
The students.
Repeat: The students are becoming better writers.
Will become.
Repeat: The students will become better writers.
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.21-3.41] Now go to Figure 2.
[4.32-7.04] Look at the underlined words in the first box.
[8.03-11.15] Repeat the word, then repeat the sentence.
[12.42-14.58] Repeat: "Gets."
[16.59-18.43] The instructor gets nervous.
[21.62-22.18] Got.
[24.22-25.98] The instructor got nervous.
[29.66-33.03] Will get.
[33.26-35.10] The instructor will get nervous.
[39.46-40.18] Is getting.
[42.72-44.72] The instructor is getting nervous.
[49.20-50.32] Has been getting.
[53.20-55.52] The instructor has been getting nervous.
[61.34-63.82] Look at the example below the first box.
[64.22-65.10] Don't repeat.
[66.80-68.56] Jim gets tired easily.
[69.63-70.19] Mary.
[72.70-74.38] Mary gets tired easily.
[77.81-80.29] Listen to the sentence and the word after it.
[81.09-83.01] Then change the sentence.
[84.58-86.58] Mary gets tired easily.
[89.76-90.40] Sick.
[93.41-96.69] Repeat: Mary gets sick easily.
[101.74-102.46] Well.
[106.64-109.76] Repeat: Mary gets well easily.
[114.38-115.02] Quickly.
[117.84-121.04] Repeat: Mary gets well quickly.
[125.36-128.67] The children.
[129.41-132.69] Repeat: The children get well quickly.
[137.23-137.87] Bored.
[141.28-144.80] Repeat: The children get bored quickly.
[149.38-150.26] Excited.
[153.55-156.91] Repeat: The children get excited quickly.
[163.36-166.00] Look at the underlined words in the second box.
[166.98-169.94] Repeat the word, then repeat the sentence.
[171.15-179.07] Repeat: "Become." Our students become good pilots.
[184.19-187.83] Became.
[187.95-190.43] Our students became good pilots.
[195.04-199.17] Will become.
[199.18-202.22] Our students will become good pilots.
[208.61-209.49] Are becoming.
[213.51-216.22] Our students are becoming good pilots.
[223.95-226.59] Now look at the example under the second box.
[227.15-227.87] Don't repeat.
[229.95-232.11] Jane became a good saleswoman.
[233.74-234.22] Teacher.
[235.76-237.60] Jane became a good teacher.
[240.27-242.59] Listen to the sentence and the word after it.
[243.31-245.39] Then change the sentence.
[247.57-249.33] Jane became a good teacher.
[251.10-252.14] Is becoming.
[255.47-259.23] Repeat: Jane is becoming a good teacher.
[265.50-266.14] Michael.
[270.06-273.66] Repeat: Michael is becoming a good teacher.
[278.53-278.93] Better.
[282.81-286.29] Repeat: Michael is becoming a better teacher.
[292.71-293.07] Writer.
[296.43-299.97] Repeat: Michael is becoming a better writer.
[305.73-306.34] The students.
[310.23-314.21] Repeat: The students are becoming better writers.
[320.61-324.39] Will become.
[325.65-328.66] Repeat: The students will become better writers.
#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk11-l2c-f3-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 3 now.
Listen to the example.
Don't repeat.
"My cold isn't getting worse." Better.
"It's getting better."
Listen to the sentence and the word after it.
Then change the sentence.
Number 1: "The food here isn't getting better."
Worse.
Repeat: "It's getting worse."
Number 2:
"Karen doesn't get angry."
Upset.
Repeat: "She gets upset."
Number 3:
"The nights aren't getting longer."
Shorter.
Repeat: "They're getting shorter."
Number 4: "Bill didn't become a careless driver."
Careful.
Repeat: "He became a careful driver."
Number 5:
"Mark won't become a nervous person."
Relaxed.
Repeat: "He'll become a relaxed person."
Number 6: "The boys won't become weak men." Strong.
Repeat: "They'll become strong men."
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.92-3.20] Look at Figure 3 now.
[3.84-5.04] Listen to the example.
[5.60-6.48] Don't repeat.
[8.02-11.46] "My cold isn't getting worse." Better.
[12.91-13.87] "It's getting better."
[15.95-18.19] Listen to the sentence and the word after it.
[18.99-20.83] Then change the sentence.
[24.08-27.97] Number 1: "The food here isn't getting better."
[29.90-30.46] Worse.
[34.75-37.73] Repeat: "It's getting worse."
[41.81-42.61] Number 2:
[44.03-45.63] "Karen doesn't get angry."
[47.46-48.18] Upset.
[52.78-55.50] Repeat: "She gets upset."
[59.89-60.85] Number 3:
[62.58-64.34] "The nights aren't getting longer."
[66.48-67.12] Shorter.
[71.66-74.22] Repeat: "They're getting shorter."
[77.68-82.26] Number 4: "Bill didn't become a careless driver."
[84.37-85.01] Careful.
[88.78-92.22] Repeat: "He became a careful driver."
[96.35-97.23] Number 5:
[98.78-101.02] "Mark won't become a nervous person."
[103.17-104.13] Relaxed.
[108.38-111.82] Repeat: "He'll become a relaxed person."
[116.48-126.33] Number 6: "The boys won't become weak men." Strong.
[127.49-130.61] Repeat: "They'll become strong men."
#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk11-l2c-f4-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Please go to Figure 4 now.
Look at the examples, listen, but don't repeat.
The school is getting crowded.
Classroom.
Is the classroom getting crowded?
Houston became an important city.
Laredo.
Did Laredo become an important city?
First, listen to the sentence and the word after it.
Then change the sentence to a question.
Number 1:
His father became an important person.
Uncle.
Repeat: Did his uncle become an important person?
Number 2: The coffee is getting cold.
Tea.
Repeat: Is the tea getting cold?
Number 3: My apartment gets dirty fast.
Your apartment.
Repeat: Does your apartment get dirty fast?
Number 4:
Catherine is becoming a beautiful woman.
Her sister.
Repeat: Is her sister becoming a beautiful woman?
Number 5: The books will get more expensive.
Tapes.
Repeat: Will the tapes get more expensive?
Number 6: The children are becoming good friends.
Their parents.
Repeat: Are their parents becoming good friends?
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.97-3.57] Please go to Figure 4 now.
[4.45-7.89] Look at the examples, listen, but don't repeat.
[9.50-11.10] The school is getting crowded.
[12.26-12.90] Classroom.
[14.75-16.35] Is the classroom getting crowded?
[20.43-22.35] Houston became an important city.
[23.89-24.45] Laredo.
[27.84-29.84] Did Laredo become an important city?
[32.21-35.49] First, listen to the sentence and the word after it.
[36.38-39.26] Then change the sentence to a question.
[40.83-41.71] Number 1:
[43.78-47.97] His father became an important person.
[48.08-48.56] Uncle.
[52.14-56.45] Repeat: Did his uncle become an important person?
[61.81-65.17] Number 2: The coffee is getting cold.
[66.64-67.12] Tea.
[70.70-73.82] Repeat: Is the tea getting cold?
[78.64-82.85] Number 3: My apartment gets dirty fast.
[84.78-86.06] Your apartment.
[90.45-94.21] Repeat: Does your apartment get dirty fast?
[99.68-100.56] Number 4:
[102.90-105.38] Catherine is becoming a beautiful woman.
[107.76-108.48] Her sister.
[113.50-117.34] Repeat: Is her sister becoming a beautiful woman?
[122.72-126.24] Number 5: The books will get more expensive.
[127.82-128.38] Tapes.
[132.51-135.79] Repeat: Will the tapes get more expensive?
[140.43-144.51] Number 6: The children are becoming good friends.
[146.64-147.68] Their parents.
[151.74-155.50] Repeat: Are their parents becoming good friends?
#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk11-l2c-f5-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now go to Figure 5, look at the dialogues, and listen; don't repeat.
My turn signals don't work.
What should I do?
Lower the window and signal with your left arm.
Why do drivers behind me flash their lights?
That's a signal.
They want to pass you.
What should I do?
Move to theright lane when you can.
What should I do when a school bus stops?
You should stop too when its lights are flashing.
Do I have to stop when I'm in the other lane?
Yes, and don't move until the bus moves.
Why do I have to stop?
Because children might be crossing the street.
Listen to the dialogues again.
Repeat the questions; don't repeat the answers.
Repeat the questions only.
My turn signals don't work.
What should I do?
Lower the window and signal with your left arm.
Why do drivers behind me flash their lights?
That's a signal.
They want to pass you.
What should I do?
Move to theright lane when you can.
What should I do when a school bus stops?
You should stop too when its lights are flashing.
Do I have to stop when I'm in the other lane?
Yes, and don't move until the bus moves.
Why do I have to stop?
Because children might be crossing the street.
This time, repeat only the answers.
Don't repeat the questions; just the answers.
My turn signals don't work.
What should I do?
Lower the window and signal with your left arm.
Why do drivers behind me flash their lights?
That's a signal.
They want to pass you.
What should I do?
Move to theright lane when you can.
What should I do when a school bus stops?
You should stop too when its lights are flashing.
Do I have to stop when I'm in the other lane?
Yes, and don't move until the bus moves.
Why do I have to stop?
Because children might be crossing the street.
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.02-7.52] Now go to Figure 5, look at the dialogues, and listen; don't repeat.
[10.91-12.67] My turn signals don't work.
[12.91-13.87] What should I do?
[14.51-16.91] Lower the window and signal with your left arm.
[18.32-20.80] Why do drivers behind me flash their lights?
[21.44-22.32] That's a signal.
[22.48-23.60] They want to pass you.
[25.20-26.08] What should I do?
[27.20-29.28] Move to theright lane when you can.
[30.88-33.12] What should I do when a school bus stops?
[35.36-38.48] You should stop too when its lights are flashing.
[40.53-42.77] Do I have to stop when I'm in the other lane?
[43.89-46.37] Yes, and don't move until the bus moves.
[47.50-48.54] Why do I have to stop?
[49.76-51.76] Because children might be crossing the street.
[52.91-54.59] Listen to the dialogues again.
[54.91-58.35] Repeat the questions; don't repeat the answers.
[58.75-60.51] Repeat the questions only.
[62.18-63.86] My turn signals don't work.
[64.34-65.46] What should I do?
[69.78-72.42] Lower the window and signal with your left arm.
[74.30-77.18] Why do drivers behind me flash their lights?
[81.44-82.32] That's a signal.
[82.80-83.92] They want to pass you.
[85.58-86.46] What should I do?
[88.53-90.85] Move to theright lane when you can.
[93.22-95.38] What should I do when a school bus stops?
[99.52-102.16] You should stop too when its lights are flashing.
[105.58-107.66] Do I have to stop when I'm in the other lane?
[112.11-115.15] Yes, and don't move until the bus moves.
[118.43-119.55] Why do I have to stop?
[121.49-123.33] Because children might be crossing the street.
[126.64-129.20] This time, repeat only the answers.
[129.60-132.56] Don't repeat the questions; just the answers.
[134.19-135.95] My turn signals don't work.
[136.43-137.39] What should I do?
[138.80-141.20] Lower the window and signal with your left arm.
[146.14-148.86] Why do drivers behind me flash their lights?
[152.16-153.12] That's a signal.
[153.44-154.72] They want to pass you.
[160.99-161.95] What should I do?
[164.56-166.64] Move to theright lane when you can.
[171.15-173.31] What should I do when a school bus stops?
[174.43-177.15] You should stop too when its lights are flashing.
[182.50-184.58] Do I have to stop when I'm in the other lane?
[185.30-188.10] Yes, and don't move until the bus moves.
[192.13-193.41] Why do I have to stop?
[193.81-196.39] Because children might be crossing the street.
#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk11-l2c-f6-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 6 now.
Listen to the paragraph.
Don't repeat.
When there'sice on the streets, you should drive very cautiously.
Drive slowly, and try to stay in theright lane.
Change lanes and turn corners carefully.
Also, change your speed slowly.
When you try to speed up or step on the brakes quickly, the tires may not stick to theice.
Then you won't be able to stop.
Stay home when you can.
When you must drive, try to wait until someone puts salt on the roads.
Look at the paragraph again and listen to the questions.
Then answer them.
How should you drive when there'sice on the streets?
Repeat: You should drive cautiously when there'sice on the streets.
Should you drive fast then?
Repeat: No, you shouldn't drive fast then.
Should you change lanes and turn corners carefully?
Repeat: Yes, you should change lanes and turn corners carefully.
What can happen when you try to change your speed quickly?
Repeat: When you try to change your speed quickly.
The tires may not stick to theice.
Will you be able to stop?
Repeat: No, you won't be able to stop.
Should you stay home when there'sice on the roads?
Repeat: Yes, you should stay home when you can.
When you must drive, how long should you wait?
Repeat: You should wait until someone puts salt on the roads.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.86-3.22] Look at Figure 6 now.
[3.86-5.14] Listen to the paragraph.
[5.70-6.42] Don't repeat.
[8.75-13.23] When there'sice on the streets, you should drive very cautiously.
[14.29-17.97] Drive slowly, and try to stay in theright lane.
[19.22-21.94] Change lanes and turn corners carefully.
[22.90-25.62] Also, change your speed slowly.
[26.77-33.09] When you try to speed up or step on the brakes quickly, the tires may not stick to theice.
[34.11-35.95] Then you won't be able to stop.
[36.88-38.48] Stay home when you can.
[39.42-44.22] When you must drive, try to wait until someone puts salt on the roads.
[48.96-52.16] Look at the paragraph again and listen to the questions.
[52.72-54.16] Then answer them.
[56.08-58.96] How should you drive when there'sice on the streets?
[64.66-69.87] Repeat: You should drive cautiously when there'sice on the streets.
[77.07-81.39] Should you drive fast then?
[84.50-88.66] Repeat: No, you shouldn't drive fast then.
[96.34-99.62] Should you change lanes and turn corners carefully?
[105.60-111.12] Repeat: Yes, you should change lanes and turn corners carefully.
[120.29-123.65] What can happen when you try to change your speed quickly?
[129.66-136.35] Repeat: When you try to change your speed quickly.
[139.82-142.30] The tires may not stick to theice.
[149.25-153.63] Will you be able to stop?
[157.17-160.61] Repeat: No, you won't be able to stop.
[166.10-168.98] Should you stay home when there'sice on the roads?
[174.77-179.09] Repeat: Yes, you should stay home when you can.
[186.58-189.86] When you must drive, how long should you wait?
[195.36-200.00] Repeat: You should wait until someone puts salt on the roads.
#### TAPE — Figure 7 (clip filenames start: bk11-l2c-f7-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 7 now.
This is a dictation exercise; first, listen to the paragraph.
Paul is studying math in school.
His math teacher is giving the class a quiz today on shapes and lines.
Will Paul get a good grade on the test?
Yes, he will.
He's a good student and knows all the answers.
There won't be any mistakes on Paul's test.
Now listen to the paragraph again.
This time, write the sentences on the lines in Figure 7.
Punctuate the sentences correctly.
Use capital letters, commas, periods, apostrophes, and question marks when you need them.
Listen and write.
Paul is studying math.
In school.
His math teacher.
Is giving the class.
A quiz today.
On shapes and lines.
Will Paul.
Get a good grade.
On the test.
Yes, he will.
He's a good student.
And knows all the answers.
There won't be any mistakes.
On Paul's test.
Listen to the paragraph again and check your work.
Paul is studying math in school.
His math teacher is giving the class a quiz today on shapes and lines.
Will Paul get a good grade on the test?
Yes, he will.
He's a good student and knows all the answers.
There won't be any mistakes on Paul's test.
Look at the paragraph on the answer page for this lesson and check your work.
This is the end of Lesson 2C, Book 11.
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.21-3.57] Look at Figure 7 now.
[4.61-9.57] This is a dictation exercise; first, listen to the paragraph.
[12.54-14.70] Paul is studying math in school.
[15.79-20.35] His math teacher is giving the class a quiz today on shapes and lines.
[21.50-23.82] Will Paul get a good grade on the test?
[24.46-25.50] Yes, he will.
[26.06-29.18] He's a good student and knows all the answers.
[29.98-32.54] There won't be any mistakes on Paul's test.
[38.53-40.29] Now listen to the paragraph again.
[41.01-44.77] This time, write the sentences on the lines in Figure 7.
[46.14-48.14] Punctuate the sentences correctly.
[48.93-56.05] Use capital letters, commas, periods, apostrophes, and question marks when you need them.
[57.44-58.72] Listen and write.
[60.42-64.71] Paul is studying math.
[76.18-77.06] In school.
[84.56-85.84] His math teacher.
[96.88-101.55] Is giving the class.
[108.69-109.97] A quiz today.
[118.77-120.69] On shapes and lines.
[132.90-137.13] Will Paul.
[141.14-142.42] Get a good grade.
[152.99-156.63] On the test.
[163.71-167.55] Yes, he will.
[174.69-176.05] He's a good student.
[188.53-190.45] And knows all the answers.
[207.62-212.19] There won't be any mistakes.
[227.73-229.25] On Paul's test.
[243.97-246.77] Listen to the paragraph again and check your work.
[248.91-251.23] Paul is studying math in school.
[251.98-256.19] His math teacher is giving the class a quiz today on shapes and lines.
[258.33-261.45] Will Paul get a good grade on the test?
[261.63-262.77] Yes, he will.
[263.61-267.15] He's a good student and knows all the answers.
[268.22-271.64] There won't be any mistakes on Paul's test.
[274.45-278.83] Look at the paragraph on the answer page for this lesson and check your work.
[285.01-287.97] This is the end of Lesson 2C, Book 11.

400
sources/book-11/tape-2D.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,400 @@
#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk11-l2d-f1-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
American Language Course, Book 11, Lesson 2D.
Hello again.
Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 2D.
Look at Figure 1.
Listen to the dialogues and select the best answer.
Circle A, B, or C.
Listen to the example.
"Please hurry, driver." "I'm doing my best, ma'am."
The answer is A.
The woman is late.
Listen to the dialogue again.
"Please hurry, driver." "I'm doing my best, ma'am."
Now listen to the dialogues and circle A, B, or C.
Number 1: "How much does this car cost?" "$32 a day."
Number 2.
"What does your thermometer say?" "102 degrees."
Number 3.
"Look at the side of my car." "I'm sorry, I didn't see the stop sign."
Number 4.
"Would you like a cup of coffee?" "No, thank you.
Do you have any tea?"
Number 5.
"How was your trip?" "Too long.
The weather over San Antonio was bad, and we had to land in Houston."
Number 6.
"Well, doctor, am I healthy?"
"Yes, you're in good shape for a person of your age."
Now check your answers.
Number 1 is B.
He wants to rent a car.
Number 2 is A.
He has a fever.
Number 3 is B.
He's upset because she hit his car.
Number 4 is A.
He doesn't like coffee.
Number 5 is C.
She was traveling by airplane.
Number 6 is B.
She just had a physical exam.
Segment timings (seconds):
[10.14-13.71] American Language Course, Book 11, Lesson 2D.
[20.67-21.15] Hello again.
[22.18-25.70] Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 2D.
[32.40-33.52] Look at Figure 1.
[34.45-37.33] Listen to the dialogues and select the best answer.
[38.35-40.67] Circle A, B, or C.
[42.62-43.90] Listen to the example.
[44.90-47.86] "Please hurry, driver." "I'm doing my best, ma'am."
[57.81-59.17] The answer is A.
[59.49-60.85] The woman is late.
[63.25-64.93] Listen to the dialogue again.
[66.05-69.92] "Please hurry, driver." "I'm doing my best, ma'am."
[75.02-79.26] Now listen to the dialogues and circle A, B, or C.
[81.12-86.66] Number 1: "How much does this car cost?" "$32 a day."
[95.63-96.35] Number 2.
[98.02-102.10] "What does your thermometer say?" "102 degrees."
[112.21-113.01] Number 3.
[114.10-119.06] "Look at the side of my car." "I'm sorry, I didn't see the stop sign."
[129.47-130.27] Number 4.
[131.81-134.85] "Would you like a cup of coffee?" "No, thank you.
[135.17-136.13] Do you have any tea?"
[146.46-146.75] Number 5.
[147.18-150.62] "How was your trip?" "Too long.
[151.02-155.26] The weather over San Antonio was bad, and we had to land in Houston."
[166.35-167.23] Number 6.
[168.64-170.48] "Well, doctor, am I healthy?"
[173.65-176.05] "Yes, you're in good shape for a person of your age."
[190.96-192.24] Now check your answers.
[194.42-196.26] Number 1 is B.
[196.58-198.18] He wants to rent a car.
[199.23-200.99] Number 2 is A.
[201.31-202.43] He has a fever.
[203.68-205.44] Number 3 is B.
[206.16-208.72] He's upset because she hit his car.
[210.03-211.71] Number 4 is A.
[211.95-213.47] He doesn't like coffee.
[214.78-216.70] Number 5 is C.
[217.02-219.10] She was traveling by airplane.
[220.27-222.11] Number 6 is B.
[222.43-224.75] She just had a physical exam.
#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk11-l2d-f2-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Please go to figure 2.
Look at the sentences and listen; don't repeat.
Last weekend I read a book.
I liked it a lot.
Last weekend I read a book which I liked a lot.
It was a new book.
John told me about it.
It was a new book that John told me about.
John is a friend of mine.
He really enjoys reading.
John is a friend of mine who really enjoys reading.
He has an apartment.
It's full of books.
He has an apartment which is full of books.
I know other people.
They collect books also.
I know other people that collect books also.
But John reads every book in his collection.
He's the only one.
But John's the only one who reads every book in his collection.
Now repeat the sentences with the underlined words.
Number 1: Last weekend I read a book which I liked a lot.
Number 2: It was a new book that John told me about.
Number 3: John is a friend of mine who really enjoys reading.
Number 4: He has an apartment which is full of books.
Number 5: I know other people that collect books also.
Number 6: But John's the only one
who reads every book in his collection.
Look at the sentences again and answer some questions.
Number 1: What kind of book did the person read last weekend?
Repeat: He read a book that he liked a lot.
Number 2: Which book was it?
Repeat: It was a new book that John told him about.
Number 3: Is John his instructor?
Repeat: No.
John is a friend of his
who really enjoys reading.
Number 4: Where does John live?
Repeat: He lives in an apartment that's full of books.
Number 5: Does he know other people that collect books?
Repeat: Yes, he knows other people that collect them.
Number 6: How is John different from the other people who collect books?
Repeat: He's the only one who reads every book
in his collection.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.87-3.23] Please go to figure 2.
[4.03-7.47] Look at the sentences and listen; don't repeat.
[8.85-10.93] Last weekend I read a book.
[11.57-12.85] I liked it a lot.
[14.29-17.57] Last weekend I read a book which I liked a lot.
[19.71-20.91] It was a new book.
[21.47-22.91] John told me about it.
[23.84-26.24] It was a new book that John told me about.
[27.55-29.07] John is a friend of mine.
[29.55-31.31] He really enjoys reading.
[32.30-35.50] John is a friend of mine who really enjoys reading.
[36.78-38.14] He has an apartment.
[38.54-39.82] It's full of books.
[40.70-43.34] He has an apartment which is full of books.
[45.34-46.54] I know other people.
[47.34-48.70] They collect books also.
[49.87-52.59] I know other people that collect books also.
[54.26-56.82] But John reads every book in his collection.
[57.46-58.74] He's the only one.
[60.02-64.50] But John's the only one who reads every book in his collection.
[71.47-74.67] Now repeat the sentences with the underlined words.
[77.87-82.86] Number 1: Last weekend I read a book which I liked a lot.
[88.98-93.36] Number 2: It was a new book that John told me about.
[99.12-103.60] Number 3: John is a friend of mine who really enjoys reading.
[109.30-113.30] Number 4: He has an apartment which is full of books.
[121.38-125.78] Number 5: I know other people that collect books also.
[132.83-136.40] Number 6: But John's the only one
[141.23-143.63] who reads every book in his collection.
[150.03-153.39] Look at the sentences again and answer some questions.
[154.80-159.95] Number 1: What kind of book did the person read last weekend?
[164.53-167.73] Repeat: He read a book that he liked a lot.
[173.06-175.70] Number 2: Which book was it?
[180.88-184.56] Repeat: It was a new book that John told him about.
[190.32-195.75] Number 3: Is John his instructor?
[199.33-201.09] Repeat: No.
[201.49-202.93] John is a friend of his
[207.42-209.18] who really enjoys reading.
[214.69-217.49] Number 4: Where does John live?
[221.81-225.81] Repeat: He lives in an apartment that's full of books.
[231.86-235.78] Number 5: Does he know other people that collect books?
[241.23-245.15] Repeat: Yes, he knows other people that collect them.
[251.47-256.62] Number 6: How is John different from the other people who collect books?
[262.53-266.78] Repeat: He's the only one who reads every book
[273.20-274.35] in his collection.
#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk11-l2d-f3-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at figure 3.
Read the words in the boxes now.
Listen to part of a sentence and choose the answer that completes it.
Circle A or B.
Remember to use "who" or "that" for people, and "which" or "that" for things.
Look at the example and listen:
"Accidents usually happen to drivers."
The answer is A, because drivers are people.
Repeat: "Accidents usually happen
to drivers who are not careful."
Now listen and circle A or B.
Number 1: "You should always stop for someone."
Number 2: "Fix or replace any tires."
Number 3: "A pedestrian is a person."
Number 4: "Be polite to a policeman."
Number 5: "Don't ride with a driver."
Number 6: "Drive cautiously on streets."
Number 7: "Drive carefully near children."
Number 8: "Don't take a trip in a car."
Number 9: "Use caution when you see a light."
Number 10: "Don't pass a school bus."
Listen and check your answers, then repeat the sentence.
Number 1 is A.
Repeat: "Stop for someone who is crossing the street."
Number 2 is B.
Repeat: "Fix or replace any tires that are bad."
Number 3 is A.
Repeat: "A pedestrian is a person that is walking."
Number 4 is A.
Repeat: "Be polite to a policeman who is giving you a ticket."
Number 5 is B.
Repeat: "Don't ride with a driver that is careless."
Number 6 is B.
Repeat: "Drive cautiously on streets that are wet."
Number 7 is A.
Repeat: "Drive carefully near children who are playing."
Number 8 is B.
Repeat: "Don't take a trip in a car that isn't in good shape."
Number 9 is A.
Repeat: "Use caution when you see a light which is flashing."
Number 10 is A.
Repeat: "Don't pass a school bus that is stopping for children."
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.86-2.98] Look at figure 3.
[3.78-5.62] Read the words in the boxes now.
[14.35-17.95] Listen to part of a sentence and choose the answer that completes it.
[18.96-20.56] Circle A or B.
[21.74-28.70] Remember to use "who" or "that" for people, and "which" or "that" for things.
[29.95-31.63] Look at the example and listen:
[33.60-36.08] "Accidents usually happen to drivers."
[44.99-48.99] The answer is A, because drivers are people.
[50.50-53.62] Repeat: "Accidents usually happen
[58.70-60.54] to drivers who are not careful."
[65.50-68.06] Now listen and circle A or B.
[70.43-77.07] Number 1: "You should always stop for someone."
[82.66-89.13] Number 2: "Fix or replace any tires."
[95.30-101.37] Number 3: "A pedestrian is a person."
[106.86-110.58] Number 4: "Be polite to a policeman."
[119.31-122.75] Number 5: "Don't ride with a driver."
[131.47-134.90] Number 6: "Drive cautiously on streets."
[144.27-150.69] Number 7: "Drive carefully near children."
[156.10-161.97] Number 8: "Don't take a trip in a car."
[168.42-174.69] Number 9: "Use caution when you see a light."
[181.11-184.38] Number 10: "Don't pass a school bus."
[196.61-200.85] Listen and check your answers, then repeat the sentence.
[201.57-203.17] Number 1 is A.
[203.73-207.89] Repeat: "Stop for someone who is crossing the street."
[213.41-215.25] Number 2 is B.
[215.65-220.00] Repeat: "Fix or replace any tires that are bad."
[226.19-228.11] Number 3 is A.
[228.67-232.75] Repeat: "A pedestrian is a person that is walking."
[239.15-241.07] Number 4 is A.
[241.71-246.43] Repeat: "Be polite to a policeman who is giving you a ticket."
[253.60-255.60] Number 5 is B.
[256.08-260.24] Repeat: "Don't ride with a driver that is careless."
[265.87-267.95] Number 6 is B.
[268.27-272.75] Repeat: "Drive cautiously on streets that are wet."
[279.22-281.06] Number 7 is A.
[281.78-285.62] Repeat: "Drive carefully near children who are playing."
[292.08-294.08] Number 8 is B.
[294.64-299.23] Repeat: "Don't take a trip in a car that isn't in good shape."
[306.80-308.72] Number 9 is A.
[309.28-314.00] Repeat: "Use caution when you see a light which is flashing."
[321.52-323.28] Number 10 is A.
[323.76-328.48] Repeat: "Don't pass a school bus that is stopping for children."
#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk11-l2d-f4-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Please go to Figure 4.
Listen to the paragraph, but don't repeat.
Write the missing words while you are listening.
Sergeant Carter told us about an accident that he saw this morning.
A car which was speeding ran a red light.
The driver was a man who is 90 years old and can't see very well.
The driver who had the green light realized that something was wrong and stopped quickly.
The driver behind him was a woman who was taking her 4 children to school.
She hit the car that stopped because she wasn't watching the traffic.
The people who were in the accident were allright.
All of them were wearing seat belts, which kept them safe.
The old man who ran the light never realized that he caused an accident.
Listen to the paragraph again and check the words you wrote.
Sergeant Carter told us about an accident that he saw this morning.
A car which was speeding ran a red light.
The driver was a man who is 90 years old and can't see very well.
The driver who had the green light realized that something was wrong and stopped quickly.
The driver behind him was a woman who was taking her 4 children to school.
She hit the car that stopped because she wasn't watching the traffic.
The people who were in the accident were allright.
All of them were wearing seat belts, which kept them safe.
The old man who ran the light never realized that he caused an accident.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.94-3.30] Please go to Figure 4.
[4.43-6.91] Listen to the paragraph, but don't repeat.
[7.94-10.50] Write the missing words while you are listening.
[12.19-16.27] Sergeant Carter told us about an accident that he saw this morning.
[21.95-24.83] A car which was speeding ran a red light.
[31.38-35.86] The driver was a man who is 90 years old and can't see very well.
[41.81-47.49] The driver who had the green light realized that something was wrong and stopped quickly.
[53.62-58.26] The driver behind him was a woman who was taking her 4 children to school.
[64.11-68.11] She hit the car that stopped because she wasn't watching the traffic.
[74.37-77.25] The people who were in the accident were allright.
[82.82-86.10] All of them were wearing seat belts, which kept them safe.
[91.81-96.69] The old man who ran the light never realized that he caused an accident.
[105.94-109.30] Listen to the paragraph again and check the words you wrote.
[110.77-114.69] Sergeant Carter told us about an accident that he saw this morning.
[115.86-118.66] A car which was speeding ran a red light.
[119.87-124.43] The driver was a man who is 90 years old and can't see very well.
[125.94-131.22] The driver who had the green light realized that something was wrong and stopped quickly.
[133.04-137.44] The driver behind him was a woman who was taking her 4 children to school.
[139.76-143.52] She hit the car that stopped because she wasn't watching the traffic.
[144.88-147.44] The people who were in the accident were allright.
[148.69-151.81] All of them were wearing seat belts, which kept them safe.
[153.26-158.14] The old man who ran the light never realized that he caused an accident.
#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk11-l2d-f5-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 5, read the question, then listen to the conversation.
Read the first question now.
Hello.
This is Anne.
May I please speak with Carol?
She's not hereright now.
May I take a message?
Yes, please.
Will you tell her that I need to borrow her Spanish textbook tonight?
I'll be glad to.
Thanks a lot.
Hi, Carol.
Anne called while you were gone.
What did she say?
She said to tell you that she needs to borrow your Spanish book tonight.
Now answer the question: Which textbook does Anne need to borrow?
Repeat: Anne needs to borrow Carol's Spanish textbook.
Read the second question.
Now listen to the conversation.
Hey, Greg.
Hi, Sam.
Do you know where Alan is?
I think he went to the mall.
He won't be gone long.
I have his wallet.
I'll give it to him when he gets back.
Okay, thanks.
Tell him that I found it in the commissary parking lot.
Hi, Alan.
That was a short shopping trip.
I couldn't buy anything.
I lost my wallet.
Here it is.
Greg just brought it back.
Terrific.
Where was it?
He said to tell you that he found it in the commissary parking lot.
Now answer the question: Where did Greg find Alan's wallet?
Repeat: Greg found Alan's wallet in the commissary parking lot.
This is the end of Lesson 2D, Book 11.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.95-8.03] Look at Figure 5, read the question, then listen to the conversation.
[9.34-10.86] Read the first question now.
[13.84-14.32] Hello.
[14.88-15.60] This is Anne.
[15.92-17.28] May I please speak with Carol?
[17.68-19.04] She's not hereright now.
[19.44-20.56] May I take a message?
[20.88-21.60] Yes, please.
[21.92-25.20] Will you tell her that I need to borrow her Spanish textbook tonight?
[26.26-27.22] I'll be glad to.
[27.78-28.42] Thanks a lot.
[29.22-29.86] Hi, Carol.
[30.26-31.78] Anne called while you were gone.
[32.58-33.46] What did she say?
[33.94-37.94] She said to tell you that she needs to borrow your Spanish book tonight.
[46.99-51.60] Now answer the question: Which textbook does Anne need to borrow?
[58.03-62.27] Repeat: Anne needs to borrow Carol's Spanish textbook.
[68.74-69.94] Read the second question.
[75.54-77.14] Now listen to the conversation.
[79.79-80.43] Hey, Greg.
[80.91-81.47] Hi, Sam.
[81.79-82.83] Do you know where Alan is?
[83.31-84.59] I think he went to the mall.
[84.99-86.19] He won't be gone long.
[86.35-87.15] I have his wallet.
[88.38-90.14] I'll give it to him when he gets back.
[90.78-91.82] Okay, thanks.
[92.54-95.02] Tell him that I found it in the commissary parking lot.
[97.30-98.02] Hi, Alan.
[98.50-99.94] That was a short shopping trip.
[100.66-101.86] I couldn't buy anything.
[101.86-102.82] I lost my wallet.
[103.87-104.59] Here it is.
[105.23-106.51] Greg just brought it back.
[106.91-107.47] Terrific.
[107.55-108.11] Where was it?
[109.20-112.40] He said to tell you that he found it in the commissary parking lot.
[120.40-124.70] Now answer the question: Where did Greg find Alan's wallet?
[130.98-135.92] Repeat: Greg found Alan's wallet in the commissary parking lot.
[147.98-151.02] This is the end of Lesson 2D, Book 11.

416
sources/book-11/tape-3A.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,416 @@
#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk11-l3a-f1-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
American Language Course, Book 11, Lesson 3A.
Hello.
Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 3A.
Go to Figure 1.
Look at the pictures.
Repeat the words and the sentences that you hear.
Picture A: "break."
"Brake."
Jim is having problems with his brakes.
Picture B: "engine."
"Engine."
Henry's new truck has a big engine.
Picture C: "motor."
"Motor."
This car has a small motor.
Picture D: "stall."
"Stall."
Jill's car stalled 2 times.
On the way to work.
Picture E: "tune-up."
"Tune-up."
Kevin's car needed a tune-up.
After he drove it 10,000 miles.
Picture F: "oil."
"Oil."
My car needs a quart of oil.
Picture G: "noise."
"Noise."
That car is making a lot of noise.
Picture H: "warm-up."
"Warm-up."
Bobby, please warm up the car.
Picture I: "guarantee."
"Guarantee."
The mechanic guaranteed the repair work.
For 90 days.
Picture J: "charge."
"Charge."
What is the charge for the repair?
Of a flat tire.
Picture K: "part."
"Part."
Mr.
Jenkins needs a new part for his car.
Picture L: "two." "Two."
His shirt is too dirty to wear.
To Alan's party.
Now listen to some sentences.
Each sentence describes one of the pictures.
Match the sentence with the correct picture.
Write the number of the sentence on the line under the picture.
Number 1: Jill was upset when her car stalled at the traffic light.
Number 2: Sam warms up his mother's car every morning.
Number 3: Carl needs some new parts for his motor.
Number 4: Lee's truck has a big engine.
Number 5: Mr.
Wilson uses the brakes to slow down.
Number 6: Is it time to change the oil?
Number 7: Barry's old car makes a lot of noise.
Number 8: Mike, change your shirt.
That one's too dirty.
Number 9:
The mechanic doesn't charge much to change a flat tire.
Number 10: Ellen's new car has a small engine.
Number 11: Sarah's car is getting a tune-up.
Number 12: The mechanic gave me a 90-day guarantee.
Now check your answers and repeat the sentences.
Number 5 goes under Picture A.
Repeat: Mr.
Wilson uses the brakes to slow down.
Number 4 goes under Picture B.
Repeat: Lee's truck has a big engine.
Number 10 goes under Picture C.
Repeat: Ellen's new car has a small engine.
Number 1 goes under Picture D.
Repeat: Jill was upset when her car stalled at the traffic light.
Number 11 goes under Picture E.
Repeat: Sarah's car is getting a tune-up.
Number 6 goes under Picture F.
Repeat: Is it time to change the oil?
Number 7 goes under Picture G.
Repeat: Barry's old car makes a lot of noise.
Number 2 goes under Picture H.
Repeat: Sam warms up his mother's car every morning.
Number 12 goes under Picture I.
Repeat: The mechanic gave me a 90-day guarantee.
Number 9 goes under Picture J.
Repeat: The mechanic doesn't charge much.
To change a flat tire.
Number 3 goes under Picture K.
Repeat: Carl needs some new parts for his motor.
Number 8 goes under Picture L.
Repeat: Mike, change your shirt.
That one is too dirty.
Segment timings (seconds):
[11.42-15.26] American Language Course, Book 11, Lesson 3A.
[21.75-21.77] Hello.
[22.77-26.61] Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 3A.
[34.19-36.03] Go to Figure 1.
[36.03-37.07] Look at the pictures.
[37.71-40.51] Repeat the words and the sentences that you hear.
[41.82-43.98] Picture A: "break."
[45.50-45.55] "Brake."
[47.89-50.45] Jim is having problems with his brakes.
[55.86-57.78] Picture B: "engine."
[59.22-59.94] "Engine."
[62.37-64.53] Henry's new truck has a big engine.
[69.97-71.89] Picture C: "motor."
[73.63-74.19] "Motor."
[76.34-78.26] This car has a small motor.
[83.87-86.22] Picture D: "stall."
[87.60-88.32] "Stall."
[90.56-92.88] Jill's car stalled 2 times.
[97.10-98.14] On the way to work.
[103.02-104.78] Picture E: "tune-up."
[106.98-107.46] "Tune-up."
[110.72-112.64] Kevin's car needed a tune-up.
[116.90-119.22] After he drove it 10,000 miles.
[125.02-126.70] Picture F: "oil."
[128.75-129.23] "Oil."
[131.42-133.34] My car needs a quart of oil.
[138.85-140.77] Picture G: "noise."
[142.38-143.18] "Noise."
[145.87-148.11] That car is making a lot of noise.
[154.29-156.13] Picture H: "warm-up."
[157.86-158.42] "Warm-up."
[161.01-163.09] Bobby, please warm up the car.
[169.26-172.03] Picture I: "guarantee."
[173.82-174.78] "Guarantee."
[177.34-182.01] The mechanic guaranteed the repair work.
[184.53-185.73] For 90 days.
[190.62-192.70] Picture J: "charge."
[194.43-194.48] "Charge."
[198.18-199.86] What is the charge for the repair?
[205.23-206.27] Of a flat tire.
[210.48-212.24] Picture K: "part."
[214.45-214.85] "Part."
[217.89-218.21] Mr.
[218.21-220.53] Jenkins needs a new part for his car.
[228.26-232.69] Picture L: "two." "Two."
[235.38-237.30] His shirt is too dirty to wear.
[241.89-242.98] To Alan's party.
[248.93-250.77] Now listen to some sentences.
[251.49-254.13] Each sentence describes one of the pictures.
[254.85-257.17] Match the sentence with the correct picture.
[257.95-261.15] Write the number of the sentence on the line under the picture.
[262.94-268.29] Number 1: Jill was upset when her car stalled at the traffic light.
[277.09-281.74] Number 2: Sam warms up his mother's car every morning.
[291.06-294.74] Number 3: Carl needs some new parts for his motor.
[305.20-308.74] Number 4: Lee's truck has a big engine.
[318.82-320.91] Number 5: Mr.
[320.91-323.87] Wilson uses the brakes to slow down.
[332.72-336.62] Number 6: Is it time to change the oil?
[345.99-350.25] Number 7: Barry's old car makes a lot of noise.
[360.46-363.09] Number 8: Mike, change your shirt.
[364.40-365.36] That one's too dirty.
[375.42-375.90] Number 9:
[377.79-381.25] The mechanic doesn't charge much to change a flat tire.
[390.30-394.71] Number 10: Ellen's new car has a small engine.
[404.19-408.05] Number 11: Sarah's car is getting a tune-up.
[417.87-422.72] Number 12: The mechanic gave me a 90-day guarantee.
[432.10-435.14] Now check your answers and repeat the sentences.
[437.14-439.78] Number 5 goes under Picture A.
[440.42-442.02] Repeat: Mr.
[442.02-444.42] Wilson uses the brakes to slow down.
[451.47-453.87] Number 4 goes under Picture B.
[455.19-458.32] Repeat: Lee's truck has a big engine.
[464.59-467.15] Number 10 goes under Picture C.
[468.11-471.76] Repeat: Ellen's new car has a small engine.
[478.58-481.11] Number 1 goes under Picture D.
[482.74-487.14] Repeat: Jill was upset when her car stalled at the traffic light.
[495.44-498.32] Number 11 goes under Picture E.
[499.33-503.40] Repeat: Sarah's car is getting a tune-up.
[509.98-512.93] Number 6 goes under Picture F.
[513.89-516.40] Repeat: Is it time to change the oil?
[521.74-524.43] Number 7 goes under Picture G.
[525.57-529.66] Repeat: Barry's old car makes a lot of noise.
[535.47-538.25] Number 2 goes under Picture H.
[538.56-543.81] Repeat: Sam warms up his mother's car every morning.
[549.71-552.35] Number 12 goes under Picture I.
[552.65-557.61] Repeat: The mechanic gave me a 90-day guarantee.
[565.65-568.11] Number 9 goes under Picture J.
[569.31-572.49] Repeat: The mechanic doesn't charge much.
[577.11-578.49] To change a flat tire.
[583.17-585.87] Number 3 goes under Picture K.
[587.19-591.09] Repeat: Carl needs some new parts for his motor.
[599.25-601.65] Number 8 goes under Picture L.
[603.15-606.09] Repeat: Mike, change your shirt.
[609.99-611.25] That one is too dirty.
#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk11-l3a-f2-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 2, listen to a dialogue, then write the answer to a question about it.
Read the questions now.
Now listen to the dialogues.
You will hear each twice.
Hey, Jack, did you see Harry's new car?
Yes, I did.
It looks expensive.
It was.
Do you think he'll let us ride in it?
Listen to the conversation again.
Hey, Jack, did you see Harry's new car?
Yes, I did.
It looks expensive.
It was.
Do you think he'll let us ride in it?
Now write a sentence that answers the question.
The answer is: He has an expensive new car.
Listen to the second dialogue.
Did you know that the Clarks are going to move next month?
No, I didn't.
Where are they going?
They're moving to Florida.
They're going to have a lot of warm weather.
Listen to the conversation again.
Did you know that the Clarks are going to move next month?
No, I didn't.
Where are they going?
They're moving to Florida.
They're going to have a lot of warm weather.
Now answer the question with a complete sentence.
The answer is: They're going to move to Florida.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.74-8.50] Look at Figure 2, listen to a dialogue, then write the answer to a question about it.
[9.62-11.14] Read the questions now.
[24.26-25.94] Now listen to the dialogues.
[26.66-28.34] You will hear each twice.
[32.08-34.48] Hey, Jack, did you see Harry's new car?
[35.20-36.16] Yes, I did.
[36.48-37.52] It looks expensive.
[37.84-38.64] It was.
[39.20-40.56] Do you think he'll let us ride in it?
[43.63-45.23] Listen to the conversation again.
[46.38-48.78] Hey, Jack, did you see Harry's new car?
[49.82-50.70] Yes, I did.
[51.02-52.06] It looks expensive.
[52.14-52.86] It was.
[53.42-54.70] Do you think he'll let us ride in it?
[60.93-63.65] Now write a sentence that answers the question.
[83.01-87.09] The answer is: He has an expensive new car.
[89.18-91.02] Listen to the second dialogue.
[94.38-97.10] Did you know that the Clarks are going to move next month?
[97.50-98.38] No, I didn't.
[98.70-99.50] Where are they going?
[99.98-101.26] They're moving to Florida.
[102.10-103.86] They're going to have a lot of warm weather.
[106.32-108.00] Listen to the conversation again.
[110.34-112.90] Did you know that the Clarks are going to move next month?
[113.46-114.34] No, I didn't.
[114.74-115.38] Where are they going?
[115.94-117.22] They're moving to Florida.
[117.62-119.22] They're going to have a lot of warm weather.
[124.34-127.14] Now answer the question with a complete sentence.
[150.51-154.43] The answer is: They're going to move to Florida.
#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk11-l3a-f3-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Go to Figure 3, look at the sentences, and repeat them.
Number 1: "Max is too tall."
"He can't sleep in that bed."
"Max is too tall to sleep in that bed."
Number 2: "Sgt.
Willis is too busy."
"He can't take a vacation."
"Sgt.
Willis is too busy to take a vacation."
Number 3: "Myra is too tired."
"She can't listen to any more problems."
"Myra is too tired to listen to any more problems."
Number 4:
"Freddy is too light."
"He can't play football."
"Freddy is too light to play football."
Number 5: "It's too late."
"We can't worry about past mistakes."
"It's too late for us to worry about past mistakes."
Number 6: "Rosanne isn't too nervous."
"She can take a test."
"Rosanne isn't too nervous to take a test."
Number 7: "The captain was too sick."
"He couldn't come to class."
"The captain was too sick to come to class."
Number 8: "Mary is too slow."
"She can't finish early."
"Mary is too slow to finish early."
Number 9: "The coffee is too hot."
"He can't drink it."
"The coffee is too hot for him to drink."
Number 10:
"Chinese is not too difficult."
"They can learn it."
"Chinese is not too difficult for them to learn."
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.98-6.38] Go to Figure 3, look at the sentences, and repeat them.
[8.08-11.14] Number 1: "Max is too tall."
[13.46-15.14] "He can't sleep in that bed."
[19.23-21.95] "Max is too tall to sleep in that bed."
[28.59-30.86] Number 2: "Sgt.
[30.94-32.22] Willis is too busy."
[36.27-37.87] "He can't take a vacation."
[42.08-42.48] "Sgt.
[42.48-45.04] Willis is too busy to take a vacation."
[51.50-54.99] Number 3: "Myra is too tired."
[59.26-61.58] "She can't listen to any more problems."
[66.80-70.80] "Myra is too tired to listen to any more problems."
[78.51-79.23] Number 4:
[80.77-82.05] "Freddy is too light."
[86.30-87.66] "He can't play football."
[92.74-94.90] "Freddy is too light to play football."
[100.61-103.26] Number 5: "It's too late."
[107.58-109.98] "We can't worry about past mistakes."
[116.58-119.78] "It's too late for us to worry about past mistakes."
[127.26-130.86] Number 6: "Rosanne isn't too nervous."
[136.06-137.42] "She can take a test."
[142.45-145.41] "Rosanne isn't too nervous to take a test."
[151.94-155.36] Number 7: "The captain was too sick."
[160.32-161.92] "He couldn't come to class."
[168.32-171.12] "The captain was too sick to come to class."
[178.96-181.78] Number 8: "Mary is too slow."
[185.57-187.01] "She can't finish early."
[193.82-196.06] "Mary is too slow to finish early."
[202.50-205.90] Number 9: "The coffee is too hot."
[210.99-212.11] "He can't drink it."
[216.61-219.09] "The coffee is too hot for him to drink."
[226.42-227.22] Number 10:
[228.69-230.53] "Chinese is not too difficult."
[235.42-236.22] "They can learn it."
[242.29-245.73] "Chinese is not too difficult for them to learn."
#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk11-l3a-f4-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 4: listen to a statement and change it like the example.
Listen to the example first:
"Freddie is too light to play football."
Tennis: "Is he too light to play tennis?" Repeat: "Is he too light to play tennis?"
Now listen to the statement and a cue and ask a question, then repeat the question.
Number 1: "The captain was too sick to come to class." Watch TV.
Repeat: "Was he too sick to watch TV?"
Number 2:
"Mary is too slow to finish early." On time.
Repeat: "Is she too slow to finish on time?"
Number 3:
"Myra is too tired to listen to any more problems."
Write letters.
Repeat: "Is she too tired to write letters?"
Number 4:
"Greg is too young to drive a car." Ride a bicycle.
Repeat: "Is he too young to ride a bicycle?"
Number 5: "It's too late to study for the test." Learn something new.
Repeat: "Is it too late to learn something new?"
Number 6: "This book is too difficult for John to read." Mark.
Repeat: "Is it too difficult for Mark to read?"
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.18-7.38] Look at Figure 4: listen to a statement and change it like the example.
[8.32-10.16] Listen to the example first:
[12.54-14.94] "Freddie is too light to play football."
[16.77-25.76] Tennis: "Is he too light to play tennis?" Repeat: "Is he too light to play tennis?"
[29.73-36.13] Now listen to the statement and a cue and ask a question, then repeat the question.
[37.79-44.72] Number 1: "The captain was too sick to come to class." Watch TV.
[52.02-55.26] Repeat: "Was he too sick to watch TV?"
[60.70-61.34] Number 2:
[62.77-67.06] "Mary is too slow to finish early." On time.
[74.10-77.30] Repeat: "Is she too slow to finish on time?"
[85.65-86.37] Number 3:
[87.79-90.91] "Myra is too tired to listen to any more problems."
[92.59-93.47] Write letters.
[100.94-103.98] Repeat: "Is she too tired to write letters?"
[110.85-111.57] Number 4:
[113.07-117.46] "Greg is too young to drive a car." Ride a bicycle.
[123.86-126.98] Repeat: "Is he too young to ride a bicycle?"
[134.64-141.47] Number 5: "It's too late to study for the test." Learn something new.
[148.78-152.06] Repeat: "Is it too late to learn something new?"
[158.02-164.19] Number 6: "This book is too difficult for John to read." Mark.
[170.96-174.32] Repeat: "Is it too difficult for Mark to read?"
#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk11-l3a-f5-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 5.
Listen and follow the directions.
Write punctuation marks in the correct places in Figure 3.
Use the key to help you.
Number 1:
Write a question mark in column 3, row 2.
Write a question mark in column 3, row 2.
Number 2: Write a period in column 2, row 4.
Write a period in column 2, row 4.
Number 3: Put the comma in column 1, row 3.
Put the comma in column 1, row 3.
Number 4: Put the quotation marks in column 4, row 1.
Put the quotation marks in column 4, row 1.
Look at the answer page for this lesson and check your answers.
This is the end of Lesson 3A, Book 11.
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.05-3.33] Look at Figure 5.
[4.05-5.97] Listen and follow the directions.
[6.93-10.85] Write punctuation marks in the correct places in Figure 3.
[11.57-13.17] Use the key to help you.
[15.68-16.40] Number 1:
[18.00-22.00] Write a question mark in column 3, row 2.
[23.47-27.23] Write a question mark in column 3, row 2.
[40.50-45.55] Number 2: Write a period in column 2, row 4.
[47.15-50.55] Write a period in column 2, row 4.
[61.53-66.10] Number 3: Put the comma in column 1, row 3.
[67.41-69.54] Put the comma in column 1, row 3.
[82.32-87.82] Number 4: Put the quotation marks in column 4, row 1.
[89.49-93.33] Put the quotation marks in column 4, row 1.
[106.88-110.48] Look at the answer page for this lesson and check your answers.
[116.82-120.02] This is the end of Lesson 3A, Book 11.

513
sources/book-11/tape-3B.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,513 @@
#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk11-l3b-f1-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
American Language Course, Book 11, Lesson 3B.
Hello.
Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 3B.
Look at Figure 1.
Listen and repeat some words and sentences.
Look at Picture A.
Picture A: hose.
Hose.
Look at the hoses.
There are 2 kinds of hoses.
Picture B: leak.
Leak.
Uncle George has a leak in his kitchen faucet.
Picture C: exchange.
Exchange.
Jim is going to exchange that sweater for 2 shirts.
Picture D: refund.
Refund.
Sergeant Jackson asked the salesman for a refund.
Picture E: give back.
Give back.
Charlie won't give the car back to Jimmy.
Picture F: credit.
Credit.
Mrs.
Brooks bought her refrigerator on credit.
Picture G: service.
Service.
That new restaurant gives excellent service.
Picture H: grease.
Grease.
The mechanic has grease on his shirt.
Picture I: satisfied.
Satisfied.
Mr.
Evans was very satisfied with your work.
Picture J: unhappy.
Unhappy.
The boys were unhappy when they lost the game.
Picture K: dissatisfied.
Dissatisfied.
The customer is dissatisfied with the food.
Now listen to some sentences.
Each sentence describes a picture in Figure 1.
Match the sentence to the picture.
Write the number of the sentence under the picture.
You will hear each sentence twice.
Number 1: Is he satisfied with John's work?
Is he satisfied with John's work?
Number 2: Why is he dissatisfied with his food?
Why is he dissatisfied with his food?
Number 3: He is getting a refund.
He is getting a refund.
Number 4: Why are the football players unhappy?
Why are the football players unhappy?
Number 5: The faucet is leaking.
The faucet is leaking.
Number 6: The service here is excellent.
The service here is excellent.
Number 7: Which hose is for the garden?
Which hose is for the garden?
Number 8: He wants to exchange the sweater.
He wants to exchange the sweater.
Number 9: He won't give back the toy car.
He won't give back the toy car.
Number 10: She didn't pay cash.
She bought it on credit.
She didn't pay cash.
She bought it on credit.
Number 11: Is that grease on his shirt?
Is that grease on his shirt?
Let's check the answers.
Picture A is 7.
Repeat: Which hose is for the garden?
Picture B is 5.
Repeat: The faucet is leaking.
Picture C is 8.
Repeat: He wants to exchange the sweater.
Picture D is 3.
Repeat: He is getting a refund.
Picture E is 9.
Repeat: He won't give back the toy car.
Picture F is 10.
Repeat: She didn't pay cash.
She bought it on credit.
Picture G is 6.
Repeat: The service here is excellent.
Picture H is 11.
Repeat: Is that grease on his shirt?
Picture I is 1.
Repeat: Is he satisfied with John's work?
Picture J is 4.
Repeat: Why are the football players unhappy?
Picture K is 2.
Repeat: Why is he dissatisfied with his food?
Segment timings (seconds):
[6.96-10.96] American Language Course, Book 11, Lesson 3B.
[18.48-19.12] Hello.
[19.68-23.68] Open your Language Laboratory Activities booklet to Lesson 3B.
[30.00-30.80] Look at Figure 1.
[31.68-34.32] Listen and repeat some words and sentences.
[35.12-36.16] Look at Picture A.
[39.58-41.42] Picture A: hose.
[42.93-43.57] Hose.
[45.71-46.83] Look at the hoses.
[49.42-51.10] There are 2 kinds of hoses.
[55.09-56.69] Picture B: leak.
[59.47-60.03] Leak.
[62.22-64.86] Uncle George has a leak in his kitchen faucet.
[70.27-72.75] Picture C: exchange.
[74.53-74.58] Exchange.
[77.79-81.31] Jim is going to exchange that sweater for 2 shirts.
[88.86-90.70] Picture D: refund.
[92.69-93.41] Refund.
[96.06-99.50] Sergeant Jackson asked the salesman for a refund.
[106.26-108.98] Picture E: give back.
[110.85-111.73] Give back.
[114.56-117.04] Charlie won't give the car back to Jimmy.
[123.98-125.66] Picture F: credit.
[127.60-128.08] Credit.
[131.02-131.42] Mrs.
[131.42-134.14] Brooks bought her refrigerator on credit.
[140.51-142.03] Picture G: service.
[144.38-144.43] Service.
[147.78-150.42] That new restaurant gives excellent service.
[157.02-158.78] Picture H: grease.
[161.19-161.61] Grease.
[164.31-165.89] The mechanic has grease on his shirt.
[172.05-174.69] Picture I: satisfied.
[176.55-177.33] Satisfied.
[180.09-180.40] Mr.
[180.40-182.80] Evans was very satisfied with your work.
[188.48-190.88] Picture J: unhappy.
[192.56-193.36] Unhappy.
[196.00-198.72] The boys were unhappy when they lost the game.
[205.18-208.06] Picture K: dissatisfied.
[209.97-210.93] Dissatisfied.
[213.81-216.69] The customer is dissatisfied with the food.
[223.35-225.30] Now listen to some sentences.
[225.94-228.87] Each sentence describes a picture in Figure 1.
[229.89-231.63] Match the sentence to the picture.
[233.36-234.96] Write the number of the sentence under the picture.
[235.52-237.68] You will hear each sentence twice.
[239.19-242.98] Number 1: Is he satisfied with John's work?
[244.45-246.05] Is he satisfied with John's work?
[255.93-260.38] Number 2: Why is he dissatisfied with his food?
[261.84-264.77] Why is he dissatisfied with his food?
[274.56-277.82] Number 3: He is getting a refund.
[279.06-279.75] He is getting a refund.
[289.23-292.99] Number 4: Why are the football players unhappy?
[294.88-296.61] Why are the football players unhappy?
[307.34-309.70] Number 5: The faucet is leaking.
[311.81-313.25] The faucet is leaking.
[322.53-326.18] Number 6: The service here is excellent.
[327.87-329.33] The service here is excellent.
[339.55-341.80] Number 7: Which hose is for the garden?
[344.25-345.93] Which hose is for the garden?
[354.75-358.52] Number 8: He wants to exchange the sweater.
[360.03-362.32] He wants to exchange the sweater.
[371.21-374.53] Number 9: He won't give back the toy car.
[376.61-378.75] He won't give back the toy car.
[388.71-391.79] Number 10: She didn't pay cash.
[392.04-394.10] She bought it on credit.
[395.42-396.64] She didn't pay cash.
[397.06-399.07] She bought it on credit.
[407.26-410.80] Number 11: Is that grease on his shirt?
[412.83-414.00] Is that grease on his shirt?
[425.78-427.35] Let's check the answers.
[429.21-431.55] Picture A is 7.
[431.85-434.73] Repeat: Which hose is for the garden?
[439.71-441.57] Picture B is 5.
[442.23-444.96] Repeat: The faucet is leaking.
[450.21-452.31] Picture C is 8.
[452.86-456.59] Repeat: He wants to exchange the sweater.
[461.44-463.65] Picture D is 3.
[464.37-467.13] Repeat: He is getting a refund.
[473.04-474.58] Picture E is 9.
[475.05-478.95] Repeat: He won't give back the toy car.
[484.68-486.02] Picture F is 10.
[487.31-489.74] Repeat: She didn't pay cash.
[493.11-494.55] She bought it on credit.
[499.29-501.63] Picture G is 6.
[501.94-505.31] Repeat: The service here is excellent.
[510.69-512.76] Picture H is 11.
[513.17-516.64] Repeat: Is that grease on his shirt?
[522.21-524.18] Picture I is 1.
[524.46-527.62] Repeat: Is he satisfied with John's work?
[535.11-537.09] Picture J is 4.
[537.87-541.59] Repeat: Why are the football players unhappy?
[549.45-551.43] Picture K is 2.
[552.15-556.05] Repeat: Why is he dissatisfied with his food?
#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk11-l3b-f2-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Go to Figure 2.
Repeat the sentences.
Number 1: "We go to the gym to play volleyball."
Number 2: "Beverly stops to visit her aunt every day."
Number 3: "Can I use a credit card to pay for this?"
Number 4: "Richard didn't come to borrow money."
Number 5: "Henry went to Mexico to study Spanish."
Number 6: "Roger called the office to make an appointment."
Number 7: "Don't use your pen to mark your answer sheet."
Number 8: "He called to say hello."
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.78-2.98] Go to Figure 2.
[3.54-4.98] Repeat the sentences.
[6.93-10.91] Number 1: "We go to the gym to play volleyball."
[16.80-21.42] Number 2: "Beverly stops to visit her aunt every day."
[28.11-32.24] Number 3: "Can I use a credit card to pay for this?"
[39.92-43.71] Number 4: "Richard didn't come to borrow money."
[50.21-54.69] Number 5: "Henry went to Mexico to study Spanish."
[60.48-64.50] Number 6: "Roger called the office to make an appointment."
[70.58-75.06] Number 7: "Don't use your pen to mark your answer sheet."
[81.12-84.10] Number 8: "He called to say hello."
#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk11-l3b-f3-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now look at Figure 3.
Read the phrases now.
Now listen to part of a sentence and choose the phrase that completes it.
Write the number on the blank line.
You'll hear each part twice.
Let's do number 1 as an example.
Listen.
Number 1:
"Neil went to the bank."
Neil went to the bank.
Put a number 1 next to the letter C.
"to deposit his check" completes the sentence.
Now listen and complete the sentence.
Number 2: "Mrs.
Adams paid Frank."
Mrs.
Adams paid Frank.
Number 3: "Ms.
Johnson called the dentist." Ms.
Johnson called the dentist.
Number 4: "Bob stops at his grandmother's house on the way to work." Bob stops at his grandmother's house on the way to work.
Number 5: "The students wanted to go outside." The students wanted to go outside.
Number 6: "The Jacksons moved to Miami."
The Jacksons moved to Miami.
Number 7:
"Laurie borrowed my book last week." She came over this morning.
Laurie borrowed my book last week.
She came over this morning.
Now let's check your answers, then repeat the correct answer.
Letter A is number 5.
Repeat: "The students wanted to go outside to play soccer."
Letter B is number 3.
Repeat: "Ms.
Johnson called the dentist to change her appointment."
Letter C is number 1.
Repeat: "Neil went to the bank to deposit his check."
Letter D is number 7.
Repeat: "Laurie borrowed my book last week."
She came over this morning to bring it back.
Letter E is number 6.
Repeat: "The Jacksons moved to Miami to live near the ocean."
Letter F is number 2.
Repeat: "Mrs.
Adams paid Frank to wash her car."
Letter G is number 4.
Repeat: "Bob stops at his grandmother's house
on the way to work
to drink a cup of coffee with her."
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.02-3.62] Now look at Figure 3.
[4.34-5.94] Read the phrases now.
[23.86-27.78] Now listen to part of a sentence and choose the phrase that completes it.
[29.07-31.23] Write the number on the blank line.
[32.14-34.14] You'll hear each part twice.
[35.49-37.73] Let's do number 1 as an example.
[38.29-38.85] Listen.
[40.32-41.20] Number 1:
[42.86-44.30] "Neil went to the bank."
[46.43-47.95] Neil went to the bank.
[48.67-51.39] Put a number 1 next to the letter C.
[52.29-55.65] "to deposit his check" completes the sentence.
[58.02-60.50] Now listen and complete the sentence.
[62.10-64.37] Number 2: "Mrs.
[64.37-65.89] Adams paid Frank."
[67.54-67.86] Mrs.
[67.86-69.38] Adams paid Frank.
[79.86-82.05] Number 3: "Ms.
[82.05-85.89] Johnson called the dentist." Ms.
[85.89-87.73] Johnson called the dentist.
[98.77-111.75] Number 4: "Bob stops at his grandmother's house on the way to work." Bob stops at his grandmother's house on the way to work.
[121.41-132.39] Number 5: "The students wanted to go outside." The students wanted to go outside.
[141.25-145.39] Number 6: "The Jacksons moved to Miami."
[147.89-150.13] The Jacksons moved to Miami.
[161.14-161.94] Number 7:
[163.50-167.79] "Laurie borrowed my book last week." She came over this morning.
[169.90-171.98] Laurie borrowed my book last week.
[172.99-174.43] She came over this morning.
[187.78-191.78] Now let's check your answers, then repeat the correct answer.
[193.82-195.66] Letter A is number 5.
[196.46-200.67] Repeat: "The students wanted to go outside to play soccer."
[207.94-210.18] Letter B is number 3.
[211.06-212.75] Repeat: "Ms.
[212.86-215.82] Johnson called the dentist to change her appointment."
[223.38-224.90] Letter C is number 1.
[226.29-230.48] Repeat: "Neil went to the bank to deposit his check."
[237.95-240.11] Letter D is number 7.
[241.34-244.62] Repeat: "Laurie borrowed my book last week."
[249.57-252.05] She came over this morning to bring it back.
[259.09-261.09] Letter E is number 6.
[261.09-267.14] Repeat: "The Jacksons moved to Miami to live near the ocean."
[275.10-276.62] Letter F is number 2.
[277.84-279.68] Repeat: "Mrs.
[279.68-282.16] Adams paid Frank to wash her car."
[288.14-289.55] Letter G is number 4.
[291.66-295.04] Repeat: "Bob stops at his grandmother's house
[299.14-300.10] on the way to work
[303.14-304.82] to drink a cup of coffee with her."
#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk11-l3b-f4-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 4: circle the number of the syllable that receives the stress.
You will hear each word twice.
Listen and circle the number.
Number 1: "cautious."
Cautious.
Number 2: "become." Become.
Number 3: "connect." Connect.
Number 4: "stomachache." Stomachache.
Number 5: "emergency." Emergency.
Number 6: "temperature." Temperature.
Number 7: "steering wheel." Steering wheel.
Number 8: "crossing." Crossing.
Number 9: "slow down." Slow down.
Number 10: "ahead." Ahead.
Now let's check your answers.
Number 1 is 1: "cautious." Repeat: "cautious."
Number 2 is 2: "become." Repeat: "become."
Number 3 is 2: "connect." Repeat: "connect."
Number 4 is 1: "stomachache." Repeat: "stomachache."
Number 5 is 2: "emergency." Repeat: "emergency."
Number 6 is 1: "temperature." Repeat: "temperature."
Number 7 is 1: "steering wheel."
Repeat: "steering wheel."
Number 8 is 1: "crossing." Repeat: "crossing."
Number 9 is 2: "slow down." Repeat: "slow down."
Number 10 is 2: "ahead." Repeat: "ahead."
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.89-7.65] Look at Figure 4: circle the number of the syllable that receives the stress.
[8.48-10.64] You will hear each word twice.
[11.28-13.20] Listen and circle the number.
[14.61-16.70] Number 1: "cautious."
[18.46-19.10] Cautious.
[25.66-29.89] Number 2: "become." Become.
[35.63-40.11] Number 3: "connect." Connect.
[46.29-50.80] Number 4: "stomachache." Stomachache.
[56.55-61.73] Number 5: "emergency." Emergency.
[68.05-74.91] Number 6: "temperature." Temperature.
[79.20-84.22] Number 7: "steering wheel." Steering wheel.
[89.81-93.98] Number 8: "crossing." Crossing.
[99.36-104.30] Number 9: "slow down." Slow down.
[110.64-114.75] Number 10: "ahead." Ahead.
[122.02-123.86] Now let's check your answers.
[125.62-131.81] Number 1 is 1: "cautious." Repeat: "cautious."
[134.61-141.89] Number 2 is 2: "become." Repeat: "become."
[144.90-152.00] Number 3 is 2: "connect." Repeat: "connect."
[155.23-162.51] Number 4 is 1: "stomachache." Repeat: "stomachache."
[165.62-173.07] Number 5 is 2: "emergency." Repeat: "emergency."
[178.05-185.07] Number 6 is 1: "temperature." Repeat: "temperature."
[189.87-193.59] Number 7 is 1: "steering wheel."
[195.15-197.25] Repeat: "steering wheel."
[202.35-209.01] Number 8 is 1: "crossing." Repeat: "crossing."
[213.15-220.53] Number 9 is 2: "slow down." Repeat: "slow down."
[224.85-231.45] Number 10 is 2: "ahead." Repeat: "ahead."
#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk11-l3b-f5-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 5, listen and repeat the words.
Salt, salty.
Salt, salty.
Ice, icy.
Ice, icy.
Fun, funny.
Fun, funny.
Rain, rainy.
Rain, rainy.
Snow, snowy.
Snow, snowy.
Storm, stormy.
Storm, stormy.
Noise, noisy.
Noise, noisy.
Soap, soapy.
Soap, soapy.
Grease, greasy.
Grease, greasy.
Cloud, cloudy.
Cloud, cloudy.
Leak, leaky.
Leak, leaky.
Oil, oily.
Oil, oily.
Sun, sunny.
Sun, sunny.
Water, watery.
Water, watery.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.66-5.26] Look at Figure 5, listen and repeat the words.
[6.96-8.64] Salt, salty.
[11.57-13.33] Salt, salty.
[16.27-17.87] Ice, icy.
[20.13-21.65] Ice, icy.
[24.94-26.54] Fun, funny.
[28.72-30.40] Fun, funny.
[33.92-35.52] Rain, rainy.
[37.46-39.06] Rain, rainy.
[42.53-44.37] Snow, snowy.
[46.22-48.06] Snow, snowy.
[52.70-54.51] Storm, stormy.
[56.67-58.17] Storm, stormy.
[62.19-63.51] Noise, noisy.
[66.13-67.01] Noise, noisy.
[70.83-72.51] Soap, soapy.
[74.64-76.32] Soap, soapy.
[80.85-82.45] Grease, greasy.
[84.40-86.00] Grease, greasy.
[89.15-90.91] Cloud, cloudy.
[92.77-94.61] Cloud, cloudy.
[98.22-99.82] Leak, leaky.
[102.05-103.73] Leak, leaky.
[107.38-108.90] Oil, oily.
[111.36-112.88] Oil, oily.
[116.75-118.35] Sun, sunny.
[120.45-122.05] Sun, sunny.
[126.10-127.94] Water, watery.
[129.90-131.82] Water, watery.
#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk11-l3b-f6-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 6.
Listen and answer the question.
First, listen to the example.
Does the soup have a lot of water in it?
Yes.
Repeat: Yes, the soup is watery.
Now answer questions like the example.
The example.
Number 1: Does this meat have a lot of salt on it?
Yes.
Repeat: Yes, this meat is salty.
Number 2: Is thereice on the highways?
Yes.
Repeat: Yes, the highways are icy.
Number 3:
Was there a lot of rain last weekend?
No.
Repeat: No, it wasn't rainy last weekend.
Number 4: Do you have soap on your hands?
Yes.
Repeat: Yes, my hands are soapy.
Number 5: Is there a lot of noise in your apartment building?
No.
Repeat: No, my apartment building isn't noisy.
Number 6: Are there a lot of clouds in the sky?
Yes.
Repeat: Yes, the sky is cloudy.
Number 7: Is there grease on your French fries?
No.
Repeat: No, my French fries aren't greasy.
Number 8: Is the sun shining today?
Yes.
Repeat: Yes, it's sunny today.
This is the end of Lesson 3B, Book 11.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.60-2.88] Look at Figure 6.
[3.52-5.28] Listen and answer the question.
[5.84-8.00] First, listen to the example.
[10.05-12.37] Does the soup have a lot of water in it?
[13.65-14.29] Yes.
[15.12-18.56] Repeat: Yes, the soup is watery.
[21.97-24.53] Now answer questions like the example.
[25.25-26.05] The example.
[27.55-31.73] Number 1: Does this meat have a lot of salt on it?
[32.69-33.25] Yes.
[39.33-42.13] Repeat: Yes, this meat is salty.
[47.10-50.51] Number 2: Is thereice on the highways?
[51.07-51.71] Yes.
[58.14-60.94] Repeat: Yes, the highways are icy.
[65.39-66.11] Number 3:
[67.87-69.87] Was there a lot of rain last weekend?
[71.07-71.47] No.
[77.52-81.04] Repeat: No, it wasn't rainy last weekend.
[87.30-91.01] Number 4: Do you have soap on your hands?
[91.73-92.29] Yes.
[97.90-100.62] Repeat: Yes, my hands are soapy.
[105.86-110.27] Number 5: Is there a lot of noise in your apartment building?
[111.14-111.70] No.
[119.14-123.14] Repeat: No, my apartment building isn't noisy.
[129.07-132.88] Number 6: Are there a lot of clouds in the sky?
[133.87-134.35] Yes.
[140.43-142.99] Repeat: Yes, the sky is cloudy.
[149.23-153.12] Number 7: Is there grease on your French fries?
[154.22-154.62] No.
[161.12-164.08] Repeat: No, my French fries aren't greasy.
[170.96-174.14] Number 8: Is the sun shining today?
[174.99-175.55] Yes.
[181.95-184.43] Repeat: Yes, it's sunny today.
[203.36-206.56] This is the end of Lesson 3B, Book 11.

377
sources/book-11/tape-3C.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,377 @@
#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk11-l3c-f1-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
American Language Course, Book 11, Lesson 3C.
Hello.
Open your book to the activities for Lesson 3C.
Look at Figure 1.
Circle the number of the syllable with the strongest stress.
You will hear each word twice.
Number 1: escalator.
Escalator.
Number 2: introduction.
Introduction.
Number 3: popular.
Popular.
Number 4:
relative.
Relative.
Number 5: bicycle.
Bicycle.
Number 6: information.
Information.
Number 7: traffic.
Traffic.
Number 8: signature.
Signature.
Number 9: deposit.
Deposit.
Number 10: empty.
Empty.
Now let's check your answers.
Number 1 is 1: escalator.
Repeat: escalator.
Number 2 is 3: introduction.
Repeat: introduction.
Number 3 is 1: popular.
Repeat: popular.
Number 4 is 1: relative.
Repeat: relative.
Number 5 is 1: bicycle.
Repeat: bicycle.
Number 6 is 3: information.
Repeat: information.
Number 7 is 1: traffic.
Repeat: traffic.
Number 8 is 1: signature.
Repeat: signature.
Number 9 is 2: deposit.
Repeat: deposit.
Number 10 is 1: empty.
Repeat: empty.
Segment timings (seconds):
[8.77-13.89] American Language Course, Book 11, Lesson 3C.
[19.84-20.32] Hello.
[20.88-23.61] Open your book to the activities for Lesson 3C.
[29.78-30.90] Look at Figure 1.
[32.18-35.46] Circle the number of the syllable with the strongest stress.
[36.38-38.30] You will hear each word twice.
[39.81-42.45] Number 1: escalator.
[44.14-45.02] Escalator.
[51.81-54.61] Number 2: introduction.
[55.77-56.61] Introduction.
[65.01-68.67] Number 3: popular.
[68.97-72.27] Popular.
[75.99-76.85] Number 4:
[77.79-78.75] relative.
[79.71-80.67] Relative.
[87.39-91.17] Number 5: bicycle.
[91.59-92.25] Bicycle.
[98.97-101.81] Number 6: information.
[102.99-104.11] Information.
[110.73-114.21] Number 7: traffic.
[114.19-117.57] Traffic.
[120.78-124.71] Number 8: signature.
[124.56-125.68] Signature.
[132.87-135.39] Number 9: deposit.
[136.32-137.36] Deposit.
[143.39-145.92] Number 10: empty.
[147.18-147.98] Empty.
[155.17-156.69] Now let's check your answers.
[158.38-161.94] Number 1 is 1: escalator.
[162.74-164.37] Repeat: escalator.
[168.15-172.05] Number 2 is 3: introduction.
[173.31-175.47] Repeat: introduction.
[179.85-184.17] Number 3 is 1: popular.
[184.29-186.63] Repeat: popular.
[190.53-194.97] Number 4 is 1: relative.
[195.09-197.37] Repeat: relative.
[200.49-204.33] Number 5 is 1: bicycle.
[206.13-208.35] Repeat: bicycle.
[211.53-215.37] Number 6 is 3: information.
[216.69-219.03] Repeat: information.
[223.17-227.67] Number 7 is 1: traffic.
[227.85-232.17] Repeat: traffic.
[233.85-237.39] Number 8 is 1: signature.
[238.11-239.91] Repeat: signature.
[243.03-246.69] Number 9 is 2: deposit.
[247.77-249.99] Repeat: deposit.
[252.93-256.05] Number 10 is 1: empty.
[257.19-259.11] Repeat: empty.
#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk11-l3c-f2-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now look at Figure 2: listen to two conversations, then write the answer to the question about the message that was taken and delivered.
Read the questions in Figure 2.
Now listen to the first dialogue.
Hello.
Hello, Major Parker, please.
He's not hereright now.
May I take a message?
Yes, this is Major Smith.
Please tell him that I'll meet him at the Officers' Club at 11:00 hours for lunch.
Okay.
I'll tell him.
Major Parker, you had a call.
Yes?
Who was it?
It was Major Smith.
He said to tell you that he'll meet you for lunch at 11:00 hours at the Officers' Club.
Now write a sentence that answers the question.
Check your answer: "They'll eat lunch at the Officers' Club."
Listen to the second dialogue.
Hi, Bob.
Is Jack home?
No, he's not.
He'll be back at 5:30.
Will you tell him that I need to borrow his math book?
Sure.
I'll tell him to take it to your house this evening.
Jack, Bob came by.
Oh, really?
What did he want?
He said to tell you that he needs to borrow your math book.
Now answer the question with a complete sentence.
Check your answer: "He needs to borrow Jack's math book."
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.13-11.89] Now look at Figure 2: listen to two conversations, then write the answer to the question about the message that was taken and delivered.
[13.15-14.91] Read the questions in Figure 2.
[25.46-27.06] Now listen to the first dialogue.
[31.52-32.08] Hello.
[32.88-34.88] Hello, Major Parker, please.
[35.28-36.72] He's not hereright now.
[36.80-37.92] May I take a message?
[38.32-40.24] Yes, this is Major Smith.
[40.80-46.00] Please tell him that I'll meet him at the Officers' Club at 11:00 hours for lunch.
[46.48-47.04] Okay.
[47.36-48.08] I'll tell him.
[51.18-52.86] Major Parker, you had a call.
[53.34-53.90] Yes?
[53.98-54.46] Who was it?
[54.94-56.22] It was Major Smith.
[56.62-61.50] He said to tell you that he'll meet you for lunch at 11:00 hours at the Officers' Club.
[67.15-69.79] Now write a sentence that answers the question.
[85.81-90.16] Check your answer: "They'll eat lunch at the Officers' Club."
[92.56-94.08] Listen to the second dialogue.
[98.56-99.20] Hi, Bob.
[100.00-100.88] Is Jack home?
[101.36-102.24] No, he's not.
[102.72-104.08] He'll be back at 5:30.
[104.80-107.36] Will you tell him that I need to borrow his math book?
[107.68-108.16] Sure.
[108.48-110.64] I'll tell him to take it to your house this evening.
[112.67-114.11] Jack, Bob came by.
[114.35-114.91] Oh, really?
[115.31-115.95] What did he want?
[116.19-118.99] He said to tell you that he needs to borrow your math book.
[128.02-130.66] Now answer the question with a complete sentence.
[145.30-149.78] Check your answer: "He needs to borrow Jack's math book."
#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk11-l3c-f3-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at figure 3.
Listen to some sentences.
Don't repeat, just listen.
There's a lot of wind today.
It's a windy day.
This dessert is thick and smooth, like cream.
It's creamy.
She thinks she's my boss.
She's bossy.
He had aches and pains in his body.
He felt achy.
This candy has nuts in it.
This candy is nutty.
They wanted something for their thirst.
They were thirsty.
You look like you need some sleep.
You look sleepy.
The phone is close to my hand.
It's handy.
My gloves have dirt on them.
They're dirty.
His smile is bright like the sun.
It's a sunny smile.
Listen to the sentences again and write the missing words.
Number 1: There's a lot of wind today.
It's a windy day.
Number 2: This dessert is thick and smooth, like cream.
It's creamy.
Number 3: She thinks she's my boss.
She's bossy.
Number 4: He had aches and pains in his body.
He felt achy.
Number 5: This candy has nuts in it.
This candy is nutty.
Number 6: They wanted something for their thirst.
They were thirsty.
Number 7: You look like you need some sleep.
You look sleepy.
Number 8: The phone is close to my hand.
It's handy.
Number 9: My gloves have dirt on them.
They're dirty.
Number 10: His smile is bright like the sun.
It's a sunny smile.
Now check your spelling.
Number 1 is windy.
W-I-N-D-Y.
Repeat: It's a windy day.
Number 2 is creamy.
C-R-E-A-M-Y.
Repeat: It's creamy.
Number 3 is bossy.
B-O-S-S-Y.
Repeat: She's bossy.
Number 4 is achy.
A-C-H-Y.
There is no letter E in achy.
Repeat: He felt achy.
Number 5 is nutty.
N-U-T-T-Y.
There are 2 T's in nutty.
Repeat: This candy is nutty.
Number 6 is thirsty.
T-H-I-R-S-T-Y.
Repeat: They were thirsty.
Number 7 is sleepy.
S-L-E-E-P-Y.
Repeat: You look sleepy.
Number 8 is handy.
H-A-N-D-Y.
Repeat: It's handy.
Number 9 is dirty.
D-I-R-T-Y.
Repeat: They're dirty.
Number 10 is sunny.
S-U-N-N-Y.
Repeat: It's a sunny smile.
Listen and repeat some sentences.
Repeat: It's too cold.
Repeat: It's too hot.
Repeat: His shirt is too dirty.
Repeat: This jacket is too small.
Repeat: That box is too heavy.
Repeat: Those pants are too big.
Repeat: My hands were too greasy.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.92-3.04] Look at figure 3.
[3.87-5.39] Listen to some sentences.
[6.11-8.19] Don't repeat, just listen.
[11.66-13.50] There's a lot of wind today.
[13.98-16.71] It's a windy day.
[16.85-19.89] This dessert is thick and smooth, like cream.
[20.45-21.33] It's creamy.
[22.93-24.69] She thinks she's my boss.
[25.41-26.45] She's bossy.
[28.26-30.74] He had aches and pains in his body.
[31.38-32.66] He felt achy.
[35.42-37.18] This candy has nuts in it.
[37.74-39.10] This candy is nutty.
[40.46-42.70] They wanted something for their thirst.
[43.42-44.46] They were thirsty.
[45.82-47.74] You look like you need some sleep.
[48.38-49.50] You look sleepy.
[51.26-53.10] The phone is close to my hand.
[53.50-54.38] It's handy.
[56.53-58.13] My gloves have dirt on them.
[58.69-59.49] They're dirty.
[61.09-63.49] His smile is bright like the sun.
[64.21-65.65] It's a sunny smile.
[69.01-72.53] Listen to the sentences again and write the missing words.
[74.45-78.11] Number 1: There's a lot of wind today.
[79.42-80.62] It's a windy day.
[91.34-96.03] Number 2: This dessert is thick and smooth, like cream.
[96.59-97.39] It's creamy.
[108.56-112.32] Number 3: She thinks she's my boss.
[113.12-114.24] She's bossy.
[126.38-130.69] Number 4: He had aches and pains in his body.
[131.60-132.88] He felt achy.
[144.10-147.89] Number 5: This candy has nuts in it.
[148.72-150.16] This candy is nutty.
[161.46-165.34] Number 6: They wanted something for their thirst.
[165.98-167.02] They were thirsty.
[177.42-180.78] Number 7: You look like you need some sleep.
[181.26-182.38] You look sleepy.
[192.43-195.71] Number 8: The phone is close to my hand.
[196.27-197.23] It's handy.
[208.75-212.19] Number 9: My gloves have dirt on them.
[212.67-213.39] They're dirty.
[225.55-229.15] Number 10: His smile is bright like the sun.
[229.71-231.31] It's a sunny smile.
[243.55-244.75] Now check your spelling.
[246.74-248.66] Number 1 is windy.
[249.41-253.17] W-I-N-D-Y.
[253.77-256.17] Repeat: It's a windy day.
[260.73-261.84] Number 2 is creamy.
[263.36-268.35] C-R-E-A-M-Y.
[269.25-271.53] Repeat: It's creamy.
[275.19-277.23] Number 3 is bossy.
[278.37-281.19] B-O-S-S-Y.
[282.69-284.91] Repeat: She's bossy.
[288.87-291.03] Number 4 is achy.
[292.29-294.39] A-C-H-Y.
[295.71-298.29] There is no letter E in achy.
[299.61-301.89] Repeat: He felt achy.
[306.15-307.95] Number 5 is nutty.
[309.09-311.61] N-U-T-T-Y.
[312.51-314.49] There are 2 T's in nutty.
[315.81-318.33] Repeat: This candy is nutty.
[322.47-324.45] Number 6 is thirsty.
[325.53-330.03] T-H-I-R-S-T-Y.
[330.87-332.91] Repeat: They were thirsty.
[336.81-338.79] Number 7 is sleepy.
[339.81-343.29] S-L-E-E-P-Y.
[344.07-346.11] Repeat: You look sleepy.
[349.71-351.75] Number 8 is handy.
[352.71-355.77] H-A-N-D-Y.
[356.67-358.59] Repeat: It's handy.
[361.89-363.81] Number 9 is dirty.
[364.95-367.35] D-I-R-T-Y.
[368.25-370.35] Repeat: They're dirty.
[373.77-375.63] Number 10 is sunny.
[376.89-379.29] S-U-N-N-Y.
[380.31-382.96] Repeat: It's a sunny smile.
[388.47-390.54] Listen and repeat some sentences.
[391.87-394.75] Repeat: It's too cold.
[398.59-400.99] Repeat: It's too hot.
[404.45-407.33] Repeat: His shirt is too dirty.
[411.57-414.45] Repeat: This jacket is too small.
[418.61-421.74] Repeat: That box is too heavy.
[425.76-428.82] Repeat: Those pants are too big.
[433.18-435.98] Repeat: My hands were too greasy.
#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk11-l3c-f4-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now look at Figure 4.
Look at the pictures and listen to the sentences.
Write a sentence like the example.
Look at Picture A and listen to a sentence twice: "The children can't go outside." "The children can't go outside."
The sentence that follows is: "It's too cold." "The children can't go outside because it's too cold." Now listen to a sentence, then write another sentence.
Use the word "to" in your sentence.
Picture B: "I can't buy this suit." "I can't buy this suit."
Picture C: "Jim, don't drink that coffee." "Jim, don't drink that coffee."
Picture D: "Fred, don't buy that shirt." "Fred, don't buy that shirt."
Picture E: "We can't go to the movies now." "We can't go to the movies now."
Picture F: "Janet, don't try to move that table." "Janet, don't try to move that table."
Turn to the answer page for this lesson and look at the answers for Figure 4.
Your answers can look like these, or they can be a little different.
This is the end of Lesson 3C, Book 11.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.73-3.01] Now look at Figure 4.
[4.14-6.78] Look at the pictures and listen to the sentences.
[7.84-9.76] Write a sentence like the example.
[11.28-21.47] Look at Picture A and listen to a sentence twice: "The children can't go outside." "The children can't go outside."
[23.25-36.19] The sentence that follows is: "It's too cold." "The children can't go outside because it's too cold." Now listen to a sentence, then write another sentence.
[37.06-39.54] Use the word "to" in your sentence.
[41.65-48.03] Picture B: "I can't buy this suit." "I can't buy this suit."
[68.64-75.82] Picture C: "Jim, don't drink that coffee." "Jim, don't drink that coffee."
[99.82-107.42] Picture D: "Fred, don't buy that shirt." "Fred, don't buy that shirt."
[130.21-136.37] Picture E: "We can't go to the movies now." "We can't go to the movies now."
[157.39-164.83] Picture F: "Janet, don't try to move that table." "Janet, don't try to move that table."
[187.42-192.06] Turn to the answer page for this lesson and look at the answers for Figure 4.
[193.22-197.46] Your answers can look like these, or they can be a little different.
[204.29-207.49] This is the end of Lesson 3C, Book 11.

444
sources/book-11/tape-3D.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,444 @@
#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk11-l3d-f1-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
American Language Course, Book 11, Lesson 3D.
Hello.
Open your book to the activities for Lesson 3D.
Look at Figure 1.
Listen to a paragraph.
You will hear it twice.
After hearing it for the second time, write the main idea in a complete sentence.
Listen to the first paragraph.
Good drivers must know many things.
They need to learn the traffic laws, the speed limits, the highway signs, and the traffic signals.
They need to learn how to drive in heavy traffic and in bad weather.
They also need to know something about automobiles and how to care for them.
Listen again.
Good drivers must know many things.
They need to learn the traffic laws, the speed limits, the highway signs, and the traffic signals.
They need to learn how to drive in heavy traffic and in bad weather.
They also need to know something about automobiles and how to care for them.
Now write the main idea.
Check your answer.
This is the main idea: "Good drivers need to know many things." You could also say: "There are many things a good driver must know."
Listen to the second paragraph.
Regular checkups are important.
You shouldn't go to the doctor only when you're sick.
A checkup when you're healthy tells you and your doctor that you're in good shape.
Then, when you don't feel well, the doctor will know the things that might be wrong.
You should have a complete physical examination every year.
Listen again.
Regular checkups are important.
You shouldn't go to the doctor only when you're sick.
A checkup when you're healthy tells you and your doctor that you're in good shape.
Then, when you don't feel well, the doctor will know the things that might be wrong.
You should have a complete physical examination every year.
Write the main idea in a complete sentence.
Now check your answer.
It should be something like this: "You should get a complete checkup every year." Or you could also say: "Annual physical exams are important."
Segment timings (seconds):
[5.26-9.90] American Language Course, Book 11, Lesson 3D.
[16.59-17.34] Hello.
[17.92-20.37] Open your book to the activities for Lesson 3D.
[27.47-28.64] Look at Figure 1.
[28.59-30.85] Listen to a paragraph.
[31.74-33.02] You will hear it twice.
[34.10-39.30] After hearing it for the second time, write the main idea in a complete sentence.
[39.78-41.38] Listen to the first paragraph.
[43.46-45.78] Good drivers must know many things.
[46.93-53.89] They need to learn the traffic laws, the speed limits, the highway signs, and the traffic signals.
[55.14-59.30] They need to learn how to drive in heavy traffic and in bad weather.
[60.54-64.94] They also need to know something about automobiles and how to care for them.
[67.95-68.83] Listen again.
[71.10-73.42] Good drivers must know many things.
[74.30-81.42] They need to learn the traffic laws, the speed limits, the highway signs, and the traffic signals.
[82.40-86.56] They need to learn how to drive in heavy traffic and in bad weather.
[87.66-92.06] They also need to know something about automobiles and how to care for them.
[95.46-96.90] Now write the main idea.
[143.22-144.18] Check your answer.
[145.34-155.71] This is the main idea: "Good drivers need to know many things." You could also say: "There are many things a good driver must know."
[157.84-159.52] Listen to the second paragraph.
[161.02-163.02] Regular checkups are important.
[163.86-166.55] You shouldn't go to the doctor only when you're sick.
[167.70-171.94] A checkup when you're healthy tells you and your doctor that you're in good shape.
[172.91-177.95] Then, when you don't feel well, the doctor will know the things that might be wrong.
[179.04-182.56] You should have a complete physical examination every year.
[185.41-186.37] Listen again.
[189.17-191.17] Regular checkups are important.
[191.89-194.69] You shouldn't go to the doctor only when you're sick.
[195.70-200.34] A checkup when you're healthy tells you and your doctor that you're in good shape.
[201.95-207.36] Then, when you don't feel well, the doctor will know the things that might be wrong.
[208.14-212.10] You should have a complete physical examination every year.
[215.08-217.78] Write the main idea in a complete sentence.
[262.45-263.65] Now check your answer.
[264.83-276.75] It should be something like this: "You should get a complete checkup every year." Or you could also say: "Annual physical exams are important."
#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk11-l3d-f2-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at figure 2.
Listen to a dialogue.
Don't repeat, just listen.
Excuse me— Yes, sir.
I didn't order chicken, I ordered chicken fried steak.
Oh.
I'm sorry.
I'll take it back and get your steak.
Thank you.
And please hurry.
Yes, sir.
Listen to the dialogue again.
This time, repeat it.
Excuse me—
Yes, sir.
I didn't order chicken.
I ordered chicken fried steak.
Oh.
I'm sorry.
I'll take it back
and get your steak.
Thank you.
And please hurry.
Yes, sir.
Now look at figure 2.
Listen to the customer's words, then read the waiter's part.
You are the waiter.
Excuse me.
I didn't order chicken.
I ordered chicken fried steak.
Thank you.
And please hurry.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.86-2.90] Look at figure 2.
[4.06-5.26] Listen to a dialogue.
[5.98-7.90] Don't repeat, just listen.
[11.22-12.58] Excuse me— Yes, sir.
[13.49-16.85] I didn't order chicken, I ordered chicken fried steak.
[17.09-17.65] Oh.
[18.13-18.77] I'm sorry.
[19.49-21.09] I'll take it back and get your steak.
[21.73-22.29] Thank you.
[22.69-23.65] And please hurry.
[23.97-24.37] Yes, sir.
[27.23-28.75] Listen to the dialogue again.
[29.23-30.67] This time, repeat it.
[32.34-33.22] Excuse me—
[35.39-35.79] Yes, sir.
[37.41-38.53] I didn't order chicken.
[40.93-42.77] I ordered chicken fried steak.
[46.96-47.44] Oh.
[47.68-48.32] I'm sorry.
[51.26-52.22] I'll take it back
[55.18-56.14] and get your steak.
[58.32-58.96] Thank you.
[61.38-62.42] And please hurry.
[64.99-65.47] Yes, sir.
[69.42-70.54] Now look at figure 2.
[71.34-75.10] Listen to the customer's words, then read the waiter's part.
[76.06-76.86] You are the waiter.
[78.30-79.10] Excuse me.
[81.25-82.45] I didn't order chicken.
[83.31-85.15] I ordered chicken fried steak.
[94.06-94.86] Thank you.
[95.02-95.90] And please hurry.
#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk11-l3d-f3-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now look at Figure 3: the change roles.
Now, you're the customer; read the customer's part and listen to the waiter.
Ready.
Begin.
Yes, sir.
Oh, I'm sorry.
I'll take it back and get your steak.
Yes, sir.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.63-5.01] Now look at Figure 3: the change roles.
[6.10-12.34] Now, you're the customer; read the customer's part and listen to the waiter.
[13.30-13.70] Ready.
[14.50-14.98] Begin.
[17.73-18.21] Yes, sir.
[24.10-25.30] Oh, I'm sorry.
[26.10-27.78] I'll take it back and get your steak.
[32.86-33.34] Yes, sir.
#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk11-l3d-f4-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 4 and listen to another dialogue.
Don't repeat, just listen.
Miss, can you help me?
Yes, sir.
I ordered a shirt from the catalog.
This isn't the one I ordered.
The numbers are the same, sir.
Yes, but I ordered brown.
This shirt is yellow.
Oh, I see.
I'll exchange this for you.
Your shirt will be here in 2 days.
Thank you.
No problem.
Listen to the dialogue again.
Listen and repeat.
Miss, can you help me?
Yes, sir.
I ordered a shirt from the catalog.
This isn't the one I ordered.
The numbers are the same, sir.
Yes, but I ordered brown.
This shirt is yellow.
Oh, I see.
I'll exchange this for you.
Your shirt will be here in 2 days.
Thank you.
No problem.
Now listen to the customer and read the clerk's part.
You are the clerk.
Let's begin.
Miss, can you help me?
I ordered a shirt from the catalog.
This isn't the one I ordered.
Yes, but I ordered brown.
This shirt is yellow.
Thank you.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.92-4.96] Look at Figure 4 and listen to another dialogue.
[5.89-8.05] Don't repeat, just listen.
[12.14-13.18] Miss, can you help me?
[13.58-14.14] Yes, sir.
[15.23-17.23] I ordered a shirt from the catalog.
[17.79-19.15] This isn't the one I ordered.
[20.64-22.32] The numbers are the same, sir.
[22.72-24.64] Yes, but I ordered brown.
[25.12-26.16] This shirt is yellow.
[26.64-28.08] Oh, I see.
[28.56-30.08] I'll exchange this for you.
[30.56-32.72] Your shirt will be here in 2 days.
[32.80-33.44] Thank you.
[33.92-34.64] No problem.
[35.57-37.09] Listen to the dialogue again.
[37.89-39.09] Listen and repeat.
[41.87-43.39] Miss, can you help me?
[46.29-46.85] Yes, sir.
[48.29-50.37] I ordered a shirt from the catalog.
[55.60-57.28] This isn't the one I ordered.
[61.84-63.52] The numbers are the same, sir.
[66.94-69.10] Yes, but I ordered brown.
[71.92-73.20] This shirt is yellow.
[76.94-78.46] Oh, I see.
[81.47-82.99] I'll exchange this for you.
[87.26-89.66] Your shirt will be here in 2 days.
[95.01-95.57] Thank you.
[96.98-97.62] No problem.
[98.88-102.16] Now listen to the customer and read the clerk's part.
[103.07-104.03] You are the clerk.
[104.98-105.78] Let's begin.
[108.54-110.14] Miss, can you help me?
[116.10-118.18] I ordered a shirt from the catalog.
[119.25-120.61] This isn't the one I ordered.
[125.34-127.42] Yes, but I ordered brown.
[128.29-129.41] This shirt is yellow.
[137.76-138.32] Thank you.
#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk11-l3d-f5-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 5.
Now you're the customer.
Read the customer's part.
Ready?
Begin.
Yes, sir.
The numbers are the same, sir.
Oh, I see.
I'll exchange this for you.
Your shirt will be here in 2 days.
No problem.
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.34-3.54] Look at Figure 5.
[4.18-5.46] Now you're the customer.
[6.02-7.54] Read the customer's part.
[8.26-8.66] Ready?
[9.46-10.02] Begin.
[13.44-14.08] Yes, sir.
[19.18-20.86] The numbers are the same, sir.
[27.07-28.43] Oh, I see.
[28.75-30.35] I'll exchange this for you.
[30.91-33.23] Your shirt will be here in 2 days.
[36.69-37.33] No problem.
#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk11-l3d-f6-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at figure 6, listen to the responses, listen and repeat.
Number 1:
"Not very well." "I was too nervous."
Number 2: "It's too dark in this room to see."
Number 3: "I'm not sure,"
"but I think it's too far to walk."
Number 4:
"No, it's too early to go home."
Number 5: "No, she's too tall to be Jean."
Number 6: "Yes, but it's too old to drink."
Number 7: "I can't." "It's too big for me to pick up."
Number 8: "No thanks."
"Theice cream is too cold for me to eat."
Number 9: "It was too awful to watch."
Number 10: "Because John's news is almost too good to be true."
Now look at the statements in figure 6 and listen to a question.
Select the statement that answers the question best, and write the number on the line.
Listen to the example:
"How far is it to the library?"
The correct answer is number 3: "I'm not sure, but I think it's too far to walk." Write a 1 on the line in front of number 3.
Now listen, select, and write the number.
Number 1: "How far is it to the library?"
Number 2: "How did you like the movie?"
Number 3: "Is that woman in the parking lot Jean?"
Number 4: "Do you want some more dessert?"
Number 5: "Where's the light?"
Number 6: "How did you do on the exam?"
Number 7: "Are you ready to go?"
Number 8: "Why are you so happy?"
Number 9: "Is there any milk in the refrigerator?"
Number 10: "Please hand me that box."
Let's check your answers.
Number 1 is 6: "How did you do on the exam?" "Not very well.
I was too nervous."
Number 2 is 5: "Where's the light?" "It's too dark in this room to see."
Number 3 is 1: "How far is it to the library?" "I'm not sure, but I think it's too far to walk."
Number 4 is 7: "Are you ready to go?" "No, it's too early to go home."
Number 5 is 3: "Is that woman in the parking lot Jean?" "No, she's too tall to be Jean."
Number 6 is 9: "Is there any milk in the refrigerator?"
"Yes, but it's too old to drink." Number 7 is 10: "Please hand me that box." "I can't.
It's too big for me to pick up." Number 8 is 4: "Do you want some dessert?" "No thanks.
Theice cream is too cold for me to eat." Number 9 is 2: "How did you like the movie?" "It was too awful to watch." Number 10 is 8: "Why are you so happy?" "Because John's news is almost too good to be true."
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.98-7.50] Look at figure 6, listen to the responses, listen and repeat.
[9.07-9.95] Number 1:
[11.54-16.85] "Not very well." "I was too nervous."
[21.46-25.39] Number 2: "It's too dark in this room to see."
[31.60-34.69] Number 3: "I'm not sure,"
[38.56-40.56] "but I think it's too far to walk."
[46.42-47.22] Number 4:
[48.48-51.68] "No, it's too early to go home."
[57.38-62.13] Number 5: "No, she's too tall to be Jean."
[68.14-72.30] Number 6: "Yes, but it's too old to drink."
[78.26-87.09] Number 7: "I can't." "It's too big for me to pick up."
[90.42-92.74] Number 8: "No thanks."
[95.25-97.65] "Theice cream is too cold for me to eat."
[105.70-109.65] Number 9: "It was too awful to watch."
[115.41-120.91] Number 10: "Because John's news is almost too good to be true."
[127.82-131.74] Now look at the statements in figure 6 and listen to a question.
[132.83-138.03] Select the statement that answers the question best, and write the number on the line.
[139.54-140.74] Listen to the example:
[142.58-144.18] "How far is it to the library?"
[153.04-164.58] The correct answer is number 3: "I'm not sure, but I think it's too far to walk." Write a 1 on the line in front of number 3.
[166.85-169.89] Now listen, select, and write the number.
[171.09-174.61] Number 1: "How far is it to the library?"
[182.74-185.62] Number 2: "How did you like the movie?"
[196.88-201.09] Number 3: "Is that woman in the parking lot Jean?"
[211.65-214.93] Number 4: "Do you want some more dessert?"
[225.30-227.86] Number 5: "Where's the light?"
[238.32-241.83] Number 6: "How did you do on the exam?"
[251.82-253.98] Number 7: "Are you ready to go?"
[264.33-267.18] Number 8: "Why are you so happy?"
[277.89-281.87] Number 9: "Is there any milk in the refrigerator?"
[293.15-296.11] Number 10: "Please hand me that box."
[308.98-310.34] Let's check your answers.
[311.52-318.00] Number 1 is 6: "How did you do on the exam?" "Not very well.
[318.24-319.44] I was too nervous."
[322.03-328.32] Number 2 is 5: "Where's the light?" "It's too dark in this room to see."
[330.21-338.18] Number 3 is 1: "How far is it to the library?" "I'm not sure, but I think it's too far to walk."
[339.78-346.10] Number 4 is 7: "Are you ready to go?" "No, it's too early to go home."
[347.87-355.31] Number 5 is 3: "Is that woman in the parking lot Jean?" "No, she's too tall to be Jean."
[356.88-361.04] Number 6 is 9: "Is there any milk in the refrigerator?"
[362.80-371.73] "Yes, but it's too old to drink." Number 7 is 10: "Please hand me that box." "I can't.
[372.21-380.75] It's too big for me to pick up." Number 8 is 4: "Do you want some dessert?" "No thanks.
[380.75-399.95] Theice cream is too cold for me to eat." Number 9 is 2: "How did you like the movie?" "It was too awful to watch." Number 10 is 8: "Why are you so happy?" "Because John's news is almost too good to be true."
#### TAPE — Figure 7 (clip filenames start: bk11-l3d-f7-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 7.
This is a dictation exercise.
You will hear a paragraph three times.
Listen to it the first time.
"Don decided to go to the mall.
First, he went into the department store to look at sofas.
Then he went into the men's clothing store and bought 2 shirts and a pair of slacks.
After that, he was hungry.
He went to the cafeteria for lunch.
His last stop was at the variety store.
He bought some cards, a pen, and some paper."
Now listen to the paragraph and write what you hear.
"Don decided to..."
"Go to the mall."
"First, he went into..."
"The department store..."
"To look at sofas."
"Then he went..."
"Into the men's clothing store..."
"And bought 2 shirts."
"And a pair of slacks."
"After that..."
"He was hungry."
"He went to..."
"The cafeteria for lunch."
"His last stop..."
"Was at the variety store."
"He bought some cards..."
"A pen and some paper."
Now listen to the paragraph again and check your work.
Be sure to use correct punctuation.
"Don decided to go to the mall.
First, he went into the department store to look at sofas.
Then he went into the men's clothing store and bought 2 shirts and a pair of slacks.
After that, he was hungry.
He went to the cafeteria for lunch.
His last stop was at the variety store.
He bought some cards, a pen, and some paper."
Turn to the answer page for this lesson to check your answers for Figure 7.
This is the end of Lesson 3D, Book 11.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.50-2.62] Look at Figure 7.
[3.62-5.70] This is a dictation exercise.
[6.75-8.91] You will hear a paragraph three times.
[9.79-11.23] Listen to it the first time.
[13.22-15.22] "Don decided to go to the mall.
[16.11-19.79] First, he went into the department store to look at sofas.
[20.88-26.08] Then he went into the men's clothing store and bought 2 shirts and a pair of slacks.
[27.44-29.04] After that, he was hungry.
[29.60-31.76] He went to the cafeteria for lunch.
[33.46-36.18] His last stop was at the variety store.
[36.94-40.14] He bought some cards, a pen, and some paper."
[43.89-46.61] Now listen to the paragraph and write what you hear.
[48.53-52.47] "Don decided to..."
[60.72-61.84] "Go to the mall."
[71.54-73.54] "First, he went into..."
[85.94-87.14] "The department store..."
[101.68-102.80] "To look at sofas."
[116.02-117.14] "Then he went..."
[126.45-128.61] "Into the men's clothing store..."
[148.43-149.87] "And bought 2 shirts."
[166.13-167.73] "And a pair of slacks."
[184.42-185.46] "After that..."
[193.95-194.99] "He was hungry."
[205.94-206.98] "He went to..."
[214.82-216.50] "The cafeteria for lunch."
[231.04-236.01] "His last stop..."
[242.93-244.61] "Was at the variety store."
[262.91-264.51] "He bought some cards..."
[279.68-281.60] "A pen and some paper."
[303.71-306.59] Now listen to the paragraph again and check your work.
[307.23-309.39] Be sure to use correct punctuation.
[310.66-312.58] "Don decided to go to the mall.
[313.36-317.36] First, he went into the department store to look at sofas.
[318.42-324.02] Then he went into the men's clothing store and bought 2 shirts and a pair of slacks.
[325.01-326.93] After that, he was hungry.
[327.81-330.13] He went to the cafeteria for lunch.
[330.41-333.78] His last stop was at the variety store.
[334.58-337.94] He bought some cards, a pen, and some paper."
[339.79-344.27] Turn to the answer page for this lesson to check your answers for Figure 7.
[349.29-352.71] This is the end of Lesson 3D, Book 11.

509
sources/book-11/tape-4A.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,509 @@
#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk11-l4a-f1-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
American Language Course, Book 11, Lesson 4A.
Hello.
Please open your book to the activities for Lesson 4A.
Look at Figure 1.
Repeat the words and sentences.
Number 1: "Entertainment." Entertainment.
Many people relax watching TV.
TV is entertainment for many people.
Number 2: "Channels."
Channels.
Variety.
Variety.
There are many television channels.
You can watch a variety of shows on them.
Number 3: "Programs."
Programs.
Some channels show children's programs on Saturday mornings.
Number 4: "Frightening."
Frightening.
Some programs are frightening.
People become afraid when they watch them.
Number 5: "Boring."
Boring.
Dull.
Dull.
Some programs are not interesting.
They're boring.
They're dull.
Number 6: "Funny."
Funny.
Laugh.
Laugh.
Some programs are funny.
We laugh while we watch them.
Number 7: "Commercials."
Commercials.
Commercials try to sell you things on TV or radio.
Number 8: "Almost."
Almost.
Not everyone, but almost everyone, enjoys watching TV.
Look at Figure 1 again and answer some questions.
What is television for many people?
Repeat: "Television is entertainment for many people."
Does television show only one kind of program?
No, it doesn't.
Repeat: "Television shows a variety of programs."
When do some channels show children's programs?
Repeat: "Some channels show children's programs
on Saturday mornings."
Is a program that makes you be afraid a funny program?
No, it isn't.
Repeat: "Frightening programs cause people to be afraid."
They frighten people.
Are all the programs on television interesting?
No, they aren't.
Repeat: "Some programs are boring."
What kind of programs make us laugh?
Repeat: "Funny programs make us laugh."
What tries to sell us things on television?
Repeat: "Commercials try to sell things on television."
Can you hear commercials on the radio also?
Repeat: "Yes, you can hear commercials on the radio."
Segment timings (seconds):
[8.69-12.21] American Language Course, Book 11, Lesson 4A.
[18.51-18.81] Hello.
[19.49-22.65] Please open your book to the activities for Lesson 4A.
[28.10-29.22] Look at Figure 1.
[29.78-31.70] Repeat the words and sentences.
[33.07-38.50] Number 1: "Entertainment." Entertainment.
[40.89-43.38] Many people relax watching TV.
[47.73-50.13] TV is entertainment for many people.
[54.03-56.11] Number 2: "Channels."
[57.81-57.86] Channels.
[60.53-61.41] Variety.
[62.94-62.99] Variety.
[65.91-67.74] There are many television channels.
[72.38-77.07] You can watch a variety of shows on them.
[80.27-82.19] Number 3: "Programs."
[83.84-84.80] Programs.
[86.77-90.69] Some channels show children's programs on Saturday mornings.
[98.93-101.01] Number 4: "Frightening."
[102.83-103.71] Frightening.
[106.32-108.08] Some programs are frightening.
[112.19-114.27] People become afraid when they watch them.
[120.13-121.97] Number 5: "Boring."
[123.98-124.62] Boring.
[126.58-127.22] Dull.
[128.93-129.49] Dull.
[132.22-134.14] Some programs are not interesting.
[138.51-139.31] They're boring.
[141.49-142.21] They're dull.
[145.46-146.90] Number 6: "Funny."
[149.13-149.43] Funny.
[151.89-154.17] Laugh.
[154.41-154.95] Laugh.
[157.71-158.85] Some programs are funny.
[161.73-163.37] We laugh while we watch them.
[168.93-170.83] Number 7: "Commercials."
[173.27-174.05] Commercials.
[177.39-180.91] Commercials try to sell you things on TV or radio.
[189.26-191.10] Number 8: "Almost."
[192.93-193.59] Almost.
[196.19-200.67] Not everyone, but almost everyone, enjoys watching TV.
[208.67-211.79] Look at Figure 1 again and answer some questions.
[214.99-216.67] What is television for many people?
[223.86-227.22] Repeat: "Television is entertainment for many people."
[233.87-236.59] Does television show only one kind of program?
[243.44-244.32] No, it doesn't.
[245.23-249.18] Repeat: "Television shows a variety of programs."
[255.94-258.58] When do some channels show children's programs?
[265.98-268.75] Repeat: "Some channels show children's programs
[274.69-276.05] on Saturday mornings."
[281.25-284.37] Is a program that makes you be afraid a funny program?
[292.18-293.06] No, it isn't.
[293.98-298.18] Repeat: "Frightening programs cause people to be afraid."
[304.11-305.15] They frighten people.
[309.76-312.08] Are all the programs on television interesting?
[318.74-319.54] No, they aren't.
[320.34-323.38] Repeat: "Some programs are boring."
[329.49-331.41] What kind of programs make us laugh?
[337.65-340.21] Repeat: "Funny programs make us laugh."
[346.90-349.30] What tries to sell us things on television?
[356.34-359.86] Repeat: "Commercials try to sell things on television."
[366.80-369.04] Can you hear commercials on the radio also?
[374.45-377.73] Repeat: "Yes, you can hear commercials on the radio."
#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk11-l4a-f2-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 2.
You'll hear three paragraphs; write the main idea of each paragraph in Figure 2.
Listen.
Paragraph 1.
The motor in Anne's car was making a noise.
She didn't know the cause of the noise.
She decided to take it to a garage.
She thought her car might need service.
Listen to Paragraph 1 again.
The motor in Anne's car was making a noise.
She didn't know the cause of the noise.
She decided to take it to a garage.
She thought her car might need service.
Now write the main idea.
The main idea of the paragraph is: "Anne's car might need service," or "Something might be wrong with Anne's car."
Listen to Paragraph 2.
Good stores try to satisfy unhappy customers immediately.
When a customer finds something wrong with a service in a store, or with something he buys there, he may not come back there.
The salespeople in a good store will give him an exchange, a refund, or credit.
They'll do it with a smile, too, because they want to keep the customers happy.
Listen to Paragraph 2 again.
Good stores try to satisfy unhappy customers immediately.
When a customer finds something wrong with a service in a store, or with something he buys there, he may not come back there.
The salespeople in a good store will give him an exchange, a refund, or credit.
They'll do it with a smile, too, because they want to keep the customers happy.
Now write the main idea.
The main idea of Paragraph 2 is: "Stores need to keep their customers happy," or "A store should satisfy its customers."
Listen to Paragraph 3.
People who learn to drive in school will be safer drivers than those who don't take classes.
They'll learn to be cautious behind the steering wheel of a car.
They'll follow signs and signals.
They'll also be more careful at intersections and will slow down for pedestrians.
All drivers should take lessons sometime.
Listen to Paragraph 3 again.
People who learn to drive in school will be safer drivers than those who don't take classes.
They'll learn to be cautious behind the steering wheel of a car.
They'll follow signs and signals.
They'll also be more careful at intersections and will slow down for pedestrians.
All drivers should take lessons sometime.
Write the main idea now.
The main idea of Paragraph 3 is: "Everyone who drives should take lessons," or "People who take driving lessons are safer drivers."
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.86-2.98] Look at Figure 2.
[3.70-9.30] You'll hear three paragraphs; write the main idea of each paragraph in Figure 2.
[10.27-10.91] Listen.
[11.94-12.98] Paragraph 1.
[14.59-17.39] The motor in Anne's car was making a noise.
[18.35-20.43] She didn't know the cause of the noise.
[21.42-23.66] She decided to take it to a garage.
[24.53-26.93] She thought her car might need service.
[29.58-31.26] Listen to Paragraph 1 again.
[33.14-35.70] The motor in Anne's car was making a noise.
[36.54-38.62] She didn't know the cause of the noise.
[39.46-41.78] She decided to take it to a garage.
[42.50-44.74] She thought her car might need service.
[51.62-53.30] Now write the main idea.
[79.22-88.88] The main idea of the paragraph is: "Anne's car might need service," or "Something might be wrong with Anne's car."
[90.91-92.51] Listen to Paragraph 2.
[94.46-98.54] Good stores try to satisfy unhappy customers immediately.
[99.55-107.31] When a customer finds something wrong with a service in a store, or with something he buys there, he may not come back there.
[108.40-114.16] The salespeople in a good store will give him an exchange, a refund, or credit.
[115.18-119.66] They'll do it with a smile, too, because they want to keep the customers happy.
[122.06-123.82] Listen to Paragraph 2 again.
[125.92-129.76] Good stores try to satisfy unhappy customers immediately.
[130.82-138.51] When a customer finds something wrong with a service in a store, or with something he buys there, he may not come back there.
[139.59-145.29] The salespeople in a good store will give him an exchange, a refund, or credit.
[146.25-151.00] They'll do it with a smile, too, because they want to keep the customers happy.
[161.99-163.62] Now write the main idea.
[189.57-199.89] The main idea of Paragraph 2 is: "Stores need to keep their customers happy," or "A store should satisfy its customers."
[201.62-203.62] Listen to Paragraph 3.
[205.60-212.00] People who learn to drive in school will be safer drivers than those who don't take classes.
[212.62-215.74] They'll learn to be cautious behind the steering wheel of a car.
[216.70-218.62] They'll follow signs and signals.
[219.70-224.88] They'll also be more careful at intersections and will slow down for pedestrians.
[225.79-228.00] All drivers should take lessons sometime.
[230.96-232.88] Listen to Paragraph 3 again.
[234.62-239.90] People who learn to drive in school will be safer drivers than those who don't take classes.
[241.41-244.43] They'll learn to be cautious behind the steering wheel of a car.
[244.75-247.06] They'll follow signs and signals.
[247.28-253.15] They'll also be more careful at intersections and will slow down for pedestrians.
[253.15-256.72] All drivers should take lessons sometime.
[263.44-265.57] Write the main idea now.
[292.08-303.36] The main idea of Paragraph 3 is: "Everyone who drives should take lessons," or "People who take driving lessons are safer drivers."
#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk11-l4a-f3-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at figure 3: repeat the underlined words.
"Spend, spend." "As a matter of fact."
"As a matter of fact." "Frequently,
frequently." "Wonderful, wonderful."
"Recommend, recommend." "Love,
love."
"Great,
great."
"Terrible,
terrible."
Listen to a conversation.
Don't repeat.
Just listen.
Do you spend much time in front of the television?
Oh, yes.
As a matter of fact, I frequently watch TV 4 or 5 hours a day, and that's almost every night after work.
I think TV is wonderful.
I could do that before, but I can't now.
I'm too busy.
I have lots to do when I get home from work.
I think that when you enjoy something, you can find time for it.
I guess you'reright.
Do you recommend any programs?
Which ones do you like to watch?
I love the funny shows.
I think they are great because I like to laugh.
I don't see many programs that I think are terrible.
I guess I'm easily satisfied.
Look at the dialogue again and answer the questions.
How many hours does Victor spend in front of the television?
Repeat: He spends 4 or 5 hours a day.
Does he watch television only once a week?
Repeat: No.
He watches TV frequently after work.
What does Victor think about television?
Repeat: He thinks it's wonderful.
Does Valerie watch television frequently also?
Repeat: No, she doesn't.
She's too busy.
Which programs did Victor recommend?
Repeat: He recommended the funny shows.
Why does Victor love funny shows?
Repeat: Because he loves to laugh.
Does Victor see many terrible programs on television?
Repeat: No, he doesn't think there are many terrible shows.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.92-5.60] Look at figure 3: repeat the underlined words.
[6.93-13.54] "Spend, spend." "As a matter of fact."
[15.49-19.82] "As a matter of fact." "Frequently,
[21.50-27.89] frequently." "Wonderful, wonderful."
[30.74-37.54] "Recommend, recommend." "Love,
[39.17-39.81] love."
[41.82-42.22] "Great,
[44.11-44.59] great."
[46.83-47.47] "Terrible,
[49.44-50.08] terrible."
[55.52-57.20] Listen to a conversation.
[57.60-58.56] Don't repeat.
[58.96-59.92] Just listen.
[63.41-65.65] Do you spend much time in front of the television?
[68.08-68.88] Oh, yes.
[69.20-76.16] As a matter of fact, I frequently watch TV 4 or 5 hours a day, and that's almost every night after work.
[76.99-78.51] I think TV is wonderful.
[79.76-82.32] I could do that before, but I can't now.
[82.56-83.44] I'm too busy.
[83.84-85.84] I have lots to do when I get home from work.
[87.26-90.38] I think that when you enjoy something, you can find time for it.
[91.54-92.42] I guess you'reright.
[93.14-94.82] Do you recommend any programs?
[95.38-96.98] Which ones do you like to watch?
[97.54-99.06] I love the funny shows.
[99.30-101.62] I think they are great because I like to laugh.
[102.10-104.58] I don't see many programs that I think are terrible.
[105.14-106.90] I guess I'm easily satisfied.
[111.26-114.62] Look at the dialogue again and answer the questions.
[116.88-120.08] How many hours does Victor spend in front of the television?
[127.84-130.88] Repeat: He spends 4 or 5 hours a day.
[137.06-139.22] Does he watch television only once a week?
[147.22-148.42] Repeat: No.
[148.98-151.38] He watches TV frequently after work.
[159.42-161.34] What does Victor think about television?
[169.14-171.06] Repeat: He thinks it's wonderful.
[174.61-177.33] Does Valerie watch television frequently also?
[184.35-186.19] Repeat: No, she doesn't.
[186.67-187.55] She's too busy.
[194.72-196.80] Which programs did Victor recommend?
[202.85-205.81] Repeat: He recommended the funny shows.
[211.15-213.07] Why does Victor love funny shows?
[220.29-222.69] Repeat: Because he loves to laugh.
[228.14-231.02] Does Victor see many terrible programs on television?
[237.17-241.81] Repeat: No, he doesn't think there are many terrible shows.
#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk11-l4a-f4-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now look at Figure 4: listen to the people talking, decide where they are, and circle the correct letter.
Listen.
Number 1.
A hamburger, please.
Anything else, sir?
Number 2.
I want this candy bar.
Pull this knob.
Number 3.
How fast are you going?
The speed limit: 55 miles per hour.
Number 4.
Can you loosen this?
Where's the wrench?
Number 5.
It stalled again.
You may need a tune-up.
Number 6.
I want to return this.
Do you have your sales slip?
Number 7.
Let's go to the department store first, then the clothing store, and then downstairs to the variety store.
Okay?
Allright.
And then we'll come back upstairs to the cafeteria.
Number 8.
Do you have an appointment?
Yes, I do.
She's going to give me an examination.
Number 9.
I want to make a deposit.
Did you fill out a deposit slip, sir?
Number 10.
Whose fault was it?
The man in the white car, officer.
He ran a red light.
Check your answers.
Repeat the correct answers.
Number 1 is A.
Repeat: they're at a snack bar.
Number 2 is C.
Repeat: they're at a vending machine.
Number 3 is A.
Repeat: they're on the highway.
Number 4 is A.
Repeat: they're changing a tire.
Number 5 is B.
Repeat: they're in the car.
Number 6 is C.
Repeat: they're in a department store.
Number 7 is A.
Repeat: they're in a mall.
Number 8 is B.
Repeat: they're in a doctor's office.
Number 9 is B.
Repeat: they're in a bank.
Number 10 is C.
Repeat: they're at an accident.
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.22-10.46] Now look at Figure 4: listen to the people talking, decide where they are, and circle the correct letter.
[11.02-11.50] Listen.
[14.38-15.18] Number 1.
[15.74-16.94] A hamburger, please.
[17.58-18.54] Anything else, sir?
[25.55-26.35] Number 2.
[27.34-28.70] I want this candy bar.
[31.55-32.51] Pull this knob.
[39.33-40.13] Number 3.
[41.12-42.40] How fast are you going?
[43.78-46.50] The speed limit: 55 miles per hour.
[54.50-55.14] Number 4.
[55.78-56.98] Can you loosen this?
[57.54-58.34] Where's the wrench?
[65.79-67.47] Number 5.
[67.47-68.59] It stalled again.
[70.03-71.31] You may need a tune-up.
[78.10-78.98] Number 6.
[78.98-80.98] I want to return this.
[81.54-82.90] Do you have your sales slip?
[90.26-91.06] Number 7.
[91.70-98.50] Let's go to the department store first, then the clothing store, and then downstairs to the variety store.
[99.22-99.62] Okay?
[100.66-101.22] Allright.
[101.70-104.50] And then we'll come back upstairs to the cafeteria.
[113.81-114.61] Number 8.
[115.39-116.59] Do you have an appointment?
[117.23-118.03] Yes, I do.
[118.35-120.51] She's going to give me an examination.
[128.58-129.30] Number 9.
[129.30-131.71] I want to make a deposit.
[132.51-134.59] Did you fill out a deposit slip, sir?
[142.37-143.17] Number 10.
[143.81-144.77] Whose fault was it?
[145.84-147.76] The man in the white car, officer.
[147.92-149.20] He ran a red light.
[152.91-154.19] Check your answers.
[154.43-156.03] Repeat the correct answers.
[157.57-159.09] Number 1 is A.
[159.81-162.38] Repeat: they're at a snack bar.
[165.78-167.22] Number 2 is C.
[168.02-170.75] Repeat: they're at a vending machine.
[174.70-176.22] Number 3 is A.
[176.94-179.28] Repeat: they're on the highway.
[182.86-185.44] Number 4 is A.
[186.00-188.48] Repeat: they're changing a tire.
[193.25-194.93] Number 5 is B.
[195.49-197.82] Repeat: they're in the car.
[202.50-203.96] Number 6 is C.
[205.22-207.76] Repeat: they're in a department store.
[212.46-214.14] Number 7 is A.
[214.70-217.07] Repeat: they're in a mall.
[220.77-222.37] Number 8 is B.
[223.09-226.00] Repeat: they're in a doctor's office.
[230.35-232.03] Number 9 is B.
[232.67-235.18] Repeat: they're in a bank.
[239.10-240.78] Number 10 is C.
[241.50-243.98] Repeat: they're at an accident.
#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk11-l4a-f5-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 5.
Repeat the words and sentences.
Love.
Love.
Movies are Don's great love.
In fact.
In fact.
In fact, he spends many happy hours at the movies.
Frighten.
Frighten.
He doesn't like movies that frighten him.
Entertaining.
Entertaining.
Adventure.
Adventure.
He finds that adventure movies
are the most entertaining ones.
Listen to the complete paragraph.
Movies are Don's great love.
In fact, he spends many happy hours at the movies.
He doesn't like movies that frighten him.
He finds that adventure movies are the most entertaining ones.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.73-3.09] Look at Figure 5.
[3.41-5.25] Repeat the words and sentences.
[6.59-7.15] Love.
[9.14-9.78] Love.
[11.70-13.70] Movies are Don's great love.
[17.66-18.46] In fact.
[20.27-21.15] In fact.
[23.38-26.58] In fact, he spends many happy hours at the movies.
[33.42-34.06] Frighten.
[35.92-36.64] Frighten.
[38.91-41.15] He doesn't like movies that frighten him.
[47.04-47.92] Entertaining.
[50.19-51.31] Entertaining.
[53.81-56.85] Adventure.
[56.91-57.71] Adventure.
[60.70-62.62] He finds that adventure movies
[67.52-69.28] are the most entertaining ones.
[74.59-76.67] Listen to the complete paragraph.
[78.64-80.48] Movies are Don's great love.
[81.23-84.83] In fact, he spends many happy hours at the movies.
[85.76-87.76] He doesn't like movies that frighten him.
[89.47-93.07] He finds that adventure movies are the most entertaining ones.
#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk11-l4a-f6-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at figure 6.
Answer questions about Dawn with true or false.
Mark T if the statement is true, and F if the statement is false.
Number 1: "Dawn likes to go to the movies."
Number 2: "Dawn doesn't spend much time at the movies."
Number 3: "Dawn's favorite movies are frightening movies."
Number 4: "Dawn feels that adventure movies are the most entertaining."
Now let's check the answers.
Number 1 is true: "Dawn likes to go to the movies." Number 2 is false: "He does spend a lot of time at the movies."
Number 3 is false: "He doesn't like frightening movies."
Number 4 is true: "He thinks that adventure movies are the most entertaining."
This is the end of lesson 4A, book 11.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.54-2.82] Look at figure 6.
[3.79-7.39] Answer questions about Dawn with true or false.
[8.22-13.58] Mark T if the statement is true, and F if the statement is false.
[15.57-19.26] Number 1: "Dawn likes to go to the movies."
[29.46-33.49] Number 2: "Dawn doesn't spend much time at the movies."
[44.37-48.56] Number 3: "Dawn's favorite movies are frightening movies."
[59.79-64.59] Number 4: "Dawn feels that adventure movies are the most entertaining."
[78.29-80.05] Now let's check the answers.
[81.74-91.89] Number 1 is true: "Dawn likes to go to the movies." Number 2 is false: "He does spend a lot of time at the movies."
[93.52-97.60] Number 3 is false: "He doesn't like frightening movies."
[99.06-104.02] Number 4 is true: "He thinks that adventure movies are the most entertaining."
[121.95-124.99] This is the end of lesson 4A, book 11.

301
sources/book-11/tape-4B.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,301 @@
#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk11-l4b-f1-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
American Language Course, Book 11, Lesson 4B.
Hello.
Please look at the Language Laboratory activities for Lesson 4B.
Look at Figure 1.
Repeat the underlined words.
Reasonable.
Reasonable.
Terribly.
Terribly.
Entertainment.
Entertainment.
Loud.
Loud.
Promptly.
Promptly.
Impolite.
Impolite.
Served.
Served.
Rude.
Rude.
Dish.
Dish.
Sharp.
Sharp.
Dull.
Dull.
If you ask me.
If you ask me.
Now listen and read the paragraphs with the lesson.
Then select the answers to the questions that you will hear.
Listen and read.
Frank and Peg went to a new restaurant last night.
Friends told them that it was very good and not too expensive.
A restaurant with reasonable prices is not easy to find.
They decided to try it.
They were terribly unhappy with it.
There was music for entertainment, but it was much too loud.
They couldn't hear each other talk.
The waiter didn't take their order promptly.
He let them wait and wait.
Frank felt he was impolite when he served them to.
Frank doesn't like a rude waiter.
Then the dish he served Peg was cold and hard to cut.
She had to ask for a sharp knife.
Her knife was too dull to cut it.
They don't want to go there again.
As a matter of fact, Frank left a very small tip.
If you ask me, good service is more important than a cheap price.
Segment timings (seconds):
[13.94-18.34] American Language Course, Book 11, Lesson 4B.
[23.78-24.26] Hello.
[24.98-28.74] Please look at the Language Laboratory activities for Lesson 4B.
[35.71-36.99] Look at Figure 1.
[37.63-39.47] Repeat the underlined words.
[40.40-41.12] Reasonable.
[43.34-44.14] Reasonable.
[46.93-47.73] Terribly.
[50.02-50.82] Terribly.
[53.15-56.31] Entertainment.
[56.40-59.73] Entertainment.
[60.09-62.37] Loud.
[62.67-65.37] Loud.
[65.55-68.25] Promptly.
[68.43-71.79] Promptly.
[72.15-72.63] Impolite.
[75.27-75.75] Impolite.
[78.51-79.23] Served.
[81.44-82.16] Served.
[84.78-87.45] Rude.
[87.52-90.51] Rude.
[90.42-93.27] Dish.
[93.20-96.81] Dish.
[96.67-99.57] Sharp.
[99.50-102.33] Sharp.
[102.24-105.03] Dull.
[104.94-107.79] Dull.
[107.85-111.21] If you ask me.
[111.34-112.46] If you ask me.
[116.80-119.68] Now listen and read the paragraphs with the lesson.
[120.67-124.11] Then select the answers to the questions that you will hear.
[124.75-125.87] Listen and read.
[127.46-130.42] Frank and Peg went to a new restaurant last night.
[131.58-135.58] Friends told them that it was very good and not too expensive.
[136.83-140.35] A restaurant with reasonable prices is not easy to find.
[141.38-142.74] They decided to try it.
[143.86-145.70] They were terribly unhappy with it.
[147.02-150.38] There was music for entertainment, but it was much too loud.
[151.39-153.07] They couldn't hear each other talk.
[155.22-157.46] The waiter didn't take their order promptly.
[158.29-159.65] He let them wait and wait.
[160.67-163.87] Frank felt he was impolite when he served them to.
[165.25-167.01] Frank doesn't like a rude waiter.
[168.83-172.43] Then the dish he served Peg was cold and hard to cut.
[173.46-175.46] She had to ask for a sharp knife.
[176.88-178.64] Her knife was too dull to cut it.
[181.01-182.61] They don't want to go there again.
[183.41-186.69] As a matter of fact, Frank left a very small tip.
[187.68-192.08] If you ask me, good service is more important than a cheap price.
#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk11-l4b-f2-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now look at Figure 2.
Listen to the questions and select the best answer.
Circle A, B, or C.
Number 1: Where did Frank and Peg go last night?
Number 2: Why did they decide to try it?
Number 3: What was the music for?
Number 4: Did it entertain them?
Number 5: Why didn't Frank like the waiter?
Number 6: What did Peg have to ask for?
Number 7: Why does she want another knife?
Number 8: Did Frank leave a tip?
Listen to the questions again and check your answers.
Repeat the correct responses.
Number 1 is B.
Listen.
Where did Frank and Peg go last night?
Repeat: They went to a new restaurant.
Number 2 is A.
Listen.
Why did they decide to try it?
Repeat: Friends recommended the restaurant.
Number 3 is C.
Listen.
What was the music for?
Repeat: The music was for entertainment.
Number 4 is B.
Listen.
Did it entertain them?
Repeat: No, it was too loud.
Number 5 is C.
Listen.
Why didn't Frank like the waiter?
Repeat: Because the waiter was impolite.
Number 6 is A.
Listen.
What did Peg have to ask for?
Repeat: She had to ask for a sharper knife.
Number 7 is also A.
Listen.
Why did she want another knife?
Repeat: Her knife was too dull to cut the meat.
Number 8 is B.
Listen.
Did Frank leave a tip?
Repeat: Yes, but it was a small one.
Now listen and repeat.
Number 1: I couldn't enjoy the movie last night.
I was too tired.
Number 2: Bob couldn't watch TV last night.
He was too busy.
Number 3: They could drive to the lake.
For their vacation last year.
They had a longer vacation last year.
Number 4: They could recommend that place last year.
It's not good anymore.
Number 5: The mechanic couldn't fix my car this week.
He didn't have the parts.
Number 6: Jan couldn't record the tape this morning.
She can do it now.
Number 7: The little boy couldn't write his name last month.
Now he can.
Number 8: Ollie could speak English.
When he was a little boy.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.92-3.28] Now look at Figure 2.
[4.00-6.80] Listen to the questions and select the best answer.
[7.28-9.44] Circle A, B, or C.
[11.70-15.42] Number 1: Where did Frank and Peg go last night?
[27.14-30.34] Number 2: Why did they decide to try it?
[44.48-47.31] Number 3: What was the music for?
[63.50-66.58] Number 4: Did it entertain them?
[82.06-85.26] Number 5: Why didn't Frank like the waiter?
[100.18-103.38] Number 6: What did Peg have to ask for?
[122.77-125.92] Number 7: Why does she want another knife?
[141.66-144.14] Number 8: Did Frank leave a tip?
[162.02-165.46] Listen to the questions again and check your answers.
[166.02-167.86] Repeat the correct responses.
[169.28-170.72] Number 1 is B.
[171.04-171.60] Listen.
[172.48-174.48] Where did Frank and Peg go last night?
[175.86-178.58] Repeat: They went to a new restaurant.
[182.93-184.53] Number 2 is A.
[185.09-185.57] Listen.
[186.75-188.43] Why did they decide to try it?
[190.22-193.42] Repeat: Friends recommended the restaurant.
[199.18-200.62] Number 3 is C.
[201.42-201.90] Listen.
[202.75-204.03] What was the music for?
[205.65-208.74] Repeat: The music was for entertainment.
[213.63-215.39] Number 4 is B.
[216.03-216.51] Listen.
[217.44-218.72] Did it entertain them?
[220.29-222.93] Repeat: No, it was too loud.
[227.25-228.77] Number 5 is C.
[229.49-229.97] Listen.
[230.86-232.54] Why didn't Frank like the waiter?
[234.53-237.44] Repeat: Because the waiter was impolite.
[241.31-242.40] Number 6 is A.
[243.99-244.35] Listen.
[245.07-246.91] What did Peg have to ask for?
[248.83-252.38] Repeat: She had to ask for a sharper knife.
[258.45-260.53] Number 7 is also A.
[261.25-261.65] Listen.
[263.09-264.77] Why did she want another knife?
[266.78-270.18] Repeat: Her knife was too dull to cut the meat.
[276.21-277.89] Number 8 is B.
[278.53-279.01] Listen.
[279.81-280.85] Did Frank leave a tip?
[282.50-285.22] Repeat: Yes, but it was a small one.
[290.56-292.00] Now listen and repeat.
[294.21-297.94] Number 1: I couldn't enjoy the movie last night.
[302.83-303.87] I was too tired.
[307.94-311.54] Number 2: Bob couldn't watch TV last night.
[315.92-316.88] He was too busy.
[320.66-324.10] Number 3: They could drive to the lake.
[329.30-330.98] For their vacation last year.
[336.22-338.30] They had a longer vacation last year.
[345.78-352.17] Number 4: They could recommend that place last year.
[355.33-356.61] It's not good anymore.
[362.08-366.14] Number 5: The mechanic couldn't fix my car this week.
[371.26-372.62] He didn't have the parts.
[378.34-382.43] Number 6: Jan couldn't record the tape this morning.
[386.93-388.05] She can do it now.
[394.02-398.16] Number 7: The little boy couldn't write his name last month.
[403.95-404.99] Now he can.
[409.87-412.67] Number 8: Ollie could speak English.
[416.16-417.28] When he was a little boy.
#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk11-l4b-f3-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now go to Figure 3: listen to a question, then listen to some words and answer the question.
Listen.
"How far could you swim last year?" 1 mile.
"Last year I could swim 1 mile." Repeat: "Last year I could swim 1 mile."
Now listen and answer.
Number 1: "How fast could you type before you took the class?" 30 words per minute.
Repeat: "I could type 30 words per minute
before I took the class."
Number 2: "Could David describe the accident?" "No, too nervous."
Repeat: "No, he couldn't."
"He was too nervous."
Number 3: "How far could he run 5 years ago?" "Not very far."
Repeat: "He couldn't run very far 5 years ago."
Number 4: "Could you speak English last year?" "Yes, not well."
Repeat: "Yes, I could, but not very well."
Number 5: "What could you do about his problem?" "Not anything."
Repeat: "I couldn't do anything about his problem."
Number 6: "Could John operate the vending machine?" "Yes, working."
Repeat: "Yes, he could." "The machine was working."
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.54-9.01] Now go to Figure 3: listen to a question, then listen to some words and answer the question.
[9.84-10.40] Listen.
[12.85-17.07] "How far could you swim last year?" 1 mile.
[18.34-25.97] "Last year I could swim 1 mile." Repeat: "Last year I could swim 1 mile."
[30.22-31.82] Now listen and answer.
[33.57-40.96] Number 1: "How fast could you type before you took the class?" 30 words per minute.
[48.90-52.21] Repeat: "I could type 30 words per minute
[56.37-57.89] before I took the class."
[63.07-69.41] Number 2: "Could David describe the accident?" "No, too nervous."
[76.64-78.40] Repeat: "No, he couldn't."
[80.48-81.36] "He was too nervous."
[87.58-94.35] Number 3: "How far could he run 5 years ago?" "Not very far."
[102.18-105.78] Repeat: "He couldn't run very far 5 years ago."
[111.22-117.17] Number 4: "Could you speak English last year?" "Yes, not well."
[125.15-128.43] Repeat: "Yes, I could, but not very well."
[135.34-141.65] Number 5: "What could you do about his problem?" "Not anything."
[149.49-152.53] Repeat: "I couldn't do anything about his problem."
[159.86-166.24] Number 6: "Could John operate the vending machine?" "Yes, working."
[173.02-177.49] Repeat: "Yes, he could." "The machine was working."
#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk11-l4b-f4-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at figure 4.
Repeat the sentences.
Sally has a plan for her housework.
This is Sally's plan:
she washes clothes on Monday,
she cleans the house on Wednesday and on Friday,
she goes shopping on Tuesday,
she irons clothes on Thursday,
when she follows her plan, she has free time on the weekend,
then she can relax.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.79-3.15] Look at figure 4.
[3.55-5.07] Repeat the sentences.
[6.61-9.09] Sally has a plan for her housework.
[13.87-15.39] This is Sally's plan:
[18.74-20.66] she washes clothes on Monday,
[25.12-28.08] she cleans the house on Wednesday and on Friday,
[33.81-35.73] she goes shopping on Tuesday,
[41.17-43.17] she irons clothes on Thursday,
[49.79-57.47] when she follows her plan, she has free time on the weekend,
[62.24-63.92] then she can relax.

399
sources/book-12/lla-1A.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,399 @@
<!-- source file: 002 - LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 12 LESSON 1A.md -->
# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 12, LESSON 1A
**LISTENING/SPEAKING ACTIVITY:** Repeat the words and sentences you hear. Answer the questions. There's no figure for this activity.
---
### Figure 1
**Listen to the dialog.**
**Read your lines of the dialog.**
1. I'd like to live in a place near the beach, where the sea is calm, and the wind blows softly. This place would have a warm climate and little humidity.
2. I don't know, but it's a nice thought.
---
### Figure 2
**Read your lines of the dialog.**
1. Where would you like to live?
2. Do you ever expect to live in this place?
---
### Figure 3
**Listen to the dialog.**
**Read your lines of the dialog.**
1. He lives in New York City.
2. It lasts about six months. Next year he wants to move to Miami during the winter.
3. Well, they can be dangerous. Last year he slipped on the ice and hurt his leg.
4. He likes living there except in the winter.
---
### Figure 4
**Read your lines of the dialog.**
1. Where does your brother live?
2. How long does winter last there?
3. Are the winters unpleasant?
4. Maybe he shouldn't stay in New York.
---
### Figure 5
**Repeat the sentences.**
1. If Carl finishes his homework, he'll come to the movie with us.
2. Sam will pick Linda up if the plane arrives before eight o'clock.
3. Gregg will hurt his back if he slips on the ice.
4. If it clears up, my family is going to the beach.
5. Bobby won't be frightened to swim there if it's not too deep.
---
### Figure 6
**Match the phrase you hear with its completer.**
**Write the number on the line.**
**Repeat the sentences.**
______ a. if the car is in the garage?
______ b if he studies hard.
______ c. if it stops raining.
______ d. we'll go out on the boat.
______ e. if you move that bookcase.
______ f. if the water is too deep.
______ g. if his mother is going to get angry.
______ h. if he gets a vacation.
---
### Figure 7
**Listen to the paragraph. Write what you hear. Check what you wrote.**
---
---
---
---
---
---
---
– USER NOTES –
---
<!-- source file: 016 - SCRIPTS.md -->
# SCRIPTS
## Book 12 Language Laboratory Activities
### Audio Scripts
#### Table of Contents
| | |
|---|---|
| Lesson 1A | 67 |
| Lesson 1B | 73 |
| Lesson 1C | 79 |
| Lesson 1D | 87 |
| Lesson 2A | 93 |
| Lesson 2B | 99 |
| Lesson 2C | 105 |
| Lesson 2D | 109 |
| Lesson 3A | 117 |
| Lesson 3B | 125 |
| Lesson 3C | 131 |
| Lesson 3D | 137 |
| Lesson 4A | 143 |
| Lesson 4B | 149 |
| Lesson 4C | 155 |
| Lesson 4D | 159 |
- USER NOTES -
<!-- source file: 017 - AUDIO SCRIPT.md -->
# AUDIO SCRIPT
## Lesson 1A
### AUDIO TRACK 1
(1) Hello.
(2) Open your books to the activities for Lesson 1A. (pause 6 sec)
(3) Repeat these words and sentences. Be ready to answer the questions. (pause long enough after each question for students to answer)
calm...calm
If the sea is calm, we can take the baby on the boat.
If the sea is calm, we can take the baby on the boat.
Can we take the baby on the boat? (pause)
We can take the baby on the boat if the sea is calm.
beach...beach
The Wilsons enjoyed their vacation at the beach.
The Wilsons enjoyed their vacation at the beach.
Where did the Wilsons go on their vacation? (pause)
They went to the beach.
wind...wind
I like to be on the beach when the wind is blowing softly.
I like to be on the beach when the wind is blowing softly.
When do you like to be on the beach? (pause)
I like to be on the beach when the wind is blowing softly.
slip...slip
Joey spilled some water on the floor. His mother slipped and fell down.
Joey spilled some water on the floor. His mother slipped and fell down.
What happened to Joey's mother? (pause)
She slipped on some water and fell down.
clear...clear
There are no clouds in the sky. It's a beautiful, clear day.
There are no clouds in the sky. It's a beautiful, clear day.
Is it a cloudy day? (pause)
No, it's a clear day. There are no clouds in the sky.
deep...deep
Alice never swims in the deep part of the lake.
Alice never swims in the deep part of the lake.
Does Alice swim in the deep part of the lake? (pause)
No, she never swims in the deep part of the lake.
frightened...frightened
The children were frightened when the lights went out.
The children were frightened when the lights went out.
When were the children frightened? (pause)
They were frightened when the lights went out.
(4) Now, listen to a dialog.
(two voices, both male)
(voice 1) Where would you like to live?
(voice 2) I'd like to live in a place near the beach, where the sea is calm, and the wind blows softly. This place would have a warm climate and little humidity.
(voice 1) Do you ever expect to live in this place?
(voice 2) I don't know, but it's a nice thought.
(5) Now look at Figure 1. Each of those sentences is part of the dialog. Listen to my sentence; then say yours. Ready? (pause 10 sec after the first line, pause 5 sec after the other lines)
script voice: Where would you like to live?
script voice: Do you ever expect to live in this place?
### AUDIO TRACK 2
(6) Now look at Figure 2. You read the first line; then listen to the next one. Say your second line after that. Go ahead. (pause 10 sec)
script voice: I'd like to live in a place near the beach, where the sea is calm, and the wind blows softly. This place would have a warm climate and little humidity. (pause 5 sec)
script voice: I don't know, but it's a nice thought.
---
(7) Listen to another dialog.
(two voices, both male)
(voice 1) Where does your brother live?
(voice 2) He lives in New York City.
(voice 1) How long does winter last there?
(voice 2) It lasts about six months. Next year he wants to move to Miami during the winter.
(voice 1) Are the winters unpleasant?
(voice 2) Well, they can be dangerous. Last year he slipped on the ice and hurt his leg.
(voice 1) Maybe he shouldn't stay in New York.
(voice 2) He likes living there except in the winter.
**AUDIO TRACK 3**
(8) Now we are going to do the dialog in parts again. Look at Figure 3. Listen to my sentence; then say yours. Let's begin.
script voice: Where does your brother live?
script voice: How long does winter last there?
script voice: Are the winters unpleasant?
script voice: Maybe he shouldn't stay in New York.
**AUDIO TRACK 4**
(9) Now look at Figure 4. Our roles are changed. You begin this time.
script voice: He lives in New York City.
script voice: It lasts about six months. Next year he wants to move to Miami during the winter.
script voice: Well, they can be dangerous. Last year he slipped on the ice and hurt his leg.
script voice: He likes living there except in the winter.
**AUDIO TRACK 5**
(10) Look at Figure 5. Repeat the sentences.
If Carl finishes his homework, he'll come to the movie with us.
If Carl finishes his homework, he'll come to the movie with us.
Sam will pick Linda up if the plane arrives before eight o'clock.
Sam will pick Linda up if the plane arrives before eight o'clock.
Gregg will hurt his back if he slips on the ice.
Gregg will hurt his back if he slips on the ice.
If it clears up, my family is going to the beach.
If it clears up, my family is going to the beach.
Bobby won't be frightened to swim there if it's not too deep.
Bobby won't be frightened to swim there if it's not too deep.
**AUDIO TRACK 6**
(11) Look at Figure 6. Read the phrases you see. (pause 10 sec) You will hear part of a sentence. Choose the answer that best completes the sentence. You will hear each sentence part twice. (pause 15 sec after the second reading of each sentence)
Number 1: We will go to the beach. . . .
We will go to the beach. . . .
Number 2: Jeff's going to Miami. . . .
Jeff's going to Miami. . . .
Number 3: Sgt Gates will pass the test. . . .
Sgt Gates will pass the test. . . .
Number 4: You'll hurt your back again. . . .
You'll hurt your back again. . . .
Number 5: Sam won't move to New York. . . .
Sam won't move to New York. . . .
Number 6: How will Henry get to work . . . ?
How will Henry get to work . . . ?
Number 7: Mother won't let us swim there. . . .
Mother won't let us swim there. . . .
Number 8: If the weather clears up, . . . .
If the weather clears up, . . . .
(12) Now let's check your answers. (pause at / long enough for students to repeat)
Letter A is Number 6: How will Henry get to work if the car is in the garage? Repeat: How will Henry get to work / if the car is in the garage?
Letter B is Number 3: Sgt Gates will pass the test if he studies hard. Repeat: Sgt Gates will pass the test / if he studies hard.
Letter C is Number 1: We will go to the beach if it stops raining. Repeat: We will go to the beach / if it stops raining.
Letter D is Number 8: If the weather clears up, we'll go out on the boat. Repeat: If the weather clears up, / we'll go out on the boat.
Letter E is Number 4: You'll hurt your back again if you move that bookcase. Repeat: You'll hurt your back again / if you move that bookcase.
Letter F is Number 7: Mother won't let us swim there if the water is too deep. Repeat: Mother won't let us swim there / if the water is too deep.
Letter G is Number 5: Sam won't move to New York if his mother is going to get angry. Repeat: Sam won't move to New York / if his mother is going to get angry.
Letter H is Number 2: Jeff's going to Miami if he gets a vacation. Repeat: Jeff's going to Miami / if he gets a vacation.
**AUDIO TRACK 7**
(13) Look at Figure 7. This is a dictation exercise. You will hear a paragraph three times. The first time, listen carefully. Listen.
(read at normal speed)
Sara Jones had a big dinner for her family at her home. Her grandmother was the only one who couldn't come. Her aunt, uncle, niece, and nephews don't live far, so they came. Her single brother, the dentist, came with his parents. Her married brother came with his wife and their new baby. It was a very pleasant dinner.
(14) Now listen to the paragraph and write what you hear. (pause 30 sec at each /)
Sara Jones had a big dinner / for her family / at her home. / Her grandmother / was the only one / who couldn't come. / Her aunt, uncle, niece, and nephews / don't live far, / so they came. Her single brother, the dentist, / came with his parents. / Her married brother / came with his wife / and their new baby. / It was a very pleasant dinner.
(15) Now listen to the paragraph again and check what you wrote.
(read at normal speed)
Sara Jones had a big dinner for her family at her home. Her grandmother was the only one who couldn't come. Her aunt, uncle, niece, and nephews don't live far, so they came. Her single brother, the dentist, came with his parents. Her married brother came with his wife and their new baby. It was a very pleasant dinner.
THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 1A, BOOK 12.
<!-- source file: 030 - ANSWERS.md -->
# ANSWERS
## Book 12 Language Laboratory Activities
### Answer Key
### Table of Contents
| Lesson | Page |
|---|---|
| Lesson 1A | 167 |
| Lesson 1B | 167 |
| Lesson 1C | 167 |
| Lesson 1D | 168 |
| Lesson 2A | 168 |
| Lesson 2B | 169 |
| Lesson 2C | 169 |
| Lesson 3A | 170 |
| Lesson 3B | 171 |
| Lesson 3C | 171 |
| Lesson 3D | 172 |
| Lesson 4A | 173 |
| Lesson 4B | 173 |
| Lesson 4C | 174 |
| Lesson 4D | 174 |
- USER NOTES -
---
<!-- source file: 031 - Lesson 1A.md -->
# Lesson 1A
### Figure 6
a. 3
b. 3
c. 1
d. 8
e. 4
f. 7
g. 5
h. 2
### Figure 7
Sara Jones had a big dinner for her family at her home. Her grandmother was the only one who couldn't come. Her aunt, uncle, niece, and nephews don't live far, so they came. Her single brother, the dentist, came with his parents. Her married brother came with his wife and their new baby. It was a very pleasant dinner.
6. No, I haven't seen him for two weeks.
7. Yes, I've been listening to the recording since it started.

308
sources/book-12/lla-1B.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,308 @@
<!-- source file: 003 - LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 12 LESSON 1B.md -->
# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 12, LESSON 1B
**LISTENING/SPEAKING ACTIVITY:** Repeat the words and sentences you hear. There's no figure for this activity.
---
### Figure 1
**Listen to the dialog. Read your lines of the dialog.**
1. Yes, and I was very frightened. It was about an hour before it stopped.
2. Yes, it got very quiet. But the water in the streets was very deep, and it was slippery.
3. No, I didn't. None of us did. We were all very glad when it cleared up.
---
### Figure 2
**Read your lines of the dialog.**
1. Were you ever in a bad storm before?
2. Then did it clear up?
3. Did you remain calm during the storm?
---
### Figure 3
**Listen to the dialogs. Select the correct answer.**
*Example:* Gina's \_\_\_\_\_\_\_.
a. happy
b. tired
c. sad
1. He's \_\_\_\_\_\_\_.
a. tired
b. happy
c. sick
2. He's \_\_\_\_\_\_\_.
a. sad
b. happy
c. angry
3. He's \_\_\_\_\_\_\_.
a. sick
b. tired
c. careless
4. He's \_\_\_\_\_\_\_.
a. late
b. sick
c. hungry
5. He's \_\_\_\_\_\_\_.
a. tired
b. sick
c. hurt
---
**LISTENING/SPEAKING ACTIVITY.** Repeat the sentences you hear. There's no figure for this activity.
---
### Figure 4
**Answer the questions. Check your answers on the answer page.**
*Example:* five years
<u>I've known Captain Jackson for five years.</u>
1. no
_________________________________________________________________
2. no, Italian
_________________________________________________________________
3. no, last Wednesday
_________________________________________________________________
4. yes, two years
_________________________________________________________________
5. no, since he bought the car
_________________________________________________________________
6. no, two weeks
_________________________________________________________________
7. yes, since it started
_________________________________________________________________
---
– USER NOTES –
---
<!-- source file: 018 - AUDIO SCRIPT.md -->
# AUDIO SCRIPT
## Lesson 1B
**AUDIO TRACK 8**
(1) Hello.
(2) Open your books to the activities for Lesson 1B. (pause 6 sec)
(3) Repeat the words and sentences. (pause for repetition)
remain. . . remain
Tim remained in France after his family left.
Tim remained in France after his family left.
belong. . . belong
This jacket belongs to Martha; it's hers.
This jacket belongs to Martha; it's hers.
humid. . . humid
The weather in London is very humid; it rains a lot.
The weather in London is very humid; it rains a lot.
no longer. . . no longer
Nina no longer wants to study French; she doesn't think it's interesting.
Nina no longer wants to study French; she doesn't think it's interesting.
occasionally. . . occasionally
I eat there occasionally, but not very often.
I eat there occasionally, but not very often.
like. . . like
There are many interesting cities, like Los Angeles and Washington D.C., to see in the United States.
There are many interesting cities, like Los Angeles and Washington D.C., to see in the United States.
heat. . . heat
The sun gives us a lot of heat; it keeps us warm.
The sun gives us a lot of heat; it keeps us warm.
(4) Listen to a dialog.
(two voices, both males)
(voice 1) Were you ever in a bad storm before?
(voice 2) Yes, and I was very frightened. It was about an hour before it stopped.
(voice 1) Then did it clear up?
(voice 2) Yes, it got very quiet. But the water in the streets was very deep, and it was slippery.
(voice 1) Did you remain calm during the storm?
(voice 2) No, I didn't. None of us did. We were all very glad when it cleared up.
(5) Now look at Figure 1. Each of those sentences is part of a dialog. Listen to a sentence; then say yours. Ready? (pause 5 sec after each item)
script voice: Were you ever in a bad storm before?
script voice: Then did it clear up?
script voice: Did you remain calm during the storm?
**AUDIO TRACK 9**
(6) Now look at Figure 2. You read the first line; then listen to the next one. Say your second line after that. Okay, you begin. (pause long enough for students to say their lines)
script voice: Yes, and I was very frightened. It was about an hour before it stopped.
script voice: Yes, it got very quiet. But the water in the streets was very deep, and it was slippery.
script voice: No, I didn't. None of us did. We were all very glad when it cleared up.
---
**AUDIO TRACK 10**
(7) Look at Figure 3. Listen to a short dialog. Select the letter that best shows the meaning of the conversation. The first one is an example.
*(two voices, 1 female voice, 1 small girl voice)*
**(voice 1)** What's wrong, Gina?
**(voice 2)** My dog ran away.
Gina's . . . . *(pause 5 sec)*
(8) The answer is "Gina's sad." Now listen to the other dialogs and make your selections. *(pause 8 sec after each dialog)*
Number 1:
*(two voices, both male)*
**(voice 1)** Hello, Sir. Long day?
**(voice 2)** Yes, I was very busy all day.
He's . . . .
Number 2:
*(two voices, both male)*
**(voice 1)** Look at that big smile!
**(voice 2)** I made a ninety-five on my quiz.
He's . . . .
Number 3:
*(two voices, both male)*
**(voice 1)** Hi, Phil. How are you today?
**(voice 2)** My stomach hurts, and I have a fever.
He's . . . .
Number 4:
*(two voices, both male)*
**(voice 1)** Hey, Jack. Where are you going?
**(voice 2)** It's 11:30, time for lunch.
He's . . . .
Number 5:
*(two voices, both male)*
**(voice 1)** What happened to your leg?
**(voice 2)** I fell down outside the door.
He's . . . .
(9) Let's check your answers.
Number 1 is a; he's tired. Repeat: He's tired.
Number 2 is b; he's happy. Repeat: He's happy.
Number 3 is a; he's sick. Repeat: He's sick.
Number 4 is c; he's hungry. Repeat: He's hungry.
Number 5 is c; he's hurt. Repeat: He's hurt.
(10) Repeat the following sentences. *(pause at / long enough for students to repeat)*
Betty hasn't seen her sister for five weeks.
Betty hasn't seen her sister for five weeks.
Lt Martin has eaten here every Friday / since nineteen eighty-four.
Lt Martin has eaten here every Friday / since nineteen eighty-four.
Peter's lived in San Francisco for three years.
Peter's lived in San Francisco for three years.
Tom hasn't exercised for two months.
Tom hasn't exercised for two months.
The soldiers have enjoyed this show for years.
The soldiers have enjoyed this show for years.
Sgt Peterson has walked to work / since his car has been in the garage.
Sgt Peterson has walked to work / since his car has been in the garage.
Mike hasn't studied French for fifteen years.
Mike hasn't studied French for fifteen years.
Sandy has had that job since Mr. Adams left.
Sandy has had that job since Mr. Adams left.
**AUDIO TRACK 11**
(11) Look at Figure 4. Listen to some questions. Then write answers like the example. You will hear each question twice.
*EXAMPLE:* How long have you known Captain Jackson?
How long have you known Captain Jackson?
And the answer is "I've known Captain Jackson for five years."
(12) Let's begin. *(pause 30 sec after second reading of question)*
Number 1: Have you ever driven to Boston?
Have you ever driven to Boston?
Number 2: Has John ever studied German?
Has John ever studied German?
Number 3: Has Ted exercised in the gym?
Has Ted exercised in the gym?
Number 4: Has Ms. Wilson taught English for a long time?
Has Ms. Wilson taught English for a long time?
Number 5: Has your brother been saving his money?
Has your brother been saving his money?
Number 6: Have you seen your brother?
Have you seen your brother?
Number 7: Have you been listening to this tape?
Have you been listening to this tape?
**THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 1B, BOOK 12.**
--- USER NOTES ---
<!-- source file: 032 - Lesson 1B.md -->
# Lesson 1B
### Figure 3
1. a
2. b
3. a
4. c
5. c
### Figure 4
1. No, I've never driven to Boston.
2. No, he hasn't, but he has studied Italian.
3. No, he hasn't exercised since last Wednesday.
4. Yes, she has taught for two years.
5. No, he hasn't been saving money since he bought the car.

414
sources/book-12/lla-1C.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,414 @@
<!-- source file: 004 - LESSON 1C.md -->
# LESSON 1C
**LISTENING/SPEAKING ACTIVITY:** Repeat the sentences you hear.
There's no figure for this activity.
---
### Figure 1
| Match the phrase you hear with its completer. Write the number on the line. Repeat the sentences. |
|---|
_____ a. would you tell her I said goodbye?
_____ b. if the traffic's not bad.
_____ c. my grandfather will be able to fly his plane today.
_____ d. if she doesn't wear her jacket.
_____ e. if we can change their reservations.
_____ f. he should go to the dentist.
_____ g. if we plan dinner for seven o'clock.
_____ h. if you drive in Texas.
---
### Figure 2
| Listen to the dialogs. Select the correct answer. |
|---|
*Example:* She's his ______.
a. nephew
**b.** niece
c. daughter
1. He's driving ______.
a. carefully
b. carelessly
c. slowly
2. They're going ______.
a. to a movie
b. to dinner
c. shopping
3. He's ______.
a. early
b. late
c. angry
4. He's ______.
a. happy
b. hungry
c. upset
5. She's ______.
a. unhappy
b. angry
c. happy
---
### Figure 3
| Listen to the dialogs. Write the answers to the questions you hear. |
|---|
1. _________________________________________________________________________________
2. _________________________________________________________________________________
---
### Figure 4
| Read the paragraph. Listen to the question. Underline the answer. Write the number of the question under the answer. |
|---|
*Example:* Jack bought <u>a new house</u>. He also bought <u>a new sofa</u> for the living
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;1&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;2
room, <u>a stove</u> for the kitchen, and <u>a bed</u> for the bedroom.
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;3&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;4
#### Paragraph 1
Jack Robertson's occupation is selling cars. He sells both American and Japanese cars. The American cars he sells are Chevrolet, Pontiac, and Oldsmobile. The Japanese cars are Nissan and Toyota. He also sells trucks. He is the biggest car dealer in St. Louis.
#### Paragraph 2
Lailani lives in Hawaii. Hawaii has beautiful beaches. People enjoy swimming and fishing there. The climate is warm and humid. It's occasionally windy. She thinks it's a wonderful place to live.
#### Paragraph 3
Nick lives in Chicago. The winters there can be unpleasant. They are windy, snowy, and the temperature is often below freezing. During these months, Nick remains inside. He reads a lot of books, watches a lot of TV, and listens to a lot of music.
---
– USER NOTES –
<!-- source file: 019 - AUDIO SCRIPT.md -->
# AUDIO SCRIPT
## Lesson 1C
**AUDIO TRACK 1**
(1) Hello.
(2) Open your books to the activities for Lesson 1C. *(pause 6 sec)*
(3) Repeat the sentences. *(pause at / long enough for students to repeat)*
If I finish my homework, can I go to the game?
If I finish my homework, can I go to the game?
Does Jim have to work late tonight / if he doesn't finish?
Does Jim have to work late tonight / if he doesn't finish?
Dorothy should take the baby to the doctor / if she still has a fever tomorrow.
Dorothy should take the baby to the doctor / if she still has a fever tomorrow.
If Jean gets home in time, can she go with us?
If Jean gets home in time, can she go with us?
You must have some identification / if you want to cash a check.
You must have some identification / if you want to cash a check.
Would you drive the kids to school this week / if I do it next week?
Would you drive the kids to school this week / if I do it next week?
Kevin will be able to drive next week / if he passes the driver's test.
Kevin will be able to drive next week / if he passes the driver's test.
If you see Kim, would you tell her to call me tonight?
If you see Kim, would you tell her to call me tonight?
(4) Look at Figure 1. Read the phrases you see. *(pause 10 sec)* You will hear part of a sentence. Choose the answer that best completes the sentence. You will hear each sentence twice. *(pause 15 sec after the second reading of each sentence)*
Number 1: Ted could be there by noon. . . .
Ted could be there by noon. . . .
Number 2: If you talk to Jill before she leaves. . . .
If you talk to Jill before she leaves. . . .
Number 3: If the weather stays clear. . . .
If the weather stays clear. . . .
Number 4: They won't have to leave today. . . .
They won't have to leave today. . . .
Number 5: Jeff might be able to eat with us. . . .
Jeff might be able to eat with us. . . .
Number 6: Sara might get cold. . . .
Sara might get cold. . . .
Number 7: You must wear your seatbelt. . . .
You must wear your seatbelt. . . .
Number 8: If his tooth keeps hurting. . . .
If his tooth keeps hurting. . . .
(5) Let's check your answers. *(pause long enough at / for students to repeat)*
Letter A is Number 2: If you talk to Jill before she leaves, would you tell her I said goodbye. Repeat: If you talk to Jill before she leaves, / would you tell her I said goodbye.
Letter B is Number 1: Ted could be there by noon if the traffic's not bad. Repeat: Ted could be there by noon / if the traffic's not bad.
Letter C is Number 3: If the weather stays clear, my grandfather will be able to fly his plane today. Repeat: If the weather stays clear, / my grandfather will be able to fly his plane today.
Letter D is Number 6: Sara might get cold if she doesn't wear her jacket. Repeat: Sara might get cold / if she doesn't wear her jacket.
Letter E is Number 4: They won't have to leave today if we can change their reservations. Repeat: They won't have to leave today / if we can change their reservations.
---
Letter F is Number 8: If his tooth keeps hurting, he should go to the dentist. Repeat: If his tooth keeps hurting, / he should go to the dentist.
Letter G is Number 5: Jeff might be able to eat with us / if we plan dinner for seven o'clock. Repeat: Jeff might be able to eat with us / if we plan dinner for seven o'clock.
Letter H is Number 7: You must wear your seatbelt if you drive in Texas. Repeat: You must wear your seatbelt / if you drive in Texas.
AUDIO TRACK 2
(6) Look at Figure 2. Listen to a short dialog. Select the letter that best describes the meaning of the conversation. The first one is an example.
(two voices, one male, one female)
voice 1: Mary, I want you to meet my sister's daughter.
voice 2: Hi. Your uncle and I work together.
She's his.... (pause 5 sec)
(7) The answer is b, "She's his niece." Now listen to the other dialogs and make your choice.
Number 1:
(two voices, both male)
voice 1: Mr. Sampson, you're driving too fast.
voice 2: Oh, I'm sorry.
He's driving.... (pause 8 sec)
Number 2:
(two voices, both female)
voice 1: I'm going to the mall. I need blouses, skirts, and shoes.
voice 2: Sounds like fun. Can I go with you?
They're.... (pause 8 sec)
Number 3:
(two voices, both male)
voice 1: Bob, why are you running?
voice 2: I have a meeting.
He's.... (pause 8 sec)
Number 4:
(two voices, both male)
voice 1: Tom, why aren't you smiling?
voice 2: My wife just hit my truck with her car.
He's.... (pause 8 sec)
Number 5:
(two voices, both female)
voice 1: Betty, why are you crying?
voice 2: My best friend is moving to another city.
She's.... (pause 8 sec)
(8) Let's check your answers.
Number 1 is b: He's driving carelessly. Repeat: He's driving carelessly.
Number 2 is c: They're going shopping. Repeat: They're going shopping.
Number 3 is b: He's late. Repeat: He's late.
Number 4 is c: He's upset. Repeat: He's upset.
Number 5 is a: She's unhappy. Repeat: She's unhappy.
AUDIO TRACK 3
(9) Turn to Figure 3. Listen to a dialog. You will hear it twice. Write the answer to the question when you hear it.
(two voices, both male)
voice 1: Sam, is that a new watch?
voice 2: Yes, it is. I got it for my birthday.
voice 1: Was it expensive?
voice 2: Yes, it was. It's gold.
(10) Listen again.
voice 1: Sam, is that a new watch?
voice 2: Yes, it is. I got it for my birthday.
voice 1: Was it expensive?
voice 2: Yes, it was. It's gold.
What did Sam get for his birthday? (pause 15 sec)
The answer is: "He got an expensive, gold watch." Repeat: He got an expensive, gold watch.
(11) Listen to the next dialog.
(two voices, both female)
voice 1: Have you seen the Robinsons' new house, Betty?
voice 2: Yes, I have. It's very nice.
voice 1: How far from town is it?
voice 2: It's about forty miles from town.
(12) Listen again.
voice 1: Have you seen the Robinsons' new house, Betty?
voice 2: Yes, I have. It's very nice.
voice 1: How far from town is it?
voice 2: It's about forty miles from town.
Where do the Robinsons live? (pause 15 sec)
The answer is: "They live about forty miles from town." Repeat: They live about forty miles from town.
AUDIO TRACK 4
(13) Look at Figure 4. Read the paragraph; then listen to the questions. Underline the answer; then write the number of the question under the answer. Look at the example in Figure 4. (pause 15 sec) Listen to the question. Underline the answer; then write the number of the question under the answer. (pause 8 sec after each question)
Number 1: What did Jack buy?
Number 2: What did he buy for the living room?
Number 3: What did he buy for the kitchen?
Number 4: What did he buy for the bedroom?
(14) Let's check your answers. Number 1 goes under "a new house"; "a new house" is underlined. Jack bought a new house.
Number 2 goes under "a new sofa"; "a new sofa" is underlined. He bought a new sofa for the living room.
Number 3 goes under "a stove"; "a stove" is underlined. He bought a stove for the kitchen.
Number 4 goes under "a bed"; "a bed" is underlined. He bought a bed for the bedroom.
(15) Let's begin. Read the paragraph and be ready to answer the questions. (pause 15 sec)
(16) Now listen to the questions. Underline and number the answers. You'll hear each question twice.
Number 1: What is Mr. Robertson's occupation?
What is Mr. Robertson's occupation? (pause 5 sec)
Number 2: What kind of cars does he sell?
What kind of cars does he sell? (pause 5 sec)
Number 3: Which American cars does he sell?
Which American cars does he sell? (pause 5 sec)
Number 4: Which Japanese cars does he sell?
Which Japanese cars does he sell? (pause 5 sec)
Number 5: What else does he sell?
What else does he sell? (pause 5 sec)
(17) Let's check your answers. Number 1, "What is Mr. Robertson's occupation?" You should have "selling cars" underlined.
Number 2, "What kind of cars does he sell?" You should have "American and Japanese" underlined.
Number 3, "Which American cars does he sell?" You should have "Chevrolet, Pontiac, and Oldsmobile" underlined.
Number 4, "Which Japanese cars does he sell?" You should have "Nissan and Toyota" underlined.
And, Number 5, "What else does he sell?" You should have "trucks" underlined.
(18) Now read the second paragraph. (pause 15 sec)
(19) Listen to the questions. Underline and number the answers.
Number 1: Where does Lailani live?
Where does Lailani live? (pause 5 sec)
Number 2: What can people do at the beach?
What can people do at the beach? (pause 5 sec)
Number 3: What is the climate like?
What is the climate like? (pause 5 sec)
(20) Now let's check your answers. Number 1, "Where does Lailani live?" You should have "in Hawaii" underlined.
Number 2, "What can people do at the beach?" You should have "swimming and fishing" underlined.
And, Number 3, "What is the climate like?" You should have "warm and humid" and "windy" underlined.
(21) Read the last paragraph. (pause 15 sec)
(22) Listen to the questions. Underline and number the answers.
Number 1: Where does Nick live?
Where does Nick live? (pause 8 sec)
Number 2: How are the winters?
How are the winters? (pause 8 sec)
Number 3: What does Nick do during the winter months?
What does Nick do during the winter months? (pause 10 sec)
(23) Now let's check your answers. Number 1, "Where does Nick live?" You should have "Chicago" underlined.
Number 2, "How are the winters?" You should have "unpleasant", "windy, snowy, and the temperature is often below freezing" underlined.
And, Number 3, "What does Nick do during the winter months?" You should have "reads a lot of books, watches a lot of TV, and listens to a lot of music" underlined.
THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 1C, BOOK 12.
– USER NOTES –
---
<!-- source file: 033 - Lesson 1C.md -->
# Lesson 1C
### Figure 1
a. 2
b. 1
c. 3
d. 6
e. 4
f. 8
g. 5
h. 7
### Figure 2
1. b
2. c
3. b
4. c
5. a
### Figure 4
**Paragraph 1**
Jack Robertson's occupation is <u>❶selling cars</u>. He sells both <u>❷American and Japanese cars</u>. The American cars he sells are <u>❸Chevrolet, Pontiac, and Oldsmobile</u>. The Japanese cars are <u>❹Nissan and Toyota</u>. He also sells <u>❺trucks</u>. He is the biggest car dealer in St. Louis.
**Paragraph 2**
Lailani lives <u>❶in Hawaii</u>. Hawaii has beautiful beaches. People enjoy <u>❷swimming and fishing</u> there. The climate is <u>❸warm and humid</u>. It's occasionally <u>❹windy</u>. She thinks it's a wonderful place to live.
**Paragraph 3**
Nick lives <u>❶in Chicago</u>. The winters there can be <u>❷unpleasant</u>. They are windy, snowy, and the temperature is often below freezing. During these months, Nick remains inside. He <u>❸reads a lot of books, watches a lot of TV, and listens to a lot of music</u>.

555
sources/book-12/lla-1D.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,555 @@
<!-- source file: 005 - LESSON 1D.md -->
# LESSON 1D
### Figure 1
| Take notes. Answer the questions you hear. Use <u>if</u> in your answers. Repeat the answers. |
|---|
NOTES: ___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
1. _________________________________________________________________________________
2. _________________________________________________________________________________
3. _________________________________________________________________________________
NOTES: ___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
4. _________________________________________________________________________________
5. _________________________________________________________________________________
6. _________________________________________________________________________________
NOTES: ___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
7. _________________________________________________________________________________
8. _________________________________________________________________________________
9. _________________________________________________________________________________
---
### Figure 2
| Write the numbers you hear. |
|---|
#### Paragraph 1
A. ____________________
B. ____________________
C. ____________________
D. ____________________
E. ____________________
F. ____________________
G. ____________________
#### Paragraph 2
H. ____________________
I. ____________________
J. ____________________
K. ____________________
L. ____________________
M. ____________________
N. ____________________
---
# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 12, LESSON 2A
**LISTENING/SPEAKING ACTIVITY:** Repeat the words and sentences you hear. There's no figure for this activity.
---
### Figure 1
> **Listen to the dialog.**
> **Read your lines of the dialog.**
1. Oh, Sam, I'm so confused.
2. I've got to make a decision about college. My parents and I talked it over last night. Right now, I don't know if I want to go into a professional field or a technical field.
3. You're right. Maybe by next year it won't be so confusing.
---
### Figure 2
> **Read your lines of the dialog.**
1. Hi, Mark. What's wrong?
2. About what?
3. You don't have to make a choice today. You've got plenty of time to think it over. You're only in your second year of high school.
---
**LISTENING/SPEAKING ACTIVITY:** Repeat the words and sentences you hear. There's no figure for this activity.
---
### Figure 3
> **Write the answers to the questions you hear.**
1. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
2. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
3. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
4. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
---
### Figure 4
> **Write the missing word. Repeat the sentences.**
| still | yet | no longer | already | any longer | anymore |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
1. Frank studied French for three years. He \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ knows how to speak that language.
2. Major Gunther moved last month. He \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ lives here.
3. It's 9:30, and I haven't eaten dinner \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_.
4. Lt Emery has a tour of duty in Germany. He doesn't work at this base \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_.
5. My daughter got married three weeks ago. She doesn't live here \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_.
6. Ms. Smith hasn't come for her appointment yet. The doctor is \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ waiting.
---
### Figure 5
> **Listen to the question. Use the words to answer the question. Write your answer. Repeat the sentences.**
| already | no longer | yet | anymore | any longer | still |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
1. (yes) \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
2. (no, no longer) \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
3. (yes, every month) \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
4. (yes, every Friday) \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
5. (yes) \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
6. (no) \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
---
- USER NOTES -
<!-- source file: 020 - AUDIO SCRIPT.md -->
# AUDIO SCRIPT
## Lesson 1D
AUDIO TRACK 5
(1) Hello.
(2) Open your books to the activities for Lesson 1D. (pause 6 sec)
(3) Look at Figure 1. Listen to a dialog and take notes. Listen carefully to the "if" part of the sentence. You will hear the dialog three times. Then you will hear questions. Use your notes to answer the questions. Ready? (pause 15 sec after each dialog)
(two voices, both male)
voice 1: There's a soccer game at three-thirty today, and we need another player, Roger.
voice 2: If I finish my homework, I might be able to play.
voice 1: Start on your homework right after class.
voice 2: Okay, I will. But if I play, I'll have to walk to the game. I don't have a car.
voice 1: I'll drive if you can go.
voice 2: Okay, I'll see you at two-forty-five if I can go.
Listen to the dialog again.
voice 1: There's a soccer game at three-thirty today, and we need another player, Roger.
voice 2: If I finish my homework, I might be able to play.
voice 1: Start on your homework right after class.
voice 2: Okay, I will. But if I play, I'll have to walk to the game. I don't have a car.
voice 1: I'll drive if you can go.
voice 2: Okay, I'll see you at two-forty-five if I can go.
Listen to the dialog again.
voice 1: There's a soccer game at three-thirty today, and we need another player, Roger.
voice 2: If I finish my homework, I might be able to play.
voice 1: Start on your homework right after class.
voice 2: Okay, I will. But if I play, I'll have to walk to the game. I don't have a car.
voice 1: I'll drive if you can go.
voice 2: Okay, I'll see you at two-forty-five if I can go.
(4) Now write answers to the questions. Use "if".
Number 1: Can Roger play soccer at three-thirty?
Can Roger play soccer at three-thirty? (pause 30 sec)
Number 2: How will Roger get to the game?
How will Roger get to the game? (pause 30 sec)
Number 3: What time will they meet?
What time will they meet? (pause 30 sec)
(5) Now let's check your answers.
(6) Number 1, "Can Roger play soccer at 3:30?" The answer is: Yes, he can if he finishes his homework. Repeat: Yes, he can if he finishes his homework.
Number 2, "How will Roger get to the game?" The answer is: His friend will drive if he can go. Repeat: His friend will drive if he can go.
And, Number 3, "What time will they meet?" The answer is: If Roger can go, he'll meet his friend at 2:45. Repeat: If Roger can go, he'll meet his friend at 2:45.
(7) Now listen to this dialog. Take notes and be ready to answer the questions. (pause 15 sec after each dialog)
(two voices, both male)
voice 1: Are you still packing, Henry?
voice 2: Yes. If I don't finish tonight, I won't be able to leave at seven-thirty tomorrow morning.
voice 1: Could you buy something for my kids if I give you the money?
voice 2: You may not have to give me any money if the things are cheap, Pete.
voice 1: That's great! Okay. Tell me if I owe you any money.
voice 2: Sure, no problem.
Now listen to the dialog again.
voice 1: Are you still packing, Henry?
voice 2: Yes. If I don't finish tonight, I won't be able to leave at seven-thirty tomorrow morning.
voice 1: Could you buy something for my kids if I give you the money?
voice 2: You may not have to give me any money if the things are cheap, Pete.
voice 1: That's great! Okay. Tell me if I owe you any money.
voice 2: Sure, no problem.
Now listen to the dialog again.
voice 1: Are you still packing, Henry?
voice 2: Yes. If I don't finish tonight, I won't be able to leave at seven-thirty tomorrow morning.
voice 1: Could you buy something for my kids if I give you the money?
voice 2: You may not have to give me any money if the things are cheap, Pete.
voice 1: That's great! Okay. Tell me if I owe you any money.
voice 2: Sure, no problem.
(8) Now, write answers to the questions. Use "if" in your answers.
Number 4: Why must Henry finish packing tonight?
Why must Henry finish packing tonight? (pause 30 sec)
Number 5: Will Pete have to give Henry any money if the things for the children are cheap?
Will Pete have to give Henry any money if the things for the children are cheap? (pause 30 sec)
Number 6: What will Henry tell Pete?
What will Henry tell Pete? (pause 30 sec)
(9) Now, let's look at your answers. (pause slightly at / for students to repeat)
(10) Number 4, "Why must Henry finish packing tonight?" The answer is: If he doesn't finish tonight, he won't be able to leave at 7:30. Repeat: If he doesn't finish tonight, / he won't be able to leave at 7:30.
Number 5, "Will Pete have to give Henry any money if the things for the children are cheap?" The answer is: No, Pete won't have to give Henry any money if the things for the children are cheap. Repeat: No, Pete won't have to give Henry any money / if the things for the children are cheap.
And, Number 6, "What will Henry tell Pete?" The answer is: Henry will tell Pete if he owes him any money. Repeat: Henry will tell Pete if he owes him any money.
(11) Listen to the last dialog. Do the same thing. Take notes, and be ready to answer the questions. (pause 15 sec after each dialog)
(two voices, both female)
voice 1: Why are you still here, Sara?
voice 2: I have to stay late if I want to take leave tomorrow.
voice 1: What are you going to do tomorrow?
voice 2: If the weather is nice, I'm going to the lake. If it rains, I'm going to the mall.
voice 1: That sounds like fun. Have a good time.
voice 2: I will if I finish my work today.
Listen again.
voice 1: Why are you still here, Sara?
voice 2: I have to stay late if I want to take leave tomorrow.
voice 1: What are you going to do tomorrow?
voice 2: If the weather is nice, I'm going to the lake. If it rains, I'm going to the mall.
voice 1: That sounds like fun. Have a good time.
voice 2: I will if I finish my work today.
Listen again.
voice 1: Why are you still here, Sara?
voice 2: I have to stay late if I want to take leave tomorrow.
voice 1: What are you going to do tomorrow?
voice 2: If the weather is nice, I'm going to the lake. If it rains, I'm going to the mall.
voice 1: That sounds like fun. Have a good time.
voice 2: I will if I finish my work today.
(12) Write answers to the questions. Use "if". (pause 30 sec after each question)
Number 7: Why does Sara have to stay late?
Number 8: What will Sara do tomorrow? Write two answers for this question.
Number 9: Will Sara have fun?
(13) Let's check your answers.
(14) Number 7, "Why does Sara have to stay late?" The answer is: "She has to stay late if she wants leave tomorrow." Repeat: She has to stay late / if she wants leave tomorrow.
Number 8, "What will Sara do tomorrow?" The answers are: "If the weather is nice, she's going to the lake." and "If it rains, she's going to the mall." Repeat: If the weather is nice, / she's going to the lake. / If it rains, she's going to the mall.
Number 9, "Will Sara have fun?" The answer is: "Yes, she will if she finishes her work." Repeat: Yes, she will if she finishes her work.
AUDIO TRACK 6
(15) Look at Figure 2. You will hear a paragraph. Listen for the numbers. Write the numbers as you hear them.
My brother was born in 1947. He has spent the last fifteen years in the United States Navy. Three years of that time have been spent in Japan, four years in Guam, and three years in Spain. He will be in the Navy for five more years. After that, he'll probably spend twenty more years in another job.
(16) Listen to the paragraph again. Write down the numbers.
My brother was born in 1947. He has spent the last fifteen years in the United States Navy. Three years of that time have been spent in Japan, four years in Guam, and three years in Spain. He will be in the Navy for five more years. After that, he'll probably spend twenty more years in another job.
(17) The numbers you should have written down are 1947, 15, 3, 4, 3, 5, and 20.
(18) Listen to the next paragraph. Remember, write down only the numbers.
March 27th is my grandfather's birthday. He will be 72 years old. We are having a party for him. His three sisters, two brothers, five children, and ten grandchildren will be there. There will also be at least fifteen other people there. It will be a wonderful party.
(19) Listen to the paragraph again. Write down the numbers.
March 27th is my grandfather's birthday. He will be 72 years old. We are having a party for him. His three sisters, two brothers, five children, and ten grandchildren will be there. There will also be at least fifteen other people there. It will be a wonderful party.
(20) You should have written 27, 72, 3, 2, 5, 10, and 15.
THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 1D, BOOK 12.
---
# AUDIO SCRIPT
## Lesson 2A
### AUDIO TRACK 1
(1) Hello.
(2) Open your books to the activities for Lesson 2A. (pause 6 sec)
(3) Repeat these words and sentences. (pause at / for student repetition)
Number 1: educate...educate
Teachers educate children; / they teach them many things.
Number 2: turn down...turn down
That job did not pay enough money. / I turned it down.
Number 3: education...education
Sgt Franklin wants his children / to have a good education. / He wants them to go to a good school.
Number 4: university...university
Keith studied French / when he was at the university.
Number 5: diploma...diploma
Debbie received her diploma yesterday; / she finished school.
Number 6: already...already
Roger's not hungry. / He already ate dinner.
Number 7: instead...instead
I don't want chicken. / I'll eat fish instead.
Number 8: instead of...instead of
Jim bought the blue shirt / instead of the yellow one.
Number 9: discussion...discussion
Col Jones and Col Roberts had a discussion / about the new mess hall. / They talked about it for thirty minutes.
Number 10: discuss...discuss
Captain Peterson wanted to discuss / his score with his teacher. / He wanted to talk to her about it.
(4) Listen to a dialog.
(two voices, both male)
voice 1: Hi, Mark. What's wrong?
voice 2: Oh, Sam, I'm so confused.
voice 1: About what?
voice 2: I've got to make a decision about college. My parents and I talked it over last night. Right now, I don't know if I want to go into a professional field or a technical field.
voice 1: You don't have to make a choice today. You've got plenty of time to think it over. You're only in your second year of high school.
voice 2: You're right. Maybe by next year it won't be so confusing.
(5) Now look at Figure 1. Each of those sentences is part of the dialog. Listen to my sentence; then say yours. Ready? Let's begin. (pause 12 sec after each item)
voice 1: Hi, Mark. What's wrong?
voice 1: About what?
voice 1: You don't have to make a choice today. You've got plenty of time to think it over. You're only in your second year of high school.
### AUDIO TRACK 2
(6) Now look at Figure 2. Read the first line; then listen to the next one. Say your lines. Okay, you begin. (pause long enough for students to say their lines)
voice 2: Oh, Sam, I'm so confused.
voice 2: I've got to make a decision about college. My parents and I talked it over last night. Right now, I don't know if I want to go into a professional field or a technical field.
voice 2: You're right. Maybe by next year it won't be so confusing.
### AUDIO TRACK 3
(7) Look at Figure 3. You will hear questions on the dialog. You will hear each question twice. Write the answers to the questions.
(pause 20 sec after the second reading of each question)
Number 1: Is Mark happy?
Is Mark happy?
Number 2: Does he have to make a decision about work?
Does he have to make a decision about work?
Number 3: Does he have to make a choice today?
Does he have to make a choice today?
Number 4: Is he in college now?
Is he in college now?
(8) Let's check your answers.
Number 1: Is Mark happy?
No, he's confused.
Number 2: Does he have to make a decision about work?
No, he has to make a decision about college.
Number 3: Does he have to make a choice today?
No, he's got plenty of time to think it over.
Number 4: Is he in college now?
No, he's in his second year of high school.
(9) Repeat the following words and sentences. (pause at / for students to repeat)
already...already
Lt Adams already knows Captain Jones. / He met him last night.
no longer...no longer
Mr. Flores no longer works here. / He retired last month.
yet...yet
Ms. Samson hasn't typed that letter yet. / She's been very busy.
anymore...anymore
I don't go to Lee High School anymore. / I graduated last year.
any longer...any longer
Jim's not going to technical school any longer. / He finished and got a job.
still...still
Beth is still living in Chicago. / She's lived there for six years now.
### AUDIO TRACK 4
(10) Look at Figure 4. Listen to the sentence. Then choose the correct word to complete the sentence. (pause 3 sec at each blank line before continuing the sentence; pause 10 sec after reading the sentence)
Number 1: Frank studied French for three years. He _____ knows how to speak that language.
Number 2: Major Gunther moved last month. He _____ lives here.
Number 3: It's nine-thirty, and I haven't eaten dinner _____.
Number 4: Lt Emery has a tour of duty in Germany. He doesn't work at this base _____.
Number 5: My daughter got married three weeks ago. She doesn't live here _____.
Number 6: Ms. Smith hasn't come for her appointment yet. The doctor is _____ waiting.
(11) Let's check your answers. (pause at / for student repetition)
Number 1 is "already". Repeat: Frank studied French for three years. / He already knows how to speak that language.
Number 2 is "no longer". Repeat: Major Gunther moved last month. / He no longer lives here.
Number 3 is "yet". Repeat: It's nine-thirty, / and I haven't eaten dinner yet.
Number 4 is "any longer" or "anymore". Repeat: Lt Emery has a tour of duty in Germany. / He doesn't work at this base any longer.
Number 5 is "any longer" or "anymore". Repeat: My daughter got married three weeks ago. / She doesn't live here any longer.
Number 6 is "still". Repeat: Ms. Smith hasn't come for her appointment yet. / The doctor is still waiting.
### AUDIO TRACK 5
(12) Look at Figure 5. Listen to the questions. Use the words to answer the questions. Write the answers. You will hear each question twice. (pause 30 sec after the second reading of each question)
Number 1: Has Jennifer eaten lunch yet?
Has Jennifer eaten lunch yet?
Number 2: Does Fred live here anymore?
Does Fred live here anymore?
Number 3: Does Marilyn write to you anymore?
Does Marilyn write to you anymore?
Number 4: Do the Samsons eat here anymore?
Do the Samsons eat here anymore?
Number 5: Have the Johnsons been to Chicago yet?
Have the Johnsons been to Chicago yet?
Number 6: Does Lt Richards work for you anymore?
Does Lt Richards work for you anymore?
(13) Now, let's check your answers. (pause 5 sec after each answer for student repetition) For Number 1, you should have written "Yes, she has already eaten lunch." Repeat: Yes, she has already eaten lunch.
Number 2, "No, he no longer lives here."
Repeat: No, he no longer lives here.
Number 3, "Yes, she still writes every month."
Repeat: Yes, she still writes every month.
Number 4, "Yes, they still eat here every Friday."
Repeat: Yes, they still eat here every Friday.
Number 5, "Yes, they've already been there."
Repeat: Yes, they've already been there.
And, Number 6, "No, he no longer works for me."
Repeat: No, he no longer works for me.
THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 2A, BOOK 12.
- USER NOTES -
---
<!-- source file: 034 - Lesson 1D.md -->
# Lesson 1D
### Figure 1
1. Yes, he can if he finishes his homework.
2. His friend will drive if he can go.
3. If Roger can go, he'll meet his friend at 2:45.
4. If he doesn't finish tonight, he won't be able to leave at 7:30.
5. Pete won't have to give Henry any money if the things for the children are cheap.
6. Henry will tell Pete if he owes him any money.
7. She has to stay late if she wants to leave tomorrow.
8. If the weather is nice, she's going to the lake. If it rains, she's going to the mall.
9. Yes, she will if she finishes her work.
### Figure 2
| Paragraph 1 | Paragraph 2 |
|---|---|
| A. 1947 | H. 27 |
| B. 15 | I. 72 |
| C. 3 | J. 3 |
| D. 4 | K. 2 |
| E. 3 | L. 5 |
| F. 5 | M. 10 |
| G. 20 | N. 15 |

28
sources/book-12/lla-2A.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
<!-- source file: 035 - Lesson 2A.md -->
# Lesson 2A
### Figure 3
1. No, he's confused.
2. No, he has to make a decision about college/school.
3. No, he's got plenty of time to think it over.
4. No, he's in his second year of high school.
### Figure 4
1. Frank studied French for three years. He <u>already</u> knows how to speak that language.
2. Major Gunther moved last month. He <u>no longer</u> lives here.
3. It's 9:30, and I haven't eaten dinner <u>yet</u>.
4. Lt Emery has a tour of duty in Germany. He doesn't work at this base <u>any longer/anymore</u>.
5. My daughter got married three weeks ago. She doesn't live here <u>any longer/anymore</u>.
6. Ms. Smith hasn't come for her appointment yet. The doctor is <u>still</u> waiting.
### Figure 5
1. Yes, she has already eaten lunch.
2. No, he no longer lives here.
3. Yes, she still writes every month.
4. Yes, they still eat here every Friday.
5. Yes, they've already been there.
6. No, he no longer works for me.

399
sources/book-12/lla-2B.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,399 @@
<!-- source file: 006 - LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 12 LESSON 2B.md -->
# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 12, LESSON 2B
**LISTENING/SPEAKING ACTIVITY:** Repeat the words and sentences you hear. There's no figure for this activity.
---
### Figure 1
> **Listen to the dialog.**
> **Read your lines of the dialog.**
1. I'm taking a lot of medical courses, Jack. I'm in the medical field.
2. No, I'm going to be a nurse.
3. Yes, my degree will be in nursing.
---
### Figure 2
> **Read your lines of the dialog.**
1. Hey, Mike, what courses are you taking now?
2. Are you going to be a doctor?
3. Will you get a degree?
4. It sounds like an interesting career.
---
**LISTENING/SPEAKING ACTIVITY:** Repeat the sentences you hear. There's no figure for this activity.
---
### Figure 3
> **Match the phrase you hear with its completer. Write the number on the line. Repeat the sentences.**
\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ a. so we didn't go to the lake.
\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ b. or he can retire.
\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ c. so his mother picked him up.
\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ d. or do you need to think it over?
\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ e. or he can take the bus.
\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ f. so she'll have to take a lot of medical courses.
\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ g. or she can stay in a motel.
\_\_\_\_\_\_\_ h. so he'll take courses in the field of education.
---
### Figure 4
> **Listen to the dialogs. Write the answers to the questions you hear.**
1. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
2. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
---
### Figure 5
**Choose the correct answer.**
*Example:*
a. Margaret and Joe work together.
b. Margaret and Joe are brother and sister.
**(c.)** Margaret and Joe are married.
1.
a. A coach teaches people sports.
b. A coach is a policeman.
c. A coach is a soldier in the Army.
2.
a. Sally thinks she can come.
b. Sally doesn't think she can come.
c. Sally doesn't want to come.
3.
a. The school needs a place to eat.
b. The school needs a quiet place to study.
c. The school needs a place to play sports.
4.
a. Henry ate lots of cake.
b. Henry got lots of gifts.
c. Henry spent lots of money.
5.
a. Mary Lou bought lots of jewelry.
b. Mary Lou bought lots of clothes.
c. Mary Lou bought lots of food.
---
### Figure 6
**Write the punctuation in the correct place. Check your answers from the answer key.**
#### COLUMNS
| | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| **R<br>O<br>W<br>S** | **1** | | | | |
| | **2** | | | | |
| | **3** | | | | |
| | **4** | | | | |
| KEY |
|---|
| . = period |
| " " = quotation marks |
| ? = question mark |
| , = comma |
---
<!-- source file: 021 - AUDIO SCRIPT.md -->
# AUDIO SCRIPT
## Lesson 2B
**AUDIO TRACK 6**
(1) Hello.
(2) Open your books to the activities for Lesson 2B. (pause 6 sec)
(3) Repeat the words and sentences. (pause at / for students to repeat)
took...took
Larry took six math courses at the university. / He studied six math courses.
Larry took six math courses at the university. / He studied six math courses.
accept...accept
That new job is a promotion. / I'm going to accept it.
That new job is a promotion. / I'm going to accept it.
offer...offer
The Navy made John a good offer. / They'll help pay for his education.
The Navy made John a good offer. / They'll help pay for his education.
refuse...refuse
The last time we ate at that restaurant, the food was terrible. / I refuse to go there again.
The last time we ate at that restaurant, the food was terrible. / I refuse to go there again.
retire...retire
Next year, James is going to retire. / He plans to travel all over the United States.
Next year, James is going to retire. / He plans to travel all over the United States.
just...just
I don't know where Captain Highland is. I just got here.
I don't know where Captain Highland is. I just got here.
offer...offer
I think Mr. Moore is going to offer me that teaching job.
I think Mr. Moore is going to offer me that teaching job.
profession...profession
Don is a doctor; he is part of the medical profession.
Don is a doctor; he is part of the medical profession.
(4) Listen to a dialog.
(two voices, both male)
voice 1: Hey, Mike, what courses are you taking now?
voice 2: I'm taking a lot of medical courses, Jack. I'm in the medical field.
voice 1: Are you going to be a doctor?
voice 2: No, I'm going to be a nurse.
voice 1: Will you get a degree?
voice 2: Yes, my degree will be in nursing.
voice 1: It sounds like an interesting career.
(5) Now look at Figure 1. Each of those sentences is part of the dialog. Listen to my sentence; then say yours. Let's begin. (pause 10 sec after each item)
voice 1: Hey, Mike, what courses are you taking now?
voice 1: Are you going to be a doctor?
voice 1: Will you get a degree?
voice 1: It sounds like an interesting career.
**AUDIO TRACK 7**
(6) Now look at Figure 2. Read the first line; then listen to the next one. Say your lines after that. You begin. (pause 10 sec after each item)
voice 2: I'm taking a lot of medical courses, Jack. I'm in the medical field.
voice 2: No, I'm going to be a nurse.
voice 2: Yes, my degree will be in nursing.
(7) Repeat the following sentences. (pause at / for student repetition)
The movie was boring, / so we went home.
The movie was boring, / so we went home.
We can go to dinner, / or we can go to the movies.
We can go to dinner, / or we can go to the movies.
Fred was sick, / so he didn't go to Al's party.
Fred was sick, / so he didn't go to Al's party.
You can give it to me, / or you can give it to my secretary.
You can give it to me, / or you can give it to my secretary.
It was snowing, / so we stayed at home.
It was snowing, / so we stayed at home.
I can fly, / or I can take the train.
I can fly, / or I can take the train.
Jim had a fever and a bad cough, / so he went to the doctor.
Jim had a fever and a bad cough, / so he went to the doctor.
You can have chicken soup, / or you can have a chicken sandwich.
You can have chicken soup, / or you can have a chicken sandwich.
**AUDIO TRACK 8**
(8) Look at Figure 3. Read the answers. (pause 20 sec) You will hear part of a sentence. Choose the answer that best completes the sentence. You will hear each sentence part twice. (pause 15 sec after the second reading of each item)
Number 1: The baby was crying ....
The baby was crying ....
Number 2: Fred can ride with me ....
Fred can ride with me ....
Number 3: Sgt Richards can work three more years ....
Sgt Richards can work three more years ....
Number 4: Joanne wants to be a doctor ....
Joanne wants to be a doctor ....
Number 5: Can you accept my offer ...?
Can you accept my offer ...?
Number 6: Bob chose teaching as a career ....
Bob chose teaching as a career ....
Number 7: It was raining very hard ....
It was raining very hard ....
Number 8: Julie can stay with her sister ....
Julie can stay with her sister ....
(9) Let's check your answers. (pause at / for student rep)
Letter A is 7. It was raining very hard, so we didn't go to the lake. Repeat: It was raining very hard, / so we didn't go to the lake.
Letter B is 3. Sgt Richards can work three more years, or he can retire. Repeat: Sgt Richards can work three more years, / or he can retire.
Letter C is 1. The baby was crying, so his mother picked him up. Repeat: The baby was crying, / so his mother picked him up.
Letter D is 5. Can you accept my offer, or do you need to think it over? Repeat: Can you accept my offer, / or do you need to think it over?
Letter E is 2. Fred can ride with me, or he can take the bus. Repeat: Fred can ride with me, / or he can take the bus.
Letter F is 4. Joanne wants to be a doctor, so she'll have to take a lot of medical courses. Repeat: Joanne wants to be a doctor, / so she'll have to take a lot of medical courses.
Letter G is 8. Julie can stay with her sister, or she can stay in a motel. Repeat: Julie can stay with her sister, / or she can stay in a motel.
Letter H is 6. Bob chose teaching as a career, so he'll take courses in the field of education. Repeat: Bob chose teaching as a career, / so he'll take courses in the field of education.
**AUDIO TRACK 9**
(10) Look at Figure 4. You will hear a dialog twice. Listen; then write the answer to the question.
(2 voices, both male)
voice 1: Did you turn down that job at the phone company, Sam?
voice 2: I sure did, Bob.
voice 1: What profession did you decide on?
voice 2: I decided on a career in the military.
(11) Listen again.
voice 1: Did you turn down that job at the phone company, Sam?
voice 2: I sure did, Bob.
voice 1: What profession did you decide on?
voice 2: I decided on a career in the military.
What career did Sam choose? Write your answer. (pause 30 sec)
The answer is: Sam chose a career in the military.
(12) Listen to the next dialog and answer the question.
(two voices, both female)
voice 1: Where are you going on your vacation, Sally?
voice 2: I want to go to the beach.
voice 1: It's rainy and windy today.
voice 2: I hope it clears up before I go.
(13) Listen again.
voice 1: Where are you going on your vacation, Sally?
voice 2: I want to go to the beach.
voice 1: It's rainy and windy today.
voice 2: I hope it clears up before I go.
Where does Sally want to go on her vacation? Write your answer. (pause 30 sec) The answer is: Sally wants to go to the beach.
**AUDIO TRACK 10**
(14) Now, look at Figure 5. Listen to a sentence. Choose the answer that has the same meaning as the sentence you hear. The first one is an example.
Margaret and Joe make a nice couple.
Margaret and Joe make a nice couple. (pause 10 sec)
The answer is c. Margaret and Joe make a nice couple. Margaret and Joe are married. Listen to some more sentences, and choose the best statement. (pause 15 sec after the second reading of each sentence)
Number 1: The coach said they have to practice again on Wednesday.
The coach said they have to practice again on Wednesday.
Number 2: Sally doubts that she can come to dinner. She's not feeling well.
Sally doubts that she can come to dinner. She's not feeling well.
Number 3: That new high school needs a stadium for their football, soccer, and baseball games.
That new high school needs a stadium for their football, soccer, and baseball games.
Number 4: Henry got several presents for his birthday. He got a bicycle, a watch, and two small trucks.
Henry got several presents for his birthday. He got a bicycle, a watch, and two small trucks.
Number 5: Mary Lou bought three necklaces, four rings, and two pairs of earrings.
Mary Lou bought three necklaces, four rings, and two pairs of earrings.
(15) Let's check your answers. (pause for student rep)
Number 1 is a. A coach teaches people sports.
Repeat: A coach teaches people sports.
Number 2 is b. Sally doesn't think she can come.
Repeat: Sally doesn't think she can come.
Number 3 is c. The school needs a place to play sports.
Repeat: The school needs a place to play sports.
Number 4 is b. Henry got lots of gifts.
Repeat: Henry got lots of gifts.
Number 5 is a. Mary Lou bought lots of jewelry.
Repeat: Mary Lou bought lots of jewelry.
**AUDIO TRACK 11**
(16) Look at Figure 6. Listen carefully and follow the directions. Use the key to help you. (pause 8 sec after the second sentence)
Number 1: Put the quotation marks in column one, row four.
Put the quotation marks in column one, row four.
Number 2: Put the question mark in column three, row two.
Put the question mark in column three, row two.
Number 3: Put the comma in column two, row one.
Put the comma in column two, row one.
Number 4: Put the period in column four, row three.
Put the period in column four, row three.
THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 2B, BOOK 12.
---
<!-- source file: 036 - Lesson 2B.md -->
# Lesson 2B
### Figure 3
a. 7
b. 3
c. 1
d. 5
e. 2
f. 4
g. 8
h. 6
### Figure 4
1. Sam chose a career in the military.
2. Sally wants to go to the beach.
### Figure 5
1. a
2. b
3. c
4. b
5. a
### Figure 6
| | COLUMNS | | | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| | **1** | **2** | **3** | **4** |
| **ROWS 1** | | **,** | | |
| **2** | | | **?** | |
| **3** | | | | **.** |
| **4** | **"** | **"** | | |

422
sources/book-12/lla-2C.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,422 @@
<!-- source file: 007 - LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 12 LESSON 2C.md -->
# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 12, LESSON 2C
### Figure 1
**Repeat the sentences.**
Cheryl hasn't eaten lunch yet.
Has Ed ever been to Los Angeles?
Lt Martin has gone to Germany.
I haven't seen the new secretary yet.
Mr. Rogers hasn't answered all the questions.
Mr. Smith has already borrowed too much money.
Has Jerome cleaned his room yet?
Robert still hasn't fixed this door.
---
### Figure 2
**Write the answers to the questions you hear. Repeat the answers.**
*Example:*
yes, already
<u>Yes, I've already finished it.</u>
no, yet
<u>No, I haven't finished it yet.</u>
1.
yes, already
\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
no, yet
\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
2.
yes, already
\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
no, yet
\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
---
3.
yes, already
\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
no, yet
\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
4.
yes, already
\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
no, yet
\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
5.
yes, already
\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
no, yet
\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
---
### Figure 3
**Choose <u>or</u> or <u>so</u> to combine the sentences. Repeat the sentences.**
*Example:* <u> X </u> OR \_\_\_\_\_\_ SO
1. \_\_\_\_\_\_ OR \_\_\_\_\_\_ SO
2. \_\_\_\_\_\_ OR \_\_\_\_\_\_ SO
3. \_\_\_\_\_\_ OR \_\_\_\_\_\_ SO
4. \_\_\_\_\_\_ OR \_\_\_\_\_\_ SO
5. \_\_\_\_\_\_ OR \_\_\_\_\_\_ SO
6. \_\_\_\_\_\_ OR \_\_\_\_\_\_ SO
7. \_\_\_\_\_\_ OR \_\_\_\_\_\_ SO
8. \_\_\_\_\_\_ OR \_\_\_\_\_\_ SO
---
### Figure 4
**Listen to the paragraph. Write what you hear. Check what you wrote.**
\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
---
– USER NOTES –
---
# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 12, LESSON 2D
**LISTENING/SPEAKING ACTIVITY:** Repeat the words and sentences you hear. Answer the questions. There's no figure for this activity.
---
### Figure 1
**Listen to the dialog.**
**Read your lines of the dialog.**
1. Yeah, Jack, it is. What are you going to do now that school is out?
2. What courses will you take?
3. It sounds like you have a good future ahead of you.
---
### Figure 2
**Read your lines of the dialog.**
1. Well, Don, Friday is our last day.
2. I've been accepted at the University. I'll start there in September.
3. I have chosen business as my career field, so I'll take the courses they offer for that field.
---
### Figure 3
**Listen to the dialog.**
**Read your lines of the dialog.**
1. Is it a good job?
2. It sounds good.
3. Just remember, I'm here if you want to discuss it.
---
### Figure 4
**Read your lines of the dialog.**
1. Mom, I got a job offer from the phone company today.
2. I think so. It pays seventy-five dollars more a month than the job I have now. And they will pay for any college courses that help me with the job.
3. Well, I'll think it over. They don't need an answer until Wednesday.
4. Thanks, Mom.
---
### Figure 5
**Listen to the dialog.**
**Read your lines of the dialog.**
1. I know, Glen. Last night when the mechanic told me that I needed six hundred dollars to fix it, I decided to buy a new car.
2. I've decided to buy an American car. They're easier for mechanics to repair.
3. Okay, Glen. See you in about two weeks.
---
### Figure 6
**Read your lines of the dialog.**
1. Hey, Tony, you really need a new car.
2. What kind are you going to buy?
3. Bring it to my house when you get it. I want a ride in it.
---
### Figure 7
**Read the paragraph. Listen to the question. Underline the answer. Write the number of the question under the answer.**
*Example:* Julie went <u>shopping</u><sub>1</sub> for her family. They all needed <u>clothes</u><sub>2</sub>. She bought <u>a blouse and skirt</u><sub>3</sub> for her daughter, <u>two pairs of jeans</u><sub>4</sub> for her son, and <u>three shirts and five pairs of socks</u><sub>5</sub> for her husband.
#### Paragraph 1
Carl just graduated from high school. He will go to a university next fall. He has chosen teaching as his profession. He will take courses in English, math, and, of course, education.
#### Paragraph 2
Patty is a teacher. She has two teaching fields. She teaches English, and she teaches German. She has four classes of English and two classes of German.
---
### Figure 8
**Listen to the dialogs. Select the correct answer.**
*Example:* They are ____.
a. happy
b. frightened
c. sleepy
1. Sgt Adams is ____.
a. sick
b. hungry
c. excited
2. Mark is ____.
a. angry
b. early
c. sick
3. Lori is ____.
a. happy
b. upset
c. sad
4. Sgt Allen is ____.
a. excited
b. sad
c. angry
5. Jack is ____.
a. sick
b. tired
c. glad
---
### Figure 9
**Write the main idea of the paragraph you hear.**
The main idea is ___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
<!-- source file: 022 - AUDIO SCRIPT.md -->
# AUDIO SCRIPT
## Lesson 2C
### AUDIO TRACK 1
(1) Hello.
(2) Open your books to the activities for Lesson 2C. (pause 6 sec)
(3) Look at Figure 1. Repeat the sentences.
Cheryl hasn't eaten lunch yet.
Cheryl hasn't eaten lunch yet.
Has Ed ever been to Los Angeles?
Has Ed ever been to Los Angeles?
Lt Martin has gone to Germany.
Lt Martin has gone to Germany.
I haven't seen the new secretary yet.
I haven't seen the new secretary yet.
Mr. Rogers hasn't answered all the questions.
Mr. Rogers hasn't answered all the questions.
Mr. Smith has already borrowed too much money.
Mr. Smith has already borrowed too much money.
Has Jerome cleaned his room yet?
Has Jerome cleaned his room yet?
Robert still hasn't fixed this door.
Robert still hasn't fixed this door.
### AUDIO TRACK 2
(4) Look at Figure 2. Listen to the questions. Write the answers. Look at the example.
Have you finished your homework yet? Yes, already. Yes, I've already finished it. No, yet. No, I haven't finished it yet.
(5) There are two answers for each question, one yes and one no. Let's begin (pause 20 sec after each question)
Number 1: Has Janet graduated from college yet?
Has Janet graduated from college yet?
Number 2: Have you seen Mike's daughter yet?
Have you seen Mike's daughter yet?
Number 3: Has your son learned Spanish yet?
Has your son learned Spanish yet?
Number 4: Have the Johnsons realized that they are rich yet?
Have the Johnsons realized that they are rich yet?
Number 5: Has Henry picked up the laundry yet?
Has Henry picked up the laundry yet?
(6) Let's check your answers. Number 1, "Has Janet graduated from college yet?" Yes, she has already graduated. Repeat: Yes, she has already graduated. No, she hasn't graduated yet. Repeat: No, she hasn't graduated yet.
Number 2: Have you seen Mike's daughter yet? Yes, I've already seen her. Repeat: Yes, I've already seen her. No, I haven't seen her yet. Repeat: No, I haven't seen her yet.
Number 3: Has your son learned Spanish yet? Yes, he's already learned Spanish. Repeat: Yes, he's already learned Spanish. No, he hasn't learned Spanish yet. Repeat: No, he hasn't learned Spanish yet.
Number 4: Have the Johnsons realized that they are rich yet? Yes, they have already realized it. Repeat: Yes, they have already realized it. No, they haven't realized it yet. Repeat: No, they haven't realized it yet.
Number 5: Has Henry picked up the laundry yet? Yes, he's already picked it up. Repeat: Yes, he's already picked it up. No, he hasn't picked it up yet. Repeat: No, he hasn't picked it up yet.
### AUDIO TRACK 3
(7) Look at Figure 3. You will hear two sentences. Choose the correct word to combine the two sentences into one. Look at the example.
Larry can drive all night. He can stay in a hotel.
The answer is "or". Larry can drive all night, or he can stay in a hotel.
(8) Put an X in the correct place. Let's begin (pause 5 sec after the sentence is read the second time)
Number 1: Jim woke up late. He arrived at work late.
Jim woke up late. He arrived at work late.
Number 2: Peter will not be here on Friday. He can't go to Tom's party.
Peter will not be here on Friday. He can't go to Tom's party.
Number 3: Alan can eat with us. He can eat with the Moores.
Alan can eat with us. He can eat with the Moores.
Number 4: Charlie borrowed four hundred dollars. He can buy a plane ticket for his vacation.
Charlie borrowed four hundred dollars. He can buy a plane ticket for his vacation.
Number 5: Captain Richards made a ninety-five on his quiz. He was very happy.
Captain Richards made a ninety-five on his quiz. He was very happy.
Number 6: Frank can work late tonight. He can come to work early tomorrow.
Frank can work late tonight. He can come to work early tomorrow.
Number 7: George can help his dad with the yard. He can stay home Saturday night.
George can help his dad with the yard. He can stay home Saturday night.
Number 8: You can use the stairs. You can use the escalator.
You can use the stairs. You can use the escalator.
(9) Let's check your answers. Number 1 is "so". Jim woke up late, so he arrived at work late. Repeat: Jim woke up late, / so he arrived at work late.
Number 2 is "so". Peter will not be here on Friday, so he can't go to Tom's party. Repeat: Peter will not be here on Friday, / so he can't go to Tom's party.
Number 3 is "or". Alan can eat with us, or he can eat with the Moores. Repeat: Alan can eat with us, / or he can eat with the Moores.
Number 4 is "so". Charlie borrowed four hundred dollars, so he can buy a plane ticket for his vacation. Repeat: Charlie borrowed four hundred dollars, / so he can buy a plane ticket for his vacation.
Number 5 is "so". Captain Richards made a ninety-five on his quiz, so he was very happy. Repeat: Captain Richards made a ninety-five on his quiz, / so he was very happy.
Number 6 is "or". Frank can work late tonight, or he can come to work early tomorrow. Repeat: Frank can work late tonight, / or he can come to work early tomorrow.
Number 7 is "or". George can help his dad with the yard, or he can stay home Saturday night. Repeat: George can help his dad with the yard, / or he can stay home Saturday night.
Number 8 is "or". You can use the stairs, or you can use the escalator. Repeat: You can use the stairs, / or you can use the escalator.
### AUDIO TRACK 4
(10) Look at Figure 4. This is a dictation exercise. You will hear a paragraph three times. The first time, just listen.
Mark lived in California for six years. The climate was wonderful. There was only a little humidity, there was a nice sea breeze, and temperatures were always warm. The beaches were full of people who were having a good time. He really enjoyed the six years he was there.
(11) Now listen to the paragraph again, and write what you hear (pause 30 sec at each / to allow students to write)
Mark lived in California / for six years. / The climate was wonderful. / There was only/ a little humidity, / there was a nice sea breeze, / and temperatures were always warm. / The beaches were full of people / who were having a good time. / He really enjoyed the six years / he was there.
(12) Listen to the paragraph again, and check what you wrote.
Mark lived in California for six years. The climate was wonderful. There was only a little humidity, there was a nice sea breeze, and temperatures were always warm. The beaches were full of people who were having a good time. He really enjoyed the six years he was there.
THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 2C, BOOK 12.
<!-- source file: 037 - Lesson 2C.md -->
# Lesson 2C
### Figure 2
1. Yes, she has already graduated.
No, she hasn't graduated yet.
2. Yes, I've already seen her.
No, I haven't seen her yet.
3. Yes, he's already learned Spanish.
No, he hasn't learned Spanish yet.
4. Yes, they've already realized it.
No, they haven't realized it yet.
5. Yes, he's already picked it up.
No, he hasn't picked it up yet.
### Figure 3
1. \_\_\_\_\_\_ OR <u>X</u> SO
2. \_\_\_\_\_\_ OR <u>X</u> SO
3. <u>X</u> OR \_\_\_\_\_\_ SO
4. \_\_\_\_\_\_ OR <u>X</u> SO
5. \_\_\_\_\_\_ OR <u>X</u> SO
6. <u>X</u> OR \_\_\_\_\_\_ SO
7. <u>X</u> OR \_\_\_\_\_\_ SO
8. <u>X</u> OR \_\_\_\_\_\_ SO
### Figure 4
Mark lived in California for six years. The climate was wonderful. There was only a little humidity, there was a nice sea breeze, and temperatures were always warm. The beaches were full of people who were having a good time. He really enjoyed the six years he was there.
### Figure 7
**Paragraph 1**
Carl just graduated from high school. He will go to a <u>❶university</u> next fall. He has chosen <u>❷teaching</u> as his profession. He will take courses in <u>❸English, math, and, of course, education</u>.
**Paragraph 2**
Patty is a <u>❶teacher</u>. She has two teaching fields. She teaches <u>❷English</u>, and she teaches <u>❷German</u>. She has <u>❸four</u> classes of English and <u>❹two</u> classes of German.
### Figure 8
1. b
2. c
3. c
4. c
5. b
### Figure 9
The main idea is <u>that learning a new language isn't easy, but if you study hard, you can do it</u>.

279
sources/book-12/lla-2D.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,279 @@
<!-- source file: 023 - AUDIO SCRIPT.md -->
# AUDIO SCRIPT
## Lesson 2D
### AUDIO TRACK 5
(1) Hello.
(2) Open your books to the activities for Lesson 2D. (pause 6 sec)
(3) Repeat the following words and sentences. Then answer the questions. (pause 20 sec after each question)
career...career
Larry wants a career in the military. He wants to work in the military for twenty years.
Larry wants a career in the military. He wants to work in the military for twenty years.
What does Larry want?
He wants a career in the military.
choice...choice
Tom has a choice. He can be a lawyer, or he can be a teacher.
Tom has a choice. He can be a lawyer, or he can be a teacher.
What does Tom have?
He has a choice.
courses...courses
Janet is going to take five courses next year. She will have five classes.
Janet is going to take five courses next year. She will have five classes.
What is Janet going to take next year?
She's going to take five courses.
professional...professional
Pele was a professional soccer player. He played for money.
Pele was a professional soccer player. He played for money.
Who was Pele?
He was a professional soccer player.
medical...medical
My brother is going to medical school. He's going to be a doctor.
My brother is going to medical school. He's going to be a doctor.
What is your brother doing?
He's going to medical school.
degree...degree
Harold graduated from the university last month. He got his degree in history.
Harold graduated from the university last month. He got his degree in history.
What did Harold get his degree in?
He got his degree in history.
high school...high school
John will be eighteen years old when he finishes his last year of high school.
John will be eighteen years old when he finishes his last year of high school.
How old will John be when he finishes high school?
He'll be eighteen when he finishes high school.
technical...technical
Roger finished technical school. He learned how to fix cars.
Roger finished technical school. He learned how to fix cars.
What did Roger learn in technical school?
He learned how to fix cars.
talk over...talk over
Her husband wants to buy a new car. They're going to talk it over tonight.
Her husband wants to buy a new car. They're going to talk it over tonight.
Is her husband going to buy a new car?
I don't know. They're going to talk it over tonight.
(4) Listen to a dialog.
(two voices, both male)
**voice 1:** Well, Don, Friday is our last day.
**voice 2:** Yeah, Jack, it is. What are you going to do now that school is out?
**voice 1:** I've been accepted at the University. I'll start there in September.
**voice 2:** What courses will you take?
**voice 1:** I have chosen business as my career field, so I'll take the courses they offer for that field.
**voice 2:** It sounds like you have a good future ahead of you.
---
(5) Look at Figure 1. Each of those sentences is part of the dialog. Listen to a sentence; then say yours. Ready? (pause 10 sec after each line)
script voice: Well, Don, Friday is our last day.
script voice: I've been accepted at the University. I'll start there in September.
script voice: I have chosen business as my career field, so I'll take the courses they offer for that field.
AUDIO TRACK 6
(6) Now look at Figure 2. You begin with the first line. Go ahead and start.
script voice: Yeah, Jack, it is. What are you going to do now that school is out?
script voice: What courses will you take?
script voice: It sounds like you have a good future ahead of you.
(7) Listen to the next dialog.
(voice one, male; voice two, female)
voice 1: Mom, I got a job offer from the phone company today.
voice 2: Is it a good offer?
voice 1: I think so. It pays seventy-five dollars more a month than the job I have now. And they will pay for any college courses that help me with the job.
voice 2: It sounds good.
voice 1: Well, I'll think it over. They don't need an answer until Wednesday.
voice 2: Just remember, I'm here if you want to discuss it.
voice 1: Thanks, Mom.
AUDIO TRACK 7
(8) Look at Figure 3. Someone will read the first line. Say your line after that. (pause 10 sec after each line)
script voice: Mom, I got a job offer from the phone company today.
script voice: I think so. It pays seventy-five dollars more a month than the job I have now. And they will pay for any college courses that help me with the job.
script voice: Well, I'll think it over. They don't need an answer until Wednesday.
script voice: Thanks, Mom.
AUDIO TRACK 8
(9) Look at Figure 4. You begin this time.
script voice: Is it a good offer?
script voice: It sounds good.
script voice: Just remember, I'm here if you want to discuss it.
(10) Listen to this dialog. It's the last one.
(two voices, both male)
voice 1: Hey, Tony, you really need a new car.
voice 2: I know, Glen. Last night when the mechanic told me that I needed six hundred dollars to fix it, I decided to buy a new car.
voice 1: What kind are you going to buy?
voice 2: I've decided to buy an American car. They're easier for mechanics to repair.
voice 1: Bring it to my house when you get it. I want a ride in it.
voice 2: Okay, Glen. See you in about two weeks.
AUDIO TRACK 9
(11) Now, look at Figure 5. Someone will read a line first. Say your lines next. (pause 10 sec after each line)
script voice: Hey, Tony, you really need a new car.
script voice: What kind are you going to buy?
script voice: Bring it to my house when you get it. I want a ride in it.
AUDIO TRACK 10
(12) Look at Figure 6. You begin.
script voice: I know, Glen. Last night when the mechanic told me that I needed six hundred dollars to fix it, I decided to buy a new car.
script voice: I've decided to buy an American car. They're easier for mechanics to repair.
script voice: Okay, Glen. See you in about two weeks.
AUDIO TRACK 11
(13) Look at Figure 7. Read the paragraph. (pause 20 sec) Listen to the questions. Underline the answer and write the number of the question under the answer. Look at the example. Listen to the question. Underline the answer; then write the number of the question under the answer. (pause 10 sec after each question)
Number 1: Where did Julie go?
Number 2: What did her family need?
Number 3: What did she buy for her daughter?
Number 4: What did she buy for her son?
Number 5: What did she buy for her husband?
(14) Let's check your answers. Number 1 goes under "shopping"; "shopping" is underlined.
Number 2 goes under "clothes"; "clothes" is underlined.
Number 3 goes under "a blouse and skirt"; "a blouse and skirt" is underlined.
Number 4 goes under "two pairs of jeans"; "two pairs of jeans" is underlined.
Number 5 goes under "three shirts and five pairs of socks"; "three shirts and five pairs of socks" is underlined.
(15) Let's begin. Read the paragraph and be ready to answer the questions. (pause 20 sec)
(16) Now listen to the questions. Underline and number the answers. You will hear each question twice.
Number 1: Where will Carl go next fall?
Where will Carl go next fall? (pause 10 sec)
Number 2: What has he chosen as his profession?
What has he chosen as his profession? (pause 10 sec)
Number 3: What courses will he take?
What courses will he take? (pause 10 sec)
(17) Let's check your answers. Number 1, "Where will Carl go next fall?", you should have "a university" underlined.
Number 2, "What has he chosen as his profession?", you should have "teaching" underlined.
Number 3, "What courses will he take?", you should have "English, math, and education" underlined.
(18) Now read the second paragraph. (pause 20 sec)
(19) Underline and number the answers to the questions.
Number 1: What is Patty's profession?
What is Patty's profession? (pause 10 sec)
Number 2: What are her two teaching fields?
What are her two teaching fields? (pause 10 sec)
Number 3: How many classes of English does she have?
How many classes of English does she have? (pause 10 sec)
Number 4: How many classes of German does she have?
How many classes of German does she have? (pause 10 sec)
(20) Now let's check your answers. Number 1, "What is Patty's profession?" You should have "teacher" underlined.
Number 2, "What are her two teaching fields?" You should have "English and German" underlined.
Number 3, "How many classes of English does she have?" You should have "four" underlined.
And, Number 4, "How many classes of German does she have?" You should have "two" underlined.
AUDIO TRACK 12
(21) Look at Figure 8. Listen to a short dialog. Select the letter that best describes the meaning of the conversation. The first one is an example.
(two voices, both female)
voice 1: Did you hear that noise, Betty?
voice 2: Yes, I did. Let's call our neighbor and ask him to look in our yard.
They are .... (pause 5 sec)
(22) The answer is: They are frightened. Now listen to the other dialogs, and choose the correct answer.
Number 1:
(two voices, both male)
voice 1: Sgt Matthews, it's 12:45, and I haven't had lunch yet.
voice 2: Don't worry, Sgt Adams, I'll wait here until you come back.
Sgt Adams is .... (pause 10 sec)
Number 2:
(voice 1 female; voice 2, male)
voice 1: Mark, wake up. It's after seven. Your bus will be here in thirty minutes.
voice 2: Mom, my stomach hurts. I want to stay home today.
Mark is .... (pause 10 sec)
Number 3:
(two voices, both female)
voice 1: Carla, I've been accepted at the university!
voice 2: That's great, Lori!
Lori is .... (pause 10 sec)
Number 4:
(two voices, both male)
voice 1: Pvt Walters, I told you to clean this floor.
voice 2: I'm sorry, Sgt Allen, I thought you said to clean this door.
Sgt Allen is .... (pause 10 sec)
Number 5:
(two voices, both male)
voice 1: Hey, Jack, your yard really looks nice.
voice 2: Thanks. It took me all day to do it. It was a lot of work.
Jack is .... (pause 10 sec)
(23) Let's check your answers.
Number 1 is B: Sgt Adams is hungry. Repeat: Sgt Adams is hungry.
Number 2 is C: Mark is sick. Repeat: Mark is sick.
Number 3 is A: Lori is happy. Repeat: Lori is happy.
Number 4 is C: Sgt Allen is angry. Repeat: Sgt Allen is angry.
Number 5 is B: Jack is tired. Repeat: Jack is tired.
AUDIO TRACK 13
(24) Now look at Figure 9. You will hear a paragraph. Listen carefully; then write the main idea. You will hear the paragraph twice.
Learning a language is not easy. It takes a lot of time and lots of hard work. You must practice speaking, reading, and writing the new language as often as you can. You must learn to think in that language, and not in your own. If you study every day, you'll be speaking this new language very soon.
(25) Listen to the paragraph again.
Learning a language is not easy. It takes a lot of time and lots of hard work. You must practice speaking, reading, and writing the new language as often as you can. You must learn to think in that language, and not in your own. If you study every day, you'll be speaking this new language very soon.
(26) Now write the main idea. (pause 30 sec) The main idea is that learning a new language isn't easy, but if you study hard, you can do it.
**THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 2D, BOOK 12.**
---

418
sources/book-12/lla-3A.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,418 @@
<!-- source file: 008 - LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 12 LESSON 3A.md -->
# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 12, LESSON 3A
### Figure 1
**Repeat the words and sentences. Write the number of the sentence under the picture. Repeat the sentences.**
![#A A cowboy sitting on the ground next to a burning campfire in an outdoor setting](images/page_041_001.jpg)
A. ____________________
![#B A man holding up a cassette tape recorder](images/page_041_002.jpg)
B. ____________________
![#C A dining room set with a dining table, chairs, a hutch, and a chandelier](images/page_041_003.jpg)
C. ____________________
![#D A wooden picnic table sitting outside on a patio near bushes](images/page_041_004.jpg)
D. ____________________
![#E A stereo cabinet system with a record player and speakers](images/page_041_005.jpg)
E. ____________________
![#F A man walking up a flight of stairs inside a building](images/page_041_006.jpg)
F. ____________________
![#G Stacks of logs piled up against the brick wall of a house near a window](images/page_042_001.jpg)
G. ____________________
![#H Architectural floor plan showing various rooms and layout of a house](images/page_042_002.jpg)
H. ____________________
![#I A person looking through a collection of record albums, holding one labeled "ELVIS"](images/page_042_003.jpg)
I. ____________________
![#J A man wearing glasses talking with a woman](images/page_042_004.jpg)
J. ____________________
![#K A woman looking inside a microwave oven door](images/page_042_005.jpg)
K. ____________________
![#L A stone fireplace with a fire burning inside](images/page_042_006.jpg)
L. ____________________
---
**LISTENING/SPEAKING ACTIVITY:** Repeat the words and sentences you hear. There's no figure for this activity.
---
### Figure 2
> **Write the number in front of the answer. Repeat the answers.**
______ a. She's going to add on another bedroom.
______ b. Yes, it's the newest addition to the house.
______ c. He's the biggest builder in Dallas.
______ d. She lives in a new suburb outside of the city.
______ e. She enlarged her kitchen.
______ f. The fire gives off a lot of heat.
______ g. He's building it in the country.
______ h. The fire will burn him.
---
**LISTENING/SPEAKING ACTIVITY:** Repeat the sentences you hear. There's no figure for this activity.
---
### Figure 3
> **Answer the question you hear. Use <u>could</u> in your answer. Repeat the answers.**
*Example:* at Jim's house
<u>Robert could be at Jim's house.</u>
1. Daniel's
_________________________________________________________________________________
2. today
_________________________________________________________________________________
3. on your desk
_________________________________________________________________________________
4. a bird in a tree
_________________________________________________________________________________
5. about 2-1/2 or 3 hours
_________________________________________________________________________________
---
### Figure 4
> **Listen to the dialogs. Select the correct answer.**
*Example:* Gina is ______.
a. happy
b. sad
c. angry *(circled)*
1. Jack is ______.
a. sick
b. pleased
c. angry
2. The plane is ______.
a. early
b. late
c. on time
3. Lt Andrews is ______.
a. upset
b. happy
c. sad
4. The tea is too ______.
a. sour
b. salty
c. sweet
5. He's ______.
a. sad
b. excited
c. angry
---
– USER NOTES –
<!-- source file: 024 - AUDIO SCRIPT.md -->
# AUDIO SCRIPT
## Lesson 3A
**AUDIO TRACK 1**
(1) Hello.
(2) Open your books to the activities for Lesson 3A. (pause 6 sec)
(3) Look at Figure 1, and repeat the words and sentences.
Picture A: fire...fire
Jim made a fire to keep warm.
Jim made a fire to keep warm.
Picture B: cassette...cassette
My brother made a cassette for me with Arabic music.
My brother made a cassette for me with Arabic music.
Picture C: dining room...dining room
We bought some new furniture for the dining room.
We bought some new furniture for the dining room.
Picture D: patio...patio
If it's warm, we can eat dinner on the patio.
If it's warm, we can eat dinner on the patio.
Picture E: stereo...stereo
Rodney has a very nice stereo; he loves to listen to music.
Rodney has a very nice stereo; he loves to listen to music.
Picture F: story...story
Captain Martin's apartment is on the second story of that building.
Captain Martin's apartment is on the second story of that building.
Picture G: wood...wood
Will you cut some wood for the fire?
Will you cut some wood for the fire?
Picture H: plan...plan
Did you see the plans for Alma's new house?
Did you see the plans for Alma's new house?
Picture I: record...record
Larry got three records for his birthday.
Larry got three records for his birthday.
(7) Repeat the following words and sentences. (pause long enough for students to repeat)
Number 1: add on...add on
Mrs. Howard just had another baby. Now there are five children in the family. / They need to add on another bedroom.
Mrs. Howard just had another baby. Now there are five children in the family. / They need to add on another bedroom.
Number 2: build...build
My son is building his home in the country.
My son is building his home in the country.
Number 3: enlarge...enlarge
Peggy does a lot of cooking. / She has decided to enlarge her kitchen.
Peggy does a lot of cooking. / She has decided to enlarge her kitchen.
Number 4: heat...heat
That fire is very hot; it gives off a lot of heat.
That fire is very hot; it gives off a lot of heat.
Number 5: burn...burn
Don't let the baby play near the fire. It will burn him.
Don't let the baby play near the fire. It will burn him.
Number 6: addition...addition
This patio is our newest addition to the house.
This patio is our newest addition to the house.
Number 7: builder...builder
Mr. Ellis is the biggest builder in Dallas.
Mr. Ellis is the biggest builder in Dallas.
Number 8: suburb...suburb
Valerie lives in a new suburb outside of the city.
Valerie lives in a new suburb outside of the city.
**AUDIO TRACK 2**
(8) Look at Figure 2. Listen to a question and write the number in front of the correct answer.
Number 1: Who is Mr. Ellis? (slight pause) The answer is c: He's the biggest builder in Dallas. Write the number 1 in front of letter c. Now listen; then write the number in front of the correct answer. Ready? (pause 15 sec after each question)
Number 2: Peggy does a lot of cooking. What did she do to her kitchen?
Number 3: Where is your son building his home?
Number 4: Is this patio new?
Number 5: Where is Mrs. Howard going to put all those children?
Number 6: What does the fire give off?
Number 7: Where does Valerie live?
Number 8: Why can't the baby play near the fire?
(9) Let's check your answers.
Letter A is number 5. Where is Mrs. Howard going to put all those children? She's going to add on another bedroom. Repeat: She's going to add on another bedroom.
Letter B is number 4. Is this patio new? Yes, it's the newest addition to the house. Repeat: Yes, it's the newest addition to the house.
Letter C is number 1. Who is Mr. Ellis? He's the biggest builder in Dallas. Repeat: He's the biggest builder in Dallas.
Letter D is number 7. Where does Valerie live? She lives in a new suburb outside of the city. Repeat: She lives in a new suburb outside of the city.
Letter E is number 2. Peggy does a lot of cooking. What did she do to her kitchen? She enlarged her kitchen. Repeat: She enlarged her kitchen.
Letter F is number 6. What does the fire give off? The fire gives off a lot of heat. Repeat: The fire gives off a lot of heat.
Letter G is number 3. Where is your son building his home? He's building it in the country. Repeat: He's building it in the country.
Letter H is number 8. Why can't the baby play near the fire? The fire will burn him. Repeat: The fire will burn him.
(10) Repeat the following sentences. (pause at / long enough for students to repeat)
Those questions could be too difficult for him. / I think he's having trouble.
Walter could be at the mall. / I'm not sure.
Could this be Alan's jacket? / It's the same color as his.
Do you think I could borrow your English book tonight? / I can't find mine.
What could John be doing out this late at night? / He's usually home early.
**AUDIO TRACK 3**
(11) Now look at Figure 3. Write the answers to the questions using could. The words in Figure 3 will help you answer the questions. Look at the example.
Where's Robert? (pause 10 sec)
(12) The answer is: Robert could be at Jim's house.
(13) Do the rest like the example. (pause 20 sec after each question)
Number 1: Someone left his sweater here. Whose is it?
Number 2: When is the get-together for Jeff?
Number 3: Where is my pencil? I can't find it.
Number 4: What is that a picture of?
Number 5: How long is this movie?
(14) Let's check your answers.
Number 1 is "It could be Daniel's." Repeat: It could be Daniel's.
Number 2 is "It could be today." Repeat: It could be today.
Number 3 is "It could be on your desk." Repeat: It could be on your desk.
Number 4 is "It could be a bird in a tree." Repeat: It could be a bird in a tree.
Number 5 is "It could be about two and a half or three hours." Repeat: It could be about two and a half or three hours.
**AUDIO TRACK 4**
(15) Look at Figure 4. Listen to a short dialog. Select the letter that best describes the meaning of the conversation. The first one is an example.
(two voices, both female)
voice 1: What happened, Gina?
voice 2: That man stepped on my toe.
Gina is ....
(16) The answer is "Gina is angry." Now listen to the other dialogs.
Number 1:
(two voices, both male)
voice 1: Hi, Jack. Is Mr. West your barber too?
voice 2: Yes, he has given me haircuts for the past ten years.
Jack is .... (pause 5 sec)
Number 2:
(two voices, both male)
voice 1: What are you doing here at the airport so late at night, Jim?
voice 2: I'm waiting for my brother to arrive. I've been here for three and a half hours. His plane left New York at two-thirty this afternoon.
The plane is .... (pause 5 sec)
Number 3:
(two voices, both male)
voice 1: Lt Andrews, your hands are very greasy, and you are late.
voice 2: I'm sorry, sir. I had to change a flat tire this morning.
Lt Andrews is .... (pause 5 sec)
Number 4:
(two voices, one female, one very young boy)
voice 1: Jimmy, what's wrong?
voice 2: They put too much sugar in this tea.
The tea is too .... (pause 5 sec)
Number 5:
(two voices, both male)
voice 1: Where are you going in such a hurry?
voice 2: To the airport. My sister arrives this afternoon. I haven't seen her for two years.
He's .... (pause 5 sec)
(17) Let's check your answers.
Number 1 is b; Jack is pleased. Repeat: Jack is pleased.
Number 2 is b; The plane is late. Repeat: The plane is late.
Number 3 is a; Lt Andrews is upset. Repeat: He's upset.
Number 4 is c; The tea is too sweet. Repeat: The tea is too sweet.
Number 5 is b; He's excited. Repeat: He's excited.
THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 3A, BOOK 12.
---
<!-- source file: 038 - Lesson 3A.md -->
# Lesson 3A
### Figure 1
A. 5
B. 7
C. 8
D. 1
E. 4
F. 9
G. 12
H. 3
I. 11
J. 6
K. 2
L. 10
### Figure 2
a. 5
b. 4
c. 1
d. 7
e. 2
f. 6
g. 3
h. 8
### Figure 3
1. It could be Daniel's.
2. It could be today.
3. It could be on your desk.
4. It could be a bird in a tree.
5. It could be about 2-1/2 or 3 hours.
### Figure 4
1. b
2. b
3. a
4. c
5. b

468
sources/book-12/lla-3B.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,468 @@
<!-- source file: 009 - LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 12 LESSON 3B.md -->
# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 12, LESSON 3B
**LISTENING/SPEAKING ACTIVITY:** Repeat the words and sentences you hear. There's no figure for this activity.
---
### Figure 1
> **Write the number in front of the answer.**
______ a. He had an idea about enlarging the kitchen.
______ b. He is planning a get-together at his house.
______ c. Add the vegetables after the water boils.
______ d. Jim is interested in learning about other countries.
______ e. The meeting is in 15 minutes.
---
**LISTENING/SPEAKING ACTIVITY:** Repeat the sentences you hear. There's no figure for this activity.
---
### Figure 2
> **Answer the questions. Use -ed or -ing in your answers. Repeat the answers.**
*Example:* the movie / interest
<u>The movie was interesting.</u>
1. He / excite
_________________________________________________________________________________
2. She / bore
_________________________________________________________________________________
3. It / confuse
_________________________________________________________________________________
4. It / tire
_________________________________________________________________________________
5. She / frighten
_________________________________________________________________________________
6. It / excite
_________________________________________________________________________________
7. no / I / confuse
_________________________________________________________________________________
8. I / bore
_________________________________________________________________________________
---
### Figure 3
> **Write the answers to the questions you hear. Repeat the answers.**
1. _________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
2. _________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________
---
<!-- source file: 025 - AUDIO SCRIPT.md -->
# AUDIO SCRIPT
## Lesson 3B
AUDIO TRACK 5
(1) Hello.
(2) Open your books to the activities for Lesson 3B. ( 6 sec)
(3) Repeat the words and sentences.
Number 1: boil...boil
The water must boil before you add the vegetables.
Number 2: a get-together...a get-together
Kevin is going to have a get-together at his house on Sunday afternoon.
Number 3: get together...get together
Let's get together after work today.
Number 4: play...play
Does your son play basketball?
Number 5: solve...solve
Did you solve the math problem?
Number 6: take place...take place
Where did the accident take place?
Number 7: interested in...interested in
Jim is interested in learning about other countries.
Number 8: near...near
He hopes to add on to his house in the near future.
Number 9: perhaps...perhaps
I can't make it for lunch today; perhaps we can have lunch tomorrow.
Number 10: tiring...tiring
Larry went swimming all day Saturday. It was very tiring.
Number 11: idea...idea
Jeff had an idea about enlarging the kitchen.
Number 12: meeting...meeting
The major has a meeting with the colonel in fifteen minutes.
Number 13: solution...solution
Sgt Allen has a solution to our problem.
Number 14: trouble...trouble
Did you have trouble finding Sandy's house?
(4) Look at Figure 1. Read the answers. (pause 20 sec) Now, listen to a question. Write the number of the question in front of the answer. (pause 15 sec after each question)
Number 1: What is Jim interested in?
Number 2: What was Jeff's idea?
Number 3: When do I add the vegetables?
Number 4: What is Kevin having on Sunday afternoon?
Number 5: What time is the meeting with Major Brown?
(5) Let's check your answers.
Letter A is number 2. He had an idea about enlarging the kitchen.
Letter B is number 4. He is planning a get-together at his house.
Letter C is number 3. Add the vegetables after the water boils.
Letter D is number 1. Jim is interested in learning about other countries.
Letter E is number 5. The meeting is in fifteen minutes.
(6) Repeat the following sentences.
My son's soccer game was very exciting.
Sgt Roberts is excited about his high test score.
I borrowed this book from my sister. She said it is very interesting.
Bob is interested in learning Italian.
My last class in the afternoon is very boring.
Lt Martin looked bored during the meeting this morning.
My mother thinks that maps are very confusing.
Kevin was confused when the instructor asked him a question.
We worked in the yard today. It was very tiring.
John worked late today. He looks very tired.
The fire was frightening for everyone.
The children were frightened when the lights went out.
AUDIO TRACK 6
(7) Look at Figure 2. Write the answers to the questions. Add **-ing** or **-ed** to the word. Look at the example.
How was the movie? (pause 6 sec) The answer is: The movie was interesting.
(8) Let's do some more. You will hear each question twice. Write the answer. (pause 20 sec after each question)
Number 1: How does Peter feel about his new job?
How does Peter feel about his new job?
Number 2: What's wrong with Judy today?
What's wrong with Judy today?
Number 3: Why did you spend so much time on that question?
Why did you spend so much time on that question?
Number 4: How was your vacation to the mountains?
How was your vacation to the mountains?
Number 5: How did your daughter feel after the accident?
How did your daughter feel after the accident?
Number 6: How was Jan's trip to Europe?
How was Jan's trip to Europe?
Number 7: Could you understand my directions?
Could you understand my directions?
Number 8: How was your class this morning?
How was your class this morning?
(9) Now let's check your answers.
Number 1: He is very excited about his new job. Repeat: He is very excited about his new job.
Number 2: She's bored. Repeat: She's bored.
Number 3: It was confusing. Repeat: It was confusing.
Number 4: It was very tiring. Repeat: It was very tiring.
Number 5: She was frightened. Repeat: She was frightened.
Number 6: It was very exciting. Repeat: It was very exciting.
Number 7: No, I was confused. Repeat: No, I was confused.
Number 8: I was bored. Repeat: I was bored.
AUDIO TRACK 7
(10) Look at Figure 3. Listen to the question. Then listen to the conversation. Write the answer to the question when you hear it the second time.
(3 voices, all male)
What did Sgt Richards need to ask Captain Douglas?
*(phone ringing)*
**voice 1:** Hello, Alpha squadron. May I help you?
**voice 2:** Yes, Captain Douglas, please.
**voice 1:** I'm sorry, sir. He's not here right now. May I take a message?
**voice 2:** Yes. This is Sgt Richards. I am in Detroit, and I won't be back tomorrow. I need to ask for two more days of leave.
**voice 1:** Okay, Sgt Richards, I'll give him your message. Call back in two hours, and I'll have an answer for you.
**voice 2:** Thanks.
*(door opening)*
**voice 1:** Captain Douglas.
**voice 3:** Yes.
**voice 1:** Sgt Richards called. He said that he was in Detroit and needed two more days of leave. He'll call back in about thirty minutes for his answer.
**voice 3:** If I'm not here, tell him Okay. There's no problem with the leave. I'll see him in about two days.
**voice 1:** Yes, sir.
What did Sgt Richards need to ask Captain Douglas? (pause 15 sec)
(11) The answer is: Sgt Richards needed to ask for two more days of leave. Repeat: Sgt Richards needed to ask for two more days of leave.
(12) Now listen to the second question and the second conversation.
(3 voices, all female)
Where does Sue want Lorraine to go and at what time?
*(doorbell)*
**voice 1:** Hi, Ms. Peterson. Is Lorraine home?
**voice 2:** No, she's not. What do you need?
**voice 1:** Well, my Mom said that I could ask a friend to come for dinner tonight, and I wanted to ask Lorraine.
**voice 2:** I'm sure she'd love to come, Sue. She'll be home at five-thirty. What time is dinner?
**voice 1:** It's not until seven tonight.
**voice 2:** I'll have her at your house at seven o'clock.
**voice 1:** Thanks.
*(door banging shut)*
**voice 3:** I'm home, Mom.
**voice 1:** Lorraine, Sue has asked you to have dinner at her house tonight. They are going to eat at seven o'clock.
**voice 3:** Did you tell her that I could go?
**voice 1:** Yes, and I told her you'd be there by seven o'clock, so let's go.
**voice 3:** Yes, Ma'am.
Where does Sue want Lorraine to go and at what time? (pause 15 sec)
(13) The answer is: Sue wants Lorraine to go to her house for dinner at seven o'clock. Repeat: Sue wants Lorraine to go to her house for dinner at seven o'clock.
THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 3B, BOOK 12.
---
# AUDIO SCRIPT
## Lesson 3C
### AUDIO TRACK 1
(1) Hello.
(2) Open your books to the activities for Lesson 3C. (pause 6 sec)
(3) Look at Figure 1. Listen to a dialog and take notes. You will be asked questions on the dialog.
(three voices, all male)
voice 1: Hi, Mike. What are you doing?
voice 2: Well, I want to add on another bedroom and bathroom to my house.
voice 1: That sounds nice.
voice 2: It will be nice, once it's finished.
voice 1: Hey, Carl. Did you hear about Mike's plans?
voice 3: No, I didn't.
voice 1: He said that he wanted to add on a new bedroom and a new bathroom to his house.
(4) Look at Figure 1 again. Write the answer to the question about the dialog.
1. What did Mike say about his house? (pause 30 sec)
(5) The answer is: He said that he wanted to add on a new bedroom and a new bathroom to his house.
(6) Listen to this dialog and take notes.
(3 voices, all male)
voice 1: Hello, Mr. Parker. Where's Mrs. Parker?
voice 2: She's not home. She's in Chicago.
voice 1: Tell her hello for me when you talk to her.
voice 3: What did he say about Mrs. Parker?
voice 1: He said that she wasn't home. He said that she was in Chicago.
(7) Now answer this question. Use your notes to help you.
2. What did Mr. Parker say about his wife? (pause 30 sec)
(8) The answer is: He said that Mrs. Parker wasn't home. He said that she was in Chicago.
(9) Listen to one more dialog and take notes.
(3 voices, all male)
voice 1: Oh, good afternoon, Captain Brooks.
voice 2: Hello, Sgt Jackson. Are you looking for someone?
voice 1: I'm looking for Sgt Robinson, sir.
voice 2: He takes the mail to Colonel Travis every day at this time. He'll be back in about thirty minutes.
voice 1: Thank you, sir. I'll come back later.
voice 2: Sgt Robinson.
voice 3: Yes, sir.
voice 2: Sgt Jackson came by. He wanted to see you.
voice 3: Thank you for the message, sir.
(10) Answer this question from your notes.
3. What did Captain Brooks say about Sgt Robinson? (pause 30 sec)
(11) The answer is: He said that Sgt Robinson took the mail to Colonel Travis every day at that time.
### AUDIO TRACK 2
(12) Look at Figure 2. Read the paragraph, and then listen to the questions. Underline the answer; then write the number of the question under the answer. Look at the example. (pause 10 sec after each question)
Number 1: Where did Barbara go?
Number 2: What kind of things did she need?
Number 3: What did she buy for her living room?
Number 4: What did she get for her kitchen?
Number 5: What did she buy for the bedroom?
(13) Let's check your answers. Number 1, "Where did Barbara go?" You should have "<u>the mall</u>" underlined.
Number 2, "What kind of things did she need?" You should have "<u>things for her house</u>" underlined.
Number 3, "What did she buy for her living room?" You should have "<u>sofa</u>" underlined.
Number 4, "What did she get for her kitchen?" You should have "<u>microwave</u>" underlined.
And, Number 5, "What did she buy for the bedroom?" You should have "<u>curtains</u>" underlined.
(14) Now let's begin. Read the paragraph and be ready to answer the questions. (pause 20 sec)
(15) Now listen to the questions. Answer them like the example. (pause 10 sec after each question)
Number 1: What did Art do to his house?
Number 2: What were his additions?
Number 3: What did he buy for the kitchen?
Number 4: What did he buy for the living room?
Number 5: What did he buy for the patio?
(16) Let's check your answers. Number 1, "What did Art do to his house?" You should have "<u>added on</u>" underlined.
Number 2, "What were his additions?" You should have "<u>a bedroom, a bathroom, and a patio</u>" underlined.
Number 3, "What did he buy for the kitchen?" You should have "<u>a microwave</u>" underlined.
Number 4, "What did he buy for the living room?" You should have "<u>a stereo</u>" underlined.
And, Number 5, "What did he buy for the patio?" You should have "<u>a table</u>" underlined.
(17) Now read the next paragraph. (pause 15 sec) Listen to the questions and answer them as you did before. (pause 5 sec after each question)
Number 1: What is Virginia planning?
Number 2: What did she ask her friends to bring?
Number 3: What did she ask her brother to do?
Number 4: What is she doing?
(18) Let's check your answers. Number 1, "What is Virginia planning?" You should have "<u>a get-together</u>" underlined.
Number 2, "What did she ask her friends to bring?" You should have "<u>their cassettes and their records</u>" underlined.
Number 3, "What did she ask her brother to do?" You should have "<u>cut wood for the fireplace</u>" underlined.
And, Number 4, "What is she doing?" You should have "<u>cooking a lot of food</u>" underlined.
(19) Read the last paragraph. (pause 10 sec) Answer the questions. (pause 5 sec after each question)
Number 1: What did Barbara do to her house?
Number 2: What did she do to the living room?
Number 3: What did she do to the kitchen?
Number 4: What else did she enlarge?
(20) Let's check your answers. Number 1, "What did Barbara do to her house?" You should have "<u>enlarged several rooms</u>" underlined.
Number 2, "What did she do to the living room?" You should have "<u>enlarged the living room and added a fireplace</u>" underlined.
Number 3, "What did she do to the kitchen?" You should have "<u>enlarged the kitchen and added a microwave</u>" underlined.
And, Number 4, "What else did she enlarge?" You should have "<u>patio</u>" underlined.
### AUDIO TRACK 3
(21) Look at Figure 3. There are some dialogs that are not complete. Ask questions to complete these dialogs. Look at the example. Mike says, "Do you speak French or Spanish?" Stan's answer is not there. Then there's a question that says: Did Stan say that he spoke French or Spanish? This is the kind of question that you need to ask. Ask the question. (pause 3 sec) Stan said that he spoke French. Write "I speak French." on the line next to the name Stan. (pause 10 sec)
Read Dialog 1, and write a question to ask what Pat said. (pause 20 sec) Let's check your question. Your question should be: Did Pat say he wanted Chinese or Italian food? Now listen to the answer. He said he wanted Italian food. Write Pat's answer on the line to complete the dialog. (pause 5 sec) Did you write "I want Italian food." on the line? That completes this dialog.
Go to Dialog 2, and write down a question. (pause 20 sec) Let's check your question. It should be: Did Frank say that he wanted to watch TV or go to the movies? Now listen to the answer. He said that he wanted to watch TV. Write his answer on the line. (pause 10 sec) The answer is "I want to watch TV."
Read Dialog 3 and write your question. (pause 20 sec) Your question should be: Did Paul say that he swam every day? Now listen to the answer. Paul said that he didn't like to swim. Now, write what he said on the line. (pause 10 sec) The answer is "No, I don't like to swim."
### AUDIO TRACK 4
(22) Look at Figure 4. This is a dictation exercise. You will hear a paragraph three times. The first time just listen. (read at normal speed)
Randy is in his last year of high school. Last Friday, he made up his mind to go to college. Now, he has to decide what career field to choose. His parents told him that a degree in business would give him a good future. He's still confused about the courses he wants to study, but he has time to think it over.
Listen to the paragraph again. Write what you hear. (pause 20 sec at /)
Randy is in his last year/ of high school. / Last Friday, / he made up his mind / to go to college. / Now, he has to decide / what career field to choose. / His parents told him / that a degree in business / would give him / a good future. / He's still confused / about the courses / he wants to study, / but he has time / to think it over. /
Now listen to the paragraph again and check what you wrote. (read at normal speed)
Randy is in his last year of high school. Last Friday, he made up his mind to go to college. Now, he has to decide what career field to choose. His parents told him that a degree in business would give him a good future. He's still confused about the courses he wants to study, but he has time to think it over.
THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 3C, BOOK 12.
- USER NOTES -
---
<!-- source file: 039 - Lesson 3B.md -->
# Lesson 3B
### Figure 1
a. 2
b. 4
c. 3
d. 1
e. 5
### Figure 2
1. He is very excited about his new job.
2. She's bored.
3. It was confusing.
4. It was very tiring.
5. She was frightened.
6. It was very exciting.
7. No, I was confused.
8. I was bored.
### Figure 3
1. Sgt Richards needed to ask for two more days of leave.
2. Sue wants Lorraine to go to her house for dinner at 7 o'clock.

138
sources/book-12/lla-3C.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
<!-- source file: 010 - LESSON 3C.md -->
# LESSON 3C
**Figure 1**
> **Take notes. Write the answers to the questions you hear. Use your notes to help you.**
**Dialog 1**
NOTES: __________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
1. __________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
**Dialog 2**
NOTES: __________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
2. __________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
**Dialog 3**
NOTES: __________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
3. __________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
**Figure 2**
> **Read the paragraph. Listen to the question. Underline the answer. Write the number of the question under the answer.**
*Example:* Barbara went to the <u>mall</u>. She needed some <u>things for her house</u>.
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<sub>1</sub>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<sub>2</sub>
She bought a <u>sofa</u> for her living room. She got a <u>microwave</u> for her
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<sub>3</sub>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<sub>4</sub>
kitchen, and she bought some new <u>curtains</u> for the bedroom.
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<sub>5</sub>
**Paragraph 1**
Art added on to his house. His additions were a bedroom, a bathroom, and a patio. He also bought some new things for his house. He bought a microwave for the kitchen, a stereo for the living room, and a table for the patio.
**Paragraph 2**
Virginia is planning a get-together. She asked her friends to bring their cassettes and their records. She asked her brother to cut wood for the fireplace. She's cooking a lot of food.
**Paragraph 3**
Barbara enlarged several rooms in her house. She enlarged the living room and added a fireplace. She enlarged the kitchen and added a microwave. She also enlarged her patio.
**Figure 3**
> **Read the dialog. Write a question using <u>say</u>. Listen to the answer, and write it on the line.**
*Example:*
Mike: Do you speak French or Spanish?
Stan: <u>I speak French.</u>
QUESTION: <u>Did Stan say that he spoke French or Spanish?</u>
**Dialog 1**
Ann: Do you want Chinese or Italian food?
Pat: __________________________________________________
QUESTION: __________________________________________________
**Dialog 2**
Bill: Do you want to watch TV or go to the movies?
Frank: __________________________________________________
QUESTION: __________________________________________________
**Dialog 3**
Shirley: Do you swim every day?
Paul: __________________________________________________
QUESTION: __________________________________________________
**Figure 4**
> **Listen to the paragraph. Write what you hear. Check what you wrote.**
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
<!-- source file: 040 - Lesson 3C.md -->
# Lesson 3C
### Figure 1
**Dialog 1**
1. He said that he wanted to add on a new bedroom and a new bathroom to the house.
**Dialog 2**
2. He said that Mrs. Parker wasn't home. He said that she was in Chicago.
**Dialog 3**
3. He said that Sgt Robinson took the mail to Colonel Travis every day at that time.
### Figure 2
**Paragraph 1**
Art <u>❶added on</u> to his house. His additions were <u>❷a bedroom, a bathroom, and a patio</u>. He also bought some new things for his house. He bought a <u>❸microwave</u> for the kitchen, a <u>❹stereo</u> for the living room, and a <u>❺table</u> for the patio.
**Paragraph 2**
Virginia is planning <u>❶a get-together</u>. She asked her friends to bring their <u>❷cassettes and their records</u>. She asked her brother <u>❸to cut wood for the fireplace</u>. She's <u>❹cooking a lot of food</u>.
**Paragraph 3**
Barbara <u>❶enlarged several rooms</u> in her house. She <u>❷enlarged the living room and added a fireplace</u>. She <u>❸enlarged the kitchen and added a microwave</u>. She also enlarged her <u>❹patio</u>.
### Figure 3
**Dialog 1**
Pat: I want Italian food.
QUESTION: Did Pat say that he wanted Chinese or Italian food?
**Dialog 2**
Frank: I want to watch TV.
QUESTION: Did Frank say that he wanted to watch TV or go to the movies?
**Dialog 2**
Paul: No, I don't like to swim.
QUESTION: Did Paul say that he swam every day?
### Figure 4
Randy is in his last year of high school. Last Friday, he made up his mind to go to college. Now, he has to decide what career field to choose. His parents told him that a degree in business would give him a good future. He's still confused about the courses he wants to study, but he has time to think it over.

600
sources/book-12/lla-3D.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,600 @@
<!-- source file: 011 - LESSON 3D.md -->
# LESSON 3D
**Figure 1**
> **Listen to the dialog. Read your line of the dialog.**
Look at the sky. It might rain today.
---
**Figure 2**
> **Read your lines of the dialog.**
1. Hi, Carl. Why did you bring your umbrella?
2. I didn't bring an umbrella or a raincoat. I could get wet.
---
**Figure 3**
> **Listen to the dialog. Read your lines of the dialog.**
1. Isn't he in his office?
2. He may be in the Colonel's office.
---
**Figure 4**
> **Read your lines of the dialog.**
1. Excuse me, sir. Where's Major Adams?
2. No, and I need to speak to him now.
3. Thank you. I'll look.
---
**Figure 5**
> **Listen to the dialog. Read your line of the dialog.**
She could be in the next office. I'll check.
She's not there. She might be in the mail room.
Well, she's not there. She may be in Ms. Brown's office.
We're in luck, Nancy. She's in Ms. Brown's office and will be here in about 10 minutes.
---
**Figure 6**
> **Read your lines of the dialog.**
1. Oh, Linda. Where's Ms. Evans?
2. Thanks, Linda.
---
**Figure 7**
> **Listen to the dialog. Read your lines of the dialog.**
1. I might be able to. What time do you need to leave?
2. I'll let you know. I may see you at 7:15.
---
**Figure 8**
> **Read your lines of the dialog.**
1. Could you give me a ride to work tomorrow?
2. I usually leave at 7:15.
---
**Figure 9**
> **Answer the questions you hear. Use <u>could</u>, <u>may</u>, or <u>might</u> in your answer. Repeat the answers.**
*Example:* in the library / could
<u>He could be in the library.</u>
1. in the living room / could
__________________________________________________
2. cold outside / may
__________________________________________________
3. car in the garage / might
__________________________________________________
---
4. in the neighbor's yard / could
5. tightening nuts / may
6. on the dining room table / might
7. late / could
8. you / may
9. stuck in traffic / might
10. Lt Mitchell / could
---
**LISTENING/SPEAKING ACTIVITY: Repeat the sentences you hear. There's no figure for this activity.**
---
**Figure 10**
**Answer the questions you hear. Use the words you see. Repeat the answers.**
1. meeting / already / begin
2. he / break / leg
3. dog / cost
4. water / lake
5. since / 1984
6. all / old jackets
7. no
8. ride / bus / three years
9. sleep well / three nights
10. teach / that course / six years
11. withdraw / money / Swiss bank
**Figure 11**
**Write the numbers you hear.**
**Paragraph 1**
**Paragraph 2**
Kindergarten: \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
1st grade: \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
2nd grade: \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
3rd grade: \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
4th grade: \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
5th grade: \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
– USER NOTES –
<!-- source file: 026 - AUDIO SCRIPT.md -->
# AUDIO SCRIPT
## Lesson 3D
(1) Hello.
(2) Open your books to the activities for Lesson 3D. (pause 6 sec)
(3) Listen to a dialog.
(two voices, both male)
**AUDIO TRACK 5**
voice 1: Hi, Carl. Why did you bring your umbrella?
voice 2: Look at the sky. It might rain today.
voice 1: I didn't bring an umbrella or a raincoat. I could get wet.
(4) Look at Figure 1. Listen to the first sentence; then say yours. (pause 10 sec after each item)
script voice: Hi, Carl. Why did you bring your umbrella?
script voice: I didn't bring an umbrella or a raincoat. I could get wet.
**AUDIO TRACK 6**
(5) Look at Figure 2. This time you begin.
script voice: Look at the sky. It might rain today.
(6) Now listen to this dialog.
(two voices, both male)
voice 1: Excuse me, sir. Where's Major Adams?
voice 2: Isn't he in his office?
voice 1: No, and I need to speak to him now.
voice 2: He may be in the Colonel's office.
voice 1: Thank you. I'll look.
**AUDIO TRACK 7**
(7) Look at Figure 3. Someone will read the first line. You follow with your lines.
script voice: Excuse me, sir. Where's Major Adams?
script voice: No, and I need to speak to him now.
script voice: Thank you. I'll look.
---
**AUDIO TRACK 8**
(8) Look at Figure 4. This time you begin.
script voice: Isn't he in his office?
script voice: He may be in the Colonel's office.
(9) Listen to this dialog.
(two voices, both female)
voice 1: Oh, Linda. Where's Ms. Evans?
voice 2: She could be in the next office. I'll check....
She's not there. She might be in the mail room....
Well, she's not there. She may be in Ms. Brown's office....
We're in luck, Nancy. She's in Ms. Brown's office and will be here in about ten minutes.
voice 1: Thanks, Linda.
**AUDIO TRACK 9**
(10) Look at Figure 5. You answer the question. This time you have several lines. Read all of them. (pause 35 seconds after the first line)
script voice: Oh, Linda. Where's Ms. Evans?
script voice: Thanks, Linda.
**AUDIO TRACK 10**
(11) Now look at Figure 6. The roles change. I have to read several lines. You begin.
script voice: She could be in the next office. I'll check.
She's not there. She might be in the mail room.
Well, she's not there. She may be in Ms. Brown's office.
We're in luck, Nancy. She's in Ms. Brown's office and will be here in about ten minutes.
(12) Listen to the next dialog. It's the last one.
(two voices, both male)
voice 1: Could you give me a ride to work tomorrow?
voice 2: I might be able to. What time do you need to leave?
voice 1: I usually leave at seven-fifteen.
voice 2: I'll let you know. I may see you at seven-fifteen.
---
**AUDIO TRACK 11**
(13) Look at Figure 7. You'll hear a line. You read the next one.
script voice: Could you give me a ride to work tomorrow?
script voice: I usually leave at seven-fifteen.
**AUDIO TRACK 12**
(14) Look at Figure 8. You begin this time.
script voice: I might be able to. What time do you need to leave?
script voice: I'll let you know. I may see you at seven-fifteen.
**AUDIO TRACK 13**
(15) Look at Figure 9. You will hear some questions. Answer the questions. Use <u>could</u>, <u>may</u>, or <u>might</u>. Look at the example.
Where's Mr. Williams? (pause 4 sec) Repeat: He could be in the library.
(16) Write the answers to the rest of the questions. (pause 20 seconds each question)
Number 1: Where's my new record?
Number 2: Why is Janet wearing her jacket?
Number 3: Why is Mike riding the bus to work?
Number 4: Where is Sally's dog?
Number 5: What is this tool for?
Number 6: Where are my keys?
Number 7: Why is Betty running down the hall?
Number 8: Who is this package for?
Number 9: Why isn't Tim home yet?
Number 10: Who has been in the Major's office for the last hour?
(17) Let's check your answers.
Number 1: It could be in the living room. Repeat: It could be in the living room.
Number 2: It may be cold outside. Repeat: It may be cold outside.
---
Number 3: His car might be in the garage. Repeat: His car might be in the garage.
Number 4: It could be in the neighbor's yard. Repeat: It could be in the neighbor's yard.
Number 5: It may be for tightening nuts. Repeat: It may be for tightening nuts.
Number 6: They might be on the dining room table. Repeat: They might be on the dining room table.
Number 7: She could be late. Repeat: She could be late.
Number 8: It may be for you. Repeat: It may be for you.
Number 9: He might be stuck in traffic. Repeat: He might be stuck in traffic.
Number 10: It could be Lt Michell. Repeat: It could be Lt Michell.
(18) Repeat the following sentences.
Hurry, you're late. The meeting has already begun.
Hurry, you're late. The meeting has already begun.
He's broken his leg.
He's broken his leg.
This dog has cost us a lot of money.
This dog has cost us a lot of money.
The water in the lake has frozen.
The water in the lake has frozen.
Mark has had that car since 1984.
Mark has had that car since 1984.
Lt Martin has kept all of his old jackets.
Lt Martin has kept all of his old jackets.
Ralph hasn't paid that bill yet.
Ralph hasn't paid that bill yet.
I've ridden the bus for three years.
I've ridden the bus for three years.
Jill hasn't slept well for three nights.
Jill hasn't slept well for three nights.
Mr. Evans has taught that course for six years.
Mr. Evans has taught that course for six years.
---
Peter has withdrawn all his money from the Swiss bank.
Peter has withdrawn all his money from the Swiss bank.
**AUDIO TRACK 14**
(19) Now look at Figure 10. Write answers to the questions. Use the words you see. (pause 20 sec after each question)
Number 1: Why do I have to hurry?
Number 2: What has he broken?
Number 3: What has cost us a lot of money?
Number 4: What has frozen?
Number 5: How long has Mark had that car?
Number 6: What has Lt Martin kept?
Number 7: Has Ralph paid that bill yet?
Number 8: How many years have you ridden the bus?
Number 9: Why is Jill tired?
Number 10: How long has Mr. Evans taught that course?
Number 11: What has Peter done with his money?
(20) Let's check your answers.
Number 1: You have to hurry because the meeting has already begun. Repeat: You have to hurry because the meeting has already begun.
Number 2: He has broken his leg. Repeat: He has broken his leg.
Number 3: This dog has cost us a lot of money. Repeat: This dog has cost us a lot of money.
Number 4: The water in the lake has frozen. Repeat: The water in the lake has frozen.
Number 5: Mark has had that car since 1984. Repeat: Mark has had that car since 1984.
Number 6: Lt Martin has kept all of his old jackets. Repeat: Lt Martin has kept all of his old jackets.
Number 7: No, Ralph hasn't paid that bill yet. Repeat: No, Ralph hasn't paid that bill yet.
---
Number 8: I've ridden the bus for three years. Repeat: I've ridden the bus for three years.
Number 9: She hasn't slept well for three nights. Repeat: She hasn't slept well for three nights.
Number 10: He has taught that course for six years. Repeat: He has taught that course for six years.
Number 11: He has withdrawn all his money from the Swiss bank. Repeat: He has withdrawn all his money from the Swiss bank.
**AUDIO TRACK 15**
(21) Look at Figure 11. You will hear a paragraph. When you hear a number, write it down. Write only the numbers.
Nick got a job last week. He started today. He counts pennies for the bank. A customer gave him two hundred and fifty pennies. Another customer gave him five hundred and thirty. His last customer gave him one thousand and one pennies. His new job will keep him very busy.
(22) Listen to the paragraph again. Check the numbers you wrote.
Nick got a job last week. He started today. He counts pennies for the bank. A customer gave him two hundred and fifty pennies. Another customer gave him five hundred and thirty. His last customer gave him one thousand and one pennies. His new job will keep him very busy.
(23) The numbers are 250, 530, 1001.
(24) Listen to another paragraph. Remember, write only the numbers.
Jane's daughter goes to the biggest elementary school in the city. There are two hundred children in kindergarten, two hundred fifty in first grade, two hundred forty-seven in second grade, two hundred seventy-two in third grade, three hundred and two in fourth grade, and two hundred eighty-seven in fifth grade.
(25) Listen to the paragraph again. Check the numbers you wrote.
Jane's daughter goes to the biggest elementary school in the city. There are two hundred children in kindergarten, two hundred fifty in first grade, two hundred forty-seven in second grade, two hundred seventy-two in third grade, three hundred and two in fourth grade, and two hundred eighty-seven in fifth grade.
(26) The numbers are kindergarten: 200, first grade: 250, second grade: 247, third grade: 272, fourth grade: 302, fifth grade: 287.
THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 3D, BOOK 12.
---
<!-- source file: 041 - Lesson 3D.md -->
# Lesson 3D
### Figure 9
1. It could be in the living room.
2. It may be cold outside.
3. His car might be in the garage.
4. It could be in the neighbor's yard.
5. It may be for tightening nuts.
6. They might be on the dining room table.
7. She could be late.
8. It may be for you.
9. He might be stuck in traffic.
10. It could be Lt Mitchell.
### Figure 10
1. You have to hurry because the meeting has already begun.
2. He has broken his leg.
3. This dog has cost us a lot of money.
4. The water in the lake has frozen.
5. Mark has had that car since 1984.
6. Lt Martin has kept all of his old jackets.
7. No, Ralph hasn't paid that bill yet.
8. I've ridden the bus for three years.
9. She hasn't slept well for three nights.
10. He has taught that course for six years.
11. He has withdrawn all his money from the Swiss bank.
### Figure 11
**Paragraph 1**
250
530
1001
**Paragraph 2**
Kindergarten: <u>200</u>
1st grade: <u>250</u>
---
2nd grade: <u>247</u>
3rd grade: <u>272</u>
4th grade: <u>302</u>
5th grade: <u>287</u>
5. He used to wear cotton shirts and pants.
6. Now he lives in Seattle, Washington.
7. He leaves work at 5:30.
8. He always wears a suit and tie.
### Lesson 4A
#### Figure 1
| | | | |
|---|---|---|---|
| A. 6 | H. 10 |
| B. 12 | I. 9 |
| C. 1 | J. 3 |
| D. 2 | K. 14 |
| E. 7 | L. 4 |
| F. 5 | M. 11 |
| G. 13 | N. 8 |
#### Figure 2
1. The ocean is a good place to <u>catch</u> fish.
2. My grandfather taught me how to <u>shoot</u> a rifle.
3. We enlarged the house, so now I have my <u>own</u> room.
4. The police heard a <u>shot</u> when they arrived at the house.
#### Figure 3
1. He used to live in Phoenix, Arizona.
2. It's very hot.
3. He used to go to work at 6:30.
4. He used to leave at 2:30.
#### Figure 4
**COLUMNS**
| ROWS | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
|:---:|:---:|:---:|:---:|:---:|
| **1** | | **?** | | |
| **2** | **!** | | **,** | |
| **3** | | | | **,** |
| **4** | | | | |
### Lesson 4B
#### Figure 1
| | |
|---|---|
| a. 6 | e. 2 |
| b. 4 | f. 3 |
| c. 1 | g. 5 |
| d. 8 | h. 7 |
#### Figure 2
1. They would go hunting in the fall.
2. They would get up early, eat breakfast, and get ready to hunt.
3. They would have to be very quiet when the hunt started.
4. No, it was sometimes boring.
5. They would eat dinner; then go to bed early.
6. They would sleep in a lot of clothes because it was very cold.
7. They would stay about two or three days.
#### Figure 3
| | |
|---|---|
| a. 3 | d. 2 |
| b. 1 | e. 4 |
| c. 5 | f. 6 |
### Lesson 4C
#### Figure 1
1. Joanne arrived later than Martha.
2. Sally left earlier than John did.
3. Alan works harder than Bob does.
4. Your grandmother drives slower than your brother does.
5. His relatives came sooner than Bill expected.
6. Cars move faster than buses do.
7. Pete throws a baseball farther than Don does.
8. Lori can draw straighter lines than Sam can.
9. The Navy pilots try to fly higher than the Air Force pilots.
10. The red plane flies lower than the blue plane.
#### Figure 2
**Dialog 1**
1. Mr. Sandoval said the car was ready.
**Dialog 2**
2. He said he had the money at his office.
**Dialog 3**
3. She said she liked to cook.
#### Figure 3
Carl walked into his house last night and decided he wanted a change. What could he do to change his house? Well, he could enlarge his kitchen. He could add on another bedroom, and he could build a patio. He's going to think about it during the weekend. He'll make his decision on Monday. Then he'll have to ask his wife. I hope she likes his plans.
### Lesson 4D
#### Figure 1
**Dialog 1**
1. He used to live in Texas.
2. Now, he lives in California.
3. He used to ride a bus to school.
4. When he was sixteen, his father bought him a car.
5. He would usually drive to school, but sometimes he didn't have enough money for gas.
6. He would lend him money occasionally.
**Dialog 2**
1. Yes, he's been in the military.
2. He was an instructor.
3. He used to get up at 4:30.
4. He would go to the mess hall for breakfast.
5. He would go to class.
6. Yes, his students used to work very hard.
7. They used to study all weekend.
#### Figure 2
| | |
|---|---|
| 1. b | 4. c |
| 2. a | 5. a |
| 3. c | |
---
**– USER NOTES –**
# American Language Course
The American Language Course is a comprehensive, multilevel program for adults that teaches English for vocational and professional purposes. The ALC is designed primarily for intensive English language training in a classroom setting, but it can be adapted for slower-paced instruction. A significant feature of the ALC is the inclusion of basic military topics and vocabulary.
Using traditional methods of language teaching as well as contemporary communicative approaches, the ALC's presentation is systematic and carefully sequenced to ensure that learners can build on previously acquired knowledge. Photographs, illustrations, charts, and tables explain vocabulary and grammar, while dialogs and student-centered activities introduce and reinforce language functions and skills. Each book is supplemented by an instructional package that includes the following:
- Instructor text
- Student text
- Language laboratory activities text with audio scripts and answer keys
- Audio recordings
- Computer-delivered interactive multimedia instruction (IMI)
- Quiz kit
- Optional training aids
The ALC's second edition features a completely revised student text with an accompanying instructor text. Instructor notes offer detailed guidelines for presenting classroom exercises, supplemental activities, and pertinent cultural information. A variety of teaching strategies are provided to keep students motivated and enliven the classroom.
![Three photographs showing language students in classroom and outdoor environments, and the Defense Language Institute crest at the bottom](images/page_186_001.jpg)
---

539
sources/book-12/lla-4A.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,539 @@
<!-- source file: 012 - LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 12 LESSON 4A.md -->
# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 12, LESSON 4A
**Figure 1**
**Repeat the words and sentences. Write the number of the sentence under the picture. Repeat the sentences.**
![#A A fisherman standing and proudly holding up a large fish he has caught](images/page_059_001.jpg)
A. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
![#B Three people in a small boat fishing with rods on a lake](images/page_059_002.jpg)
B. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
![#C A hunter in outdoor gear holding a shotgun in a marshy area, watching birds fly overhead](images/page_059_003.jpg)
C. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
![#D A landscape view showing hills, trees, a fence, and water near a shoreline](images/page_059_004.jpg)
D. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
![#E A man in a sweater looking at tall city buildings across a body of water on a cloudy day](images/page_059_005.jpg)
E. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
![#F A thermometer showing temperatures next to a calendar page for the month of April](images/page_059_006.jpg)
F. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
![#G A young boy playing catch with a dog in front of a house](images/page_060_001.jpg)
G. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
![#H Two young men playing soccer outdoors](images/page_060_002.jpg)
H. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
![#I A man and a woman looking out a window together at rain falling outside](images/page_060_003.jpg)
I. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
![#J A group of deer standing near a body of water in a forest setting](images/page_060_004.jpg)
J. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
![#K Two children sitting on the ground feeding ducks by a pond](images/page_060_005.jpg)
K. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
![#L A glass display case in a store holding rifles, with a sign above reading "GUNS FOR SALE"](images/page_060_006.jpg)
L. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
---
![#M A soldier holding and aiming a rifle](images/page_061_001.jpg)
![#N A soldier surrounded by various weapons including rifles and a bayonet](images/page_061_002.jpg)
### Figure 2
> **Repeat the words and sentences. Write the missing word.**
1. The ocean is a good place to _________________ fish.
2. My grandfather taught me how to _________________ a rifle.
3. We enlarged the house, so now I have my _________________ room.
4. The police heard a _________________ when they arrived at the house.
---
**LISTENING/SPEAKING ACTIVITY:** Repeat the sentences you hear. There's no figure for this activity.
### Figure 3
> **Listen to the paragraph. Take notes. Write the answers to the questions you hear. Repeat the answers.**
NOTES: Hank — used to live — Phoenix, Arizona
lives — now — Seattle, Washington
1. __________________________________________________________________________________
2. __________________________________________________________________________________
3. __________________________________________________________________________________
4. __________________________________________________________________________________
5. __________________________________________________________________________________
6. __________________________________________________________________________________
7. __________________________________________________________________________________
8. __________________________________________________________________________________
---
### Figure 4
> **Write the punctuation in the correct place. Check your answers on the answer page.**
| | COLUMNS | | | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| **ROWS** | **1** | **2** | **3** | **4** |
| **1** | | | | |
| **2** | | | | |
| **3** | | | | |
| **4** | | | | |
| KEY |
|---|
| ? = question mark |
| ! = exclamation mark |
| ' = apostrophe |
| , = comma |
---
– USER NOTES –
---
<!-- source file: 027 - AUDIO SCRIPT.md -->
# AUDIO SCRIPT
## Lesson 4A
**AUDIO TRACK 1**
(1) Hello.
(2) Open your books to the activities for Lesson 4A. (pause 6 sec)
(3) Look at Figure 1. Repeat the words and sentences. (pause at / for student repetition)
Picture A: fish...fish
Mr. Thrasher caught a big fish last Saturday.
Picture B: fish...fish
The boys are fishing off the pier. / Their fathers are fishing off the boat.
Picture C: hunt...hunt
My uncle is hunting ducks.
Picture D: country...country
The flowers are beautiful out in the country.
Picture E: high...high
Roger could see the whole city from the high hill.
Picture F: low...low
The temperature was 37°. That was low for April.
Picture G: outdoors...outdoors
Put that dog outdoors.
Picture H: out-of-doors...out-of-doors
We like to play out-of-doors.
Picture I: indoors...indoors
It's rainy and cold. It's a good day to stay indoors.
Picture J: deer...deer
The deer are eating by the lake.
Picture K: duck...duck
The children enjoy feeding the ducks.
Picture L: gun...gun
This store sells many kinds of guns.
Picture M: rifle...rifle
My grandfather bought me this new rifle.
Picture N: weapon...weapon
That soldier has used all the weapons.
(4) Look at Figure 1 again. Listen to the sentences. Write the number of the sentence under the correct picture. You will hear each sentence twice. (pause 15 sec after the second reading of each item)
Number 1: My neighbor enjoys hunting.
My neighbor enjoys hunting.
Number 2: George lives out in the country, far away from the city.
George lives out in the country, far away from the city.
Number 3: Look at the deer!
Look at the deer!
Number 4: DON'S GUN STORE has a large variety of guns.
DON'S GUN STORE has a large variety of guns.
Number 5: The temperature was very low.
The temperature was very low.
Number 6: That's really a big fish!
That's really a big fish!
Number 7: Look how high he is!
Look how high he is!
Number 8: John learned all about weapons in the military.
John learned all about weapons in the military.
Number 9: It's still raining. I've been indoors all day.
It's still raining. I've been indoors all day.
Number 10: They have to play soccer out-of-doors.
They have to play soccer out-of-doors.
Number 11: Mike is learning how to shoot his new rifle.
Mike is learning how to shoot his new rifle.
Number 12: The boys asked their fathers to go fishing.
The boys asked their fathers to go fishing.
Number 13: Roger's dog has to stay outdoors.
Roger's dog has to stay outdoors.
Number 14: The ducks like to play in the water.
The ducks like to play in the water.
(5) Let's check your answers. (pause for student rep)
Picture A is 6. That's really a big fish.
Picture B is 12. The boys asked their fathers to go fishing.
Picture C is 1. My neighbor enjoys hunting.
Picture D is 2. George lives out in the country, far away from the city.
Picture E is 7. Look how high he is!
Picture F is 5. The temperature was very low.
Picture G is 13. Roger's dog has to stay outdoors.
Picture H is 10. They have to play soccer out-of-doors.
Picture I is 9. It's still raining. I've been indoors all day.
Picture J is 3. Look at the deer!
Picture K is 14. The ducks like to play in the water.
Picture L is 4. DON'S GUN STORE has a large variety of guns.
Picture M is 11. Mike is learning how to shoot his new rifle.
Picture N is 8. John learned all about weapons in the military.
**AUDIO TRACK 2**
(6) Look at Figure 2. Repeat the words and sentences. Write the missing words in the blank. (pause 5 sec after each sentence)
Number 1: catch...catch
The ocean is a good place to catch fish.
Number 2: shoot...shoot
My grandfather taught me how to shoot a rifle.
Number 3: own...own
We enlarged the house, so now I have my own room.
Number 4: shot...shot
The police heard a shot when they arrived at the house.
(7) Let's check your answers.
Number 1: You should have written catch, c-a-t-c-h.
Number 2: You should have written shoot, s-h-o-o-t.
Number 3: You should have written own, o-w-n.
Number 4: You should have written shot, s-h-o-t.
(8) Repeat these sentences. (pause at / for student rep)
Frank used to be in the Army. / Now he works in an office.
Don used to play football. / Now he plays tennis.
Beth used to cook dinner every night, / but now her daughter does.
My nephew used to visit us every weekend, / but he doesn't anymore.
My father used to take me fishing every summer. / Now I take my son.
Uncle Jim used to take me hunting every fall, / but we haven't gone for six years.
My neighbor used to own a gun, / but he sold it last month.
**AUDIO TRACK 3**
(9) Look at Figure 3. Listen to a paragraph. Take notes. Listen for "used to". Be ready to answer the questions. (pause 5 sec after each sentence)
Hank used to live in Phoenix, Arizona. (pause) It gets very hot there, so people try to plan their work very carefully. (pause) Hank used to go to work at six-thirty every morning, and he used to leave at two-thirty in the afternoon. (pause) He used to wear cotton shirts and pants to work. (pause) He never wore a suit and tie. (pause) Now he lives in Seattle, Washington. (pause) It's very cool there. (pause) He doesn't go to work early, and he works until five-thirty in the afternoon. (pause) He always wears a suit and tie to work.
(10) Now write answers from your notes. (pause 20 sec after each question)
Number 1: Where did Hank use to live?
Number 2: How is the climate there?
Number 3: What time did Hank use to go to work?
Number 4: When did he use to leave work?
Number 5: What did he use to wear to work?
Number 6: Where does he live now?
Number 7: What time does he leave work there?
Number 8: What does he wear to work?
(11) Now let's check your answers.
Number 1: He used to live in Phoenix, Arizona.
Number 2: It's very hot.
Number 3: He used to go to work at six-thirty.
Number 4: He used to leave work at two-thirty.
Number 5: He used to wear cotton shirts and pants.
Number 6: Now he lives in Seattle, Washington.
Number 7: He leaves work at five-thirty.
Number 8: He always wears a suit and tie.
**AUDIO TRACK 4**
(12) Look at Figure 4. Listen carefully. Write the correct punctuation in the chart. Use the key to help you.
Number 1: Put the exclamation mark in column one, row two.
Put the exclamation mark in column one, row two.
Number 2: Put the apostrophe in column three, row two.
Put the apostrophe in column three, row two.
Number 3: Put the question mark in column two, row one.
Put the question mark in column two, row one.
Number 4: Put the comma in column four, row three.
Put the comma in column four, row three.
THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 4A, BOOK 12.
– USER NOTES –
---
# AUDIO SCRIPT
## Lesson 4B
**AUDIO TRACK 5**
(1) Hello.
(2) Open your books to the activities for Lesson 4B. (pause 6 sec)
(3) Repeat the following words and sentences.
go...go
Victor drives to the lake to go fishing.
Victor drives to the lake to go fishing.
instructions...instructions
I don't know how to do this. / Please read the instructions to me.
I don't know how to do this. / Please read the instructions to me.
plenty...plenty
Please stay for dinner. / There's plenty of food.
Please stay for dinner. / There's plenty of food.
practice...practice
Michelle practices tennis every day. / She's quite good.
Michelle practices tennis every day. / She's quite good.
prepare...prepare
The soldier was preparing dinner. / He's a good cook.
The soldier was preparing dinner. / He's a good cook.
used to...used to
Jeff used to be in the military. / Now he's going to school.
Jeff used to be in the military. / Now he's going to school.
would...would
Last year, Margaret would come to our house every evening.
Last year, Margaret would come to our house every evening.
all over...all over
The baby spilled the milk all over his mother.
The baby spilled the milk all over his mother.
farther...farther
Larry can run farther than Mike can. / Mike can run only one mile.
Larry can run farther than Mike can. / Mike can run only one mile.
hard...hard
The math test was really hard. / I didn't get a good score.
The math test was really hard. / I didn't get a good score.
more...more
Billy has more money than I do. / He has ten dollars; I have only five.
Billy has more money than I do. / He has ten dollars; I have only five.
once...once
My uncle went fishing once; / he has never gone again.
My uncle went fishing once; / he has never gone again.
several...several
There were several people from Korea at the get-together.
There were several people from Korea at the get-together.
slow...slow
She hurt her leg; / now Mrs. Martin walks very slow.
She hurt her leg; / now Mrs. Martin walks very slow.
twice...twice
Bobby has been sick twice this year. / He's been sick two times.
Bobby has been sick twice this year. / He's been sick two times.
whole...whole
Sandy's son ate the whole pie. / He ate all of it.
Sandy's son ate the whole pie. / He ate all of it.
(4) Look at Figure 1. Read the sentences. (pause 20 sec) Now listen to a question and choose the correct answer to the question.
(pause 10 sec after each question)
Number 1: Why does Victor drive to the lake?
Number 2: Can you tell me how to do this?
Number 3: Is there plenty of food?
Number 4: How often does Michelle practice tennis?
Number 5: What was the soldier preparing?
Number 6: Was the math test hard?
Number 7: How many times has Bobby been sick this year?
Number 8: How many people from Korea were at the get-together?
(5) Let's check your answers.
Letter A is 6. Was the math test hard? Yes, it was really hard.
Repeat: Yes, it was really hard.
Letter B is 4. How often does Michelle practice tennis? She practices every day. Repeat: She practices every day.
Letter C is 1. Why does Victor drive to the lake? He drives to the lake to go fishing. Repeat: He drives to the lake to go fishing.
Letter D is 8. How many people from Korea were at the get-together? Several people from Korea were at the get-together. Repeat: Several people from Korea were at the get-together.
Letter E is 2. Can you tell me how to do this? Yes, I can. Let me read the instructions. Repeat: Yes, I can. Let me read the instructions.
Letter F is 3. Is there plenty of food? Yes, there is plenty of food. Repeat: Yes, there is plenty of food.
Letter G is 5. What was the soldier preparing? He was preparing dinner. Repeat: He was preparing dinner.
Letter H is 7. How many times has Bobby been sick this year? He's been sick twice. Repeat: He's been sick twice.
**AUDIO TRACK 6**
(6) Look at Figure 2. Listen to a dialog and take notes. Listen for "would". Be ready to answer the questions.
(two voices, both male)
voice 1: Hey, Dad, tell us about your hunting trips.
voice 2: Okay. Every fall my grandfather, my father, my two uncles, and I would go hunting. We would get up very early in the morning, eat breakfast, and get ready to hunt. We would have to be very quiet when the hunt started. Sometimes I would get bored just sitting and waiting for the deer. In the evening, we would eat dinner; then go to bed very early. We would usually sleep in a lot of clothes because it was very cold. We would stay about two or three days and then go back home.
(7) Listen to the dialog again.
voice 1: Hey, Dad, tell us about your hunting trips.
voice 2: OK. Every fall my grandfather, my father, my two uncles, and I would go hunting. We would get up very early in the morning, eat breakfast, and get ready to hunt. We would have to be very quiet when the hunt started. Sometimes I would get bored just sitting and waiting for the deer. In the evening, we would eat dinner; then go to bed very early. We would usually sleep in a lot of clothes because it was very cold. We would stay about two or three days and then go back home.
(8) Now write the answers to the questions. (pause 30 sec after each question)
Number 1: When would they go hunting?
Number 2: What would they do in the morning?
Number 3: When would they have to be quiet?
Number 4: Was it always exciting?
Number 5: What would they do in the evening?
Number 6: Why would they sleep in a lot of clothes?
Number 7: How long would they stay?
(9) Let's check your answers.
Number 1: When would they go hunting? They would go hunting in the fall. Repeat: They would go hunting in the fall.
Number 2: What would they do in the morning? They would get up early, eat breakfast, and get ready to hunt. Repeat: They would get up early, / eat breakfast, and get ready to hunt.
Number 3: When would they have to be quiet? They would have to be very quiet when the hunt started. Repeat: They would have to be very quiet when the hunt started.
Number 4: Was it always exciting? No, it was sometimes boring. Repeat: No, it was sometimes boring.
Number 5: What would they do in the evening? They would eat dinner; then go to bed early. Repeat: They would eat dinner; / then go to bed early.
Number 6: Why would they sleep in a lot of clothes? They would sleep in a lot of clothes because it was very cold. Repeat: They would sleep in a lot of clothes / because it was very cold.
Number 7: How long would they stay? They would stay about two or three days. Repeat: They would stay about two or three days.
**AUDIO TRACK 7**
(10) Look at Figure 3. Read the answers you see. (pause 20 sec) Listen to Number 1.
Number 1: The desk was too heavy for me to move. . . . (pause 5 sec)
(11) Write the number 1 in front of Letter B. The desk was too heavy for me to move, so I asked for help.
(12) Let's do some more.
Number 2: Andy wanted to go to the movie. . . . (pause 10 sec)
Number 3: Henry couldn't find his keys. . . . (pause 10 sec)
Number 4: Captain Jones's car is in the garage. . . . (pause 10 sec)
Number 5: Jim likes to go hunting. . . . (pause 10 sec)
Number 6: Roger is shooting with his rifle. . . . (pause 10 sec)
(13) Now let's check your answers.
Letter A is 3. Henry couldn't find his keys, but his son found them in the yard. Repeat: Henry couldn't find his keys, but his son found them in the yard.
Letter B is 1. The desk was too heavy for me to move, so I asked for help. Repeat: The desk was too heavy for me to move, so I asked for help.
Letter C is 5. Jim likes to go hunting, and Sam likes to go fishing. Repeat: Jim likes to go hunting, and Sam likes to fishing.
Letter D is 2. Andy wanted to go to the movie, but I didn't. Repeat: Andy wanted to go to the movie, but I didn't.
Letter E is 4. Captain Jones's car is in the garage, so he took the bus to work. Repeat: Captain Jones's car is in the garage, so he took the bus to work.
Letter F is 6. Roger is shooting with his rifle, and Howard is using his pistol. Repeat: Roger is shooting with his rifle, and Howard is using his pistol.
THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 4B, BOOK 12.
---

61
sources/book-12/lla-4B.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
<!-- source file: 013 - LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 12 LESSON 4B.md -->
# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 12, LESSON 4B
**LISTENING/SPEAKING ACTIVITY:** Repeat the words and sentences you hear. There's no figure for this activity.
### Figure 1
> **Write the number in front of the answer. Repeat the answers.**
______ a. Yes, it was really hard.
______ b. She practices every day.
______ c. He drives to the lake to go fishing.
______ d. Several people from Korea were at the get-together.
______ e. Yes, I can. Let me read the instructions.
______ f. Yes, there's plenty of food.
______ g. He was preparing dinner.
______ h. He's been sick twice.
---
### Figure 2
> **Listen to the dialog. Take notes. Write the answers to the questions you hear. Repeat the answers.**
NOTES: __________________________________________________________________________________
1. __________________________________________________________________________________
2. __________________________________________________________________________________
3. __________________________________________________________________________________
4. __________________________________________________________________________________
5. __________________________________________________________________________________
6. __________________________________________________________________________________
7. __________________________________________________________________________________
---
## Figure 3
> Match the phrase you hear with its completer. Write the number on the line. Repeat the sentences.
\_\_\_\_\_\_ a. but his son found them in the yard.
\_\_\_\_\_\_ b. so I asked for help.
\_\_\_\_\_\_ c. and Sam likes to go fishing.
\_\_\_\_\_\_ d. but I didn’t.
\_\_\_\_\_\_ e. so he took the bus to work.
\_\_\_\_\_\_ f. and Howard is using his pistol.
- USER NOTES -

218
sources/book-12/lla-4C.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,218 @@
<!-- source file: 014 - LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 12 LESSON 4C.md -->
# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 12, LESSON 4C
## Figure 1
> Repeat the sentences. Write answers to the questions you hear. Repeat the answers.
1. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
2. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
3. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
4. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
5. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
6. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
7. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
8. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
9. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
10. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
## Figure 2
> Write the answers to the questions you hear. Repeat the answers.
### Dialog 1
\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
### Dialog 2
\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
### Dialog 3
\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
---
## Figure 3
> Listen to the paragraph. Write what you hear. Check what you wrote.
<!-- source file: 028 - AUDIO SCRIPT.md -->
# AUDIO SCRIPT
## Lesson 4C
### AUDIO TRACK 1
(1) Hello.
(2) Open your books to the activities for Lesson 4C. (pause 6 sec)
(3) Look at Figure 1. Repeat the sentences. Then write the answers to the questions. (pause 30 sec after each question)
Number 1: Joanne arrived later than Martha.
Joanne arrived later than Martha.
Who arrived later than Martha?
Number 2: Sally left earlier than John did.
Sally left earlier than John did.
Who left earlier?
Number 3: Alan works harder than Bob does.
Alan works harder than Bob does.
Who works harder than Bob?
Number 4: My grandmother drives slower than my brother does.
My grandmother drives slower than my brother does.
Who drives slower than my brother does?
Number 5: His relatives came sooner than Bill expected.
His relatives came sooner than Bill expected.
Who came sooner than Bill expected?
Number 6: Cars move faster than buses do.
Cars move faster than buses do.
Which move faster, cars or buses?
Number 7: Pete throws a baseball farther than Don does.
Pete throws a baseball farther than Don does.
Who throws a baseball farther?
Number 8: Lori can draw straighter lines than Sam can.
Lori can draw straighter lines than Sam can.
Who can draw straighter lines?
Number 9: The Navy pilots try to fly higher than the Air Force pilots.
The Navy pilots try to fly higher than the Air Force pilots.
Which pilots try to fly higher?
Number 10: That red plane flies lower than the blue plane.
That red plane flies lower than the blue plane.
Which plane flies lower?
(4) Let's look at the answers.
Number 1: Joanne arrived later than Martha.
Repeat: Joanne arrived later than Martha.
Number 2: Sally left earlier than John did.
Repeat: Sally left earlier than John did.
Number 3: Alan works harder than Bob does.
Repeat: Alan works harder than Bob does.
Number 4: Your grandmother drives slower than your brother does.
Repeat: Your grandmother drives slower than your brother does.
Number 5: His relatives came sooner than Bill expected.
Repeat: His relatives came sooner than Bill expected.
Number 6: Cars move faster than buses do.
Repeat: Cars move faster than buses do.
Number 7: Pete throws a baseball farther than Don does.
Repeat: Pete throws a baseball farther than Don does.
Number 8: Lori can draw straighter lines than Sam can.
Repeat: Lori can draw straighter lines than Sam can.
Number 9: The Navy pilots try to fly higher than the Air Force pilots.
Repeat: The Navy pilots try to fly higher than the Air Force pilots.
Number 10: The red plane flies lower than the blue plane.
Repeat: The red plane flies lower than the blue plane.
### AUDIO TRACK 2
(5) Look at Figure 2. Listen to a question. Then listen to a dialog. Write the answer to the question when you hear it the second time.
(voice 2, male; voice 1, female)
What did Mr. Sandoval say about the car?
(phone ringing)
voice 1: Hello.
voice 2: May I speak to Joe Ferguson, please?
voice 1: He's not here right now. May I take a message?
voice 2: Yes. This is Fred Sandoval. His car is ready.
voice 1: Thank you, Mr. Sandoval. I'll tell him.
What did Mr. Sandoval say about the car? (pause 20 sec)
(6) Mr. Sandoval said the car was ready. Repeat: Mr. Sandoval said the car was ready.
(7) Now listen to another question and dialog.
(2 male voices)
What did Captain Richardson say about the money?
(footsteps entering room)
voice 1: Yes, sir, may I help you?
voice 2: I'm Captain Richardson. I'm looking for Captain Brown. Is this his office?
voice 1: Yes, it is, but he's not here right now. He's at lunch.
voice 2: I have his money at my office.
voice 1: I'll tell him, sir.
What did Captain Richardson say about the money? (pause 20 sec)
(8) He said he had the money at his office. Repeat: He said he had the money at his office.
(9) Now listen to another question and dialog.
(2 female voices)
What did Jane say about cooking?
(silverware sounds)
voice 1: This chicken is very good, Jane.
voice 2: Thanks, Mary. It's very easy to prepare.
voice 1: I'm not a very good cook. Maybe you could teach me some things.
voice 2: Certainly. I like to cook.
What did Jane say about cooking? (pause 20 sec)
(10) She said she liked to cook. Repeat: She said she liked to cook.
### AUDIO TRACK 3
(11) Look at Figure 3. This is a dictation exercise. You will hear a paragraph three times. Listen carefully the first time. (read at normal speed)
Carl walked into his house last night and decided he wanted a change. What could he do to change his house? Well, he could enlarge his kitchen. He could add on another bedroom, and he could build a patio. He's going to think about it during the weekend. He'll make his decision on Monday. Then he'll have to ask his wife. I hope she likes his plans.
(12) Now listen to the paragraph again and write what you hear.
(pause 30 sec at / )
Carl walked into his house last night / and decided he wanted a change. / What could he do / to change his house? / Well, he could enlarge / his kitchen. / He could add on / another bedroom, / and he could build / a patio. / He's going to think about it / during the weekend. / He'll make his decision / on Monday. / Then he'll have to ask his wife. / I hope she likes / his plans. /
(13) Listen to the paragraph again and check what you wrote.
Carl walked into his house last night and decided he wanted a change. What could he do to change his house? Well, he could enlarge his kitchen. He could add on another bedroom, and he could build a patio. He's going to think about it during the weekend. He'll make his decision on Monday. Then he'll have to ask his wife. I hope she likes his plans.
THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 4C, BOOK 12.

286
sources/book-12/lla-4D.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,286 @@
<!-- source file: 015 - LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 12 LESSON 4D.md -->
# LANGUAGE LABORATORY ACTIVITIES BOOK 12, LESSON 4D
LISTENING/SPEAKING ACTIVITY: Repeat the words and sentences you hear. There's no figure for this activity.
---
## Figure 1
> Listen to the dialogs. Take notes. Write the answers to the questions you hear. Repeat the answers.
### Dialog 1
NOTES:
1. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
2. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
3. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
4. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
5. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
6. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
### Dialog 2
NOTES:
1. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
2. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
3. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
4. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
5. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
6. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
7. \_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_\_
---
#### Figure 2
Listen to the dialogs. Select the correct answer.
*Example:* The son is ________.
a. angry
b. excited
c. sad
1. Nancy is ________.
a. sick
b. upset
c. sad
2. She is ________.
a. angry
b. happy
c. sad
3. Matt is ________.
a. angry
b. upset
c. happy
4. Jack is ________.
a. excited
b. sad
c. angry
5. They are ________.
a. afraid
b. late
c. happy
- USER NOTES -
<!-- source file: 029 - AUDIO SCRIPT.md -->
# AUDIO SCRIPT
## Lesson 4D
### AUDIO TRACK 4
(1) Hello.
(2) Open your books to the activities for Lesson 4D. (pause 6 sec)
(3) Repeat these words and sentences.
brought...brought
Ginger has brought that chicken dish before.
Ginger has brought that chicken dish before.
cut...cut
I have cut the wood four times this week.
I have cut the wood four times this week.
fallen...fallen
Those curtains have fallen three times this week; / let's fix them.
Those curtains have fallen three times this week; / let's fix them.
forgotten...forgotten
Do you think Sgt Wilson has forgotten about this meeting?
Do you think Sgt Wilson has forgotten about this meeting?
grown...grown
That tree has really grown since last year.
That tree has really grown since last year.
hidden...hidden
The children have hidden my car keys. I can't go to work.
The children have hidden my car keys. I can't go to work.
left...left
Barbara has left her umbrella here.
Barbara has left her umbrella here.
made...made
Captain Orta has made that vegetable dish many times before.
Captain Orta has made that vegetable dish many times before.
(4) Look at Figure 1. Take notes on a dialog. Be ready to answer questions.
(2 voices, both male)
voice 1: Where are you from?
voice 2: I used to live in Texas. Now, I live in California.
voice 1: Did you go to school in Texas?
voice 2: Yes, I did. I used to ride a bus to school every day. Then, when I was sixteen, my father bought me a car.
voice 1: Did you drive to school?
voice 2: I would usually drive, but sometimes I didn't have enough money for gas.
voice 1: Did your father ever lend you money?
voice 2: He'd lend me money occasionally but not very often.
(5) Now write the answers to the questions. (pause 20 sec after each question)
Number 1: Where did he use to live?
Number 2: Where does he live now?
Number 3: How did he use to go to school?
Number 4: What did his father buy him when he was sixteen?
Number 5: Would he always drive to school?
Number 6: Would his father lend him money?
(6) Let's check your answers.
Number 1: Where did he use to live? He used to live in Texas.
Repeat: He used to live in Texas.
Number 2: Where does he live now? Now, he lives in California.
Repeat: Now, he lives in California.
Number 3: How did he use to go to school? He used to ride a bus to school.
Repeat: He used to ride a bus to school.
Number 4: What did his father buy him when he was sixteen? When he was sixteen, his father bought him a car.
Repeat: When he was sixteen, his father bought him a car.
---
Number 5: Would he always drive to school? He would usually drive to school, but sometimes he didn't have enough money for gas.
Repeat: He would usually drive to school, / but sometimes he didn't have enough money for gas.
Number 6: Would his father lend him money? He would lend him money occasionally.
Repeat: He would lend him money occasionally.
(7) Listen to the next dialog, take notes, and be ready to answer the questions.
(two voices, both male)
voice 1: Have you ever been in the military?
voice 2: Yes, I have. I was in the Army for twenty years.
voice 1: Did you enjoy it?
voice 2: Yes, I did. Sometimes it was difficult, but I liked my job. I was an instructor.
voice 1: Where did you work?
voice 2: Well, I worked at Ft. Benning in Georgia. I used to get up at four-thirty every morning, and then I would go to the mess hall for breakfast. After breakfast, I would go to class. My students used to work very hard. They used to stay in their rooms and study all weekend.
(8) Okay. Write the answers to the questions. (pause 20 sec)
Number 1: Has he ever been in the military?
Number 2: What was his job?
Number 3: When did he use to get up?
Number 4: Where would he go after he got up?
Number 5: Where would he go after breakfast?
Number 6: Did his students use to work very hard?
Number 7: What did they use to do all weekend?
(9) Let's check your answers.
Number 1: Has he ever been in the military? Yes, he has been in the military. Repeat: Yes, he has been in the military.
Number 2: What was his job? He was an instructor. Repeat: He was an instructor.
Number 3: When did he use to get up? He used to get up at 4:30. Repeat: He used to get up at 4:30.
Number 4: Where would he go after he got up? He would go to the mess hall for breakfast. Repeat: He would go to the mess hall for breakfast.
Number 5: Where would he go after breakfast? He would go to class. Repeat: He would go to class.
Number 6: Did his students use to work very hard? Yes, his students used to work very hard. Repeat: Yes, his students used to work very hard.
Number 7: What did they use to do all weekend? They used to study all weekend. Repeat: They used to study all weekend.
AUDIO TRACK 5
(10) Now, look at Figure 2. Listen to a short dialog. Circle the letter of the answer. Look at the example.
(two voices, both male)
voice 1: Look, Dad. I caught one!
voice 2: That's wonderful, Son!
The son is .... (pause 5 sec)
(11) The answer is: The son is excited. Now listen to the other dialogs and circle the correct answer.
Number 1:
(2 female voices)
voice 1: Oh no! The cigarette burned my new dress.
voice 2: Don't worry, Nancy. I think I can fix it.
Nancy is .... (pause 5 sec)
Number 2:
(voice 1, young female; voice 2, young male)
voice 1: That's my truck, Bobby. Give it to me.
voice 2: No! I'm playing with it.
She is .... (pause 5 sec)
Number 3:
(2 male voices)
voice 1: Hey, Matt. Let's go hunting this weekend.
voice 2: I'd love to. What time do you want to leave?
Matt is .... (pause 5 sec)
Number 4:
(voice 1, male; voice 2, female)
voice 1: Janet, where are my socks?
voice 2: I'm sorry, Jack. I forgot to wash them.
Jack is .... (pause 5 sec)
Number 5:
(2 male voices)
voice 1: Did you hear that shot?
voice 2: Yes, I did. It was near here.
They are .... (pause 5 sec)
(12) Let's check your answers.
Number 1 is B: Nancy is upset. Repeat: Nancy is upset.
Number 2 is A: She is angry. Repeat: She is angry.
Number 3 is C: Matt is happy. Repeat: Matt is happy.
Number 4 is C: Jack is angry. Repeat: Jack is angry.
Number 5 is A: They are afraid. Repeat: They are afraid.
THIS IS THE END OF LESSON 4D, BOOK 12.
- USER NOTES -

2218
sources/book-12/st-1.md Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1487
sources/book-12/st-2.md Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1472
sources/book-12/st-3.md Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

651
sources/book-12/st-4.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,651 @@
<!-- source file: 006 - WE USED TO GO TO THE LAKE. BOOK 12 LESSON 4.md -->
# WE USED TO GO TO THE LAKE. BOOK 12 LESSON 4
![A mountain landscape with a lake in the foreground, evergreen trees along the shore, and birds flying above](images/page_105_001.jpg)
---FUNCTION---
What did you use to do for fun? I used to go fishing every Saturday. I'd go to the movie every weekend.
---GRAMMAR---
My dad and I <u>used to</u> hunt here. Now I work here.
What <u>would</u> Ken do for his teacher's class?
He <u>would</u> study very hard for her class.
My friends arrived <u>sooner than</u> I expected.
Al left the house <u>earlier than</u> Kim did.
Roger throws the ball <u>farther than</u> his sister does.
Harry <u>has told</u> us that story <u>before</u>.
---SKILLS---
laugh - beef
Summaries
Title
Topic
Main Idea
They're going to the lake. They hope to catch a lot of fish.
They are going to the lake, and they hope to catch a lot of fish.
---VOCABULARY---
catch/caught/caught
fish
go
hunt
kill
practice
prepare
shoot/shot/shot
used to
would
in the open
all over
bang!
farther
further
hard
high
indoors
low
more
once
out-of-doors
outdoors
own
several
slow
twice
whole
country
deer/deer
duck
fish/fish
fishing rod
gun
instructions
line
outdoors
own
pistol
plenty
rifle
shot
walk
weapon
# CONTENTS OF BOOK 12 LESSON 4
| ST PAGE |
|---|---|
| **VOCABULARY:** We may go hunting. | 99 |
| **READING SKILL:** select same sound | 102 |
| **VOCABULARY:** Fishing is a lot of fun! | 103 |
| **READING SKILL:** select meaning of unfamiliar word/phrase | 108 |
| **GRAMMAR:** used to (past routine; discontinued past habit) | 109 |
| **WRITING SKILL:** sentence combining | 111 |
| **GRAMMAR:** would (past routine) | 112 |
| **FUNCTION:** ask about/narrate past routines/patterns of activities | 114 |
| **GRAMMAR:** -er comparative of adverbs | 117 |
| **WRITING SKILL:** underline critical words/phrases | 120 |
| **GRAMMAR:** review present perfect tense | 121 |
| **READING SKILL:** summarizing | 123 |
# Vocabulary
## WE MAY GO HUNTING.
Repeat and read the new words and sentences.
![A revolver pistol shown above a long rifle](images/page_107_001.jpg)
<u>Pistols</u> and <u>rifles</u> are <u>guns</u>.
Guns and knives are <u>weapons</u>.
![Two hunters in hunting caps and jackets carrying rifles through the woods](images/page_107_002.jpg)
Some people like to go <u>hunting</u>. They use guns to <u>hunt</u>.
![A group of deer standing together in a grassy area, including a prominent buck with antlers](images/page_107_003.jpg)
Herb likes to hunt <u>deer</u>.
This year, he wants to get two <u>deer</u>.
![A hunter standing near a pond or lake, aiming his gun upward at flying ducks, with one downed duck at his feet](images/page_107_004.jpg)
Dan likes to hunt <u>ducks</u>.
He's just shot a duck and <u>killed</u> it.
# WATCH OUT*, DEER! HERE COME FRED AND PETE!
Repeat the new words; then read the paragraphs.
Fred and Pete like to be <u>out-of-doors</u>. <u>Once</u> every year during the deer season, they spend at least two weeks hunting. Deer season this year will begin next week. Both Fred and Pete are getting ready for their hunting trip. They're <u>preparing</u> their weapons.
Fred has just bought a new rifle, so he and Pete have driven out of the city to the <u>country</u> to <u>practice</u> with it. Fred is going to <u>shoot</u> at some empty soda cans. He was so excited that he dropped his truck keys in the grass. Pete had to hunt <u>for</u> the keys because all Fred could think about was shooting his new rifle.
Bang!!!!
"Good, Fred, that was a good <u>shot</u>. Do it again," said Pete.
Bang!!!!
"You missed that time. You weren't <u>low</u> enough. You have to shoot lower," said Pete.
Bang!!!!
"You're still shooting too <u>high</u>, Fred," said Pete.
Bang! . . . bang! . . . bang! . . . bang! . . . bang!
After <u>several</u> shots, Pete said, "I think you've got it now, Fred. Watch out, deer! Here we come!"
\*<u>Watch out</u> = be careful
---
Read these statements about the story of Fred and Pete. If the information is correct, circle "T." If the information is wrong, circle "F."
1. Fred and Pete like to be out-of-doors. T F
2. Fred and Pete hunt deer two times a year. T F
3. They are getting their weapons ready. T F
4. Fred and Pete went to another country. T F
5. Fred wants to practice with his new rifle. T F
6. Fred will shoot at some cans. T F
7. Fred hunted for his keys. T F
8. Fred's shots were very low at first. T F
9. Fred shot only one time. T F
**FRED AND PETE LIKE TO BE OUT-OF-DOORS.**
Look at the example. Make a sentence.
EXAMPLE: out-of-doors Fred and Pete like to be out-of-doors.
1. once
2. deer season
3. prepare
4. country
5. practice
6. shoot at
7. lower
8. several
# Reading Skill
**WHICH LETTER DOES IT SOUND LIKE?**
Circle the letter of the word that has the same sound underlined.
EXAMPLE: lau<u>gh</u>
a. bi<u>g</u>
b. bee<u>f</u>
c. dau<u>gh</u>ter
1. cli<u>mb</u>
a. coo<u>k</u>
b. i<u>c</u>e
c. chan<u>ge</u>
2. li<u>c</u>ense
a. coo<u>k</u>
b. flie<u>s</u>
c. i<u>c</u>e
3. apostro<u>ph</u>e
a. <u>p</u>ay
b. <u>f</u>ree
c. <u>v</u>ery
4. des<u>s</u>ert
a. pa<u>ss</u>
b. <u>sh</u>ine
c. no<u>s</u>e
5. refrigera<u>tor</u>
a. do<u>g</u>
b. pa<u>ge</u>
c. lau<u>gh</u>
6. direc<u>tion</u>
a. chan<u>ge</u>
b. <u>sh</u>op
c. <u>t</u>ime
7. look<u>ed</u>
a. want<u>ed</u>
b. chang<u>ed</u>
c. laugh<u>ed</u>
8. <u>kn</u>ife
a. <u>k</u>eep
b. <u>n</u>ew
c. <u>g</u>un
9. new<u>s</u>
a. nie<u>c</u>e
b. lo<u>s</u>e
c. <u>sh</u>op
10. gymna<u>s</u>ium
a. rai<u>s</u>e
b. pa<u>ss</u>
c. <u>sh</u>op
# Vocabulary
**SOME NEW WORDS**
Repeat and read the new words and sentences.
1. <u>indoors/outdoors</u>
The party was outdoors, but we went indoors when the rain started.
2. <u>farther/further</u>
My house is far; I live 20 miles from here. His house is farther; he lives 35 miles from here.
I've gone further in my education than my brother has. I'm in college while he's only in high school.
3. <u>instructions</u>
Tell me how to use this machine; give me instructions.
4. <u>whole</u>
Do you want a whole box of pencils or just a few?
5. <u>plenty (of)</u>
Mr. Rockefeller has plenty of money.
I don't want any cake. I've had plenty.
6. <u>catch/caught/caught</u>
I want to go to the lake to catch some fish.
I caught some fish there last week.
My friends have caught many fish there, too.
**INDOORS OR OUTDOORS**
Repeat the new words; then read the dialog.
Melissa: Charlie, I want to stay <u>indoors</u> this weekend and work on the house.
Charlie: But I thought we were going fishing with the children.
Melissa: I don't want to go fishing. I want to stay home.
Charlie: Why don't you want to go <u>outdoors</u>? Chris, Richard, and I love to <u>be in the open</u>, and you love to <u>take walks</u> around the lake.
Melissa: That's true. And I know you like to <u>fish</u>, but I don't like to clean and prepare the fish. I get bored just watching you.
Charlie: If I prepare the fish, will you go?
Melissa: I'll think about it.
Answer these questions about the dialog.
1. What does Melissa want to do this weekend?
2. What does Charlie want to do?
3. Who else likes to be out in the open?
4. Why doesn't Melissa want to go fishing?
5. Who will prepare the fish?
**THE FISHING ROD**
Repeat the new words; then read the dialog.
![Diagram of a fishing rod labeled with its parts: fishing rod, line, hook, and bait](images/page_113_001.jpg)
Charlie: Your mother doesn't want to go fishing. I think she needs her own <u>fishing rod</u>.
Chris: That's a good idea, Dad. You have your own rod, Richard has his <u>own</u>, and I have my own. Mom needs her own, too.
Charlie: There's a department store farther down the street. We can buy one there.
Answer these questions about the dialog.
1. What does Mother need?
2. Who already has a fishing rod?
3. Where is the department store?
**THE LESSON**
Repeat the new words; then read the dialog.
Melissa: Are there fish <u>all over</u> or just in some parts of the lake?
Richard: They're <u>everywhere</u> but some places are better for catching them.
Melissa: I've caught one! I've caught one! What do I do next?
Richard: Pull the <u>line in slow</u>. Don't pull it <u>hard</u> because you may lose the fish.
Melissa: It's gone. This has happened to me not <u>once</u>, but <u>twice</u> already.
Richard: Don't worry. Two times is nothing. You'll learn.
Answer these questions about the dialog.
1. Are there fish all over or just in some parts of the lake?
2. How should Melissa pull in the line? Why?
3. How many times has Melissa lost fish?
---
# PREPARING THE FISH
Repeat the new words; then read the dialog.
Charlie: Okay, Melissa; give me further instructions. Tell me how to prepare the fish.
Melissa: Have you caught a <u>few</u> fish already?
Charlie: Yes, I've caught <u>several</u>, about four or five. So tell me.
Melissa: First, make a fire. Next, clean the fish and put some lemon juice, salt, and pepper on it. Then cook it in very hot oil.
Charlie: One fish is ready. Who wants it?
Chris: I do.
Charlie: Do you want the <u>whole</u> fish or just half, Chris?
Chris: I'll take a whole one.
Charlie: Was one enough or do you want <u>more</u>?
Chris: No. One was plenty. It was <u>more than enough</u>.
Answer these questions about the dialog.
1. How many fish did Charlie catch?
2. What kind of instructions did Melissa give Charlie?
3. Did Chris want half a fish?
4. Was one fish enough for him?
---
# Reading Skill
### WHAT DOES IT MEAN?
Select the meaning of the underlined word(s). Circle a, b, or c.
EXAMPLE: Mike <u>coached</u> his son because he wanted him to learn how to play the game well.
a. bought games
b. gave instructions
c. served soda
1. They played very hard during the <u>whole</u> game, but they still <u>lost</u>.
a. weren't first
b. didn't finish
c. were late
2. Herby played a <u>tennis match</u> with his friend. It took them an hour.
a. planned a party
b. started a fire
c. played a game
3. Andy <u>believes</u> weapons are dangerous. He doesn't let his children touch them.
a. expects
b. repairs
c. thinks
4. The plane was going north to New York. It was flying <u>towards</u> New York when it started to rain hard, so it landed in another city.
a. around New York
b. in the direction of New York
c. away from New York
---
# Grammar
### USED TO
> We use **used to** to say that something happened regularly or existed in the past but no longer happens or exists now.
>
> I **used to be** a student at that college. Now I'm an instructor there.
Read the following sentences. They all contain <u>used to</u>.
1. My father used to smoke, but he stopped last year.
2. Did Larry use to cook dinner every night?
Yes, and he used to cook breakfast on the weekends, too. Now he doesn't have enough time.
3. Did Lt Evans use to play football for the Air Force?
No, he used to play for the Army.
4. Where did Oscar use to live?
Oscar used to live in Mexico City; now he lives in Miami, Florida.
5. Captain Simms used to be late for class every day. His instructor used to get angry at him.
### JACK USED TO WORK AT NIGHT.
Read the paragraph. Answer the questions your teacher asks.
Jack used to be a waiter in a restaurant that was open 24 hours a day. He used to work at night. He used to go to work at 10:30 p.m. and work until 7:00 a.m. He used to wear jeans, a T-shirt, and a pair of tennis shoes. Now Jack works from 10:00 a.m. until 7:00 p.m., wears a three-piece suit, and owns the restaurant.
---
### THINGS ARE NOT WHAT THEY USED TO BE.
Complete the dialogs. Use <u>used to</u> in your answers. Look at the example.
EXAMPLE:
A: Bob isn't like I remember him from college.
B: No, he's not. He <u>used to have hair.</u>
(have hair)
1. A: Did you know that Mike can speak Spanish?
B: Yes. He ________________________________________
(live in Mexico)
2. A: How did you learn to shoot like that?
B: I ________________________________________
(be in the military)
3. A: Does Rod know a lot about animals?
B: Yes, he does. He ________________________________________
(work out-of-doors)
4. A: Why does Ray have all those weapons?
B: He ________________________________________ every fall.
(hunt)
5. A: Where did you get all these shoes?
B: I ________________________________________ at a shoe store.
(work)
6. A: Does Fred know how to fly?
B: Sure. He ________________________________________
(be a pilot in the Navy)
7. A: Is Ms. Richards helping you with your math?
B: Yes, she ________________________________________
(be a high school math teacher)
8. A: I heard that you fixed Mr. Edwards' car.
B: Yes, I ________________________________________
(work in a garage)
---
# Writing Skill
### I WANTED TO GO, BUT HE DIDN'T WANT TO.
Combine the two sentences. Use the words in ( ). Look at the example.
EXAMPLE: Ralph and Ellen wanted to go hunting early in the morning. They decided to stay out-of-doors. (so)
<u>Ralph and Ellen wanted to go hunting early in the morning, so they decided to stay out-of-doors.</u>
1. They hunted twice this week. Ralph finally shot a deer on Sunday morning. (and)
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
2. They were very tired. They had a good time. (but)
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
3. They couldn't eat the whole deer. They gave some of it to their neighbors. (so)
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
4. Ralph and Ellen can hunt there. They can go fishing. (or)
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
5. They are going to the lake. They hope to catch a lot of fish. (and)
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
---
6. There is a lake house. They may stay outdoors. (but)
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
7. They have to get up very early in the morning. They should go to bed before 11:00. (so)
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
8. They can spend time outdoors. They can stay indoors. (or)
__________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
# Grammar
### WOULD
> We use **would** when we talk about things that often happened in the past.
>
> When my sister and I were young, my family **would go** to the mountains. If the weather was good, we **would get** up early and **go** swimming in the cold river.
>
> **Used to** is also possible in these sentences.
---
Read the paragraph. It is about something that happened in the past.
When Ken was in fifth grade, he had a teacher that he really liked. He would study very hard for her class. Anytime she needed someone to help her, Ken would offer to help. He would clean the chalkboards, straighten the desks, and empty the trash. Sometimes, he would stay after class and ask her questions about the day's lessons. He thought that there would never be another teacher like her. He was wrong. Now he's in the seventh grade, and he has another favorite teacher.
Look at the example. Then look at the paragraph again. Use the numbers as guides and answer the questions.
EXAMPLE: What would Ken do for his teacher's class?
He would study very hard for her class.
# WHEN I WAS YOUNG . . .
Complete the following sentences like the example. Use **would**.
EXAMPLE: When I was a child, and I was sick, <u>I would ask my mother to let me stay in her bed. I would eat a lot of soup. Sometimes, I would go to the doctor. I would watch TV.</u>
1. When I was in school and arrived late, I would . . . .
2. When my sister was a little girl, she would . . . .
3. When I was young and needed money, I would . . . .
4. When I was a child and was frightened, I would . . . .
5. When my father got angry with me, he would . . . .
6. My parents were pleased with me when I would . . . .
7. When I was young, during the summer I would . . . .
8. When I was a child, on my mother's birthday, I would . . . .
# Function
**BEFORE YOU WERE IN THE MILITARY, . . . .**
Listen and repeat; then read the sentences both ways.
1. . . . what did you use to do for entertainment (fun)?
2. . . . what would you do for fun (entertainment)?
3. . . . what did you do for entertainment (fun)?
4. . . . where did you use to go fishing (hunting, swimming)?
5. . . . where would you go on your vacations?
6. . . . where did you go on your vacations?
7. . . . how did you use to spend your free time?
8. . . . how would you spend your free time?
9. . . . how did you spend your free time?
**BEFORE I WAS IN THE MILITARY, . . . .**
Listen and repeat; then read the sentences three ways.
1.
I would
I'd
I used to
go hunting every fall.
2.
I would
I'd
I used to
go to the movies every weekend.
3.
I would
I'd
I used to
spend my vacations in the mountains.
4.
I would
I'd
I used to
play soccer every evening.
5.
I would
I'd
I used to
go fishing every Saturday.
6.
I would
I'd
I used to
go fishing at the lake near my home.
**BEFORE I LIVED HERE, . . . .**
Put the sentences in order. Write the letter on the line next to the number. Then read the stories.
STORY A
1. ______ a. Frequently I'd see deer or other animals on that old road.
2. ______ b. There was a lot of traffic on the highway, so I used to take an old country road.
3. ______ c. Before I lived here, I used to live in the country far from work, so I'd get up very early in the morning.
4. ______ d. It took a little longer to travel that way, but I enjoyed seeing them in the early morning hours.
STORY B
1. ______ a. As a matter of fact, it was so good I couldn't wait. I used to start eating before we got to the country.
2. ______ b. When I was young, my dad and I used to go deer hunting.
3. ______ c. We used to get it from a small cafe on our way out of town. I remember they served delicious hot bread.
4. ______ d. We'd have breakfast at home, but we'd always eat our lunch in the country.
**WHEN I WAS A CHILD, ....**
Answer the question. Use **used to** or **would**.
EXAMPLES:
I: When I was a child, I used to go to the movies on Saturday afternoon with my sister. What about you?
S1: When I was a child, I'd clean my room on Saturday.
S2: When I was a child, I used to help my dad with the yard work on Saturday.
S3: When I was a child, we lived near the beach, and I'd go there every weekend.

535
sources/book-12/st-5.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,535 @@
<!-- source file: 008 - REVIEW TIME BOOK 12 LESSON 5.md -->
# REVIEW TIME! BOOK 12 LESSON 5
![A circular montage divided into sections illustrating various activities and scenarios: a couple standing together thinking, a child sleeping in bed, businessmen shaking hands in an office, a tropical beach with palm trees and a sailboat, and people fishing from a boat](images/page_131_001.jpg)
---
SO BUT AND OR
Combine the sentences. Use <u>or</u>, <u>and</u>, <u>but</u>, or <u>so</u>.
1. Mark could charge the shirt. He could pay cash for it.
2. Helen wanted to visit her family. She had to leave before she could see them.
3. Kathy wanted to get her bachelor's degree. She went back to college.
4. The problem was confusing. They discussed it.
5. He likes working with young children. He likes teaching them.
6. Herb listened to the discussion. He didn't change his mind.
7. You can order soup if you like. You can order a sandwich.
8. Jan studied at the university. She worked in a restaurant.
# WHAT DID HE SAY?
Read the dialog. Answer the question. Use indirect speech.
1. Al: Do the Dales have a garage?
Ben: Yes. They have a two-car garage.
What did Ben say?
2. Cal: Do they want to enlarge their whole house?
Dan: No, they just want to add on a den and a patio.
What did Dan say?
3. Eldon: Do they have a fireplace?
Jerry: Yes, they have two fireplaces.
What did Jerry say?
4. Frank: Is your dining room large enough for all of your family?
George: No, some of us sit in the kitchen.
What did George say?
5. Herb: Can you heat that in the oven?
Brad: Yes, but the microwave is faster.
What did Brad say?
6. Jean: Do you collect records or cassettes?
Jim: I collect records to play on my stereo.
What did Jim say?
7. Keith: Where are the bedrooms?
Nicky: The bedrooms are upstairs.
What did Nicky say?
8. Sam: Do you like to have get-togethers at your house?
Rick: Yes, I do.
What did Rick say?
# IF YOU'RE LEAVING, . . . .
Make a dialog. Match the phrases in Column A with those in Column B.
| Column A | Column B |
|---|---|
| _____ 1. If this rain freezes, | a. you should leave soon. |
| _____ 2. Well, if they do that, | b. close the roads if it gets too bad. |
| _____ 3. The weather's terrible. If you're leaving, | c. if that happens? |
| _____ 4. What'll you do | d. if it clears up. |
| _____ 5. I expect to leave at noon | e. I'll stop until it clears up. |
| _____ 6. Yes, but the police will | f. it'll be dangerous to drive. |
Now put the dialog in order. Write the numbers on the lines.
_____ _____ _____ _____ _____ _____
# MAY BE, IS NOT, IS.
Read the sentence. Use the other words in the sentence to find the meaning of the underlined word. Write <u>may be</u>, <u>is not</u>, or <u>is</u> on the line to complete the sentence.
1. A. I <u>suppose</u> that they are happy.
Suppose __________ know.
__________ care.
__________ think.
B. It's not important to me, but I <u>suppose</u> that they are happy.
Suppose __________ know.
__________ care.
__________ think.
C. It's not important to me and I'm not sure, but I <u>suppose</u> that they are happy.
Suppose __________ know.
__________ care.
__________ think.
# HAT HAT BAT
Circle the letter of the word that sounds different.
1. a b c
2. a b c
3. a b c
4. a b c
5. a b c
6. a b c
7. a b c
8. a b c
9. a b c
10. a b c
# TRAVEL
Read the paragraph. Underline the important words and phrases.
Many people like to travel. Some like to travel far away to other countries. They like to go sightseeing and visit the beautiful cathedrals and monuments. Others like to visit friends who live near them. They go straight to their friends' house and spend all their time with them. When they leave, they are happy because they were with their friends. All travel can be fun.
# WHAT ABOUT YOU?
Answer the question. Use <u>used to</u> or <u>would</u>. Then ask your neighbor the question, <u>what about you?</u>
EXAMPLE: When I was a child, I used to go to the movies on Saturday afternoon with my sister. What about you?
When I was a child, I'd clean up my room on Saturday. What about you?
# WHAT DID HE DECIDE?
Read the dialogs.
1. Tom: What did Joe decide to do about the job offers?
Hal: He decided to take the one in Dallas.
Tom: Instead of the one in Houston? Why did he do that?
Hal: The pay is good, and he wants to take some courses at the university there.
Tom: When does he plan to leave?
Hal: Sometime next month.
Tom: Is he going by plane?
Hal: No, he's going to drive.
2. Don: What are you going to do for your vacation next month?
Joe: I've decided to go to the mountains.
Don: I thought you decided to go to the beach?
Joe: I changed my mind.
Don: Why? What made you change your mind?
Joe: It's too hot on the beach, and I like winter sports.
Don: Is your mind made up this time?
Joe: Yes. I've thought it over, and I've made my choice.
# SO? OR?
Combine the two sentences. Use <u>so</u> or <u>or</u>.
1. Ted refused the offer. He didn't go to work at the college.
2. Mark could keep on working. He could retire.
3. Joan accepted the decision. Her father felt better.
4. They offered Hal a choice. He thought it over.
---
5. You can get a degree in education at the university. There is a degree in another profession.
6. They'll go to high school. They'll go to technical school.
7. Fred made up his mind to get a diploma. He went back to high school.
8. Madge could take the mathematics course. She could take the language course.
**ALREADY OR YET?**
Complete the sentences with **already**, **yet**, **still**, **anymore**, or **any longer**.
1. Does Herb ____________ come to see her?
2. He doesn't work at that restaurant ____________.
3. Has Sally ____________ gotten her degree?
4. Have the Britts moved to New York ____________?
5. John doesn't live here ____________.
6. Mary ____________ doesn't have her degree.
7. Has Fred made up his mind about a career ____________?
8. Jane ____________ knows what she wants to do.
9. She didn't want to discuss it ____________.
10. We never see him ____________.
---
**SPRING IN TEXAS**
Read the paragraph. Listen to the questions. Underline and number the answers.
1. Spring is a pretty season in Texas. The wind blows and keeps it cool. It is humid but not too hot, so the humidity is not difficult to put up with. Occasionally there will be freezing weather in spring, but usually it is warm and pleasant. The flowers and trees are pretty, and the sun shines in the clear sky. Winter is over, and everyone is happy.
2. Americans drink a lot of coffee and tea. They usually drink hot coffee and tea during the winter and iced coffee and tea during the summer. Some people like iced tea all year, just like some like hot coffee all year. They may like their coffee and tea with cream and sugar, or they may like it without anything. Some people like lemon in their tea, and some don't. Everybody has his favorite way to drink his coffee or tea.
**CONFUSED OR CONFUSING?**
Choose <u>a</u> or <u>b</u> to complete the sentence.
1. The builder was ____________ by the plans.
a. confusing
b. confused
2. They were ____________ in the plans for the get-together.
a. interesting
b. interested
---
3. Edith was ____________ about her idea for the meeting.
a. exciting
b. excited
4. The music on the stereo was ____________.
a. boring
b. bored
5. The ____________ child wanted the light on while he slept.
a. frightening
b. frightened
6. The exercises were ____________.
a. tiring
b. tired
7. They found the solution to the problem ____________.
a. confusing
b. confused
8. Marge found living in the suburbs ____________.
a. exciting
b. excited
9. The storm was ____________.
a. frightening
b. frightened
10. The language cassettes were ____________.
a. interesting
b. interested
**WHAT DOES THAT MEAN?**
Select the meaning of the underlined word. Circle a, b, or c.
1. Mark is <u>certain</u> he wants to go to that university. He has made up his mind.
a. cautious
b. not sure
c. sure
2. Helen woke at 6:00 when the alarm clock rang, but she didn't <u>get up</u> until 6:30.
a. stopped drawing
b. stopped sleeping
c. stopped reading
---
3. Hank <u>owes</u> a lot of money to the bank for his new car.
a. has to count
b. has to lend
c. has to pay
4. The Youngs have <u>paid back</u> the money to the bank. They don't have to give the bank any more money.
a. given back
b. borrowed back
c. asked for
5. Madge is <u>fond of</u> children and enjoys having them visit her.
a. likes
b. works with
c. has
**WHAT DOES IT SOUND LIKE?**
Circle the letter of the word that has the same sound underlined.
1. a<u>pos</u>trophe
a. f<u>oo</u>t
b. p<u>en</u>cil
c. h<u>ea</u>d
2. a<u>gen</u>t
a. h<u>igh</u>
b. j<u>um</u>p
c. g<u>oo</u>d
3. back<u>ed</u>
a. d<u>i</u>d
b. t<u>a</u>ke
c. want<u>ed</u>
4. ea<u>sy</u>
a. no<u>se</u>
b. sh<u>ow</u>
c. pa<u>ss</u>
5. <u>wr</u>ite
a. <u>r</u>ed
b. <u>w</u>et
c. <u>wh</u>en
6. trou<u>se</u>rs
a. <u>s</u>un
b. no<u>se</u>
c. sh<u>ow</u>
7. pri<u>ce</u>
a. pa<u>ss</u>
b. sh<u>ow</u>
c. ca<u>re</u>
8. blou<u>se</u>
a. toe<u>s</u>
b. pa<u>ss</u>
c. sh<u>ow</u>
9. exami<u>na</u>tion
a. t<u>i</u>me
b. sh<u>ow</u>
c. ch<u>il</u>d
---
**A SUMMARY**
Read the paragraph and write a summary.
Your home is one of the most dangerous places in the world. Every year hundreds of people have accidents in their homes. Many people fall down stairs or slip on wet floors in their bathrooms. Careless people leave cigarettes that cause fires and burn homes and apartment houses. Grease fires that start on stoves in kitchens also cause terrible fires. Many times parents let children play in the kitchen while the mother is cooking. Sometimes hot food spills on the child, or the child cuts his hands with a knife. Accidents like this shouldn't happen. People need to be careful in their homes. They need to practice being safe all the time.
SUMMARY: ____________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
**SHE COULD BE AT THE LIBRARY**
Read the dialogs.
1.
George: Where is Jean? We planned to get together and study tonight.
Monty: She could be in the barracks. I saw her there a few minutes ago.
George: I've already been there. Where else could she be?
Monty: She has a test tomorrow, so she may be at the library.
George: Which one? The base library or the school library?
Monty: I'm not sure. She uses both.
George: Thanks. I'll have to try them both.
Monty: Good luck!
---
2.
Dave: John called. He said he'd be late. He's having car trouble. What do you think is the matter with his car?
Mark: It could be anything. His car is very old.
Dave: Yes, it is. It could be the tires. They seemed low yesterday.
Mark: Or it may be the motor. It really sounded noisy. He might just need a tune-up.
Dave: Perhaps it's the lights. They weren't working right last night. He may have stopped to get them fixed.
Mark: Like I said, when a car's that old, it could be anything.
**WHO ARRIVED EARLIER?**
Read the sentences and then complete them. Use the <u>-er</u> comparative form of the adverb in your answer.
1. John arrived at 0800. Bob arrived at 0900. (early)
John arrived ________________________________________________________.
2. Bill always drives at 55 mph. Lynn drives at 60 mph. (fast)
Lynn drives _________________________________________________________.
3. Sam traveled 200 miles to hunt deer. Fred traveled 150 miles. (far)
Sam traveled ________________________________________________________.
4. The Smiths arrived at the party before the Johnsons. (soon)
The Smiths arrived at the party ______________________________________.
5. Frank can repair four flat tires in an hour. Bill can repair only two. (slow)
Bill works __________________________________________________________.
---
**HOW LONG . . . ?**
Circle the letter of the correct answer.
1. How long have you lived there?
a. I've lived there for a year.
b. I live there for a year.
c. I living there for a year.
2. They have _____ the house they want to buy.
a. chose
b. chosen
c. choose
3. Mel hasn't _____ in that restaurant for years.
a. ate
b. eat
c. eaten
4. The major has _____ planes since 1986.
a. flown
b. flew
c. fly
5. Have you _____ Jim for a very long time?
a. known
b. know
c. knew
6. How often has Sam _____ after work?
a. remain
b. stay
c. remained
7. How long has it been _____?
a. for you seeing Nell
b. since you've seen Nell
c. you see Nell
8. We have _____ them for weeks:
a. expecting
b. expected
c. expect
9. Jim and Jane haven't _____ to a movie in weeks.
a. go
b. see
c. been
10. She has _____ him every week for a year.
a. written
b. write
c. wrote
11. The plane is flying too _____. It's not high enough.
a. quiet
b. low
c. deep
12. Clay moved into his _____ apartment yesterday.
a. own
b. just
c. calm
**WANTS TO, EXPECTS TO**
Complete the sentence. Use these words.
| | | | | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| be over | ever | lasted | sea | unpleasant |
| calm | except | no longer | slipped | |
| climate | expects (to) | none | take | |
| could use | if | quiet | thought | |
| deep | instead | remain | turn down | |
1. Linda wants to _____ in Spain until spring.
2. The movie _____ more than three hours.
3. Pete _____ on the icy road and fell.
4. Mr. Sparks _____ travel to Egypt next year.
5. _____ of those books are his. He doesn't have any books.
6. The rain last night caused the heat to be _____.
7. Everybody is here _____ Mary. She's sick.
8. He doesn't _____ go to the movies.
9. It's too hot to go fishing. I'll stay indoors _____.
10. Ron will _____ the job offer. He doesn't want it.
11. The water is _____ and dangerous in that place.
12. _____ I have to take my vacation in the winter, I'll go to the mountains.
13. The weather of a place is its _____.
14. Next year, I want to _____ some courses at the college.
15. My aunt _____ lives in New York. She lives here now.
16. A _____ is full of salty water.
17. When will the show _____? I want to go home soon.
18. Betty likes being at the beach because it is _____ and _____.
19. A long vacation is a nice _____ right now.
20. We _____ some help.
Write the words these letters make.
1. keat celpa ____________________
2. cctaierp ____________________
3. penoaw ____________________
4. cnoe ____________________
5. lal veor ____________________
6. utyrnoc ____________________
7. netply ____________________
8. apeerpr ____________________
9. olwhe ____________________
10. hsto ____________________
11. kudc ____________________
12. ylcanisoaclo ____________________
13. elifd ____________________
14. oondsri ____________________
15. lifre ____________________
16. stnnituircso ____________________
17. tooudors ____________________
18. aveesrl ____________________
19. tsju ____________________
20. wcite ____________________

1323
sources/book-12/st-misc.md Normal file
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

315
sources/book-12/tape-1A.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,315 @@
#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk12-l1a-f1-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
American Language Course, Book 12, Lesson 1A.
Hello.
Open your books to the activities for Lesson 1A.
Repeat these words and sentences.
Be ready to answer the questions.
Calm.
Calm.
If the sea is calm, we can take the baby on the boat.
If the sea is calm, we can take the baby on the boat.
Can we take the baby on the boat?
We can take the baby on the boat if the sea is calm.
Beach.
Beach.
The Wilsons enjoyed their vacation at the beach.
The Wilsons enjoyed their vacation at the beach.
Where did the Wilsons go on their vacation?
They went to the beach.
Wind.
Wind.
I like to be on the beach when the wind is blowing softly.
I like to be on the beach when the wind is blowing softly.
When do you like to be on the beach?
I like to be on the beach when the wind is blowing softly.
Slip.
Slip.
Joey spilled some water on the floor.
His mother slipped and fell down.
Joey spilled some water on the floor.
His mother slipped and fell down.
What happened to Joey's mother?
She slipped on some water and fell down.
Clear.
Clear.
There are no clouds in the sky.
It's a beautiful clear day.
There are no clouds in the sky.
It's a beautiful clear day.
Is it a cloudy day?
No.
It's a clear day.
There are no clouds in the sky.
Deep.
Deep.
Alice never swims in the deep part of the lake.
Alice never swims in the deep part of the lake.
Does Alice swim in the deep part of the lake?
No.
She never swims in the deep part of the lake.
Frightened.
Frightened.
The children were frightened when the lights went out.
The children were frightened when the lights went out.
When were the children frightened?
They were frightened when the lights went out.
Now listen to a dialogue.
Where would you like to live?
I'd like to live in a place near the beach, where the sea is calm and the wind blows softly.
This place would have a warm climate and a little humidity.
Do you ever expect to live in this place?
I don't know, but it's a nice thought.
Now look at Figure 1.
Each of those sentences is part of the dialogue.
Listen to the sentence, then say yours.
Ready?
Where would you like to live?
Do you ever expect to live in this place?
Segment timings (seconds):
[7.62-11.22] American Language Course, Book 12, Lesson 1A.
[16.85-17.25] Hello.
[18.05-20.69] Open your books to the activities for Lesson 1A.
[27.15-29.07] Repeat these words and sentences.
[29.71-31.63] Be ready to answer the questions.
[34.62-35.10] Calm.
[36.00-36.56] Calm.
[37.12-40.40] If the sea is calm, we can take the baby on the boat.
[41.20-44.72] If the sea is calm, we can take the baby on the boat.
[45.86-47.70] Can we take the baby on the boat?
[56.50-60.10] We can take the baby on the boat if the sea is calm.
[61.70-62.34] Beach.
[63.06-63.78] Beach.
[64.58-67.30] The Wilsons enjoyed their vacation at the beach.
[68.22-71.42] The Wilsons enjoyed their vacation at the beach.
[73.02-75.18] Where did the Wilsons go on their vacation?
[84.02-85.38] They went to the beach.
[86.54-87.26] Wind.
[87.90-88.62] Wind.
[89.79-93.15] I like to be on the beach when the wind is blowing softly.
[94.56-98.16] I like to be on the beach when the wind is blowing softly.
[99.89-101.65] When do you like to be on the beach?
[114.67-117.87] I like to be on the beach when the wind is blowing softly.
[118.86-119.42] Slip.
[120.42-121.06] Slip.
[123.14-125.30] Joey spilled some water on the floor.
[126.02-128.42] His mother slipped and fell down.
[129.31-131.39] Joey spilled some water on the floor.
[131.95-134.27] His mother slipped and fell down.
[135.76-137.28] What happened to Joey's mother?
[148.59-151.15] She slipped on some water and fell down.
[152.50-153.14] Clear.
[154.11-154.75] Clear.
[155.62-157.46] There are no clouds in the sky.
[158.10-159.94] It's a beautiful clear day.
[161.18-163.26] There are no clouds in the sky.
[163.50-165.42] It's a beautiful clear day.
[166.80-168.00] Is it a cloudy day?
[182.78-183.18] No.
[183.50-184.46] It's a clear day.
[185.10-187.42] There are no clouds in the sky.
[191.50-191.82] Deep.
[192.54-193.10] Deep.
[193.94-197.14] Alice never swims in the deep part of the lake.
[198.16-200.40] Alice never swims in the deep part of the lake.
[202.53-204.90] Does Alice swim in the deep part of the lake?
[217.50-217.90] No.
[218.30-221.26] She never swims in the deep part of the lake.
[223.10-223.66] Frightened.
[224.30-225.10] Frightened.
[225.90-228.54] The children were frightened when the lights went out.
[229.60-232.16] The children were frightened when the lights went out.
[233.25-234.77] When were the children frightened?
[247.34-249.66] They were frightened when the lights went out.
[254.53-255.89] Now listen to a dialogue.
[259.63-260.75] Where would you like to live?
[261.86-267.30] I'd like to live in a place near the beach, where the sea is calm and the wind blows softly.
[268.37-271.73] This place would have a warm climate and a little humidity.
[273.01-275.01] Do you ever expect to live in this place?
[275.57-277.97] I don't know, but it's a nice thought.
[284.85-286.05] Now look at Figure 1.
[287.18-289.74] Each of those sentences is part of the dialogue.
[291.86-294.50] Listen to the sentence, then say yours.
[295.39-295.79] Ready?
[298.21-299.41] Where would you like to live?
[311.49-313.57] Do you ever expect to live in this place?
#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk12-l1a-f2-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now look at Figure 2: you read the first line, then listen to the next one.
Say your second line after that.
Go ahead.
I'd like to live in a place near the beach, where the sea is calm and the wind blows softly.
This place would have a warm climate and little humidity.
I don't know, but it's a nice thought.
Listen to another dialogue.
Where does your brother live?
He lives in New York City.
How long does winter last there?
It lasts about 6 months.
Next year he wants to move to Miami during the winter.
Are the winters unpleasant?
Well, they can be dangerous.
Last year he slipped on theice and hurt his leg.
Maybe he shouldn't stay in New York.
He likes living there except in the winter.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.70-7.09] Now look at Figure 2: you read the first line, then listen to the next one.
[8.34-10.42] Say your second line after that.
[11.73-12.21] Go ahead.
[17.25-22.85] I'd like to live in a place near the beach, where the sea is calm and the wind blows softly.
[23.65-26.77] This place would have a warm climate and little humidity.
[32.50-34.42] I don't know, but it's a nice thought.
[39.12-40.56] Listen to another dialogue.
[44.30-45.34] Where does your brother live?
[46.40-47.68] He lives in New York City.
[49.28-50.72] How long does winter last there?
[51.20-52.72] It lasts about 6 months.
[53.36-56.48] Next year he wants to move to Miami during the winter.
[57.71-58.91] Are the winters unpleasant?
[59.55-61.39] Well, they can be dangerous.
[61.63-63.95] Last year he slipped on theice and hurt his leg.
[65.04-66.56] Maybe he shouldn't stay in New York.
[67.12-69.04] He likes living there except in the winter.
#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk12-l1a-f3-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now, we are going to do the dialogue in parts again.
Look at Figure 3: listen to my sentence, then say yours.
Let's begin.
"Where does your brother live?"
"How long does winter last there?"
"Are the winters unpleasant?"
"Maybe he shouldn't stay in New York."
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.66-5.02] Now, we are going to do the dialogue in parts again.
[6.02-10.91] Look at Figure 3: listen to my sentence, then say yours.
[11.63-12.35] Let's begin.
[14.85-16.05] "Where does your brother live?"
[21.49-22.93] "How long does winter last there?"
[33.10-34.38] "Are the winters unpleasant?"
[42.48-44.16] "Maybe he shouldn't stay in New York."
#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk12-l1a-f4-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now look at Figure 4: our roles are changed.
You begin this time.
He lives in New York City.
It lasts about 6 months.
Next year he wants to move to Miami during the winter.
Well, they can be dangerous.
Last year he slipped on theice and hurt his leg.
He likes living there except in the winter.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.78-5.06] Now look at Figure 4: our roles are changed.
[5.78-6.82] You begin this time.
[12.22-13.42] He lives in New York City.
[19.18-20.78] It lasts about 6 months.
[21.62-24.26] Next year he wants to move to Miami during the winter.
[29.57-31.17] Well, they can be dangerous.
[31.89-34.37] Last year he slipped on theice and hurt his leg.
[40.06-41.98] He likes living there except in the winter.
#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk12-l1a-f5-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 5.
Repeat the sentences.
If Carl finishes his homework, he'll come to the movie with us.
If Carl finishes his homework, he'll come to the movie with us.
Sam will pick Linda up if the plane arrives before 8 o'clock.
Sam will pick Linda up if the plane arrives before 8 o'clock.
Greg will hurt his back if he slips on theice.
Greg will hurt his back if he slips on theice.
If it clears up, my family is going to the beach.
If it clears up, my family is going to the beach.
Bobby won't be frightened to swim there if it's not too deep.
Bobby won't be frightened to swim there if it's not too deep.
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.10-3.38] Look at Figure 5.
[3.86-5.22] Repeat the sentences.
[7.30-11.22] If Carl finishes his homework, he'll come to the movie with us.
[23.98-27.98] If Carl finishes his homework, he'll come to the movie with us.
[46.77-50.69] Sam will pick Linda up if the plane arrives before 8 o'clock.
[65.68-69.60] Sam will pick Linda up if the plane arrives before 8 o'clock.
[88.37-91.17] Greg will hurt his back if he slips on theice.
[109.34-112.30] Greg will hurt his back if he slips on theice.
[129.62-132.66] If it clears up, my family is going to the beach.
[150.35-153.87] If it clears up, my family is going to the beach.
[172.24-175.84] Bobby won't be frightened to swim there if it's not too deep.
[194.54-198.06] Bobby won't be frightened to swim there if it's not too deep.
#### TAPE — Figure 6 (clip filenames start: bk12-l1a-f6-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 6, read the phrases you see.
You will hear part of a sentence.
Choose the answer that best completes the sentence.
You will hear each sentence part twice.
Number 1: "We will go to the beach." "We will go to the beach."
Number 2: "Jeff's going to Miami." "Jeff's going to Miami."
Number 3: "Sgt.
Gates will pass the test." "Sgt.
Gates will pass the test."
Number 4: "You'll hurt your back again." "You'll hurt your back again."
Number 5: "Sam won't move to New York." "Sam won't move to New York."
Number 6: "How will Henry get to work?" "How will Henry get to work?"
Number 7: "Mother won't let us swim there." "Mother won't let us swim there."
Number 8: "If the weather clears up." "If the weather clears up."
Now let's check your answers.
Letter A is number 6: "How will Henry get to work if the car is in the garage?" Repeat: "How will Henry get to work?"
"If the car is in the garage."
Letter B is number 3: "Sgt.
Gates will pass the test if he studies hard." Repeat: "Sgt.
Gates will pass the test."
"If he studies hard."
Letter C is number 1: "We will go to the beach if it stops raining." Repeat: "We will go to the beach."
"If it stops raining."
Letter D is number 8: "If the weather clears up, we'll go out on the boat." Repeat: "If the weather clears up."
"We'll go out on the boat."
Letter E is number 4: "You'll hurt your back again if you move that bookcase." Repeat: "You'll hurt your back again."
"If you move that bookcase."
Letter F is number 7: "Mother won't let us swim there if the water is too deep." Repeat: "Mother won't let us swim there."
"If the water is too deep."
Letter G is number 5: "Sam won't move to New York if his mother is going to get angry." Repeat: "Sam won't move to New York."
"If his mother is going to get angry."
Letter H is number 2: "Jeff's going to Miami if he gets a vacation." Repeat: "Jeff's going to Miami."
"If he gets a vacation."
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.92-5.52] Look at Figure 6, read the phrases you see.
[16.56-18.24] You will hear part of a sentence.
[18.96-22.00] Choose the answer that best completes the sentence.
[22.99-25.39] You will hear each sentence part twice.
[26.67-32.27] Number 1: "We will go to the beach." "We will go to the beach."
[53.04-58.42] Number 2: "Jeff's going to Miami." "Jeff's going to Miami."
[79.01-80.77] Number 3: "Sgt.
[80.93-83.66] Gates will pass the test." "Sgt.
[83.82-85.34] Gates will pass the test."
[107.39-112.93] Number 4: "You'll hurt your back again." "You'll hurt your back again."
[133.28-140.43] Number 5: "Sam won't move to New York." "Sam won't move to New York."
[158.18-164.00] Number 6: "How will Henry get to work?" "How will Henry get to work?"
[186.80-192.64] Number 7: "Mother won't let us swim there." "Mother won't let us swim there."
[215.62-223.71] Number 8: "If the weather clears up." "If the weather clears up."
[238.51-240.03] Now let's check your answers.
[241.58-250.06] Letter A is number 6: "How will Henry get to work if the car is in the garage?" Repeat: "How will Henry get to work?"
[259.47-261.39] "If the car is in the garage."
[270.86-273.66] Letter B is number 3: "Sgt.
[273.66-278.62] Gates will pass the test if he studies hard." Repeat: "Sgt.
[278.62-280.22] Gates will pass the test."
[287.39-288.67] "If he studies hard."
[298.24-309.27] Letter C is number 1: "We will go to the beach if it stops raining." Repeat: "We will go to the beach."
[316.70-318.14] "If it stops raining."
[327.23-338.91] Letter D is number 8: "If the weather clears up, we'll go out on the boat." Repeat: "If the weather clears up."
[348.59-350.11] "We'll go out on the boat."
[359.97-369.12] Letter E is number 4: "You'll hurt your back again if you move that bookcase." Repeat: "You'll hurt your back again."
[380.42-382.10] "If you move that bookcase."
[390.54-399.34] Letter F is number 7: "Mother won't let us swim there if the water is too deep." Repeat: "Mother won't let us swim there."
[410.74-412.50] "If the water is too deep."
[421.31-431.46] Letter G is number 5: "Sam won't move to New York if his mother is going to get angry." Repeat: "Sam won't move to New York."
[440.06-442.30] "If his mother is going to get angry."
[452.64-460.64] Letter H is number 2: "Jeff's going to Miami if he gets a vacation." Repeat: "Jeff's going to Miami."
[467.55-469.31] "If he gets a vacation."

319
sources/book-12/tape-1B.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,319 @@
#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk12-l1b-f1-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
American Language Course, Book 12, Lesson 1B.
Hello.
Open your books to the activities for Lesson 1B.
Repeat the words and sentences.
Remain.
Remain.
Tim remained in France after his family left.
Tim remained in France after his family left.
Belong.
Belong.
This jacket belongs to Martha.
It's hers.
This jacket belongs to Martha.
It's hers.
Humid.
Humid.
The weather in London is very humid.
It rains a lot.
The weather in London is very humid.
It rains a lot.
No longer.
No longer.
Nina no longer wants to study French.
She doesn't think it's interesting.
Nina no longer wants to study French.
She doesn't think it's interesting.
Occasionally.
Occasionally.
I eat there occasionally, but not very often.
I eat there occasionally, but not very often.
Like.
Like.
There are many interesting cities, like Los Angeles and Washington, D.C., to see in the United States.
There are many interesting cities, like Los Angeles and Washington, D.C., to see in the United States.
Heat.
Heat.
The sun gives us a lot of heat.
It keeps us warm.
The sun gives us a lot of heat.
It keeps us warm.
Listen to a dialogue.
Were you ever in a bad storm before?
Yes, and I was very frightened.
It was about an hour before it stopped.
Then did it clear up?
Yes.
It got very quiet, but the water in the streets was very deep and it was slippery.
Did you remain calm during the storm?
No, I didn't.
None of us did.
We were all very glad when it cleared up.
Now, look at Figure 1.
Each of those sentences is part of a dialogue.
Listen to a sentence, then say yours.
Ready?
Were you ever in a bad storm before?
Then did it clear up?
Did you remain calm during the storm?
Segment timings (seconds):
[9.23-13.07] American Language Course, Book 12, Lesson 1B.
[18.59-18.99] Hello.
[19.89-22.69] Open your books to the activities for Lesson 1B.
[29.42-31.26] Repeat the words and sentences.
[32.43-33.15] Remain.
[34.27-35.07] Remain.
[36.35-39.55] Tim remained in France after his family left.
[47.12-50.00] Tim remained in France after his family left.
[59.14-59.94] Belong.
[61.36-62.08] Belong.
[63.87-65.71] This jacket belongs to Martha.
[66.03-66.75] It's hers.
[75.71-77.47] This jacket belongs to Martha.
[77.63-78.35] It's hers.
[85.36-85.84] Humid.
[86.90-87.38] Humid.
[88.72-90.64] The weather in London is very humid.
[91.36-92.48] It rains a lot.
[100.14-102.06] The weather in London is very humid.
[102.46-103.50] It rains a lot.
[112.45-113.33] No longer.
[114.64-115.60] No longer.
[117.41-120.05] Nina no longer wants to study French.
[120.37-122.45] She doesn't think it's interesting.
[131.57-134.05] Nina no longer wants to study French.
[134.45-136.45] She doesn't think it's interesting.
[145.31-146.19] Occasionally.
[147.92-148.96] Occasionally.
[151.44-154.72] I eat there occasionally, but not very often.
[163.10-166.38] I eat there occasionally, but not very often.
[177.65-178.21] Like.
[179.22-179.78] Like.
[181.22-188.61] There are many interesting cities, like Los Angeles and Washington, D.C., to see in the United States.
[201.34-208.54] There are many interesting cities, like Los Angeles and Washington, D.C., to see in the United States.
[220.30-220.86] Heat.
[222.22-222.78] Heat.
[223.60-225.68] The sun gives us a lot of heat.
[226.16-227.36] It keeps us warm.
[235.49-237.41] The sun gives us a lot of heat.
[237.65-238.77] It keeps us warm.
[245.44-246.64] Listen to a dialogue.
[249.41-251.25] Were you ever in a bad storm before?
[251.89-253.57] Yes, and I was very frightened.
[253.81-255.73] It was about an hour before it stopped.
[256.29-257.25] Then did it clear up?
[257.73-258.21] Yes.
[258.29-262.53] It got very quiet, but the water in the streets was very deep and it was slippery.
[263.33-265.09] Did you remain calm during the storm?
[265.57-266.21] No, I didn't.
[266.45-267.25] None of us did.
[267.41-269.25] We were all very glad when it cleared up.
[270.29-271.57] Now, look at Figure 1.
[272.40-274.96] Each of those sentences is part of a dialogue.
[275.44-277.84] Listen to a sentence, then say yours.
[278.40-278.88] Ready?
[280.29-282.21] Were you ever in a bad storm before?
[288.06-289.10] Then did it clear up?
[297.49-299.49] Did you remain calm during the storm?
#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk12-l1b-f2-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now, look at Figure 2: you read the first line, then listen to the next one.
Say your second line after that.
Okay, you begin:
"Yes, and I was very frightened; it was about an hour before it stopped."
"Yes, it got very quiet, but the water in the streets was very deep and it was slippery."
"No, I didn't.
None of us did.
We were all very glad when it cleared up."
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.73-6.93] Now, look at Figure 2: you read the first line, then listen to the next one.
[7.73-9.57] Say your second line after that.
[10.85-12.53] Okay, you begin:
[17.74-22.38] "Yes, and I was very frightened; it was about an hour before it stopped."
[27.06-32.34] "Yes, it got very quiet, but the water in the streets was very deep and it was slippery."
[35.57-36.37] "No, I didn't.
[36.61-37.57] None of us did.
[37.97-40.05] We were all very glad when it cleared up."
#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk12-l1b-f3-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 3, listen to a short dialogue, select the letter that best shows the meaning of the conversation.
The first one is an example.
What's wrong, Gina?
My dog ran away.
Gina's?
The answer is: Gina's sad.
Now listen to the other dialogues and make your selections.
Number 1.
Hello, sir.
Long day?
Yes.
I was very busy all day.
He's?
Number 2.
Look at that big smile.
I made a 95 on my quiz.
He's?
Number 3.
Hi, Phil.
How are you today?
My stomach hurts, and I have a fever.
He's?
Number 4.
Hey, Jack.
Where are you going?
It's 11:30, time for lunch.
He's?
Number 5.
What happened to your leg?
I fell down outside the door.
He's?
Let's check your answers.
Number 1 is A.
He's tired.
Repeat: he's tired.
Number 2 is B.
He's happy.
Repeat: he's happy.
Number 3 is A.
He's sick.
Repeat: he's sick.
Number 4 is C.
He's hungry.
Repeat: he's hungry.
Number 5 is C.
He's hurt.
Repeat: he's hurt.
Repeat the following sentences.
Betty hasn't seen her sister for 5 weeks.
Betty hasn't seen her sister for 5 weeks.
Lieutenant Martin has eaten here every Friday
since 1984.
Lieutenant Martin has eaten here every Friday
since 1984.
Peters lived in San Francisco for 3 years.
Peters lived in San Francisco for 3 years.
Tom hasn't exercised for 2 months.
The soldiers have enjoyed this show for years.
The soldiers have enjoyed this show for years.
Sergeant Peterson has walked to work
since his car has been in the garage.
Sergeant Peterson has walked to work
since his car has been in the garage.
Mike hasn't studied French for 15 years.
Mike hasn't studied French for 15 years.
Sandy has had that job since Mr.
Adams left.
Sandy has had that job since Mr.
Adams left.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.73-9.73] Look at Figure 3, listen to a short dialogue, select the letter that best shows the meaning of the conversation.
[10.69-12.37] The first one is an example.
[17.20-18.80] What's wrong, Gina?
[19.95-21.63] My dog ran away.
[23.23-23.87] Gina's?
[32.11-34.59] The answer is: Gina's sad.
[35.97-39.17] Now listen to the other dialogues and make your selections.
[40.38-41.10] Number 1.
[42.42-43.06] Hello, sir.
[43.38-44.02] Long day?
[44.10-44.58] Yes.
[44.82-46.18] I was very busy all day.
[46.82-47.38] He's?
[56.11-56.75] Number 2.
[58.24-59.52] Look at that big smile.
[60.08-62.16] I made a 95 on my quiz.
[62.99-63.55] He's?
[72.42-73.06] Number 3.
[74.35-74.99] Hi, Phil.
[75.15-75.95] How are you today?
[76.27-78.51] My stomach hurts, and I have a fever.
[79.60-80.16] He's?
[89.95-90.67] Number 4.
[91.94-92.58] Hey, Jack.
[92.82-93.62] Where are you going?
[94.18-96.18] It's 11:30, time for lunch.
[96.74-97.30] He's?
[106.61-107.41] Number 5.
[108.93-110.05] What happened to your leg?
[110.99-112.59] I fell down outside the door.
[113.49-114.05] He's?
[123.33-124.69] Let's check your answers.
[125.90-127.58] Number 1 is A.
[127.90-128.86] He's tired.
[129.58-131.58] Repeat: he's tired.
[133.94-135.78] Number 2 is B.
[136.34-137.22] He's happy.
[137.97-139.38] Repeat: he's happy.
[142.71-144.51] Number 3 is A.
[145.11-145.90] He's sick.
[146.46-148.30] Repeat: he's sick.
[151.66-153.50] Number 4 is C.
[154.14-155.02] He's hungry.
[155.66-157.50] Repeat: he's hungry.
[161.98-163.82] Number 5 is C.
[164.22-165.10] He's hurt.
[165.66-167.50] Repeat: he's hurt.
[173.07-174.77] Repeat the following sentences.
[177.97-180.93] Betty hasn't seen her sister for 5 weeks.
[186.94-190.38] Betty hasn't seen her sister for 5 weeks.
[197.33-200.45] Lieutenant Martin has eaten here every Friday
[206.88-208.48] since 1984.
[214.11-216.75] Lieutenant Martin has eaten here every Friday
[221.95-223.23] since 1984.
[232.35-235.47] Peters lived in San Francisco for 3 years.
[240.93-244.25] Peters lived in San Francisco for 3 years.
[251.88-254.88] Tom hasn't exercised for 2 months.
[263.07-266.11] The soldiers have enjoyed this show for years.
[272.90-275.70] The soldiers have enjoyed this show for years.
[283.52-286.08] Sergeant Peterson has walked to work
[291.46-293.62] since his car has been in the garage.
[299.10-301.58] Sergeant Peterson has walked to work
[307.30-309.70] since his car has been in the garage.
[316.58-318.87] Mike hasn't studied French for 15 years.
[328.53-332.05] Mike hasn't studied French for 15 years.
[340.51-342.91] Sandy has had that job since Mr.
[342.91-343.79] Adams left.
[348.75-350.88] Sandy has had that job since Mr.
[350.88-351.84] Adams left.
#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk12-l1b-f4-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 4, listen to some questions, then write answers like the example.
You will hear each question twice.
Example: "How long have you known Captain Jackson?" "How long have you known Captain Jackson?"
And the answer is: "I've known Captain Jackson for 5 years." Let's begin.
Number 1: "Have you ever driven to Boston?" "Have you ever driven to Boston?"
Number 2: "Has John ever studied German?" "Has John ever studied German?"
Number 3: "Has Ted exercised in the gym?" "Has Ted exercised in the gym?"
Number 4: "Has Ms.
Wilson taught English for a long time?" "Has Ms.
Wilson taught English for a long time?"
Number 5: "Has your brother been saving his money?" "Has your brother been saving his money?"
Number 6: "Have you seen your brother?" "Have you seen your brother?"
Number 7: "Have you been listening to this tape?" "Have you been listening to this tape?"
To check your answers, turn to page 8 of your Language Laboratory Activities booklet.
This is the end of Lesson 1B, Book 12.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.82-8.54] Look at Figure 4, listen to some questions, then write answers like the example.
[9.55-11.31] You will hear each question twice.
[12.56-20.43] Example: "How long have you known Captain Jackson?" "How long have you known Captain Jackson?"
[22.74-29.74] And the answer is: "I've known Captain Jackson for 5 years." Let's begin.
[31.87-38.30] Number 1: "Have you ever driven to Boston?" "Have you ever driven to Boston?"
[65.01-71.82] Number 2: "Has John ever studied German?" "Has John ever studied German?"
[106.30-113.65] Number 3: "Has Ted exercised in the gym?" "Has Ted exercised in the gym?"
[146.18-148.50] Number 4: "Has Ms.
[148.50-151.95] Wilson taught English for a long time?" "Has Ms.
[151.95-154.03] Wilson taught English for a long time?"
[186.90-193.33] Number 5: "Has your brother been saving his money?" "Has your brother been saving his money?"
[223.44-228.24] Number 6: "Have you seen your brother?" "Have you seen your brother?"
[261.09-267.25] Number 7: "Have you been listening to this tape?" "Have you been listening to this tape?"
[298.18-303.14] To check your answers, turn to page 8 of your Language Laboratory Activities booklet.
[309.18-312.94] This is the end of Lesson 1B, Book 12.

401
sources/book-12/tape-1D.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,401 @@
#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk12-l1d-f1-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
American Language Course, Book 12, Lesson 1B.
Hello.
Open your books to the activities for Lesson 1B.
Look at Figure 1.
Listen to a dialogue and take notes.
Listen carefully to the "if" part of the sentence.
You will hear the dialogue three times.
Then you will hear questions.
Use your notes to answer the questions.
Ready.
There's a soccer game at 3:30 today, and we need another player, Roger.
If I finish my homework, I might be able to play.
Start on your homeworkright after class.
Okay, I will.
But if I play, I'll have to walk to the game.
I don't have a car.
I'll drive if you can go.
Okay.
I'll see you at 2:45 if I can go.
Listen to the dialogue again.
There's a soccer game at 3:30 today, and we need another player, Roger.
If I finish my homework, I might be able to play.
Start on your homeworkright after class.
Okay, I will.
But if I play, I'll have to walk to the game.
I don't have a car.
I'll drive if you can go.
Okay.
I'll see you at 2:45 if I can go.
Listen to the dialogue again.
There's a soccer game at 3:30 today, and we need another player, Roger.
If I finish my homework, I might be able to play.
Start on your homeworkright after class.
Okay, I will.
But if I play, I'll have to walk to the game.
I don't have a car.
I'll drive if you can go.
Okay.
I'll see you at 2:45 if I can go.
Now write answers to the questions.
Use "if."
Number 1: Can Roger play soccer at 3:30?
Can Roger play soccer at 3:30?
Number 2: How will Roger get to the game?
How will Roger get to the game?
Number 3: What time will they meet?
What time will they meet?
Now let's check your answers.
Number 1: Can Roger play soccer at 3:30?
The answer is: Yes, he can if he finishes his homework.
Repeat: Yes, he can if he finishes his homework.
Number 2: How will Roger get to the game?
The answer is: His friend will drive if he can go.
Repeat: His friend.
Can go.
And number 3: What time will they meet?
The answer is: If Roger can go, he'll meet his friend at 2:45.
Repeat: If Roger can go, he'll meet his friend at 2:45.
Now listen to this dialogue.
Take notes and be ready to answer the questions.
Are you still packing, Henry?
Yes.
If I don't finish tonight, I won't be able to leave at 7:30 tomorrow morning.
Could you buy something for my kids if I give you the money?
You may not have to give me any money if the things are cheap, Pete.
That's great.
Okay.
Tell me if I owe you any money.
Sure.
No problem.
Now listen to the dialogue again.
Are you still packing, Henry?
Yes.
If I don't finish tonight, I won't be able to leave at 7:30 tomorrow morning.
Could you buy something for my kids if I give you the money?
You may not have to give me any money if the things are cheap, Pete.
That's great.
Okay.
Tell me if I owe you any money.
Sure.
No problem.
Now listen to the dialogue again.
Are you still packing, Henry?
Yes.
If I don't finish tonight, I won't be able to leave at 7:30 tomorrow morning.
Could you buy something for my kids if I give you the money?
You may not have to give me any money if the things are cheap, Pete.
That's great.
Okay.
Tell me if I owe you any money.
Sure.
No problem.
Now write answers to the questions.
Use "if" in your answers.
Number 4: Why must Henry finish packing tonight?
Why must Henry finish packing tonight?
Number 5: Will Pete have to give Henry any money if the things for the children are cheap?
Will Pete have to give Henry any money if the things for the children are cheap?
Number 6: What will Henry tell Pete?
What will Henry tell Pete?
Now let's look at your answers.
Number 4: Why must Henry finish packing tonight?
The answer is: If he doesn't finish tonight, he won't be able to leave at 7:30.
Repeat: If he doesn't finish tonight,
he won't be able to leave at 7:30.
Number 5: Will Pete have to give Henry any money if the things for the children are cheap?
The answer is: No, Pete won't have to give Henry any money if the things for the children are cheap.
Repeat: No, Pete won't have to give Henry any money.
If the things for the children are cheap.
And number 6: What will Henry tell Pete?
The answer is: Henry will tell Pete if he owes him any money.
Repeat: Henry will tell Pete if he owes him any money.
Listen to the last dialogue.
Do the same thing.
Take notes and be ready to answer the questions.
Why are you still here, Sarah?
I have to stay late if I want to take leave tomorrow.
What are you going to do tomorrow?
If the weather is nice, I'm going to the lake.
If it rains, I'm going to the mall.
That sounds like fun.
Have a good time.
I will, if I finish my work today.
Listen again.
Why are you still here, Sarah?
I have to stay late if I want to take leave tomorrow.
What are you going to do tomorrow?
If the weather is nice, I'm going to the lake.
If it rains, I'm going to the mall.
That sounds like fun.
Have a good time.
I will, if I finish my work today.
Listen again.
Why are you still here, Sarah?
I have to stay late if I want to take leave tomorrow.
What are you going to do tomorrow?
If the weather is nice, I'm going to the lake.
If it rains, I'm going to the mall.
That sounds like fun.
Have a good time.
I will, if I finish my work today.
Write answers to the questions.
Use "if."
Number 7: Why does Sarah have to stay late?
Number 8: What will Sarah do tomorrow?
Write two answers for this question.
Number 9: Will Sarah have fun?
Let's check your answers.
Number 7: Why does Sarah have to stay late?
The answer is: She has to stay late if she wants leave tomorrow.
Repeat: She has to stay late
if she wants leave tomorrow.
Number 8: What will Sarah do tomorrow?
The answers are: If the weather is nice, she's going to the lake.
And: If it rains, she's going to the mall.
Repeat: If the weather is nice,
she's going to the lake.
If it rains, she's going to the mall.
Number 9: Will Sarah have fun?
The answer is: Yes, she will if she finishes her work.
Repeat: Yes, she will if she finishes her work.
Segment timings (seconds):
[8.35-12.11] American Language Course, Book 12, Lesson 1B.
[18.99-19.04] Hello.
[20.43-22.19] Open your books to the activities for Lesson 1B.
[29.49-30.75] Look at Figure 1.
[31.47-33.01] Listen to a dialogue and take notes.
[34.59-37.15] Listen carefully to the "if" part of the sentence.
[38.77-41.01] You will hear the dialogue three times.
[41.81-43.57] Then you will hear questions.
[44.43-46.16] Use your notes to answer the questions.
[48.14-48.19] Ready.
[51.87-55.95] There's a soccer game at 3:30 today, and we need another player, Roger.
[57.15-60.03] If I finish my homework, I might be able to play.
[60.90-62.98] Start on your homeworkright after class.
[63.06-64.02] Okay, I will.
[64.94-67.34] But if I play, I'll have to walk to the game.
[67.90-68.78] I don't have a car.
[69.84-71.20] I'll drive if you can go.
[71.44-71.92] Okay.
[72.24-74.80] I'll see you at 2:45 if I can go.
[90.99-92.51] Listen to the dialogue again.
[93.34-97.34] There's a soccer game at 3:30 today, and we need another player, Roger.
[98.46-101.07] If I finish my homework, I might be able to play.
[102.21-104.29] Start on your homeworkright after class.
[104.45-105.41] Okay, I will.
[106.38-108.43] But if I play, I'll have to walk to the game.
[109.26-109.87] I don't have a car.
[111.15-112.59] I'll drive if you can go.
[112.83-113.13] Okay.
[113.55-115.28] I'll see you at 2:45 if I can go.
[134.37-135.39] Listen to the dialogue again.
[136.59-140.58] There's a soccer game at 3:30 today, and we need another player, Roger.
[140.94-145.44] If I finish my homework, I might be able to play.
[145.60-147.09] Start on your homeworkright after class.
[147.04-148.90] Okay, I will.
[149.65-152.05] But if I play, I'll have to walk to the game.
[152.61-153.49] I don't have a car.
[154.53-155.63] I'll drive if you can go.
[156.06-156.62] Okay.
[156.94-159.45] I'll see you at 2:45 if I can go.
[178.53-181.37] Now write answers to the questions.
[181.74-182.13] Use "if."
[186.26-189.03] Number 1: Can Roger play soccer at 3:30?
[189.99-191.80] Can Roger play soccer at 3:30?
[226.23-229.65] Number 2: How will Roger get to the game?
[231.03-232.95] How will Roger get to the game?
[269.61-273.09] Number 3: What time will they meet?
[274.23-275.79] What time will they meet?
[307.47-308.91] Now let's check your answers.
[312.15-315.99] Number 1: Can Roger play soccer at 3:30?
[318.15-322.95] The answer is: Yes, he can if he finishes his homework.
[323.37-327.63] Repeat: Yes, he can if he finishes his homework.
[337.17-340.65] Number 2: How will Roger get to the game?
[342.45-346.29] The answer is: His friend will drive if he can go.
[346.95-348.81] Repeat: His friend.
[348.81-349.17] Can go.
[357.69-360.69] And number 3: What time will they meet?
[361.71-367.77] The answer is: If Roger can go, he'll meet his friend at 2:45.
[368.67-374.49] Repeat: If Roger can go, he'll meet his friend at 2:45.
[383.79-385.23] Now listen to this dialogue.
[386.01-388.59] Take notes and be ready to answer the questions.
[391.53-392.91] Are you still packing, Henry?
[393.57-393.81] Yes.
[394.59-398.97] If I don't finish tonight, I won't be able to leave at 7:30 tomorrow morning.
[400.29-403.05] Could you buy something for my kids if I give you the money?
[403.95-406.95] You may not have to give me any money if the things are cheap, Pete.
[407.73-408.33] That's great.
[408.93-409.29] Okay.
[410.07-411.57] Tell me if I owe you any money.
[411.87-412.17] Sure.
[412.35-412.89] No problem.
[433.05-434.61] Now listen to the dialogue again.
[436.53-437.97] Are you still packing, Henry?
[438.57-438.87] Yes.
[439.65-444.03] If I don't finish tonight, I won't be able to leave at 7:30 tomorrow morning.
[445.35-448.05] Could you buy something for my kids if I give you the money?
[449.01-452.01] You may not have to give me any money if the things are cheap, Pete.
[452.79-453.86] That's great.
[453.81-453.86] Okay.
[455.13-456.82] Tell me if I owe you any money.
[456.77-456.82] Sure.
[457.33-457.89] No problem.
[477.21-479.79] Now listen to the dialogue again.
[479.95-481.31] Are you still packing, Henry?
[481.31-482.35] Yes.
[483.15-487.35] If I don't finish tonight, I won't be able to leave at 7:30 tomorrow morning.
[488.67-490.90] Could you buy something for my kids if I give you the money?
[492.39-495.33] You may not have to give me any money if the things are cheap, Pete.
[496.11-496.71] That's great.
[497.37-497.67] Okay.
[498.45-500.01] Tell me if I owe you any money.
[500.25-500.55] Sure.
[500.73-501.27] No problem.
[518.79-520.77] Now write answers to the questions.
[521.61-523.35] Use "if" in your answers.
[524.25-528.03] Number 4: Why must Henry finish packing tonight?
[528.99-531.33] Why must Henry finish packing tonight?
[566.37-572.43] Number 5: Will Pete have to give Henry any money if the things for the children are cheap?
[573.27-577.95] Will Pete have to give Henry any money if the things for the children are cheap?
[609.57-612.93] Number 6: What will Henry tell Pete?
[613.77-615.63] What will Henry tell Pete?
[647.91-649.29] Now let's look at your answers.
[651.21-655.17] Number 4: Why must Henry finish packing tonight?
[655.89-662.43] The answer is: If he doesn't finish tonight, he won't be able to leave at 7:30.
[662.85-668.37] Repeat: If he doesn't finish tonight,
[674.01-676.83] he won't be able to leave at 7:30.
[684.21-690.57] Number 5: Will Pete have to give Henry any money if the things for the children are cheap?
[691.23-698.07] The answer is: No, Pete won't have to give Henry any money if the things for the children are cheap.
[699.09-705.39] Repeat: No, Pete won't have to give Henry any money.
[712.83-715.53] If the things for the children are cheap.
[723.03-726.69] And number 6: What will Henry tell Pete?
[727.53-732.33] The answer is: Henry will tell Pete if he owes him any money.
[732.93-737.43] Repeat: Henry will tell Pete if he owes him any money.
[746.67-748.23] Listen to the last dialogue.
[748.95-749.91] Do the same thing.
[750.93-753.75] Take notes and be ready to answer the questions.
[757.11-758.85] Why are you still here, Sarah?
[759.39-761.91] I have to stay late if I want to take leave tomorrow.
[763.29-764.85] What are you going to do tomorrow?
[765.51-768.27] If the weather is nice, I'm going to the lake.
[769.05-771.15] If it rains, I'm going to the mall.
[771.87-773.25] That sounds like fun.
[773.85-774.81] Have a good time.
[775.47-777.33] I will, if I finish my work today.
[795.45-796.17] Listen again.
[798.21-799.95] Why are you still here, Sarah?
[800.55-803.25] I have to stay late if I want to take leave tomorrow.
[804.09-805.59] What are you going to do tomorrow?
[806.01-808.71] If the weather is nice, I'm going to the lake.
[809.37-811.83] If it rains, I'm going to the mall.
[812.37-813.69] That sounds like fun.
[814.29-815.13] Have a good time.
[815.49-817.41] I will, if I finish my work today.
[836.31-837.15] Listen again.
[838.71-840.39] Why are you still here, Sarah?
[840.93-843.57] I have to stay late if I want to take leave tomorrow.
[844.71-846.15] What are you going to do tomorrow?
[846.63-849.21] If the weather is nice, I'm going to the lake.
[849.75-852.09] If it rains, I'm going to the mall.
[852.57-853.89] That sounds like fun.
[854.37-855.33] Have a good time.
[855.75-857.67] I will, if I finish my work today.
[878.25-879.87] Write answers to the questions.
[880.47-881.25] Use "if."
[884.73-888.39] Number 7: Why does Sarah have to stay late?
[918.21-921.45] Number 8: What will Sarah do tomorrow?
[922.35-924.15] Write two answers for this question.
[958.05-963.27] Number 9: Will Sarah have fun?
[992.01-993.27] Let's check your answers.
[994.47-998.31] Number 7: Why does Sarah have to stay late?
[1000.05-1004.73] The answer is: She has to stay late if she wants leave tomorrow.
[1005.33-1007.73] Repeat: She has to stay late
[1012.53-1014.09] if she wants leave tomorrow.
[1019.85-1023.33] Number 8: What will Sarah do tomorrow?
[1024.47-1029.69] The answers are: If the weather is nice, she's going to the lake.
[1030.59-1033.89] And: If it rains, she's going to the mall.
[1034.97-1037.67] Repeat: If the weather is nice,
[1043.91-1045.41] she's going to the lake.
[1053.63-1056.51] If it rains, she's going to the mall.
[1066.59-1070.79] Number 9: Will Sarah have fun?
[1070.85-1076.01] The answer is: Yes, she will if she finishes her work.
[1076.67-1081.65] Repeat: Yes, she will if she finishes her work.
#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk12-l1d-f2-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 2.
You will hear a paragraph.
Listen for the numbers.
Write the numbers as you hear them.
My brother was born in 1947.
He has spent the last 15 years in the United States Navy.
Three years of that time have been spent in Japan, 4 years in Guam, and 3 years in Spain.
He will be in the Navy for 5 more years.
After that, he'll probably spend 20 more years in another job.
Listen to the paragraph again.
Write down the numbers.
My brother was born in 1947.
He has spent the last 15 years in the United States Navy.
Three years of that time have been spent in Japan, 4 years in Guam, and 3 years in Spain.
He will be in the Navy for 5 more years.
After that, he'll probably spend 20 more years in another job.
The numbers you should have written down are: 1947, 15, 3, 4, 3, 5, and 20.
Listen to the next paragraph.
Remember, write down only the numbers.
March 27 is my grandfather's birthday.
He will be 72 years old.
We are having a party for him.
His 3 sisters, 2 brothers, 5 children, and 10 grandchildren will be there.
There will also be at least 15 other people there.
It will be a wonderful party.
Listen to the paragraph again.
Write down the numbers.
March 27 is my grandfather's birthday.
He will be 72 years old.
We are having a party for him.
His 3 sisters, 2 brothers, 5 children, and 10 grandchildren will be there.
There will also be at least 15 other people there.
It will be a wonderful party.
You should have written: 27, 72, 3, 2, 5, 10, and 15.
This is the end of Lesson 1D, Book 12.
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.19-3.39] Look at Figure 2.
[4.19-5.55] You will hear a paragraph.
[6.35-7.63] Listen for the numbers.
[8.58-10.50] Write the numbers as you hear them.
[11.62-14.73] My brother was born in 1947.
[15.36-19.36] He has spent the last 15 years in the United States Navy.
[20.51-27.63] Three years of that time have been spent in Japan, 4 years in Guam, and 3 years in Spain.
[28.75-31.15] He will be in the Navy for 5 more years.
[32.14-37.02] After that, he'll probably spend 20 more years in another job.
[42.75-44.59] Listen to the paragraph again.
[45.31-46.59] Write down the numbers.
[47.39-50.73] My brother was born in 1947.
[50.91-54.67] He has spent the last 15 years in the United States Navy.
[55.54-61.94] Three years of that time have been spent in Japan, 4 years in Guam, and 3 years in Spain.
[62.83-65.23] He will be in the Navy for 5 more years.
[66.10-70.50] After that, he'll probably spend 20 more years in another job.
[74.56-88.35] The numbers you should have written down are: 1947, 15, 3, 4, 3, 5, and 20.
[89.37-90.99] Listen to the next paragraph.
[91.71-94.46] Remember, write down only the numbers.
[95.62-98.74] March 27 is my grandfather's birthday.
[99.46-101.54] He will be 72 years old.
[102.34-103.70] We are having a party for him.
[104.10-110.82] His 3 sisters, 2 brothers, 5 children, and 10 grandchildren will be there.
[111.58-114.54] There will also be at least 15 other people there.
[115.38-116.98] It will be a wonderful party.
[120.62-122.30] Listen to the paragraph again.
[122.94-124.22] Write down the numbers.
[125.25-128.21] March 27 is my grandfather's birthday.
[129.06-131.06] He will be 72 years old.
[131.95-133.71] We are having a party for him.
[134.11-140.67] His 3 sisters, 2 brothers, 5 children, and 10 grandchildren will be there.
[141.60-144.48] There will also be at least 15 other people there.
[144.71-147.07] It will be a wonderful party.
[150.62-162.21] You should have written: 27, 72, 3, 2, 5, 10, and 15.
[168.99-172.05] This is the end of Lesson 1D, Book 12.

406
sources/book-12/tape-2A.md Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,406 @@
#### TAPE — Figure 1 (clip filenames start: bk12-l2a-f1-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
American Language Course, Book 12, Lesson 2A.
Hello.
Open your books to the activities for Lesson 2A.
Repeat these words in sentences.
Number 1: educate,
educate.
Teachers educate children.
They teach them many things.
Number 2: turn down, turn down.
That job did not pay enough money.
I turned it down.
Number 3: education,
education.
Sergeant Franklin wants his children
to have a good education.
He wants them to go to a good school.
Number 4: university,
university.
Keith studied French
when he was at the university.
Number 5: diploma,
diploma.
Debbie received her diploma yesterday.
She finished school.
Number 6: already, already.
Roger is not hungry.
He already ate dinner.
Number 7: instead,
instead.
I don't want chicken.
I'll eat fish instead.
Number 8: instead of,
instead of.
Jim bought the blue shirt
instead of the yellow one.
Number 9: discussion,
discussion.
Colonel Jones and Colonel Roberts had a discussion.
About the new mess hall.
They talked about it for 30 minutes.
Number 10: discuss,
discuss.
Captain Peterson wanted to discuss
his score with his teacher.
He wanted to talk to her about it.
Listen to a dialogue.
Hi, Mark.
What's wrong?
Oh, Sam, I'm so confused.
About what?
I've got to make a decision about college.
My parents and I talked it over last night.
Right now, I don't know if I want to go into a professional field or a technical field.
You don't have to make a choice today.
You've got plenty of time to think it over.
You're only in your second year of high school.
You'reright.
Maybe by next year it won't be so confusing.
Now look at Figure 1.
Each of those sentences is part of the dialogue.
Listen to the sentence, then say yours.
Ready?
Let's begin.
Hi, Mark.
What's wrong?
About what?
You don't have to make a choice today.
You've got plenty of time to think it over.
You're only in your second year of high school.
Segment timings (seconds):
[7.58-12.14] American Language Course, Book 12, Lesson 2A.
[19.23-19.71] Hello.
[20.77-23.97] Open your books to the activities for Lesson 2A.
[31.04-33.12] Repeat these words in sentences.
[34.27-36.51] Number 1: educate,
[38.34-38.98] educate.
[41.15-42.75] Teachers educate children.
[47.20-48.96] They teach them many things.
[53.22-58.50] Number 2: turn down, turn down.
[61.17-63.33] That job did not pay enough money.
[68.37-71.85] I turned it down.
[73.50-74.83] Number 3: education,
[77.79-78.51] education.
[81.39-83.38] Sergeant Franklin wants his children
[88.46-89.90] to have a good education.
[95.44-97.60] He wants them to go to a good school.
[104.34-106.26] Number 4: university,
[108.06-109.02] university.
[111.58-112.94] Keith studied French
[117.15-118.75] when he was at the university.
[123.94-125.70] Number 5: diploma,
[127.57-128.29] diploma.
[131.26-133.42] Debbie received her diploma yesterday.
[139.89-143.73] She finished school.
[145.54-152.01] Number 6: already, already.
[152.25-153.22] Roger is not hungry.
[156.10-157.38] He already ate dinner.
[161.97-163.81] Number 7: instead,
[165.87-166.23] instead.
[168.81-169.60] I don't want chicken.
[173.76-175.04] I'll eat fish instead.
[180.29-182.29] Number 8: instead of,
[184.27-187.65] instead of.
[187.79-189.07] Jim bought the blue shirt
[194.29-195.65] instead of the yellow one.
[201.06-202.82] Number 9: discussion,
[204.96-205.76] discussion.
[208.54-211.58] Colonel Jones and Colonel Roberts had a discussion.
[218.34-219.54] About the new mess hall.
[224.91-226.75] They talked about it for 30 minutes.
[232.10-233.54] Number 10: discuss,
[235.79-235.84] discuss.
[240.13-242.53] Captain Peterson wanted to discuss
[247.15-248.51] his score with his teacher.
[252.91-254.67] He wanted to talk to her about it.
[259.84-261.28] Listen to a dialogue.
[264.69-265.17] Hi, Mark.
[265.33-265.97] What's wrong?
[266.69-268.61] Oh, Sam, I'm so confused.
[268.85-269.49] About what?
[270.29-272.61] I've got to make a decision about college.
[273.33-275.73] My parents and I talked it over last night.
[276.56-281.92] Right now, I don't know if I want to go into a professional field or a technical field.
[282.75-284.59] You don't have to make a choice today.
[285.31-287.23] You've got plenty of time to think it over.
[288.03-289.87] You're only in your second year of high school.
[290.43-290.91] You'reright.
[291.63-294.11] Maybe by next year it won't be so confusing.
[296.13-297.33] Now look at Figure 1.
[298.16-300.80] Each of those sentences is part of the dialogue.
[301.84-304.48] Listen to the sentence, then say yours.
[305.20-305.60] Ready?
[306.40-307.12] Let's begin.
[308.64-309.20] Hi, Mark.
[309.36-310.00] What's wrong?
[314.67-315.23] About what?
[328.91-330.67] You don't have to make a choice today.
[331.23-333.15] You've got plenty of time to think it over.
[333.95-335.95] You're only in your second year of high school.
#### TAPE — Figure 2 (clip filenames start: bk12-l2a-f2-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Now look at Figure 2: read the first line, then listen to the next one.
Say your lines.
Okay.
You begin.
"Oh Sam, I'm so confused."
"I've got to make a decision about college." "My parents and I talked it over last night." "Right now, I don't know if I want to go into a professional field or a technical field."
"You'reright.
Maybe by next year it won't be so confusing."
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.82-6.86] Now look at Figure 2: read the first line, then listen to the next one.
[8.21-9.33] Say your lines.
[9.97-10.53] Okay.
[11.36-12.00] You begin.
[14.46-16.38] "Oh Sam, I'm so confused."
[18.88-30.16] "I've got to make a decision about college." "My parents and I talked it over last night." "Right now, I don't know if I want to go into a professional field or a technical field."
[40.38-41.02] "You'reright.
[41.74-44.30] Maybe by next year it won't be so confusing."
#### TAPE — Figure 3 (clip filenames start: bk12-l2a-f3-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 3.
You will hear questions on the dialogue.
You will hear each question twice.
Write the answers to the questions.
Number 1: Is Mark happy?
Is Mark happy?
Number 2: Does he have to make a decision about work?
Does he have to make a decision about work?
Number 3: Does he have to make a choice today?
Does he have to make a choice today?
Number 4: Is he in college now?
Is he in college now?
Let's check your answers.
Number 1: Is Mark happy?
No, he's confused.
Number 2: Does he have to make a decision about work?
No, he has to make a decision about college.
Number 3: Does he have to make a choice today?
No, he's got plenty of time to think it over.
Number 4: Is he in college now?
No, he's in his second year of high school.
Repeat the following words in sentences.
Already.
Already.
Lieutenant Adams already knows Captain Jones.
He met him last night.
No longer.
No longer.
Mr.
Flores no longer works here.
He retired last month.
Yet.
Yet.
Ms.
Sampson hasn't typed that letter yet.
She's been very busy.
Anymore.
Anymore.
I don't go to Lee High School anymore.
I graduated last year.
Any longer.
Any longer.
Jim's not going to technical school any longer.
He finished and got a job.
Still.
Still.
Beth is still living in Chicago.
She's lived there for 6 years now.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.73-2.93] Look at Figure 3.
[3.73-5.97] You will hear questions on the dialogue.
[6.61-8.69] You will hear each question twice.
[10.06-11.98] Write the answers to the questions.
[13.52-15.92] Number 1: Is Mark happy?
[17.17-18.13] Is Mark happy?
[37.17-41.60] Number 2: Does he have to make a decision about work?
[43.33-45.65] Does he have to make a decision about work?
[65.65-70.17] Number 3: Does he have to make a choice today?
[70.35-72.11] Does he have to make a choice today?
[94.06-97.06] Number 4: Is he in college now?
[98.67-99.95] Is he in college now?
[123.57-125.01] Let's check your answers.
[126.16-128.56] Number 1: Is Mark happy?
[129.86-131.30] No, he's confused.
[134.14-137.98] Number 2: Does he have to make a decision about work?
[140.42-143.22] No, he has to make a decision about college.
[146.13-149.95] Number 3: Does he have to make a choice today?
[152.16-155.44] No, he's got plenty of time to think it over.
[158.45-160.85] Number 4: Is he in college now?
[163.36-165.76] No, he's in his second year of high school.
[170.50-172.98] Repeat the following words in sentences.
[174.06-174.70] Already.
[176.50-177.22] Already.
[179.84-182.88] Lieutenant Adams already knows Captain Jones.
[187.65-188.93] He met him last night.
[193.12-193.84] No longer.
[195.57-196.37] No longer.
[200.30-200.54] Mr.
[200.54-202.46] Flores no longer works here.
[207.38-208.74] He retired last month.
[213.06-213.54] Yet.
[215.25-215.73] Yet.
[219.02-219.18] Ms.
[219.18-221.10] Sampson hasn't typed that letter yet.
[226.86-227.98] She's been very busy.
[233.01-233.65] Anymore.
[235.63-236.35] Anymore.
[238.37-240.37] I don't go to Lee High School anymore.
[245.39-246.91] I graduated last year.
[250.78-251.42] Any longer.
[253.66-254.38] Any longer.
[257.04-259.68] Jim's not going to technical school any longer.
[265.14-266.66] He finished and got a job.
[270.98-273.51] Still.
[273.46-276.57] Still.
[276.69-278.53] Beth is still living in Chicago.
[283.30-285.22] She's lived there for 6 years now.
#### TAPE — Figure 4 (clip filenames start: bk12-l2a-f4-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 4, listen to the sentence, then choose the correct word to complete the sentence.
Number 1: Frank studied French for 3 years.
He knows how to speak that language.
Number 2: Major Gunther moved last month.
He
lives here.
Number 3: It's 9:30, and I haven't eaten dinner.
Number 4:
Lieutenant Emery has a tour of duty in Germany.
He doesn't work at this base.
Number 5: My daughter got married 3 weeks ago.
She doesn't live here.
Number 6: Mrs.
Smith hasn't come for her appointment yet.
The doctor is waiting.
Let's check your answers.
Number 1 is already.
Repeat: Frank studied French for 3 years.
He already knows how to speak that language.
Number 2 is no longer.
Repeat: Major Gunther moved last month.
He no longer lives here.
Number 3 is yet.
Repeat: It's 9:30,
and I haven't eaten dinner yet.
Number 4 is any longer, or any more.
Repeat: Lieutenant Emery has a tour of duty in Germany.
He doesn't work at this base any longer.
Number 5 is any longer, or any more.
Repeat: My daughter got married 3 weeks ago.
She doesn't live here any longer.
Number 6 is still.
Repeat: Mrs.
Smith hasn't come for her appointment yet.
The doctor is still waiting.
Segment timings (seconds):
[1.92-9.34] Look at Figure 4, listen to the sentence, then choose the correct word to complete the sentence.
[11.25-15.57] Number 1: Frank studied French for 3 years.
[16.13-19.46] He knows how to speak that language.
[32.85-36.30] Number 2: Major Gunther moved last month.
[37.17-37.57] He
[39.15-39.71] lives here.
[52.42-56.96] Number 3: It's 9:30, and I haven't eaten dinner.
[70.66-71.30] Number 4:
[73.68-76.24] Lieutenant Emery has a tour of duty in Germany.
[77.52-81.21] He doesn't work at this base.
[94.29-98.27] Number 5: My daughter got married 3 weeks ago.
[99.18-100.38] She doesn't live here.
[112.18-114.75] Number 6: Mrs.
[114.75-116.99] Smith hasn't come for her appointment yet.
[117.92-120.40] The doctor is waiting.
[133.84-135.20] Let's check your answers.
[136.32-138.16] Number 1 is already.
[139.25-142.75] Repeat: Frank studied French for 3 years.
[147.44-150.00] He already knows how to speak that language.
[156.75-158.83] Number 2 is no longer.
[160.46-163.10] Repeat: Major Gunther moved last month.
[164.54-165.74] He no longer lives here.
[176.14-178.06] Number 3 is yet.
[179.47-181.89] Repeat: It's 9:30,
[184.93-186.53] and I haven't eaten dinner yet.
[192.64-196.96] Number 4 is any longer, or any more.
[198.37-202.61] Repeat: Lieutenant Emery has a tour of duty in Germany.
[208.94-211.26] He doesn't work at this base any longer.
[218.75-222.83] Number 5 is any longer, or any more.
[224.06-227.71] Repeat: My daughter got married 3 weeks ago.
[234.69-236.45] She doesn't live here any longer.
[240.54-242.14] Number 6 is still.
[242.99-244.69] Repeat: Mrs.
[244.69-247.01] Smith hasn't come for her appointment yet.
[254.29-256.45] The doctor is still waiting.
#### TAPE — Figure 5 (clip filenames start: bk12-l2a-f5-NN.mp3)
Transcript (clean text):
Look at Figure 5.
Listen to the questions.
Use the words to answer the questions.
Write the answers.
You will hear each question twice.
Number 1: Has Jennifer eaten lunch yet?
Has Jennifer eaten lunch yet?
Number 2: Does Fred live here anymore?
Does Fred live here anymore?
Number 3: Does Marilyn write to you anymore?
Does Marilyn write to you anymore?
Number 4: Do the Samsons eat here anymore?
Do the Samsons eat here anymore?
Number 5: Have the Johnsons been to Chicago yet?
Have the Johnsons been to Chicago yet?
Number 6: Does Lieutenant Richards work for you anymore?
Does Lieutenant Richards work for you anymore?
Now let's check your answers.
For number 1, you should have written "Yes." She has already eaten lunch.
Repeat: "Yes." She has already eaten lunch.
Number 2: "No." He no longer lives here.
Repeat: "No." He no longer lives here.
Number 3: "Yes." She still writes every month.
Repeat: "Yes." She still writes every month.
Number 4: "Yes." They still eat here every Friday.
Repeat: "Yes." They still eat here every Friday.
Number 5: "Yes." They've already been there.
Repeat: "Yes." They've already been there.
Number 6: "No." He no longer works for me.
Repeat: "No." He no longer works for me.
This is the end of Lesson 2A, Book 12.
Segment timings (seconds):
[2.14-3.42] Look at Figure 5.
[4.14-5.42] Listen to the questions.
[6.53-8.85] Use the words to answer the questions.
[10.53-11.65] Write the answers.
[13.28-15.52] You will hear each question twice.
[17.15-20.75] Number 1: Has Jennifer eaten lunch yet?
[22.48-24.24] Has Jennifer eaten lunch yet?
[54.43-57.42] Number 2: Does Fred live here anymore?
[58.94-60.30] Does Fred live here anymore?
[79.42-82.86] Number 3: Does Marilyn write to you anymore?
[84.21-85.89] Does Marilyn write to you anymore?
[106.94-110.38] Number 4: Do the Samsons eat here anymore?
[112.24-114.00] Do the Samsons eat here anymore?
[138.35-142.26] Number 5: Have the Johnsons been to Chicago yet?
[144.05-146.13] Have the Johnsons been to Chicago yet?
[176.91-180.74] Number 6: Does Lieutenant Richards work for you anymore?
[182.46-184.78] Does Lieutenant Richards work for you anymore?
[216.66-218.58] Now let's check your answers.
[220.00-225.58] For number 1, you should have written "Yes." She has already eaten lunch.
[226.48-230.08] Repeat: "Yes." She has already eaten lunch.
[234.78-237.90] Number 2: "No." He no longer lives here.
[239.47-242.51] Repeat: "No." He no longer lives here.
[250.86-254.30] Number 3: "Yes." She still writes every month.
[255.58-258.78] Repeat: "Yes." She still writes every month.
[265.28-269.20] Number 4: "Yes." They still eat here every Friday.
[270.37-273.73] Repeat: "Yes." They still eat here every Friday.
[279.39-282.69] Number 5: "Yes." They've already been there.
[284.06-286.78] Repeat: "Yes." They've already been there.
[292.48-295.60] Number 6: "No." He no longer works for me.
[296.80-299.76] Repeat: "No." He no longer works for me.
[311.25-314.85] This is the end of Lesson 2A, Book 12.

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More